Registration
No. __________
SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON,
D.C. 20549
FORM
S-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
CUSTOMERS
1ST BANCORP, INC.
(Exact
name of registrant as specified in its Charter)
Pennsylvania
(State
of Incorporation)
|
27-2290659
(I.R.S.
Employer I.D. No.)
|
6022
(Primary
Standard Industrial Classification Code
No.
|
99
Bridge Street
Phoenixville,
Pennsylvania 19460
(610)
933-2000
(Address
and telephone number of principal executive offices)
Jay
S. Sidhu
New
Century Bank
99
Bridge Street
Phoenixville,
Pennsylvania 19460
(610)
933-2000
(Name,
address, telephone no. of agent for service)
|
David
F. Scranton, Esquire
Stradley
Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP
30
Valley Stream Parkway
Malvern,
Pennsylvania 19355
(610)
640-5806
(Copy
of Notices)
|
Approximate
date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the
public:
upon consummation of the
reorganization
.
If this
Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule
462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration
statement for the same offering.
o
If this
Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the
Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering.
o
If this
Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the
Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering.
o
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an
accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See
the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller
reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large
accelerated filer
o
|
Accelerated
filer
o
|
Non-accelerated
filer
o
(Do
not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
Smaller
reporting company
x
|
CALCULATION
OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title
of each class
of
securities to be
registered
|
Amount
to be
registered
(1)
|
Proposed
maximum
offering
price
per share
|
Proposed
maximum
aggregate
offering
price
|
Amount
of
registration
fee
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
Stock,
$1.00
par value
|
5,767,974
|
$9.96
(2)
|
$57,449,021
(2)
|
$4,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class
B Non-Voting Common Stock, $1.00 par value
|
1,544,165
|
$9.96
(3)
|
$15,379,883
(3)
|
$1,097
|
(1)
|
Based
upon, with respect to Common Stock, the maximum number of shares of Common
Stock that Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. may be required to issue in the
reorganization transaction, including for stock options and warrants to
acquire Common Stock that will be exercisable prior to the closing of the
reorganization, and with respect to Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, the
maximum number of shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
that Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. may be required to issue in the
reorganization transaction, including warrants to acquire Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock that will be exercisable prior to the closing of
the reorganization.
|
(2)
|
Estimated
solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to
Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933 on the basis of the book value
of the shares of New Century Bank Common Stock to be cancelled in the
reorganization, computed, in accordance with Rule 457(f)(2), as the
product of (i) $3.32 (the book value of a share of New Century Bank Common
Stock as of March 31, 2010), and (ii) 17,303,719 (the maximum number of
shares of New Century Bank Common Stock estimated to be outstanding at the
time the reorganization is consummated (includes stock options and
warrants to acquire Common Stock that will be exercisable prior to the
closing of the reorganization)).
|
(3)
|
Estimated
solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to
Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933 on the basis of the book value
of the shares of New Century Bank Class B Non-Voting Common Stock to be
cancelled in the reorganization, computed, in accordance with Rule
457(f)(2), as the product of (i) $3.32 (the book value of a share of New
Century Bank Class B Non-Voting Common Stock as of March 31, 2010), and
(ii) 4,632,476 (the maximum number of shares of New Century Bank Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock estimated to be outstanding at the time the
reorganization is consummated (includes warrants to acquire Common Stock
that will be exercisable prior to the closing of the
reorganization)).
|
The
Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as
may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a
further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement
shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall
become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section
8(a), may determine.
The
information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not
sell these securities until the Securities and Exchange Commission declares our
registration statement effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these
securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state
where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject
to completion, dated April 21, 2010
Preliminary
Prospectus
Prospectus
of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc.
5,767,974
Shares of Common Stock
and
1,544,165 Shares
of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
Proxy
Statement of New Century Bank
Annual
Meeting of Bank Shareholders to be held ____ __, 2010,
_____
a.m., at the main office of the Bank, 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville,
Pennsylvania 19460
To
the shareholders of New Century Bank:
This
prospectus–proxy statement relates to the shares of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc.
stock that will be exchanged, on the basis of one share of Customers 1st
Bancorp,
Inc. voting common stock for every three of your shares of voting common stock
of New Century Bank and one share of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock for every three shares of Class B Non-Voting Common
Stock of New Century Bank as a result of the formation of Customers
1st Bancorp, Inc. as a bank holding company for the Bank. The
reorganization into a holding company structure will only occur if the
holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of New Century Bank voting
common stock vote in favor of the transaction.
If the
holding company structure is approved by the shareholders of the Bank, the
holding company structure will be formed through a reorganization. In
the reorganization, which is described in detail in this prospectus-proxy
statement, New Century Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of
Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc., and the shareholders of New Century Bank will
become the shareholders of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. This
reorganization is proposed at the request of the Bank’s board of directors, and
does not involve a sale of the Bank.
This
prospectus-proxy statement is also being furnished to you because the board of
directors of New Century Bank is soliciting your proxy to be used at the
Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held ____ __, 2010. At the
meeting, you will be asked to consider and vote
to elect
three Class C directors of New Century Bank to serve a three-year term, to
approve and ratify the New Century Bank Management Stock Purchase Plan, to
approve and ratify the New Century Bank 2010 Stock Option Plan, to ratify the
appointment of ParenteBeard LLC as the independent registered public accounting
firm of the New Century Bank for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010, to
approve and adopt a Plan of Merger and Reorganization pursuant to which the New
Century Bank will reorganize to a bank holding company structure, and to adjourn
the meeting to a date to be proposed at the meeting, if necessary to solicit or
receive additional proxies
. A
form of proxy is enclosed separately. YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT,
regardless of how many shares you own. Whether you plan to attend the
meeting or not, please complete, date, sign and return the enclosed proxy form
promptly in the enclosed envelope. If you attend the meeting and
prefer to vote in person, you may do so, even if you turn in your proxy at this
time. You may revoke your proxy at any time prior to its use for any
purpose by giving written notice of revocation to our Corporate Secretary at our
principal executive offices at 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania
19460. You may also appear in person at the Annual Meeting and ask to
withdraw your proxy prior to its use for any purpose and then vote in
person. A later dated proxy revokes an earlier dated proxy.
Neither
the Common Stock nor the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of Customers 1st
Bancorp, Inc. is listed on any national securities
exchange.
YOU
SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE
RISK FACTORS
BEGINNING ON PAGE
13
OF THIS PROSPECTUS-PROXY
STATEMENT BEFORE DECIDING HOW TO VOTE ON THE PROPOSED
REORGANIZATION.
The
following are important disclosures. Please read them
carefully:
You
should rely only on the information contained in this document or that we have
referred you to. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with
information that is different. This prospectus-proxy statement is
only accurate as of the date printed on the bottom of this page. We
are required to advise you if there is any material change affecting the
formation of the holding company structure.
The
shares of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. to be issued in the proposed
reorganization will not be savings accounts or deposits, and will not be
insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government
agency. Investment in the shares involves investment risk, including possible
loss of principal.
Neither
the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has
approved or disapproved the securities to be issued in the proposed
reorganization, passed upon the accuracy of this prospectus-proxy statement or
determined if this prospectus-proxy statement is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
We
have structured the proposed reorganization to qualify as a tax-free transaction
under the federal tax laws. Therefore, you should not recognize any
gain or loss on the exchange of your New Century Bank securities for Customers
1st Bancorp, Inc. securities.
The
date of this prospectus-proxy statement is _______ ___, 2010.
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
|
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
|
|
QUESTIONS
AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE ANNUAL MEETING AND VOTING
|
|
Why
am I receiving these proxy materials?
|
|
Who
is entitled to vote at the meeting?
|
|
What
am I being asked to vote on?
|
|
How
many votes do I have?
|
|
What
is a quorum?
|
|
What
vote is required?
|
|
How
do I vote?
|
|
What
is cumulative voting and when does it occur?
|
|
What
if I return a proxy card but do not make specific choices?
|
|
What
if I receive more than one proxy card or voting instruction
form?
|
|
Who
will count the votes and how will my vote(s) be counted?
|
|
Can
I change my vote after I have sent you my proxy?
|
|
How
may I communicate with the board of directors?
|
|
Who
will bear the cost of soliciting proxies?
|
|
How
can I find out the results of the voting at the meeting?
|
|
What
is the recommendation of the board of directors?
|
|
QUESTIONS
AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE REORGANIZATION
|
|
What
is the proposed transaction for which I am being asked to
vote?
|
|
What
will I receive for my Bank shares?
|
|
What
will holders of options and warrants to purchase Bank shares
receive?
|
|
Do
I have to take any action to exchange my Bank shares?
|
|
Can
I trade the Bank shares between the date of this prospectus-proxy
statement and the effective time of the transaction?
|
|
After
the transaction, where can I trade Holding Company shares?
|
|
Will
the transaction affect the Bank’s current or future
operations?
|
|
Will
the transaction dilute my economic interest?
|
|
Will
the transaction result in any changes to my rights as a
shareholder?
|
|
What
are the expected federal income tax consequences of the
reorganization?
|
|
When
do you expect the transaction to be completed?
|
|
What
vote of the Bank shareholders is required to approve the
proposal?
|
|
What
vote does the Bank’s board of directors recommend?
|
|
Are
the interests of the Bank’s board of directors and executive officers in
this transaction the same as mine?
|
|
Do
I have the right to dissent from the merger?
|
|
What
are the conditions that must be satisfied for the reorganization to
occur?
|
|
Can
the proposed reorganization be deferred or abandoned
altogether?
|
|
What
do I need to do now?
|
|
What
happens after the meeting?
|
|
Whom
should I call if I have questions about the meeting or the
transaction?
|
|
RISK
FACTORS
|
|
Risks
Related to the Reorganization Transaction
|
|
We
may not realize the anticipated benefits of the
reorganization.
|
|
Your
rights as a shareholder will change as a result of the
transaction.
|
|
We
may choose to defer or abandon the transaction.
|
|
The
transaction could result in adverse effects on our management’s ability to
effectively manage our business.
|
|
The
Holding Company may become subject to additional Pennsylvania taxes
as a result of the transaction.
|
|
Risks
Related to Our Securities
|
|
There
is no established trading market for our common stock and share price may
be volatile.
|
|
We
may issue additional shares of common stock, preferred stock or equity,
debt or derivative securities, which could adversely affect the
value
or voting power of your common stock.
|
|
Your
investment in our Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock may be
subject to further dilution.
|
15
|
Our
common stock is subordinate to all of our existing and future
indebtedness; and we are not limited on the
amount
of indebtedness we and our subsidiaries may incur in the
future.
|
|
Risk
of disruption in deposit movement.
|
|
We
may not pay dividends on the shares in the foreseeable future, which may
adversely affect your return and the
price
of our common stock.
|
|
Risks
Related To Our Business
|
|
The
Bank's level of assets categorized as doubtful, substandard or
special mention expose us to increased lending risk. If
our
allowance for loan losses is insufficient to absorb losses in our loan
portfolio, our earnings could decrease.
|
|
The
Bank's emphasis on commercial and warehouse lending may expose us to
increased lending risks.
|
|
Decreased
residential mortgage origination, volume and pricing decisions of
competitors.
|
|
The
Bank's performance and financial condition may be adversely affected
by regional economic conditions and real estate values.
|
|
Federal
Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh continues not to pay dividends nor repurchase
capital stock.
|
|
Financial
turmoil may increase other-than-temporary-impairment (“OTTI”)
charges.
|
|
We
may need to raise additional capital in the future and such capital may
not be available when needed or at all.
|
|
Sufficient
funding to support earning asset growth.
|
|
The
FDIC’s recent policy statement imposing restrictions and criteria on
private investors in failed bank acquisitions may apply to us and our
investors.
|
|
Our
shareholders may be deemed to be acting in concert and thereby subject to
increased regulatory scrutiny, including the application of the FDIC
policy statement to the Bank and its investors.
|
18
|
Previously
enacted and potential future legislation, including legislation to reform
the U.S. financial regulatory system, could adversely affect our
business.
|
|
Government
regulation might have an adverse effect on our business.
|
|
The
Holding Company may become subject to additional Pennsylvania taxes
as a result of the reorganization.
|
|
Accounting
standards periodically change and the application of our accounting
policies and methods may require us to make estimates about matters that
are uncertain.
|
|
We
might not achieve profitability or consistent earnings.
|
|
We
might not be able to keep growing or fail to manage our growth
effectively.
|
|
Asset
growth may not cause our earnings to grow.
|
|
If
we do not open new branches as planned or do not achieve profitability on
our new branches, our earnings may be reduced.
|
|
Interest
rate changes might have an adverse effect on our earnings and financial
condition.
|
|
FDIC
assessments will negatively impact earnings.
|
|
Competition
with other financial institutions might negatively impact our
profits.
|
|
Losses
or liabilities may be higher than anticipated and may negatively impact
our earnings and financial position.
|
|
Provisions
in our charter documents may prevent others from obtaining control of us
or increase the cost of completing a transaction in which control of the
Bank is acquired by others.
|
|
Our
directors and executive officers can influence the outcome of shareholder
votes.
|
|
We
depend on our executive management, and the loss of a member of our
management team could have an adverse effect on our
business.
|
|
Risks
Related to Our Acquisition Strategy
|
|
Potential
acquisitions may disrupt our business and dilute shareholder
value.
|
|
Attractive
acquisition opportunities may not be available to us in the
future.
|
|
Since
we have not yet selected particular target institutions with which to
complete investment or acquisition transactions, we are currently unable
to ascertain the merits or risks of the businesses we may ultimately
acquire.
|
|
We
are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending
activities.
|
|
We
are subject to certain risks in connection with our use of
technology.
|
|
We
are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to,
customer or employee fraud and data processing system failures and
errors.
|
|
Some
institutions we could acquire may have distressed assets and there can be
no assurance that we will be able to realize the value we predict from
these assets or that we will make sufficient provision for future losses
in the value of, or accurately estimate the future write-downs taken in
respect of, these assets.
|
|
As
a result of an investment or acquisition transaction, we may be required
to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other
charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial
condition and results of operations, which could cause you to lose some or
all of your investment.
|
|
We
may in the future hire consultants or advisors on a contingent basis, who
would only receive payment in the event an investment or acquisition
transaction occurred and, therefore, they might be viewed as having an
interest in such investment or acquisition transaction
occurring.
|
|
Shareholders
may have no opportunity to evaluate and affect the investment decision
regarding a potential investment or acquisition
transaction.
|
|
Resources
could be expended in considering or evaluating potential investment or
acquisition transactions that are not consummated, which could materially
and adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge
with another business.
|
|
The
officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon
consummation of an acquisition.
|
|
Risks
Related to Our Industry
|
|
Difficult
market conditions have adversely affected our industry.
|
|
Current
levels of market volatility are unprecedented.
|
|
The
soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect
us.
|
|
There
can be no assurance that recently enacted legislation will stabilize the
U.S. financial system.
|
|
RECENT
DEVELOPMENTS
|
|
PROPOSALS
TO BE VOTED ON AT THE ANNUAL MEETING
|
|
PROPOSAL
1
|
|
ELECTION
OF THREE CLASS C DIRECTORS OF THE BANK
|
|
PROPOSAL
2
|
|
APPROVAL
AND RATIFICATION OF THE NEW CENTURY BANK MANAGEMENT STOCK PURCHASE
PLAN
|
|
THE
BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF PROPOSAL 2 TO APPROVE AND RATIFY
THE NEW CENTURY BANK MANAGEMENT STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
|
|
PROPOSAL
3
|
|
APPROVAL
AND RATIFICATION OF THE NEW CENTURY BANK 2010 STOCK OPTION
PLAN
|
|
THE
BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF PROPOSAL 3 TO APPROVE
AND RATIFY THE NEW CENTURY BANK 2010 STOCK OPTION PLAN
|
|
PROPOSAL
4
|
|
RATIFICATION
OF APPOINTMENT
|
|
OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
|
|
Audit
and Other Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public
Accountants
|
|
Audit
Fees
|
|
Audit-Related
Fees
|
|
Tax
Fees
|
|
Pre-Approval
Policy for Services by Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firms
|
|
Recommendation
of the Board Concerning the Ratification of Appointment of Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
PROPOSAL
5
|
|
MERGER
AND REORGANIZATION TO FORM HOLDING COMPANY
|
|
SUMMARY
|
|
THE
REORGANIZATION
|
|
Background
and Reasons for the Transaction
|
|
Private
Offerings
|
40
|
The
Plan of Reorganization
|
|
Amendment
or Termination
|
|
Conditions
to Completing the Transaction
|
|
Regulatory
Approval of the Transaction
|
|
Securities
Law Consequences; Resale Restrictions for Certain Persons
|
|
Management
of Holding Company
|
|
Dissenters’
Rights
|
|
No
Action Required to Exchange Shares
|
|
Accounting
Treatment of the Transaction
|
|
USE
OF PROCEEDS
|
|
SUMMARY
SELECTED UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL
INFORMATION
|
|
MATERIAL
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
|
|
For
Bank Shareholders
|
|
For
Holders of Warrants and Options to Purchase Bank Shares
|
|
DESCRIPTION
OF HOLDING COMPANY SHARES
|
|
General
|
|
Voting
rights
|
|
Dividend
rights
|
|
Redemption,
Preemption Rights and Repurchase Provisions
|
|
Liquidation
Rights
|
|
Anti-Takeover
Effect of Governing Documents and Applicable Law
|
|
COMPARISON
OF SHAREHOLDERS’ RIGHTS
|
|
Authorized
Capital
|
|
Undesignated
Nonvoting Common Stock
|
|
25%
Ownership Limitation
|
|
Supermajority
Vote for Business Combinations with 5% Shareholders
|
|
Shareholder
Vote for Business Combinations Generally
|
|
Shareholder
Right to Valuation and Payment for Shares on Control Share
Acquisition
|
|
Board
Right to Oppose Acquisition Offers Considering Multiple Constituencies or
Factors
|
|
Bylaw
Amendments
|
|
Amendment
of Articles by Board of Directors
|
|
Special
Meetings of Shareholders
|
|
Notice
|
|
Place
of Shareholder Meetings
|
|
Deadline
for Annual Meeting
|
|
Record
Date for Meetings and Other Share-Related Actions
|
|
Written
Consent of Shareholders in Lieu of Meeting
|
|
Shareholder
Nominations for Director
|
|
Cumulative
Voting
|
|
Advance
Notice of Shareholder Board Nominations
|
|
Quorum
|
|
Required
Shareholder Vote
|
|
Shareholder
Action Without a Meeting
|
|
Director
Qualifications
|
|
Director
Classification
|
|
Number
of Directors
|
|
Attendance
at Board Meetings
|
|
Vacancies
on Board
|
|
Control
Transactions
|
|
Amendment
of Articles of Incorporation
|
|
OUTSTANDING
OPTIONS GRANTED TO UNAFFILIATED INSTITUTIONAL INVESTORS
|
|
WARRANTS
TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL STOCK
|
|
ANTI-DILUTION
AGREEMENTS
|
|
INTERESTS
OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN THE MERGER AND REORGANIZATION
|
|
CUSTOMERS
1ST BANCORP, INC.
|
|
History,
Business, and Properties
|
|
Principal
Shareholders
|
|
Description
of The Holding Company’s Common Stock
|
|
Executive
Compensation
|
|
Anti-Takeover
Mechanisms
|
|
Indemnification
Provisions
|
|
Financial
Statements
|
|
Legal
Proceedings
|
65
|
NEW
CENTURY BANK
|
|
History,
Business, and Properties
|
|
Properties
|
66
|
Legal
Proceedings
|
67
|
Management
|
|
Principal
Shareholders
|
|
OUR
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND MANAGEMENT
|
|
Executive
Officers
|
|
BOARD
GOVERNANCE
|
|
Information
about our Board of Directors
|
|
Board
Leadership Structure
|
|
Risk
Oversight
|
|
Director
Independence
|
|
Executive
Committee
|
|
Nominating
and Corporate Governance Committee
|
|
Director
Nominations
|
|
Audit
Committee
|
|
Compensation
Committee
|
|
Risk
Management Committee
|
|
Loan
Committee
|
|
Director
Attendance at Annual Meetings
|
|
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
|
|
SUMMARY
COMPENSATION TABLE
|
|
Officer
Employment Agreements
|
|
OUTSTANDING
EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR END TABLE—NAMED EXECUTIVE
OFFICERS
|
|
Stock
Option Grants in Connection with the Private Offering
|
|
Equity
Compensation Grants to Management
|
77
|
DIRECTOR
COMPENSATION
|
|
EMPLOYEE
BENEFITS
|
|
401(k)
Retirement Savings and Profit Sharing Plan
|
|
Insurance
|
|
Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan for Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer
|
|
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
|
|
TRANSACTIONS
WITH RELATED PARTIES
|
|
RECENT
SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
|
|
NEW
CENTURY INTERIM BANK
|
|
MARKET
PRICE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS
|
|
Trading
Market for Common Stock
|
|
Market
Price of Common Stock
|
|
Dividends
on Common Stock
|
|
Dividend
Policy
|
|
NEW
CENTURY BANK - SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
|
|
MANAGEMENT’S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
|
|
Critical
Accounting Policies
|
|
Overview
|
|
Results
of Operations
|
|
NET
INTEREST INCOME
|
|
PROVISION
FOR LOAN LOSSES
|
|
NON-INTEREST
INCOME
|
|
NON-INTEREST
EXPENSE
|
|
INCOME
TAXES
|
|
FINANCIAL
CONDITION
|
|
GENERAL
|
|
CASH
AND DUE FROM BANKS
|
|
INTEREST-EARNING
DEPOSITS WITH BANKS
|
|
FEDERAL
FUNDS SOLD
|
|
INVESTMENT
SECURITIES
|
|
LOANS
|
|
CREDIT
RISK
|
|
ASSET
QUALITY
|
|
PREMISES
AND EQUIPMENT AND OTHER ASSETS
|
|
DEPOSITS
|
|
OTHER
BORROWINGS
|
|
SUBORDINATED
DEBT
|
|
PREFERRED
STOCK
|
|
CLASS
B NON-VOTING COMMON STOCK
|
104
|
STOCKHOLDERS’
EQUITY
|
|
STOCK
OPTION PLAN
|
|
LIQUIDITY
AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
|
|
CAPITAL
ADEQUACY
|
|
MARKET
FOR COMMON STOCK
|
|
OFF-BALANCE
SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
|
|
OTHER
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
|
|
INTEREST
RATE SENSITIVITY
|
|
SUPERVISION
AND REGULATION
|
|
GENERAL
|
|
PENNSYLVANIA
BANKING LAWS
|
|
FEDERAL
BANKING LAWS
|
|
MEMORANDUM
OF UNDERSTANDING
|
|
BANK
HOLDING COMPANY REORGANIZATION AND REGULATION
|
|
WHERE
YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
|
|
ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
|
|
SHAREHOLDER
PROPOSALS FOR 2011
|
|
LEGAL
MATTERS
|
|
OTHER
BUSINESS
|
|
You
should rely only on the information contained in this document. We
have not authorized anyone to provide you with any other
information. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell
these securities.
The
information contained in this prospectus-proxy statement is accurate only as of
the date of this prospectus-proxy statement, regardless of the time of delivery
of this prospectus-proxy statement or of any sale of securities.
EXPLANATORY
NOTE
Customers
1st Bancorp, Inc. has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a
registration statement under the Securities Act for the registration of its
voting common stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, and shares
underlying warrants and options to acquire such stock, to be issued
and exchanged pursuant to a reorganization agreement. This
prospectus-proxy statement and the accompanying notice of shareholder meeting
constitute the prospectus of the Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. filed as part of
such registration statement. Upon completion of the reorganization,
Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. will be required to comply with the periodic
reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange
Act”).
Upon
consummation of the reorganization, Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. will qualify for
scaled disclosure in its Exchange Act reports as a smaller reporting company
because its public float, as calculated in accordance with Item 10 of Regulation
S-K under the Exchange Act, would be approximately $57.2 million, assuming no
outstanding exercisable stock options or warrants are exercised prior to the
closing of the reorganization.
New Century Bank is not presently
subject to reporting requirements under the Exchange Act.
NEW
CENTURY BANK
99 Bridge
Street
Phoenixville,
Pennsylvania 19460
(610)
933-2000
____________
_____, 2010
COVER
LETTER TO SHAREHOLDERS FROM JAY SIDHU
TO
BE ADDED BY AMENDMENT
NEW
CENTURY BANK
99 Bridge
Street
Phoenixville,
Pennsylvania 19460
(610)
933-2000
NOTICE
OF ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
An Annual
Meeting of the shareholders of New Century Bank (“the Bank”) will be held on
________, ____ __ 2010, at the main office of the Bank, 99 Bridge Street,
Phoenixville Pennsylvania, at ______ a.m. to vote on the
following proposals:
|
1.
|
To
elect three Class C directors of the Bank to serve a three-year
term;
|
|
2.
|
To
approve and ratify the New Century Bank Management Stock Purchase
Plan;
|
|
3.
|
To
approve and ratify the New Century Bank 2010 Stock Option
Plan;
|
|
4.
|
To
ratify the appointment of ParenteBeard LLC as the independent registered
public accounting firm of the Bank for the fiscal year ending December 31,
2010;
|
|
5.
|
To
approve and adopt a Plan of Merger and Reorganization pursuant to which
the Bank will reorganize to a bank holding company structure;
and
|
|
6.
|
To
adjourn the meeting to a date to be proposed at the meeting, if necessary
to solicit or receive additional
proxies.
|
The board
of directors has set the record date for the Annual Meeting as _________,
2010. Only holders of record of the Bank's voting common stock
at the close of business on that date can vote at the meeting. As
long as a quorum is present or represented at the Annual Meeting, the
affirmative vote of a majority of the Bank's voting common stock present, in
person or by proxy is required to pass Proposals 2 through 4 and 6,
the candidates receiving the highest number of votes shall be elected under
Proposal 1, and the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the Bank's outstanding
voting common stock is required to pass Proposal 5. As of the record
date, there were _______ shares of the Bank’s voting common stock
outstanding.
Shareholders
may be entitled to assert dissenters’ rights. See “THE REORGANIZATION
– Dissenters’ Rights” beginning on page
39
of this prospectus-proxy statement for a summary of the rights to which you may
be entitled. Additionally, a copy of the law pertaining to
dissenters’ rights, Sections 1607 and 1222 of the Pennsylvania Banking Code and
Subchapter D of Chapter 15 and Section 1930 of the Pennsylvania Business
Corporation Law, is attached as
Annex B
to the
prospectus–proxy statement.
The
directors of the Bank unanimously believe that Proposals 1 through 6 are in
the best interests of the Bank and its shareholders, and urge shareholders to
vote “
FOR
” all such
proposals.
By Order
of the Board of Directors
/s/
Gertrude M. Hackney
Gertrude
M. Hackney, Secretary
Dated: ___
__,
2010
This
prospectus-proxy statement and all attachments hereto, including the annual
report and audited financial statements of New Century Bank, as well as other
written or oral communications made from time to time by New Century Bank or
Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc., may contain certain forward-looking information
within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These statements relate to future
events or future predictions, including events or predictions relating to our
future financial performance, and are generally identifiable by the use of
forward-looking terminology such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,”
“should,” “plan,” “intend,” or “anticipates” or the negative thereof or
comparable terminology, or by discussion of strategy that involve risks and
uncertainties. These forward-looking statements are only predictions
and estimates regarding future events and circumstances and involve known and
unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including the risks described
under “Risk Factors” that may cause actual results, levels of activity,
performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results,
levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such
forward-looking statements. This information is based on various
assumptions that may not prove to be correct.
In
addition to the risks described in the “Risk Factors” section of this
prospectus-proxy statement, important factors to consider and evaluate in such
forward-looking statements include:
•
|
Changes in
the external competitive market factors that might impact results of
operations;
|
•
|
C
hanges
in laws and regulations, including without limitation changes in capital
requirements under the federal prompt corrective action
regulations;
|
•
|
Changes
in business strategy or an inability to execute strategy due to
the occurrence of unanticipated
events;
|
•
|
Ability to
identify potential candidates for, and consummate, acquisition or
investment transactions;
|
•
|
Constraints
on ability to consummate an attractive acquisition or investment
transaction because of significant competition for these
opportunities;
|
•
|
Failure to
complete any or all of the transactions described herein on the terms
currently contemplated;
|
•
|
Local,
regional and national economic conditions and events and the impact they
may have on us and our
customers;
|
•
|
Ability
to attract deposits and other sources of
liquidity;
|
•
|
Changes in
the financial performance and/or condition of our
borrowers;
|
•
|
Changes in
the level of non-performing and classified assets and
charge-offs;
|
•
|
Changes in
estimates of future loan loss reserve requirements based upon the periodic
review thereof under relevant regulatory and accounting
requirements;
|
•
|
Inflation,
interest rate, securities market and monetary
fluctuations;
|
•
|
The
timely development and acceptance of new banking products and services and
perceived overall value of these products and services by
users;
|
•
|
Changes in
consumer spending, borrowing and saving
habits;
|
•
|
The
ability to increase market share and control
expenses;
|
•
|
Continued
volatility in the credit and equity markets and its effect on the general
economy; and
|
•
|
The
effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted
by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other
accounting standard setters;
|
These
forward-looking statements are subject to significant uncertainties and
contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of New Century
Bank and Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. Although we believe that
the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we
cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or
achievements. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that actual
results will meet expectations or will not be materially lower than the results
contemplated in this prospectus-proxy statement and the attachments
hereto. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these
forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this document or,
in the case of documents referred to, the dates of those
documents. We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly any
revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances
after the date of this document or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated
events, except as may be required under applicable law.
COMMONLY USED TERMS
For purposes of this
prospectus-proxy statement, any references to the "Bank" refer to New Century
Bank, any references to the "Holding Company" refer to Customers 1st Bancorp,
Inc., any references to "we," "us," or "our" refer to the Bank and the Holding
Company collectively, any references to the "merger subsidiary" refer to New
Century Interim Bank, and any references to "Common Stock" refer to the voting
common stock of the applicable entity.
QUESTIONS
AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE ANNUAL MEETING AND
VOTING
Why
am I receiving these proxy materials?
The
Bank is sending you this prospectus-proxy statement and the accompanying
proxy card because the board of directors of the Bank is soliciting your proxy
to vote at the Annual Meeting. You are invited to attend the meeting
to vote on the proposals described in this prospectus-proxy
statement. However, you do not need to attend the meeting to vote
your shares. Instead, you may simply complete, sign, and return the
accompanying proxy card.
The Bank
has mailed this prospectus-proxy statement and the accompanying proxy card
to all shareholders of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
Who
is entitled to vote at the meeting?
To be
able to vote, you must have been a beneficial owner or record holder of the
Bank's Common Stock on _______, 2010, the record date on which we
determined shareholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the meeting (the
“Record Date”).
Shareholder of
Record: Shares Registered in Your Name
. If, at the
close of business on the Record Date, your shares of Common Stock were
registered directly in your name, then you are a shareholder of
record. As a shareholder of record you may vote in person at the
meeting or by proxy. Whether or not you plan to attend the meeting,
we urge you to complete and return the accompanying proxy card to ensure your
vote is counted.
Beneficial Owner: Shares
Registered in the Name of a Broker, Bank, or Other Agent
. If,
at the close of business on the Record Date, your shares were not issued
directly in your name, but rather were held in an account at a brokerage firm,
bank, or by another agent, you are the beneficial owner of shares held in
“street name” and these proxy materials are being forwarded to you by your
broker, bank, or other agent. The broker, bank, or other agent
holding your shares in that account is considered to be the shareholder of
record for purposes of voting at the meeting.
As a
beneficial owner, you have the right to direct your broker, bank, or other agent
on how to vote the shares of Common Stock in your account. You are
also invited to attend the meeting. However, since you are not the
shareholder of record, you may not vote your shares in person at the meeting
unless you request and obtain a valid proxy issued in your name from your
broker, bank or other agent.
What
am I being asked to vote on?
There
are six matters scheduled for a vote at the meeting:
|
1.
|
To
elect three Class C directors of the Bank to serve a three-year
term;
|
|
2.
|
To
approve and ratify the New Century Bank Management Stock Purchase
Plan;
|
|
3.
|
To
approve and ratify the New Century Bank 2010 Stock Option
Plan;
|
|
4.
|
To
ratify the appointment of ParenteBeard LLC as the independent registered
public accounting firm of the Bank for the fiscal year ending December 31,
2010;
|
|
5.
|
To
approve and adopt a Plan of Merger and Reorganization pursuant to which
the Bank will reorganize to form a bank holding company structure;
and
|
|
6.
|
To
adjourn the meeting to a date to be proposed at the meeting, if necessary
to solicit or receive additional
proxies.
|
The
Bank's board of directors recommends a vote "
FOR
" Proposals 1 through 6
above.
For
additional information about the proposed reorganization of the Bank, see
“QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE REORGANIZATION” beginning on page
8
of this prospectus-proxy statement, and the
sections of this prospectus-proxy statement referred to therein.
How
many votes do I have?
Each
holder of the Bank's Common Stock is entitled to one vote per share
held.
For a
proposal to be considered at the meeting, a quorum must be
present. The presence, in person or by proxy, of shareholders
entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders are
entitled to cast on the particular matter will constitute a quorum for purposes
of considering such matter. The shareholders present, in person or by
proxy, at a duly organized meeting can continue to do business until
adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less
than a quorum.
Abstentions
and “broker non-votes” (that is, shares held by a broker or nominee that are
represented at the meeting, but with respect to which such broker or nominee is
not instructed to vote on a particular proposal and does not have discretionary
voting power) will be counted for the purpose of determining whether a quorum is
present.
Your
shares will be counted toward the quorum only if you submit a valid proxy (or
one is submitted on your behalf by your broker, bank, or other agent) or if you
vote in person at the meeting. If there is no quorum, the chairperson
of the meeting, or a majority of the votes present at the meeting, may adjourn
the meeting to another date.
At any
adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present in person or by proxy, any
business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original
meeting if a quorum had been present.
For
Proposal 1, if a quorum is present, the candidates receiving the highest number
of votes shall be elected. See "What is cumulative voting and when does it
occur?" at page
6
of this prospectus-proxy
statement for more information about cumulative voting. “Withheld” votes and
broker non-votes will not count in determining the number of votes required to
elect a director, and they will not count in favor of or against a director’s
election.
Beneficial
owners should note that this year the rules regarding how brokers may vote
your shares have changed. Brokers may no longer vote your shares on the election
of directors in the absence of your specific instructions as to how to vote. So
we encourage you to provide instructions to your broker regarding the voting of
your shares.
For
Proposals 2 through 4 and 6, if a quorum is present, the affirmative
vote of a majority of the stock having voting powers, present, in person or by
proxy, is required to approve such proposals. Abstentions and broker
non-votes are not deemed to constitute “votes cast” and, therefore, do not count
either for or against approval of a given proposal.
For
Proposal 5, to approve and adopt a Plan of Merger and Reorganization, if a
quorum is present, the affirmative vote of holders of two-thirds of all shares
of the Bank’s outstanding voting common stock is required to approve the
proposal. Abstentions and broker non-votes are not deemed to
constitute “votes cast” and, therefore, do not count either for or against
approval of a given proposal.
For any
matter to be voted on except the election of directors, you may vote “For” or
“Against” or abstain from voting. For the election of directors, you
may vote
"
FOR
"
or "Against" all director nominees
or you may withhold authority to vote for one or more directors nominees. To
withhold authority, or if you desire to cumulate your vote, follow the
instructions on your proxy card. The procedures for voting are as
follows.
Shareholder of
Record: Shares Registered in Your Name
. If you are
a shareholder of record, you may vote in person at the
meeting. Alternatively, you may vote by proxy by using the
accompanying proxy card. Whether or not you plan to attend the
meeting, we urge you to vote by proxy to ensure your vote is
counted. You may still attend the meeting and vote in person if you
have already voted by proxy. In such case, notify the Corporate
Secretary before the meeting begins of your presence at the meeting and your
intention to revoke your previously voted proxy.
To vote
in person, come to the meeting and we will give you a ballot when you
arrive.
To vote
by proxy, simply complete, sign, and date the accompanying proxy card and return
it promptly in the envelope provided. If you return your signed proxy
card to us before the meeting, we will vote your shares as you direct unless you
revoke your proxy.
Beneficial Owner: Shares
Registered in the Name of Broker, Bank, or Other Agent
. If
your shares of Bank Common Stock are held in “street name,” that is, your shares
are held in the name of a brokerage firm, bank, or other nominee, in lieu of a
proxy card you should receive a voting instruction form from that institution by
mail. Complete and mail the voting instruction card as
instructed to ensure that your vote is counted.
If your
shares are held in street name and you wish to vote in person at the meeting,
you must obtain a proxy issued in your name from the record holder (that
is, your brokerage firm, bank or other nominee) and bring it with you to
the meeting. We recommend that you vote your shares in advance as
described above so that your vote will be counted if you later decide not to
attend the meeting.
What
is cumulative voting and when does it
occur?
Cumulative
voting allows a shareholder to cast all of the shareholder’s votes for a single
director or multiple directors. Pursuant to the Pennsylvania Banking Code, in
each election of directors, every shareholder entitled to vote shall have the
right, in person or by proxy, to multiply the number of votes to which the
shareholder may be entitled by the total number of directors to be elected in
the same election. The shareholder may cast the whole number of such
votes for one candidate, or the shareholder may distribute the votes among any
two or more candidates. Cumulative votes may be cast for one director nominee or
distributed among two or more director nominees. For example, if you owned 100
shares of the Bank's Common Stock as of the Record Date and three
directors were being elected, you would have 300 votes (100 shares multiplied by
three directors) to cast, in the entirety, among the three director
positions. You could cast all 300 votes for one director position, or
you could allocate those 300 votes among the three director positions in any way
you like, but you cannot cast more than a total of 300 votes across all director
positions.
If you
are present in person at the shareholder meeting, to engage in cumulative
voting, you must notify a judge of election of your intention to cumulate votes
before voting begins. If you do this, a judge of elections will
provide you with a special ballot to mark your cumulative votes.
If you
sign and return a proxy for the meeting, you must mark on the proxy the number
of votes you wish the proxies to cast for each candidate. If you fail
to show cumulative votes on your proxy, your proxies will cast an equal number
of your votes for each director position. If your proxy cumulative
voting instructions are ambiguous, your proxies will have authority to cumulate
and cast your votes in any manner consistent with your unambiguous
instructions.
What
if I return a proxy card but do not make specific
choices?
If you
return a signed proxy card without marking any voting selections, your shares
will be voted “
FOR
” each proposal
listed on the proxy card and
"
FOR
"
each director nominated by the board
of directors. If any other matter is properly presented at the
meeting, then one of the proxies named on the proxy card will
vote your shares using his or her best judgment.
What
if I receive more than one proxy card or voting
instruction form?
If you
receive more than one proxy card or voting instruction form because your shares
are held in multiple accounts or registered in different names or addresses,
please be sure to complete, sign, date, and return
each
proxy card or voting
instruction form to ensure that all of your shares will be
voted. Only shares relating to proxy cards and voting instruction
forms that have been signed, dated, and timely returned will be counted in the
quorum and voted.
Who
will count the votes and how will my votes be
counted?
Votes
will be counted by the judge of elections appointed for the Annual
Meeting. The judge of elections will count
“
FOR
”
and “
AGAINST
” votes for
each proposal.
Can
I change my vote after I have sent you my
proxy?
Yes. You
can revoke your proxy at any time before the applicable vote at the
meeting. If you are the record holder of your shares, you may revoke
your proxy in any one of three ways:
|
•
|
You
may submit another properly completed proxy with a later
date;
|
|
•
|
You
may send a written notice that you are revoking your proxy to our
Corporate Secretary at 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460;
or
|
|
•
|
You
may attend the meeting and vote in person (however, simply attending the
meeting will not, by itself, revoke your proxy; you must notify
the Corporate Secretary before the meeting begins of your presence at the
meeting and your intention to revoke your previously voted
proxy).
|
If your
shares are held by a broker, bank, or other agent, you should follow the
instructions provided by them.
How
may I communicate with the board of
directors?
Please
address any communications to the Bank's board of directors, in writing
to the Bank's Corporate Secretary at 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville,
Pennsylvania 19460. The Corporate Secretary will relay shareholder
communications to the board of directors or any individual director to whom
communications are directed.
Who
will bear the cost of soliciting proxies?
The
Bank will bear the entire cost of the solicitation of proxies for the
meeting, including the preparation, assembly, printing, and distribution of this
prospectus-proxy statement, the proxy card and any additional solicitation
materials furnished to shareholders. Copies of solicitation materials
will be furnished to brokerage houses, fiduciaries, and custodians holding
shares in their names that are beneficially owned by others so that they may
forward the solicitation materials to the beneficial owners. The
Bank may reimburse such persons for their reasonable expenses in forwarding
solicitation materials to beneficial owners. The original
solicitation of proxies may be supplemented by solicitation by personal contact,
telephone, facsimile, email, or any other means by the
Bank's directors, officers, or employees. No additional
compensation will be paid to those individuals for any such
services.
How
can I find out the results of the voting at the
meeting?
The
voting results will be announced at the meeting.
What
is the recommendation of the board of
directors?
The
Bank’s board of directors recommends a vote:
FOR
Proposal 1, to elect three Class C directors of the Bank to serve a three year
term;
FOR
Proposal 2, to approve and ratify the New Century Bank Management Stock Purchase
Plan;
FOR
Proposal 3, to approve and ratify the New Century Bank 2010 Stock Option
Plan;
FOR
Proposal 4, to ratify the appointment of ParenteBeard LLC as the independent
registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2010;
FOR
Proposal 5, to approve and adopt a Plan of Merger and Reorganization pursuant to
which the Bank will reorganize to form a bank holding company structure;
and
FOR
Proposal 6, to adjourn the meeting to a date to be proposed at the meeting,
if necessary to solicit or receive additional proxies.
With
respect to any other matter that properly comes before the meeting, the proxies
will vote in accordance with their best judgment. The Judge of
Election for the meeting will be Ruth Hammers or, in her absence, one or more
other individuals to be appointed in accordance with the Bank’s
bylaws.
Unless
you give other instructions on your proxy card, the persons named as proxies on
your signed proxy card will vote in accordance with the recommendations of the
Bank’s board of directors with respect to each of the proposals and the election
of each director position, and in their discretion with respect to any other
matter properly brought before the Annual Meeting.
QUESTIONS
AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE
REORGANIZATION
What
is the proposed transaction for which I am
being asked to vote?
You are
being asked to vote on a resolution to approve and adopt the Plan of Merger and
Reorganization ("Plan of Reorganization") described in this prospectus-proxy
statement in order to effect a reorganization (the “reorganization” or the
“transaction”) of the Bank into a bank holding company structure whereby all of
the current shareholders of the Bank will become shareholders of the Holding
Company, and the Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding
Company. The transaction, if approved by shareholders of the Bank at
the Annual Meeting, will involve several steps including, among others, an
application to applicable bank regulators for permission to form interim
bank as a merger subsidiary into which the Bank can merge in order to become a
wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company, applications to applicable bank
regulators for permission for the Bank to merge into the merger subsidiary in
accordance with the Plan of Reorganization, the exchange at a ratio of
three-to-one of outstanding shares of the Bank's Common Stock and Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock for shares of the Holding Company's Common Stock and
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, and the exchange of outstanding warrants and
options to purchase shares of the Bank's Common Stock for warrants or
options, respectively, to purchase shares of the Holding Company's Common
Stock.
For more
information on the reorganization and the Plan of Reorganization, see “THE
REORGANIZATION” beginning at page
39
of this
prospectus-proxy statement and the Plan of Reorganization attached as
Annex
A
to this prospectus-proxy statement.
What
will I receive for my Bank shares?
You will
receive one Holding Company share of Common Stock for every three shares of
Bank Common Stock you hold immediately prior to the closing of the
reorganization. Shareholders who hold shares of the Bank’s Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock immediately prior to the reorganization will
receive one share of the Holding Company’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock for
every three shares of the Bank’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock they hold
immediately prior to the closing of the reorganization. The Holding
Company will not issue any fractional shares in the reorganization. Holders
of Bank Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock who would otherwise
be entitled to a fractional share of Holding Company Common Stock or Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock will instead receive an amount in cash, rounded to the
nearest cent and without interest, equal to the product of (i) the fraction of
such share to which the holder would otherwise have been entitled, and (ii) the
book-value of one share of Common Stock of the Bank as of the final day of the
quarter ended immediately prior to the closing of the
reorganization.
What
will holders of options and warrants to purchase
the Bank's Common Stock receive?
All
warrants and options for the purchase of the Bank's Common Stock or Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock that have been granted will automatically become
warrants or options, respectively, to purchase one-third the number of
shares of the Holding Company's Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock,
as applicable. The number of Holding Company shares for
which each outstanding option or warrant will be exercisable after the
reorganization will be rounded up to the nearest whole number of shares, subject
to the holder's agreement to any necessary corresponding upward rounding
adjustments of the exercise price to the nearest whole cent.
Do
I have to take any action to exchange my Bank
shares?
Your shares
of the Bank's Common Stock will be exchanged for shares of the Holding Company's
Common Stock without any action on your part. Upon completion of the
reorganization, you will be mailed a letter of transmittal and instructions
related to the exchange of the certificates and other instruments representing
your ownership of the Bank's Common Stock, Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, or
options or warrants to purchase the Bank's Common Stock, as applicable, for
certificates or other instruments representing the Holding Company's securities
into which your securitites have been converted as a result of the
reorganization. You should not send in your certificates or other
instruments representing your ownership of the Bank's securities until we
notify you to do so.
Can
I trade Bank shares between the date of
this prospectus-proxy statement and the closing of the
reorganization?
Yes. To
the extent you are currently allowed to trade such shares, the Bank’s shares
will continue to be tradable during this period.
After
the transaction, where can I trade the
Holding Company's shares?
There is
no established trading market for the Bank's Common Stock or Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock and we do not expect there to be an established trading
market for the Holding Company's Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
after the reorganization. The Holding Company's Common Stock and
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock may not be listed or quoted on any
exchange. Trades of the Bank's Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting
Common Stock have not regularly been reported, so it is unlikely that trades of
the Holding Company's Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock will be
regularly reported in the foreseeable future.
Will
the transaction affect the Bank’s current or
future operations?
We
currently believe that the transaction should have no material impact on how we
conduct our day-to-day operations. A holding company structure may
allow us to conduct some activities the Bank could not conduct on its own, or it
may allow us to make some acquisitions the Bank could not otherwise
make. Please see “Risk Factors” beginning at page
13
of this prospectus-proxy statement for a discussion
of various ways in which the transaction could have an adverse effect on
us.
Will
the transaction dilute my economic
interest?
The
transaction will not dilute your economic interest. While the number
of outstanding shares of the Holding Company outstanding immediately after the
consummation of the transaction will be one-third the number of outstanding
shares of the Bank immediately before consummation of the transaction, the
economic interest associated with all shares will remain the same.
Will
the transaction result in any changes to my
rights as a shareholder?
Yes. Your
rights under the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law as a holder of shares of
Common Stock of the Holding Company will differ in certain respects from your
current rights under the Pennsylvania Banking Code. We summarize the
material changes in your rights as a shareholder resulting from the
transaction at “Comparison of Shareholders' Rights" beginning at
page
52
of this prospectus-proxy
statement.
What
are the expected federal income tax
consequences of the reorganization?
The
reorganization is designed to qualify as a tax-free reorganization for federal
income tax purposes and the Bank and the Holding Company will receive a legal
opinion to that effect. Thus, while there can be no guarantee that
the U.S. Internal Revenue Service will adopt a similar position, it is expected
that Bank shareholders will have no federal income tax consequences as a result
of the reorganization, except with respect to receipt of cash in lieu of any
fractional interests in the shares of the Holding Company (and other than
dissenting shareholders who elect dissenters’ rights). Bank
shareholders should consult with their tax adviser about state and local
tax consequences of the reorganization, if any, because the information about
tax consequences in this prospectus-proxy statement relates to the federal
income tax consequences of the reorganization only. Please refer to
“Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” beginning on page
46
of prospectus-proxy statement for a
description of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the
reorganization to the Bank's shareholders.
When
do you expect the transaction to be
completed?
We intend
to close the reorganization as quickly as possible and, assuming the transaction
is approved by the Bank’s shareholders and the banking regulators,
we expect to close the transaction during the third quarter of
2010. However, completion of the reorganization could be delayed if
we fail to obtain the necessary regulatory approvals, or if we propose to
complete an acquisition or similar transaction. See "THE
REORGANIZATION - Acquisition Stragies" for more information about potential
acquisitions or similar transactions. Our boards of directors have the right to
withdraw or postpone the transaction for any reason even if all necessary
regulatory and shareholder approvals have been obtained.
What
vote of the Bank's shareholders is required to
approve the reorganization?
The
affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the shares of Common
Stock of the Bank that are outstanding on the Record Date
is
required to approve the reorganization.
What
vote does the Bank’s board of directors
recommend?
The
Bank’s board of directors recommends that the Bank’s shareholders vote “
FOR
”
the proposal to approve and adopt the Plan of Reorganization pursuant to which
the Bank will reorganize to form a bank holding company structure.
Are
the interests of the Bank’s board of directors
and executive officers in this transaction the same as mine?
In
considering the information contained in this prospectus-proxy statement, you
should be aware that the Bank’s directors and executive officers have interests
in the reorganization that may be different from, or in addition to, the
interests of the Bank’s shareholders. These additional interests of the Bank’s
directors and executive officers may create potential conflicts of interest and
cause these individuals to view the proposed transaction differently than you
may view it as a shareholder.
The
Bank’s board of directors was aware of these interests and took them into
account in its decision to declare advisable the Plan of Reorganization and the
reorganization contemplated thereby. For information concerning these interests,
please see the discussion under the caption “INTERESTS OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS
IN THE MERGER AND REORGANIZATION” beginning at page
62
of this prospectus-proxy
statement.
Do
I have the right to dissent from the
merger?
Yes. You
have the right under Pennsylvania law to dissent from the merger and to demand
and receive cash for the fair value of the Bank's Common Stock that
you hold. In order to assert dissenters’ rights, shareholders must
precisely follow the process described in “THE REORGANIZATION – Dissenters’
Rights” and in
Annex
B
.
Generally,
a shareholder who wishes to dissent must:
|
•
|
File
with the Bank a written notice of intention to demand that the shareholder
be paid the fair value for his or her shares of Bank Common Stock and
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock rather than receive Holding Company shares
as described in the Plan of Reorganization. The dissenting
shareholder must file this notice with the Bank prior to the shareholder
vote on the reorganization at the Annual
Meeting;
|
|
•
|
A
dissenting shareholder may not change the beneficial ownership of his or
her Bank Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock from the date of
the filing of the notice of intention to demand payment through the
effective date of the reorganization;
and
|
|
•
|
A
dissenting shareholder also may not vote his or her Bank common stock to
approve the reorganization at the Annual
Meeting.
|
You
should consult with your own legal advisor as to your dissenters’ rights under
Pennsylvania law. Failure to strictly comply with these procedures
will result in the loss of dissenters’ rights and your ability to receive cash
for the fair value of your Bank Common Stock.
What
are the conditions that must be satisfied
for the reorganization to occur?
As more
fully described in this prospectus-proxy statement, the completion of the
reorganization depends on the satisfaction of a number of conditions. These
conditions include, among others:
|
•
|
Approval
by the requisite vote of the Bank’s
shareholders;
|
|
•
|
The
receipt of all regulatory consents and approvals required in connection
with (i) the establishment of the Holding Company as a bank holding
company, and (ii) the creation of the merger subsidiary, and (iii) the
merger of the Bank into the merger
subsidiary;
|
|
•
|
The
receipt by the Bank of a legal opinion with respect to certain United
States federal income tax consequences of the reorganization;
and
|
|
•
|
The
effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus-proxy
statement is a part with respect to the Holding Company Common Stock and
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock to be issued in the reorganization under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the absence of any stop order
or proceedings initiated or threatened by the Securities and Exchange
Commission or any applicable state securities commissioner for that
purpose.
|
We cannot
be certain when, or if, the conditions to the reorganization will be satisfied,
or that the reorganization will be completed.
Can
the proposed reorganization be deferred or
abandoned altogether?
While we
currently expect the reorganization to take place as soon as practicable after
meeting the necessary conditions, the Bank's board of directors could
decide to defer or abandon the transaction. The board of directors
could do this for any number of reasons including, without limitation, because
of increased estimated costs of the transaction, a determination that the
transaction is no longer in the best interests of the Bank or its shareholders,
an inability to obtain regulatory approval, or a conclusion that the transaction
may not result in the benefits currently expected.
What
do I need to do now?
After you
have carefully read this prospectus-proxy statement and have decided how you
wish to vote your shares, please vote your shares promptly. If you hold common
stock in your name as a shareholder of record, you must complete, sign, date and
mail your proxy card in the enclosed postage paid return envelope as soon as
possible. If you beneficially own your stock in “street name” through a
brokerage firm, bank, or other nominee, you must direct such entity or person to
vote in accordance with the instructions you have received from your brokerage
firm, bank, or other nominee. Submitting your proxy card or directing your
brokerage firm, bank, or other nominee to vote your shares will ensure that your
shares are represented and voted at the Annual Meeting.
What
happens after the meeting?
If
the reorganization is approved at the meeting, we plan to file applications
with the banking regulators for their approval of the
transaction. Once all approvals are obtained, we plan to complete the
transaction.
Whom
should I call if I have questions about the
meeting or the transaction?
You
should contact Trudy Hackney at (484) 359-7135 (for questions about the
meeting), and Thomas Brugger at (484) 359-7113 (for questions about the
transaction).
Before
you decide how to vote on the transaction, you should carefully consider the
following risk factors. These risks could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity and cause our
actual operating results to materially differ from those contained in
forward-looking statements made in this prospectus-proxy statement, in the
annual report and financial statements attached to this document and elsewhere
by management. Before making a decision on how to vote on the transaction, you
should carefully consider these risks as well as other information contained or
incorporated by reference in this prospectus-proxy
statement. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to
us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially adversely
affect our business, financial condition and/or operating results.
Risks
Related to the Reorganization
Transaction
We
may not realize the anticipated benefits of the
reorganization.
See “THE
REORGANIZATION — Background and Reasons for the Transaction” for a discussion of
our reasons for the reorganization and what benefits we hope the Bank will
obtain from it. If we do not realize those benefits we may not be as
profitable as we hope.
Consummation
of the transaction could be delayed or prevented by a number of factors we might
not be able to control. For example, the
Bank's shareholders might not approve the transaction. As
another example, too many of our shareholders might dissent from the transaction
and demand payment of cash for their Bank shares, in which event we might decide
that the transaction requires too large a cash expenditure.
As
another example, the banking regulators might refuse to approve the transaction
or might delay their approvals. We understand that in recent months,
applications for bank mergers and acquisitions have been delayed in some cases
for significant periods of time due to additional requests for information
required by the banking regulators to help them evaluate the risks of the
proposed transaction. In our case, the Federal Reserve will be asked
to approve the formation of a new holding company for the Bank and may want
additional information that will help it evaluate the expected financial
condition of Holding Company and Bank after the transaction. We do
not know if the banking regulators will make special requests for information,
and, if they do, we do not know how such requests might affect the receipt of
approvals or how soon we can expect to receive approvals from the banking
regulators. If approvals from bank regulators were delayed too long,
we could decide to defer or abandon the transaction, either due to the expense
of the transaction or because of other transactions or events that occur after
we file the applications.
Your
rights as a shareholder will change as
a result of the transaction.
Because
of differences between the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law and the
Pennsylvania Banking Code, and differences between the governing documents of
the Holding Company and the Bank, your rights as a shareholder will change
in certain respects if the transaction is completed. See “COMPARISON
OF SHAREHOLDERS’ RIGHTS” beginning at page
52
of this prospectus-proxy
statement.
We
may choose to defer or abandon the
transaction.
While we
currently expect the transaction to take place as soon as practicable after
obtaining shareholder approval of the transaction at the shareholder meeting and
approval from the applicable banking regulators, our board of directors could
decide to defer or abandon the transaction. While the board of
directors could do this for any reason, some examples of reasons it might do so
include an increase in our estimated cost of the transaction, or a determination
by the board of directors that the transaction is no longer in the best
interests of the Bank or our shareholders, or inability to get regulatory
approval, or that the transaction may not result in the benefits we now
expect.
The
transaction could result in adverse effects
on our management’s ability to effectively manage our business.
Our
management will need to devote substantial attention to the
transaction. It will also have to spend administrative time managing
the Holding Company. For example, the Holding Company will have
more reports to file with bank regulators, and the Holding Company will be
required to comply with federal and state securities laws that the Bank would
not have to comply with because the Bank's securities are exempt from most
securities regulation. This attention could distract management
from other Bank business.
The
Holding Company may become subject to
additional Pennsylvania taxes as a result of the transaction.
The
Holding Company may become subject to additional corporate taxes in
Pennsylvania, although we do not expect those taxes to materially affect our
profitability.
Risks
Related to Our Securities
There
is no established trading market for our
Common Stock and share price may be volatile.
We cannot
predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to a more active
trading market in our Common Stock or how liquid that market might become. A
public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and
orderliness depends upon the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and
sellers of our Common Stock at any given time, which presence is dependent upon
the individual decisions of investors, over which we have no
control.
The
market price of our Common Stock may be highly volatile and subject to wide
fluctuations in response to numerous factors, including, but not limited to, the
factors discussed in other risk factors as well as the following:
|
•
|
Actual
or anticipated fluctuations in our operating
results;
|
|
•
|
Changes
in interest rates;
|
|
•
|
Changes
in the legal or regulatory environment in which we
operate;
|
|
•
|
Press
releases, announcements or publicity relating to us or our competitors or
relating to trends in our
industry;
|
|
•
|
Changes
in expectations as to our future financial performance, including
financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts and
investors;
|
|
•
|
Future
sales or offerings of our Common
Stock;
|
|
•
|
Changes
in economic conditions in our marketplace, general conditions in the U.S.
economy, financial markets or the banking industry;
and
|
|
•
|
Other
developments affecting our competitors or
us.
|
These
factors may adversely affect the trading price of our Common Stock, regardless
of our actual operating performance, and could prevent you from selling your
Common Stock at or above the offering price. In addition, the stock markets,
from time to time, experience extreme price and volume fluctuations that may be
unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies. These
broad fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock,
regardless of our trading performance.
We
may issue additional shares of common stock,
preferred stock or equity, debt or derivative securities, which could adversely
affect the value or voting power of your common stock.
We have
the ability to offer shares of common stock, non-voting common stock or
preferred stock by action of our boards of directors without further shareholder
approval. In addition, our boards of directors have authority to issue
senior and subordinated debt without further shareholder approval.
As of
April 9,
2010
, the Bank had options outstanding to
purchase 1,909,382
shares of its Common
Stock. As of that date, holders of 17,923,843 shares of Common Stock and
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock were beneficiaries of anti-dilution agreements
providing each of them price protection until March 31, 2011, such that
if the Bank issues any shares of its Common Stock at or prior to that
date at a price less than $3.76 per share, the Bank will issue
sufficient additional shares to such shareholders to maintain the
values of their holdings of Common Stock at the new, lower issuance price. As of
April 9,
2010
, the Bank had also outstanding warrants for the purchase
of an aggregate of
1,286,111
shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.76 per share and 33,591
shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.50 per share. The warrants are
exercisable until June 30, 2016. As of April 9, 2010, the Bank also had
warrants to purchase 226,289 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common
Stock, outstanding.
The
amount, price or terms of future issuances of equity or debt securities
(including debt securities convertible into equity securities or equity
securities issuable upon conversion of Bank debt) could dilute your ownership,
your voting power, or the book value or market value of the shares of your
Common Stock.
Your
investment in our common stock or Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock may be subject to further dilution.
The Bank
has recently offered its shares at prices lower than the prices at which shares
were sold in prior offerings. As a result, book value, potential
market value and voting rights of shares held by shareholders who do not hold
anti-dilution agreement rights have been diluted. The Bank or Holding
Company may issue shares in future offerings, acquisitions or other
transactions, or may engage in recapitalizations or similar transactions in the
future, the result of which could cause shareholders without anti-dilution
agreement rights to suffer further dilution in book value, market value or
voting rights. The board of directors has authority to engage in some
of these transactions – particularly additional share offerings or issuances -
without shareholder approval. If the board of directors decides to
approve transactions that result in dilution, the value and voting power of
shares of common stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock issued by the Bank or
Holding Company could decrease.
Our
Common Stock is subordinate to all of our existing
and future indebtedness; and we are not limited on the amount of indebtedness we
and any subsidiaries may incur in the future.
The rights,
interests and priorities of holders of Common Stock rank junior to all
indebtedness, including our $2,000,000 aggregate principal amount Floating Rate
Subordinated Debt Securities due 2014 (see “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - SUBORDINATED DEBT,” on
page
104
of this prospectus-proxy
statement), and other non-equity claims on the Holding Company and/or the Bank
with respect to assets available to satisfy claims, including in a liquidation
of the Holding Company or the Bank.
The
Holding Company’s right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a
subsidiary’s, such as the Bank’s, liquidation or reorganization is subject to
the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors.
In
addition, we are not limited by our Common Stock in the amount of debt or other
obligations we or our subsidiaries may incur in the future. Accordingly, we and
our subsidiaries may incur substantial amounts of additional debt and other
obligations that will rank senior to our Common Stock or to which our Common
Stock will be structurally subordinated.
Risk
of disruption in deposit movement.
The FDIC
Temporary Liquidity Guaranty Program (“TLGP”) that authorizes the unlimited
guarantee of non-interest bearing deposit transaction accounts was originally
scheduled to expire on December 31, 2010, and could be further extended. Before
and after temporary guarantee expires, there could be banking system disruption
and deposit movement. If banking system disruption occurs and deposit movement
is significant, the Bank may lose deposits and be required to draw down on its
unused borrowing capacity at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh
(“FHLB-P”), Federal Reserve or correspondent bank fed funds lines. This may
result in fewer funds being available to fund earning asset growth, along with
the increased costs of any borrowings required as a result of transaction
account loss, may cause our net interest income and net income to be
lower.
We
may not pay dividends on the shares in the foreseeable
future, which may adversely affect your return and the price of our Common
Stock.
We have
not historically declared or paid dividends on our Common Stock and we do not
expect to do so in the near future. Any future determination relating to
dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our boards of directors and
will depend on a number of factors, including our earnings and financial
condition, liquidity and capital requirements, the general economic and
regulatory climate, our ability to service any equity or debt obligations senior
to the Common Stock, and other factors deemed relevant by our boards of
directors. In addition, there are significant regulatory restrictions on our
ability to pay dividends. See, “MARKET PRICE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS –
Dividends on Common Stock,” on page
85
of
this prospectus-proxy statement, and “- Dividend Policy,” on page
85
of this prospectus-proxy statement.
Risks
Related To Our Business
The
Bank's level of assets categorized as doubtful,
substandard or special mention expose the Bank to increased lending
risk. If the Bank's allowance for loan losses is insufficient to
absorb losses in its loan portfolio, the Bank's earnings could
decrease.
At
December 31, 2009, the Bank's delinquent loans greater than 90 days
and non-accrual loans totaled $14.4 million, which represented 6.3% of total
loans, and its allowance for loan losses totaled $10.0 million, which
represented 4.4% of total loans. The Bank makes various
assumptions and judgments about the collectability of its loan portfolio,
including the creditworthiness of its borrowers and their probability of
making payment, as well as the value of real estate and other assets serving as
collateral for the repayment of many of its loans. In determining the
amount of the allowance for loan losses, significant factors the
Bank considers include loss experience in particular segments of the
portfolio, trends and absolute levels of classified and criticized loans, trends
and absolute levels in delinquent loans, trends in risk ratings, trends in
industry charge-offs by particular segments and changes in existing general
economic and business conditions affecting its lending areas and the
national economy. If the Bank's assumptions are incorrect, its
allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent
in its loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance.
Material additions to the Bank's allowance could materially
decrease net income.
The
Bank's regulators, as an integral part of their examination process,
periodically review its allowance for loan losses and may require the
Bank to increase its allowance for loan losses by recognizing
additional provisions for loan losses charged to expense, or to
decrease its allowance for loan losses by recognizing loan charge-offs, net
of recoveries. Any such additional provisions for loan losses or charge-offs, as
required by these regulatory agencies, could have a material adverse effect
on the Bank's financial condition and results of
operations.
The
Bank's emphasis on commercial and warehouse
lending may expose the Bank to increased lending risks.
The
Bank intends to emphasize the origination of commercial lending and
specialty lending, including warehouse financing. Commercial loans generally
expose a lender to greater risk of non-payment and loss than one- to four-family
residential mortgage loans because repayment of the loans often depends on the
successful operation of the property and the income stream of the borrowers.
Such loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups
of related borrowers compared to one- to four-family residential mortgage loans.
In addition, since such loans generally entail greater credit risk than one- to
four-family residential mortgage loans, the Bank may need to
increase its allowance for loan losses in the future to account for the
likely increase in probable incurred credit losses associated with the growth of
such loans. Also, the Bank expects that many of its commercial
borrowers will have more than one loan outstanding with it. Consequently,
an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can
expose the Bank to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an
adverse development with respect to a one- to four-family residential mortgage
loan.
Decreased
residential mortgage origination, volume and
pricing decisions of competitors.
The Bank
does not currently operate in the residential mortgage origination business,
however it may originate, sell and service residential mortgage loans in
the future. If it does, changes in interest rates and pricing decisions by the
Bank's loan competitors may adversely affect demand for its residential mortgage
loan products, the revenue realized on the sale of loans and revenues received
from servicing such loans for others, and ultimately reduce the
Bank's net income. New regulations, increased regulatory
reviews, and/or changes in the structure of the secondary mortgage markets
which the Bank would utilize to sell mortgage loans may be introduced
and may increase costs and make it more difficult to operate a residential
mortgage origination business.
The
Bank's performance and financial
condition may be adversely affected by regional economic conditions and real
estate values.
The
Bank’s loan and deposit activities are largely based in eastern Pennsylvania. As
a result, our financial performance depends largely upon economic conditions in
this eastern Pennsylvania region. This region has experienced deteriorating
local economic conditions during 2008 and 2009, and a continued downturn in the
regional real estate market could harm our financial condition and results of
operations because of the geographic concentration of loans within this regional
area and because a large percentage of our loans are secured by real property.
If there is further decline in real estate values, the collateral for Bank’s
loans will provide less security. As a result, our ability to recover on
defaulted loans by selling the underlying real estate will be diminished, and
the Bank will be more likely to suffer losses on defaulted loans.
Additionally,
a significant portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio is invested in commercial
real estate loans. Often in a commercial real estate
transaction, repayment of the loan is dependent on rental
income. Economic conditions may affect the tenant’s ability to make
rental payments on a timely basis, and may cause some tenants not to renew their
leases, each of which may impact the debtor’s ability to make loan
payments. Further, if expenses associated with commercial properties
increase dramatically, the tenant’s ability to repay, and therefore the debtor’s
ability to make timely loan payments, could be adversely affected.
All of
these factors could increase the amount of the Bank’s non-performing loans,
increase its provision for loan and lease losses and reduce the Bank’s net
income.
Federal
Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh continues not to pay
dividends nor repurchase capital stock.
On
December 23, 2008, the FHLB-P announced that it would voluntarily suspend the
payment of dividends and the repurchase of excess capital stock until further
notice. The FHLB-P announced that it expected its ability to pay dividends and
add to retained earnings to be significantly curtailed due to low short-term
interest rates, an increased cost of maintaining liquidity, other than temporary
impairment charges, and constrained access to debt markets at attractive rates.
Capital stock repurchases from member banks are reviewed on a quarterly basis by
the FHLB-P, but FHLB-P announced that no repurchases will take place until
further notice. As of December 31, 2009, the Bank held $1.26 million of FHLB-P
capital stock.
Financial
turmoil may increase
other-than-temporary-impairment (“OTTI”) charges.
Due to
the ongoing economic crisis, there has been a rise in OTTI charges taken by
institutions, as the fair market values of many investment securities have
fallen below their amortized cost basis. The increasing duration of
unrealized losses on these securities brought about heightened scrutiny by
banks, auditors, and outside examiners on whether write-downs were
necessary. If the Bank’s OTTI charges result in it falling below the
“well capitalized” regulatory requirement, we may need to raise
capital.
We
may need to raise additional capital in the future and
such capital may not be available when needed or at all.
We are
required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels
of capital to support our operations and may need to raise additional capital in
the future to provide us with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet
our commitments and business needs. In the absence of wholesale funding sources,
we may turn to additional subordinated debt and/or other transactions that might
be available, including the TLGP. We cannot assure you that such
capital will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we
are unable to generate sufficient additional capital though its earnings, or
other sources, it would be necessary to slow earning asset growth and or pass up
possible acquisition opportunities, which may result in a reduction of future
net income growth. Further, an inability to raise additional capital on
acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
Sufficient
funding to support earning asset
growth.
The Bank
needs adequate liquidity to fund its balance sheet growth in order for it to be
able to successfully grow its revenues. This liquidity can be
gathered in both wholesale and non-wholesale funding markets. The
Bank’s asset growth over the past few years has been funded with various forms
of wholesale funding which is defined as wholesale deposits (primarily
certificates of deposit) and borrowed funds (FHLB advances, Federal advances and
Federal fund line borrowings). Wholesale funding at December 31, 2009
represented approximately 12.2% of total funding compared with approximately
13.9% at December 31, 2008. Wholesale funding generally costs more than deposits
generated from the Bank’s traditional branch system and is subject to certain
practical limits such as the FHLB-P’s maximum borrowing capacity and the Bank’s
liquidity policy limits. Additionally, regulators might consider wholesale
funding beyond certain points to be imprudent and might suggest that future
asset growth be reduced or halted.
In the
absence of wholesale funding sources, the Bank might need to reduce earning
asset growth through the reduction of current production, sale of assets, and/or
the participating out of future and current loans or leases. This in turn might
reduce future net income of the Bank and the Holding Company.
The
amount loaned to us is generally dependent on the value of the collateral
pledged and the Bank’s financial condition. These lenders could
reduce the percentages loaned against various collateral categories, eliminate
certain types of collateral and otherwise modify or even terminate their loan
programs, particularly to the extent they are required to do so because of
capital adequacy or other balance sheet concerns, or if further disruptions in
the capital markets occur. Any change or termination of our
borrowings from the FHLB-P, the Federal Reserve or correspondent banks would
have an adverse affect on our liquidity and profitability.
The
FDIC’s recent policy statement imposing restrictions and
criteria on private investors in failed bank acquisitions may apply to us and
our investors.
On August
26, 2009, the FDIC issued a policy statement imposing restrictions and criteria
on private investors in failed bank acquisitions. The policy statement is broad
in scope and potentially applies to an investor with more than 5% of the total
voting power of an acquired depository institution or its holding company. It is
too early to tell whether or how the policy statement would be applied to the
Holding Company or its investors if the Holding Company bids on any failed bank
acquisitions.
Investors
subject to the policy statement could be prohibited from selling or transferring
their interests for three years. They also would be required to provide the FDIC
with information about the investor and all entities in the investor’s ownership
chain, including information on the size of the capital fund or funds, its
diversification, its return profile, its marketing documents, and its management
team and business model. Investors owning 80% or more of two or more banks or
savings associations would be required to pledge their proportionate interests
in each institution to cross-guarantee the FDIC against losses to the Deposit
Insurance Fund.
Under the
policy statement, the FDIC also could prohibit investment through ownership
structures involving multiple investment vehicles that are owned or controlled
by the same parent company. Investors that directly or indirectly hold 10% or
more of the equity of a bank or savings association in receivership also would
not be eligible to bid to become investors in the deposit liabilities of that
failed institution. In addition, an investor using ownership structures with
entities that are domiciled in bank secrecy jurisdictions would not be eligible
to own a direct or indirect interest in an insured depository institution unless
the investor’s parent company is subject to comprehensive consolidated
supervision as recognized by the Federal Reserve and the investor enters into
certain agreements with the U.S. bank regulators regarding access to
information, maintenance of records and compliance with U.S. banking laws and
regulations. If the policy statement applies, the Holding C,ompany and its
banks, including any failed bank the Holding Company acquires, could be required
to maintain a ratio of Tier 1 common equity to total assets of at least 10% for
a period of 3 years, and thereafter maintain a capital level sufficient to be
well capitalized under regulatory standards during the remaining period of
ownership of the investors. The Holding Company’s bank subsidiaries also may be
prohibited from extending any new credit to investors that own at least 10% of
the equity of the Holding Company.
Our
shareholders may be deemed to be acting in
concert and thereby subject to increased regulatory scrutiny, including the
application of the FDIC policy statement to the Bank and its
investors.
The
interests in the Bank of any shareholders determined by a bank regulatory agency
to be acting in concert would be aggregated for purposes of determining whether
those shareholders have control of a bank or bank holding company. Each
shareholder obtaining control may, if other than an individual, be required to
register as a bank holding company. “Acting in concert” generally means knowing
participation in a joint activity or parallel action towards the common goal of
acquiring control of a bank or a parent company, whether or not pursuant to an
express agreement. How this definition is applied in individual circumstances
can vary among the various federal bank regulatory agencies and from bank to
bank, and cannot always be predicted with certainty. Many factors can lead to a
finding of acting in concert, including where shareholders are commonly
controlled or managed; the shareholders are parties to an oral or written
agreement or understanding regarding the acquisition, voting or transfer of
control of voting securities of a bank or bank holding company; the shareholders
each own stock in a bank and are also management officials, controlling
shareholders, partners or trustees of another company; or both an investor and a
controlling shareholder, partner, trustee or management official of the
shareholder own stock in the bank or bank holding company.
Previously
enacted and potential future
legislation, including legislation to reform the U.S. financial regulatory
system, could adversely affect our business.
Market
conditions have resulted in creation of various programs by the United States
Congress, the Treasury, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC that were designed to
enhance market liquidity and bank capital. As these programs expire,
are withdrawn or reduced, the impact on the financial markets, banks in general
and their customers is unknown. This could have the effect of, among
other things, reducing liquidity, raising interest rates, reducing fee revenue,
limiting the ability to raise capital, all of which could have an adverse impact
on the financial condition of the Bank and the Holding Company.
Additionally,
the federal government is considering a variety of other reforms related to
banking and the financial industry including, without limitation, efforts to
deal with home foreclosures, financial regulatory reforms, and reform of
consumer regulatory guidelines. There can be no assurance as to
whether or when any of the proposed reforms will be enacted into legislation
and, if adopted, what the final provisions of such legislation will be. New
legislation and regulatory changes could impose potentially significant
additional costs on us, require us to change certain of our business practices,
adversely affect our ability to pursue business opportunities we might otherwise
consider engaging in, cause business disruptions and/or have other impacts that
are as-of-yet unknown to the Holding Company and the Bank.
Government
regulation might have an adverse effect on our
business.
We are
heavily regulated. Banking and other regulations affect our entire business. For
example, if we fail to meet various minimum regulatory capital requirements, our
regulators may take action limiting our activities. Additionally, our regulators
have wide authority to limit our activities in any situation where the
regulators believe our safety and soundness is threatened. These regulations
change frequently and could get more restrictive. Restrictive regulations or the
actions of bank regulators could limit our activities and negatively impact our
earnings and profitability.
The
Holding Company may become subject to
additional Pennsylvania taxes as a result of the reorganization.
The
Holding Company may become subject to additional corporate taxes in
Pennsylvania, although we do not expect those taxes to materially
affect profitability.
Accounting
standards periodically change and the
application of our accounting policies and methods may require us to make
estimates about matters that are uncertain.
The
regulatory bodies that establish accounting standards, including, among others,
the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the Securities and Exchange
Commission (“SEC”), periodically revise or issue new financial accounting and
reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. The
effect of such revised or new standards on our financial statements can be
difficult to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our
financial condition and results of operations.
In
addition, management must exercise judgment in appropriately applying many of
our accounting policies and methods so they comply with generally accepted
accounting principles. In some cases, management may have to select a particular
accounting policy or method from two or more alternatives. In some cases, the
accounting policy or method chosen might be reasonable under the circumstances
and yet might result in our reporting materially different amounts than would
have been reported if we had selected a different policy or method. Accounting
policies are critical to fairly presenting our financial condition and results
of operations and may require us to make difficult, subjective or complex
judgments about matters that are uncertain.
We
might not achieve profitability or consistent
earnings.
The Bank
has had periods in which it experienced operating losses, including in
2009. There can be no assurance that the Bank or the Holding
Company will achieve profitability in future periods, or maintain
profitability, or that earnings will increase in the future.
We
might not be able to keep growing or may fail
to manage our growth effectively.
Our
acquisition strategy includes intentions to expand our business. We hope this
will make our business more profitable and increase our earnings per share. Our
ability to continue to grow depends partly on our ability to expand our market
share by acquisition or organically, successfully attract core deposits, and
identify loan, investment and acquisition opportunities as well as opportunities
to generate fee-based income. Our ability to acquire other banking institutions
or branches or to establish de novo branches is subject to many contingencies,
including regulatory approvals, the receipt of which may depend upon regulators’
concurrence in our growth strategy and evaluation of our capital, management,
earnings, liquidity and sensitivity to market risk.
If we
keep growing, such growth may strain our management and operations. Our ability
to manage this growth will depend upon our ability to continue to attract, hire
and retain talented employees. It will also depend on our ability to manage and
improve our operating systems. We must also manage many different customer
relationships simultaneously. We must provide products and services our
customers want. If our business continues to grow, there is no guarantee that we
will be successful in managing our growth, or that our growth will increase our
profitability.
Asset
growth may not cause our earnings to
grow.
Our
earnings depend not only on our total assets, but also on whether those assets
earn interest or other income, and the rate at which they earn income. Our
earnings also may be reduced by any increased expenses associated with increased
assets, such as additional employee compensation expense, and increased interest
expense on any liabilities incurred or deposits solicited to fund increases in
assets. If our earnings do not grow proportionately with our assets or equity,
our overall profitability may be adversely affected.
If
we do not open new branches as planned or do not
achieve profitability on our new branches, our earnings may be
reduced.
We plan
to open four to six new branches each year over the next few years in and around
southeastern Pennsylvania and central New Jersey. These plans may
change. The opening of new branches is subject to regulatory
approvals, and we cannot predict whether the banking regulators will agree with
our growth plans if or when they will provide the necessary branch approvals.
Numerous factors contribute to the performance of a new branch, such as our
ability to select a suitable location, competition, our ability to hire and
retain qualified personnel, and the effectiveness of our marketing strategy. It
takes time for a new branch to generate significant deposits and loan volume to
offset expenses, some of which, like salaries and occupancy expense, are
relatively fixed costs. Additionally, there can be no assurance that any of
these new offices will ever become profitable. During the period of time before
a branch office can become profitable, operating an office will negatively
impact our net income.
Interest
rate changes might have an adverse
effect on our earnings and financial condition.
Our
profitability depends principally upon earning sufficient net interest income.
Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on loans,
investments and other interest-earning assets and the interest paid on deposits
and borrowed funds. Changes in the general level of interest rates can affect
our net interest income by affecting the difference between the weighted average
yield earned on our interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate paid
on our interest-bearing liabilities, or interest rate spread, and the average
life of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in
interest rates also can affect: (1) our ability to originate loans; (2) the
value of our interest-earning assets, which would negatively impact
shareholders’ equity, and our ability to realize gains from the sale of such
assets; (3) our ability to obtain and retain deposits in competition with other
available investment alternatives; and (4) the ability of our borrowers to repay
adjustable or variable rate loans. Different types of assets and liabilities may
react differently, and at different times, to changes in market interest rates.
Changes in market interest rates are affected by many factors beyond our
control, including inflation, unemployment, money supply, international and
domestic political and economic events, and developments in other financial
markets. We attempt to manage risks relating to interest rate changes, but we
cannot control these risks entirely. If interest rate changes reduce our net
interest margin, or if we do not predict those changes accurately, our earnings
and profitability could decrease.
FDIC
assessments will negatively impact
earnings.
As
discussed in “SUPERVISION AND REGULATION - Deposit Insurance Assessments,”
beginning on page
115
of this
prospectus-proxy statement, the FDIC has adopted rules requiring banks to prepay
their estimated quarterly risk-based federal deposit insurance assessments for
the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. This prepayment
required the Bank to pay $2,039,955 on December 31, 2009. The
Bank recorded this payment as a prepaid expense as of December 31, 2009,
and expects to amortize the expense over three years. On September 29, 2009, the
FDIC also adopted a uniform three-basis point increase in assessment rates
effective on January 1, 2011. The FDIC is permitted to impose additional
emergency special assessments of up to 10 basis points per quarter if necessary
to maintain public confidence in federal deposit insurance or as a result of
deterioration in the deposit insurance fund reserve ratio due to institution
failures, and can also increase regular insurance assessments. The recent
increase in assessment rate and any additional assessments would likely have a
continued adverse effect on our operating expenses and results of operations.
Management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the
future.
Competition
with other financial institutions
might negatively impact our profits.
We face
significant competition in making loans, taking deposits and providing other
financial services and products. This competition comes principally from other
banks, savings institutions, credit unions, mortgage banking companies, money
market funds, other mutual funds, as well as insurance companies and agencies.
Banking legislation has caused this competition to further intensify and we will
face more competition from nonbanking companies in the future. Many of our
competitors have advantages such as greater financial resources, a wider
geographic presence, a wider array of services, more favorable pricing
alternatives, or lower costs. This competition could limit the types of loans,
deposits and other financial services we can offer on competitive terms, and
could have an adverse effect on our earnings and profitability.
Losses
or liabilities may be higher than
anticipated and may negatively impact our earnings and financial
position.
Management
of a bank or other financial institution involves the management of a variety of
risks in addition to risks of loan losses. These risks can involve, for example,
risks to our reputation due to adverse publicity, risks rising out of our
operations such as system or control failures, risks that we might be unable to
meet our obligations as they mature due to inadequate funding or illiquid
assets, legal risks related to activities and contractual obligations, and risks
rising out of adverse business decisions, improper implementation of decisions,
or lack of response to industry changes. If our management does not fully
identify, anticipate or manage a risk, or the amount of any consequent liability
or loss, we may have unanticipated losses or liabilities, which could have an
adverse effect on our earnings and financial position.
Provisions
in our charter documents may prevent others
from obtaining control of us or increase the cost of completing a transaction in
which control of the Bank is acquired by others.
Provisions
of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, and applicable provisions of
Pennsylvania law and the federal Change in Bank Control Act may delay, inhibit
or prevent someone from gaining control of us through a tender offer, business
combination, proxy contest or some other method even though some of our
shareholders might believe a change in control is desirable. They might also
increase the costs of completing a transaction in which we acquire another
financial services business, merge with another financial institution, or sell
our business to another financial institution. These increased costs could
reduce the value of the shares held by our shareholders upon completion of these
types of transactions.
Our
directors and executive officers can
influence the outcome of shareholder votes.
Our
directors and executive officers as a group own a total of 3,403,386 shares of
our common stock, and options or warrants to purchase up to an additional
928,973 shares of our common stock, which potentially gives them, as a group,
the ability to control of approximately 16.7% of our issued and outstanding
Common Stock. We believe ownership of stock causes our directors and officers to
have the same interests as our shareholders, but it also gives them the ability
to vote as shareholders for matters that are in their personal interest, which
may be contrary to the wishes of other shareholders.
We
depend on our executive management, and the loss of
a member of our management team could have an adverse effect on our
business.
We
believe our growth and profitability depends on the talents of our executive
management team. Someone else could hire them. The loss of a key manager to a
competitor could deepen the potential damage to our business. If we lose key
managers or if we are not able to attract new managers or retain and motivate
key people, our earnings and profitability could decrease.
Risks
Related to Our Acquisition
Strategy
Potential
acquisitions may disrupt our business
and dilute shareholder value.
We
regularly evaluate opportunities to strengthen our current market position by
acquiring and investing in banks and in other complementary businesses, or
opening new branches. As a result, we may engage in negotiations or
discussions that, if they were to result in a transaction, could have a material
effect on our operating results and financial condition, including short and
long-term liquidity. Our acquisition activities could be material to us. For
example, we could issue additional shares of common stock in a purchase
transaction, which could dilute current shareholders’ value or ownership
interest. These activities could require us to use a substantial amount of cash,
other liquid assets, and/or incur debt. In addition, if goodwill recorded in
connection with our prior or potential future acquisitions were determined to be
impaired, then we would be required to recognize a charge against our earnings,
which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations during the
period in which the impairment was recognized. Any potential charges for
impairment related to goodwill would not impact cash flow, tangible capital or
liquidity.
Our
acquisition activities could involve a number of additional risks, including the
risks of:
|
|
Incurring
time and expense associated with identifying and evaluating potential
acquisitions and negotiating potential transactions, resulting in our
attention being diverted from the operation of our existing
business;
|
|
|
Using
inaccurate estimates and judgments to evaluate credit, operations,
management, and market risks with respect to the target institution or
assets;
|
|
|
Potential
exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of banks and businesses we
acquire;
|
|
|
The
time and expense required to integrate the operations and personnel of the
combined businesses;
|
|
|
Experiencing
higher operating expenses relative to operating income from the new
operations;
|
|
|
Creating
an adverse short-term effect on our results of
operations;
|
|
|
Losing
key employees and customers as a result of an acquisition that is poorly
received; and
|
|
|
Risk
of significant problems relating to the conversion of the financial and
customer data of the entity being acquired into our financial and customer
product systems.
|
We cannot
assure you that we will be successful in overcoming these risks or any other
problems encountered in connection with pending or potential acquisitions. Our
inability to overcome these risks could have an adverse effect on our levels of
reported net income, return on equity and return on assets, and our ability to
achieve our business strategy and maintain our market value.
Attractive
acquisition opportunities may not be
available to us in the future.
We may
not be able to sustain a positive rate of growth or be able to expand our
business. We expect that other banking and financial service
companies, many of which have significantly greater resources than us, will
compete with us in acquiring other financial institutions if we pursue such
acquisitions. This competition could increase prices for potential acquisitions
that we believe are attractive. Also, acquisitions are subject to various
regulatory approvals. If we fail to receive the appropriate regulatory approvals
for a transaction we will not be able to consummate such transaction which we
believe to be in our best interests. Among other things, our regulators consider
our capital, liquidity, profitability, regulatory compliance and levels of
goodwill and intangibles when considering acquisition and expansion proposals.
Other factors, such as economic conditions and legislative considerations, may
also impede or prohibit our ability to expand our market presence. If we are not
able to successfully grow our business, our financial condition and results of
operations could be adversely affected.
Since
we have not yet selected particular target
institutions with which to complete investment or acquisition transactions, we
are currently unable to ascertain the merits or risks of the businesses we may
ultimately acquire.
Because
we have not yet identified prospective target institutions, shareholders
currently have no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the target
institutions’ operations. To the extent we complete investment transactions with
any financially unstable institutions, we may be affected by numerous risks
inherent in the operations of such entities. Although our management will
evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target institution, they may not
properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors inherent in a
target institution. An investment in our common stock may ultimately prove to be
less favorable to shareholders than a direct investment, if such opportunity
were available, in a target institution. We will have flexibility in identifying
and selecting prospective candidates for an investment transaction and will rely
on guidance from our board of directors and outside advisors.
We
are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending
activities.
A
significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. In the
course of our business, we may own or foreclose and take title to real estate
and could become subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these
properties. We may become responsible to a governmental agency or third parties
for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred
by those parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be
required to investigate or clean-up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical
releases at a property. The costs associated with environmental investigation or
remediation activities could be substantial. If we were to become subject to
significant environmental liabilities, it could have a material adverse effect
on our financial condition and results of operations.
We
are subject to certain risks in connection
with our use of technology.
Communications
and information systems are essential to the conduct of our business, as we use
such systems to manage our customer relationships, our general ledger, our
deposits, and our loans. While we have established policies and procedures to
prevent or limit the impact of systems failures, interruptions, and security
breaches, there can be no assurance that such events will not occur or that they
will be adequately addressed if they do. In addition, any compromise of our
security systems could deter customers from using our web site and our online
banking service, which involve the transmission of confidential
information. Although we rely on commonly used security and
processing systems to provide the security and authentication necessary to
effect the secure transmission of data, these precautions may not protect our
systems from compromises or breaches of security.
In
addition, we outsource certain of our data processing to third-party providers.
If our third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty in
communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for
customer transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be
adversely impacted. Threats to information security also exist in the processing
of customer information through various other vendors and their
personnel.
The
occurrence of any systems failure, interruption, or breach of security could
damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers and business, could
subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or could expose us to civil
litigation and possible financial liability. Any of these occurrences could have
a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of
operations.
Additionally,
financial products and services have become increasingly technology-driven. Our
ability to meet the needs of our customers competitively, and in a
cost-efficient manner, is dependent on our ability to keep pace with
technological advances and to invest in new technology as it becomes available.
Many of our competitors have greater resources to invest in technology than we
do and may be better equipped to market new technology-driven products and
services. The ability to keep pace with technological change is important, and
the failure to do so on our part could have a material adverse impact on our
business and therefore on our financial condition and results of
operations.
We
are subject to certain operational
risks, including, but not limited to, customer or employee fraud and data
processing system failures and errors.
Employee
errors and misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory
sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. Misconduct by our employees could
include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized
activities on behalf of our customers or improper use of confidential
information. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and
misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may
not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject us to
financial claims for negligence.
Recently,
a number of banks and their customers have experienced unauthorized transfers of
customer funds through criminal intrusion into customers’ or third parties’
systems. While we are confident that our systems incorporate
reasonable security against unlawful intrusions, we cannot control the adequacy
of security adopted by our customers. Recent intrusions have produced
significant losses for other banks and their customers and can present
liability, litigation, compliance and reputation risk for the
Bank. As a result, security compromises of our customers’ systems and
security pose further risk of loss to the Bank.
We
maintain a system of internal controls and insurance coverage to mitigate
operational risks, including data processing system failures and errors and
customer or employee fraud. Should our internal controls fail to prevent or
detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss is not insured or exceeds
applicable insurance limits, it could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations and financial condition.
Some
institutions we could acquire may
have distressed assets and there can be no assurance that we will be able to
realize the value we predict from these assets or that we will make sufficient
provision for future losses in the value of, or accurately estimate the future
write-downs taken in respect of, these assets.
The
decline in home prices in many markets across the United States and weakening
general economic conditions may result in increases in delinquencies and losses
in the loan portfolios and other assets of financial institutions that we
acquire in amounts that exceed our initial forecasts developed during the due
diligence investigation prior to acquiring those institutions. In addition, the
allowance for loan losses of institutions we acquire may prove inadequate or be
negatively affected, and asset values may be impaired, in the future due to
factors we cannot predict, including significant deterioration in economic
conditions and further declines in collateral values and credit quality
indicators. Any of these events could adversely affect the financial condition,
liquidity, capital position and value of institutions we acquire and of the Bank
as a whole. Further, we intend to become registered as a bank holding company
and in that event if we acquire more bank subsidiaries they may become subject
to cross-guaranty liability under applicable banking law. If we do so and any of
the foregoing adverse events occur with respect to one subsidiary, they may
adversely affect other of our subsidiaries, including the Bank.
Current
economic conditions have created an uncertain environment with respect to asset
valuations and there is no certainty that we will be able to sell assets of
target institutions if we determine it would be in our best interests to do so.
The institutions we will target may have substantial amounts of asset classes
for which there is currently limited or no marketability.
As
a result of an investment or acquisition transaction, we
may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment
or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial
condition and results of operations, which could cause you to lose some or all
of your investment.
We must
conduct due diligence investigations of target institutions we intend to
acquire. Intensive due diligence is time consuming and expensive due to the
operations, accounting, finance and legal professionals who must be involved in
the due diligence process. Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a
target institution with which we combine, this diligence may not reveal all
material issues that may affect a particular target institution, and factors
outside the control of the target institution and outside of our control may
later arise. If, during our diligence process, we fail to identify issues
specific to a target institution or the environment in which the target
institution operates, we may be forced to later write down or write off assets,
restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could
result in our reporting losses. These charges may also occur if we are not
successful in integrating and managing the operations of the target institution
with which we combine. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to
violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of
assuming preexisting debt held by a target institution or by virtue of our
obtaining debt financing.
We
may in the future hire consultants or advisors on
a contingent basis, who would only receive payment in the event an investment or
acquisition transaction occurred and, therefore, they might be viewed as having
an interest in such investment or acquisition transaction
occurring.
We may in
the future hire either or both of placement agents and other consultants or
advisors to assist us with our search for a target institution or institutions
or otherwise advise us in connection with an investment or acquisition
transaction and any compensation payable to such persons may be contingent upon
the closing of an investment or acquisition transaction. As a result, a
placement agent or any such other consultants and advisors who provide advice to
us would only receive compensation if an investment or acquisition transaction
occurred and therefore they might be viewed as having an interest in such
investment or acquisition transaction occurring that is different from, or
conflicts with, the interests of our shareholders.
Shareholders
may have no opportunity to
evaluate and affect the investment decision regarding a potential investment or
acquisition transaction.
Shareholders
will not necessarily be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific
merits or risks of one or more target institutions. Any decision regarding a
potential investment or acquisition transaction will be made by our board of
directors, subject, in the case of certain transactions, to a two-thirds
share approval of certain lead investors who each acquired ownership of common
stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock equal to at least 9% of the
outstanding shares of the Bank. For more information on the private
offerings and the lead investors, see,
"THE REORGANIZATION -
Private Offerings,"
on
page
39
of
this prospectus-proxy
statement. Except in limited circumstances as required by applicable law, or as
described in the subscription agreement for qualified transactions, consummation
of an acquisition will not require the approval of holders of our common stock.
Accordingly, you may not have an opportunity to evaluate and affect the
investment decision regarding potential investment or acquisition
transactions.
Resources
could be expended in considering
or evaluating potential investment or acquisition transactions that are not
consummated, which could materially and adversely affect subsequent attempts to
locate and acquire or merge with another business.
We
anticipate that the investigation of each specific target institution and the
negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents
and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and
substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If a decision is made
not to complete a specific investment or acquisition transaction, the costs
incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be
recoverable. Furthermore, even if an agreement is reached relating to a specific
target institution, we may fail to consummate the investment or acquisition
transaction for any number of reasons, including those beyond our control. Any
such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred, which
could materially and adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire
or merge with another institution.
The
officers and directors of an acquisition
candidate may resign upon consummation of an acquisition.
The role
of the key personnel of a target institution upon the consummation of an
acquisition cannot be predicted at this time. Although we expect that certain
members of the management team of a target institution may remain associated
with the acquisition candidate following an acquisition, it is possible that key
members of the management of a target institution will not wish to remain in
such positions.
Risks
Related to Our Industry
Difficult
market conditions have adversely affected
our industry.
Dramatic
declines in the housing market over the past year, with falling home prices and
increasing foreclosures, unemployment and under-employment, have negatively
impacted the credit performance of real estate-related loans and resulted in
significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions. These
writedowns, including asset-backed and other securities and loans, have caused
many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to reduce or eliminate
dividends, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to
fail. Reflecting concern about the stability of the financial markets generally
and the strength of counterparties, many lenders and institutional investors
have reduced or ceased providing funding to borrowers, including to other
financial institutions. This market turmoil and tightening of credit have led to
an increased level of commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of consumer
confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction of business
activity generally. The resulting economic pressure on consumers and lack of
confidence in the financial markets has adversely affected and may continue to
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Market developments may affect consumer confidence levels and may cause adverse
changes in payment patterns, causing increases in delinquencies and default
rates, which may impact our charge-offs and provision for credit losses. A
worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of
these difficult market conditions on us and others in the financial services
industry.
Current
levels of market volatility are
unprecedented.
The
capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility and disruption for
many months. Recently, the volatility and disruption have reached unprecedented
levels. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock
prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those
issuers’ underlying financial strength. If recent levels of market disruption
and volatility continue or worsen, there can be no assurance that we will not
experience an adverse effect, which may be material, on our ability to access
capital and on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
The
soundness of other financial institutions could
adversely affect us.
Our
ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by
the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial
services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing,
counterparty or other relationships. We have exposure to many different
industries and counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with
counterparties in the financial industry. As a result, defaults by, or even
rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the
financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity
problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions.
Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of
our counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when
the collateral held by us cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not
sufficient to recover the full amount of the financial instrument exposure due
us. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and
adversely affect our results of operations.
There
can be no assurance that recently enacted
legislation will stabilize the U.S. financial system.
The
Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 ("EESA") provided to the U.S.
Treasury Department the authority to, among other things, purchase up to $700
billion of mortgages, mortgage-backed securities and certain other financial
instruments from financial institutions to stabilize and provide liquidity to
the U.S. financial markets. The Treasury Department announced a program under
EESA pursuant to which it would make senior preferred equity investments in
participating financial institutions. The FDIC announced the development of a
guarantee program pursuant to which the FDIC would offer a guarantee of certain
financial institution indebtedness in exchange for an insurance premium to be
paid to the FDIC by issuing financial institutions. There can be no assurance,
however, as to the actual impact that EESA and its implementing regulations, the
FDIC programs, or any other governmental program will have on the financial
markets. The failure of EESA, the FDIC, or the U.S. Government to stabilize the
financial markets and a continuation or worsening of current financial market
conditions could materially and adversely affect our business, financial
condition, results of operations, access to credit or the trading price of our
Common Stock.
Raised
$50 million of capital
The Bank
raised $50 million of Common Stock in February and March of 2010. The
capital was raised to support organic growth, FDIC assisted acquisitions and in
market acquisitions of small banks.
In
February, the Bank sold 10,113,185 total shares, which included
6,564,597 of its Common Stock and 3,548,588 of Class B Non-Voting
Common Stock at a price of $4.28 per share, and in March 1,950,798 total shares,
which included 761,596 of its Common Stock and 1,189,202 of its Class
B Non-Voting Common Stock at a price of $3.76 per share. Taking into
account the impact of anti-dilution agreements issued to investors in the
February offering, the result of the two offerings was the issuance of 13.4
million shares in those offerings. As a result, further shares have also been
issued to existing investors pursuant to anti-dilution agreements between the
Bank and those investors. Following the close of these transactions,
no investor owns or controls more than 9.9% of the aggregate outstanding shares
of the Bank’s Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, including for
purposes of this calculation any shares issuable under unexercised
warrants.
Each
investor who participated in this capital raise and owns more than 9% of the
common equity of the Bank has been identified by the Bank as a lead
investor. The February and March 2010 offerings resulted in seven
lead investors and they each received warrants equal to 5% of the shares that
they purchased, having exercise prices (after taking into account anti-dilution
repricing) of $3.76 per share. The number of warrants issued for
purposes of Common Stock totaled 253,885, and the number of warrants issued for
purposes of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock totaled 204,638. The
lead investors also have the right to invest in future capital raises until
February 17, 2011 at the issuance price of $3.76 per share.
Extension
of anti-dilution provision
The Bank
agreed to extend and amend the anti-dilution agreements with shareholders who
purchased shares in June 2009 or later, to extend anti-dilution protections from
June 30, 2010 through March 31, 2011 for any capital raising
transactions at a price or value below $3.76 per share, but, after June 30,
2010, only where the capital raising transaction involves share issuances for
cash. For further information on the terms of the anti-dilution
agreements, see, “ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENTS,” beginning on page
61
. On April 12, 2010, the Bank's board of directors
extended similar anti-dilution protections for warrants held by the shareholders
with anti-dilution agreements.
Changing
name of the bank
In March
2010, the Bank decided to change the name of the bank to Customers 1st
Bank. The reason for the change is that the new name better
conveys the new mission and vision of the Bank. The other reason is
that it is more cost effective to change the name in its early stages before
spending money to build the brand through marketing efforts and before the Bank
incurs significant costs such as building signage. Assuming the
approval of Proposal 5 by shareholders, this formal name change will be
effected in connection with the merger of the Bank into the merger
subsidiary in the reorganization, although we expect the Bank to begin using the
new name before that time.
PROPOSALS
TO BE VOTED ON AT THE ANNUAL MEETING
PROPOSAL
1
ELECTION
OF THREE CLASS C DIRECTORS OF THE BANK
One of
the purposes of the Annual Meeting is the election of three Class C directors to
the Bank’s board of directors. The following directors have been
nominated by our Board for election as directors to serve as
follows:
Class C
—Term to Expire in 2013:
1.
Kenneth B. Mumma
2.
Daniel K. Rothermel
3.
John J. Sickler
The
persons named as proxies in the accompanying form of proxy card have advised us
that, unless otherwise instructed, they intend at the Annual Meeting to vote the
shares covered validly executed by proxies "
FOR
"
the election of the
nominees named above. The proxies cannot be voted for a greater number of
persons than the number of nominees named above. If one or more of the nominees
should, at the time of the Annual Meeting, be unavailable or unable to serve as
a director, the shares represented by the proxies will be voted to elect any
remaining nominee. The board knows of no reason why the nominees will be
unavailable or unable to serve as directors. We expect all nominees to be
willing and able to serve as directors.
The three
candidates receiving the highest number of votes shall be elected. Valid proxies
solicited by the board will be voted "
FOR
"
the nominees listed above,
unless the shareholders specify a contrary choice in their proxies.
THE
BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE "
FOR
"
THE ELECTION OF THE
NOMINEES LISTED IN PROPOSAL 1
TO
ELECT THREE CLASS C DIRECTORS OF THE BANK.
APPROVAL
AND RATIFICATION OF THE
NEW
CENTURY BANK MANAGEMENT STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
The New Century Bank Management Stock
Purchase Plan (the “Management Stock Purchase Plan”) consists of a pool of
700,000 shares of Common Stock of the Bank, or any successor bank or holding
company of the Bank, which may be acquired by senior management personnel at a
deeply-discounted purchase price of $1.00 per share during a short election
period. The Management Stock Purchase Plan provides flexibility to
the Bank in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of
employees, officers, and executives upon whose judgment, interest, and special
effort the successful conduct of the Bank’s operation largely
depends. The Management Stock Purchase Plan promotes the success and
enhances the value of the Bank, any future holding company of the Bank and their
successors, by linking the personal interests of executive and senior
management-level employees of the Bank to those of shareholders and by providing
such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance in order to
generate superior returns to shareholders.
This summary is qualified in its
entirety by the full text of the Bank Management Stock Purchase Plan which is
set forth as
Annex
G
hereto.
Summary Description of the
Management Stock Purchase Plan
Below is a summary of the key
provisions of the Management Stock Purchase Plan, as proposed.
|
1.
|
Number of
Shares.
The aggregate number of shares of Common
Stock of the Bank, or any successor bank or holding company of the
Bank, reserved and available for grant under the Management Stock Purchase
Plan is 700,000.
|
|
2.
|
Administration.
The Management Stock Purchase Plan is administered by the
Compensation Committee of the board of directors or, in certain cases, by
the full board of directors. The Compensation Committee, or the
full board if applicable, has the authority to determine which senior
management personnel shall be granted the right to purchase shares under
the Management Stock Purchase Plan, and to make decisions and
interpretations necessary to administer the Management Stock Purchase
Plan.
|
|
3.
|
Eligibility;
Participation.
Employees holding executive and other
senior management-level positions with the Bank are potentially eligible
to receive offers under the Management Stock Purchase
Plan. In making determinations, the Compensation Committee may
consider the nature of services rendered by such individual, his or her
present and potential contributions to the Bank’s success and such other
factors as the Committee in its discretion deems
relevant. Subject to the provisions of the Management Stock
Purchase Plan, the board may, from time to time select from among all
eligible individuals to receive such grant and determine the nature and
amount of each offer.
|
The
shares to be granted to senior management individuals do not become vested until
(i) there is a change in control of the Bank, or (ii) the Bank completes an
acquisition of another FDIC-insured institution. If a participant who
acquires shares under this Management Stock Purchase Plan ceases to be employed
by the Bank for any reason prior to satisfaction of the vesting
conditions, the shares shall be redeemed by the Bank for $1.00 per
share.
|
4.
|
Initial
Participation.
The Bank may grant 600,000 shares of the
total eligible shares to the following individuals in the amounts
indicated below in "Awards Under the Management Stock Purchase
Plan." The additional 100,000 shares, plus any shares not
purchased by the initial group of eligible individuals may be allocated to
individuals hired subsequent to the purchase of shares by the initial
group.
|
|
5.
|
Interpretation
. The
Compensation Committee’s interpretation of the Management Stock Purchase
Plan, any offers granted under the Management Stock Purchase Plan, and all
decisions and determinations by the Compensation Committee with respect to
the Management Stock Purchase Plan shall be final, binding, and conclusive
on all parties and any other persons claiming an interest in any offer
under the Management Stock Purchase
Plan.
|
|
6.
|
Term.
Unless
sooner terminated by the board, the Management Stock Purchase Plan
terminates ten (10) years from the date the Management Stock Purchase Plan
is approved by the shareholders of the
Bank.
|
|
7.
|
Limits on
Transfer.
Offers granted under the Management Stock
Purchase Plan shall, by its terms, not be transferable other than by will
or laws of descent and distribution. No right or interest of a
participant in any offer may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or
in favor of any party other than the Bank, or be subject to any lien,
obligation, or liability of such participant to any other party other than
the Bank; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to
imply any obligation of the Bank to lend against or accept a lien or
pledge of any offer for any reason.
|
|
8.
|
Amendments.
The
board may, from time to time, in its discretion, amend or supplement any
provision of the Management Stock Purchase Plan, in whole or in part;
provided however, no amendment shall be made to modify the requirements
for eligibility of participation, increase the maximum number of shares of
stock for which offers may be granted, extend the term of the Management
Stock Purchase Plan, or abolish the Compensation Committee without
designating another committee to administer the Management Stock Purchase
Plan.
|
Awards under the Management Stock Purchase
Plan
In April
2010, the Compensation Committee approved the award of 600,000 shares of Common
Stock under the Management Stock Purchase Plan for a purchase price of $1.00 per
share. Because there is no active trading market for the Bank’s Common Stock,
the Bank’s management believes that the market value of the shares for plan and
tax purposes would be determined, absent other special circumstances or factors,
according to the tangible book value of the shares as of the date of the
grant. The tangible book value per share of the awards to be granted
was $3.32 at March 31, 2010.
Jay
Sidhu, Chief Executive Officer
|
300,000
|
Richard
Ehst, President and Chief Operating Officer
|
75,000
|
Thomas
Brugger, Chief Financial Officer
|
75,000
|
Certain
other members of senior management
|
150,000
|
Because
awards under the Management Stock Purchase Plan are at the discretion of the
Compensation Committee, with the exception of the above-listed awards, the
benefits to be received by or allocated to the named executive officers, which
includes all current executive officers, and all employees (other than the
current executive officers) as a group, cannot be determined.
Federal Tax Consequences of
the Management Stock Purchase Plan
The following is a summary of the
principal federal tax consequences of the Management Stock Purchase Plan under
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), based on laws and
regulations in effect on the date this prospectus-proxy statement, which laws
and regulations are subject to change, and does not purport to be a complete
description of the federal tax aspects of the Management Stock Purchase
Plan.
In order to avoid adverse tax
consequences under Section 409A of the Code, as amended, for those individuals
granted the right to acquire such shares under the Management Stock Purchase
Plan, the exercise period with respect to any grant must begin and end within
the same calendar year.
Generally, although the shares may be
purchased at a discount by the participants, there are no tax consequences to
the participant or the Bank attributable to the participant’s mere purchase of
the shares due to the vesting conditions. Under the general rule, the
value of the shares in excess of $1.00 will become taxable to the participant,
and deductible by the Bank, at such time as the vesting conditions are
satisfied, and the amount taxable and deductible will be based on the value of
the shares at such time, rather than the value at the time of
purchase. The amount taxable to the participant will be treated as
compensation and taxed at ordinary income tax rates. The participant
shall then take a tax basis in the shares equal to the value of the shares at
the time of vesting, and his or her holding period will begin to run at that
time for purposes of determining whether any future increase or decrease in
value may be treated as short-term or long-term capital gains or losses,
respectively.
Notwithstanding the general rule, a
participant may make an election as described in Section 83(b) of the Code,
known as an “83(b) election,” to be taxed on the value of the shares at the time
of purchase in excess of $1.00. A participant must make an 83(b)
election in writing and deliver such writing to the Bank and to the Internal
Revenue Service within thirty (30) days of the date of purchase of the
shares. A copy of the 83(b) election must be attached to the
participant’s Federal income tax return for the year in which the election is
made. If an 83(b) election is made, the value of the shares at the
time of purchase in excess of $1.00 will be taxable as compensation at ordinary
income tax rates in the year of purchase. In that instance, the
participant must take a tax basis in the shares equal to the value of the shares
at the time of purchase, and his or her holding period will begin to run at that
time for purposes of determining whether any future increase or decrease in
value may be treated as short-term or long-term capital gains or losses,
respectively.
The amount treated as compensation for
tax purposes, whether at the time of vesting or earlier in the case of an 83(b)
election, are be reportable on the participant’s Form W-2 and are be subject to
Federal income tax withholding and FICA and Medicare tax withholding, and are
also subject to the Bank’s employer share of the FICA and Medicare
tax. To ensure that the Bank can comply with its tax withholding
obligations, the Management Stock Purchase Plan provides that the participant’s
vesting, or the purchase itself if the participant intends to make an 83(b)
election, is subject to the further condition that the participant deliver
sufficient cash to the Bank to satisfy the withholding obligation.
THE
BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE "
FOR
"
APPROVAL OF PROPOSAL 2 TO
APPROVE AND RATIFY THE NEW CENTURY BANK MANAGEMENT STOCK PURCHASE MANAGEMENT
STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
APPROVAL
AND RATIFICATION OF THE
NEW
CENTURY BANK 2010 STOCK OPTION PLAN
The New Century Bank 2010 Stock Option
Plan (the “Stock Option Plan”) provides for the grant of stock options to
management personnel, other employees of the Bank, and non-employee members of
the board of directors. The purpose of the Stock Option Plan is to
promote the success and enhance the value of the Bank by linking the personal
interest of employees, officers, executive and non-employee directors of the
Bank to those of Bank shareholders and by providing such individuals with an
incentive for outstanding performance in order to generate superior returns to
shareholders. The Stock Option Plan is interested to provide
flexibility to the Bank in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the
services of employees, officers, and executives upon whose judgment, interest,
and special effort the successful conduct of the Bank’s operation largely
depends. The options can take the form of either tax-qualified
incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code (“ISOs”) or non-qualified
stock options (“NQOs”), although only NQOs may be granted to non-employee
directors.
In
April 2010 the Bank authorized the grant of the following NQO's
under the Stock Option Plan:
|
|
|
Strike
|
Option
|
Vesting
|
Employee
|
|
Shares
|
Price
|
Expiration
|
Date
(1)
|
Jay
Sidhu
|
|
1,346,262
|
3.36
|
4/6/17
|
4/6/15
|
Thomas
Brugger
|
|
201,939
|
3.36
|
4/6/17
|
4/6/15
|
Richard
Ehst
|
|
201,939
|
3.36
|
4/6/17
|
4/6/15
|
Certain
other members of senior management
|
|
114,433
|
3.36
|
4/6/17
|
4/6/15
|
(1)
|
These NQO’s will become exercisable only when (a) if the
stock underlying the NQO’s is not listed on a national stock market or
other national securities quotation system at the time, the fully diluted
tangible book value (as calculated pursuant to the Stock Option Plan)
equals or exceeds $5.05 per share, or (b) if the stock underlying the
NQO’s is listed on a national stock market or other national securities
quotation system, the trading price of such stock as quoted by such stock
market or quotation system equals or exceeds $5.05 per
share.
|
Summary Description of the
Stock Option Plan
This summary is qualified in its
entirety by the full text of the Stock Option Plan which is set forth as
Annex H
hereto.
1.
|
Number of
Shares.
The Stock Option Plan consists of a pool
of the lesser of ten million (10,000,000) shares of Common Stock and
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of the Bank, or any successor bank or
holding company of the Bank, or fifteen percent (15%) of the number of
shares of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
issued by the Bank, or any successor bank or holding company, in
consideration of cash or other property after December 31,
2009.
|
|
|
2.
|
Administration.
The
Stock Option Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the
board of directors or, in certain cases, by the full board of
directors. The maximum number of shares underlying options
granted to any single participant during a fiscal year of the Bank shall
be 6,666,667 shares of Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common
Stock.
|
The
following table provides certain summary information as of December 31, 2009
concerning the Bank’s compensation plans (including individual compensation
arrangements) under which shares of the Bank’s Common Stock may be issued.
Plan
Category
|
Number
Of Securities To Be Issued Upon Exercise Of Outstanding Options, Warrants
And Rights(#)
|
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price Of Outstanding Options, Warrants And
Rights($)
|
Number
Of Securities Remaining Available For Future Issuance Under Equity
Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected In The First
Column)(#)
|
Equity
Compensation Plans Approved By Security Holders (1)
|
45,410 (1)
|
$10.68
|
200,000 (2)
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
Compensation Plans Not Approved By Security Holders
|
540,039 (3)
|
$5.50
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Includes
shares of the Bank’s Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of
awards granted under the 2004 Plan.
|
(2)
|
Includes
shares of the Bank’s Common Stock underlying awards that may be granted
under the 2004 Plan.
|
(3)
|
Includes
530,948 shares of the Bank’s Common Stock that may be issued to Mr. Sidhu
upon the exercise of warrants granted under an agreement between the
Bank and Mr. Sidhu in connection with the Bank’s 2009 private offering,
and 9,091 shares of the Bank’s Common Stock that may be issued to Mr.
Sickler upon the exercise of warrants granted in connection with Mr.
Sickler’s service as interim Chairman of the board of directors of the
Bank from January to June
2009.
|
Pursuant
to the terms of their employment agreements, it is the intention of the Bank to
issue options to purchase Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
representing 10%, 1.5% and 1.5% of the shares issued in connection with any
acquisition or capital-raising transaction by the Bank, or any successor bank or
holding company, to Messrs. Sidhu, Ehst and Brugger,
respectively. Subject to the foregoing, awards under the Stock Option
Plan are at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, and the benefits to be
received by or allocated to the named executive officers, which includes all
current executive officers, and all employees (other than the current executive
officers) as a group, cannot be determined.
The below
table represents the number of options to purchase shares of Common Stock of the
Bank that would have been awarded to Messrs. Sidhu, Ehst and Brugger had their
employment agreements and this Stock Option Plan been in effect in 2009.
Name
and Position
|
Dollar
Value ($)(1)
|
Number
of Options
|
Jay
Sidhu
Chairman
and CEO
|
$1,388,534
|
1,346,262
|
Richard
Ehst
President
and COO
|
$208,280
|
201,939
|
Thomas
Brugger
Chief
Financial Officer
|
$208,280
|
201,939
|
(1) Calculated
as the grant date fair of the of shares of Common Stock underlying such options
in accordance with the Black-Scholes option model.
|
3.
|
Eligibility;
Participation.
All employees are potentially eligible to
receive options under the Stock Option Plan. In making
determinations regarding the potential eligibility of any employee, the
Compensation Committee may take into account the nature of the services
rendered by such employee, his or her present and potential contributions
to the Bank's success and such other factors as the Compensation Committee
in its discretion shall deem
relevant.
|
|
4.
|
Awards.
The
Compensation Committee is authorized to grant stock options to
participants subject to the following terms and
conditions:
|
|
(i)
|
The
exercise price per share of an option shall not be less than the fair
market value of one share at the time the option is granted, and the term
of an option shall not be longer than ten (10) years from the date of
grant.
|
|
(ii)
|
In
the case of a participant who owns stock representing more than 10%
of the total combined voting power of the Bank at the time of the grant of
an option to that participant, the option cannot qualify as an ISO unless
the exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock
at the time of grant and the term is not longer than five years from the
date of grant. In addition, all options shall be subject to the
following vesting and exercise
restrictions:
|
|
a.
|
A
participant shall have a vested right to exercise an option upon the first
to occur of (A) the five (5) year anniversary of the capital raising
transaction to which it relates, if applicable, (B) a change in control of
the Bank, (C) the participant’s termination of employment without cause,
(D) the participant’s death, or (E) such other event as the Committee
shall specify in the option agreement as necessary to comply with the
Bank’s obligations under an employment agreement with the
participant. All unvested options shall be forfeited upon the
participant’s termination of employment for cause or as a result of his or
her voluntary resignation from
employment.
|
|
b.
|
Notwithstanding
the achievement of the vested right to exercise pursuant to item (ii)a
above, an option shall be exercisable only when
(a)
if the Stock under the Option is not listed on a national stock market or
other national securities quotation system at the time,
the fully
diluted tangible book value of the stock first equals or exceeds $5.05 per
share, which was one hundred and fifty percent (150%) of the fully diluted
tangible book value of the stock as of March 31, 2010, or (b) if the Stock
under the Option is listed on a national stock market or other national
securities quotation system, the trading price of such Stock as quoted by
such stock market or quotation system equals or exceeds $5.05 per
share. For this purpose, the fully diluted tangible book value of
the stock shall be determined as (A) the amount derived by dividing the
common shareholders’ equity, minus intangible assets and goodwill, by the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, (B) assuming that all
outstanding option and warrants to acquire stock are then exercised, and
(C) assuming performance of all anti-dilution obligations under such
options and warrants and other anti-dilution agreements as of the date of
determination.
|
Subject to the above parameters, the
Compensation Committee, or the full board if applicable, shall have the
authority to determine which management employees, other employees and
non-employee directors shall be granted options under the Stock Option Plan, the
number of shares available for purchase under any participant’s option, whether
an option is an ISO or an NQO, the terms and conditions of any option granted
under the Stock Option Plan, and to make decisions and interpretations necessary
to administer the Stock Option Plan.
The term of all options granted by the
board may be no more than ten (10) years, subject to the five-year
maximum term on any option that is intended to be an ISO that is granted to an
employee who owns more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of
stock of the Bank at the time of the grant.
5.
|
Interpretation
. The
Compensation Committee’s interpretation of the Stock Option Plan, any
offers granted under the Stock Option Plan, and all decisions and
determinations by the Committee with respect to the Stock Option Plan
shall be final, binding, and conclusive on all parties and any other
persons claiming an interest in any offer under the Stock Option
Plan.
|
6.
|
Term.
Unless
sooner terminated by the board, the Stock Option Plan terminates ten (10)
years from the date the Stock Option Plan is approved by the shareholders
of the Bank. The termination of the Stock Option Plan shall not
affect any option that is outstanding on the termination date without the
consent of the participant.
|
|
7.
|
Limits on
Transfer.
Offers granted under the Stock Option Plan
shall, by its terms, not be transferable other than by will or laws of
descent and distribution. No right or interest of a participant
in any offer may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of
any party other than the Bank, or be subject to any lien, obligation, or
liability of such participant to any other party other than the Bank;
provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to imply any
obligation of the Bank to lend against or accept a lien or pledge of any
offer for any reason.
|
8.
|
Amendments.
The
board may, from time to time, in its discretion, amend or supplement any
provision of the Stock Option Plan, in whole or in part; provided however,
no amendment shall be made to modify the requirements for eligibility of
participation, to increase the maximum number of shares of stock for which
offers may be granted, to extend the term of the Stock Option Plan without
shareholder approval, or to abolish the Compensation Committee without
designating such other committee to administer the Stock Option
Plan.
|
Federal Tax Consequences of
the Stock Option Plan
The following is a summary of the
principal federal tax consequences of the Stock Option Plan under the Code,
based on laws and regulation in effect on the date this prospectus-proxy
statement, which laws and regulations are subject to change, and does not
purport to be a complete description of the federal tax aspects of the Stock
Option Plan.
A participant does not realize taxable
income upon the grant of an option, whether the option is an ISO or an NQO, but
beyond that there are differences in the tax treatment of ISOs and
NQOs.
If the option qualifies as an ISO, the
participant does not realize taxable income upon exercise of the option (except
for purposes of the alternative minimum tax). The maximum value of shares of
Common Stock (measured at the time of the award) subject to ISOs granted to any
participant which can become exercisable in any calendar year is
$100,000. Provided the participant holds the Common Stock for at
least one year and until the end of the two-year period from the date the option
was awarded, the gain or loss upon the sale of the Common Stock will be treated
as capital gain or loss. If the participant sells the stock before
satisfying both of these holding period requirements, this is known as a
“disqualifying disposition.” In the event of a disqualifying
disposition, the lesser of (1) the excess of the fair market value of the Common
Stock at the time of exercise over the exercise price, or (2) the excess (if
any) of the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time of sale over the
exercise price will be taxable to the participant as ordinary
income. The Bank will not be entitled to any tax deduction in
connection with an ISO, except that it will be entitled to a deduction equal to
the amount that is taxable to the participant as ordinary income as a result of
a disqualifying disposition.
If an option is an NQO, the participant
will realize ordinary compensation income at the time of exercise equal to the
excess of the fair market value of the Bank's Common Stock at the time
of exercise over the exercise price, and the Bank will be entitled to a tax
deduction for the same amount.
THE
BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE "
FOR
"
APPROVAL OF PROPOSAL 3
TO
APPROVE
AND RATIFY THE NEW CENTURY BANK 2010 STOCK OPTION STOCK OPTION PLAN
RATIFICATION
OF APPOINTMENT
OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Our Audit
Committee has selected ParenteBeard LLC (“ParenteBeard”) to serve as the Bank’s
independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending
December 31, 2010. ParenteBeard has been the Bank’s independent
registered public accounting firm since 1997. The Bank has been
advised by ParenteBeard that neither it nor any member thereof has any financial
interest, direct or indirect, in the Bank or any of its affiliates, in any
capacity. One or more representatives of ParenteBeard is expected to
be present at this year’s Annual Meeting with an opportunity to make a statement
if he or she desires to do so and to answer appropriate questions with respect
to that firm’s examination of the Bank’s financial statements and records for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.
Although
the submission of the appointment of ParenteBeard is not required by the
Bank's bylaws, the Board is submitting it to the shareholders to ascertain
their views. If the shareholders do not ratify the appointment, we
will not be bound to seek other independent registered public accountant for
2010, but the selection of other independent registered public accounting firms
will be considered in future years.
Audit
and Other Fees Paid to Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
The
following table presents fees billed by ParenteBeard for professional services
rendered for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31,
2008.
Services
Rendered
|
|
Fiscal
2009
|
|
|
Fiscal
2008
|
|
Audit
Fees
|
|
$
|
101,944
|
|
|
$
|
51,938
|
|
Audit-Related
Fees
|
|
$
|
82,042
|
|
|
$
|
10,859
|
|
Tax
Fees
|
|
$
|
9,360
|
|
|
$
|
10,115
|
|
All
Other Fees
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
193,346
|
|
|
$
|
72,912
|
|
The audit
fees for fiscal years 2009 and 2008 were billed for professional services
rendered for the audit of the Bank’s annual financial statements. The
increase in audit fees from 2008 to 2009 were primarily due to additional audit
procedures conducted in relation to the Bank’s private offerings of securities,
the addition of the warehouse lending division, and additional audit procedures
performed to comply with auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board.
The
audit-related fees consisted principally of fees related to the Bank’s private
offerings of securities in 2009, and various research, consultation and
discussions in 2009 and 2008.
Tax fees
for fiscal years 2009 and 2008 consisted principally of preparing our U.S.
federal and state income tax returns.
Our Audit
Committee has reviewed the non-audit services currently provided by our
independent registered public accounting firm and has considered whether
the provision of such services is compatible with maintaining the independence
of such independent registered public accounting firm. Based on such
review and consideration, the Audit Committee has determined that the provision
of such non-audit services is compatible with maintaining the independence of
the independent registered public accounting firm.
Pre
-Approval Policy for Services by Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Audit
Committee pre-approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by
the independent registered public accounting firm. These services may include
audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services. The
Audit Committee has not established a pre-approval policy for these
services.
THE
BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE "
FOR
"
APPROVAL OF
PROPOSAL 4 TO RATIFY THE
APPOINTMENT
OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM.
TO
APPROVE A PLAN OF
MERGER
AND REORGANIZATION PURSUANT TO WHICH THE BANK WILL REORGANIZE TO FORM A BANK
HOLDING COMPANY
We are
seeking your approval at the Annual Meeting of a transaction which will
restructure our corporate organization by creating a new holding company that
will own the Bank. As a result, you will own shares of the holding
company instead of the Bank. The transaction will be conducted
according to a Plan of Merger and Reorganization attached as
Annex
A
to this prospectus-proxy statement (the "Plan of
Reorganization").
You are
being asked to approve the following resolution:
RESOLVED,
that the shareholders of New Century Bank hereby approve and adopt the Plan of
Merger and Reorganization among New Century Bank, New Century Interim Bank and
Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc., whereby New Century Bank will merge with and into
New Century Interim Bank, which will change its name to “Customers 1st Bank” and
become a wholly owned subsidiary of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc., with
shareholders of New Century Bank receiving one share of Customers 1st Bancorp,
Inc. common stock, par value $1.00 per share, in exchange for every three shares
of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of New Century Bank presently
owned, and one share of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. Class B Non-Voting Common
Stock, par value $1.00 per share, in exchange for every three shares of Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of New Century Bank
presently owned, all in the form submitted to this meeting, with such changes
not inconsistent with this resolution as the directors or officers of the Bank
may deem necessary or appropriate to complete the transaction.
The
transaction will involve several steps:
|
1.
|
We
have caused the formation of a new Pennsylvania business corporation named
Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. (the “Holding Company”) which we
expect, subject to regulatory approval, to become a direct,
wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Bank.
|
|
2.
|
We
will apply to the applicable banking regulators for permission to form a
new Pennsylvania commercial bank subsidiary of Holding Company, to be
named New Century Interim Bank (the “merger
subsidiary”).
|
|
3.
|
We
will apply to the applicable banking regulators for permission for the
Bank to merge into the merger subsidiary according to the Plan of
Reorganization and for the merger subsidiary to change its name to
“Customers 1st Bank.”
|
|
4.
|
After
we receive all necessary regulatory approvals, we will complete the
reorganization in accordance with the Plan of Reorganization, including
the following transactions:
|
|
(i)
|
The
Bank will merge with the merger subsidiary, with the merger subsidiary
surviving;
|
|
(ii)
|
The
merger subsidiary will immediately change its name to “Customers 1st
Bank”;
|
|
(iii)
|
As
a result of that merger, the Holding Company will automatically become the
holding company for, and the sole shareholder of, the resulting
bank;
|
|
(iv)
|
Holders
of the Bank’s Common Stock will receive one share of Holding Company
Common Stock in exchange for every three shares of Bank Common Stock that
they hold, and, as a result, the Bank’s shareholders will
become shareholders of
the Company;
|
|
(v)
|
Holders
of the Bank’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock will receive one share of
Holding Company Class B Non-Voting Common Stock in exchange for every
three shares of Bank Class B Non-Voting Common Stock that they hold, and,
as a result, the holders of the Bank’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
will become shareholders of the Holding
Company;
|
|
(vi)
|
Holders
of Bank Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock who would
otherwise be entitled to a fractional share of Holding Company Common
Stock or Holding Company Class B Non-Voting Common Stock will instead
receive an amount in cash, rounded to the nearest cent and without
interest, equal to the product of (i) the fraction of such share to which
the holder would otherwise have been entitled, and (ii) the book-value of
one share of Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, as the case
may be, of the Bank as of the final day of the quarter ended immediately
prior to the closing of the
reorganization;
|
|
(vii)
|
Upon
this exchange of shares, the Holding Company will become the sole
shareholder and holding company for the
Bank;
|
|
(viii)
|
All
warrants and options for the purchase of Bank Common Stock or Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock that are outstanding as of the closing of the
reorganization will automatically become warrants or options,
respectively, to purchase one-third of the number of shares of the same
respective classes of Holding Company shares. The number of Holding
Company shares for which each outstanding option or warrant will be
exercisable after the reorganization will be rounded up to the nearest
whole number of Holding Company shares, subject to the holder's agreement
to any necessary corresponding upward rounding adjustments to the exercise
price to the nearest whole cent;
and
|
|
(ix)
|
The
Holding Company will assume the Bank’s obligations under the Bank’s equity
compensation, employee retirement plans, employee benefit plans, and
employment agreements.
|
As of
_________, 2010, the record date for the Annual Meeting, there were
outstanding _________ shares of the Bank's Common Stock, _________ of
the Bank's Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, warrants to purchase _________
shares of the Bank's Common Stock, warrants to purchase _________ shares of
the Bank's Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and options to
purchase _________ shares of the Bank's Common Stock.
For a
more complete summary of the reorganization, see “THE REORGANIZATION”
beginning on page
39
of this
prospectus-proxy statement.
The
affirmative vote of two-thirds of outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock is
required for the approval of Proposal 5. Proxies solicited by the
board will be voted "
FOR
"
Proposal 5, except to the
extent that shareholders specify a contrary choice in their
proxies.
THE
BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "
FOR
"
APPROVAL PROPOSAL 5
TO APPROVE THE
MERGER
AND REORGANIZATION OF THE BANK TO FORM HOLDING COMPANY.
TO
ADJOURN THE ANNUAL MEETING IF NECESSARY TO SOLICIT OR RECEIVE ADDITIONAL
PROXIES
Management
does not anticipate that it will be necessary to adjourn the meeting in order to
obtain sufficient proxies to complete the voting on Proposal 5, but management
believes it is prudent to identify this as a possible action in the unlikely
event that insufficient proxies are returned to determine the outcome of the
vote on Proposal 5.
THE
BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE "
FOR
"
APPROVAL OF PROPOSAL 6
TO ADJOURN THE MEETING IF
NECESSARY TO SOLICIT OR RECEIVE
ADDITIONAL PROXIES.
Basic Benefits of a Bank
Holding Company
. The Bank seeks to form a holding company to
operate with the full privileges granted to a corporation that is registered as
a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of
1956. The benefits to this formation include, but are not limited
to, the ability to: acquire other financial service organizations
that would complement our business model; pursue growth opportunities in
segments of our business which may be accomplished through the formation of
subsidiaries; and access credit facilities available to holding companies
which would be beneficial to our liquidity and capital
needs. Assuming the Bank's shareholders approve the reorganization,
once established and approved by federal regulators, Customers 1st Bancorp,
Inc. will be registered with and supervised by the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve Board”).
Acquisition
Strategy
. As part of its new business strategy, the Bank is
focusing on strategic acquisitions to increase the Bank’s size and diversify its
product and service offerings to customers. Our acquisition strategy
will focus on community banks in identified states, primarily along the Eastern
seaboard, with the goal of creating a leading community bank holding
company. We seek to achieve sufficient scale in each region and, over
time, build a combined balance sheet of $2.5 to $5.0 billion. We hope
to accomplish this by acquiring healthy, distressed, undercapitalized and
weakened banking institutions that have stable core deposit franchises, local
market share, and quantifiable risks, or that are acquired from the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) with federal assistance, and that
offer clear financial benefits through add-on acquisitions, expense reductions
and organic growth. We also expect to purchase assets and banking
platforms, as well as assumptions of deposits from the FDIC and possibly enter
into loss mitigation arrangements with the FDIC in connection with such
purchases. To facilitate execution of this strategy, we believe it
will be advantageous to become regulated as a bank holding company.
The Bank
has defined its core market as Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland and New York
and it will focus its efforts in these markets. Within these
states, our strategy is to focus on areas that possess a common set of
characteristics, including population density, a concentration of business
activities, attractive bank deposit bases, a high number of potential
FDIC-assisted deal candidates, potential for economic growth over time and
favorable local banking competitive dynamics. Such competitive
dynamics include an appropriate number of small to medium sized banks that can
be consolidated, an ability to amass local market share, and the opportunity to
deliver long-term organic growth and sustained financial results under a
community banking model. We also plan to seek expansion on areas that
contain larger competitors that we can effectively compete against with our
unique organic growth strategy.
We have
also indentified other states for possible market expansion including Florida,
Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia and Illinois. We
will closely monitor opportunities for expansion and may decide to add one of
more states to our core market definition. Opportunities will be
assessed based upon the potential ability for the Bank to effectively execute
its strategies in these markets in a safe and profitable way. Also,
we will need to see opportunity to build enough scale in the new market to
support extending our reach. We have no intention buying small
banks in numerous markets but prefer to focus our efforts in a few
markets.
The
significant downturn in the U.S. economy and the related crisis in the financial
services industry present a unique opportunity for us to execute our acquisition
strategy. Many banks are trading at historically low multiples and
are in need of capital at a time when traditional sources of capital have
diminished. Further, the undercapitalization of the banking sector
has caused many banks to drastically reduce lending to new clients and in
certain sectors to focus primarily on strengthening their balance
sheets. Our holding company would provide an opportunity to investors
who are interested in taking advantage of acquisition opportunities in the
banking sector but do not have bank management experience. We can
help these investors avoid the costs of building a new banking franchise that,
without an existing franchise such as ours to build on, can reduce overall
investment returns. We believe that the current weakness in the
banking sector and the potential duration of any recovery provide us with an
opportunity to execute this strategy to the benefit of our investors, and we
believe that the platform we have chosen will produce results that are superior
to situations in which a banking franchise must be built from the ground
up.
At this
time, we have not entered into any agreements to acquire other institutions or
their assets. However, management is actively seeking acquisition
opportunities, and it is possible that we may enter into one or more acquisition
agreements at any time.
In order
to fund our desired growth, in February 2010, the Bank completed a $43.1
million offering of 6,564,597 shares of its Common Stock
and 3,548,588 shares of its Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, and
warrants to purchase up to an additional aggregate 362,311 shares of the
Bank’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.28 per share. In this
prospectus-proxy statement, we call this the recent offering or private
offering. Of those investors, six acquired ownership of Common Stock
and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock equal to approximately 9.9% of the
outstanding shares of the Bank after completion of the recent
offering. These six investors, one of which is a director of the
Bank, elected to be treated as “lead investors.” Pursuant to their
subscription agreements, the lead investors will have the following special
contractual rights:
|
•
|
Until
February 17, 2011, the Bank will submit all potential qualified
transactions to the lead investors for their review and approval.
For this purpose, a qualified transaction is an FDIC-assisted transaction
or an investment or acquisition transaction involving another depository
institution where it can be done at or below book
value;
|
|
•
|
Each
lead investor received a warrant to purchase, at $4.28 per share, an
additional number of shares of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common
Stock equal to 5% of the total number of shares for which the investor
subscribed in the recent
offering;
|
|
•
|
Each
lead investor received a contractual, non-transferable pre-emptive right
to purchase, at $4.28 per share, shares of Common Stock or Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock that the Bank may offer until February 17, 2011,
subject, however, in all cases to the limitation that the lead investor
will not, as a result of the purchase, be deemed to own or control more
than 9.9% of the outstanding shares of the Bank;
and
|
|
•
|
Each
lead investor was given registration rights with respect to the lead
investor’s Bank stock or shares of Holding Company stock that may be
exchanged for it. The Bank and Holding Company anticipate that
the registration statement filed by Holding Company with respect to the
transaction and exchange of Holding Company shares described in this
prospectus-proxy statement will satisfy that
requirement.
|
Investors
in the recent offering also have received anti-dilution agreements providing
each of them price protection until March 31, 2011, such that if the Bank or
Holding Company issues any shares of its Common Stock at or prior to that date
at a price less than $4.28 per share, we will issue sufficient additional shares
to them to maintain the values of their holdings of common stock at the new,
lower issuance price. For more information on anti-dilution agreements,
see
“ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENTS,” beginning on page
61
of this prospectus-proxy statement.
One of the Bank’s commitments in connection with the recent offering is to form
a bank holding company. The approval of Proposal 6 by the
shareholders at this Annual Meeting is therefore required in order for the Bank
to meet its commitments in connection with the recent offering.
Pursuant
to the anti-dilution agreements they received in the offering and further action
by the Bank’s board of directors on April 12, 2010, the investors in this
offering received additional shares and their warrant rights were
adjusted. For more information on the warrant adjustments, see
“WARRANTS TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL STOCK,” beginning on page
60
.
In March
2010, the Bank also completed a private placement of 761,596 shares of its
Common Stock and 1,189,202 shares of its Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
to accredited investors for a purchase price of $3.76 per share, or a total
of $7,335,003 in proceeds. The Bank expects to pay legal, accounting
and underwriting fees totaling approximately 5% of the gross sale proceeds
raised in connection with this offering.
Pursuant
to their subscription agreements, certain investors in this March 2010 private
offering will have the following special contractual rights:
|
•
|
Until
February 17, 2011, the Bank will submit all potential qualified
transactions to the such investors for their review and approval. For this
purpose, a qualified transaction is an FDIC-assisted transaction or an
investment or acquisition transaction involving another depository
institution where it can be done at or below book
value.
|
|
•
|
Such
investors received a warrant to purchase, at $3.76 per share, an
additional number of shares of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common
Stock equal to 5% of the total number of shares for which the investor
subscribed in the recent offering.
|
|
•
|
Such
investors received a contractual, non-transferable pre-emptive right to
purchase, at $3.76 per share, shares of Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting
Common Stock that the Bank may offer until February 17, 2011, subject,
however, in all cases to the limitation that the lead investor will not,
as a result of the purchase, be deemed to own or control more than 9.9% of
the outstanding shares of the Bank.
|
|
•
|
Each
lead investor was given registration rights with respect to the lead
investor’s Bank stock or shares of Holding Company stock that may be
exchanged for it. The Bank and Holding Company anticipate that the
registration statement filed by Holding Company with respect to
the transaction and exchange of Holding Company shares described in this
prospectus-proxy statement will satisfy that
requirement.
|
Such
investors also received anti-dilution agreements providing each of them price
protection until March 31, 2011, such that if the Bank or Holding Company issues
any shares of its Common Stock at or prior to that date at a price less than
$3.76 per share, we will issue sufficient additional shares to them to maintain
the values of their holdings of common stock at the new, lower issuance price.
For more information on Anti-Dilution Agreements, see “ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENT,”
beginning on page
61
of this prospectus-proxy
statement. One of the Bank’s commitments in connection with the March 2010
private offering is to form a bank holding company. The approval of Proposal 6
by the shareholders at this Annual Meeting is therefore required in order for
the Bank to meet its commitments in connection with the recent
offering.
The March
2010 offering price resulted in issuance of additional shares to existing
shareholders who held anti-dilution agreements. For more information
on the anti-dilution agreements, see “ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENTS,” beginning on
page
61
. In addition, on April 12, 2010,
the Bank’s board of directors approved adjustments to the terms of warrants held
by those shareholders benefitting from anti-dilution agreements, to adjust the
exercise price and make a corresponding adjustment to the number of shares for
which each warrant is exercisable. For further information on the
adjustment, see, “WARRANTS TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL STOCK,” beginning on
page
60
.
The
Plan of Reorganization
A copy of
the Plan of Reorganization is attached as
Annex
A
to this prospectus-proxy statement. Please read the entire
Plan of Reorganization
. The
following description is only a summary of the terms of the Plan
of Reorganization and is entirely qualified by the terms of the Plan of
Reorganization itself.
There are
several steps to the transaction:
|
•
|
The
Bank will merge with the merger subsidiary, with the merger subsidiary
surviving;
|
|
•
|
The
merger subsidiary will immediately change its name to “Customers 1st
Bank”;
|
|
•
|
Holders
of the Bank’s Common Stock will receive one share of Holding Company
Common Stock in exchange for every three shares of Bank Common Stock that
they hold, and, as a result, the Bank’s shareholders will
become shareholders of the Common Stock of Holding
Company;
|
|
•
|
Holders
of the Bank’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock will receive one share of
Holding Company Class B Non-Voting Common Stock in exchange for every
three shares of Bank Class B Non-Voting Common Stock that they hold, and,
as a result, the holders of the Bank’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
will become shareholders of the Holding
Company;
|
|
•
|
Holders
of the Bank's Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock who
would otherwise be entitled to a fractional share of Holding Company
Common Stock or Holding Company Class B Non-Voting Common Stock will
instead receive an amount in cash, rounded to the nearest cent and without
interest, equal to the product of (i) the fraction of such share to which
the holder would otherwise have been entitled, and (ii) the book-value of
one share of Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of the Bank
as of the final day of the quarter ended immediately prior to the closing
of the reorganization;
|
|
•
|
Upon
this exchange of shares, the Holding Company will become the sole
shareholder and holding company for the
Bank;
|
|
•
|
All
warrants and options for the purchase of Bank Common Stock or Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock are outstanding as of the closing of the
reorganization will automatically become warrants or options,
respectively, to purchase one-third of the number of shares of the same
respective classes of Holding Company shares. The number of Holding
Company shares for which each outstanding option or warrant will be
exercisable after the reorganization will be rounded up to the nearest
whole number of Holding Company shares, subject to the holder's agreement
to any necessary corresponding upward rounding adjustments to the exercise
price to the nearest whole cent;
and
|
|
•
|
The
Holding Company will assume the Bank’s obligations under the Bank’s equity
compensation, employee retirement plans, employee benefit plans, and
employment agreements.
|
After the
transaction, the Holding Company will have no significant assets other than
securities of the Bank, and, as a result, the Holding Company will have
substantially the same assets and liabilities, on a consolidated basis, as the
Bank.
At any
time before the merger becomes effective, by vote of a majority of the board of
directors of each of the Bank, the Holding Company and merger subsidiary, the
Plan of Reorganization:
|
•
|
May
be amended in any manner not inconsistent with its general purpose,
provided that no amendment shall change the share exchange ratio of one
share of Holding Company Common Stock for every three shares of Bank
Common Stock, and one share of Holding Company Class B Non-Voting Common
Stock for every three shares of Bank Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
following approval of the Plan of Reorganization by the shareholders of
the Bank; and
|
|
•
|
May
be terminated for any reason including, without limitation, because of the
number of shares of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common
Stock of the Bank exercising dissenters’ rights, or if it appears
that the consummation of the transaction would be
inadvisable. If the Plan of Reorganization is terminated, it
will be void and of no further effect, without any liability on the part
of the Bank, Holding Company, merger subsidiary, or their respective
directors, officers, shareholders or
agents.
|
The
transaction will not be completed unless and until the Bank’s shareholders and
the applicable bank regulatory agencies approve it.
The
transaction will require the following approvals by bank regulatory
agencies:
|
•
|
The
Pennsylvania Banking Department and the Federal Reserve must approve the
formation of the Holding Company and merger
subsidiary;
|
|
•
|
The
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) must approve deposit
insurance for the merger
subsidiary;
|
|
•
|
The
Pennsylvania Banking Department must approve the merger of the Bank into
merger subsidiary;
|
|
•
|
The
Federal Reserve must approve the merger of the Bank into merger
subsidiary; and
|
|
•
|
The
Federal Reserve Board must approve the Holding Company’s acquisition of
control of the institution resulting from the merger of the Bank into
merger subsidiary and Federal Reserve membership for the surviving
bank.
|
Securities
Law Consequences; Resale Restrictions for
Certain Persons
The
issuance of Holding Company shares to the Bank’s shareholders in connection with
the transaction are being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “Securities Act”), on the Form S-1 registration statement of
which this prospectus-proxy statement is a part. The Holding Company
shares issued to the Bank shareholders in connection with the transaction will
be freely transferable, except that any persons who are “affiliates” of the
Holding Company after the completion of the transaction or were “affiliates” of
the Bank within 90 days prior to the completion of the transaction will be
permitted to resell Holding Company shares they receive only in the manner
permitted by Rule 144. In computing the holding period of Holding
Company shares for the purposes of Rule 144(d), such persons will be permitted
to “tack” the holding period of their Bank shares held prior to the effective
time of the transaction. Persons who may be deemed to be affiliates
of the Bank and Holding Company for these purposes generally include individuals
or entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with,
the Bank and the Holding Company, and would not include shareholders who are not
executive officers, directors or significant shareholders of the Bank and the
Holding Company.
The Plan
of Reorganization requires the Bank to prepare and deliver to the Holding
Company a list that identifies all persons whom the Bank believes may be
deemed an affiliate prior to the completion of the
transaction. The Bank is also required, pursuant to the Plan of
Reorganization, to use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause each
person whom it identifies on the list as a potential affiliate to deliver, at or
prior to the completion of the transaction, a written agreement that the
affiliate will not sell, pledge, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Holding
Company shares issued to the affiliate pursuant to the transaction unless the
sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition meets one of the following
criteria:
|
•
|
It
is made pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the
Securities Act;
|
|
•
|
It
is in compliance with Rule 144; or
|
|
•
|
In
the opinion of counsel, it is otherwise exempt from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act.
|
Prior to
the effective time of the transaction, the executive officers and directors of
the Bank will be appointed as the executive officers and directors of the
Holding Company. The Holding Company’s articles of incorporation
provide for the same classified board of directors that the Bank currently
has, and the Bank’s directors will carry their terms of office over to the
Holding Company board of directors.
Pursuant
to the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965 and Subchapter D of Chapter 15 of the
Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988, as amended (“PBCL”), holders of
shares of New Century Bank Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common
Stock have the right to dissent from the proposed transaction and obtain
payment for the “fair value” of their shares should the transaction ultimately
be consummated. The term “fair value” is defined as the value of a
share of New Century Bank Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common
Stock immediately before consummation of the transaction taking into
account all relevant factors, but excluding any appreciation or depreciation in
anticipation of the transaction. New Century Bank can not assure
shareholders as to the methodology a court would employ upon an application for
relief to determine fair value or how a court would determine which elements of
value are to be considered. The value so determined may be greater or
less than the value of shares to be exchanged for each share of New Century Bank
in the transaction. A copy of the applicable provisions of
Pennsylvania law are included as
Annex
B
to this document. The following summary of the
provisions is qualified in its entirety by reference to
Annex
B
.
If you
wish to exercise dissenters’ rights, you must do each of the
following:
|
•
|
File
with the Bank a written notice of intention to demand that the shareholder
be paid the fair value for his or her shares of Bank Common Stock and
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock rather than receive Holding Company shares
as described in the Plan of Reorganization. The dissenting
shareholder must file this notice with the Bank prior to the shareholder
vote on the reorganization at the Annual
Meeting;
|
|
•
|
A
dissenting shareholder may not change the beneficial ownership of his or
her Bank Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock from the date of
the filing of the notice of intention to demand payment through the
effective date of the reorganization;
and
|
|
•
|
A
dissenting shareholder also may not vote his or her Bank common stock to
approve the reorganization at the Annual
Meeting.
|
Voting
against, abstaining from voting, or failing to vote on Proposal 5 (whether
in person or by proxy) shall not constitute written notice of an intent to
demand payment for shares of Bank Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common
Stock within the meaning of Subchapter D. You must send a
separate, written notice or demand which includes your name, address and
telephone number to:
New
Century Bank
99
Bridge Street, Phoenixville, PA 19460
Attention:
Corporate Secretary
In the
event that, after filing a written notice to demand payment of fair value, you
vote for Proposal 5, or you deliver a proxy in connection with the Annual
Meeting of shareholders that does not specify a vote against, or an abstention
from voting on, Proposal 5, you will have waived your dissenters’ rights and
will have nullified any written notice of an intent to demand payment that you
previously submitted. However, failure to submit a proxy specifying a
vote against or abstention from voting on Proposal 5 after filing a written
notice to demand payment of fair value will not waive your dissenters’
rights.
You may
assert dissenters’ rights as to less than all of the shares registered in your
name only if you dissent with respect to all shares owned by any one beneficial
owner and you disclose the name and address of each person on whose behalf you
are dissenting. The rights of a partial dissenter are determined as
if the shares as to which the record holder dissents and the record holder’s
remaining shares were registered in the names of different
shareholders. A beneficial owner may assert dissenters’ rights as to
shares held on the beneficial owner’s behalf only if the beneficial owner
submits to the Bank the record holder’s written consents to the dissent no later
than the time the beneficial owner asserts his or her dissenters’
rights. A beneficial owner may not dissent with respect to less than
all shares of the same class or series owned by the beneficial owner, whether or
not the shares owned by the beneficial owner are registered in the beneficial
owner’s name.
If the
transaction is approved and adopted, the Bank will deliver a further notice in
accordance with Subchapter D to all shareholders who have satisfied the
foregoing requirements. This notice will instruct the shareholder on
the procedure for obtaining payment and will include a copy of Subchapter
D. Failure to strictly follow the procedures set forth in the notice
and Subchapter D regarding perfection of dissenters’ rights may result in a loss
of the right to payment.
The
foregoing is only a summary of the rights of a dissenting shareholder of the
Bank. If you intend to dissent from the transaction, you should
carefully review the applicable provisions of Subchapter D attached
at
Annex
B
and consult with your attorney. Your failure to follow
precisely the procedures summarized above may result in the loss of your
dissenters’ rights. No additional notice of the events giving rise to
dissenters’ rights or any steps associated with asserting those rights will be
furnished to you except as indicated above or otherwise required by
law.
No
Action Required to Exchange Shares
The
outstanding stock certificates that presently represent shares of the Bank’s
Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, and the outstanding warrants
and options that represent a right to acquire Bank Common Stock and Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock will be deemed automatically to represent one-third of
such number in common stock, Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, warrants and
options of the Holding Company, as adjusted for any fractional shares.
You will not be required to immediately exchange your present stock
certificates, warrants or options (bearing the name “New Century Bank”) for new
stock certificates (bearing the name “Customers 1st
Bank”).
Upon
completion of the reorganization, the Holding Company will mail you a letter of
transmittal and instructions related to the exchange of the certificates and
other instruments representing your ownership of the Bank's Common Stock, Class
B Non-Voting Common Stock, or options or warrants to purchase the Bank's Common
Stock, as applicable, for certificates or other instruments representing the
Holding Company's securities into which your securitites have been converted as
a result of the reorganization.
YOU
SHOULD NOT SEND IN YOUR CERTIFICATES, WARRANTS OR OPTIONS UNTIL WE NOTIFY YOU TO
DO SO.
Under
United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”), the
transaction represents a transaction between entities under common
control. Assets and liabilities transferred between entities under
common control are accounted for at cost. Accordingly, the assets and
liabilities of the Holding Company will be reflected at their carrying amounts
in the accounts of the Bank at the effective time of the
transaction.
Because
no cash consideration will be paid for the shares of Holding Company Common
Stock to be issued in the reorganization, no proceeds will be made from the
exchange, and therefore there will be no use of proceeds.
SUMMARY
SELECTED UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The
following selected unaudited pro forma condensed financial information presents
the impact of the reorganization on the Bank and the Holding Company. This
information is presented as if the reorganization was completed on December
31, 2009.
The
Holding Company has not yet acquired the merger subsidiary or funded its
necessary capital because those steps require the prior approvals of federal and
state bank regulatory authorities. Applications for those approvals
will be filed and are expected to be obtained prior to completion of the
transaction. As a consequence, the stand-alone balance sheet
information for the Holding Company shown below is pro forma, on a consolidated
basis with the merger subsidiary, as of immediately prior to the completion of
the reorganization.
The
selected unaudited pro forma condensed financial information is presented for
illustrative purposes only, and does not indicate either future results of
operations or financial condition. The selected unaudited pro forma condensed
financial information is based upon assumptions and adjustments that the Bank
believes are reasonable. No assumptions have been applied to the selected pro
forma condensed statements of financial condition regarding possible revenue
enhancements, expense efficiencies or asset dispositions. The selected unaudited
pro forma condensed statements of financial condition should be read in
conjunction with the Bank’s financial statements and related notes and
“MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS,” beginning on page
87
of this
prospectus-proxy statement, respectively.
Summary
Selected Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Statements of Financial
Condition
As
of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customers
1st
Bancorp, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
68,807
|
|
|
$
|
155
|
|
|
$
|
68,962
|
|
Securities
available for sale, at fair value
|
|
|
44,588
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44,588
|
|
Loans
receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of
$10,032
|
|
|
220,266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
220,266
|
|
Bank
premises and equipment, net
|
|
|
2,719
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
2,719
|
|
Restricted
stock, at cost
|
|
|
2,026
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
2,026
|
|
Bank
owned life issuance
|
|
|
4,955
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
4,955
|
|
Accrued
interest receivable and other assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Assets
|
|
$
|
349,760
|
|
|
$
|
155
|
|
|
$
|
349,915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
and Stockholders’ Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits
|
|
$
|
313,927
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
313,927
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
|
155
|
(1)
|
|
|
11,155
|
|
Subordinated
debt
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
Accrued
interest payable and other liabilities
|
|
|
1,330
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1,330
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Liabilities
|
|
|
328,257
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
328,412
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders’
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred
stock
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Common
stock
|
|
|
5,522
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
5,522
|
|
Stock
warrants
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
863
|
|
Surplus
|
|
|
28,380
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
28,380
|
|
Accumulated
deficit
|
|
|
(13,229)
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(13,229)
|
|
Accumulated
other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(33)
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(33)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Stockholders’ Equity
|
|
|
21,503
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
21,503
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
|
|
$
|
349,760
|
|
|
$
|
155
|
|
|
$
|
349,915
|
|
(1) Funds to be borrowed by the Holding Company to fund the
minimum required capital of the merger subsidiary. If additional capital is
required by the banking regulators, this amount could increase.
MATERIAL
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
For
purposes of this discussion, the Common Stock of the Bank, together with the
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of the Bank, are referred to as the “Bank
Shares;” the Common Stock of the Holding Company, par value $1.00 per share,
together with the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of the Holding Company, par
value $1.00 per share, are referred to as the “Holding Company
Shares”.
The
following discussion addresses certain of the material United States federal
income tax consequences of the reorganization to a Bank shareholder who holds
Bank Shares as a capital asset. This discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury
regulations promulgated under the Code, judicial authorities, published
positions of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and other applicable
authorities, all as in effect on the date of this document and all of which are
subject to change (possibly with retroactive effect) and to differing
interpretations. This discussion does not address all aspects of United States
federal income taxation that may be relevant to Bank shareholders in light of
their particular circumstances and does not address aspects of United States
federal income taxation that may be applicable to Bank shareholders subject to
special treatment under the Code (including banks, tax-exempt organizations,
insurance companies, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect to
use a mark-to-market method of accounting, investors in pass-through entities,
Bank shareholders who hold their Bank Shares as part of a hedge, straddle or
conversion reorganization , Bank shareholders who acquired their Bank Shares
pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation,
Bank directors, officers and employees that hold options to acquire Bank Shares,
and Bank shareholders who are not “United States persons” as defined in section
7701(a)(30) of the Code). In addition, the discussion does not address any
aspect of state, local or foreign taxation. No assurance can be given that the
IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain a position contrary to
any of the tax aspects set forth below.
The
closing of the reorganization is conditioned upon the receipt by the Bank and
the Holding Company of the opinion of the Bank’s tax counsel, Stradley Ronon
Stevens & Young, LLP, substantially to the effect that, on the basis of
facts, representations and assumptions set forth or referred to in that opinion
(including factual representations contained in certificates of officers of
Bank, merger subsidiary and Holding Company) which are consistent with the state
of facts existing as of the effective date of the reorganization, the
reorganization constitutes a reorganization under Section 368(a) of the
Code.
The
principal federal income tax consequences that are expected to result from the
reorganization, under currently applicable law, are as follows:
|
•
|
The
reorganization will qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of
Section 368(a) of the Code;
|
|
•
|
No
gain or loss will be recognized by the Bank upon the transfer of its
assets to the merger subsidiary in exchange for Holding Company Shares,
cash for fractional share interests, cash for dissenters and the merger
subsidiary’s assumption of the liabilities of the Bank or on the
distribution of those shares to the Bank’s
shareholders;
|
|
•
|
No
gain or loss will be recognized by either the Holding Company or the
merger subsidiary on the receipt by the merger subsidiary of the assets of
the Bank in exchange for Holding Company Shares issued directly to the
Bank’s shareholders, cash for fractional share interests, cash for
dissenters and the assumption by the merger subsidiary of the liabilities
of the Bank;
|
|
•
|
No
gain or loss will be recognized by a shareholder of the Bank upon the
exchange of Bank Shares solely for Holding Company Shares (including any
fractional share interests to which the shareholder may be entitled);
however, if a cash payment is received by a shareholder of the Bank in
lieu of a fractional share interest of the Holding Company Shares, the
cash payment will be treated as received by the shareholder as a
distribution in redemption of that fractional share interest and will be
treated as a distribution in full payment in exchange for the fractional
share redeemed, subject to the provisions and limitations of Section 302
of the Code;
|
|
•
|
The
aggregate tax basis of the Holding Company Shares (including any
fractional share interests to which the shareholder may be entitled) to be
received by a shareholder of the Bank will equal the shareholder’s
aggregate tax basis in the Bank Shares surrendered in exchange
therefor;
|
|
•
|
The
holding period of the Holding Company Shares (including any fractional
share interests to which the shareholder may be entitled) to be received
by a shareholder of the Bank will include the period for which such
shareholder held the Bank Shares exchanged therefor, provided that such
Bank Shares are capital assets in the hands of such shareholder as of the
closing of the reorganization; and
|
|
•
|
If
a shareholder of the Bank dissents to the proposed reorganization and
receives solely cash in exchange for Bank Shares, such cash will be
treated as received by such shareholder as a distribution in redemption of
his Bank Shares, subject to the provisions and limitations of
Section 302 of the Code.
|
As noted
above, cash received by a Bank shareholder instead of a fractional interest in
Holding Company Shares generally will be treated as received in exchange for the
fractional share, and gain or loss generally will be recognized based on the
difference between the amount of cash received instead of the fractional share
and the portion of the shareholder’s aggregate adjusted tax basis in the Bank
Shares surrendered that is allocable to the fractional share. The gain or loss
generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the holding period for the
Bank Shares is more than one year.
The tax
opinions to be delivered in connection with the reorganization are not binding
on the IRS or the courts, and neither the Bank nor the Holding Company intends
to request a ruling from the IRS with respect to the United States federal
income tax consequences of the reorganization. Consequently, no assurance can be
given that the IRS will not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a
position contrary to any of those set forth below. In addition, if any of the
facts, representations or assumptions upon which the opinions are based is
inconsistent with the actual facts, the United States federal income tax
consequences of the reorganization could be adversely
affected.
Bank
shareholders that receive cash may be subject to backup withholding at a rate of
28% if the shareholder is a non-corporate United States person and (1) fails to
provide an accurate taxpayer identification number; (2) is notified by the IRS
that it has failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on
its federal income tax returns; or (3) in certain circumstances, fails to comply
with applicable certification requirements. Amounts withheld under the backup
withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or credit against a shareholder’s
United States federal income tax liability provided that the shareholder
furnishes the required information to the IRS.
For
Holders of Warrants and Options to Purchase
Bank Shares
Holders
of outstanding warrants and options for Bank Shares should discuss with their
tax advisors the tax results of the reorganization and each course of action
available to them.
This
discussion is not intended to be a complete analysis or description of all
potential United States federal income tax consequences of the reorganization.
In addition this discussion does not address tax consequences that may vary
with, or be contingent on, individual circumstances. It also does not
address any federal estate tax or state, local or foreign tax consequences of
the reorganization. Tax matters are very complicated, and the tax consequences
of the reorganization to a Bank shareholder will depend upon the facts of his or
her particular situation. Accordingly, we strongly urge you to consult with a
tax advisor to determine the particular tax consequences to you of the
reorganization, as well as to any later sale of Holding Company shares received
by you in the reorganization.
The
following description of Holding Company’s share capital is a summary. This
summary is not complete and is subject to the complete text of Holding
Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws attached to Annex A
as
Exhibit
B
and
Exhibit
C
, respectively, to this proxy statement. Except where otherwise
indicated, the description below reflects Holding Company’s articles of
incorporation and bylaws as those documents will be in effect upon completion of
the transaction. We encourage you to read those documents
carefully.
The
Holding Company is authorized to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock
with a par value of $1.00 per share, 100,000,000 shares of Class B Non-Voting
Common Stock with a par value of $1.00 per share, and 100,000,000 shares of
preferred stock with no stated par value. The board of directors has authority
to establish and divide the authorized capital into series of classes of common
or preferred shares, and to determine whether or not shares in any series have
par value and, if so, the par value, whether or not the shares in a series have
voting rights and if so whether such voting rights are full, limited, multiple
or fractional, and the designations, preferences, qualifications, privileges,
limitations, redemption provisions, options, conversion rights and other special
rights attributable to the shares in a series. The board of directors, in its
sole discretion, has authority to sell any treasury stock and/or unissued
securities, options, warrants, or other rights to purchase any security of the
Holding Company, upon such terms as it deems advisable. The Holding Company
board of directors could issue preferred stock, or additional shares of voting
or non-voting common stock, with terms different from those of the Bank’s
existing common or preferred stock, at any time.
The
holders of shares of Common Stock have the right to elect the Holding Company’s
board of directors and to act on such other matters as are required to be
presented to them. Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to one vote per
share. The holders of Common Stock do not have the right to vote their shares
cumulatively in the election of directors. This means that, for each director
position to be elected, a shareholder may only cast a number of votes equal to
the number of shares held by the shareholder.
Any
action of the Bank that would significantly and adversely affect the rights of
the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock with respect to the modification of the
terms of those securities or dissolution requires the approval of the holders of
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock voting separately as a class. Otherwise, the
holders of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock have no voting power, and do not
have the right to participate in or have notice of any meeting of
shareholders.
Because
the articles permit the Holding Company board of directors to set the voting
rights of preferred shares, it is possible that holders of one or more series of
preferred shares issued in the future could have voting rights of any sort,
which could limit the effect of the voting rights of common
shareholders.
The
holders of the Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock are entitled to
receive an equal amount of dividends per share if, as and when declared from
time to time by the board of directors. In no event shall any stock dividends or
stock splits or combinations of stock be declared or made on Common Stock or
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock unless the shares of Common Stock and Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock at the time outstanding are treated equally and
identically, provided that, in the event of a dividend of Common Stock, shares
of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall only be entitled to receive shares of
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and shares of Common Stock shall only be
entitled to receive shares of Common Stock.
Because
the articles permit the Holding Company board of directors to set the dividend
rights of preferred shares, it is possible that holders of one or more series of
preferred shares issued in the future could have dividend rights that differ
from those of the holders of common stock or Class B Nonvoting Common Stock, or
could have no right to the payment of dividends. If the holders of a
class or series of preferred stock is given dividend rights, the right of
holders of preferred shares to receive dividends could have priority over the
right of holders of C
ommon
Stock or Class B Nonvoting Common Stock to receive dividends.
Authority Under Pennsylvania
Business Corporation Law
. The Holding Company’s board of directors has
the authority to declare dividends on its common and preferred stock, subject to
statutory and regulatory requirements.
Pennsylvania Business Corporation
Law
. Pennsylvania law permits a business corporation such as the Holding
Company to pay dividends if, after giving effect to the dividend, it is able to
pay its debts as they come due in the usual course of business and its assets
exceed its liabilities. However, the Holding Company’s ability to pay dividends
will be restricted by banking laws and the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to
the Holding Company.
Federal Bank Holding Company Act
Policies Applicable to Cash Dividends
. The Federal Reserve Board, which
will be the primary federal banking regulator for the Holding Company, considers
adequate capital to be critical to the health of individual banking
organizations and to the safety and stability of the banking system. A major
determinant of a bank's or bank holding company's capital adequacy is the
strength of its earnings and the extent to which its earnings are retained and
added to capital or paid out to shareholders in the form of cash
dividends.
Normally,
during profitable periods, dividends represent an appropriate return of a
portion of a banking organization's net earnings to its shareholders. However,
the payment of cash dividends that are not fully covered by earnings, in effect,
represents the return of a portion of an organization's capital at a time when
circumstances may indicate instead the need to strengthen capital and
concentrate financial resources on resolving the organization's problems.
Therefore, the Federal Reserve believes that a bank or bank holding company
generally should not maintain its existing rate of cash dividends on common
stock unless (1) the organization's net income available to common shareholders
over the past year has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends and (2) the
prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the
organization's capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition.
The Federal Reserve may strongly encourage, or require, a banking organization
whose cash dividends are inconsistent with either of these criteria to cut or
eliminate its dividends.
The
Federal Reserve Board also believes it is inappropriate for a banking
organization that is experiencing serious financial problems or that has
inadequate capital to borrow in order to pay dividends since this can result in
increased leverage at the very time the organization needs to reduce its debt or
increase its capital. Similarly, the payment of dividends based solely or
largely upon gains resulting from unusual or nonrecurring events, such as the
sale of the organization's building or the disposition of other assets, may not
be prudent or warranted, especially if the funds derived from such transactions
could be better employed to strengthen the organization's financial resources.
Furthermore, a fundamental principle underlying the Federal Reserve's
supervision and regulation of bank holding companies is that bank holding
companies should serve as a source of managerial and financial strength to their
subsidiary banks. The Federal Reserve believes, therefore, that a bank holding
company should not maintain a level of cash dividends to its shareholders that
places undue pressure on the capital of bank subsidiaries, or that can be funded
only through additional borrowings or other arrangements that may undermine the
bank holding company's ability to serve as a source of strength. Thus, for
example, if a major subsidiary bank is unable to pay dividends to its parent
company—as a consequence of statutory limitations, intervention by the primary
supervisor, or noncompliance with regulatory capital requirements—the Federal
Reserve may encourage or require a bank holding company to reduce or eliminate
its dividends in order to conserve its capital base and provide capital
assistance to the subsidiary bank.
The
Federal Reserve Board has further stated that a bank holding company should pay
cash dividends only out of income over the past year and only if prospective
earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs
and financial condition, and only if, after paying the dividend, the bank
holding company is not in danger of falling below its required regulatory
capital adequacy ratios. It has also indicated that a “small bank holding
company,” such as the Holding Company, is not expected to pay corporate
dividends until such time as its debt to equity ratio (determined separately and
not on a consolidated basis with its bank subsidiary) is 1:1 or less and its
bank subsidiaries are otherwise well-managed, well-capitalized, and not under
any supervisory order.
Pennsylvania Banking Code
Requirements Applicable to Cash Dividends
. Because the Bank will be the
primary source of cash for payment of dividends by the Holding Company for the
foreseeable future, requirements of the Pennsylvania Banking Code setting
conditions on payments of dividends by banks will constrain the Bank’s
ability to provide funds to the Holding Company to pay dividends to
shareholders. Section 1302 of the Pennsylvania Banking Code permits a bank to
pay cash dividends only out of accumulated net earnings. Furthermore if any
transfer of net earnings to surplus is required by section 1103 of the
Pennsylvania Banking Code to cause the Bank’s surplus to meet minimum statutory
requirements at the time the dividend is to be declared or paid, the transfer
must be made prior to the declaration of the dividend, and the bank’s surplus
cannot be reduced by the payment of the dividend.
For the
foregoing reasons, and because a decision by the Holding Company board of
directors to declare and pay cash dividends will depend upon the future
financial performance and condition of the Bank and the Holding Company, no
assurances can be given that any dividends will in fact be paid on any class of
stock, or that, if dividends are paid, they will not be reduced or discounted in
the future.
Redemption
, Preemptive Rights and Repurchase
Provisions
The
Holding Company’s Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock have no
preemptive, redemption or repurchase provisions. The shares are non-assessable
and require no sinking fund. Common Stock repurchases are subject to Federal
Reserve Board regulations and policy, which generally require that no more than
ten percent of the outstanding shares of a bank holding company’s common stock
may be repurchased in any 12-month period unless the bank holding company is
deemed “well-managed” and “well-capitalized” under applicable regulations.
Repurchases of the Holding Company stock will also be constrained by federal and
state bank regulatory capital requirements. Repurchases of stock by bank holding
companies may also be subject to prior notice to and approval by the Federal
Reserve in some cases.
In the
event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Holding Company,
the holders of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock will be entitled
to share ratably in all assets of the Holding Company remaining after payment of
all liabilities, subject, however, to any preferential liquidation rights of
holders of preferred stock. If the Holding Company’s only asset is its ownership
of the Bank, it is likely that, if the Bank is then in liquidation or
receivership, shareholders of the Holding Company will not receive anything on
account of their shares.
Anti
-Takeover Effect of Governing Documents and
Applicable Law
Provisions of Governing
Documents
. The Holding Company's articles of incorporation,
attached as
Exhibit B
to Annex A
, and the
Holding Company's bylaws, attached as
Exhibit
C
to Annex A, contain certain provisions which may have the effect of
deterring or discouraging, among other things, a nonnegotiated tender or
exchange offer for Holding Company Common Stock, a proxy contest for control of
the Holding Company, the assumption of control of the Holding Company by a
holder of a large block of Holding Company Common Stock and the removal of the
Holding Company’s management. These provisions:
|
•
|
Empower
the Holding Company's board of directors, without shareholder approval, to
issue Holding Company preferred stock, the terms of which, including
voting power, are set by the Holding Company board of
directors;
|
|
•
|
Divide
the Holding Company board of directors into three classes serving
staggered three-year terms;
|
|
•
|
Restrict
the ability of shareholders to remove
directors;
|
|
•
|
Require
that shares with at least 80% of total voting power approve mergers and
other similar transactions with a person or entity holding stock with more
than 5% of the Holding Company’s voting power, if the transaction is not
approved, in advance, by the Holding Company's board of
directors;
|
|
•
|
Prohibit
shareholders’ actions without a
meeting;
|
|
•
|
Require
that shares with at least 80%, or in certain instances a majority, of
total voting power approve the repeal or amendment of the Holding
Company’s articles of
incorporation;
|
|
•
|
Require
any person who acquires stock of the Holding Company with voting power of
25% or more to offer to purchase for cash all remaining shares of the
Holding Company voting stock at the highest price paid by such person for
shares of the Holding Company voting stock during the preceding
year;
|
|
•
|
Eliminate
cumulative voting in elections of
directors;
|
|
•
|
Require
an affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the Holding Company’s total
voting power in order for shareholders to repeal or amend the Holding
Company’s bylaws;
|
|
•
|
Require
advance notice of nominations for the election of directors and the
presentation of shareholder proposals at meetings of shareholders;
and
|
|
•
|
Provide
that officers, directors, employees, agents and persons who own 5% or more
of the voting securities of any other corporation or other entity that
owns 66 2/3% or more of the Holding Company’s outstanding voting stock
cannot constitute a majority of the members of the Holding Company’s board
of directors.
|
Provisions of Applicable
Law
. The Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law also contains
certain provisions applicable to the Holding Company which may have the effect
of impeding a change in control of the Holding Company. These provisions, among
other things:
|
•
|
Generally
prohibit a person or group who or which exceeds certain stock ownership
thresholds (20%, 33 1/3% and 50%) for the first time from voting the
“control shares” (i.e., the shares owned in excess of the applicable
threshold) unless voting rights are restored by a vote of disinterested
shareholders; and
|
|
•
|
Prohibit
for five years, subject to certain exceptions, a “business combination,”
which includes a merger or consolidation of the corporation or a sale,
lease or exchange of assets with a shareholder or group of shareholders
beneficially owning 20% or more of a public corporation’s voting
power.
|
In 1990,
Pennsylvania adopted legislation amending the Pennsylvania Business Corporation
Law. To the extent applicable to the Holding Company at this time, the 1990
amendments:
•
|
Expand
the factors and groups (including shareholders) which the Holding Company
board of directors can consider in determining whether a certain action is
in the best interests of the Holding
Company;
|
|
•
|
Provide
that the Holding Company board of directors need not consider the
interests of any particular group as dominant or
controlling;
|
|
•
|
Provide
that the Holding Company’s directors, in order to satisfy the presumption
that they have acted in the best interests of the corporation, need not
satisfy any greater obligation or higher burden of proof for actions
relating to an acquisition or potential acquisition of
control;
|
|
•
|
Provide
that actions relating to acquisitions of control that are approved by a
majority of “disinterested directors” are presumed to satisfy the
directors’ standard, unless it is proven by clear and convincing evidence
that the directors did not assent to such action in good faith after
reasonable investigation; and
|
|
•
|
Provide
that the fiduciary duty of the Holding Company’s directors is solely to
the corporation and may be enforced by the corporation or by a shareholder
in a derivative action, but not by a shareholder
directly.
|
The 1990
amendments provide that the fiduciary duty of directors does not require
directors to:
|
•
|
Redeem
any rights under, or to modify or render inapplicable, any shareholder
rights plan;
|
|
•
|
Render
inapplicable, or make determinations under, provisions of the PBCL,
relating to control transactions, business combinations, control-share
acquisitions or disgorgement by certain controlling shareholders following
attempts to acquire control; or
|
|
•
|
Take
action as the board of directors, a committee of the board or an
individual director solely because of the effect such action might have on
an acquisition or potential or proposed acquisition of control of the
Holding Company or the consideration that might be offered or paid to
shareholders in such an
acquisition.
|
One of
the effects of the 1990 amendments may be to make it more difficult for a
shareholder to successfully challenge the actions of the Holding Company board
of directors in a potential change in control context. Pennsylvania case law
appears to provide that the fiduciary duty standard under the 1990 amendments
grants directors the statutory authority to reject or refuse to consider any
potential or proposed acquisition of the Holding Company.
Pursuant
to provisions of its articles of incorporation, the Holding Company has opted
out of coverage by the “disgorgement” and “control transactions” statutes
included in the 1990 amendments. To the extent applicable to a Pennsylvania
corporation, the “disgorgement” statute generally requires disgorgement by any
person or group who or which has acquired or publicly disclosed an intent to
acquire 20% or more of a corporation’s voting power of any profit realized from
the sale of any shares acquired within specified time periods of such
acquisition or disclosure if the shares are sold within eighteen months
thereafter. The “control transactions” statute generally requires that,
following any acquisition of 20% of a public corporation’s voting power, the
remaining shareholders have the right to receive payment for their shares, in
cash, from the acquiring person or group in an amount equal to the “fair value”
of the shares, including an increment representing a proportion of any value
payable for control of the corporation. As a result of the Holding Company’s
opt-out from coverage by these statutes, neither the “disgorgement” nor the
“control transactions” statute would apply to a nonnegotiated attempt to acquire
control of the Holding Company, although such an attempt would still be subject
to the special provisions of the Holding Company’s governing documents described
in the paragraphs above.
The
overall effect of these provisions may be to deter a future offer or other
merger or acquisition proposals that a majority of the shareholders might view
to be in their best interests as the offer might include a substantial premium
over the market price of the Holding Company’s Common Stock at that time. In
addition, these provisions may have the effect of assisting the Holding
Company’s management in retaining its position and placing it in a better
position to resist changes that the shareholders may want to make if
dissatisfied with the conduct of the Holding Company’s business.
Upon
consummation of the transaction, the Bank shareholders will become the Holding
Company shareholders. The rights of the Bank shareholders are governed by
the Pennsylvania Banking Code and the Bank’s articles of incorporation and
bylaws. The rights of the Holding Company shareholders are governed by the PBCL,
along with the Holding Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws. A
comparison of the rights of the Bank and the Holding Company shareholders
follows. This summary is not intended to be a complete statement of
all such differences or a complete description of the specific provisions
referred to in, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, Pennsylvania
law and the respective articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Bank and the
Holding Company.
The Bank
is authorized by its articles to issue up to 40,000,000 shares of Common Stock
with a par value of $1.00 per share, 500,000 shares of undesignated
nonvoting common stock with par value of $1.00 per share (none of which is
issued or outstanding), and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock having such par
value or no par value as may be determined by the Bank’s board of directors from
time to time. The Bank’s board of directors has authorized two series of shares
by filing Statements of Designation with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania: (1) out of its authorized common stock, 10,000,000 shares of its
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, which does not have voting rights but otherwise
is subject to the same dividend, liquidation and other rights as the
Bank’s Common Stock; and (2) out of its authorized preferred stock, 1,000
shares of its 10% Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock
(par value $1,000 per share), none of which is presently
outstanding.
The
Holding Company will be authorized by its articles to issue up to 100,000,000
shares of Common Stock with a par value of $1.00 per share, 100,000,000 shares
of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock with par value of $1.00 per share, and
100,000,000 shares of preferred stock having such par value or no par value as
may be determined by the Bank’s board of directors from time to
time.
The
Bank's articles provided for a class of undesignated Common Stock in addition to
the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock. The Holding Company's articles
provide only for Class B Non-Voting Common Stock.
25
%
Ownership Limitation
The
Bank's articles contain a prohibition on any person owning more than 25% of the
outstanding Common Stock of the Bank. This prohibition is not
contained in the Holding Company's articles.
Supermajority
Vote for Business Combinations with 5%
Shareholders
While the
Bank's articles do not have a provision requiring supermajority vote by
shareholders to approve business combinations with significant shareholders, the
Holding Company's articles require a supermajority shareholder approval by 80%
of outstanding voting common shares for business combinations or acquisition
involving someone owning at least 5% of the Holding Company’s outstanding
capital stock.
The
Pennsylvania Banking Code requires approval of two-thirds of the shares
outstanding and entitled to vote thereon for each of the banks that is a party
to the combination, while the Holding Company articles would require the
affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the
votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast (or, if the combination or
acquisition involves a 5%-or-greater shareholder, an 80% vote as described
above).
Shareholder
Right to Valuation and Payment for
Shares on Control Share Acquisition
The
Bank’s articles elect not to have Section 1610 of the Banking Code
apply. That section gives shareholders a right to receive payment for
their shares if anyone acquires 30% or more of a bank’s outstanding voting
shares. While the Holding Company's articles contain a corresponding
election not to have the “Control Transactions provisions” of the PBCL
apply, the Holding Company's articles substitute a “control share”
provision requiring anyone who acquires 25% or more of the Holding Company’s
shares to offer to purchase all other issued and outstanding shares at the
highest price paid by that controlling shareholder during the 12 months
preceding the purchase that caused the acquiror to hold 25% of more of the
Holding Company’s shares.
Board
Right to Oppose Acquisition Offers Considering
Multiple Constituencies or Factors
The
Bank's articles give the Bank board the right to oppose acquisition offers, and
in the process to consider factors other than just shareholder
value. The Holding Company's articles, in conjunction with applicable
law, provide substantially equivalent authority for the Holding Company
board.
The
Bank's articles and bylaws provide that shareholders may act affirmatively to
amend the bylaws by a 2/3 vote of the outstanding shares, or the board may amend
the bylaws by a majority vote. While the Holding Company's bylaws
permit amendment by the Board, they do not permit shareholders to take the
initiative in amending the bylaws. Both the Bank's articles and
bylaws and the Holding Company's bylaws permit the shareholder to change a board
action amending the bylaws by a vote of 2/3 of the outstanding
shares.
Articles
V, VII and IX of the Bank’s articles may only be amended upon the approval of
two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. Except
for amendments to Articles V, VII and IX, pursuant to Section 1211 of the
Pennsylvania Banking Code, the approval of a majority of votes which all
shareholders are entitled to cast is required to amend the Bank’s
articles.
The
Holding Company's articles would authorize the board of directors to amend its
articles to the maximum extent permitted by the PBCL, whereas in contrast the
Bank’s articles could not be amended by the board of
directors. Generally, the PBCL will permit the Holding Company board
of directors to approve amendments to its articles of incorporation without
approval by the shareholders to do any of the following:
|
•
|
Changing
the corporate name;
|
|
•
|
Providing
for perpetual existence;
|
|
•
|
Reflecting
a reduction in authorized shares in cases where the Holding Company
acquires its own shares;
|
|
•
|
Deleting
all references to a class or series of shares that is no longer
outstanding;
|
|
•
|
Adding
or deleting a provision relating to uncertificated
shares;
|
|
•
|
Adding,
changing or eliminating the par value of any class or series of shares if
the par value of that class or series does not have any substantive effect
under the terms of that or any other class or series of
shares;
|
|
•
|
Any
time the Holding Company has only one class or series of voting shares
outstanding and does not have any class or series of shares outstanding
that is convertible into those voting shares, junior in any way to those
voting shares or entitled to participate on any basis in distributions
with those voting shares, amending the articles only to either (A)
increase the number of authorized shares of the voting shares in the same
proportion that the voting shares to be distributed in the stock dividend
increase the issued voting shares in connection with effectuating a stock
dividend of voting shares on the voting shares, or (B) split the voting
shares and, if desired, increase the number of authorized shares of the
voting shares or change the par value of the voting shares, or both,
proportionately;
|
|
•
|
Restating
without change all of the operative provisions of the articles as they
have been amended; or
|
|
•
|
Any
combination of the purposes described
above.
|
The
Bank’s bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders may be called at any
time by the Chairperson of the Board, the President, a majority of the board of
directors, one or more shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of
votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast and the particular meeting,
and the Pennsylvania Banking Code provides that special meetings may also be
called by shareholders entitled to cast at least one-fifth (1/5) of the votes
which all shareholders are entitled to cast at the particular
meeting. The Holding Company’s bylaws provide that special meetings
of shareholders may be called by the board of directors, and the PBCL provides
that they may also be called by shareholders entitled to cast at least twenty
percent (20%) of the votes that all shareholders are entitled to cast at the
particular meeting.
The
Bank’s bylaws provide that notice of a shareholder meeting must be given at
least ten (10) days before the meeting, except to the extent a greater
period of notice is required by applicable law. The Holding Company’s
bylaws provide that notice of shareholder meetings must be delivered not less
than ten (10) days, or in the case of bulk mail not less than twenty (20) days,
before the date of the meeting.
Place
of Shareholder Meetings
The
Bank's bylaws required shareholder meetings to be held in
Pennsylvania. The Holding Company's bylaws do not.
The
Bank's bylaws require the Bank’s annual meeting to be held by May 31 each
year. The Holding Company's bylaws do not have a stated deadline but
only require an annual meeting each year.
Record
Date for Meetings and Other Share-Related
Actions
The
Bank's bylaws require that the record date for shareholder meetings, dividends
and other matters affecting shares shall be not more than forty-five (45) days
prior to the meeting, dividend or other action. The Holding Company's
bylaws permit a record date up to ninety (90) days in advance.
Written
Consent of Shareholders in Lieu of
Meeting
The
Bank's bylaws permit action to be taken by shareholders by unanimous written
consent. The Holding Company's bylaws prohibit shareholder action
without a meeting.
The
Bank's bylaws require shareholders to submit director nominations from thirty
(30) to sixty (60) days prior to the shareholder meeting called for election of
directors. The Holding Company's bylaws require shareholder
nominations to be submitted from ninety (90) to one hundred twenty days (120)
before the meeting.
The
Bank’s shareholders may cumulate their votes when electing
directors. The Holding Company’s articles prohibit cumulative voting
in the election of directors.
Advance
Notice of Shareholder Board Nominations
Both the
Bank's bylaws and the Holding Company's bylaws provide that nominations for the
election of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any
shareholder entitled to vote in the election of directors.
The Bank.
The
Bank’s bylaws provide that nominations made by any shareholder must be made in
writing, delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid,
return receipt requested, to the Secretary not less than thirty (30) days nor
more than sixty (60) days prior to any meeting of the shareholders called for
the election of directors. If less than thirty (30) days' notice of the meeting
is given to the shareholders, the nomination shall be delivered or mailed to the
Secretary not later than the close of the seventh day following the day on which
notice of the meeting is mailed to shareholders. Every nomination must
include:
|
•
|
The
consent of the person nominated to serve as a
director;
|
|
•
|
The
name, age, business address and residence address of the
nominee;
|
|
•
|
The
principal occupation or employment of the
nominee;
|
|
•
|
The
number of shares of the Bank beneficially owned by the
nominee;
|
|
•
|
The
name and address of the notifying shareholder;
and
|
|
•
|
The
number of shares of the Bank owned by the notifying
shareholder.
|
Under the
Bank’s bylaws, the chairperson of any meeting called for the election of
directors shall reject any nomination made by any shareholder which was not made
in accordance with the bylaw provisions, unless the board of directors has
agreed to waive those provisions as to such nomination. In the event that the
same person is nominated by more than one shareholder, if at least one
nomination for such person complies with the bylaw provisions, the nomination
shall be honored and all votes cast for such nominee shall be counted.
Nominations for the election of directors made by the board of directors need
not comply with these bylaw provisions.
The Holding Company.
The
Holding Company’s bylaws provide
that nominations made by the shareholders entitled to vote for the election of
directors shall be made by notice in writing, delivered or mailed by first class
United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary of the Holding Company not
less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to
any meeting of shareholders called for election of
directors. However, if less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice of the
meeting is given to shareholders, written notice of a director nomination by a
shareholder must be delivered or mailed, as prescribed, to the Secretary of the
Holding Company not later than the close of the seventh day following the day on
which the meeting notice was mailed to shareholders. Each notice must set
forth:
|
•
|
The
name, age, business address and, if known, residence address of each
nominee proposed in such notice;
|
|
•
|
The
principal occupation or employment of each nominee;
and
|
|
•
|
The
number of shares of capital stock of the Holding Company which are
beneficially owned by each such nominee and the earliest date of
acquisition of any of such
stock.
|
The
Chairman of a meeting of shareholders may, if the facts warrant, determine and
declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the
foregoing procedure, and, if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the
meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
Under the
Bank’s and the Holding Company’s bylaws, the presence, in person or by proxy, of
the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on any
matter shall constitute a quorum. However, the Holding Company’s
bylaws provide that, in determining a quorum, any shares that are “excess
shares” held by a person controlling 25% or more of the outstanding shares of
common stock are not counted except as provided in Article FIFTEENTH of the
Holding Company articles. The Holding Company bylaws also provide
that if a proxy casts a vote on behalf of a shareholder on any issue other than
a procedural motion considered at a meeting of shareholders, the shareholder
shall be deemed to be present during the entire meeting for purposes of
determining whether a quorum is present for consideration of any other
issue.
Pursuant to provisions of the Banking Code and the PBCL, in an
election of directors for both the Bank and the Holding Company, the candidates
receiving the highest number of votes from each class or group of classes
entitled to elect directors separately, up to the number of directors to be
elected in the same election by such class or group of classes shall be
elected.
The Bank.
The Bank
bylaws provide that, when a quorum is present at any meeting the voice vote of
the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power, present, in person
or by proxy, shall decide any question brought before such meeting except as
provided differently by statute or by the Bank’s articles. Upon
demand made by a shareholder entitled to vote at any election for directors
before the voting begins, the election shall be by ballot.
Under the
Pennsylvania Banking Code, a merger to which the Bank is to become a party
(including the holding company reorganization that is the subject of this
prospectus-proxy statement) must be approved by the holders of two-thirds (2/3)
of the outstanding voting common shares of the Bank. Article V of the
Bank’s articles, which prohibits anyone from owning more than 25% of the issued
and outstanding shares of the Bank’s Common Stock, provides that it may not be
amended except by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the
outstanding shares of the Bank’s Common Stock. Article VIII of the
Bank’s articles, which give the Bank’s board of directors authority to consider
a variety of factors other than shareholder value when considering a proposed
tender or other offer for the Bank’s securities, and, if the board of directors
decides to oppose an offer, describes actions the board of directors may take,
provides that it may not be amended except by the affirmative vote of at least
two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of the Bank’s Common
Stock. Article IX of the Bank’s articles, which requires the approval
of holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of the Bank’s Common
Stock to amend the bylaws or to change an amendment of the bylaws adopted by the
board, and for any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of the Bank
or any action that would result in the sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Bank, provides that it may not be amended
without the approval of two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of the Bank’s
Common Stock.
The Holding
Company
. The Holding Company bylaws provide that, if a quorum
is present, except in the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a
majority of all votes cast at the meeting shall be the act of the shareholders,
unless the vote of a greater or lesser number or the voting by classes is
required by the bylaws, the articles of incorporation, the PBCL or other
applicable law. In the case of election of directors, the PBCL
provides that the individual receiving the highest number of votes for each
position shall be elected to that position.
The
Holding Company’s bylaws provide that, except and only to the extent otherwise
expressly provided in the bylaws, the articles of incorporation, the PBCL
or other applicable law, the authority to make, amend, alter, change, or repeal
the bylaws is solely granted to and vested in the board of directors, subject
always to the power of shareholders to change such action by the affirmative
vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds (2/3) of the votes
that all shareholders are entitled to cast on that matter.
Article
SIXTEENTH of the Holding Company’s articles require that the following
provisions of the articles of incorporation may be amended by either (a) the
affirmative vote of shareholders of the Holding Company entitled to cast at
least 80% of the votes which all shareholders of the Holding Company are then
entitled to cast or (b) the affirmative vote of 80% of the members of the board
of directors of the Holding Company and the affirmative vote of shareholders of
the Holding Company entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all
shareholders of the Holding Company are then entitled to cast:
|
1.
|
Article
SEVENTH provides that each holder of record of voting Common Stock will
have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in such
holder’s name on the books of the Holding Company, and that no shareholder
is entitled to cumulate any votes for the election of
directors.
|
|
2.
|
Article
EIGHTH provides that the management, control and government of the Holding
Company shall be vested in a board of directors of from six (6) to
twenty-five (25) members, as fixed by the board of directors from time to
time. It provides that the directors are to be divided into three (3)
classes so that the term of office of one class of directors shall expire
each year. It provides that, if, for any reason, a vacancy occurs on the
board of directors, a majority of the remaining directors shall have the
exclusive power to fill the vacancy. It also provides that no director
shall be removed from office by shareholder vote, except upon a favorable
vote of holders of at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders
would be entitled to cast at an annual election of
directors.
|
|
3.
|
Article
ELEVENTH requires that, with certain exceptions, the approval of at least
80% of the votes which all shareholders of the Holding Company are
entitled to cast, and if any class of shares is entitled to vote as a
separate class, the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at
least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the outstanding
shares of such class shall be required to approve
--
|
|
(i)
|
any
merger or consolidation of the Holding Company with or into any other
organization;
|
|
(ii)
|
any
share exchange in which an organization, person or entity acquires the
issued or outstanding shares of capital stock of the Holding Company
pursuant to a vote of shareholders;
|
|
(iii)
|
any
sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all, or substantially all, of
the assets of the Holding Company to any other organization, person or
entity; or
|
|
(iv)
|
any
transaction similar to, or having similar effect as, any of the foregoing
transactions;
|
|
(v)
|
if
that other organization, person or entity beneficially owns 5% or more of
the voting shares of the Holding Company. If the other organization,
person or entity beneficially does not own 5% or more of the voting shares
of the Holding Company, then approval by a majority of the votes which all
shareholders are entitled to cast is required to approve any such
transaction. It gives the board of directors power to determine
conclusively whether anyone owns 5% or more of the voting shares. It
further provides that the Holding Company may voluntarily completely
liquidate or dissolve only with the approval of 80% of the votes which all
shareholders are entitled to cast. However, this Article makes two
exceptions to these provisions:
|
|
a.
|
Article
ELEVENTH shall not apply to any transaction which is approved in advance
by two-thirds (2/3) of the members of the board of
directors.
|
|
b.
|
A
plan of merger or consolidation may be approved and adopted without the
approval of the Holding Company’s shareholders where the applicable law
permits approval by the board of directors without the approval of the
shareholders.
|
|
4.
|
Article
TWELFTH provides that shareholders may not act by unanimous written
consent. It also provides that the presence, in person or by proxy,
of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which
all shareholders are entitled to cast shall constitute a quorum of
shareholders at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the
Holding Company.
|
|
5.
|
Article
THIRTEENTH provides that the authority to make, amend, alter, change or
repeal the bylaws is solely granted to and vested in the board of
directors, subject always to the power of the shareholders to change such
action by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least
two-thirds (2/3) of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast,
except that Article Eight of the Holding Company's bylaws relating to
limitations on directors’ liabilities and indemnification of directors,
officers and others may not be amended to increase the exposure to
liability for directors or to decrease the indemnification of directors,
officers and others except by the affirmative vote of two-thirds (2/3) of
the entire board of directors or by the affirmative vote of shareholders
entitled to cast at least 80% of the votes which all shareholders are
entitled to cast.
|
|
6.
|
Article
FOURTEENTH, permits the board of directors, when evaluating any offer of
another party to (a) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity
security of the Holding Company, (b) merge or consolidate the Holding
Company with another corporation, (c) purchase or otherwise acquire all or
substantially all of the properties and assets of the Holding Company, or
(d) engage in any transaction similar to, or having similar effects as,
any of the foregoing transactions, to consider a variety of factors in
addition to shareholder value.
|
While the
Bank bylaws do not address shareholder action by unanimous written consent,
under the Pennsylvania Banking Code, any action which may be taken at a meeting
of shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a consent or consents in
writing setting forth the action so taken shall be signed by all of the
shareholders who would be entitled to vote on such action at a meeting and shall
be filed with the secretary of the Bank. The Bank’s bylaws reflect this
provision.
The
Holding Company’s articles provide that shareholders may not act by written
consent.
Under
applicable banking laws each director of the Bank must be a shareholder of the
Bank. Similarly, after the reorganization, applicable banking laws
will require that all directors of the Bank or the Holding Company must be a
shareholder of the Holding Company.
The
Pennsylvania Banking Code requires that each of the Bank’s directors must be
citizens of the United States of America except to the extent this requirement
is waived for not more than 20% of the Bank's directors by the Pennsylvania
Banking Department. In contrast, neither applicable law nor the
Holding Company's articles or bylaws impose this requirement on directors of the
Holding Company.
The
Bank's and the Holding Company's bylaws provide that each board of directors
shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as the then total
number of directors constituting the whole board permits, with the term of
office of one class expiring each year. As a consequence, except for
the initial directors in two of the three classes of the Holding Company
directors, and except for directors hereafter appointed to fill board vacancies,
each director of the Bank and the Holding Company have a normal term of office
of three years.
The
Bank's bylaws do not set a minimum or maximum number of directors, although the
Pennsylvania Banking Code permits there to be from five (5) to twenty-five (25)
directors.
The
Holding Company's bylaws permit from six (6) to twenty-five (25)
directors.
The
Bank's bylaws mandate directors to attend at least 75% of board meetings each
calendar year.
The
Holding Company's bylaws do not establish a minimum attendance
requirement.
The
Bank's bylaws provide that any vacancies in the board of directors for any
reason, including vacancies caused by any increase in the number of directors,
may be filled by the board of directors, acting by a majority of the directors
then in office, although less than a quorum. Any director chosen to fill a
vacancy in any class of directors shall become a member of the class of
directors in which the vacancy occurred. Such director shall hold office for the
remainder of the original term of such vacancy.
The
Holding Company's articles and bylaws provide that, except as provided in the
articles of incorporation, any vacancy occurring in the board of directors shall
be filled by a majority of the remaining directors. The bylaws
authorize this action even if a majority of the remaining directors is less than
a quorum of the board. The bylaws provide that each person so elected
shall be a director of the same class as his predecessor until his successor is
elected by the shareholders.
Section
1610 of the Pennsylvania Banking Code gives shareholders of a banking
institution the right, pursuant to certain procedures, to demand the payment in
cash of the fair value of the shareholder’s shares upon a change in control of
the institution as defined in Section 1610. The articles of the Bank
and the Holding Company state that these rights shall not apply.
The Bank
. Under
the Pennsylvania Banking Code, an amendment to the articles of incorporation
shall be proposed by adoption of a resolution by the board of directors,
directing that it be submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders held upon
not less than ten days’ notice to all shareholders. Adoption of each
amendment requires the affirmative vote of the shareholders entitled to cast at
least a majority of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast
thereon and, if any class is entitled to vote thereon as a class, of the holders
of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of such class. If a
proposed amendment would: (i) make any change in the preferences,
qualifications, limitations, restrictions or special or relative rights of the
shares of any class or series adverse to such class or series, (ii) increase or
decrease the par value of the shares of any class, (iii) increase the authorized
number of shares of any class or series, unless otherwise provided in the
articles, (iv) limit or deny the existing preemptive rights of the shares of any
class, (v) authorize a new class or series of shares having a preference as to
dividends or assets, or increase the number of authorized shares of any existing
class or series, having a preference as to dividends or assets, senior to the
shares of a class or series, or (vi) authorize the board of directors to fix and
determine the relative rights and preferences as between series of any preferred
or special class, the holders of the outstanding shares of such class or series
shall be entitled to vote as a class on such amendment, regardless of any
limitation stated in the articles on the voting rights of any
class. Except in such case, only the holders of outstanding shares
who, under the articles are entitled to vote on proposed amendments, shall be
entitled to vote thereon.
The Holding
Company
. Under the PBCL, an amendment to the articles of
incorporation requires the approval of the board of directors and, except in
limited cases where a greater vote may be required, the affirmative vote of a
majority of the votes cast by all shareholders entitled to vote on the matter
and the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by all shareholders
within each class or series of shares if such class or series is entitled to
vote on the matter as a class. Pennsylvania law also provides that
shareholders of a registered corporation, such as the Holding Company, are not
entitled by statute to propose amendments to the articles of
incorporation.
The
Bank’s and the Holding Company’s articles each provide
that:
|
•
|
The
article imposing an ownership limitation of 25% of the issued and
outstanding shares of Common Stock (see further description under,
"DESCRIPTION OF HOLDING COMPANY SHARES - Anti-Takeover Effect of Governing
Documents and Applicable Law" beginning on page
50
of this prospectus-proxy statement) may not
be amended unless first approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of
at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock;
and
|
|
•
|
The
article permitting the board of directors to oppose certain acquisition
offers (see further description under, "DESCRIPTION OF HOLDING COMPANY
SHARES - Anti-Takeover Effect of Governing Documents and Applicable Law"
beginning on page
50
of this
prospectus-proxy statement) may not be amended unless first approved by
the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock.
|
OUTSTANDING
OPTIONS GRANTED TO UNAFFILIATED
INSTITUTIONAL INVESTORS
In
connection with its purchase of common stock in July 1997, an unaffiliated
institutional investor, which owns 37,808 shares (originally 0.73%) of the
Bank Common Stock, was granted an option to purchase additional shares
of the Bank Common Stock to preserve its percentage ownership interest
in the outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock, upon each
“Sale” (as defined in the option agreement and described
below) of Bank Common Stock.
As of
April 9, 2010, this unaffiliated institutional investor owned 37,808 shares of
Bank Common Stock, which constituted 0.19% of the Bank’s issued and outstanding
Common Stock as of such date. The option granted to this unaffiliated
institutional investor remains in effect, and may be exercised upon any future
“Sale” in order to preserve such entity’s percentage ownership of Bank Common
Stock at the then-current level.
Pursuant
to a Stock Option Agreement dated March 23, 2005, a second unaffiliated
institutional investor, which originally owned 135,834 shares
(originally 2.61%) of the Bank Common Stock, has an option to purchase
additional shares of the Bank Common Stock to preserve its percentage ownership
interest in the outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock, upon each “Sale” (as
defined in the option agreement and described below) of Bank Common
Stock.
As of
April 9, 2010, this unaffiliated institutional investor owned 196,450 shares of
Bank Common Stock, which constituted 0.97% of the Bank’s issued and outstanding
Common Stock as of such date. The option granted to this unaffiliated
institutional investor remains in effect, and may be exercised upon any future
“Sale” in order to preserve such entity’s percentage ownership of Bank Common
Stock at the then-current level.
Each
option agreement defines a “Sale” as the issuance and sale of shares of Bank
Common Stock, other than (i) a sale to the investor or pursuant to an offer
which by its terms could have been accepted by the investor, (ii) a sale of
treasury stock, and (iii) a grant of shares of common stock or a sale upon
exercise of an option granted pursuant to any stock bonus, stock option or
similar plan maintained by the Bank for the directors, officers and/or
any of the Bank employees or those of any subsidiary or affiliate.
Upon the completion of a Sale, the Bank is obligated to offer the
investor an opportunity to purchase such number of additional shares of the
Bank Common Stock at a price per share equal to the price per share of
Common Stock sold in the Sale, as necessary to make the investor’s percentage
ownership of the Bank's outstanding Common Stock, after giving effect
to the Sale that triggers the investor’s rights and the investor’s purchase of
additional shares pursuant to the required offer, equal to the investor’s
percentage ownership of the outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately prior
to the Sale.
If all
rights under the option agreements are exercised, the investors could have
the right to acquire additional shares.
The below
table indicates the types and amounts of stock underlying warrants that were
issued by the Bank in various private offerings and an exchange offer exchanging
shares of the Bank’s preferred stock into Common Stock in
2009,
as well as the original exercise prices for such warrants. The chart
also indicates the exercise price and amounts of warrants outstanding following
such
anti-dilution
adjustments.
All of the warrants listed in the chart were
immediately exercisable upon issuance.
Transaction
|
Type
of Stock Underlying Warrants
|
|
Original
Number of Shares Underlying Warrants
|
|
|
Original
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Number
of Shares Underlying Warrants upon Anti-Dilution
Adjustment
|
|
|
Exercise
Price upon Anti-Dilution Adjustment
|
|
June
30, 2009 Preferred Stock Exchange
|
Common
Stock
|
|
|
24,500
|
|
|
$
5.50
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
July
31, 2009 Common Stock Issuance
|
Common
Stock
|
|
|
683,330
|
|
|
$
5.50
|
|
|
|
999,559
|
|
|
$
|
3.76
|
|
February
17, 2010 Common Stock and Class B
Non-Voting
Common Stock Issuance
|
Common
Stock
|
|
205,779
|
|
|
$
4.28
|
|
|
234,240
|
|
|
$
|
3.76
|
|
|
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
|
|
156,532
|
|
|
$
4.28
|
|
|
178,182
|
|
|
$
|
3.76
|
|
March
29, 2010 Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
Issuance
|
Common
Stock
Class B Non-Voting
Common Stock
|
|
|
96,211
|
|
|
$
3.76
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
The
number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each warrant and the
exercise price per share shall be proportionately adjusted:
|
|
In
the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding by reason of any stock proportionally adjusted dividend or
split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of
shares or similar corporate change;
and
|
|
|
subject
to any required action by the Bank’s shareholders, in the event of any
increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock
resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares of Common Stock or
the payment of a stock dividend on Common Stock, or any other increase or
decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding effected
without receipt or payment of consideration by the
Bank.
|
Subject
to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event that the
Bank is the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation (except a
merger or consolidation as a result of which the holders of shares of Common
Stock receive securities of another corporation), the number of shares issuable
under each warrant immediately prior to the date of such merger or consolidation
shall be converted into the securities which a holder of that number of shares
would have received in such merger or consolidation.
In the
event of (i) a dissolution or liquidation of the Bank, (ii) a sale of all or
substantially all of the Bank's assets, (iii) a merger or consolidation
involving the Bank in which the Bank is not the surviving corporation, or (iv) a
merger or consolidation involving the Bank, or any other reorganization
transaction (including without limitation the formation of a holding company for
the Bank) in which the Bank is the surviving corporation but the holders of
shares of Common Stock receive securities of another corporation and/or other
property, including cash, the Bank’s board of directors shall provide for the
exchange of each warrant for a warrant with respect to, as appropriate, some or
all of the property for which each warrant is exchanged and, incident thereto,
make an equitable adjustment as determined by the Bank’s board of directors in
its absolute discretion in the exercise price under each warrant or, if
appropriate, provide for a cash payment to the warrant holder in partial
consideration for the exchange of the warrant, or any combination
thereof.
In the
event of any other change in the capitalization of the Bank or corporate change
other than those specifically referred to above, the Bank’s board of directors
may, in its absolute discretion, make such adjustments in the number and class
of shares issuable upon exercise of each warrant on the date on which such
change occurs, and in the exercise price of each warrant, as the Bank’s board of
directors may reasonably consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement
of rights.
On April
12, 2010, the Bank’s board of directors approved adjustments to the terms of
warrants held by those shareholders benefitting from anti-dilution agreements,
to adjust the exercise price and make a corresponding adjustment to the number
of shares for which each warrant is exercisable. Warrant exercise
prices were adjusted from either $5.50 per share or $4.28 per share to $3.76 per
share. The number of shares for which each warrant is exercisable
were increased in proportion to the decrease in exercise price. After
the adjustment, each adjusted warrant will be exercisable for the type or types
of shares (common stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock) for which the
warrant was heretofore exercisable. If the warrant was exercisable
for shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock as well as shares of common stock,
the number of shares of each class of stock for which the warrant is exercisable
after the adjustment will be proportional to the number of shares of each such
class for which the warrant was exercisable prior to the
adjustment. However, the number of shares of common stock for which a
warrant is exercisable is limited so that no warrant holder, after the
adjustment, will have the right to purchase, nor be deemed to have the right to
purchase, an amount of common stock which, together with any other shares of the
Bank’s common stock the warrant holder owns or controls or is deemed to own or
control (as determined under the federal Change in Bank Control Act, as
amended), comprises more than 9.9% of the aggregate outstanding shares of the
Bank’s common stock (including, in calculating both the number of shares owned
or controlled by the warrant holder and the number of shares outstanding, those
shares of common stock for which any warrants or options owned or controlled or
deemed owned or controlled by the warrant holder are exercisable, and any shares
of common stock into which any other securities owned or controlled or deemed
owned or controlled by the warrant holder are convertible).
Except as
expressly provided in each warrant, warrant holders shall not have any rights by
reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the
payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of
stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of
the Bank or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in
each warrant, no issuance by the Bank of shares of stock of any class, or
securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no
adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares
issuable upon exercise of each warrant.
ANTI
-DILUTION AGREEMENTS
Holders
of 17,923,843 shares of the Bank’s Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting
Common Stock, including Jay Sidhu, are beneficiaries of anti-dilution agreements
providing each of them price protection such that if, at any time on or before
designated dates, the Bank issues additional shares of its Common Stock or its
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock for which the consideration per share is less
than $3.76 (as that price may be deemed adjusted pursuant to the anti-dilution
agreements), other than with respect to shares issued to (a) the Bank's
employees, officer or directors in connection with their employment or retention
of services not to exceed the number of shares reserved in the Bank's existing
equity financing plans, or (b) customers or vendors in connection with bona fide
business transactions, the Bank shall, concurrently with such issue, issue to
the holder, at no additional cost or price to the holder, an additional number
of shares of Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock sufficient to
maintain the values of their current share holdings at the new, lower issuance
price. For these purposes, shares issuable upon exercise of an option
and shares issuable upon conversion or exercise of a convertible security are
deemed to be issued when the option or convertible security is issued, and no
adjustment is made thereafter when the option is exercised or the convertible
security is converted.
Until
June 30, 2010, holders of anti-dilution agreements are protected on all
issuances described above. After June 30, 2010 and until March 31,
2011, holders are only protected on those issuances of shares described above
that are made solely for cash.
The
number of shares to be issued under the anti-dilution agreements are determined,
upon each issuance, by multiplying the number of the holder’s shares by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the purchase price (currently $3.76)
immediately before such issue, and the denominator of which is the new issue
price. Thereafter, upon each subsequent issuance of additional shares, the
number of shares covered by the agreement will be increased by the number of
additional shares that have been issued to the holder pursuant to the agreement,
and the purchase price will be deemed reduced to the new issue price for the
share issuance causing the adjustment.
The
additional shares of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock to be
issued to a holder upon an adjustment is determined according to provisions
applicable to the individual holder under each anti-dilution
agreement.
For
purposes of the anti-dilution agreements, issue price for additional shares is
to be computed as follows:
|
1.
|
Cash
shall be valued at the amount of cash received by the Bank, excluding
amounts paid or payable for accrued interest or accrued
dividends.
|
|
2.
|
Property,
other than cash, shall be computed at the fair market value thereof at the
time of the issue as determined in good faith by the board of directors of
the Bank.
|
|
3.
|
If
shares are issued together with other property of the Bank for
consideration that covers both, the consideration allocable to the shares
shall be determined in good faith by the board of
directors.
|
|
4.
|
The
consideration per share for options and convertible securities is to be
determined by dividing:
|
|
(i)
|
the
total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Bank for the issue of
the options or convertible securities, plus the minimum amount of
additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating
thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a
subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Bank upon
exercise of the options or conversion of the convertible securities,
by
|
|
(ii)
|
the
maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instruments relating
thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a
subsequent adjustment of such number) ultimately issuable upon the
exercise of such options or the conversion of such convertible
securities.
|
On April
12, 2010, the Bank’s board of directors approved adjustments to the terms of
warrants held by those shareholders benefitting from anti-dilution agreements,
to adjust the exercise price and make a corresponding adjustment to the number
of shares for which each warrant is exercisable. For further
information on the adjustment, see, “WARRANTS TO PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL STOCK,” beginning on page
60
.
INTERESTS
OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN THE MERGER AND
REORGANIZATION
The
Bank’s directors and executive officers, as well as certain principal
shareholders of the Bank, have interests in the completion of the
reorganization. These interests include:
|
|
Ownership
of Common Stock of the Bank and warrants or options to purchase additional
shares of Bank Common Stock. These interests will become
interests in the Holding Company. For more information on the
Bank’s directors and executive officers’ ownership interests,
see “SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT,”
beginning on page
80
of this
prospectus-proxy statement;
|
|
|
The
Bank has agreed to grant stock options to
its
executive officers and certain members of senior
management.
The Holding Company will succeed to the
Bank’s obligations. For more information on these interests,
see
“Proposal
3”
beginning on page
32
of this
prospectus-proxy statement;
|
|
|
One
or more directors and officers of the Bank and the Holding Company have
purchased stock in the recent offerings. For more
information on their interests, see “SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN
BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT” beginning on page
80
of this prospectus-proxy statement;
and
|
|
|
Each
of Messrs. Sidhu, Ehst and Brugger have entered into employment agreements
with the Bank which will be assumed by the Holding Company in connection
with the reorganization. For more information with respect to
these agreements, see the narrative following “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION –
Officer Employment Agreements” beginning on page
76
of this prospectus-proxy
statement.
|
Through
the number of shares that they own, the directors and executive officers as a
group, and certain principal holders of the Bank’s Common Stock, may have a
significant influence on the outcome of the shareholder vote. For
more information on these matters, see, “SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN
BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT,” beginning on page
80
of this prospectus-proxy
statement.
The
Holding Company was incorporated as a Pennsylvania business corporation under
the PBCL in April 2010 at the direction of the board of directors of New
Century Bank. The Holding Company was formed to acquire the Bank stock and to
engage in business as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act
of 1956, as amended. Copies of the articles of incorporation and the bylaws of
the Holding Company are attached to this prospectus-proxy statement as
Exhibit B
and
Exhibit C
to
Annex
A
.
The
Holding Company is in the organizational and developmental stage, and has no
earnings or history of operation.
The
Holding Company neither owns nor leases any real property nor does it currently
expect to own any real property in the future.
The
Holding Company has no employees, no current business, and owns no property,
except that the Holding Company will own all of the stock of the new bank
immediately prior to the reorganization. The Holding Company has not
issued any stock. The Holding Company is not a party to any legal
proceedings.
The
Holding Company has no present plans to engage in any activities other than as a
holding company for the capital stock of the Bank. The Holding Company’s
management, however, believes that the opportunities available to a bank holding
company for diversification of its business and raising of capital cause a
bank holding company to be a more advantageous form of operation than a bank.
The Holding Company may examine and may pursue opportunities from time to time
that arise for expansion of its operations and activities. See “The
Reorganization - Reasons for the Reorganization.”
The
management team and directors of the Holding Company will be the same as those
of the Bank. A description of the business background of each of the
directors and executive officers is provided beginning on page
67
of this prospectus-proxy statement.
The
bylaws of the Holding Company provide that, within the requirements of
applicable law, the term and number of directors in each class shall be fixed,
from time to time, by the board of directors. The term of office,
until otherwise fixed, for all directors elected at each annual meeting held
after the first annual meeting shall be three (3) years from the date of their
election. At each annual meeting after the first annual meeting,
elections shall be held to elect directors to replace those whose terms have
expired. All directors shall continue in office after the expiration
of their term until their successors are elected or appointed and have
qualified, except in the event of earlier resignation, removal or
disqualification.
The
Holding Company bylaws also provide that the board of directors shall be divided
into three classes (Class A, Class B and Class C), as nearly equal in number as
the then total number of directors constituting the whole board permits, with
the term of office of one class expiring each year. At the first
annual meeting of shareholders, directors in Class A shall be elected to hold
office for a one (1) year term; directors in Class B shall be elected to hold
office for a two (2) year term; and directors in Class C shall be elected to
hold office for a three (3) year term. Each class shall be elected in
a separate election.
The
bylaws of the Holding Company require a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive
Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a President, a Secretary, and a Treasurer.
The board of directors may also elect one or more Vice Presidents and such other
officers and appoint such agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold
their offices for such terms, have such authority and perform such duties as may
from time to time be prescribed by the board of directors. Any two or
more offices may be held by the same person except both the offices of President
and of Secretary.
After the
reorganization, the persons beneficially owning 5% or more of the Holding
Company’s Common Stock will be the same persons who currently own 5% or more of
the Bank stock. See “NEW CENTURY BANK - Principal Shareholders.”
The
Holding Company’s authorized capital stock consists of 300,000,000 shares of
capital stock consisting of:
|
|
100,000,000
share of voting Common Stock, par value $1.00 per
share;
|
|
|
100,000,000
shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share;
and
|
|
|
100,000,000
shares of preferred stock in one or more series, any series having such
par value or no par value as may be determined by the Holding Company’s
board of directors from time to
time.
|
The
number of shares of the Holding Company Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting
Common Stock expected to be issued to the holders of Bank stock, upon the
terms and subject to the conditions of the reorganization, is 5,314,471 and
1,468,730 shares, respectively, based on the Bank's share ownership as of April
20, 2010 and assuming no options or warrants are exercised prior to the closing
of the reorganization.
There
will be no established public trading market for the Holding Company’s
stock.
The
Holding Company will succeed to the Bank’s contractual obligations under each of
the following relating to common stock and Class B Non-Voting Common
Stock:
|
|
existing
management stock options and other equity compensation award rights, more
fully described under, "SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
AND MANAGEMENT," beginning on page
80
;
|
|
|
existing
option agreements with institutional investors described under,
“OUTSTANDING OPTIONS GRANTED TO UNAFFILIATED INSTITUTIONAL INVESTORS,”
beginning on page
59
;
|
|
|
the
existing warrants described under, “WARRANTS TO PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL STOCK,” beginning on page
60
;
|
|
|
the
existing anti-dilution agreements described under, “ANTI-DILUTION
AGREEMENTS,” beginning on page
61
;
and
|
|
|
the
existing contractual pre-emptive purchase rights described under, “THE
REORGANIZATION – Private Offerings,” on page
39
.
|
For more
information about the Holding Company’s Common Stock, see "DESCRIPTION OF
HOLDING COMPANY SHARES" beginning on page
47
of this prospectus-proxy statement, and
“COMPARISON OF SHAREHOLDERS' RIGHTS” beginning on page
52
of this prospectus-proxy
statement.
The board
of directors of the Holding Company reviews and determines the compensation for
the Holding Company’s officers and directors. No officer will be
prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he or she
is also a director. The board also has the authority to provide for
reasonable pensions, disability or death benefits and other benefits and
payments to directors, officer and employees and to their estates, families,
dependents or beneficiaries on account of prior services rendered to the Holding
Company.
Since its
incorporation, the Holding Company has not paid any remuneration to any of its
directors or executive officers. After the reorganization, it is
anticipated that directors and officers of the Holding Company will be paid fees
and compensation on the same basis as directors and officers of the Bank are
presently paid. No changes in remuneration to any directors or
officers are planned except as otherwise described in this prospectus-proxy
statement. To date, the Holding Company has not established standards
or other arrangements by which its directors are compensated for services as
directors, including any additional amounts payable for committee participation
or special assignments, and no such arrangements are currently
contemplated. No profit-sharing plan or any other benefit plan exists
or is contemplated for the Holding Company.
Anti
-Takeover Mechanisms
The
Holding Company’s articles contain a number of provisions that are typically
considered to be anti-takeover measures. For a description of these
provisions, see “Anti-Takeover Effects of Governing Documents and Applicable
Law” beginning on page
50
of this
prospectus-proxy statement. The board urges shareholders to read the
information contained in that section carefully before making a decision on
whether or not to vote for the Holding Company. The board and its
advisors believe that such provisions are not unusual among bank holding
companies. There are risks associated with such
provisions. See “RISK FACTORS” beginning on page
13
of this prospectus-proxy statement.
Subchapter
D of the PBCL provides for indemnification of, and insurance for any person who
is or was a representative of the Holding Company and specifically empowers the
Holding Company to indemnify, subject to the standards therein prescribed, any
person who is or was a representative of the Holding Company in connection with
any action, suit or proceeding brought or threatened by reason of the fact that
he is or was a representative of the Holding Company. Article 8.02 of the
Holding Company’s bylaws requires the Holding Company to indemnify each of the
Holding Company’s directors and officers in such capacity in which any such
director or officer acts for or on behalf of the Holding Company including as an
employee or agent.
Article 8
of the Holding Company’s bylaws provide for indemnification of officers and
directors, as follows:
|
|
Section
8.01 provides that, to the fullest extent under Subchapter B of Chapter 7
of the PBCL, the Holding Company’s directors shall not be personally
liable to the Holding Company or its shareholders or others for monetary
damages for any action taken or any failure to take any action unless the
director has breached or failed to perform the duties of his or her office
and such breach or failure constitutes self-dealing, willful misconduct or
recklessness. This section does not apply to the responsibility
or liability of such director under any criminal statute or with respect
to the payment of taxes pursuant to local, state or federal
law;
|
|
|
Section
8.02(a) provides for the indemnification of any person who was or is a
party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative by reason of the fact of such person’s
involvement as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Holding
Company or its bank subsidiaries or any other director or indirect
subsidiary of the Holding Company of the bank serving at the request of
the Holding Company as a director, officer, employee or agent against
expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection
with such action, suit or proceeding, to the fullest extent authorized or
permitted by the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania;
|
|
|
Section
8.02(b) requires the Holding Company to pay the expenses (including
attorney’s fees) incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or
proceeding in advance of the final disposition of any action suit or
proceeding upon the receipt of (i) an undertaking by or on
behalf of a director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if
it shall be ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be
indemnified as authorized under the articles of incorporation and (ii) if
requested at the discretion of the board of directors, adequate security
or a bond to cover such amounts for which it is ultimately determined that
he is not entitled to such
indemnity;
|
|
|
Section
8.02(c) provides the right to indemnification and advancement of expenses
is not exclusive of any other right to which such persons seeking
indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any
agreement, vote of shareholders, or disinterested directors or otherwise;
and
|
|
|
Section
8.02(d) provides that the Holding Company may purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of any person, may enter into contracts of
indemnification with any person and may create a fund of any nature for
the benefit of any person and may otherwise secure in any manner its
obligations with respect to indemnification and advancement of expenses
regardless of the source of the indemnification right and without respect
to whether or not the Holding Company would have the power to indemnify
such person under the articles of
incorporation.
|
No
financial statements of the Holding Company are presented in this
prospectus-proxy statement because the Holding Company currently has no
significant assets or liabilities. See "Summary Selected Unaudited
Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information" beginning on page
44
. The audited financial statements and notes
thereto are attached beginning on page
F-1
of this
prospectus-proxy statement.
The
Holding Company has not, since its inception, been a party to any legal
proceedings.
History
New
Century Bank was incorporated on March 25, 1994 under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and is a Pennsylvania state chartered bank and
member of the Federal Reserve System. The Bank commenced operations
on June 26, 1997. New Century Bank’s deposits are insured by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. As of December 31, 2009, the
Bank had total assets of $351.9 million and total deposits of $313.9
million.
New
Century Bank’s Corporate Headquarters and a full service branch are located at
99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, Chester County, PA 19460. The main
telephone number is (610) 933-2000.
The Bank
has not undergone bankruptcy, receivership or any similar
proceedings. There have been no material re-classifications, mergers,
consolidations or purchases or sales of a significant amount of assets not in
the ordinary course of business.
Through
the Bank's five branches in Chester and Delaware Counties, Pennsylvania, New
Century Bank provides a full range of financial products and services to small
businesses, professionals and individuals on the “Main Line” and in Philadelphia
suburbs.
New
Century Bank competes with other financial institutions for deposit and loan
business. Competitors include other commercial banks, savings banks,
savings and loan associations, insurance companies, securities brokerage firms,
credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, money market funds, and certain
government agencies. Financial institutions compete principally on
the quality of the services rendered, interest rates offered on deposit
products, interest rates charged on loans, fees and service charges, the
convenience of banking office locations and hours of operation, and in the
consideration of larger commercial borrowers, lending limits.
Many of
these competitors are significantly larger than New Century Bank, and have
significantly greater financial resources, personnel and locations from which to
conduct business. In addition, New Century Bank is subject to
regulation, while certain of its competitors are not. Non-regulated
companies face relatively few barriers to entry into the financial services
industry. New Century Bank’s larger competitors enjoy greater name
recognition and greater resources to finance wide ranging advertising
campaigns. New Century Bank competes for business principally on the
basis of high quality, personal service to customers, customer access to the
Bank’s decision makers, and competitive interest and fee
structure. New Century Bank also strives to provide maximum
convenience of access to services by employing innovative delivery vehicles such
as internet banking, and convenience of availability of banking
representatives.
New
Century Bank believes that it is able to compete effectively with its
competitors owing to its responsive approach to the provision of personalized
and convenient service, developed by a management which is closely attuned to
the Bank’s market area and customer base.
Upon
completion of the reorganization, New Century Bank will become a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Holding Company, and current shareholders will
become a shareholder of the Holding Company with the same ownership interest in
the Holding Company as you presently hold in New Century Bank.
Immediately
after completion of the reorganization, we expect that the Holding Company will
not engage in any business activity other than to hold all of the stock of New
Century Bank. The Holding Company does not presently have any
arrangements or understandings regarding any acquisition or merger opportunities
other than as disclosed herein. It is anticipated however that the
Holding Company in the future may pursue other investment opportunities
including possible diversification through acquisitions and
mergers.
At
the present time, the Holding Company does not intend to employ any persons
other than its management. It will utilize New Century Bank’s support
staff from time to time and reimburse New Century Bank for the time of its
employees. If the Holding Company acquires other banks or pursues
other lines of business, it may hire additional employees at that
time.
As of
December 31, 2009, New Century Bank had 61 full time and 4 part time
employees.
The Bank
leases its corporate headquarters and a full service branch, which are located
in a freestanding building at 99 Bridge St., Phoenixville, Chester County, PA
19460, wherein the Bank leases approximately 15,298 square feet on 2
floors. The lease on this location expires in 2022.
In
addition to the corporate headquarters, the Bank leases properties in the 2,300
to 3,300 square foot range where it maintains full service commercial bank
branches at 155 East Lancaster Ave. in Wayne, Pennsylvania, 215 Lancaster Avenue
in Malvern, Pennsylvania, and 3557 West Chester Pike in Newtown Square,
Pennsylvania. The leases on these locations expire in 2013, 2014 and
2014, respectively.
The Bank
also leases 5,500 square feet of property at 513 Kimberton Road in Phoenixville,
Pennsylvania where it maintains a full service commercial bank branch and
corporate offices. The lease on this location expires in
2013.
The Bank
subleases 4,100 square feet of space in Hamilton, NJ from which it conducts its
mortgage warehouse lending activities. The lease on this property
expires this year. The Bank intends to either renegotiate for space
at this same location or seek suitable space nearby
The total
minimum cash lease payments for the Bank’s current office, branch offices, and
mortgage warehouse lending locations amounts to approximately $58 thousand per
month.
The Bank
further intends to open four new full service commercial bank branches in 2010,
and has signed leases for three such locations in Doylestown and Middletown
Township, Pennsylvania and Hamilton, New Jersey ranging from 1,600 square feet
to 2,500 square feet, and with lease expiration dates in 2015, 2012 and 2015,
respectively.
These
proposed branches are subject to applicable regulatory
approvals. Actual branch openings and timing of such
openings will also depend on satisfaction of a variety of other
contingencies, including signing of appropriate agreements, completion of any
construction work, compliance with any local regulatory matters, and
satisfactory staffing arrangements.
The
aggregate minimum cash lease payments associated with the three leases that have
been proposed for the branches are approximately $35,000 per
month.
Although
New Century Bank from time to time is involved in various legal proceedings in
the normal course of business, there are no material legal proceedings to which
it is a party or to which its property is subject.
The
names, ages and positions of each of the directors and executive officers of the
Bank and the Holding Company, together with descriptions of the business
backgrounds of each of the directors and named executive officers, are provided
in “OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND MANAGEMENT” beginning on page
67
of this prospectus-proxy statement.
After the
reorganization, the persons beneficially owning 5% or more of Customers 1st
Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock will be the same persons who currently own 5% or more
of the Bank stock. See “SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL
OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT” beginning on page
80
of this prospectus-proxy
statement.
OUR
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND MANAGEMENT
The
Bank’s and the Holding Company’s board members are:
Name
|
|
Director
Since
|
|
Position
|
|
Age
|
|
Term
Expires:
|
Bhanu
Choudhrie
|
|
2009
|
|
Director
|
|
31
|
|
2012
|
Richard
A. Ehst
|
|
2009
|
|
Director,
President and Chief Operating Officer
|
|
63
|
|
2011
|
Kenneth
B. Mumma, J.D.
|
|
1997
|
|
Director
(former Chairman and CEO)
|
|
52
|
|
2010
|
Daniel
K. Rothermel, J.D.
|
|
2009
|
|
Director
|
|
72
|
|
2010
|
John
J. Sickler, CPA
|
|
1997
|
|
Director
|
|
68
|
|
2010
|
Jay
S. Sidhu
|
|
2009
|
|
Director,
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
58
|
|
2012
|
T.
Lawrence Way, CPA J.D.
|
|
2005
|
|
Director
|
|
61
|
|
2011
|
Steven
J. Zuckerman
|
|
2009
|
|
Director
|
|
45
|
|
2011
|
There are
no arrangements or understandings between any director and any other persons
pursuant to which a director was or is to be selected as a director or
nominee.
Below are
the biographies of our directors:
Jay S. Sidhu, Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer
Mr. Sidhu
joined New Century Bank as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer in the second
quarter of 2009. Before joining New Century, Mr. Sidhu was the Chief
Executive Officer of Sovereign Bank from 1989 and its Chairman from 2002
until his retirement on December 31, 2006, and the Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer of SIDHU Advisors, LLC, a consulting firm. He has
received Financial World’s CEO of the year award and named Turnaround
Entrepreneur of the Year. He has received many other awards and
honors, including a Hero of Liberty Award from the National Liberty
Museum. Mr. Sidhu has served on the boards of numerous businesses and
not-for-profits, including as a member of the board of Grupo
Santander. He obtained an MBA from Wilkes University and is a
graduate of Harvard Business School’s Leadership Course. He helped
establish the Jay Sidhu School of Business and Leadership at Wilkes
University.
Mr.
Sidhu’s demonstration of day-to-day leadership combined with his extensive
banking sector experience provide the board with intimate knowledge of the
Bank’s direction and strategic opportunities.
Richard Ehst, President and
Chief Operating Officer
Mr. Ehst
joined New Century Bank as President and Chief Operating Officer in August
2009. Mr. Ehst was an Executive Vice President, Commercial Middle
Market, Mid-Atlantic Division, of Sovereign Bank. Before this role,
Mr. Ehst served as Regional President for Berks County from 2004 until 2009 and
Managing Director of Corporate Communications for Sovereign from 2000 until 2004
where his responsibilities included reputation risk management and marketing
services support systems. Mr. Ehst also began serving as a member of the County
of Berks Workforce Investment board of directors in 2009. Before
joining Sovereign Bank, Mr. Ehst was an independent consultant to more than 70
financial institutions in the mid-Atlantic region, including Sovereign Bank,
where he provided guidance on regulatory matters, mergers and acquisitions, and
risk management.
Mr. Ehst
has superior knowledge and lengthy experience of the banking industry, as
well as superlative business development skills which provide significant value
to the board.
Bhanu Choudhrie,
Director
Mr.
Choudhrie has been Executive Director of C&C Alpha Group Limited, a London
based family private equity group, since November 2006, and was the Executive
Director of C&C Business Solutions Ltd. from June 2003 to November
2006. Mr. Choudhrie is a private equity investor with investments in
the United States, United Kingdom, Europe and Asia. C&C Alpha
Group was founded in 2002. The company, with global headquarters in
London, has established offices in several countries. Its team
comprises entrepreneurs, financial analysts, project developers, project
managers and strategy consultants.
As an
executive of a UK-based firm with international interests, Mr. Choudhrie
provides the board with a global market perspective.
Kenneth B. Mumma, Director
and Chairman of the Executive Committee
Mr. Mumma
is the former Chairman and CEO of the Bank who founded the Bank in
1997. Prior to his joining the Bank, he was engaged in the private
practice of law. He is a graduate of Franklin & Marshall College
and received his J.D. from Villanova School of Law. He
also received his certificate from the Central Atlantic School of
Banking. His strong civic commitment is demonstrated by his
participation in a number of the area’s nonprofit organizations.
As one of
the Bank’s original founders, Mr. Mumma brings to the board his entrepreneurial
experience, keen strategic insights, institutional knowledge and deep commitment
to our enterprise.
Daniel K. Rothermel,
Director and Chairman of the Risk Management Committee
Mr.
Rothermel has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of Cumru
Associates, Inc., a private holding company located in Reading, Pennsylvania
since 1989, and served over twenty years on the board of directors of Sovereign
Bancorp and Sovereign Bank. At Sovereign, he was lead independent
Director and served on the Audit, Governance, and Risk Management Committee and
was chairman of the Executive Committee. He is a graduate of The
Pennsylvania State University, with a B.S. in Business Administration
(finance and accounting) and of the American University with a Juris
Doctor.
Mr.
Rothermel’s background as an attorney and general counsel, plus his extensive
service as director of Sovereign Bank provide unique and valuable perspective to
the board.
John J. Sickler, Director
and Chairman of the Compensation Committee
He
retired in 2007 from service as a Director and Vice Chairman of Teleflex
Incorporated, a diversified global company. He had served as a
Director of Teleflex since 1997. He was named Vice Chairman in 2000,
as well as Chairman of the medical group, which he led through a transformation
of its business model and turned over operating responsibilities to a newly
hired President during 2003. Since retiring, Mr. Sickler has completed various
consulting assignments, including that of acting Chairman of the Bank from
January to June of 2009. Mr. Sickler serves on the board of
directors of Microlog Corp. of Germantown, Maryland, a software design firm
engaged in development of productivity application for customer contact
centers. Mr. Sickler has devoted significant time to nonprofit activities,
serving at various times as president of the boards of directors of both
Phoenixville Hospital and Phoenixville YMCA. Mr. Sickler holds a B.S. in
Commerce and Finance from Wilkes University.
Mr.
Sickler’s previous position as a director and officer at Teleflex Incorporated
provided him with valuable knowledge and experience, including direct
responsibility for financial issues, and the perspective of one familiar with a
global enterprise, all of which add significant value to our
board.
T. Lawrence Way, Director
and Chairman of the Audit Committee
Mr. Way
is the Chairman of Alco Industries, Inc. and has been its CEO since
2000.
Over the
years, Mr. Way held various positions at Alco Industries, Inc., including a
stretch as interim Chief Financial Officer
. He is a Certified
Public Accountant, received a Masters in Business Administration from Mount St.
Mary’s College, a Juris Doctor degree from Rutgers-Camden School of Law, and
graduated from Tufts University. He has experience in varied
management, finance, operations and mergers and acquisitions.
Mr. Way’s
background as an attorney and certified public accountant, as well as his
experience leading a company through the current economic, social and governance
issues as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Alco Industries, Inc., make
him well-suited to serve on the board.
Steven J. Zuckerman,
Director
Steve
Zuckerman, President and CEO of Clipper Magazine, graduated from Franklin &
Marshall College with a B.A. in Business Management in
1985. While in college, he co-founded the Campus Coupon Clipper, a
predecessor to Clipper Magazine, now, a full-service media company, with
numerous subsidiaries, including Loyal Customer Club, Spencer Advertising &
Marketing, Clipper Web Development, The Menu Company, Total Loyalty Solutions,
Clipper Graphics and Clipper TV. Clipper Magazine has over 550
individual market editions in over 31 states with 1,200 employees around the
country, including approximately 500 in Lancaster County,
Pennsylvania. He is a partner in Opening Day Partners, owner and
operator of the Atlantic League of Professional Baseball Teams and Stadiums in
New Jersey, Maryland and South Central Pennsylvania.
Mr.
Zuckerman’s experience in the advertising industry make him uniquely situated to
provide the board with insight in the key areas of marketing and customer
strategies.
Thomas Brugger, Chief
Financial Officer - Age 43
Mr.
Brugger is our only executive officer who is not on the board of
directors. He joined New Century Bank as Chief Financial Officer in
September 2009. Mr. Brugger was employed by Sovereign Bank for
15 years in the roles of Corporate Treasurer, Chief Investment Officer and
Portfolio Manager. At Sovereign Bank, Mr. Brugger was responsible for
investment portfolio management, wholesale funding, liquidity, regulatory and
economic capital, securitization, interest rate risk, business unit
profitability, budgeting, and treasury operations. He was Chairman of
the Asset/Liability committee and all pricing committees. In
addition, he participated in 19 acquisitions while at Sovereign
Bank. Before Sovereign Bank, he worked in the treasury department and
internal audit at Independence Bancorp.
Information
about our Board of Directors
During
2009, the Bank’s board of directors held 12 meetings, excluding committee
meetings, which are described below. Because the Holding Company was
only formed in April 2010, no meetings of the board of directors or committees
have occurred yet. Going forward, board and committee meetings of the
Holding Company and the Bank are expected to be conducted on a combined
basis. Only a single fee will be paid for each board or committee
meeting, whether or not the meeting is for the Holding Company, the Bank or is
conducted on a combined basis. See "Director Compensation Table" and
the notes and narratives below such table, beginning on page
78
of this prospectus-proxy statement, for more
information on director fees. Each of the directors of the Holding Company
is also a director of the Bank. Each committee described below,
unless otherwise noted, is a committee of the Bank and the Holding
Company.
In 2009,
each of the directors of the Bank attended at least 75% of the aggregate of
(i) the total number of board meetings held while he was a director, and (ii)
the total number of meetings held by committees during his service on those
committees.
The table
below highlights the membership composition of our various board level
committees:
Name
|
|
Executive
|
|
Audit
|
|
Risk
Management
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Loan
|
|
Nominating
and Corporate Governance
|
Bhanu
Choudhrie
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
X
|
Richard
Ehst
|
|
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
X*
|
|
|
Kenneth
Mumma
|
|
X*
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
|
Daniel
Rothermel
|
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
X*
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
X*
|
John
Sickler
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|
X*
|
|
|
|
|
Jay
Sidhu
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
|
T.
Lawrence Way
|
|
X
|
|
X*
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Steven
Zuckerman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
X
|
*
Committee Chair
Board
Leadership Structure
The board
of directors believes that our Chief Executive Officer is best situated to serve
as Chairman because he is the director most familiar with our business and the
financial services industry, and most capable of effectively identifying
strategic priorities and leading the discussion and execution of
strategy. Independent directors and management have different
perspectives and roles in strategy development. Our independent
directors bring experience, oversight and expertise from outside the Bank
and industry, while the Chief Executive Officer brings industry-specific
experience and expertise. The board believes that the combined role of Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer promotes strategy development, and its execution,
and facilitates information flow between management and the board, which are
essential to effective governance.
One of
the key responsibilities of the board is to develop strategic direction and hold
management accountable for the execution of strategy once it is developed. The
board believes the combined role of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,
together with an independent Lead Director having the duties described below, is
in the best interest of shareholders because it provides the appropriate balance
between management and strategy development on the one hand and independent
oversight on the other.
Daniel K.
Rothermel, an independent director who serves as Chairman of the Risk Management
and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees, was selected by the board of
directors to serve as the Lead Director. As Lead Director, Mr.
Rothermel presides over all board meetings when the Chairman is not present, and
presides over meetings of the non-management directors held in executive
session. The Lead Director has the responsibility of meeting and consulting with
the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer on board and committee meeting agendas,
acting as a liaison between management and the non-management directors,
including maintaining frequent contact with the Chairman and Chief Executive and
advising him on the efficiency of the board meetings, and facilitating teamwork
and communication between the non-management directors and management
.
The board
of directors believes that establishing the right “tone at the top” and full and
open communication between management and the board of directors are essential
for effective risk management and oversight. At each regular board meeting, the
directors receive a summary on areas of material risk to the Bank, including
credit, market, liquidity and operational risk. These summary reports
are in a scorecard structure and they assist the directors in the early
identification of risks. The board also created a board Risk
Management Committee and a management Risk Committee to monitor and oversee all
risk of the Bank in a more detailed fashion. The board can
ask either committee to research issues and address any risk issues that merit
additional focus and attention. These committees will develop
recommendations to manage risk and will bring any material issues to the
attention of the full board.
The board
of directors has an active role, as a whole and also at the committee level, in
overseeing management of our risks. The Audit Committee assists the
board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to
areas of financial reporting and compliance with laws, rules and regulations
applicable to us, including those related to accounting
regulation. The Audit Committee is composed of independent,
non-executive directors free from any relationship that would interfere with the
exercise of his or her independent judgment. The independent auditors
are ultimately accountable to the Audit Committee and the board of
directors. The Audit Committee reviews the independence and
performance of the auditors and annually recommends to the board of directors
the appointment of the independent auditors or approve any discharge of auditors
when circumstances warrant. The chief internal auditor reports
directly to the Audit Committee. The annual risk assessment and internal audit
plan are approved by the Audit Committee. The Audit
Committee performs other oversight functions as requested by the board of
directors.
The
Compensation Committee assists the board of directors in fulfilling its
oversight responsibilities with respect to our compensation policies and
programs. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will
assist the board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with
respect to the management of risks associated with board of directors
organization and membership, and succession planning for our
directors.
Each of
Messrs. Rothermel, Sickler, Way, Zuckerman and Choudhrie was considered
independent in 2009, as independence for board members is defined under NASDAQ
Rules. In determining that Messrs. Rothermel, Sickler, Way, Zuckerman
and Choudhrie meet the definition of independent, the board of directors
considered routine banking transactions between the Bank or its affiliates and
each of the directors, their family members and businesses with whom they are
associated, such as loans, deposit accounts, routine purchases of insurance or
securities brokerage products, any overdrafts that may have occurred on deposit
accounts, any contributions the Bank made to non-profit organizations with whom
any of the directors are associated, and any transactions that are discussed
under “TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES” beginning on page
81
of this prospectus-proxy statement.
In
addition, when determining Mr. Zuckerman’s independence, the board considered
and deemed immaterial certain advertising arrangements the Bank has with Clipper
Magazine and its affiliates, for which Mr. Zuckerman is the Chief Executive
Officer.
The
Executive Committee of the board of directors can act on behalf of the board of
directors in between meetings of the full board, to the extent permitted by law,
in order to carry out the business of the Bank and Holding Company.
The
Bank’s Executive Committee held one meeting during 2009.
In April
2010, we established a Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee. This committee has responsibility for identifying and
evaluating candidates for director and recommending the nomination of directors
to the full Board. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will review
and assess the adequacy of our corporate governance guidelines, personal codes
of conduct and related internal policies and guidelines, assist the board of
directors in interpreting and applying corporate governance guidelines, and
recommend any proposed changes to the board of directors for approval. The
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee has a charter which is attached as
Annex C
to
this prospectus-proxy statement. The board of directors has determined
that each member of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is independent
as defined under NASDAQ Rules.
Our
bylaws contain provisions that address the process by which a shareholder may
nominate an individual to stand for election to the board of directors at the
Holding Company’s annual meeting. See "Shareholder Nominations for
Director" on page
54
of this prospectus-proxy
statement for more information about shareholder nominations.
In
evaluating director nominees, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
considers the following factors:
|
•
|
The
appropriate size of our board of directors and its
Committees;
|
|
•
|
The
perceived needs of the board for particular skills, background, and
business experience;
|
|
•
|
The
skills, background, reputation, and business experience of nominees
compared to the skills, background, reputation, and business experience
already possessed by other members of the board;
and
|
|
•
|
The
nominees’ independence from
management.
|
There are
no stated minimum criteria for director nominees, and the Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee may also consider such other factors as it may
deem are in our best interests and the interests of our
shareholders. The Committee does, however, believe it appropriate for
at least one member of the board to meet the criteria for an “audit committee
financial expert,” that a majority of the members of the board meet the
definition of “independent director” under NASDAQ Rules, and that one or more
key members of management participate as members of the board.
While we
have no formal policy with respect to diversity on the board, in order to
enhance the overall quality of the board’s deliberations and decisions, the
Nominating Committee and Corporate Governance Committee seeks candidates with
diverse professional backgrounds and experiences, representing a mix of
industries and professions with varied skill sets and expertise.
The
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee identifies nominees by first
evaluating the current members of the expiring class of directors willing to
continue in service. Current members of the expiring class with
skills and experience that are relevant to our business and who are willing
to continue in service are considered for re-nomination, balancing the value of
continuity of service by members of the expiring class with that of obtaining a
new perspective. If any member of the expiring class does not wish to
continue in service or if the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
or the board decides not to re-nominate a member for re-election, the
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee identifies the desired skills
and experience of a new nominee, and discusses with the board suggestions as to
individuals that meet the criteria. The Committee has not engaged
third parties to identify, evaluate, or assist in identifying potential
nominees, but relies on community and business contacts it has established
through its directors, officers and professional advisors to help it identify
potential director candidates when a specific need is identified.
The
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will evaluate any recommendation
for a director nominee proposed by a shareholder. In order to be
evaluated in connection with the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s
procedures for evaluating potential director nominees, any recommendation for
director nominee must be submitted in accordance with our procedures for
shareholder nominees, more fully described in "Shareholder Nominations for
Director" on page
54
of this prospectus-proxy
statement.
Because the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is newly
formed in 2010, no meetings were held in 2009 for this Committee by either the
Bank or the Holding Company.
The Audit
Committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the
audits of our financial statements. For this purpose, the Audit
Committee performs several functions:
|
•
|
Approves
in advance the engagement of the independent registered public accounting
firm for all audit and non-audit services, and approves the fees and other
terms of the engagement;
|
|
•
|
Maintains
responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention, and oversight
of our independent registered public accounting firm and evaluates the
qualifications, performance, and independence of the independent
registered public accounting firm;
|
|
•
|
Reviews,
with our independent registered public accounting firm, any significant
difficulties, disagreements, or restrictions encountered during the course
of the audit, and reviews any management letters issued by the independent
registered public accounting firm;
|
|
•
|
Reviews
the critical accounting policies and all alternative treatments of
financial information discussed by the independent registered public
accounting firm with management, and reviews with management significant
judgments made in the preparation of financial
statements;
|
|
•
|
Reviews,
with management and our independent registered public accounting firm, our
financial reporting processes and internal financial
controls;
|
|
•
|
Reviews
the annual audited financial statements and recommends to the board of
directors their inclusion in our annual
report;
|
|
•
|
Reviews
the quarterly financial statements and earnings press
releases;
|
|
•
|
Reviews
and approves any related party
transactions;
|
|
•
|
Establishes
and oversees procedures for the receipt, retention, and treatment of
complaints received regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing
matters; reviews changes in, or waivers of, our Code of Ethics, and as
requested by the board, reviews and investigates any conduct alleged to be
in violation of the Code of Ethics;
and
|
|
•
|
Periodically
reviews and discusses with the independent registered public accounting
firm the matters required to be discussed by Statement on Accounting
Standards No. 61 (Codification of Statements on Auditing Standards No.
380) and any formal written statements received from the independent
registered public accounting firm.
|
The
Bank’s Audit Committee held five meetings during 2009.
The board
of directors has determined that, during 2009, Mr. Way would qualify as a
“financial expert” within the meaning of that term in the SEC regulations
dealing with audit committee financial experts. It has also
determined that Messrs. Choudhrie, Rothermel and Way are “independent”
within the meaning of that term under NASDAQ Rules. Our board of
directors has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee. The
Audit Committee reviews and reassesses the charter for adequacy on an annual
basis.
The
Compensation Committee of the board of directors:
|
•
|
Periodically
reviews and advises the board concerning both regional and industry-wide
compensation practices and trends in order to assess the adequacy and
competitiveness of our compensation programs for executive officers and
directors relative to comparable companies in our
industry;
|
|
•
|
Reviews
and makes recommendations regarding all benefit programs and human
resource policies;
|
|
•
|
Reviews
the performance of the CEO on an annual basis and sets goals for the
coming year;
|
|
•
|
Reviews
and approves corporate and personal performance goals and objectives
relevant to the compensation of all executive officers, and sets all
executive compensation;
|
|
•
|
Makes
recommendations to the board regarding the establishment and terms of
incentive compensation plans and equity compensation plans, and
administers such plans;
|
|
•
|
Approves
grants of options, restricted stock, and other awards to all executive
officers and directors;
|
|
•
|
Approves
compensation related matters outside the ordinary course to executive
officers and directors, including but not limited to employment contracts,
change-in-control provisions, severance arrangements, and material
amendments thereto; and
|
|
•
|
Makes
recommendations to the board regarding director compensation in
conjunction with the Nominating & Corporate Governance
Committee.
|
The
Bank’s Compensation Committee held one meeting during 2009.
The board
of directors has determined that each of the members of the Compensation
Committee is “independent” within the meaning of that term under NASDAQ
Rules.
Risk
Management Committee
The Risk
Management Committee of the board of directors:
|
•
|
Assists
the full board in oversight of the Bank’s risk governance process and
framework;
|
|
•
|
Reviews
and approves the Bank’s significant risk assessment and management
policies; and
|
|
•
|
Reviews
management information regarding enterprise
risk.
|
The
Bank's Risk Management Committee held two meetings during 2009.
The Loan
Committee of the board of directors:
|
•
|
Periodically
reviews asset quality, sales & marketing, policy exception and
charge-off reports;
|
|
•
|
Reviews
and takes action on proposed and existing loans in excess of the Officers’
Credit Committee authority;
|
|
•
|
Ratifies
loans approved by officers and the Officers Loan Committee over a
specified amount; and
|
|
•
|
Reviews
and approves changes to the Credit
policy.
|
The Loan
Committee held 15 meetings during 2009.
While we
have no formal policy regarding director attendance at our annual meeting, we
make every effort to schedule our annual meeting at a time and date to maximize
attendance by directors taking into account the directors’
schedules. We believe that annual meetings provide an opportunity for
shareholders to communicate with directors and have requested that all directors
make every effort to attend our annual meetings. Historically, more
than a majority of the directors have done so; for example, in 2009,
nine of the Bank’s then directors attended the 2009 annual meeting of the
Bank.
The
following table sets forth information for each of the named executive officers
for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008: (1) the dollar
value of base salary and bonus earned; (2) option awards; (3) all
other compensation; and, finally, (4) the dollar value of total
compensation.
Name
& Principal
Position
|
|
Year
|
|
Salary
($)
|
|
Bonus
($)
|
|
Option
Awards
($)
|
|
All
Other
Compensation
($)
(3)
|
|
Total
($)
|
Jay
S. Sidhu
|
|
2009
|
|
|
120,835
|
|
|
|
120,835
|
|
|
|
684,923
|
(2)
|
|
|
18,762
|
(5)
|
|
|
1,045,355
|
|
Chairman
& CEO
|
|
2008
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard
A. Ehst
|
|
2009
|
|
|
55,668
|
|
|
|
27,834
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
5,461
|
|
|
|
88,963
|
|
President
& COO
|
|
2008
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas
Brugger
|
|
2009
|
|
|
45,281
|
|
|
|
22,640
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
2,751
|
|
|
|
70,672
|
|
EVP
& Chief Financial Officer
|
|
2008
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth
B. Mumma
|
|
2009
|
|
|
98,067
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
72,124
|
(4)
|
|
|
170,191
|
|
Former
Chairman & CEO
|
|
2008
|
|
|
161,598
|
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
7,031
|
|
|
|
178,629
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert
Philips
|
|
2009
|
|
|
120,261
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
15,397
|
|
|
|
135,658
|
|
Former
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
2008
|
|
|
116,191
|
|
|
|
11,733
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
18,059
|
(6)
|
|
|
145,982
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James
McKeighan
|
|
2009
|
|
|
179,154
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
18,925
|
|
|
|
198,079
|
|
Former
President & COO
|
|
2008
|
|
|
159,911
|
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
22,799
|
|
|
|
192,710
|
|
(1)
|
The
columns disclosing Stock awards, Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation
and Change in Pension Value and Non- Qualified Deferred Compensation
Earnings have been omitted from the table because no officer earned any
compensation during 2009 or 2008 of a type required to be disclosed in
those columns.
|
(2)
|
Represents
the grant date fair value, as calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic
718, of 530,948 immediately exercisable warrants to purchase Common Stock
of the Bank granted to Mr. Sidhu in connection with the 2009 private
offering.
|
(3)
|
In
addition to the items specified in footnotes (5) and (6) below,
the amounts listed in this column include for each named executive officer
insurance premiums paid under the Bank’s insurance plans available to all
employees, and matching 401(k) contributions paid under the Bank’s 401(k)
Retirement Savings and Profit Sharing Plan, as well as car allowance
payments for each of Messrs. Ehst and Brugger, and directors fees for
Mr. Mumma. For a summary of the terms of the Bank’s insurance
plans, see the description on page
79
of this prospectus-proxy
statement. For a summary of the terms of the 401(k) Retirement
Savings and Profit Sharing Plan, see the description on page
79
of this prospectus-proxy
statement.
|
(4)
|
Includes
$67,500 in consulting fees paid to Mr. Mumma pursuant to a consulting
agreement the Bank entered into with Mr. Mumma upon his retirement as
chief executive officer of the Bank in
June
2009.
See information provided in the Director
Compensation Table below for other compensation earned by Mr. Mumma as
director during 2009 for the period following his retirement as chief
executive officer.
|
(5)
|
Includes
$14,755 paid as a car allowance for Mr.
Sidhu.
|
(6)
|
Includes
insurance premiums totaling $11,970 and $14,665 paid by the Bank on Mr.
Philip’s behalf in 2009 and 2008,
respectively.
|
On June
17, 2009, the Bank entered into a three-year employment agreement with Jay Sidhu
as Chairman and CEO of the Bank. Under the terms of agreement Mr.
Sidhu will receive a minimum base salary of $225,000 per year plus a
performance-based incentive bonus and a car allowance of $1,000 per
month. At the end of each year, the term of the agreement is
to extend another year unless Mr. Sidhu or the Bank gives notice to the
contrary. Mr. Sidhu will also be entitled to cash or equity incentive
compensation up to the amount of his base salary under an executive incentive
plan to be approved by the board of directors.
Mr.
Sidhu’s employment agreement also provides that, for every issuance
of shares made by the Bank
in
connection with an acquisition or a raise of capital,
the Bank must grant
to Mr. Sidhu options or warrants to purchase up to 10% of the shares issued
in such issuance.
Pursuant to a modification to the
employment agreement, Mr. Sidhu and the Bank have agreed that future options or
warrants to Mr. Sidhu, other than those described below at “Equity
Compensation Grants to Management,” beginning on page
77
of this prospectus-proxy statement, will require
shareholder approval.
The Bank
also agreed that its board of directors will develop and implement a
nonqualified retirement income plan designed to provide him with a pension,
targeted at $200,000 per year (depending on performance of the investments in
the informal funding vehicle) for 15 years commencing upon his retirement at or
after age 65, subject to his ability to qualify for a variable life insurance
policy to be owned by the Bank to fund the plan. The board of
directors is to review the plan at the end of the fourth year of his employment
and determine whether it is appropriate to increase the target benefit amount in
light of his compensation at that time. He will become vested in this
retirement benefit after seven years of continuous service with the Bank, or
upon his termination of employment under circumstances that would result in the
Bank’s obligation to pay him severance compensation.
As of
April 12, 2010, the Bank also entered into a three-year employment agreement
with Mr. Ehst, and a two-year employment agreement with Mr.
Brugger. Under the terms of these agreements, Messrs. Ehst and
Brugger will receive minimum base salaries of $150,000 and $145,000,
respectively, plus incentive compensation in cash or equity or both and in such
amounts as determined by the board of directors in accordance with incentive
programs developed for them.
Each of
Messrs. Ehst and Brugger’s employment agreements provide that, for every
issuance of shares made by the Bank in connection with an acquisition or a raise
of capital, the Bank must grant to such individual warrants to purchase up to
1.5% of the same type of security as was issued in such
issuance.
Each of
Messrs. Sidhu, Ehst and Brugger will be entitled to severance compensation under
the agreement if he terminates his employment for “Good Reason” (as defined in
their respective employment agreements), if his employment is terminated by the
Bank other than for “Cause” (as defined in their respective employment
agreements) during the employment term or on expiration of the employment
term. If a “Change in Control” (as defined in their respective
employment agreements) has not occurred within twelve months before termination
of his employment, then: (i) he will receive the sum of his then
current base salary plus the average of his last three years’ annual cash
bonuses, for the greater of one year or the period of time remaining in his
employment term, generally payable in equal installments on his normal pay
dates, subject to normal tax deductions and withholding; (ii) any unvested
equity awards he has received will vest in full; (iii) he will be entitled to an
allocable fraction of any cash bonus that would have been payable to him for the
current year had he remained employed through the date of payment; (iv) the Bank
will continue to provide health insurance (including dental if applicable) and
any life or disability insurance benefits (“health benefits”) for the shorter of
the period (up to three years with respect to Mr. Sidhu) on which his cash
severance compensation is measured or the maximum period the Bank is then
permitted to extend his benefit under the applicable plan or policy or
applicable law; and (v) if applicable any “parachute payment” excise tax under
Section 4999 of the Code, grossed up to include any additional taxes payable on
that benefit. If a Change in Control shall have occurred within
twelve months before termination of his employment, then: (i) he will
receive cash equal to three times the sum of his then current base salary plus
the average of his annual cash bonuses for the immediately preceding three
years, payable in a lump sum; (ii) any unvested equity awards he has received
will vest in full; (iii) he will be entitled to an allocable fraction of any
cash bonus that would have been payable to him for the current year had he
remained employed through the date of payment; (iii) the Bank shall continue to
provide health benefits for the shorter of three years or the maximum period the
Bank is then permitted to extend his benefit under the applicable plan or policy
or applicable law; and (iv) if applicable any “parachute payment” excise tax
under Section 4999 of the Code, grossed up to include any additional taxes
payable on that benefit.
The Holding Company will assume the Bank's obligations under these
employment agreements.
OUTSTANDING
EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR END
TABLE—NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The
following table sets forth information on outstanding warrants, options and
stock awards held by the named executive officers at December 31, 2009,
including the number of shares underlying each stock option and warrant as well
as the exercise price and the expiration date of each outstanding option and
warrant.
|
|
Warrant
and Option awards (1)
|
|
|
|
Name
& Principal Position
|
|
Number
of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable
|
|
Option
Exercise
Price
($)
|
|
Option
Expiration
Date
|
|
|
|
Jay
S. Sidhu
|
|
373,407
|
(2)
|
|
$5.50(4)
|
|
6/30/16
|
|
|
|
Chairman
& CEO
|
|
41,790
|
(2)
|
|
$5.50(4)
|
|
9/30/16
|
|
|
|
|
|
115,751
|
(2)
|
|
$5.50(4)
|
|
11/30/16
|
|
|
|
Richard
A. Ehst
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
President
& COO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas
Brugger
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EVP
& Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth
B. Mumma
|
|
|
6,000
|
(3)
|
|
$10.25
|
|
12/30/15
|
|
|
|
Former
Chairman & CEO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert
Philips
|
|
|
3,000
|
(3)
|
|
$
11.00
|
|
12/20/15
|
|
|
|
Former
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
1,000
|
(3)
|
|
$
10.25
|
|
12/30/15
|
|
|
|
James
McKeighan
|
|
|
4,500
|
(3)
|
|
$11.00
|
|
8/20/12
|
|
|
|
Former
President & COO
|
|
|
3,000
|
(3)
|
|
$10.25
|
|
8/20/12
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
The
columns disclosing “number of securities underlying unexercised options -
non-exercisable,” “equity incentive plan awards - number of securities
underlying unexercised unearned options,” and all columns under
"Stock Awards" have been omitted from the table because no officer
earned any compensation during 2009 of a type required to be disclosed in
those columns.
|
(2)
|
Represents
immediately exercisable warrants to purchase Common Stock of the Bank
granted to Mr. Sidhu in connection with an agreement between the Bank and
Mr. Sidhu relating to the 2009 private
offering.
|
(3)
|
Represents
fully vested stock options granted under the Bank’s 2004
Plan. For a summary of the 2004 Plan, see “Equity Compensation
Grants to Management” beginning on page
77
of this prospectus-proxy
statement.
|
(4)
|
Repriced to $3.76 in April 2010 in connection with
an anti-dilution adjustment. See "WARRANTS TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL
STOCK" beginning on page
60
of this prospectus-proxy
statement.
|
Stock
Option Grants in Connection with the Private
Offering
One of
the reasons the Bank wants to complete the Holding Company reorganization
submitted for approval as Proposal 5 is to meet its obligation to form a
holding company in connection with a 2009 offering of Common Stock to accredited
investors. For more information on the pending offering, see,
“BACKGROUND OF THE REORGANIZATION - Background and Reasons for the Transaction –
Private Offerings,” on page
40
of
this prospectus-proxy statement. In connection with that offering,
the Bank granted 10-year nonqualified stock options to members of our senior
management team for shares equal to 15% of the offered shares. Of
these, 10% was granted to Jay Sidhu, 4.7% was granted to other executive
officers, and 0.3% was granted to directors. As long as the
individuals to whom these options are granted remain an employee or director of
the Bank, as the case may be, the options will vest 5 years from the date of
grant, subject to earlier vesting upon a change in control of the Bank or a
termination without cause of the executive’s employment, or, in Mr. Sidhu’s
case, upon his resignation for “Good Reason” in accordance with the provisions
of his employment agreement. Vesting of each award is also be
contingent upon achievement, at any time during the option life, of a
performance goal that the market price of the Bank’s Common Stock appreciate by
50%.
Equity
Compensation Grants to Management
During
2004, the stockholders of the Bank approved the 2004 Incentive Equity and
Deferred Compensation Plan (“2004 Plan”), the purpose of which is to promote the
success and enhance the value of the Bank by linking the personal interests of
the members of the board of directors and the Bank’s employees, officers and
executives to those of the Bank’s stockholders and by providing such individuals
with an incentive for outstanding performance in order to generate superior
returns to stockholders of the Bank. The 2004 Plan is further intended to
provide flexibility to the Bank in its ability to motivate, attract and retain
the services of members of the board of directors, employees, officers and
executives of the Bank. Stock options granted normally vest over
three years.
The 2004
Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors. It provides for the grant of options, some or all of which
may be structured to qualify as incentive stock options if granted to employees,
and for the grant of stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and
unrestricted stock up to a total of 200,000 shares of Common
Stock.
The
Compensation Committee recently approved equity compensation awards to certain
named executive officers and members of senior management under each of the
Management Stock Purchase Plan and Stock Option Plan described in Proposals 2
and 3, beginning on pages
28
and
32
of this prospectus-proxy statement,
respectively.
DIRECTOR
COMPENSATION TABLE
(1)
The Bank
has compensated its directors for their services and expects to continue this
practice. Information relating to the compensation of the Bank’s
directors during 2009 is set forth below.
Name
& Principal
Position
|
|
Fees
Earned or Paid in Cash
|
|
Option
Awards
|
|
All
Other
Compensation
|
Bhanu
Choudhrie
|
|
$3,000
|
|
--
|
|
|
Kenneth
B. Mumma, J.D.
|
|
$3,000
|
|
--
|
|
$67,500(4)
|
Daniel
K. Rothermel, J.D.
|
|
$1,500
|
|
--
|
|
|
John
J. Sickler, CPA
|
|
$6,000
|
|
$11,727
(3)
|
|
$80,000(2)
|
T.
Lawrence Way, CPA J.D.
|
|
$6,000
|
|
--
|
|
|
Steven
J. Zuckerman
|
|
$1,500
|
|
--
|
|
|
(1)
|
The
columns disclosing stock awards, non-qualified deferred compensation
earnings and non-equity incentive plan compensation have been omitted from
the table because no director earned any compensation during 2009 of a
type required to be disclosed in those columns. For aggregate numbers of
stock awards and option awards outstanding at December 31, 2009, see
the table titled, “Outstanding Equity Awards At Fiscal Year End Table
- Named Executive Officers” on page
77
of this prospectus-proxy
statement.
|
(2)
|
During
2009, Mr. Sickler received $30,000 in connection with Mr. Sickler’s
services as interim Chairman of the Board from January 2009 to June 2009,
and $50,000 of which was paid in connection with the 2009 private
offering.
|
(3)
|
Represents
the grant date fair value, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic
718, of 9,091 immediately exercisable warrants to purchase Common Stock of
the Bank at an exercise price of $5.50 per share. Mr. Sickler received
these warrants in connection with the 2009 private offering
.
|
(4)
|
Represents
fees paid to Mr. Mumma under a consulting agreement put in place upon his
retirement as Chief Executive Officer in June 2009. See
information provided in the Summary Compensation Table above for other
compensation earned by Mr. Mumma as chief executive officer during
2009.
|
In 2009,
each director received $500 for every meeting of the board of directors he
attended. No fees were paid in connection with committee meetings. In
early 2010, the board approved a revision to our director compensation
policy. Under the new policy, each director will be entitled to $500
in cash for each month he serves as a director, and an award of Common
Stock equal to $500, calculated based on the book value of such shares on
the date of grant, or, in the event the stock issued is listed on a national
securities exchange, the closing trading price as reported by such exchange on
the date of grant.
In the
event an individual ceases to be a member of the board of directors other than
on the last day of a given month, the individual will be entitled to his monthly
director fee only if he has attended a meeting of the board of directors in that
month.
We
provide health, vision and dental insurance to our named executive officers on
terms similar to those we provide to other employees generally. We
also provide car allowances to each of Messrs. Ehst and Brugger, and in 2009, we
purchased a company car to be used by Mr. Sidhu. In accordance with
his employment agreement, we currently pay premiums on a life insurance policy
for Mr. Sidhu. See “Insurance” on page
79
of this prospectus-proxy
statement.
401
(k) Retirement Savings and Profit Sharing
Plan
The Bank
has a 401(k) profit sharing plan whereby eligible employees may contribute up to
15% of their salary to such plan. The Bank provides a matching
contribution equal to 50% of the first 6% of the contribution made by the
employee. Employer contributions for the years ended December 31,
2009 and 2008 were approximately $56 thousand and $60 thousand
respectively.
All
eligible full-time employees of the Bank are covered as a group by basic
hospitalization, major medical, long-term disability, term life and a
prescription drug plan. The Bank pays the total cost of the plan for
employees with the exception of the major medical and the prescription drug
plan, in which there are cost sharing and co-payments required by the
employees.
The Bank
anticipates that it will procure a term life insurance policy pursuant to which,
in the event of Mr. Sidhu’s death prior to the full funding of the supplemental
executive retirement plan described below, his designated beneficiary will
receive benefits in the amount of $2,000,000.
Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan for Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer
In
connection with Mr. Sidhu’s employment agreement, the Bank has agreed to
establish a supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) for Mr.
Sidhu. The SERP has not yet been finalized, however, it will be
designed to provide Mr. Sidhu with an opportunity to receive supplemental
retirement payments of $200,000 per year for 15 years commencing at age
65.
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
MANAGEMENT
The
following table sets forth information as of
April 20,
2010
, with respect to the beneficial ownership of each director, each
beneficial owner known to us of more than five percent (5%) of our outstanding
voting common stock, executive officers and all directors and executive officers
as a group.
Name
and Address of
Beneficial
Owner(4)
|
|
Voting
Common
Stock
|
|
|
Exercisable
Stock Options or Warrants to Purchase Voting Common Stock
(9)
|
|
|
Percent
of Class of Voting Common Stock (2)
|
|
|
Class
B
Non-Voting
Common Stock
|
|
|
Exercisable
Stock Options or Warrants to Purchase
Class
B
Non-Voting
Common Stock (10)
|
|
|
Percent
of Class of Class B
Non-Voting
Common Stock (2)
|
|
Bhanu
Choudhrie
|
|
|
1,495,000
|
|
|
|
90,412
|
(6)
|
|
9.89%
|
|
|
|
286,207
|
|
|
|
-
|
(6)
|
|
6.50%
|
|
Kenneth
B. Mumma
|
|
|
550,241
|
|
|
|
12,250
|
|
|
3.53%
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
0.00%
|
|
Daniel
K. Rothermel
|
|
|
52,362
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
0.33%
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
0.00%
|
|
John
J. Sickler
|
|
|
58,757
|
(7)
|
|
|
14,091
|
(8)
|
|
0.46%
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
0.00%
|
|
T.
Lawrence Way
|
|
|
134,437
|
|
|
|
6,767
|
|
|
0.89%
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
0.00%
|
|
Steven
J. Zuckerman
|
|
|
554,079
|
|
|
|
17,299
|
|
|
3.58%
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
0.00%
|
|
Jay
S. Sidhu
|
|
|
265,959
|
|
|
|
776,654
|
(3)
|
|
6.24%
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
0.00%
|
|
Richard
A. Ehst
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
0.00%
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
0.00%
|
|
Thomas
Brugger
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
0.00%
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
0.00%
|
|
Robert
Philips
|
|
|
3,636
|
|
|
|
4,000
|
(11)
|
|
0.05%
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
0.00%
|
|
James
McKeighan
1322
Kulp Rd.
Pottstown, PA 19465
|
|
|
2,708
|
|
|
|
7,500
|
|
|
0.06%
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
0.00%
|
|
All
directors and executive officers as a group
|
|
3,117,179
|
|
|
|
928,973
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
286,207
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amberland
Properties Limited
54/58
Athold Street
Douglas,
Isle of Man UK
|
|
|
1,495,000
|
|
|
|
90,412
|
|
|
|
9.89%
|
|
|
|
286,207
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
6.50%
|
|
Anand
V. Khubani
7
Adams Way
Towaco,
NJ 07082
|
|
|
797,874
|
|
|
|
27,677
|
|
|
|
5.17%
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
0.00%
|
|
Rodella
Assets Inc.
50
Raffles Place
Singapore
|
|
|
1,495,000
|
|
|
|
90,412
|
|
|
|
9.89%
|
|
|
|
286,207
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
6.50%
|
|
Commerce
Street Financial Partners, LP
1700
Pacific Ave
Dallas, TX 75210
|
|
|
1,515,000
|
|
|
|
66,792
|
|
|
|
9.88%
|
|
|
|
230,512
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
5.23%
|
|
Firefly
Value Partners, LP
551
Fifth Ave, 36th Floor
New York, NY 10176
|
|
|
780,000
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
4.89%
|
|
|
|
1,001,800
|
|
|
|
89,091
|
|
|
|
24.27%
|
|
Marble
Arch Partners
645
Madison Ave
New York, NY 10022
|
|
|
780,000
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
4.89%
|
|
|
|
1,001,799
|
|
|
|
89,091
|
|
|
|
24.27%
|
|
Scoggin
Capital Management (12)
660
Madison Ave, 20th Floor
New York, NY 10065
|
|
|
735,000
|
|
|
|
48,104
|
|
|
|
4.90%
|
|
|
|
1,189,202
|
|
|
|
48,104
|
|
|
|
27.78%
|
|
Brown
Finance Group, SA
c/o
JD-Infinum Fiduciare SA
3-5 Rue Du Conseil-General
1211 Geneva 11, Switzerland
|
|
|
780,000
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
4.89%
|
|
|
|
124,256
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2.82%
|
|
(1)
|
Based
on information furnished by the respective individual and the share
records of the Bank. Shares are deemed to be beneficially owned
by a person if he or she directly or indirectly has or shares the power to
vote or dispose of the shares, whether or not he or she has any economic
interest in the shares. Unless otherwise indicated, the named
beneficial owner has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the
shares.
|
(2)
|
Beneficial
ownership for each listed person as of
April
20, 2010
includes shares issuable pursuant to warrants to purchase
stock or pursuant to options held by such person which are exercisable
within 60 days after
April
20, 2010.
Beneficial ownership is determined in
accordance with the rules of the Commission and generally includes voting
or investment power with respect to securities, which voting or investment
power may be further described in the footnotes below. Shares
subject to warrants or options exercisable within 60 days of
April
20, 2010
are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the
percentage of the person or group holding such option or warrants, but are
not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage of any
other person or group. The amounts listed in this column do not
include shares purchasable pursuant to anti-dilution
agreements.
|
(3)
|
Represents
warrants to purchase Common Stock of the Bank granted to Mr. Sidhu
pursuant to his employment agreement with the Bank, whereby Mr. Sidhu is
entitled to the grant of warrants representing 10% of all equity issuances
by the Bank, subject to certain conditions. See “Officer
Employment Agreements” on page
76
of
this prospectus-proxy
statement.
|
(4)
|
Unless
otherwise indicated, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o
Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc., 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville,
Pennsylvania 19430.
|
(5)
|
Includes
405,449 shares of Common Stock held jointly with Mr. Mumma's wife.
Mr. Mumma has pledged 408,531 shares as security for an outstanding loan
with a financial institution.
|
(6)
|
Mr.
Choudhrie has an indirect beneficial ownership interest in these
securities through his company, Lewisburg Capital Limited.
|
(7)
|
Includes
48,757 shares of Common Stock held jointly with Mr. Sickler’s
wife.
|
(8)
|
Includes
5,000 warrants to purchase Common Stock held jointly with Mr. Sickler’s
wife.
|
(9)
|
Except
as otherwise indicated by footnote, amounts in this column represent
warrants issued in connection with such individual’s purchase of Common
Stock in the Bank’s 2009 private offering. See “THE REORGANIZATION –
Private Offerings” beginning on page
40
of this prospectus-proxy
statement.
|
(10)
|
Except
as otherwise indicated by footnote, amounts in this column represent
warrants issued in connection with such individual’s purchase of Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock in the Bank’s 2010 private offering. See
“THE REORGANIZATION – Private Offerings” beginning on page
40
of this prospectus-proxy
statement.
|
(11)
|
Represents
options issued to Mr. Philips under the 2004 Plan. See “Equity
Compensation Grants to Management” beginning on page
77
of this prospectus-proxy
statement.
|
(12)
|
Shares
in this row are directly held by Scoggin Capital Management II LLC,
Scoggin International Ltd., and Game Boy Partners LLC, each related to
Scoggin Capital Management.
|
The Bank
makes loans to executive officers and directors of the Bank in the ordinary
course of its business. These loans are currently made on
substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those
prevailing at the time the transaction is originated for comparable transactions
with nonaffiliated persons, and do not involve more than the normal risk of
collectibility or present any other unfavorable features. Federal
regulations prohibit the Bank from making loans to executive officers and
directors of the Holding Company or the Bank at terms more favorable
than could be obtained by persons not affiliated with the Holding
Company or the Bank. The Bank’s policy towards loans to
executive officers and directors currently complies with this
limitation.
Some
current directors, nominees for director and executive officers of the Bank
and entities or organizations in which they were executive officers or the
equivalent or owners of more than 10% of the equity were customers of and had
transactions with or involving the Bank in the ordinary course of business
during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. None of these
transactions involved amounts in excess of 5% of the Bank’s consolidated gross
revenues during 2009 or $200,000, nor was the Bank indebted to any of the
foregoing persons or entities in an aggregate amount in excess of 5% of the
Bank’s total consolidated assets at December 31, 2009. Additional
transactions with such persons and entities may be expected to take place in the
ordinary course of business in the future.
On June
17, 2009, the Bank entered into a Consulting Agreement with Kenneth
B. Mumma, its former Chairman and CEO, pursuant to which the Bank
agreed to engage Mr. Mumma as a consultant until December 31,
2011. During the period of his engagement, Mr. Mumma has agreed to
provide from 20 to 40 hours of consulting services per month, for a consulting
fee of $13,500 per month plus reimbursement of expenses incurred by him in
performing the services. The agreement also provides non-compete
covenants for a period ending one year after the term of the consulting
agreement. During 2009, the Bank paid an aggregate of $67,500 in
consulting fees to Mr. Mumma under the agreement.
Certain
of the Bank’s executive officers and directors purchased securities in private
offerings of the Bank’s securities during 2008, 2009 and 2010. The
below chart indicates the number and types of securities purchased as well as
dollar value paid for such securities as of the date of purchase. In
early 2010, all shares of Common Stock and warrants underlying such shares that
are listed in this table and accompanying footnotes became subject to
anti-dilution adjustments. See “ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENTS”
beginning on page
61
of this
prospectus-proxy statement for more information regarding the anti-dilution
adjustments, and “SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
MANAGEMENT” beginning on page
80
of this
prospectus-proxy statement for the current security ownership of each of the
below-listed individuals.
|
|
Number
and Type of Securities
|
|
|
|
Jay
Sidhu, Chairman and CEO
|
|
181,819
shares of Common Stock
|
|
$
|
1,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bhanu
Choudhrie, Director (1)
|
|
664,895
shares of Common Stock (2)
|
|
$
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
1,116,312
shares of Common Stock (3)
|
|
$
|
4,777,815
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lawrence
Way, Director
|
|
6,600
shares of Common Stock (4)
|
|
$
|
36,300
|
|
|
|
25
shares of 10% Series A Preferred Stock (8)
|
|
$
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Steven
Zuckerman, Director
|
|
227,273
shares of Common Stock (5)
|
|
$
|
1,250,000
|
|
|
|
194,704
shares of Common Stock
|
|
$
|
833,333
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John
Sickler, Director (6)
|
|
35,050
shares of Common Stock
|
|
$
|
150,014
|
|
|
|
20
shares of 10% Series A Preferred Stock (8)
|
|
$
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Daniel
Rothermel, Director
|
|
46,000
shares of Common Stock
|
|
$
|
196,880
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth
Mumma, Director (7)
|
|
25
shares of 10% Series A Preferred Stock (8)
|
|
$
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert
Philips, named executive officer
|
|
2
shares of 10% Series A Preferred Stock (8)
|
|
$
|
20,000
|
|
(1)
|
Mr.
Choudhrie has an indirect beneficial ownership interest in these
securities as they were purchased through his company, Lewisburg Capital
Limited.
|
(2)
|
In
connection with this purchase, Lewisburg Capital Limited also received
immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 23,651 shares of the Bank’s
Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.50 per share. Such warrants expire
on June 30, 2016.
|
(3)
|
In
connection with this purchase, Lewisburg Capital Limited also received
immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 49,034 shares of the Bank’s
Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.28 per share. Such warrants expire
on February 17, 2017.
|
(4)
|
In
connection with this purchase, Mr. Way also received immediately
exercisable warrants to purchase 353 shares of the Bank’s Common Stock at
an exercise price of $5.50 per share. Such warrants expire on June 30,
2016.
|
(5)
|
In
connection with this purchase, Mr. Zuckerman also received immediately
exercisable warrants to purchase 11,826 shares of the Bank’s Common Stock
at an exercise price of $5.50 per share. Such warrants expire on June 30,
2016.
|
(6)
|
Mr.
Sickler purchased such shares jointly with his
wife.
|
(7)
|
Mr.
Mumma purchased such shares jointly with his
wife.
|
(8)
|
In
June 2009, all outstanding shares of 10% Series A Preferred Stock were
redeemed for shares of Common Stock of the Bank and warrants to purchase
Common Stock of the Bank.
|
RECENT
SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
Below is
a chart that provides information relating to all unregistered offers of
securities by the Bank in the past three fiscal years. The number of
securities referenced are as of the date of issuance in the applicable
offering. The securities in such offerings were offered and sold in
reliance on an exemption under 3(a)(5) of the Securities Act for securities
issued by a bank.
OFFERING
|
TYPES
AND NUMBERS OF SECURITIES SOLD
|
AGGREGATE
PURCHASE PRICE PAID OR OTHER CONSIDERATION GIVEN FOR
SECURITIES
|
DATE
OF COMPLETION OF OFFERING
|
TYPES
OF INVESTORS
|
2010
March Private Offer
|
988,696
shares of Common Stock
962,102
shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
48,105 warrants to purchase Common Stock
48,105
warrants to purchase Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
|
$7,335,003
|
March
29, 2010
|
Institutional
and Accredited Investors
|
2010
February Private Offer
|
234,240 shares
of Common Stock
178,182 shares
of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
205,779
warrants to purchase Common Stock
156,532
warrants to purchase Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
|
$43,134,433
|
February
17, 2010
|
Institutional
and Accredited Investors
|
2009
Private Offer
|
999,559 shares
of Common Stock
683,330 warrants
to purchase Common Stock
|
$17,106,300
|
July
31, 2009
|
Institutional
and Accredited Investors
|
2008
Private Offer
|
98
shares of 10% Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred
Stock (1)
|
$980,000
|
December
18, 2008
|
Accredited
Investors
|
2007
Debt Offer
|
Series
2007 7.50% Mandatorily Convertible Subordinated Debenture (2)
|
$1,000,000
|
December
31, 2007
|
Institutional
Investor
|
(1)
|
In
conjunction with the Bank’s 2009 private offering, all shares of 10%
Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock issued in
this offering were
exchanged
for 178,164 shares of Common Stock of the Bank at an average per share
price of $5.50 per share, and 24,500 warrants to purchase Common Stock of
the Bank at an exercise price of $5.50 per
share.
|
(2)
|
All
convertible subordinated debentures issued in this offering were converted
to 213,219 shares Common Stock of the Bank at an average share price of
$4.69 due to turnover on the Bank’s board of directors triggering a change
in control provision in the related
Indenture.
|
If the
reorganization is approved by the shareholders of the Bank and the Bank receives
all necessary regulatory approvals, the Holding Company will
incorporate a new bank, called New Century Interim Bank, as a wholly-owned
merger subsidiary of the Holding Company. Prior to completion of the
reorganization, the new bank will not conduct any banking business or any other
business. Prior to completion of the reorganization, it will have no
employees, no liabilities, no operations, and no assets except for a nominal
capital contribution required by law, which is discussed below. It
will be a “shell” corporation, and will be incorporated for the sole purpose of
assisting in the reorganization.
The
Holding Company will capitalize the new bank with $155,000 that the Holding
Company will borrow from a correspondent bank, and it will have corporate
officers and directors for its temporary existence. In the
reorganization as currently structured, the Bank will merge into this merger
subsidiary, which will then be renamed, “New Century Bank,” and will operate
under articles of incorporation and bylaws that are identical to the present
articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Bank. Once the
reorganization is completed, the resulting institution will continue the
business and franchise of the Bank under the name “Customers 1st Bank” and will
succeed to all of the Bank’s assets and liabilities. Upon completion
of the reorganization, the resulting institution will have the same employees as
the Bank and will succeed to the entire capital of the Bank. After
completion of the reorganization, the resulting institution will pay a special
dividend to the Holding Company in order for the Holding
Company to pay off the loan from the correspondent bank.
MARKET
PRICE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS
There is
no established public trading market for the Holding Company’s Common Stock or
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock. Neither the Holding Company’s Common
Stock nor its Class B Non-Voting Common Stock is actively traded nor listed for
trading on any securities exchange. The Holding Company does not
anticipate that the shares being registered in this prospectus–proxy statement
will be listed on any stock exchange or quoted on any electronic bulletin board
or system. Furthermore, there are no brokerage firms that act as a market maker
in the Holding Company’s Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock.
Consequently, information on current stock trading prices is not readily
available. The Bank currently acts as the Holding Company’s transfer agent, but
it does not make a market in the Holding Company’s Common Stock or Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock, nor does it attempt to negotiate prices for trades of
such stock. An active trading market in the Holding Company’s Common Stock and
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock may not develop within the foreseeable future.
Therefore, while the shares registered in this prospectus-proxy statement will
not be subject to any restrictions on transfer (except with respect to
affiliates as more completely described in “Securities Law Consequences; Resale
Restrictions for Certain Persons” on page
42
of this prospectus-proxy statement), no assurance can be given that a holder
will otherwise be able to dispose of his or her shares.
As of
April 16, 2010, which is the date immediately prior to public announcement of
the proposed reorganization, there were 321 shareholders of
record, 15,943,415 shares of the Bank’s Common Stock and 1,541,783
outstanding warrants and options to purchase Common Stock of the
Bank. Since the share exchange ratio in the proposed reorganization
is one share of the Holding Company’s Common Stock for every three shares of
outstanding Bank Common Stock, the share ownership of all beneficial owners, as
well as directors and officers, will be reduced to one-third of their current
ownership, less any fractional shares for which cash will be received, upon the
closing of the transaction.
The below
chart shows the high and low sale prices known by management to have occurred,
or bid quotations on the Pink Sheets, of the Bank for the periods
indicated.
Quarter
ended
|
High
(1)
|
Low
(1)
|
|
|
|
December
31, 2009
|
$5.25
|
$4.00
|
September
30, 2009
|
$5.00
|
$5.00
|
June
30, 2009
|
$3.55
|
$3.50
|
March
31, 2009
|
$4.00
|
$2.00
|
|
|
|
December
31, 2008
|
$4.00
|
$4.00
|
September
30, 2008
|
$6.00
|
$3.00
|
June
30, 2008
|
$7.10
|
$5.10
|
March
31, 2008
|
--(2)
|
--(2)
|
(1)
|
These
ranges are limited only to those transactions known by management to have
occurred, based primarily on individual trades of which management may
have become aware, or quotations on the Pink Sheets. There may, in
fact, have been additional transactions of which management is unaware,
and such transactions could have occurred at higher or lower
prices.
|
(2)
|
We
do not know of any trades that occurred during this
period.
|
Effective
December 15, 1999, the Bank’s board of directors declared a 25% stock split
effected in the nature of a stock dividend. The Bank has not paid any cash
dividends on the Bank’s shares. Presently, the Bank is not authorized to pay
cash dividends on its shares.
The
Holding Company’s ability to pay dividends is restricted by banking laws
and the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Holding
Company.
Dividend
payments made by the Bank to its shareholders are subject to the
Pennsylvania Banking Code, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and the
regulations of the Federal Reserve Board.
The
Pennsylvania Banking Code provides that cash dividends may be declared and paid
only out of accumulated net earnings and that, prior to the declaration of any
dividend, if the surplus of a bank is less than the amount of its capital, the
bank shall, until surplus is equal to such amount, transfer to surplus an amount
which is at least ten percent of the net earnings of such bank for the period
since the end of the last fiscal year or for any shorter period since the
declaration of a dividend. If the surplus of a bank is less than fifty percent
of the amount of capital, no dividend may be declared or paid without the prior
approval of the Pennsylvania Banking Department until such surplus is equal to
fifty percent of such bank’s capital.
Under the
Federal Reserve Act, if losses have at any time been sustained by a bank equal
to or in excess of its undivided profits then on hand, no dividend shall be
made; no dividends shall ever be made in an amount greater than a bank’s net
profit less losses and bad debts. Cash dividends must be approved by the Federal
Reserve Board if the total of all cash dividends declared by a bank in any
calendar year, including the proposed cash dividend, exceeds the total of such
bank’s net profits for that year plus its retained net profits from the
preceding two years less any required transfers to surplus or a fund for the
retirement of preferred stock, if any. The Federal Reserve Board and the
Pennsylvania Banking Department each has the authority under the Federal Reserve
Act to prohibit the payment of cash dividends by a bank when it determines such
payment to be an “unsafe or unsound banking practice” under the then existing
circumstances.
The
Federal Deposit Insurance Act generally prohibits all payments of dividends by
any bank that is in default of any assessment of the FDIC.
The
Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have formal and informal policies, which
provide that insured banks and bank holding companies should generally pay
dividends only out of current operating earnings, with some exceptions. The
Federal banking laws further limit the ability of banks to pay dividends if they
are not classified as well capitalized or adequately capitalized.
The Bank
does not have any accumulated net earnings, and so, under the foregoing
restrictions, the Bank is not presently permitted to pay
dividends.
Further,
under a Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) among the Federal Reserve Board, the
Pennsylvania Banking Department and the Bank, the Bank may not declare or pay
any dividends that would cause its capital ratios to fall below the higher of
the minimum levels for a “well capitalized” classification under Prompt
Corrective Action standards pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, or
the internal ratios set in the Bank’s capital plan without the prior written
approval of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking.
The
Holding Company intends to follow a policy of retaining earnings, if any, to
increase its net worth and reserves over the next few years. As discussed above,
the Bank has not historically declared or paid dividends on its Common Stock and
it does not expect to do so in the near future. Any future determination
relating to the Bank’s dividend policy will be made at the discretion of the
Bank’s board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including the
Bank’s earnings and financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements, the
general economic and regulatory climate, the Bank’s ability to service any
equity or debt obligations senior to Common Stock, and other factors deemed
relevant by the Bank’s board of directors. Since the Holding Company
will be the sole shareholder of the Bank upon the closing of the reorganization,
and will derive substantially all of its income from the Bank, the Holding
Company’s ability to declare dividends will be restricted both by the Bank’s
ability to declare dividends, and by Federal Reserve Board and Pennsylvania
Department of Banking regulations applicable to bank holding
companies.
NEW
CENTURY BANK - SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The
following selected financial data is derived from the Bank’s audited financial
statements as of and for the five years ended December 31, 2009. The
following financial data should be read in conjunction with Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the
Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this
report.
Financial
Highlights
Dollar
amounts in thousands except per share data
|
|
Twelve
months ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For
The Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
income
|
|
$
|
13,486
|
|
|
$
|
15,502
|
|
|
$
|
17,659
|
|
|
$
|
13,917
|
|
|
$
|
9,471
|
|
Interest
expense
|
|
|
6,336
|
|
|
|
8,138
|
|
|
|
10,593
|
|
|
|
7,461
|
|
|
|
3,980
|
|
Net
interest income
|
|
|
7,150
|
|
|
|
7,364
|
|
|
|
7,066
|
|
|
|
6,456
|
|
|
|
5,491
|
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
|
|
11,778
|
|
|
|
611
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
Total
other income (loss)
|
|
|
1,043
|
|
|
|
(350
|
)
|
|
|
356
|
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
|
385
|
|
Total
other expense
|
|
|
9,650
|
|
|
|
7,654
|
|
|
|
6,908
|
|
|
|
5,588
|
|
|
|
4,649
|
|
(Loss)
income before taxes
|
|
|
(13,235
|
)
|
|
|
(1,251
|
)
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
931
|
|
|
|
945
|
|
Income
tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(426
|
)
|
|
|
(160
|
)
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
Net
(loss) income
|
|
$
|
(13,235
|
)
|
|
$
|
(825
|
)
|
|
$
|
230
|
|
|
$
|
656
|
|
|
$
|
912
|
|
Basic
(loss) earnings per share
|
|
$
|
(3.66
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
Diluted
(loss) earnings per share
|
|
$
|
(3.66
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
At
Year End
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
$
|
349,760
|
|
|
$
|
274,038
|
|
|
$
|
272,004
|
|
|
$
|
234,407
|
|
|
$
|
182,623
|
|
Net
loans
|
|
|
220,266
|
|
|
|
220,876
|
|
|
|
212,109
|
|
|
|
176,147
|
|
|
|
138,100
|
|
Allowance
for loan losses
|
|
|
10,032
|
|
|
|
2,876
|
|
|
|
2,460
|
|
|
|
2,029
|
|
|
|
1,615
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
313,927
|
|
|
|
237,842
|
|
|
|
220,345
|
|
|
|
182,433
|
|
|
|
144,601
|
|
Stockholders'
equity
|
|
|
21,503
|
|
|
|
16,849
|
|
|
|
16,830
|
|
|
|
16,239
|
|
|
|
15,503
|
|
Tangible
common equity
|
|
|
21,503
|
|
|
|
15,869
|
|
|
|
16,830
|
|
|
|
16,239
|
|
|
|
15,503
|
|
Selected
Ratios & Share Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return
on average assets
|
|
|
(4.69
|
%)
|
|
|
(0.30
|
%)
|
|
|
0.09
|
%
|
|
|
0.31
|
%
|
|
|
0.56
|
%
|
Return
on average equity
|
|
|
(65.35
|
%)
|
|
|
(4.98
|
%)
|
|
|
1.40
|
%
|
|
|
4.17
|
%
|
|
|
7.67
|
%
|
Book
value per share
|
|
$
|
3.89
|
|
|
$
|
7.85
|
|
|
$
|
8.33
|
|
|
$
|
8.18
|
|
|
$
|
7.81
|
|
Tangible
book value per share
|
|
$
|
3.89
|
|
|
$
|
7.85
|
|
|
$
|
8.33
|
|
|
$
|
8.18
|
|
|
$
|
7.81
|
|
Common
shares outstanding
|
|
|
5,522,706
|
|
|
|
2,021,078
|
|
|
|
2,021,078
|
|
|
|
1,984,370
|
|
|
|
1,984,370
|
|
Net
interest margin
|
|
|
2.62
|
%
|
|
|
2.82
|
%
|
|
|
2.71
|
%
|
|
|
2.85
|
%
|
|
|
3.42
|
%
|
Equity
to assets
|
|
|
6.14
|
%
|
|
|
6.15
|
%
|
|
|
6.19
|
%
|
|
|
6.93
|
%
|
|
|
8.49
|
%
|
Non-performing
loans
|
|
$
|
19,150
|
|
|
$
|
7,175
|
|
|
$
|
4,204
|
|
|
$
|
487
|
|
|
$
|
618
|
|
Non-performing
loans to total loans
|
|
|
8.32
|
%
|
|
|
3.21
|
%
|
|
|
1.96
|
%
|
|
|
0.27
|
%
|
|
|
0.44
|
%
|
Non-performing
assets
|
|
$
|
20,305
|
|
|
$
|
8,694
|
|
|
$
|
4,204
|
|
|
$
|
487
|
|
|
$
|
1,159
|
|
Non-performing
assets to total assets
|
|
|
5.81
|
%
|
|
|
3.17
|
%
|
|
|
1.55
|
%
|
|
|
0.21
|
%
|
|
|
0.63
|
%
|
Allowance
for loan losses to total loans
|
|
|
4.36
|
%
|
|
|
1.29
|
%
|
|
|
1.15
|
%
|
|
|
1.14
|
%
|
|
|
1.16
|
%
|
Allowance
for loan losses to non-performing loans
|
|
|
52.38
|
%
|
|
|
40.08
|
%
|
|
|
58.52
|
%
|
|
|
416.63
|
%
|
|
|
261.33
|
%
|
Net
charge offs
|
|
$
|
4,622
|
|
|
$
|
195
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
43
|
|
Net
charge offs to average loans
|
|
|
2.05
|
%
|
|
|
0.09
|
%
|
|
|
0.01
|
%
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
|
|
0.03
|
%
|
Tangible
common value to tangible assets
|
|
|
6.72
|
%
|
|
|
6.15
|
%
|
|
|
6.19
|
%
|
|
|
6.93
|
%
|
|
|
8.49
|
%
|
Tier
1 leverage ratio
|
|
|
6.68
|
%
|
|
|
6.21
|
%
|
|
|
6.22
|
%
|
|
|
7.20
|
%
|
|
|
8.92
|
%
|
Tier
1 risk-based capital ratio
|
|
|
9.76
|
%
|
|
|
7.87
|
%
|
|
|
8.03
|
%
|
|
|
9.92
|
%
|
|
|
11.89
|
%
|
Total
risk-based capital ratio
|
|
|
11.77
|
%
|
|
|
10.50
|
%
|
|
|
10.62
|
%
|
|
|
12.36
|
%
|
|
|
14.61
|
%
|
OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
New
Century Bank has adopted various accounting policies that govern the application
of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and
that are consistent with general practices within the banking industry in the
preparation of its financial statements. The Bank’s significant
accounting policies are described in footnote 2 to its audited financial
statements.
Certain
accounting policies involve significant judgments and assumptions by the Bank
that have a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets and
liabilities. We consider these accounting policies to be critical
accounting policies. The judgment and assumptions we use are based on
historical experience and other factors, which we believe to be reasonable under
the circumstances. Because of the nature of the judgments and
assumptions management makes, actual results could differ from these judgments
and estimates, which could have a material impact on the carrying values of its
assets and liabilities and its results of operations.
The
following is a summary of the policies New Century recognizes as involving
critical accounting estimates: Allowance for Loan Losses, Stock-Based
Compensation, Unrealized Gains and Losses on Available for Sale Securities and
Deferred Income Taxes.
Allowance for Loan
Losses.
New Century Bank maintains an allowance for loan
losses at a level management believes is sufficient to absorb estimated probable
credit losses. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the
allowance is based on periodic evaluations of the loan portfolio and other
relevant factors. However, this evaluation is inherently subjective
as it requires significant estimates by management. Consideration is
given to a variety of factors in establishing these estimates including
historical losses, current and anticipated economic conditions, diversification
of the loan portfolio, delinquency statistics, results of internal loan reviews,
borrowers’ perceived financial and management strengths, the adequacy of
underlying collateral, the dependence on collateral, or the strength of the
present value of future cash flows and other relevant factors. These
factors may be susceptible to significant change. To the extent
actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional provisions for loan
losses may be required which may adversely affect the Bank’s results of
operations in the future.
Stock-Based
Compensation.
New Century recognizes compensation expense for
stock options in accordance with FASB ASC 718 – “Compensation - Stock
Compensation” adopted on January 1, 2009 under the prospective application
method of transition. As a result, options granted prior to January
1, 2009 will generally not be subject to expense. The Bank has not
granted any options after January 1, 2009. Any expense related to new
options granted after January 1, 2009 will generally be measured based on the
fair value of the option at the grant date, with compensation expense recognized
over the service period, which is usually the vesting period. New
Century Bank will utilize the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the
fair value of each option on the date of grant. The Black-Scholes
model takes into consideration the exercise price and expected life of the
option, the current price of the underlying stock and its expected volatility,
the expected dividends on the stock and the current risk-free interest rate for
the expected life of the option. The Bank’s estimate of the fair
value of a stock option is based on expectations derived from historical
experience and may not necessarily equate to its market value when fully
vested.
Unrealized Gains and Losses on
Securities Available for Sale.
We receive estimated fair
values of debt securities from independent valuation services and
brokers. In developing these fair values, the valuation services and
brokers use estimates of cash flows based on historical performance of similar
instruments in similar rate environments. Debt securities available
for sale are mostly comprised of U.S. government agency
securities. The Bank uses various indicators in determining whether a
security is other-than-temporarily impaired, including for equity securities, if
the market value is below its cost for an extended period of time with low
expectation of recovery or, for debt securities, when it is probable that the
contractual interest and principal will not be collected. The debt
securities are monitored for changes in credit ratings because adverse changes
in credit ratings could indicate a change in the estimated cash flows of the
underlying collateral or issuer. The unrealized losses associated
with securities that management does not intend to sell, and it is not more
likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell prior to maturity or
market price recovery, are not considered to be other than temporary as of
December 31, 2009, because the unrealized losses are related to changes in
interest rates and do not affect the expected cash flows of the underlying
collateral or issuer.
Deferred Income
Taxes.
The Bank provides for deferred income taxes on the
liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible
temporary differences and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable
temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences
between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and net operating loss
carry-forwards and their tax basis. Deferred tax assets are reduced
by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely
than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the
effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.
The
following discussion and analysis presents the more significant factors
affecting the Bank’s financial condition as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and
results of operations for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2009. This discussion and analysis should be read in
conjunction with the Bank’s financial statements, notes thereto and other
financial information appearing elsewhere in this report.
Taxable-equivalent
adjustments are the result of increasing income from tax-free loans and
investments by an amount equal to the taxes that would be paid if the income
were fully taxable based on a 34% federal tax rate, thus making tax-exempt
yields comparable to taxable asset yields.
Like most
financial institutions, the Bank derives the majority of its income from
interest it receives on its interest-earning assets, such as loans and
investments. The Bank’s primary source of funds for making these
loans and investments is its deposits, on which the Bank pays
interest. Consequently, one of the key measures of the Bank’s success
is its amount of net interest income, or the difference between the income on
its interest-earning assets and the expense on its interest-bearing liabilities,
such as deposits and borrowings. Another key measure is the spread
between the yield the Bank earns on these interest-earning assets and the rate
it pays on its interest-bearing liabilities, which is called its net interest
spread.
There are
risks inherent in all loans, so the Bank maintains an allowance for loan losses
to absorb probable losses on existing loans that may become
uncollectible. The Bank maintains this allowance by charging a
provision for loan losses against its operating earnings. We have
included a detailed discussion of this process, as well as several tables
describing its allowance for loan losses.
In
addition to earning interest on its loans and investments, the Bank earns income
through other sources, such as fees and other charges to its customers and bank
owned life insurance (“BOLI”). We describe the various components of
this non-interest income, as well as its non-interest expense, in the following
discussion.
In 2009,
the external environment was very challenging as the economy struggled through a
recession. Many business customers in our market experienced a loss
of revenues and there was an increase in bankruptcies. Many
overleveraged real estate customers were forced to take action to improve their
cash flow due to high vacancy rates and a reduction in rents due to the reduced
demand for space during the downturn. Unemployment increased
throughout the year as companies reduced expenses to manage through the
challenging times. These conditions produced stress in the asset
quality of the loan portfolio primarily the commercial real estate
portfolio. There continues to be uncertainty in the external
environment in 2010 and it likely that these challenging conditions will
continue in the next few years.
The Bank
began a new initiative in warehouse lending in 2009. In this
business, the Bank finances mortgage loans for mortgage companies from the time
of the home purchase or refinancing of a mortgage loan through the sale of the
loan into a the secondary market. Most of the loans are FHA / VA
loans or conforming loans which are sold through Fannie Mae and Freddie
Mac. The strategy is to stay focused on providing the financing in
the lowest risk segments in this business. Most of the revenue is
derived from the interest income earned on the warehouse loan but the business
also generates fee income and deposits. The bank expects material
growth in this business in 2010 and most of its loan growth will come from
warehouse lending. Given the unprecedented low level of interest
rates, there is no guarantee that the demand and profitability in this type of
lending will continue. If interest rates rise, refinancing activity
will most likely decline. The decline in volumes could put pressure
on spreads and fee income margins.
In the
second half of 2009, the Bank introduced many new initiatives to increase the
deposits of the Bank. Sales management practices were introduced
along with new marking and pricing strategies. As a result of these
changes, total deposits increased in the second half of the year by over 70%
annualized with most of the growth coming from retail money market accounts and
retail CDs. A new relationship checking account was introduced during
the year. The new account features coupled with improved sales
performance have caused a change in the trends. Net checking account
totals began to increase in the second half of the year after declining in
previous years. It is anticipated that this growth will continue for
a period of time. The Bank also plans to open four new branches in
2010. It is anticipated that the combination of the changes in
management along with the increase in branch locations will lead to a continued
strong growth in deposits in 2010 and 2011. It is possible that
competition for deposits will increase in future periods. It is also
likely that interest rates will move higher. If there is a material
change in the external environment or management cannot successfully execute its
plans, deposit growth may be more difficult than expected.
Twelve
months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
The Bank
experienced a net loss of $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009
compared to a net loss of $0.8 million for the year ended December 31,
2008. Net interest income was relatively stable at $7.2 million for
the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $7.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008. The increase in provision for loan losses of $11.2
million over that in 2008 was primarily due to the increase in non-performing
loans and the deterioration of the economic conditions during 2009 as compared
to 2008. This is highlighted by a 307 basis point increase in
our allowance for loan losses to loans ratio, to 4.36% at December 31, 2009 from
1.29% at December 31, 2008. Non-interest income increased $1.4
million to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to a loss
of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase of
$2.0 million in non-interest expense to $9.7 million for the year ended December
31, 2009 from $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 was due to an
increase in the number of employees of the Bank in connection with the Bank’s
growth strategy, expenses related to loan workout, increased charges for
impaired loans, and increased premiums for FDIC insurance. On a basic
and diluted per share basis, the net loss was $3.66 per share for 2009 compared
to a net loss of $0.41 per share for 2008. The Bank’s return on
average assets was -4.69% in 2009 compared to -0.30% in 2008. The
Bank’s return on average equity was -65.35% in 2009 compared to -4.98% in
2008.
Twelve
months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
The Bank
reported a net loss of $0.8 million for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2008. This represents a decrease of $1.1 million, when compared to
$0.2 million net income for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2007. This decline was primarily attributable to $0.9 million in
impairment charges on a corporate security and Federal Home Loan Mortgage
Corporation (“FHLMC”) preferred stock, a loss of $0.4 million on the sale of a
corporate security, and a $0.1 million impairment charge for other real estate
owned. There was a benefit for income taxes of $0.4 million,
which was a $0.2 million increase from the benefit of $0.2 million in
2007. On a basic and diluted per share basis, the net loss was $0.41
per share for 2008 compared to net income of $0.11 per share for
2007. The Bank’s return on average assets was -0.30% in 2008 compared
to 0.09% in 2007, reflecting the fact that the Bank reported a net loss in
2008. The Bank’s return on average equity was -4.98% in 2008 compared
to 1.40% in 2007.
Twelve
months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
Net
interest income (the difference between the interest earned on loans,
investments and interest-earning deposits with banks, and interest paid on
deposits, borrowed funds and subordinated debt) is the primary source of the
Bank’s earnings. The following table summarizes the Bank’s net
interest income and related spread and margin for the periods
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
income or expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
income or expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
income or expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Interest
earning assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
earning deposits
|
|
$
|
11,578
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
|
0.05
|
%
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
|
1.50
|
%
|
|
$
|
451
|
|
|
$
|
37
|
|
|
|
8.20
|
%
|
Fed
funds
|
|
|
2,411
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
0.29
|
%
|
|
|
827
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
1.81
|
%
|
|
|
795
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
5.28
|
%
|
Investment
securities, taxable
|
|
|
27,375
|
|
|
|
1,107
|
|
|
|
4.04
|
%
|
|
|
26,101
|
|
|
|
1,349
|
|
|
|
5.17
|
%
|
|
|
32,833
|
|
|
|
1,713
|
|
|
|
5.22
|
%
|
Investment
securities, non taxable
|
|
|
4,507
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
4.24
|
%
|
|
|
9,990
|
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
|
4.13
|
%
|
|
|
10,083
|
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
|
4.07
|
%
|
Loans
|
|
|
225,436
|
|
|
|
12,142
|
|
|
|
5.39
|
%
|
|
|
220,906
|
|
|
|
13,644
|
|
|
|
6.18
|
%
|
|
|
203,074
|
|
|
|
15,286
|
|
|
|
7.53
|
%
|
Restricted
stock
|
|
|
1,845
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
1.79
|
%
|
|
|
2,332
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
3.00
|
%
|
|
|
2,472
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
6.92
|
%
|
Total
interest earning assets
|
|
$
|
273,152
|
|
|
$
|
13,486
|
|
|
|
4.93
|
%
|
|
$
|
260,888
|
|
|
$
|
15,502
|
|
|
|
5.92
|
%
|
|
$
|
249,708
|
|
|
$
|
17,659
|
|
|
|
7.01
|
%
|
Interest-bearing
liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
checking a/cs
|
|
$
|
10,186
|
|
|
$
|
89
|
|
|
|
0.87
|
%
|
|
$
|
8,529
|
|
|
$
|
152
|
|
|
|
1.78
|
%
|
|
$
|
7,007
|
|
|
$
|
167
|
|
|
|
2.38
|
%
|
Money
market a/cs
|
|
|
35,372
|
|
|
|
461
|
|
|
|
1.30
|
%
|
|
|
42,267
|
|
|
|
1,002
|
|
|
|
2.37
|
%
|
|
|
37,782
|
|
|
|
1,681
|
|
|
|
4.45
|
%
|
Other
Savings a/cs
|
|
|
11,218
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
0.87
|
%
|
|
|
10,458
|
|
|
|
186
|
|
|
|
1.78
|
%
|
|
|
12,391
|
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
|
2.50
|
%
|
CD's
|
|
|
168,996
|
|
|
|
5,081
|
|
|
|
3.01
|
%
|
|
|
135,907
|
|
|
|
5,492
|
|
|
|
4.04
|
%
|
|
|
129,869
|
|
|
|
6,700
|
|
|
|
5.16
|
%
|
Total
interest bearing deposits
|
|
|
225,772
|
|
|
|
5,729
|
|
|
|
2.54
|
%
|
|
|
197,161
|
|
|
|
6,832
|
|
|
|
3.46
|
%
|
|
|
187,049
|
|
|
|
8,858
|
|
|
|
4.74
|
%
|
Other
borrowings
|
|
|
17,233
|
|
|
|
607
|
|
|
|
3.52
|
%
|
|
|
35,757
|
|
|
|
1,306
|
|
|
|
3.65
|
%
|
|
|
33,913
|
|
|
|
1,735
|
|
|
|
5.12
|
%
|
Total
interest-bearing liabilities
|
|
|
243,005
|
|
|
|
6,336
|
|
|
|
2.61
|
%
|
|
|
232,918
|
|
|
|
8,138
|
|
|
|
3.49
|
%
|
|
|
220,962
|
|
|
|
10,593
|
|
|
|
4.80
|
%
|
Non-interest-bearing
deposits
|
|
|
17,715
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,741
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,656
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
deposits & borrowings
|
|
$
|
260,720
|
|
|
$
|
6,336
|
|
|
|
2.43
|
%
|
|
$
|
254,659
|
|
|
$
|
8,138
|
|
|
|
3.19
|
%
|
|
$
|
240,618
|
|
|
$
|
10,593
|
|
|
|
4.41
|
%
|
Net
interest earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,364
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,066
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
spread
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.50
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.73
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.60
|
%
|
Net
interest margin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.62
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.82
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.83
|
%
|
Net
interest margin tax equivalent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.62
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.88
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.90
|
%
|
Net
interest income was $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared
to $7.4 million for the same period of 2008, a decrease of $0.2 million, or
3%. Interest income on loans, investments and interest earning
deposits was $13.5 million in 2009 compared to $15.5 million in 2008, a decrease
of $2.0 million or 13%. Meanwhile, interest expense on deposits and
borrowed funds was $6.3 million in 2009, down $1.8 million, or 22%, from $8.1
million in 2008. The decrease in interest income and interest expense
reflects the declining market interest rates in 2008. Two benchmark
rates, the prime rate and the Fed Funds rate, decreased 4.00% during
2008. In addition to average interest rates decreasing in 2009
compared to 2008, the Bank experienced an increase in non-accrual loans which
also decreased yields on loans.
Yield
on assets decreased to 4.93% in 2009 from 5.92% in 2008 while the cost of funds
decreased to 2.43% in 2009 from 3.19% in 2008. Average interest
earning assets increased to $273.2 million in 2009 from $260.9 million in
2008.
The key
measure of the Bank’s net interest income is its net interest
margin. The Bank’s net interest margin decreased to 2.62% in 2009
from 2.82% in 2008. This decrease was primarily attributable to lower
yields on loans due to the downward re-pricing of variable rate commercial loans
in a falling rate environment being somewhat offset by lower costs on time
deposits and borrowings and to the mix of assets and
liabilities. Deposit costs are close to a floor as short-term market
interest rates hovered around 0% throughout the year. This flooring
of deposit rates was a factor in the margin compression. The
following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and
interest expense for the major categories of our interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities. Information is provided for each
category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities with
respect to (i) changes attributable to volume (i.e., changes in average balances
multiplied by the prior-period average rate) and (ii) changes attributable to
rate (i.e., changes in average rate multiplied by prior-period average
balances). For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both
rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately
to the change due to volume and the change due to rate:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
(decrease) due to
change
in
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
(decrease) due to
change
in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(
dollars in thousands)
|
|
Interest
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
earning deposits
|
|
$
|
(20
|
)
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
(5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(41
|
)
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
(26
|
)
|
Fed
funds sold
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
Investment
securities, taxable
|
|
|
(306
|
)
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
(242
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(348
|
)
|
|
|
(364
|
)
|
Investment
securities, non taxable
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
(233
|
)
|
|
|
(222
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
(1,777
|
)
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
|
(1,502
|
)
|
|
|
(2,905
|
)
|
|
|
1,263
|
|
|
|
(1,642
|
)
|
Restricted
stock
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(37
|
)
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
Total
interest income
|
|
|
(2,136
|
)
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
(2,016
|
)
|
|
|
(3,076
|
)
|
|
|
919
|
|
|
|
(2,157
|
)
|
Interest-expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
checking a/cs
|
|
|
(88
|
)
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
Money
market a/cs
|
|
|
(397
|
)
|
|
|
(144
|
)
|
|
|
(541
|
)
|
|
|
(860
|
)
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
|
(679
|
)
|
Other
Savings a/cs
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
(88
|
)
|
|
|
(80
|
)
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
(124
|
)
|
CD's
|
|
|
(1,578
|
)
|
|
|
1,167
|
|
|
|
(411
|
)
|
|
|
(1,508
|
)
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
(1,208
|
)
|
Total
interest bearing deposits
|
|
|
(2,164
|
)
|
|
|
1,061
|
|
|
|
(1,103
|
)
|
|
|
(2,495
|
)
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
|
(2,026
|
)
|
Other
borrowings
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
(654
|
)
|
|
|
(699
|
)
|
|
|
(519
|
)
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
(429
|
)
|
Total
interest expense
|
|
|
(2,209
|
)
|
|
|
407
|
|
|
|
(1,802
|
)
|
|
|
(3,014
|
)
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
|
(2,455
|
)
|
Net
interest income
|
|
$
|
73
|
|
|
$
|
(287
|
)
|
|
$
|
(214
|
)
|
|
$
|
(62
|
)
|
|
$
|
360
|
|
|
$
|
298
|
|
Twelve
months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
The
Bank’s net interest income was $7.4 million for the year ended December 31,
2008, compared to $7.1 million for the prior year, an increase of $0.3 million,
or 4%. Interest income on loans, investments and interest earning
deposits was $15.5 million in 2008 compared to $17.7 million in 2007, a decrease
of $2.2 million or 12%. Meanwhile, interest expense on deposits and
borrowed funds was $8.1 million in 2008, down $2.5 million, or 23%, from $10.6
million in 2007. The decrease in interest income and interest expense
reflect the declining market interest rates in 2008. Two benchmark
rates, the prime rate and the Fed Funds rate, decreased 4.00% during
2008. Yield on assets decreased to 5.92% in 2008 from 7.01% in 2007
while the cost of funds decreased to 3.19% in 2008 from 4.41% in
2007. Average interest earning assets increased to $260.9 million in
2008 from $249.7 million in 2007.
The key
measure of the Bank’s net interest income is its net interest
margin. The Bank’s net interest margin decreased to 2.82% in 2008
from 2.83% in 2007. This decrease is primarily attributable to lower
yields on loans being offset by lower costs on time deposits and borrowings and
to the mix of assets and liabilities.
Twelve
months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
During December
31, 2009, the provision for loan losses was $11.8 million, up $11.2 million from
$0.6 million in 2008. This increase was primarily due to a
significant increase in non-performing loans and charge-offs and the declining
value of real estate in our market area, all of which were related to the
significant economic downturn faced by the national and regional economies in
2009.
As is
typical with community banks, New Century Bank has a high concentration (85.2%)
of its loans secured by real estate. Construction and Commercial real estate
represent 45% of the loan portfolio (by collateral type), although exposure in
construction loans has been gradually winding down over the past 1
½
years and
now represents 12% of the portfolio. It is in the construction and commercial
real estate secured portion of the loan portfolio that we are experiencing the
most difficulty with delinquent and non-accrual loans. Although we believe that
we have identified and appropriately allocated reserves against the riskiest of
our loans in construction and commercial real estate, the possibility of further
deterioration before the real estate market turns presents the opportunity for
increased allocations of the ALLL in that area in the future.
New
Century Bank’s loan portfolio is comprised of approximately 1,300 loans spread
over approximately 900 relationships. The average size of loans tends to be
larger because of the higher concentration of commercial vs. consumer loans.
There are also several large relationships that represent a disproportionate
percentage of the loan portfolio. This “chunkiness” in the portfolio can be seen
in the disproportionate impact that large borrowers have on the delinquent and
non-accrual loan figures. Although the delinquent and non-accrual loan
percentages of the portfolio have risen over the past four quarters, a
relatively limited number of borrowers are driving those numbers rather than a
broad trend of delinquency across our borrowers as a whole.
Other
than the concentrations already addressed in construction and commercial real
estate, the Bank has no large exposures in other risky industries such as
restaurants, home heating oil businesses or other industries that are typical
viewed as high risk.
The
majority of the Bank’s borrowers are small, local businesses and individuals
with investments in residential or commercial real estate. The typical borrower
provides self-prepared or accountant assisted financial statements and tax
returns that are not audited and therefore are less reliable than information
that would be obtained from more sophisticated borrowers. The cost of audited
financial statements would be prohibitive for many of our small borrowers. The
absence of objectively verified financial information is a challenge to all
community banks and represents a layer of risk that must be considered in
judging the adequacy of the ALLL.
The Bank
believes that the allowance for loan losses is at a level considered adequate to
provide for losses that can be reasonably anticipated. Net
charge-offs were $4.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively, for the years
ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. The following table presents
coverage ratios for credit quality for the periods indicated:
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Non-accrual
loans to total loans
|
|
|
4.49
|
%
|
|
|
1.96
|
%
|
Non-performing
loans to total loans
|
|
|
8.32
|
%
|
|
|
3.21
|
%
|
Non-performing
assets to total assets
|
|
|
5.81
|
%
|
|
|
3.17
|
%
|
Non-accrual
loans and 90+ days delinquent to total assets
|
|
|
4.13
|
%
|
|
|
2.18
|
%
|
Allowance
for loan losses to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.36
|
%
|
|
|
1.29
|
%
|
Non-performing
loans
|
|
|
52.39
|
%
|
|
|
40.08
|
%
|
Non-performing
assets
|
|
|
49.41
|
%
|
|
|
33.08
|
%
|
The
following table presents a summary of the Bank’s non-performing assets for the
periods indicated:
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Non-accrual
loans
|
|
$
|
10,341
|
|
|
$
|
4,387
|
|
Loans
90+ days delinquent still accruing
|
|
|
4,119
|
|
|
|
1,585
|
|
Restructured
loans
|
|
|
4,690
|
|
|
|
1,203
|
|
Non-performing
loans
|
|
|
19,150
|
|
|
|
7,175
|
|
OREO
|
|
|
1,155
|
|
|
|
1,519
|
|
Non-performing
assets
|
|
$
|
20,305
|
|
|
$
|
8,694
|
|
Twelve
months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
In 2008,
the provision for loan losses, at $0.6 million, was up 38%, or $0.2 million,
from $0.4 million in 2007. This increase was primarily due to an
increase in non-performing loans and increased charge-offs, each related to the
deterioration of the economy.
See
“Credit Risk” and “Asset Quality” beginning on pages
100
and
101
,
respectively, of this prospectus-proxy statement for further information
regarding the Bank’s provision for loan losses, allowance for loan losses and
net charge-offs generally, and additional discussion of the Bank’s
non-performing loans.
The below
chart shows the Bank’s results in the various components of non-interest income
for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
|
|
Years
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Service
fees
|
|
$
|
528
|
|
|
$
|
637
|
|
|
$
|
526
|
|
Bank
owned life insurance
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
Gain
(loss) on sale of securities
|
|
|
236
|
|
|
|
(361
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
Loss
on sale of foreclosed assets
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Impairment
charge on securities
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(940
|
)
|
|
|
(394
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
Total
other income (loss)
|
|
$
|
1,043
|
|
|
$
|
(350
|
)
|
|
$
|
356
|
|
Twelve
months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
In 2009,
non-interest income was $1.0 million, up $1.4 million from a $0.4 million loss
in 2008. This change is largely due to a net gain of $0.2 million on
the sale of securities in 2009, compared to a net loss of $0.4 million on the
sale of securities in 2008, as well as a decrease in the impairment charge on
securities from $0.9 million in 2008 to $0.015 million in
2009.
Service
fees represent the largest component of non-interest income, and were $0.5
million in 2009, down from $0.6 million in 2008, primarily due to a change in
accounting for loan fees. The Bank is now using cash basis instead of
accrual basis accounting for late fees for loans. Given the inherent
uncertainty in the collectability of certain late fees for commercial loans, the
Bank decided to record these fees when collected. This change does not
materially impact financial statement amounts as of December 31,
2009.
The Bank
purchased $4.4 million of BOLI in 2007. Income from this was steady
for 2009 and 2008 at $0.2 million.
The Bank
sold investments in 2009 for a gain of $0.2 million, compared to a loss of $0.4
million in 2008. The gain in 2009 was primarily due to the sale of
municipal and mortgage backed securities.
The Bank
had losses of $0.03 million on the sale of other real estate owned in 2009 and
none in 2008. There was a $0.015 million impairment charge on
securities in 2009 compared to $0.9 million in
2008.
The significant
difference in the impairment charge on securities in 2009 over 2008 was
primarily due to
the
$0.9 million impairment charge
the Bank had in 2008 on a corporate bond and Freddie Mac preferred
stock. Management believes the loss on this security was
other-than-temporary due to the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. and
the U.S. government take-over of Freddie Mac.
Other
non-interest income remained stable for 2009 and 2008 at $0.1
million.
Twelve
months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
In 2008,
non-interest loss was $0.4 million, down $0.7 million from $0.4 million of
income in 2007. Excluding the $0.6 million increase in impairment
charges on securities and other real estate owned and the $0.4 million loss on
sale of securities, non-interest income was $1.0 million, up 27%, or $0.2
million, from $0.8 million in 2007.
Service
fees represent the largest component of non-interest income, and were $0.6
million in 2008, up $0.1 million, or 21%, from $0.5 million in
2007. This increase was primarily due to larger volume of checking
accounts and their related fees.
The Bank
purchased $4.4 million in BOLI in March 2007. Income from this was
steady for 2008 and 2007 at $0.2 million.
The Bank
had an impairment charge of $0.9 million on a corporate bond and Freddie Mac
preferred stock in 2008. Management believes the loss on this
security was other-than-temporary due to the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers
Holdings Inc. and the U.S. government take-over of Freddie
Mac. The Bank sold a corporate security for a $0.4 million
loss. The Bank had an impairment charge of $0.4 million on an
asset-backed security in 2007. Management believes the loss on this
security was other-than-temporary due to the poor credit quality of the
underlying collateral securing the asset and the expected losses associated with
the sub-prime market in general. There were no investment gains or
losses in 2007.
Other
non-interest income, was under $0.1 million in 2008 and 2007.
The below
chart shows the Bank’s results in the various components of non-interest expense
for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
|
|
Years
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Salaries
and employee benefits
|
|
$
|
4,267
|
|
|
$
|
3,651
|
|
|
$
|
3,450
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
1,261
|
|
|
|
1,280
|
|
|
|
1,213
|
|
Technology,
communication and bank operations
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
901
|
|
|
|
829
|
|
Advertising
and promotion
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
|
321
|
|
Professional
services
|
|
|
736
|
|
|
|
402
|
|
|
|
271
|
|
FDIC
assessments, taxes, and regulatory fees
|
|
|
892
|
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
|
328
|
|
Impairment
charge on foreclosed assets
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Other
real estate owned
|
|
|
305
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Other
|
|
|
648
|
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
495
|
|
Total
other expenses
|
|
$
|
9,650
|
|
|
$
|
7,654
|
|
|
$
|
6,908
|
|
Twelve
months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
The 26%
or $2.0 million increase in total non-interest expense, from $7.7 million in
2008 to $9.7 million in 2009,
was
largely
due to an increase in FDIC assessments and legal fees incurred in
2009.
Salaries
and employee benefits represent the largest component of non-interest expense,
and were $4.3 million in 2009 compared to $3.7 million in 2008, an increase of
17% or $0.6 million. This increase was primarily driven by staff
increases in 2009 related to building an infrastructure for planned
growth.
The
Bank’s occupancy expense remained level at $1.3 million in both 2009 and
2008.
Technology,
communications and bank operations expense was $1.0 million in 2009, an increase
of $0.1 million or 11% over the $0.9 million in 2008.
The
Bank’s advertising and promotion expense remained stable at $0.2 million in both
2009 and 2008.
Expenses
related to professional services increased 83% or $0.3 million to $0.7 million
from $0.4 million in 2008. This increase was primarily attributable
to legal expenses related to regulatory filings and loan workouts and consulting
fees.
FDIC
assessments, taxes and regulatory fees increased 100% or $0.5 million to $0.9
million in 2009 from $0.4 million in 2008. This increase is
attributable to the FDIC special assessment and increases in
premiums.
Impairment
charges on foreclosed assets increased $0.3 million to $0.4 million in 2009 from
$0.1 million in 2008. This increase is primarily attributable to
deteriorating market values on real estate.
Other
real estate owned expenses increased 165% or $0.2 million to $0.3 million in
2009 from $0.1 million in 2008. This increase is attributable to an
increase of expenses related to preparing properties for sale.
Other
expenses increased 22% or $0.1 million to $0.6 million in 2009 from $0.5 million
in 2008. This increase was primarily attributable to increases in
appraisal expenses in connection with loan workouts, director fees, and other
miscellaneous expenses.
Twelve
months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
Total
non-interest expense increased 11% or $0.7 million to $7.7 million in
2008.
Salaries
and employee benefits represent the largest component of non-interest expenses,
and were $3.7 million in 2008 compared to $3.5 million in 2007, an increase of
6% or $0.2 million. This increase was primarily driven by a half year
of salaries for the new corporate branch that opened in June 2008, which was
partially offset by the elimination of some incentive pay in 2007.
The
Bank’s occupancy expense increased 6% or $0.1 million to $1.3 million in 2008
from $1.2 million in 2007, primarily due to the added expense of a new corporate
branch.
Technology,
communications and bank operations expense increased 9%, or $0.1 million, to
$0.9 million in 2008 from $0.8 million in 2007. This increase was
primarily attributable to increased transaction volume and the size of the
Bank.
Advertising
and promotion expense decreased 28%, or $0.1 million, to $0.2 million from $0.3
million in 2007, primarily due to higher expenditures in 2007 to attract
deposits and loans.
Professional
service fees increased to $0.4 million in 2008 from $0.3 million in
2007. This increase is primarily attributable to higher loan work out
expenses.
FDIC
assessments, taxes, and regulatory fees increased to $0.4 million in 2008 from
$0.3 million in 2007. This increase is primarily attributable to
higher FDIC insurance premiums.
There was
a $100 thousand impairment charge on foreclosed assets in 2008 and none in
2007. This impairment charge was primarily attributable to the
deteriorating market values on real estate.
Other
real estate owned expenses increased to $0.1 million in 2008 from none in
2007.
Other
expenses remained level at $0.5 million in both 2008 and 2007.
Twelve
months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
The Bank
recognized no income tax benefit in 2009, compared to an income tax benefit of
$0.4 million in 2008. A portion of the Bank’s net losses in 2008 were
carried back to prior years creating a tax benefit in 2008. There was
no additional income from prior years to create a tax benefit in
2009.
Twelve
months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
The Bank
had an income tax benefit of $0.4 million for 2008 compared to an income tax
benefit of $0.2 million in 2007. The 2008 tax benefit was related to
the net loss for the year.
GENERAL
The
Bank’s total assets were $349.8 million at December 31, 2009. This
represents a 28% increase from $274.0 million at December 31,
2008. The main components of this change were an increase in cash and
cash equivalents, loans, and securities volume. The Bank’s total
liabilities were $328.3 million at December 31, 2009, up 28% from $257.2 million
at December 31, 2008. The main component of this change was due to
increased deposits, offset by a decrease in other borrowings.
The
following table sets forth certain key consolidated balance sheet
data:
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
68,807
|
|
|
$
|
6,295
|
|
Total
investments
|
|
|
44,588
|
|
|
|
32,503
|
|
Total
loans
|
|
|
230,298
|
|
|
|
223,752
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
|
349,760
|
|
|
|
274,038
|
|
Earning
assets
|
|
|
339,522
|
|
|
|
332,976
|
|
Total
deposits
|
|
|
313,927
|
|
|
|
237,842
|
|
Total
other borrowings
|
|
|
13,000
|
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
Total
liabilities
|
|
|
328,257
|
|
|
|
257,189
|
|
Cash and
due from banks consists mainly of vault cash and cash items in the process of
collection. These balances totaled $4.2 million at December 31,
2009. This represents a $1.7 million increase from $2.5 million at
December 31, 2008. These balances vary from day to day, primarily due
to variations in customers’ deposits with the Bank.
The
Bank’s interest earning deposits consist mainly of deposits at the
FHLB-P. These deposits totaled $59.0 million at December 31, 2009,
which was a $57.5 million increase from $1.5 million at December 31,
2008. This balance varies from day to day, depending on several
factors, such as variations in customers’ deposits with the Bank and the payment
of checks drawn on customers’ accounts. The growth of interest
earning deposits is primarily attributable to growth of deposits and proceeds
from capital offerings in 2009, offset somewhat by the Bank’s growth of
assets.
Federal
funds sold consist of overnight interbank lending through Atlantic Central
Bankers Bank. These funds totaled $5.7 million at December 31, 2009,
representing an increase of $3.4 million from the $2.3 million at December 31,
2008. This balance varies day-to-day, based upon the short-term
fluctuations in the net cash position of the bank.
The
Bank’s investment securities portfolio is an important source of interest income
and liquidity. It consists of U.S. Treasury, government
agency and mortgage-backed securities (guaranteed by an agency of the United
States government and non-agency guaranteed), municipal securities, domestic
corporate debt, and asset-backed securities. In addition to
generating revenue, the Bank maintains the investment portfolio to manage
interest rate risk, provide liquidity, provide collateral for other borrowings
and diversify the credit risk of earning assets. The portfolio is
structured to maximize net interest income, given changes in the economic
environment, liquidity position and balance sheet mix.
Management
determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of
purchase. In accordance with ASC 320 “Investments—Debt and Equity
Securities,” securities are classified as: (a) securities held to
maturity (“HTM”), which are classified as such based on management’s intent and
ability to hold the securities to maturity; (b) trading account securities,
which are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the
near term; and (c) securities available for sale (“AFS”), which include those
securities that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, changes in
pre-payment assumptions, the need to increase regulatory capital or other
similar requirements. The Bank does not necessarily intend to sell
its AFS securities, but has classified them as AFS to provide flexibility to
respond to liquidity needs.
At
December 31, 2009, $44.6 million of the Bank’s investment securities were
classified as AFS. This represents an increase of 47% from $30.3
million at December 31, 2008. The increase was largely due
to purchases of securities, offset somewhat by normal maturities,
calls, principal repayments, and sales. Unrealized gains and losses
on AFS securities, although excluded from the results of operations, are
reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of the related tax
effect.
At
December 31, 2009, the Bank held no investment securities that were classified
as HTM. This represents a 100% decrease from $2.2 million at December
31, 2008, due to normal principal repayments and the sale of HTM securities in
the first quarter of 2009. The Bank’s decision to sell all of its HTM
securities related to concerns about the economy and the resulting impact on
asset quality, to the opportunity to take advantage of significant gains that
existed from the sale of the HTM securities in the first quarter of 2009, and to
a desire to maintain regulatory capital ratios within the “Well Capitalized”
status prior to the Bank’s capital raise in June 2009. The Bank does
not intend to purchase any HTM securities in the foreseeable
future.
As of
December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bank held no trading account
securities.
The
investment securities portfolio’s composition changes periodically as a result
of restructuring transactions, taken primarily to manage liquidity, capital and
interest rate risk. The Bank had a concentration greater than 10% of
shareholders' equity in Fannie Mae ($21.5 million), Ginnie Mae ($14.5 million)
and Freddie Mac ($2.4 million) at the end of 2009.
The
following three tables set forth information regarding the stated maturity,
average yield, and compositions, of our investment securities portfolio as of
the dates indicated. The first two tables do not include amortization
or anticipated prepayments on mortgage-backed securities; callable securities
are included at their stated maturity dates.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
|
Weighted
Average Yield
|
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
|
Weighted
Average Yield
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Due
after one year through five years
|
|
$
|
452
|
|
|
|
4.65
|
%
|
|
$
|
583
|
|
|
|
4.61
|
%
|
Due
after five years through ten years
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
2,228
|
|
|
|
6.14
|
|
Due
after ten years
|
|
|
3,894
|
|
|
|
6.28
|
|
|
|
8,210
|
|
|
|
6.16
|
|
|
|
|
4,346
|
|
|
|
6.14
|
|
|
|
11,021
|
|
|
|
6.07
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
|
|
39,403
|
|
|
|
3.91
|
|
|
|
17,063
|
|
|
|
4.83
|
|
Asset-backed
securities
|
|
|
839
|
|
|
|
1.37
|
|
|
|
2,178
|
|
|
|
4.06
|
|
Equity
securities
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,588
|
|
|
|
4.04
|
%
|
|
$
|
30,268
|
|
|
|
4.67
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,382
|
|
|
|
4.62
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,382
|
|
|
|
4.62
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
|
Composition of
AFS
Securities
|
|
|
Composition
of
HTM
Securities
|
|
U.S.
Treasury and government agency
|
|
$
|
452
|
|
|
$
|
1,086
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
|
|
39,403
|
|
|
|
17,063
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
2,382
|
|
Asset-backed
securities
|
|
|
839
|
|
|
|
2,178
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Municipal
securities
|
|
|
3,894
|
|
|
|
9,887
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Corporate
bonds
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Equity
securities
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,588
|
|
|
$
|
30,268
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
2,382
|
|
At
December 31, 2009, the Bank held $3.9 million in securities that were impaired
based on having a fair value lower than amortized cost for at least twelve
consecutive months. The Bank considers these securities to be
temporarily impaired primarily due to interest rate changes and a lack of
liquidity in the market. The Bank does not intend to sell and it is
not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the securities
prior to maturity or market price recovery. Management believes that there is no
other than temporary impairment of these securities as of December 31,
2009. $12 million and $32 million of investment securities were
pledged at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectfully.
Securities
are pledged to the FHLB-P to be used as collateral for borrowing purposes and to
the Federal Reserve for contingency liquidity planning purposes.
Our
existing lending relationships are primarily with small businesses and
individual consumers in Chester and Delaware Counties and to a lesser extent in
surrounding markets. Our loan portfolio is primarily comprised of
commercial real estate, construction and development, and commercial and
industrial loans. We plan to continue our focus on small business
loans, our new management team plans to realign our commercial lending efforts,
establish a specialty lending business and expand our consumer lending products,
as outlined below:
Commercial
Lending
The
Bank’s commercial lending will be segregated into two distinct
groups: Business Banking and Small Business Banking. This
division of groups is designed to allow for greater resource deployment, higher
standards of risk management, superior asset quality, lower interest rate risk
and higher productivity levels. The Business Banking lending group
will focus on companies with annual revenues ranging from $5.0 million to $20.0
million, which typically have credit requirements between $0.5 million and $2.0
million. The Small Business Banking platform will originate loans
including Small Business Administration loans through the branch network sales
force and a team of dedicated Small Business relationship
managers. The support administration of the platform for this group
will be centralized and include risk management, product management, marketing,
performance tracking and overall strategy. Credit and sales training
has been established for our sales force, ensuring we have small business
experts in place providing appropriate financial solutions to the small business
owners in our communities. This segregated approach is intended to
focus on industries that offer us high asset quality and are deposit rich to
drive profitability.
Specialty
Lending
Our
long-term financial plan also includes the addition of certain lower-risk
specialty lending businesses, such as first mortgages and warehouse
lending. This is a new area of focus for the
Bank. However, due to our anticipated growth in deposits and slower
growth in lending due to our more stringent underwriting requirements and our
view that it would not be prudent to rapidly grow loan portfolios in relatively
small geographical areas, we believe that diversification of our credit risk
across asset classes and geographies is the prudent approach to take during our
growth stage. Furthermore, there is an opportunity to start specialty
lending businesses with no legacy issues at attractive spreads. Many
of the large banks have exited these businesses after experiencing capital
issues or high credit losses. This provides the opportunity for us to
hire experienced management teams in lower risk areas.
Recently,
we established a warehouse lending business which provides financing to mortgage
bankers for residential mortgage originations from loan closing until sale in
the secondary market. Many providers of liquidity in this segment
exited the business last year during the period of excessive market
turmoil. Despite a recently more stabilized market environment,
lending in this area has not returned. We believe the market will
yield an opportunity to provide liquidity to this division at attractive
spreads. There is also opportunity to attract escrow deposits and to
generate fee income in this business. It is anticipated that we will
bring in deposit funding equal to 10% to 30% of the loans generated over
time.
Consumer
Lending
We plan
to expand our product offerings in real estate secured consumer lending, but
will not offer indirect automobile loans, unsecured loans or credit
cards. Initially, we intend to provide home equity and residential
mortgage loans to customers. Underwriting standards for home equity
lending will be conservative, focusing on FICO scores 720 and higher, and
lending will be offered to solidify customer relationships and grow relationship
revenues in the long term. Residential loans will be originated for
sale, which will become a source of fee revenue for the Bank. In the
long term, the Bank intends to assess other consumer lending segments that
adhere to our critical success factors. This lending is important in
our efforts to grow total relationship revenues for our consumer
households.
Loans
outstanding (net of the allowance for loan losses)
grew
to $220.3
million at December 31, 2009, a decrease of $0.6 million, or 0.3%, from $220.9
million at December 31, 2008. The growth of the loan portfolio was
generally diversified among commercial and consumer borrowers. For
further information on our loans, see Note 7 of the Bank’s 2009 Audited
Financial Statements on page
F-18
of this
prospectus-proxy statement.
The
following table sets forth information concerning the contractual maturities of
the loan portfolio, net of unearned costs and fees. For amortizing
loans, scheduled repayments for the maturity category in which the payment is
due are not reflected below, because such information is not readily
available.
|
|
December
31,
|
|
Loan
Maturities
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Within
1 year
|
|
$
|
57,062
|
|
|
$
|
50,053
|
|
After
1 year but within 5 yrs
|
|
|
82,578
|
|
|
|
74,090
|
|
After
5 yrs but within 15 yrs
|
|
|
41,763
|
|
|
|
48,257
|
|
Over
15 years
|
|
|
48,895
|
|
|
|
51,352
|
|
|
|
$
|
230,298
|
|
|
$
|
223,752
|
|
The Bank
manages credit risk by maintaining diversification in its loan portfolio, by
establishing and enforcing rigorous underwriting standards, by intensive
collection efforts, and by establishing and performing periodic loan
classification reviews by management. Management also attempts to
anticipate and allow for credit risks by maintaining an adequate allowance for
loan losses, to which credit losses are charged as they are incurred, and to
which provisions are added periodically as Management and the board of directors
deem appropriate.
The
provision for loan losses was $11.8 million, $0.6 million, and $0.4 million for
the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. The
allowance for loan losses was $10.0 million, or 4.36% of total loans, at
December 31, 2009 and $2.9 million, or 1.29%, of total loans at December 31,
2008. Net charge-offs were $4.6 million for the year ended December
31, 2009, an increase of $4.4 million compared to the $0.2 million for the
fiscal year ending December 31, 2008.
The $11.2
million increase in the provision for loan losses for 2009 was primarily
attributable to a change in accounting estimate, increased delinquent,
non-performing and impaired loans and the deteriorating real estate
market. During 2009, the Bank changed the methodology for estimating
the allowance for loan loss. We have implemented the methodology
described in ASC 450 “Contingencies” and ASC 310-40 “Troubled Debt
Restructurings by Creditors” This methodology determines the fair
value on impaired loans and utilizes the Bank’s historical loss experience to
project losses in the foreseeable future for performing loans. See
“Asset Quality” beginning on page
101
in this prospectus-proxy statement.
The below
chart depicts the Bank’s allowance for loan losses for the periods
indicated.
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Balance,
January 1
|
|
$
|
2,876
|
|
|
$
|
2,460
|
|
|
$
|
2,029
|
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
|
|
11,778
|
|
|
|
611
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
Loans
charged off
|
|
|
(4,630
|
)
|
|
|
(195
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
Recoveries
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Balance,
December 31
|
|
$
|
10,032
|
|
|
$
|
2,876
|
|
|
$
|
2,460
|
|
The
allowance for loan losses is based on a periodic evaluation of the loan
portfolio and is maintained at a level that management considers adequate to
absorb potential losses. All loans are assigned risk ratings, based
on an assessment of the borrower, the structure of the transaction and the
available collateral and/or guarantees. All loans are monitored
regularly and the risk ratings are adjusted when appropriate. This
process allows the Bank to take corrective actions on a timely
basis. Management considers a variety of factors, and recognizes the
inherent risk of loss that always exists in the lending
process. Management uses a disciplined methodology to estimate the
appropriate level of allowance for loan losses. This methodology
includes an evaluation of loss potential from individual problem credits, as
well as anticipated specific and general economic factors that may adversely
affect collectability. This assessment includes a review of changes
in the composition and volume of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality
and past loss experience, review of specific problem loans, current economic
conditions that may affect borrowers’ ability to repay, and other factors that
may warrant current recognition. In addition, the Bank’s internal and
external auditors, loan review auditors and various regulatory agencies
periodically review the adequacy of the allowance as an integral part of their
examination process. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize
additions or reductions to the allowance based on their judgments of information
available at the time of their examination. These evaluations,
however, are inherently subjective as they require material estimates,
including, among others, the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on
impaired loans, estimated losses in the loan portfolio, and general amounts for
historical loss experience, economic conditions, uncertainties in estimating
losses and inherent risks in the various credit portfolios, all of which may be
susceptible to significant change. Pursuant to ASC 450
“Contingencies” and ASC 310-40 “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors”
impaired loans, consisting of non-accrual and restructured loans, are considered
in the methodology for determining the allowance for credit
losses. Impaired loans are generally evaluated based on the expected
future cash flows or the fair value of the underlying collateral if principal
repayment is expected to come from the sale or operation of such
collateral.
The Bank
had impaired loans totaling $17.5 million at December 31, 2009, compared to $5.9
million at December 31, 2008. Non-accrual loans totaled $10.3 million
at December 31, 2009, up from $4.4 million at December 31, 2008. The
Bank had charge-offs of $4.6 million in 2009, compared with $195 thousand in
2008. The Bank had recoveries of $8 thousand in 2009, compared with
none in 2008. There was $1.2 million and $1.5 million of other real
estate owned as a result of foreclosure or voluntary transfer to the Bank at
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. These amounts are included
in Other Assets on the Balance Sheets.
The
tables below set forth non-performing loans and non-performing assets and asset
quality ratios at December 31, 2009 and 2008.
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Non-accrual
loans
|
|
$
|
10,341
|
|
|
$
|
4,387
|
|
Loans
90+ days delinquent still accruing
|
|
|
4,119
|
|
|
|
1,585
|
|
Restructured
loans
|
|
|
4,690
|
|
|
|
1,203
|
|
Non-performing
loans
|
|
|
19,150
|
|
|
|
7,175
|
|
OREO
|
|
|
1,155
|
|
|
|
1,519
|
|
Non-performing
assets
|
|
$
|
20,305
|
|
|
$
|
8,694
|
|
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Non-accrual
loans to total loans
|
|
|
4.49
|
%
|
|
|
1.96
|
%
|
Non-performing
loans to total loans
|
|
|
8.32
|
%
|
|
|
3.21
|
%
|
Non-performing
assets to total assets
|
|
|
5.81
|
%
|
|
|
3.17
|
%
|
Non-accrual loans and 90+ days delinquent to total assets
|
|
|
4.13
|
%
|
|
|
2.18
|
%
|
Allowance
for loan losses to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
loans
|
|
|
4.36
|
%
|
|
|
1.29
|
%
|
Non-performing
loans
|
|
|
52.39
|
%
|
|
|
40.08
|
%
|
Non-performing
assets
|
|
|
49.41
|
%
|
|
|
33.08
|
%
|
The table
below sets forth types of loans that were non-performing at December 31, 2009
and 2008.
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Commercial
construction
|
|
$
|
2,835
|
|
|
$
|
1,443
|
|
Consumer
residential
|
|
|
672
|
|
|
|
350
|
|
Commercial
real estate
|
|
|
14,786
|
|
|
|
5,232
|
|
Commercial
and industrial
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
Consumer
and other
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Total
non—performing loans
|
|
$
|
19,150
|
|
|
$
|
7,175
|
|
The Bank
seeks to manage credit risk through the diversification of the loan portfolio
and the application of policies and procedures designed to foster sound credit
standards and monitoring practices. While various degrees of credit
risk are associated with substantially all investing activities, the lending
function carries the greatest degree of potential loss.
Asset
quality assurance activities include careful monitoring of borrower payment
status and a review of borrower current financial information to ensure
financial strength and viability. The Bank has established credit
policies and procedures, seeks the consistent application of those policies and
procedures across the organization, and adjusts policies as appropriate for
changes in market conditions and applicable regulations. The risk
elements which comprise asset quality include loans past due, non-accrual loans,
renegotiated loans, other real estate owned, and loan
concentrations.
All loans
are assigned risk ratings, based on an assessment of the borrower, the structure
of the transaction and the available collateral and/or
guarantees. All loans are monitored regularly and the risk ratings
are adjusted when appropriate. This process allows the Bank to take
corrective actions on a timely basis.
A regular
reporting and review process is in place to provide for proper portfolio
oversight and control, and to monitor those loans identified as problem credits
by management. This process is designed to assess the Bank’s progress
in working toward a solution, and to assist in determining an appropriate
specific allowance for possible losses. All loan work-out situations
involve the active participation of management, and are reported regularly to
the Board.
Loan
charge-offs are determined on a case-by-case basis. Loans are
generally charged off when principle is likely to be unrecoverable and after
appropriate collection steps have been taken.
Loan
policies and procedures are reviewed internally for possible revisions and
changes on a regular basis. In addition, these policies and
procedures, together with the loan portfolio, are reviewed on a periodic basis
by various regulatory agencies and by the Bank’s internal, external and loan
review auditors, as part of their examination and audit procedures.
The
Bank’s premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, was $2.7 million
and $2.8 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The
Bank’s restricted stock holdings at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 were
$2.0 million and $1.8 million, respectively. These consist of stock
of the Federal Reserve Bank, FHLB-P, and Atlantic Central Bankers Bank, and are
required as part of our relationship with these banks.
The Bank
owned BOLI of $5.0 million and $4.8 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. Cash flow from these policies will occur over an
extended period of time and flow through non-interest income. The
Bank periodically reviews the creditworthiness of the insurance companies that
have underwritten the policies. The cash surrender values of the
policies appear on the Bank’s balance sheet and are subject to full regulatory
capital requirements.
Other
assets increased to $6.5 million at December 31, 2009 from $5.1 million at
December 31, 2008. The other asset increase is primarily due to a
prepaid FDIC premium of $1.9 million added at December 31, 2009, somewhat offset
by the reduction of other real estate owned to $1.2 million at December 31, 2009
compared to $1.5 million at December 31, 2008.
The Bank
offers a variety of deposit accounts, including checking, savings, money market
and time deposits. Deposits are obtained primarily from the Bank’s
service area. Total deposits grew to $313.9 million at December 31,
2009, an increase of $74.1 million, or 31%, from $237.8 million at December 31,
2008.
In the
second half of 2009, the Bank introduced many new initiatives to increase its
deposits. Sales management practices were introduced along with new
marketing and pricing strategies. As a result of these changes, total
deposits increased in the second half of the year by over 70% annualized with
most of the growth coming from retail money market accounts and retail
CDs.
The
components of deposits were as follows at the dates indicated:
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Demand,
non-interest bearing
|
|
$
|
18,502
|
|
|
$
|
20,574
|
|
Demand,
interest bearing
|
|
|
84,996
|
|
|
|
53,326
|
|
Savings
|
|
|
9,037
|
|
|
|
9,213
|
|
Time,
$100,000 and over
|
|
|
76,985
|
|
|
|
73,535
|
|
Time,
other
|
|
|
124,407
|
|
|
|
81,194
|
|
Total
deposits
|
|
$
|
313,927
|
|
|
$
|
237,842
|
|
Total
time deposits increased $44.7 million, or 30%, to $201.4 million at December 31,
2009 compared to $156.7 million at December 31, 2008. Time deposits
of $100,000 or more were $77.0 million at December 31, 2009 compared to $73.5
million at December 31, 2008, an increase of $3.5 million or 5%. The
Bank had brokered deposits of $30.0 million and $20.0 million at December 31,
2009 and 2008, respectively. Included in time deposits of $100,000
and over, at December 31, 2009 are public fund certificates of deposit of $5.0
million, compared to $23.1 million at December 31, 2008. During this
period, non-interest bearing demand deposits decreased $2.1 million, or 10%, to
$18.5 million from $20.6 million. Interest bearing demand deposits
increased $31.7 million, or 59%, to $85.0 million from $53.3
million. The majority of this increase is in money market accounts
that increased to $74.0 million at December 31, 2009 from $42.2 million at
December 31, 2008. Savings deposit accounts decreased $0.2 million,
or 2%, to $9.0 million at December 31, 2009 from $9.2 million. The
Bank focused on building deposits in late 2009 by promoting demand accounts and
time deposits.
At
December 31, 2009, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as
follows:
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
169,508
|
|
2011
|
|
|
20,421
|
|
2012
|
|
|
7,124
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,881
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2,458
|
|
|
|
$
|
201,392
|
|
The Bank
had other borrowings of $11.0 million at December 31, 2009, a 27% decrease from
the $15.0 million at December 31, 2008. The Bank had no short-term
advances from the FHLB-P at December 31, 2009 and $4 million at December 31,
2008. Borrowings decreased primarily due to the increase in
deposits.
The
contractual maturities of long-term advances at December 31, 2009 were as
follows:
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
2013
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
2015
and thereafter
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,000
|
|
In June
2004, the Bank issued $2.0 million in floating rate subordinated debt that
matures on July 23, 2014. The quarterly interest rate at December 31,
2009 was 3.03%. Currently, 80% of this subordinated debt is included
in the Bank’s Tier II regulatory capital requirement.
The Bank
issued a subordinated term note during the fourth quarter of
2007. The note was issued for $1.0 million at a fixed interest rate
of 7.50% per annum. Quarterly interest payments are made on this note
in January, April, July and October. The note was converted
to Common Stock in the third quarter of 2009
due to a
significant change in the Bank’s board of directors, which triggered a change in
control event.
During
2008, the Bank issued $980 thousand in 10% Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual
Convertible Preferred Stock. There were $30 thousand of expenses
related to the issuance of preferred stock in 2008. This stock pays a
10% dividend that is non-cumulative. The preferred shares were
exchanged for Common Stock during 2009 in conjunction with a capital raise of
$16.7 million. 178,164 shares of Common Stock were exchanged for 98
shares of preferred stock at a price of $5.50 per share. In addition,
24,500 warrants were issued in the exchange. Each warrant allows for
the purchase of one (1) share of Common Stock at a price of $5.50 per
share. The warrants expire seven (7) years from the date of
issuance.
CLASS
B NON-VOTING COMMON STOCK
In
February and March 2010, as part of the equity capital raise that was completed
during that time, the Bank issued 4,737,790 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common
Stock for approximately $19.7 million, and an additional 490,762 shares Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock were subsequently issued pursuant to an anti-dilution
adjustment. These shares do not have voting rights, but otherwise are
subject to the same dividend, liquidation and other rights as the Bank’s Common
Stock. See “THE REORGANIZATION – Private Offerings,” on page
40
of this prospectus-proxy statement,
“ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENTS” beginning on page
61
of this prospectus-proxy statement, and Note 23 –
Subsequent Events of the 2009 Audit Financial Statements for further information
on the February and March 2010 capital raises.
Stockholders’
equity increased to $21.5 million at December 31, 2009 from $16.8 million at
December 31, 2008. This was due to a capital raise of $16.7 million
(net of $0.4 million of costs), the conversion of $1.0 million of subordinated
debt to Common Stock, a net loss of $13.2 million, and the decrease of $0.2
million in net unrealized losses on investment securities classified by the Bank
as AFS. The unrealized loss in the Bank’s investment securities
portfolio is subject to change with fluctuations in interest rates and the
market prices of the underlying securities, and is recognized as a component of
net income only if realized through the sale of such securities prior to
maturity, or if the security would become other-than-temporarily
impaired.
There are
certain limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay cash dividends without
prior approval of regulatory authorities. Cash dividends of $4
thousand on the 10% Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred
Stock were declared and paid in 2009 and none were declared and paid in
2008. For a more detailed description of the Bank’s Stockholders’
Equity, see Note 14 of our 2009 Audited Financial Statements on page
F-21
of this prospectus-proxy statement.
During
2004, the shareholders of the Bank approved the 2004 Incentive Equity and
Deferred Compensation Plan (“2004 Plan”), the purpose of which is to promote the
success and enhance the value of the Bank by providing members of the board of
directors, employees, officers, and executives of the Bank with an incentive for
outstanding performance in order to generate superior returns to shareholders of
the Bank. The 2004 Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to
the Bank in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of such
individuals. Stock options granted normally vest over three
years.
The 2004
Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board. It
provides for the grant of options, some or all of which may be structured to
qualify as Incentive Stock Options if granted to employees, and for the grant of
stock appreciation rights (“SARS”), restricted stock and unrestricted stock, for
up to a total of 200,000 shares of Bank common stock underlying such
awards. The 2004 Plan replaced the Stock Option Plan approved in 1997
(“1997 Plan”), which provided for an aggregate of 112,500 shares of common stock
to be granted pursuant to awards.
The
following table summarizes changes in stock options outstanding under the 2004
Incentive Equity and Deferred Compensation Plan for the years ended December 31,
2009, 2008 and 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
at beginning of Year
|
|
|
46,827
|
|
|
$
|
10.67
|
|
|
|
48,034
|
|
|
$
|
10.67
|
|
|
|
120,825
|
|
|
$
|
9.54
|
|
Options
Exercised
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(36,708
|
)
|
|
|
8.80
|
|
Options
Forfeited
|
|
|
(1,417
|
)
|
|
|
10.46
|
|
|
|
(1,207
|
)
|
|
|
10.68
|
|
|
|
(36,083
|
)
|
|
|
8.81
|
|
Outstanding
at December 31
|
|
|
45,410
|
|
|
$
|
10.68
|
|
|
|
46,827
|
|
|
$
|
10.67
|
|
|
|
48,034
|
|
|
$
|
10.67
|
|
Exercisable
at December 31
|
|
|
45,410
|
|
|
$
|
10.68
|
|
|
|
46,827
|
|
|
$
|
10.67
|
|
|
|
42,001
|
|
|
$
|
10.75
|
|
Liquidity
for a financial institution is a measure of that institution’s ability to meet
depositors’ needs for funds, to satisfy or fund loan commitments, and for other
operating purposes. Ensuring adequate liquidity is an objective of
the Asset/Liability Management process. The Bank coordinates its
management of liquidity with its interest rate sensitivity and capital
position. The Bank’s policy is to maintain a strong liquidity
position.
The
Bank’s investment portfolio provides periodic cash flows through regular
maturities and amortization, and can be used as collateral to secure additional
liquidity funding. The Bank’s principal sources of funds are
shareholder capital, deposits, debt issuance, principal and interest payments on
loans, and other funds from operations. The Bank also maintains
borrowing arrangements with the FHLB-P and the Federal Reserve Bank of
Philadelphia to meet short-term liquidity needs. As of December 31,
2009, the Bank’s borrowing capacity with the FHLB-P was $32.4 million, of which
$11.0 million was used in borrowings and $5.1 million was used for letters of
credit supporting $5.0 million in public fund certificates of
deposit. The Bank had $8.4 million of pledged mortgage backed
securities and $45.3 million of pledged loans as collateral for these borrowings
and letters of credit. As of December 31, 2009, the Bank’s borrowing
capacity with the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia was $3.8 million, and the
Bank had $4.0 million of pledged municipal securities as collateral for this
borrowing capacity.
The
Bank’s operating activities used $2.4 million and generated $1.4
million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. The change was primarily due to the prepayment
of $1.9 million in FDIC premiums and a reduction in pre-provision
income after charge-offs for the year.
Expenses
related to investing activities were $23.8 million and $4.3 million for the
years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. This increase
was primarily due to the higher volume of securities and loans in 2009 compared
to 2008.
Financing
activities provided $88.8 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December
31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The increase compared to 2008 was
primarily due to increased growth of deposits and a $16.7 million capital raise
in 2009.
Overall,
based on the Bank’s core deposit base and available sources of borrowed funds,
management believes that the Bank has adequate resources to meet its short-term
and long-term cash requirements within the foreseeable future.
The Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System has adopted risk-based capital and
leverage ratio requirements for banks like the Bank that are members of the
Federal Reserve System. The Pennsylvania Department of Banking also
sets minimum capital requirements. At December 31, 2009 and December
31, 2008, the Bank met each of its minimum capital
requirements. Management believes that the Bank would be deemed “well
capitalized” for regulatory purposes as of December 31, 2009 and December 31,
2008. Banking regulators have discretion to establish an
institution’s classification based on other factors, in addition to the
institution’s numeric capital levels.
Management
is not aware of any developments that have occurred and that would, or would be
reasonably likely to, cause our classification to be reduced below a level of
“well capitalized” for regulatory purposes. The Bank’s capital
classification is determined pursuant to banking regulations to apply the bank
regulators’ “prompt corrective action” regulations, and to determine levels of
deposit insurance assessments, and may not constitute an accurate representation
of our overall financial condition or prospects. The following table
summarizes the required capital ratios and the corresponding regulatory capital
positions of the Bank for the periods or dates indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
For
Capital Adequacy Purposes
|
|
|
|
To
Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action
Provisions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollar
amounts in thousands)
|
|
As
of December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
capital (to risk weighted assets)
|
|
$
|
25,958
|
|
|
|
11.8
|
%
|
≥
|
|
$
|
17,648
|
|
≥
|
|
|
8.0
|
%
|
≥
|
|
$
|
22,060
|
|
≥
|
|
|
10.0
|
%
|
Tier
1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
|
|
|
21,537
|
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
≥
|
|
|
8,824
|
|
≥
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
≥
|
|
|
13,236
|
|
≥
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
Tier
1 capital (to average assets)
|
|
|
21,537
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
≥
|
|
|
12,906
|
|
≥
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
≥
|
|
|
16,132
|
|
≥
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As
of December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
capital (to risk weighted assets)
|
|
$
|
22,825
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
%
|
≥
|
|
$
|
17,395
|
|
≥
|
|
|
8.0
|
%
|
≥
|
|
$
|
21,743
|
|
≥
|
|
|
10.0
|
%
|
Tier
1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
|
|
|
17,105
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
≥
|
|
|
8,697
|
|
≥
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
≥
|
|
|
13,046
|
|
≥
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
Tier
1 capital (to average assets)
|
|
|
17,105
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
≥
|
|
|
11,012
|
|
≥
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
≥
|
|
|
13,765
|
|
≥
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
In
general, the Bank’s capital increases with the addition of earnings to
stockholders’ equity and with sales of stock or the issuance of certain
qualifying debt, such as the subordinated debt the Bank issued in 2004 and 2007
(which is included in Tier II and total capital). Conversely, as the
Bank’s assets grow, its capital ratios decrease. In general, in the
past few years, balance sheet growth has been offset by decreases in capital
through losses and increases in capital from sales of common stock, debt
issuance, growth of the allowance for loan losses and our debt
issuances. In 2009, the $16.7 million capital raise improved our
capital ratios. The Bank plans to grow in the future and to maintain
strong capital ratios. To accomplish both these goals, the Bank will
need to raise additional capital to maintain strong capital ratios.
The Bank
does not presently have any commitments for significant capital
expenditures. The Bank is unaware of any current recommendations by
the regulatory authorities which, if they were to be implemented, would have a
material effect on liquidity, capital resources, or operations of the
Bank.
The
maintenance of appropriate levels of capital is an important objective of the
Bank’s Asset and Liability Management process. Through its initial
capitalization and its subsequent offerings, the Bank has continued to maintain
a strong capital position. Management believes that, under current
requirements and regulations, the Bank will meet its minimum capital
requirements for the foreseeable future.
The
Bank’s Common Stock is not listed or quoted on any exchange or electronic
bulletin board or other quotation service. Furthermore, there are no
brokerage firms that act as market makers in the Bank’s
stock. Consequently, information on current stock trading prices is
not readily available. The Bank currently acts as its own transfer
agent and offers to introduce potential buyers and sellers of our stock to each
other, but does not make a market in its own stock or attempt to negotiate
prices for trades of its stock. At December 31, 2009, there were
approximately 315 shareholders who owned the 5,522,706 shares of Common
Stock outstanding.
Based on
the information available to us, private sales of the Bank’s Common Stock
occurred at around $5.50 per share during 2009 and $4.00 per share during
2008. This quoted price is limited only to those private transactions
known by management and the capital raise conducted in 2009 and there may, in
fact, have been additional transactions of which management is unaware, and such
transactions could have occurred at higher or lower prices. The Bank
was successful in February 2010 with an additional capital raise of $43.1
million. There were 8,547,866 shares of Common Stock and 1,565,319
shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock issued at $4.28 per share in this
capital raise. In March of 2010, the Bank sold an additional 761,596
shares of Common Stock and 1,189,202 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock,
each at $3.76 per share. As part of the anti-dilution agreement for
the shares issued in the capital raise conducted in 2009 and the recent capital
raises in February 2010 and March 2010, 2,797,606 million additional shares,
including 2,306,844 shares of Common Stock and 490,762 shares of Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock, were issued to the purchasers in those offerings
in order to adjust their per share cost to $3.76. See “THE
REORGANIZATION - Private Offerings,” on page
40
of this prospectus-proxy statement, and Note
23 – Subsequent Events of the 2009 Audited Financial Statements for further
information on the February 2010 and March 2010 capital raises.
OFF
-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
The Bank
is a party to financial instruments and other commitments with off-balance sheet
risks. Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risks are
incurred in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our
customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend
credit, including unused portions of lines of credit, and standby letters of
credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of
credit risk in excess of the amount recognized on the balance
sheets.
With
commitments to extend credit, our exposure to credit loss in the event of
non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument is represented by
the contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same
credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as for
on-balance sheet instruments. Since they involve credit risk similar
to extending a loan, they are subject to the Bank’s Credit Policy and other
underwriting standards.
As of
December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the following off-balance sheet
commitments, financial instruments and other arrangements were
outstanding:
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Commitments
to fund loans
|
|
$
|
3,922
|
|
|
$
|
4,900
|
|
Unfunded
commitments to fund warehouse loans
|
|
|
28,565
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Unfunded
commitments under lines of credit
|
|
|
16,842
|
|
|
|
20,735
|
|
Letters
of credit
|
|
|
854
|
|
|
|
1,203
|
|
Commitments
to fund loans, unfunded commitments to fund warehouse loans, unfunded
commitments under lines of credit and letters of credit are agreements to extend
credit to or for the benefit of a customer in the ordinary course of the Bank’s
business.
Commitments
to fund loans and unfunded commitments under lines of credit may be obligations
of the Bank as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the
contract. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire
without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily
represent future cash requirements. Commitments generally have fixed
expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a
fee. We evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case
basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the
Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit
evaluation. Collateral held varies but may include personal or
commercial real estate, accounts receivable, inventory and
equipment.
Warehouse
loan commitments are agreements to purchase mortgage loans from mortgage bankers
that agree to purchase the loans back in a short period of
time. These commitments generally fluctuate monthly as existing loans
are repurchased by the mortgage bankers and new loans are purchased by the
Bank.
Outstanding
letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to
guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Letters of
credit may obligate the Bank to fund draws under those letters of credit whether
or not a customer continues to meet the conditions of the extension of
credit. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is
essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to
customers.
OTHER
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
Other
off-balance sheet arrangements include operating leases for the Bank’s
premises. The Bank leases the premises for its corporate headquarters
and main banking office, as well as four branches under operating lease
agreements with various terms and at various rentals. Each lease
differs as to whether the Bank has one or more renewal options and on what
terms. As of December 31, 2009, the Bank’s approximate future non-cancellable
minimum payments under these leases, by year, were as follow:
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
917
|
|
2011
|
|
|
902
|
|
2012
|
|
|
922
|
|
2013
|
|
|
934
|
|
2014
|
|
|
720
|
|
2015
& Thereafter
|
|
|
3,671
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,066
|
|
The
largest component of the Bank’s total income is net interest income, and the
majority of its financial instruments are interest rate sensitive assets and
liabilities with various terms and maturities. One of the primary
objectives of management is to maximize net interest income while minimizing
interest rate risk. Interest rate risk is derived from timing
differences in the repricing of assets and liabilities, loan prepayments,
deposit withdrawals, and differences in lending and funding
rates. The Bank’s Asset/Liability Committee actively seeks to monitor
and control the mix of interest rate sensitive assets and interest rate
sensitive liabilities.
The Bank
uses two complementary methods to analyze and measure interest rate sensitivity
as part of the overall management of interest rate risk. They are
income simulation modeling and estimates of economic value of
equity. The combination of these two methods provides a reasonably
comprehensive summary of the levels of interest rate risk of the Bank’s exposure
to time factors and changes in interest rate environments.
Income
simulation modeling is used to measure the Bank’s interest rate sensitivity and
manage its interest rate risk. Income simulation considers not only
the impact of changing market interest rates upon forecasted net interest
income, but also other factors such as yield curve relationships, the volume and
mix of assets and liabilities, customer preferences and general market
conditions.
Through
the use of income simulation modeling, the Bank has estimated the net interest
income for the year ending December 31, 2009, based upon the assets, liabilities
and off-balance sheet financial instruments in existence at December 31,
2009. The Bank has also estimated changes to that estimated net
interest income based upon interest rates rising or falling immediately (“rate
shocks”). Rate shocks assume that all interest rates increase or
decrease immediately. The following table reflects the estimated
percentage change in estimated net interest income for the year ending December
31, 2009, resulting from changes in interest rates.
Net
change in net interest income
|
|
|
|
Rate Shocks
|
|
% Change
|
|
Up
3%
|
|
|
6.2
|
%
|
Up
2%
|
|
|
3.5
|
%
|
Up
1%
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
Down
1%
|
|
|
-4.8
|
%
|
Down
2%
|
|
|
-9.5
|
%
|
Down
3%
|
|
|
-15.4
|
%
|
The net
changes in net interest income in all of the “up” rate shocks and in the “down
1%” rate shock are well within the Bank’s interest rate risk policy
guidelines. While the net changes in net interest income in the “down
2%” and “down 3%” rate shocks are slightly higher that the Bank’s interest rate
risk policy guidelines, Management does not believe these scenarios are
likely.
Economic
Value of Equity (“EVE”) estimates the discounted present value of asset and
liability cash flows. Discount rates are based upon market prices for
comparable assets and liabilities. Upward and downward rate shocks
are used to measure volatility of EVE in relation to a constant rate
environment. This method of measurement primarily evaluates the
longer term repricing risks and options in the Bank’s balance
sheet. The following table reflects the estimated EVE at risk and the
ratio of EVE to EVE adjusted assets at December 31, 2009, resulting from shocks
to interest rates.
Percent
Change Economic Value of Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Up
3%
|
|
|
-25.0
|
%
|
|
|
-1.8
|
%
|
Up
2%
|
|
|
-15.3
|
%
|
|
|
-1.0
|
%
|
Up
1%
|
|
|
-7.5
|
%
|
|
|
-0.4
|
%
|
Down
1%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
-0.4
|
%
|
Down
2%
|
|
|
-1.3
|
%
|
|
|
-0.8
|
%
|
Down
3%
|
|
|
-6.8
|
%
|
|
|
-1.3
|
%
|
The
percent changes of EVE are within the Bank’s interest rate risk policy
guidelines.
The
matching of assets and liabilities may also be analyzed by examining the extent
to which such assets and liabilities are interest rate sensitive and by
monitoring a bank’s interest rate sensitivity “gap.”” An asset or
liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if
it will mature or reprice within that time period. The interest rate
sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the amount of
interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a specific time period and
the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within that
time period.
The
following table sets forth the amounts of interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at December 31, 2009, that are
anticipated, based upon certain assumptions, to reprice or mature in each of the
future time periods shown. Except as stated below, the amount of
assets and liabilities shown that reprice or mature during a particular period
were determined in accordance with the earlier of term to repricing or the
contractual maturity of the asset or liability. The table sets forth
an approximation of the projected repricing of assets and liabilities at
December 31, 2009, on the basis of contractual maturities, anticipated
prepayments, and scheduled rate adjustments within a three-month period and
subsequent selected time intervals. The loan amounts in the table
reflect principal balances expected to be repaid and/or repriced as a result of
contractual amortization and anticipated prepayments of adjustable and fixed
rate loans, and as a result of contractual rate adjustments on adjustable rate
loans.
|
|
At
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollars
in millions)
|
|
Interest
earning deposits
|
|
$
|
64.6
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
64.6
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
7.3
|
|
|
|
17.8
|
|
|
|
7.2
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
46.6
|
|
Loans
receivable
|
|
|
106.7
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
|
|
|
18.5
|
|
|
|
50.4
|
|
|
|
18.6
|
|
|
|
18.4
|
|
|
|
222.5
|
|
Total
interest earning assets
|
|
|
175.4
|
|
|
|
12.7
|
|
|
|
25.8
|
|
|
|
68.2
|
|
|
|
25.8
|
|
|
|
25.8
|
|
|
|
333.7
|
|
Non
interest earning assets
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
18.3
|
|
|
|
18.3
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
$
|
175.4
|
|
|
$
|
12.7
|
|
|
$
|
25.8
|
|
|
$
|
68.2
|
|
|
$
|
25.8
|
|
|
$
|
44.1
|
|
|
$
|
352.0
|
|
Other
interest bearing deposits
|
|
$
|
74.4
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
19.6
|
|
|
$
|
94.0
|
|
Time
deposits
|
|
|
39.6
|
|
|
|
18.5
|
|
|
|
102.6
|
|
|
|
37.0
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
201.4
|
|
Other
borrowings
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
11.0
|
|
Subordinated
debt
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
Total
interest bearing liabilities
|
|
|
121.0
|
|
|
|
18.5
|
|
|
|
102.6
|
|
|
|
42.0
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
19.6
|
|
|
|
308.4
|
|
Non
interest bearing liabilities
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
20.0
|
|
|
|
20.0
|
|
Stockholders'
equity
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
23.6
|
|
|
|
23.6
|
|
Total
liabilities and equity
|
|
$
|
121.0
|
|
|
$
|
18.5
|
|
|
$
|
102.6
|
|
|
$
|
42.0
|
|
|
$
|
4.7
|
|
|
$
|
63.2
|
|
|
$
|
352.0
|
|
Interest
sensitivity gap
|
|
$
|
54.4
|
|
|
$
|
(5.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
(76.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
26.2
|
|
|
$
|
21.1
|
|
|
$
|
(19.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative
interest sensitivity gap
|
|
$
|
54.4
|
|
|
$
|
48.6
|
|
|
$
|
(28.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
19.1
|
|
|
$
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative
interest sensitivity gap to total assets
|
|
|
31
|
%
|
|
|
26
|
%
|
|
|
(13
|
%)
|
|
|
(1
|
%)
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative
interest earning assets to cumulative interest bearing
liabilities
|
|
|
145
|
%
|
|
|
135
|
%
|
|
|
88
|
%
|
|
|
99
|
%
|
|
|
107
|
%
|
|
|
108
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
As shown
above, the Bank has a negative cumulative gap (cumulative interest sensitive
assets are lower than cumulative interest sensitive liabilities) within the next
year, which generally indicates that an increase in rates may lead to a decrease
in net interest income and a decrease in rates may lead to an increase in net
interest income. Interest rate sensitivity gap analysis measures
whether assets or liabilities may reprice but does not capture the ability to
reprice or the range of potential repricing on assets or
liabilities. Thus indications based on a negative or positive gap
position need to be analyzed in conjunction with other interest rate risk
management tools.
Management
believes that the assumptions and combination of methods utilized in evaluating
estimated net interest income are reasonable. However, the interest
rate sensitivity of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet
financial instruments, as well as the estimated effect of changes in interest
rates on estimated net interest income, could vary substantially if different
assumptions are used or actual experience differs from the assumptions used in
the model.
GENERAL
We are
subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the Pennsylvania
Banking Department and, as a member of the Federal Reserve System, by the
Federal Reserve Board. Federal and state banking laws and regulations
govern, among other things, the scope of a bank’s business, the investments a
bank may make, the reserves against deposits a bank must maintain, terms of
deposit accounts, loans a bank makes, the interest rates it charges and
collateral it takes, the activities of a bank with respect to mergers and
consolidations and the establishment of branches.
Pennsylvania
banks that are Federal Reserve members may establish new offices only after
approval by the Pennsylvania Banking Department and the Federal Reserve
Board. Approval by these regulators can be subject to a variety of
factors, including the convenience and needs of the community, whether the
institution is sufficiently capitalized and well managed, issues of safety and
soundness, the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its
community, whether there are significant supervisory concerns with respect to
the institution or affiliated organizations, and whether any financial or other
business arrangement, direct or indirect, involving the proposed branch and bank
“insiders” (directors, officers, employees and 10%-or-greater shareholders)
which involves terms and conditions more favorable to the insiders than would be
available in a comparable transaction with unrelated parties.
Under the
Banking Code, the Bank is permitted to branch throughout
Pennsylvania. Pennsylvania law also provides Pennsylvania state
chartered institutions elective parity with the power of national banks, federal
thrifts, and state-chartered institutions in other states as authorized by the
FDIC, subject to a required notice to the Pennsylvania Banking
Department. The Banking Code also imposes restrictions on payment of
dividends, as well as minimum capital requirements.
Interstate
Branching
. Federal law allows the Federal Reserve and FDIC,
and the Pennsylvania Banking Code allows the Pennsylvania Banking Department, to
approve an application by a state banking institution to acquire interstate
branches, unless, in the case of the Federal Reserve and FDIC, the state of the
target institution has opted out of interstate branching. For more
information on federal law, see, “FEDERAL BANKING LAWS – Interstate Branching,”
beginning on page
113
of this
prospectus-proxy statement.
Pennsylvania
banking laws authorize banks in Pennsylvania to acquire existing branches or
branch de novo in other states, and also permits out-of-state banks to acquire
existing branches or branch de novo in Pennsylvania.
In April
2008, the Banking Regulators in the States of New Jersey, New York, and
Pennsylvania entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (the “Interstate MOU”)
to clarify their respective roles, as home and host state regulators, regarding
interstate branching activity on a regional basis pursuant to the Riegle-Neal
Amendments Act of 1997. The Interstate MOU establishes the regulatory
responsibilities of the respective state banking regulators regarding bank
regulatory examinations and is intended to reduce the regulatory burden on state
chartered banks branching within the region by eliminating duplicative host
state compliance exams.
Under the
Interstate MOU, the activities of branches established by the Bank in New Jersey
or New York would be governed by Pennsylvania state law to the same extent that
federal law governs the activities of the branch of an out-of-state national
bank in such host states. For the Bank, issues regarding whether a particular
host state law is preempted are to be determined in the first instance by the
Pennsylvania Banking Department. In the event that the Pennsylvania Banking
Department and the applicable host state regulator disagree regarding whether a
particular host state law is pre-empted, the Pennsylvania Banking Department and
the applicable host state regulator would use their reasonable best efforts to
consider all points of view and to resolve the disagreement.
Interstate Branching.
The
Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (called the
Interstate Act), among other things, permits bank holding companies to acquire
banks in any state. A bank may also merge with a bank in another
state. Interstate acquisitions and mergers are subject, in general,
to certain concentration limits and state entry rules relating to the age of the
bank. Under the Interstate Act, the responsible federal regulatory
agency is permitted to approve the acquisition of less than all of the branches
of an insured bank, or the establishment of a new, or “de novo” branch within a
state, by an out-of-state bank or bank holding company without the acquisition
of an entire bank, only if the law of the state in which the branch is located
permits. Under the Interstate Act, branches of state-chartered banks
that operate in other states are covered by the laws of the chartering state,
rather than the host state. Pennsylvania and New York, among other
states, have enacted laws permitting de novo branching and the acquisition of
fewer branches than an entire bank, by banks or holding companies located in
states that have permit the same types of acquisitions on a reciprocal
basis. New Jersey does not currently permit de novo branching but
does acquire acquisition of existing branches by out-of-state
banks. Delaware does not permit either de novo branching or
acquisition of existing branches by out of state banks. Pending
federal bank regulatory reform legislation, if enacted, would create a more
permissive interstate branching regime by permitting banks to establish branches
de novo in any state if a bank chartered by such state would have been permitted
to establish the branch. For more information on interstate branching
under Pennsylvania law, see, “PENNSYLVANIA BANKING LAWS – Interstate Branching,”
beginning on page
113
of this prospectus-proxy
statement.
Prompt Corrective
Action
. Federal banking law mandates certain “prompt
corrective actions,” which Federal banking agencies are required to take, and
certain actions which they have discretion to take, based upon the capital
category into which a Federally regulated depository institution
falls. Regulations have been adopted by the Federal bank regulatory
agencies setting forth detailed procedures and criteria for implementing prompt
corrective action in the case of any institution that is not adequately
capitalized. Under the rules, an institution will be deemed to be
“adequately capitalized” or better if it exceeds the minimum Federal regulatory
capital requirements. However, it will be deemed “undercapitalized”
if it fails to meet the minimum capital requirements, “significantly
undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than
6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3.0%, or a leverage
ratio that is less than 3.0%, and “critically undercapitalized” if the
institution has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or
less than 2.0%. The rules require an undercapitalized institution to
file a written capital restoration plan, along with a performance guaranty by
its holding company or a third party. In addition, an
undercapitalized institution becomes subject to certain automatic restrictions
including a prohibition on the payment of dividends, a limitation on asset
growth and expansion, and in certain cases, a limitation on the payment of
bonuses or raises to senior executive officers, and a prohibition on the payment
of certain “management fees” to any “controlling
person.” Institutions that are classified as undercapitalized are
also subject to certain additional supervisory actions, including increased
reporting burdens and regulatory monitoring, a limitation on the institution’s
ability to make acquisitions, open new branch offices, or engage in new lines of
business, obligations to raise additional capital, restrictions on transactions
with affiliates, and restrictions on interest rates paid by the institution on
deposits. In certain cases, bank regulatory agencies may require
replacement of senior executive officers or directors, or sale of the
institution to a willing purchaser. If an institution is deemed to be
“critically undercapitalized” and continues in that category for four quarters,
the statute requires, with certain narrowly limited exceptions, that the
institution be placed in receivership.
Safety and Soundness; Regulation of
Bank Management
. The Federal Reserve Board possesses the power
to prohibit us from engaging in any activity that would be an unsafe and unsound
banking practice and in violation of the law. Moreover, Federal law
enactments have expanded the circumstances under which officers or directors of
a bank may be removed by the institution’s Federal supervisory agency;
restricted and further regulated lending by a bank to its executive officers,
directors, principal shareholders or related interests thereof; and restricted
management personnel of a bank from serving as directors or in other management
positions with certain depository institutions whose assets exceed a specified
amount or which have an office within a specified geographic area; and
restricted management personnel from borrowing from another institution that has
a correspondent relationship with the bank for which they work.
Capital
Rules
. Federal banking agencies have issued certain
“risk-based capital” guidelines, which supplemented existing capital
requirements. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board imposes certain
“leverage” requirements on member banks such as us. Banking
regulators have authority to require higher minimum capital ratios for an
individual bank or bank holding company in view of its
circumstances.
The
risk-based guidelines require all banks to maintain two “risk-weighted assets”
ratios. The first is a minimum ratio of total capital (“Tier 1” and
“Tier 2” capital) to risk-weighted assets equal to 8.00%; the second is a
minimum ratio of “Tier 1” capital to risk-weighted assets equal to
4.00%. Assets are assigned to five risk categories, with higher
levels of capital being required for the categories perceived as representing
greater risk. In making the calculation, certain intangible assets
must be deducted from the capital base. The risk-based capital rules
are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to
differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies and to
minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets.
The
risk-based capital rules also account for interest rate
risk. Institutions with interest rate risk exposure above a normal
level would be required to hold extra capital in proportion to that
risk. A bank’s exposure to declines in the economic value of its
capital due to changes in interest rates is a factor that the banking agencies
will consider in evaluating a bank’s capital adequacy. The rule does
not codify an explicit minimum capital charge for interest rate
risk. The Bank currently monitors and manages its assets and
liabilities for interest rate risk, and management believes that the interest
rate risk rules which have been implemented and proposed will not materially
adversely affect our operations.
The
Federal Reserve Board’s “leverage” ratio rules require member banks which are
rated the highest in the composite areas of capital, asset quality, management,
earnings and liquidity to maintain a ratio of “Tier 1” capital to “adjusted
total assets” (equal to the bank’s average total assets as stated in its most
recent quarterly Call Report filed with the Federal Reserve Board, minus
end-of-quarter intangible assets that are deducted from Tier 1 capital) of not
less than 3.00%. For banks which are not the most highly rated, the
minimum “leverage” ratio will range from 4.00% to 5.00%, or higher at the
discretion of the Federal Reserve Board, and is required to be at a level
commensurate with the nature of the level of risk of the bank’s condition and
activities.
For
purposes of the capital requirements, “Tier 1” or “core” capital is defined to
include common stockholders’ equity and certain noncumulative perpetual
preferred stock and related surplus. “Tier 2” or “qualifying
supplementary” capital is defined to include a bank’s allowance for loan and
lease losses up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, plus certain types of
preferred stock and related surplus, certain “hybrid capital instruments” and
certain term subordinated debt instruments.
Deposit
Insurance Assessments
. The deposits of the Bank are
insured by the FDIC up to the limits set forth under applicable law and are
subject to deposit insurance premium assessments. The FDIC imposes a
risk-based deposit premium assessment system, which was amended pursuant to the
Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (the “Act”). Under this
system, the amount of FDIC assessments paid by an individual insured depository
institution, such as the Bank, is based on the level of risk incurred in its
activities. The FDIC places a depository institution in one of four
risk categories determined by reference to its capital levels and supervisory
ratings. In addition, in the case of those institutions in the lowest
risk category, the FDIC further determines its assessment rates based on certain
specified financial ratios. Effective April 1, 2009, a bank’s annual
assessment base rates were as follows, depending on the bank’s risk
category:
Risk
Category
|
|
I
|
II
|
III
|
IV
|
|
Minimum
|
Maximum
|
|
|
|
Annual
rates (in basis points)
|
12
|
16
|
22
|
32
|
45
|
The base
assessment rate can be adjusted downward based on a bank’s unsecured debt and
level of excess capital above the well capitalized threshold, or upward based on
a bank’s secured liabilities including FHLB-P advances and repurchase
agreements, so that the total risk-based assessment rates will range as follows
depending on a bank’s risk category:
Risk
Category
|
|
I
|
II
|
III
|
IV
|
Initial
base assessment rate
|
12
to 16
|
22
|
32
|
45
|
Unsecured
debt adjustment
|
–5
to 0
|
–5
to 0
|
–5
to 0
|
–5
to 0
|
Secured
liability adjustment
|
0
to 8
|
0
to 11
|
0
to 16
|
0
to 22.5
|
Brokered
deposit adjustment
|
—
|
0
to 10
|
0
to 10
|
0
to 10
|
Total
base assessment rate
|
7
to 24
|
17
to 43
|
27
to 58
|
40
to 77.5
|
On May
22, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule imposing a 5 basis point special
assessment on each insured depository institution’s assets minus Tier 1 capital
as of June 30, 2009. The amount of the special assessment for any
institution will not exceed 10 basis points times the institution’s assessment
base for the second quarter 2009. The special assessment was
collected on September 30, 2009.
On
September 29, 2009, the FDIC adopted a uniform three-basis point increase in
assessment rates to be effective on January 1, 2011.
On
October 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule to require insured institutions
to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth
quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011, and 2012. The prepaid
assessment will be collected on December 30, 2009, along with each institution’s
regular quarterly risk-based deposit insurance assessment for the third quarter
of 2009. For purposes of calculating the prepaid assessment, each
institution’s assessment rate will be its total base assessment rate in effect
on September 30, 2009. In calculating the prepayment attributable to
2011 and thereafter, it will be calculated using the September 29, 2009 increase
in 2011 base assessment rates. In addition, future deposit growth is
to be reflected in the prepayment by assuming that an institution’s third
quarter 2009 assessment base will be increased quarterly at a 5 percent annual
growth rate through the end of 2012. The FDIC will begin to draw down
an institution’s prepaid assessments on March 30, 2010, representing payment for
the regular quarterly risk-based assessment for the fourth quarter of
2009. In announcing these initiatives, the FDIC stated that, while
the prepaid assessment would not immediately affect bank earnings, each
institution would record the entire amount of its prepaid assessment as a
prepaid expense asset as of December 30, 2009, the date the payment would be
made and, as of December 31, 2009 and each quarter thereafter, record an expense
or charge to earnings for its regular quarterly assessment and an offsetting
credit to the prepaid assessment until the asset is exhausted. Once
the asset is exhausted, institutions would resume paying and accounting for
quarterly deposit insurance assessments as they currently do.
The
Bank’s current regular assessment rate is 22.5 basis points.
In
addition to deposit insurance assessments, banks are subject to assessments to
pay the interest on Financing Corporation bonds. The Financing
Corporation was created by Congress to issue bonds to finance the resolution of
failed thrift institutions. The FDIC sets the Financing Corporation
assessment rate every quarter. The Financing Corporation assessment
for us (and all other banks) for the fourth quarter of 2008 was an annual rate
of $.0184 for each $100 of deposits.
Community Reinvestment
Act
. Under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”), the
record of a bank holding company and its subsidiary banks must be considered by
the appropriate Federal banking agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board,
in reviewing and approving or disapproving a variety of regulatory applications
including approval of a branch or other deposit facility, office relocation, a
merger and certain acquisitions of bank shares. Federal banking
agencies have recently demonstrated an increased readiness to deny applications
based on unsatisfactory CRA performance. The Federal Reserve Board is
required to assess our record to determine if we are meeting the credit needs of
the community (including low and moderate neighborhoods) that we
serve. The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement
Act of 1989 amended the CRA to require, among other things, that the Federal
Reserve Board make publicly available an evaluation of our record of meeting the
credit needs of our entire community including low- and moderate-income
neighborhoods. This evaluation includes a descriptive rating
(outstanding, satisfactory, needs to improve, or substantial noncompliance) and
a statement describing the basis for the rating.
Consumer Protection
Laws
. We are subject to a variety of consumer protection laws,
including the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act adopted as part of
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”),
the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the
Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and the
regulations adopted thereunder. In the aggregate, compliance with
these consumer protection laws and regulations involves substantial expense and
administrative time on our part.
Prior to
the arrival of new management, the Bank had been subject to a January 9, 2008
memorandum of understanding (“MOU”) with its regulators that called for
strengthened oversight by the board of directors including establishment of a
compliance committee, imposed requirements relating to Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”)
and anti-money laundering (“AML”) compliance, called for an earnings and capital
improvement plan and strengthened interest rate risk and asset liability
management, and required strengthening of policies, procedures and audit and
examination exception follow-up. It also precluded the Bank from
declaring or paying dividends that would cause its capital ratios to fall below
the higher of the minimum levels for a “well capitalized” classification under
Prompt Corrective Action standards or the internal ratios set in the Bank’s
capital plan, or redeeming its stock or issuing debt with maturity greater than
one year without prior regulatory approval. As a result of a March
31, 2009 regulatory examination prior to the arrival of new management, the
original MOU was replaced with an August 24, 2009 MOU that eliminated the
original broad requirements relating to strengthening the board of directors and
mandates in BSA/AML compliance, substituting narrower requirements for a back-up
BSA officer and employee training, while continuing previous restrictions on
dividends, stock redemptions and long-term debt. The current MOU
calls for the Bank to update plans relating to earnings and capital improvement,
management and board oversight, credit risk management and liquidity risk,
enhancing pre-purchase analysis of investment securities, and a revision to its
allowance for loan and lease losses (“ALLL”) methodology by November 15,
2009. Management anticipates making the requested submissions on or
ahead of schedule.
BANK
HOLDING COMPANY REORGANIZATION AND
REGULATION
As a bank
holding company, Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. will be subject to additional
regulation beyond that to which the Bank is currently subject.
The Bank
Holding Company Act requires a “company” (including Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc.,
to secure the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it owns or
controls, directly or indirectly, more than five percent (5%) of the voting
shares or substantially all of the assets of any bank. It also
prohibits acquisition by any “company” (including the Bank’s proposed holding
company) of more than five percent (5%) of the voting shares of, or interest in,
or all or substantially all of the assets of, any bank located outside of the
state in which a current bank subsidiary is located unless such acquisition is
specifically authorized by laws of the state in which such bank is
located. A bank holding company is prohibited from engaging in or
acquiring direct or indirect control of more than five percent (5%) of the
voting shares of any company engaged in non-banking activities unless the
Federal Reserve Board, by order or regulation, has found such activities to be
so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper
incident thereto. In making this determination, the Federal Reserve
Board considers whether the performance of these activities by a bank holding
company would offer benefits to the public that outweigh possible adverse
effects. Applications under the Bank Holding Company Act and the
Change in Control Act are subject to review, based upon the record of compliance
of the applicant with the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977.
Customers
1st Bancorp, Inc. will be required to file an annual report with the Federal
Reserve Board and any additional information that the Federal Reserve Board may
require pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act. The Federal Reserve
Board may also make examinations of the Bank’s proposed holding company and any
or all of its subsidiaries. Further, under Section 106 of the 1970
amendments to the Bank Holding Company Act and the Federal Reserve Board’s
regulations, a bank holding company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from
engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of
credit or provision of credit or provision of any property or
services. The so-called “anti-tie-in” provisions state generally that
a bank may not extend credit, lease, sell property or furnish any service to a
customer on the condition that the customer provide additional credit or service
to the bank, to its bank holding company or to any other subsidiary of its bank
holding company or on the condition that the customer not obtain other credit or
service from a competitor of the bank, its bank holding company or any
subsidiary of its bank holding company.
The
Federal Reserve Board permits bank holding companies to engage in non-banking
activities so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to
be a proper incident thereto. A number of activities are authorized
by Federal Reserve Board regulation, while other activities require prior
Federal Reserve Board approval. The types of permissible activities
are subject to change by the Federal Reserve Board. Recent revisions
to the Bank Holding Company Act contained in the Federal Gramm Leach Bliley Act
of 1999 (the “Gramm Leach Bliley Act”) permit certain eligible bank holding
companies to qualify as “financial holding companies” and thereupon engage in a
wider variety of financial services such as securities and insurance
activities.
The Gramm
Leach Bliley Act repealed certain restrictions on bank and securities firm
affiliations, and allows bank holding companies to elect to be treated as a
“financial holding company” that can engage in approved “financial activities,”
including insurance, securities underwriting and merchant
banking. Banks without holding companies can engage in many of these
new financial activities through a “financial subsidiary.” The law also mandates
functional regulation of bank securities activities. Banks’ exemption
from broker dealer regulation would be limited to, for example, trust,
safekeeping, custodian, shareholder and employee benefit plans, sweep accounts,
private placements (under certain conditions), self-directed IRAs, third party
networking arrangements to offer brokerage services to bank customers, and the
like. It also requires banks that advise mutual funds to register as
investment advisers. The legislation provides for state regulation of
insurance, subject to certain specified state preemption
standards. It establishes which insurance products banks and bank
subsidiaries may provide as principal or underwriter, and prohibits bank
underwriting of title insurance, but also preempts state laws interfering with
affiliations. The Gramm Leach Bliley Act prohibits approval of new de
novo thrift charter applications by commercial entities and limits sales of
existing so-called “unitary” thrifts to commercial entities. The law
bars banks, savings and loans, credit unions, securities firms and insurance
companies, as well as other “financial institutions,” from disclosing customer
account numbers or access codes to unaffiliated third parties for telemarketing
or other direct marketing purposes, and enables customers of financial
institutions to “opt out” of having their personal financial information shared
with unaffiliated third parties, subject to exceptions related to the processing
of customer transactions and joint financial services marketing arrangements
with third parties, as long as the institution discloses the activity to its
customers and requires the third party to keep the information
confidential. It requires policies on privacy and disclosure of
information to be disclosed annually, requires federal regulators to adopt
comprehensive regulations for ensuring the security and confidentiality of
consumers’ personal information, and allows state laws to give consumers greater
privacy protections.
WHERE
YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
Neither
the Bank’s nor the Holding Company’s Common Stock is registered with any
federal or state securities or banking regulator, and neither entity currently
makes periodic securities filings with any regulator.
The Bank
files quarterly reports of condition on Form FFIEC 041 (“Call Reports”) with the
Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, Ten Independence Mall, Philadelphia, PA
19106-1574. The Call Reports are publicly available from the FDIC’s
Internet website at http://www2.fdic.gov/idasp/main.asp or the Federal Financial
Institutions Examination Council Internet website at
https://cdr.ffiec.gov/public/. If you wish to obtain a printed copy
of an individual Call Report facsimile for periods prior to 2001, please contact
the FDIC Public Information Center for ordering instructions and current fees by
E-Mail at publicinfo@fdic.gov, by telephone at 877-688-3342 or 703-562-2200, or
by fax at 703-562-2296. You may contact the National Technical
Information Service (“NTIS”), a branch of the U.S. Department of
Commerce), at 800-363-2068 or 703-605-6000 to obtain all available Call Reports
for a specific period on magnetic tape, cartridge, or CD-ROM format, at a
cost. NTIS has a website for ordering products at
http://www.ntis.gov. Use the Site Index at the bottom to find
products in the Banking Information category. Each Call Report
consists of a Balance Sheet, Income Statement, Changes in Equity Capital and
other supporting schedules as of the end of or for the period to which the Call
Report relates. The Call Reports are prepared in accordance with
regulatory instructions issued by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination
Council. These instructions in most, but not all, cases follow U.S.
GAAP, including the opinions and statements of the Accounting Principles Board
and the Financial Accounting Standards Board. The Call Reports are
not incorporated by reference and are not a part of this prospectus-proxy
statement. While the Call Reports are supervisory and regulatory
documents, not primarily accounting documents, and do not provide a complete
range of financial disclosure, the reports nevertheless provide important
information concerning the Bank. In addition to filing Call Reports,
the Bank has delivered Audited Financial Statements to its shareholders
each year, as well as proxy statements together with notices of each annual
meeting.
The Bank
is not subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended, and is not therefore required to file reports or other
information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. The Bank
maintains a website (http://www.newcenturybank.com) where you may find
additional information about the Bank. The information contained in
the website is not incorporated by reference and is not a part of this
prospectus-proxy statement.
Upon
written request of any shareholder, a copy of the Bank’s Call Report, the Bank’s
audited Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, the Bank’s
proxy statement for its 2009 annual meeting of shareholders, and the Bank’s
unaudited quarterly financial statements for the fiscal quarters ended March 31,
June 30, and September 30, 2009 may be obtained, without charge, on written
request to Thomas Brugger, Chief Financial Officer, 99 Bridge Street,
Phoenixville, PA 19460.
The
Holding Company has filed electronically with the SEC, Washington, D.C., through
EDGAR a registration statement (No. __________) on Form S-1 under the
Securities Act of 1933, for the registration of Holding Company stock to be
issued in the reorganization. This prospectus-proxy statement
constitutes the prospectus that was filed as a part of that registration
statement, and does not contain all of the information set forth in the
registration statement and its annexes and exhibits. Some items were
omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the
SEC. Anyone may inspect the registration statement or any other
document filed with the SEC without charge at the public reference facilities of
the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E. Washington, D.C. 20549 and may obtain copies of all
or any part of it from the SEC upon payment of the required
fees. The registration statement may also be reviewed on the SEC’s
website at http://www.sec.gov.
The Bank
currently is not subject to the requirements of the Exchange Act, and files
no reports or proxy statements with the SEC pursuant thereto.
Assuming
consummation of the reorganization, shareholder proposals submitted pursuant to
Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act for inclusion in the Holding Company’s proxy
statement for its 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders must be received by the
Holding Company no later than __________, which is 120 days prior to the first
anniversary of the mailing date of this prospectus-proxy statement. However, if
the date of the 2011 Annual Meeting shall be changed by more than 30 days from
the date of the Bank’s 2010 Annual Meeting, then the deadline is a reasonable
time before the Holding Company begins to print and send its proxy
materials. Any such proposal and our obligation, if applicable, to
include it in the Holding Company’s proxy statement, will be subject to Rule
14a-8 of the rules and regulations of the SEC.
Assuming
consummation of the reorganization, nominations for the election of directors of
the Holding Company may be made by any shareholder entitled to vote for the
election of directors by notice in writing, delivered or mailed by first class
United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Corporate Secretary of the Holding
Company not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred and twenty
(120) days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for election of
directors; provided, however, that if less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice of
the meeting is given to shareholders, such written notice may be delivered or
mailed, as prescribed, to the Corporate Secretary of the Holding Company not
later than the close of the seventh day following the day on which notice was
mailed to shareholders. Each notice shall set forth (i) the name, age, business
address and, if known, residence address of each nominee proposed in such
notice, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of each nominee, and (iii)
the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are beneficially
owned by each such nominee and the earliest date of acquisition of any of such
stock.
Assuming
consummation of the reorganization, subject to the immediately preceding
paragraph relating to shareholder nominations, if a shareholder wishes to
present a proposal at the 2011 Annual Meeting but does not intend to have such
proposal included in the Holding Company’s proxy statement, and such proposal is
properly brought before the 2011 Annual Meeting, then in accordance with Rule
14a-4 under the Exchange Act, if the shareholder has not provided notice of the
proposal by ____________ (or if the date of the meeting has changed more than 30
days from the date of the Bank’s 2010 Annual Meeting, a reasonable time before
the Holding Company sends its proxy materials), the board of directors of the
Holding Company will have the right to exercise its discretionary voting
authority on that proposal. The persons designated in the Holding Company’s
proxy card will be granted discretionary voting authority with respect to any
such shareholder proposal for which the Holding Company does not receive timely
notice.
Certain
legal matters in connection with the reorganization will be passed upon for the
Holding Company and the Bank by Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP, 30
Valley Stream Parkway, Malvern, PA 19355.
The
financial statements of New Century Bank including the balance sheets of New
Century Bank as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related statements of
operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years in the
three year period ended December 31, 2009 have been attached to this
prospectus-proxy statement in reliance upon the report of ParenteBeard LLC,
independent registered public accounting firm, and upon the authority of said
firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
We do not
presently know of any business other than that described above to be presented
to the shareholders for action at the meeting. Should other business
come before the meeting, votes may be cast pursuant to proxies in
respect of any such business in the best judgment of the persons acting
under the proxies.
SHAREHOLDERS
WHO DO NOT EXPECT TO ATTEND THE MEETING ARE URGED TO SIGN, DATE AND RETURN
PROMPTLY THE ENCLOSED PROXY IN THE ENVELOPE PROVIDED, WHICH REQUIRES NO
ADDITIONAL POSTAGE IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES.
PLAN
OF MERGER AND REORGANIZATION
Date: __________,
2010
NEW
CENTURY BANK (the "Bank"), a banking institution organized under the
Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965, as amended (the "Banking Code"), and NEW
CENTURY INTERIM BANK (the "Surviving Bank"), an interim bank in organization
under the Banking Code, and Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. (the "Holding Company"),
a Pennsylvania business corporation organized under the Pennsylvania Business
Corporation Law of 1988, as amended, hereby enter into this Plan of Merger and
Reorganization (the "Plan").
In
consideration of their mutual promises and covenants, and intending to be
legally bound hereby, the parties hereto, deeming it to be advantageous to their
respective banking associations, corporation and their shareholders, have duly
approved this Plan and its execution, and do hereby adopt this Plan setting
forth the method, terms and conditions of the merger, including the rights under
the Plan of the shareholders of each of the parties, and the agreements
concerning the merger:
1.
Merger
. The Bank
shall merge into the Surviving Bank under the charter of the Surviving Bank,
under the title of "Customers 1st Bank," and pursuant to the provisions of the
Banking Code, by the method, on the terms and subject to the conditions and
requirements hereinafter stated. Upon the merger becoming effective, Bank and
Surviving Bank shall be merged into and continued in a single institution, the
Surviving Bank, which shall be a Pennsylvania chartered bank and which shall be
considered the same business and corporate entity as the constituent
institutions. The Surviving Bank shall thenceforth be responsible for all of the
liabilities and obligations of the Bank.. The Surviving Bank shall, upon
consummation of the merger, engage in the business of a Pennsylvania
chartered bank at the principal office and the legally established and approved
branch offices of the Bank. Surviving Bank shall maintain the insurance of the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in the same way as it is now carried by
the Bank.
2.
Articles of Incorporation of
Surviving Bank
. When the merger becomes effective, the initial Articles
of Incorporation of the Surviving Bank shall be substantially in the form
attached hereto as
Exhibit
A
attached hereto and incorporated herein.
3.
Bylaws of Surviving
Bank
. When the merger becomes effective, the initial Bylaws of the
Surviving Bank shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit
B
attached hereto and incorporated herein, and the principal office and
established and authorized branch offices of the Bank shall become the principal
office and established and authorized branch offices, respectively, of the
Surviving Bank.
4.
Board of Directors of
Surviving Bank
. The persons who shall constitute the Board of Directors
of the Surviving Bank at the time the merger becomes effective shall be the
persons who were then members of the Board of Directors of the
Bank. They shall serve until the subsequent annual meeting of
shareholders of Surviving Bank or until their successors are duly qualified and
elected. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors of the Surviving Bank which may
exist upon or after the effective date of the merger may be filled as provided
by the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Surviving Bank. The officers
of the Bank at the time the merger becomes effective shall hold the same offices
in the Surviving Bank.
5.
Conversion of Shares:
Exchange of Certificates: Capitalization
. Upon the merger becoming
effective:
(a) Each
three (3) issued and outstanding shares of voting common stock of the Bank
shall, ipso facto, and without any action on the part of the holder thereof,
become and be converted into one (1) share of voting common stock of the Holding
Company, par value $1.00 per share. Each three (3) issued and
outstanding shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of the Bank, if then
authorized and issued, shall, ipso facto, and without any action on the part of
the holder thereof, become and be converted into one (1) share of Non-Voting
Common Stock of the Holding Company, par value $1.00 per share.
(b) As
soon as practicable after the merger becomes effective, holders of shares of
Bank common stock shall be furnished a form letter of transmittal for the tender
of their share certificates to the Surviving Bank, which shall act as “Exchange
Agent” for the Holding Company, to be exchanged for new certificates for the
appropriate number of shares of Holding Company common stock. Holding Company
shall be required to issue certificates for Holding Company common stock only
upon the actual surrender of Bank shares or an acceptable indemnity agreement or
bond from any Bank shareholder who is unable to surrender his or her certificate
by reason of loss or destruction of the certificate. Upon surrender for
cancellation to the Exchange Agent of one or more certificates for shares of
Bank common stock, accompanied by a duly executed letter of transmittal in
proper form, or an appropriate indemnity agreement or bond, as the case may be,
the Exchange Agent shall, promptly after the effective date of the merger,
deliver to each holder of such surrendered Bank certificates new certificates
representing the appropriate number of shares of Holding Company common stock.
Until certificates for Bank common stock have been surrendered and exchanged as
herein provided for certificates of Holding Company common stock, each
outstanding certificate for Bank common stock shall be deemed, for all corporate
purposes, to be the number of full shares of Holding Company common stock into
which the number of shares of Bank common stock shown thereon have been
converted. In the event that any certificates for Bank common stock are not
surrendered for exchange within two (2) years from the effective date of the
merger, the shares of Holding Company common stock that would otherwise have
been delivered in exchange for the unsurrendered Bank certificates shall be
delivered by the Exchange Agent to the Holding Company, in which event the
persons entitled thereto shall look only to the Holding Company for delivery of
the Holding Company shares upon surrender of their outstanding certificates for
Bank common stock. Following the expiration of such two (2) year period, the
Holding Company may sell such unclaimed Holding Company common stock, in which
event the sole right of the holders of the unsurrendered outstanding Bank
certificates shall be the right to collect the net sale proceeds held for their
account by the Holding Company. In the event that Holding Company shall, as
required or permitted by law, pay to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania any net
sale proceeds relating to unclaimed Holding Company common stock, the holders of
unsurrendered outstanding Bank certificates shall thereafter look only to the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania for payment on account thereof.
(c) Prior
to the merger becoming effective, the Surviving Bank will have a capital of
$100,000 consisting of 100,000 issued and outstanding shares of common stock,
par value $1.00 per share, and a surplus of $55,000. Upon the merger becoming
effective: (i) the amount and number of issued and outstanding shares of common
stock of the Surviving Bank shall be increased to an amount equal to the total,
immediately before the merger, of (A) the issued and outstanding shares of
common stock of the Bank, now being _____ shares, and (B) the issued and
outstanding shares of common stock of the Surviving Bank; (ii) the surplus of
the Surviving Bank shall be increased to an amount equal to the total of the
surplus of the Bank and the surplus of the Surviving Bank immediately before the
merger; and (iii) all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Surviving
Bank, as increased by the number of issued and outstanding shares of the Bank,
shall be issued to and owned by the Holding Company.
(d)
Except as provided below in connection with fractional shares, no cash shall be
allocated to shareholders of the Bank or to any other person, firm, or
corporation upon and by reason of the merger becoming effective. Cash fees will,
however, be paid to attorneys, accountants and other like persons for services
rendered in the accomplishment of the merger and reorganization and other phases
of the overall transaction; some of these persons may be shareholders of the
Bank and of Holding Company. The Holding Company will not issue any
fractional shares of its common stock in the reorganization. Holders of Bank
voting common stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock who would otherwise be
entitled to a fractional share of Holding Company common stock or Holding
Company Class B Non-Voting Common Stock will instead receive an amount in cash,
rounded to the nearest cent and without interest, equal to the product of (i)
the fraction of such share to which the holder would otherwise have been
entitled and (ii) the book-value of one share of voting common stock of the Bank
as of the final day of the quarter ended immediately prior to the consummation
of the merger.
(e)
Each then
outstanding warrant or option to acquire shares of the common stock of the Bank
heretofore issued by the Bank shall, ipso facto, and without any action on the
part of the holder thereof, become and be converted into a warrant or option,
respectively, to acquire one-third the number of shares of the Holding Company
on the same terms and conditions and shall remain outstanding. The
number of shares of Holding Company stock for which each outstanding option or
warrant will be exercisable after the consummation of the merger will be rounded
up to the nearest whole number of shares, subject to the holder’s agreement to
any necessary corresponding upward rounding adjustments of the exercise price to
the nearest whole cent. After the merger becomes effective the
Holding Company may, but is not obligated to, issue amended warrant or option
agreements reflecting the conversion and the assumption of such warrants or
options.
6.
Dissenting
Shareholders
. The rights and remedies of a dissenting shareholder under
Sections 1607 and 1222 of the Pennsylvania Banking Code, 7 P.S. Sections 1607
and 1222, and, thereby, Subchapter D of Chapter 15 of the Pennsylvania Business
Corporation Law of 1988, as amended (15 Pa. C.S. Section 1571 et seq.) shall be
afforded to any shareholder of the Bank who takes the necessary steps to perfect
his or her dissenters rights. The Bank will make whatever payments are to be
made to validly dissenting shareholders in the exercise of such rights. Unless
otherwise provided by law, shares of the Holding Company not taken by the
dissenting shareholders of the Bank shall not be issued.
7.
Conditions
. The
merger provided under this Plan shall take place only if: (i) this Plan is
approved (A) by the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of
the outstanding shares of common stock of the Bank and (B) by the Holding
Company as a shareholder of the Surviving Bank, in accordance with applicable
law; (ii) this Plan, the merger and any constituent steps are approved by the
Pennsylvania Department of Banking, the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System and (if applicable) the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,
and the Notice or Application, as applicable, of the Holding Company to form a
bank holding company is not objected to, or is otherwise approved, by the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and all other requirements prescribed
by law are satisfied; (iii) the Bank receives an opinion of its special counsel,
Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP, to the effect that the transactions
contemplated herein constitute a tax-free reorganization under the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and that neither gain nor loss will be
recognized for federal income tax purposes to the Bank, the Surviving Bank, the
Holding Company or the shareholders of the Bank (other than the dissenting
shareholders who elect dissenters' rights), the Surviving Bank and the Holding
Company, by reason of the transactions contemplated herein, and as to such
further matters relating to the tax consequences of the transactions
contemplated hereby, as the Bank may deem advisable; and (iv) there shall be no
litigation or proceeding pending or threatened for the purpose of enjoining,
restraining or preventing the consummation of the merger in accordance with this
Plan.
8.
Amendment;
Termination
. At any time before the merger becomes effective, by vote of
a majority of the Board of Directors of each of the Bank, the Holding Company
and the Surviving Bank, this Plan (a) may be amended in any manner not
inconsistent with its general purpose, provided that no amendment shall change
the share exchange ratio following approval of this Plan by the shareholders of
the Bank, or (b) may be terminated for any reason, including without limitation
for reasons such as because of the number of shares of common stock of the Bank
exercising dissenters' rights, or if it shall appear that the consummation of
the Plan would be inadvisable for any reason. If this Plan is
terminated pursuant to this Section, this Plan shall be void and of no further
effect, without any liability on the part of any of the parties hereto, or their
respective directors, officers, shareholders or agents.
9.
Shares of Holding Company
Subscribers
. The shares of the Holding Company, subscribed for by the
initial subscriber or subscribers for common stock of the Holding Company, shall
be purchased by such subscriber or subscribers by the payment of each individual
incorporator's own cash to the Holding Company. Upon consummation of the merger,
each subscriber for common stock of the Holding Company shall sell, surrender
and redeem all of such subscriber’s stock subscribed for to the Holding Company
for cash.
10.
Financing of Initial
Capitalization
. In order to provide funds with which the Holding Company
can purchase shares of common stock of the Surviving Bank for $155,000 (which
Surviving Bank shall allocate as follows: Capital - $100,000; Surplus - $50,000;
Expense Fund - $5,000), the Holding Company will make a temporary borrowing from
an unaffiliated lender. After consummation of the merger the
Surviving Bank will pay a special cash dividend to the Holding Company which
will enable the Holding Company to repay the principal amount of said loan in
full plus interest.
11.
Issuance of Shares
.
When required by the terms of this Plan, the Holding Company will issue the
shares of its common stock which the shareholders of the Bank shall be entitled
to receive as hereinabove provided, and will perform all other acts necessary
for it to comply with the provisions of this Plan.
12.
Assumption and Amendment of
Stock Option Plan
. Upon the merger becoming effective, without any
further action being required:
(a) the
Holding Company shall assume all equity compensation, employee retirement and
employee benefit plans of the Bank (each, a "Plan");
(b) all
then outstanding grants by the Bank under any Plan shall be converted, to the
extent required, to grants by the Holding Company under such Plan;
and
(c) each
Plan shall be deemed amended and restated: (i) to substitute the Holding Company
and the common stock of the Holding Company for the Bank and the common stock of
the Bank, respectively; and (ii) to provide that eligible participants under the
Plan shall include the same category or categories of officers, other employees,
and non-employee directors, of the Holding Company and any current or future
subsidiary of the Holding Company, including the Bank, as the categories of
officers, other employees and non-employee directors of the Bank currently
eligible to be participants under the Plan. The maximum number of shares of
Holding Company common stock that have been or may be issued or transferred
under any Plan immediately after the merger shall be the same as the maximum
number of shares of Bank common stock immediately prior to the Merger, and the
maximum aggregate number of shares of Holding Company common stock that shall be
subject to options or awards under any Plan to any single individual immediately
after the merger shall be the same as the maximum number of shares of Bank
common stock immediately prior to the merger, subject to any adjustment
provisions of the Plan. Approval of this Plan of Merger and Reorganization shall
constitute approval of each Plan as so amended by the directors and shareholders
of the Bank and Holding Company for all purposes, including, without limitation,
for purposes of Sections 162(m) and 422 of Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, and Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and the exemptive rules promulgated thereunder.
13.
Board of Directors of
Holding Company
. The persons who shall constitute the Board of Directors
of the Holding Company at the time the merger becomes effective shall be the
persons who were then members of the Board of Directors of the Bank immediately
prior to the merger. The Board of Directors of the Holding Company shall, to the
extent consistent with the provisions of the Holding Company Articles of
Incorporation and Bylaws and applicable law, be divided into three classes, with
members of one class serving until the first Holding Company annual meeting and
members of each of the other two classes serving until successive
annual meetings. The directors in each class shall serve until the
annual meeting of shareholders of the Holding Company at which his or her class
is to be re-elected or until their successors are duly qualified and
elected. The members of each class shall be designated initially by the
Board of Directors. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors of the Holding
Company which may exist upon or after the effective date of the merger may be
filled as provided by the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding
Company.
14.
Affiliates; Agreements
Relating to Resales of Holding Company Securities
. The Bank
shall prepare and deliver to Holding Company, prior to completion of the merger,
a list that identifies all persons whom the Bank believes may be deemed to be
“affiliates” of Bank or Holding Company under applicable securities
laws. The Bank shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to
cause each person whom it identifies on the list as a potential affiliate to
deliver, at or prior to the completion of the transaction, a written agreement
that the affiliate will not sell, pledge, transfer or otherwise dispose of any
Holding Company shares issued to the affiliate pursuant to the transaction
unless the sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition meets one of the
following criteria: (1) it is made pursuant to an effective registration
statement filed under the Securities Act; (2) it is in compliance with Rule 144;
or (3) in the opinion of counsel, it is otherwise exempt from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act. Without limiting the
foregoing, any shares of Holding Company common stock issued to any persons
deemed to be “affiliates” for such persons shall, at the discretion of
management, include a legend disclosing applicable restrictions on transfer for
such “control shares.”
15.
Waiver
. Any of the
terms or conditions of this Plan may be waived in writing at any time by the
Bank by action taken by its Board of Directors, whether before or after action
by the Bank's shareholders, provided, however, that such action shall be taken
only if, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such waiver will not have a
materially adverse effect on the benefits intended to be granted hereunder to
the shareholders of the Bank.
16.
Governing Law
. This
Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, except as such may be pre-empted by federal
law.
17.
Entire Agreement
.
This Plan contains the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, with
respect thereto.
18.
Counterparts
. This
Plan may be executed in any number of counterparts, and each such counterpart
shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together
shall constitute but one agreement.
[signature
page follows]
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this instrument to
be
executed
by its Chief Executive Officer and its seal affixed, attested by its Secretary,
all under
authority
of its Board of Directors.
Attest: [Corporate
Seal]
_____________________________
Gertrude
M. Hackney
Secretary
|
NEW
CENTURY BANK
By:
____________________________
Jay S. Sidhu
Chairman & CEO
|
Attest: [Corporate
Seal]
_____________________________
Gertrude
M. Hackney
Secretary
|
NEW
CENTURY INTERIM BANK
By:
____________________________
Jay S. Sidhu
Chairman & CEO
|
Attest: [Corporate
Seal]
_____________________________
Gertrude
M. Hackney
Secretary
|
Customers
1st Bancorp, Inc.
By:
____________________________
Jay S. Sidhu
Chairman & CEO
|
Exhibit
A to Agreement and Plan of Merger and
Reorganization
Draft
Articles Of Incorporation of Interim Bank
ARTICLES
OF INCORPORATION
TO THE
DEPARTMENT OF BANKING OF
THE
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA:
In
compliance with the requirements of the Pennsylvania Banking Code of November
30, 1965, P.L. 847, as amended, the undersigned hereby states that:
ARTICLE
I
Name
and Place of Business
Section 1
The name of the
institution is New Century Interim Bank (the “Bank”).
Section 2
The location and
post office address of its principal place of business are at 99 Bridge Street,
Phoenixville, PA 19460.
ARTICLE
II
Purpose
and Term
Section 1
The institution is
incorporated for the purpose of receiving deposits, making loans and generally
transacting all business permitted to a bank, as defined in the Banking Code of
1965, as amended, and under any present or future laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania.
Section 2
The Bank is to have
perpetual existence.
Section 3
The institution is
incorporated under the provisions of the Banking Code of 1965, as
amended.
ARTICLE
III
Capitalization
Section 1
The total number of
shares of all capital stock which the Bank shall have the authority to issue is
41,500,000 shares of capital stock consisting of:
|
(i)
|
40,000,000
share of voting common stock, par value $1.00 per share (the “Voting
Common Stock”),
|
|
(ii)
|
500,000
shares of nonvoting common stock, par value $1.00 per share (the
“Nonvoting Common Stock”), and
|
|
(iii)
|
1,000,000
shares of preferred stock in one or more series, any series having such
par value or no par value as may be determined by the Bank’s board of
directors from time to time as more fully provided in this Article (the
“Preferred Stock”).
|
Section 2
The Bank’s board of
directors is hereby authorized and vested with the exclusive authority to
establish one or more additional series of common stock and one or more series
of preferred stock, without further approval by the shareholders of the Bank,
but nevertheless subject to compliance with provisions of applicable law
including without limitation applicable provisions of the Pennsylvania Banking
Code.
Section 3
As to any series of
common or preferred stock hereafter established by the Bank’s board of
directors, whether or not the shares in such series have par value and, if so,
the par value, whether or not the shares in such series have voting rights and
if so whether such voting rights are full, limited, multiple or fractional, and
the designations, preferences, qualifications, privileges, limitations,
redemption provisions, options, conversion rights and other special rights
attributable to the shares in such series, shall be as may be established and
changed from time to time by a resolution or resolutions providing for the issue
of such shares, in each case adopted by the Bank’s board of
directors. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board of Directors
shall have authority to establish any and all of the following:
|
(a)
|
The
distinctive serial designation and the number of shares constituting any
series;
|
|
(b)
|
The
dividend rate or the amount of dividends to be paid on the shares of such
series, whether dividends shall be cumulative and. if so from which
date(s)1 the payment date(s) for dividends and the participating or other
special rights, if any, with respect to
dividends;
|
|
(c)
|
The
voting powers, full or limited, if any, or shares of such
series;
|
|
(d)
|
Whether
the shares of such series shall be redeemable and. if so, the price(s) at
which, and the terms and conditions of which, such shares may be
redeemed;
|
|
(e)
|
The
amount(s) payable upon the shares of such series in the event of voluntary
or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the
Bank;
|
|
(f)
|
Whether
the shares of such series shall be entitled to the benefit of a sinking or
retirement fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of such
shares, and if so entitled, the amount of such fund and the manner of its
application, including the price(s) at which such shares may be redeemed
or purchased through the application of such
fund;
|
|
(g)
|
Whether
the shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for,
shares of any other class or classes of stock of the Bank and, if so. the
conversion price(s) or the rate(s) of exchange, and the adjustments
thereof, if any. at which such conversion or exchange may be made, and any
other terms and conditions of such conversion or
exchange;
|
|
(h)
|
The
price or other consideration for which the shares of such series shall be
issued;
|
|
(i)
|
Whether
the shares of such series which are redeemed or converted shall have the
status of authorized but unissued shares of serial preferred stock and
whether such shares may be reissued as shares of the same or any other
series of serial preferred stock;
|
|
(j)
|
Preferences
as to dividends or assets which are prior or subordinate to or on parity
with any other class or series; and
|
|
(k)
|
Designations,
qualifications, privileges, limitations, redemption provisions, options,
conversion rights and other special rights, including, but not limited to,
voting rights, which are greater or lesser than or equal to those of any
other class or series, whether or not the other shares are issued or
outstanding at the time when the board of directors acts to determine
them.
|
Section 4
Any of the terms of
a class or series of preferred shares may be made dependent upon facts
ascertainable outside of these articles, or outside of the resolution or
resolutions providing for the issue of such shares adopted by the board of
directors pursuant to the authority vested in the board of directors by this
Article, provided that the manner in which the facts will operate upon the terms
of the class or series is set forth in the resolution or resolutions providing
for the issue of such shares adopted by the board of directors.
Section 5
No shareholder of
any class of capital stock or any series of any class of capital stock shall
have a pre-emptive right to purchase, pro rata or otherwise, additional shares
of any class or series of capital stock or any other security of the
Bank.
Section 6
The Board of
Directors, in its sole discretion, has authority to sell any treasury stock
and/or authorized but unissued stock or other securities of the Bank, or any
options, warrants or other rights to purchase any of the foregoing, upon such
terms as the Board of Directors deems advisable.
ARTICLE
IV
The name,
occupation, place of residence and post office address of each of the
incorporators of the Institution, two-thirds of whom are citizens of the United
States of America, and the number of shares subscribed by each are as
follows:
Name
|
Occupation
|
Place
of Residence and Post Office
Address
|
Number
of Shares
of
Common Stock
Subscribed
|
Richard
A. Ehst
|
Banker
|
1309
East Wyomissing Boulevard, Reading, PA 19611
|
1,000
|
Gertrude
M. Hackney
|
Banker
|
1324
Barrowdale Rd., Rydal, PA 19046
|
1,000
|
Robert
Philips
|
Banker
|
122
Rockwood Rd., Newtown Square, PA 19073
|
1,000
|
ARTICLE
V
Ownership
Limitation
Section 1
Except as provided
in Article V, Section 2, no shareholder may have Holdings (as defined in Section
4 of this Article) of shares that exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the issued
and outstanding shares of Common Stock.
Section 2
Upon the resolution
of at least two-thirds of the Board of Directors, the restriction imposed by
Article V, Section 1 may be waived with respect to the Holdings of any
shareholders.
Section 3
If any shareholder
acquires Holdings which cause the violation of the restriction contained in
Article V, Section 1, the Board of Directors may (i) terminate all voting rights
attributable to the shares owned beneficially by such shareholder (the
“Substantial Shareholder”) during the time that Article V, Section 1 is being
violated; (ii) commence litigation to require the divestiture of such amount of
the shares so that after such divestiture the shareholder would no longer be in
violation of the restriction contained in Article V, Section 1; or (iii) take
such ether action as is appropriate under the circumstances.
Section 4
A shareholder’s
Holdings, as such term is used in this Article V are: (i) the Common
Stock the shareholder owns of record; (ii) the Common Stock to which the
shareholder has direct or indirect beneficial ownership and (iii) the Common
Stock owned of record or beneficially (as defined in this Section) by other
shareholder(s) acting together with the shareholder as a group for the purpose
of acquiring, holding or disposing of Common Stock (such group is hereinafter
referred to as a “Shareholder Group”). The Board of Directors may
use, but is not necessarily limited to, the following indicia to determine
“beneficial ownership”: the effect of stock ownership by a person’s
spouse and minor children; ownership of shares held by a corporation or
foundation of which a Substantial Shareholder is an officer or affiliate; the
extent of a Substantial Shareholder’s ownership of partnership shares; transfers
pursuant to divorce; installment purchases; stock warrants, grants and options;
control over the voting power of any stock; the status of a Substantial
Shareholder as trustee, trust beneficiary or settlor of a trust of which part or
all of the corpus is shares of the common stock of the Bank; and stock
dividends. The Board of Director’s determination of the existence and
membership of a Shareholder Group, of a shareholder’s Holdings and of the record
are conclusive, absent proof of bad faith.
Section 5
This Article V may
not be amended unless approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds
(2/3) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Bank.
ARTICLE
VI
Control
Transactions
Section 1
Section 1610 of the
Banking Code of 1965 (relating to the right of shareholders to
receive payment for shares following a control transaction) shall not apply to
the institution.
ARTICLE
VII
The name,
occupation, place of residence and post office address of each of the first
directors, all of whom shall serve until the first annual meeting of
shareholders of the Institution and until their respective successors are
elected, are:
Name
|
Occupation
|
Place
of Residence and Post Office Address
|
Jay
S. Sidhu
|
Banker
|
5
Chardonnay Circle, Mohnton, PA 19540
|
Richard
A. Ehst
|
Banker
|
1309
East Wyomissing Boulevard, Reading, PA 19611
|
Thomas
Brugger
|
Banker
|
1142
Lehigh Avenue, Wyomissing, PA 19610
|
Gertrude
M. Hackney
|
Banker
|
1324
Barrowdale Rd., Rydal, PA 19046
|
Robert
Philips
|
Banker
|
122
Rockwood Rd., Newtown Square, PA
19073
|
ARTICLE
VIII
Acquisition
Offers
Section 1
The Board of
Directors may, if it deems it advisable, oppose a tender, or other offer for the
Bank’s securities, whether the offer is in cash or in the securities of a
corporation or otherwise. When considering whether to oppose an
offer, the Board of Directors may, but is not legally obligated to, consider any
relevant or pertinent issue; by way of illustration, but not of limitation, the
Board of Directors may, but shall not be legally obligated to, consider any or
all of the following:
(a)
whether the offer price is acceptable based on the historical and present
operating results or financial condition of the Bank;
(b)
whether a more favorable price could be obtained for the Bank’s securities in
the future;
(c) the
social and economic effects of the offer or transaction on this Bank and any of
its subsidiaries, employees, depositors, loan and other customers, creditors,
shareholders and other elements of the communities in which this Bank and any of
its subsidiaries operate or are located;
(d) the
business and financial conditions and earnings prospects of the offeror,
including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing or likely
financial obligations of the offeror, and the possible affect of such conditions
upon this Bank and any of its subsidiaries and the other elements of the
communities in which this Bank and any of its subsidiaries operate or are
located;
(e) the
value of the securities (if any) which the offeror is offering in exchange for
the Bank’s securities, based, on an analysis of the worth of the Bank as
compared to the corporation whose securities are being offered;
(f) any
antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the
offer.
Section 2
If the Board of
Directors determines that an offer should be rejected, it may take any lawful
action to accomplish its purpose including, but not limited to, the following:
advising shareholders not to accept the offer; litigation against the offeror;
filing complaints with all governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring
securities; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued securities or
treasury stock or granting options with respect thereto; acquiring a company to
create an antitrust or other regulatory problem for the offeror; or obtaining a
more favorable offer from another individual or entity.
Section 3
This Article VIII
may not be amended unless first approved by the affirmative vote of the holders
of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of common stock of the
Bank.
ARTICLE
IX
Special
Voting and Concurrence Provision
Section 1
The Bylaws may be
altered, amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of
two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock at regular or special
meeting duly convened after notice to the shareholders of that purpose, or by a
majority vote of the members of the Board of Directors at any regular or special
meeting thereof duly convened after notice to the directors of that purpose,
(except the directors shall not make or alter any bylaws fixing their
qualification, classification or term of office) subject always to the power of
the shareholders to change such action of the Board of Directors by the
affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock.
Section 2
No merger,
consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of the Bank nor any action that would
result in the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Bank shall be valid unless first approved by the affirmative vote
of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of common
stock of the Bank.
Section 3
This Article IX may
not be amended unless first approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of
at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of common stock of the
Bank.
- 0 – 0 –
0 –
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the incorporators have signed and sealed these Articles of
Incorporation this ____ day of February, 2010
___________________________________
Richard
A. Ehst, Incorporator
|
___________________________________
Gertrude
M. Hackney, Incorporator
|
___________________________________
Robert
Philips, Incorporator
|
|
Exhibit
B to Agreement and Plan of Merger and
Reorganization
BYLAWS
of
NEW
CENTURY INTERIM BANK
Article
I.
PURPOSE
Section
1.1 New Century Interim Bank will provide banking services to
its community in a manner that stimulates community consciousness and vision,
involves its customers in forming that vision and provides funds for the
achievement of the vision. The Bank will provide security for its
depositors, a sound financial basis for its future and a fair return to its
shareholders.
Section
1.2 The Bank shall have and continuously maintain in
Pennsylvania a registered office.
Article
2
SHAREHOLDERS
MEETINGS
Section
2.1 All meetings of the shareholders shall be held within the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania at such time and place as may be fixed from time to
time by the Board of Directors.
Section
2.2 The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held at
such time and place as may be set by the Board of Directors but not later than
the thirty-first day of May in each year, when the shareholders shall elect
directors to the Board of Directors and transact such other business as may
properly be brought before the meeting.
Section
2.3 Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any
time by the Chairperson of the Board, the President, a majority of the Board of
Directors or by one or more shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of
the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast at the particular
meeting. If such request is addressed to the Secretary, it shall be
signed by the persons making the same and shall state the purpose or purposes of
the proposed meeting. Upon receipt of any such request, the Secretary
shall fix the date of such meeting to be held not more than sixty (60) days
after the receipt of the request and shall give due notice
thereof. In the event of the Secretary’s failure within thirty (30)
days after the receipt of the request to fix the date or give the notice, the
person or persons making the request may issue the call.
Section
2.4 Written notice of all meetings other than adjourned
meetings of shareholders, stating the place, date and hour, and, in case of
special meetings of shareholders, the purpose thereof, shall be served upon, or
mailed, postage prepaid, or telegraphed, charges prepaid, at least ten (10) days
before such meeting, unless a greater period of notice is required by statute or
by these Bylaws, to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as
appears on the transfer books of the Bank.
Article
3
QUORUM OF
SHAREHOLDERS
Section
3.1 The presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a
majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote shall constitute a
quorum. If a meeting cannot be organized for lack of a quorum, those
present may adjourn the meeting to such time and place as they may
determine.
In the
case of a meeting for the election of directors which is twice adjourned for
lack of a quorum, those present at the second of such adjourned meetings shall
constitute a quorum for the election of directors without regard to the other
quorum requirements of this section, the articles or bylaws.
Article
4
VOTING
RIGHTS
Section
4.1 Except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the
Articles of Incorporation, at every shareholders meeting, every shareholder
entitled to vote thereat shall have the right to one vote for every share having
voting power standing in his or her name on the books of the Bank on the record
date fixed for the meeting. No share shall be voted at any meeting if
an installment is due and unpaid thereon.
Section
4.2 When a quorum is present at any meeting the voice vote of
the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power, present, in person
or by proxy, shall decide any question brought before such meeting except as
provided differently by statute or by the Articles of
Incorporation.
Section
4.3 Upon demand made by a shareholder entitled to vote at any
election for directors before the voting begins, the election shall be by
ballot.
Article
5
PROXIES
Section
5.1 Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of
shareholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her
by proxy. Every proxy shall be executed in writing by the shareholder
or his or her duly authorized attorney in fact and filed with the Secretary of
the Bank. A proxy shall be revocable at will, notwithstanding any
other agreement or any provision in the proxy to the contrary, but the
revocation of a proxy shall not be effective until notice thereof has been given
to the Secretary of the Bank. No unrevoked proxy shall be valid after
eleven (11) months from the date of its execution. A proxy shall not
be revoked by the death or incapacity of the maker, unless before the vote is
counted or the authority is exercised, written notice of such death or
incapacity is given to the Secretary of the Bank.
Article
6
RECORD
DATE
Section
6.1 The Board of Directors may fix a time, not more than
forty-five (45) days prior to the date of any meeting of shareholders, or the
date fixed for the payment of any dividend or distribution, or the date for the
allotment of rights, or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of
shares will be made or go into effect, as a record date for the determination of
the shareholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting, or
entitled to receive payment of any such dividend or distribution, or to receive
any such allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights in respect to any such
change, conversion or exchange of shares. The Board of Directors may
close the books of the Bank against transfers of shares during the whole or any
part of such period, and in such case written or printed notice thereof shall be
mailed at least ten (10) days before closing thereof to each shareholder of
record at the address appearing on the records of the Bank or supplied by him or
her to the Bank for the purpose of notice. While the stock transfer
books of the Bank are closed, no transfer of shares shall be made
thereon. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors for the
determination of shareholders entitled to receive notice of, and vote at, a
shareholders meeting, transferees of shares which are transferred on the books
of the Bank within ten (10) days next preceding the date of such meeting shall
not be entitled to notice of or to vote at such meeting.
Article
7
VOTING
LISTS
Section
7.1 The officer or agent having charge of the transfer books
for shares of the Bank shall make, at least five (5) days before each meeting of
shareholders, a complete alphabetical list of the shareholders entitled to vote
at the meeting, with their addresses and the number of shares held by each,
which list shall be kept on file at the registered office or principal place of
business of the Bank and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder
during normal business hours and at the time and place of the meeting during the
entire meeting. The original transfer books for shares of the Bank,
or a duplicate thereof kept in this Commonwealth, shall be prima facie evidence
as to who are the shareholders entitled to exercise the rights of a
shareholder.
Article
8
JUDGES OF
ELECTION
Section
8.1 In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the Board of
Directors may appoint judges of election, who need not be shareholders, to act
at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If judges of election are
not so appointed, the Chairperson of any such meeting may, and on the request of
any shareholder or his or her proxy shall, make such appointment at the
meeting. The number of judges shall be one or three. If
appointed at a meeting on the request of one or more shareholders or proxies,
the majority of shares present and entitled to vote shall determine whether one
or three judges are to be appointed. No person who is a candidate for
office shall act as a judge. The judges of election shall do all such
acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote, and such other duties as
may be prescribed by statute, with fairness to all shareholders, and if
requested by the Chairperson of the meeting or any shareholder or his or her
proxy, shall make a written report of any matter determined by them and execute
a certificate of any fact found by them. If there are three judges of
election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority shall be the decision,
act or certificate of all.
Article
9
CONSENT
OF SHAREHOLDERS IN LIEU OF MEETING
Section
9.1 Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the
shareholders, or of a class of shareholders, may be taken without a meeting, if
a consent or consents in writing setting forth the action so taken shall be
signed by all of the shareholders who would be entitled to vote at a meeting for
such purpose and shall be filed with the Secretary of the Bank.
Article
10
DIRECTORS
Section
10.1 Nominations
for the election of directors may be made by the Board of Directors or by any
shareholder entitled to vote in the election of directors. All
nominations made by any shareholder must be made in writing, delivered or mailed
by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to
the Secretary of the Bank not less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty
(60) days prior to any meeting of the shareholders called for the election of
directors. If less than thirty (30) days’ notice of the meeting is
given to the shareholders, the nomination shall be delivered or mailed to the
Secretary not later than the close of the seventh (7th) day following the day on
which notice of the meeting was mailed to shareholders. Every
nomination shall include:
|
(a)
|
the
consent of the person nominated to serve as a
director;
|
|
(b)
|
the
name, age, business address and residence address of the
nominee;
|
|
(c)
|
the
principal occupation or employment of the
nominee;
|
|
(d)
|
the
number of shares of the Bank beneficially owned by the
nominee;
|
|
(e)
|
the
name and address of the notifying shareholder;
and
|
|
(f)
|
the
number of shares of the Bank owned by the notifying
shareholder.
|
The
chairperson of any meeting called for the election of directors shall reject any
nomination made by any shareholder which was not made in accordance with the
provisions of this Section, unless the Board of Directors has agreed to waive
said provisions as to such nomination. In the event that the same
person is nominated by more than one shareholder, if at least one nomination for
such person complies with this Section, the nomination shall be honored and all
votes cast for such nominee shall be counted. Nominations for the
election of directors made by the Board of Directors need not comply with the
provisions of this Section.
Section
10.2 Within the requirements of law, the exact number of
directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by an
affirmative majority vote of the Board of Directors. However, no
increase in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent
director.
Section
10.3 The Board of Directors shall be divided into three
classes (Class A, Class B and Class C), as nearly equal in number as the then
total number of directors constituting the whole Board permits, with the term of
office of one class expiring each year. At the first annual meeting
of shareholders, directors in Class A shall be elected to hold office for one
(1) year term; directors in Class B shall be elected to hold office for a two
(2) year term; and directors in Class C shall be elected to hold office for a
three (3) year term. Each class shall be elected in a separate
election.
Section
10.4 Within the requirements of law, the term and number of
directors in each class shall be fixed, from time to time, by the Board of
Directors. The term of office, until otherwise fixed, for all
directors elected at each annual meeting held after the first annual meeting
shall be three (3) years from the date of their election. At each
annual meeting after the first annual meeting, elections shall be held to elect
directors to replace those whose terms have expired. All directors
shall continue in office after the expiration of their term until their
successors are elected or appointed and have qualified, except in the event of
earlier resignation, removal or disqualification.
Section
10.5 Each director shall be required to attend a minimum of
75% of meetings of directors properly called under Article 13, each calendar
year.
Article
11
VACANCIES
ON BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section
11.1 Any vacancies in the Board of Directors for any reason,
including vacancies caused by any increase in the number of directors, may be
filled by the Board of Directors, acting by a majority of the directors then in
office, although less than a quorum. Any director chosen to fill a
vacancy in any class of directors defined in Section 3 of Article 10 shall
become a member of the class of directors in which the vacancy
occurred. Such director shall hold office for the remainder of the
original term of such vacancy.
Article
12
POWERS OF
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section
12.1 The business and affairs of the Bank shall be managed by
its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Bank and do
all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Articles of
Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised and done
by the shareholders.
Section
12.2 The Board of Directors may appoint each year such number
of Advisory Directors as the Board may from time to time determine.
Article
13
MEETINGS
OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section
13.1 An organization meeting may be held immediately following
the annual shareholders meeting without the necessity of notice to the directors
to constitute a legally convened meeting, or the directors may meet at such time
and place as may be fixed by either a notice or waiver of notice or consent
signed by all of such directors.
Section
13.2 Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held
not less often than semi-annually at a time and place determined by the Board of
Directors at the preceding meeting. One or more directors may
participate in any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee
thereof, by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment
by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear one
another.
Section
13.3 Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called
by the Chairperson of the Board or the President and shall be called at the
request of any three Directors on one day’s notice to each director, either
personally or by mail, telegram or telephone; special meetings shall be called
by the Chairperson of the Board or the President in like manner and on like
notice upon the written request of three directors.
Section
13.4 At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of
the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the
acts of a majority of the directors present at a meeting in person or by
conference telephone or similar communications equipment at which a quorum is
present in person or by such communications equipment shall be the acts of the
Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute
or by the Articles of Incorporation or by these Bylaws.
Article
14
INFORMAL
ACTION BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section
14.1 If all the directors shall severally or collectively consent in writing,
including but not limited to telegrams and radiograms, to any action to be taken
by the Bank, such action shall be as valid a corporate action as though it had
been authorized at a meeting of the Board of Directors.
Article
15
COMPENSATION
OF DIRECTORS
Section
15.1 Directors, as such, may receive a stated salary for their
services or fixed sum and expenses for attendance at regular and special
meetings, or any combination of the foregoing as may be determined from time to
time by resolution of the Board of Directors, and nothing contained herein shall
be construed to preclude any director from serving the Bank in any other
capacity and receiving compensation therefore.
Article
16
COMMITTEES
Section
16.1 The standing committees which shall be appointed from
time to time by the Board of Directors shall be the Executive Committee, the
Audit Committee and such other committees as may be deemed necessary by the
Board or shareholders for efficient operation of the institution.
Section
16.2 The Executive Committee shall consist of not less than
three nor more than five outside directors and such officers as shall be
appointed by the board. The Executive Committee shall meet at such
time as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, or upon call of the Chairperson
of the Board or the President. A majority of voting members of the Executive
Committee shall constitute a quorum. The Executive committee shall have and
exercise the authority of the Board of Directors in the intervals between the
meetings of the Board of Directors as far as may be permitted by
law.
Section
16.3 The Audit Committee shall consist of not less than two
nor more than five Directors, all of whom shall comply with such independence
standards as may be required by the laws governing the bank from time to time,
subject to such stricter standards of independence, if any, as the Board may
establish from time to time. A majority of the members of the Committee shall
constitute a quorum. The Committee shall effect its own
organization.
For so
long as required by the Department of Banking, the Audit Committee or the Board
of Directors shall at least once in each year cause to be made by a certified
public accountant selected for the purpose, a complete audit of the books and
affairs of the bank. Upon completion of the audit the certified
public accountant shall make a report thereof and its recommendations in
accordance with the Department of Banking’s minimum acceptable requirements for
directors’ audits to the Board of Directors.
Article
17
OFFICERS
Section
17.1 The officers of the Bank shall be elected by the Board of
Directors at its organization meeting and shall be a Chairperson, a President, a
Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also elect one
or more Vice Presidents and such other officers and appoint such agents as it
shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms, have such
authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the
Board of Directors. Any two or more offices may be held by the same
person except both the offices of President and of Treasurer.
Section
17.2
Chairperson.
The
Chairperson of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and
directors. He or she shall supervise the carrying out of the policies
adopted or approved by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have
general executive powers, as well as the specific powers conferred by these
Bylaws. He or she shall also have and may exercise such further
powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned to him
or her by the Board of Directors.
Section
17.3
President.
The
President shall have general and active management of the business of the Bank;
shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are put into
effect, subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors to delegate any
specific powers, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on the
President, to any other officer or officers of the Bank; and shall execute
bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal under the seal of the
Bank, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and
executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly
delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the
Bank.
Section
17.4
Chief
Executive Officer.
The Board of Directors shall designate the
Chairperson of the Board or the President as Chief Executive
Officer. He or she shall
supervise
the carrying out of the policies adopted or approved by the Board. He
or she shall have general executive powers as well as any specific powers and
duties as may be conferred upon him or her by the Board.
Section
17.5
Vice
Presidents.
The Vice Presidents shall have such duties and
powers as may from time to time be assigned to them by the Board of Directors or
the President in the absence of any assignment by the Board of
Directors. One or more may be designated Executive Vice
President.
Section
17.6
Secretary.
The
Secretary shall keep the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders, of the
Board of Directors and of the Executive Committee. He or she shall
have charge of the corporate records, papers, and the corporate seal of the
bank. He or she shall give notice of all meetings of shareholders, of
the Board of Directors and of special meetings of the Executive
Committee.
Section
17.7
Treasurer.
The
Treasurer shall be responsible for all money, funds, securities, fidelity and
indemnity bonds and other valuables belonging to the bank; shall cause to be
kept proper records of the transactions of the bank; and shall perform such
other duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of
Director-, or the President.
Section
17.8 The compensation of all officers of the Bank shall be
fixed by the Board of Directors.
Section
17.9 The Board of Directors may remove any officer or agent
elected or appointed, at any time and within the period, if any, for which such
person was elected or employed whenever in the Board of Directors’ judgment it
is in the best interests of the Bank, and all persons shall be elected and
employed subject to the provisions thereof. If the office of any
officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of
Directors.
Article
18
INDEMNIFICATION
OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES
Section
18.1 A director of this Bank shall stand in a fiduciary
relation to the Bank and shall perform his or her duties as a director,
including his or her duties as a member of any committee of the board upon which
he or she may serve, in good faith, in a manner he or she reasonably believes to
be in the best interests of the Bank, and with such care, including reasonable
inquiry, skill and diligence, as a person of ordinary prudence would use under
similar circumstances. In performing his or her duty, a director
shall be entitled to rely in good faith on information, opinions, reports or
statements, including financial statements and other financial data, in each
case prepared or presented by any of the following:
|
(a)
|
one
or more officers or employees of the Bank whom the director
reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters
presented.
|
|
(b)
|
Counsel,
public accountants or other persons as
to matters which the director reasonably
believes to be within the professional or expert
competence of such person.
|
|
(c)
|
A
committee of the board upon which he or she does not
serve, duly designated in accordance with law, as to matters
within its designated authority, which committee the
director reasonably believes to merit
confidence.
|
A
director shall not be considered to be acting in good faith if he or she has
knowledge concerning the matter in question that would cause his or her reliance
to be unwarranted.
Section
18.2 In discharging the duties of their respective positions, the
board of directors, committees of the board, and individual directors may, in
considering the best interests of the Bank, consider the effects of any action
upon employees, upon suppliers and customers of the Bank and upon communities in
which offices or other establishments of the Bank are located, and all other
pertinent factors. The consideration of those factors shall not constitute a
violation of Section 18.1.
Section
18.3 Absent a breach of fiduciary duty, lack of good faith
or self-dealing, actions taken as a director or any failure to take
any action shall be presumed to be in the best interests of the
Bank.
Section
18.4 A director of this Bank shall not be personally liable
for monetary damages as such for any action taken or for any failure to take any
action, unless:
|
(a)
|
the
director has breached or failed to perform the duties of his or her office
under the provisions of Sections 18.1 and 18.2;
and
|
|
(b)
|
the
breach or failure to perform constitutes self-dealing, willful misconduct
or recklessness.
|
Section
18.5 The provisions of Section 18.4 shall not apply
to:
|
(a)
|
the
responsibility or liability of a director pursuant to a criminal statute;
or
|
|
(b)
|
the
liability of a director for the payment of taxes pursuant to local, state
or federal law.
|
Section
18.6 The Bank shall indemnify any director, officer and/or
employee, or any former director, officer and/or employee, who was or is a party
to, or is threatened to be made a party to, or who is called to be a witness in
connection with, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason
of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer and/or employee of
the Bank, or is or was serving at the request of the Bank as a director,
officer, employee or agent of a corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust
or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments,
fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or
her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in
good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not
opposed to, the best interests of the Bank, and, with respect to any criminal
action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was
unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by
judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its
equivalent, shall not of itself create a presumption that the person did not act
in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in, or
not opposed to, the best interests of the Bank, and, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or
her conduct was unlawful. No indemnification shall be made in respect
of any such claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been
adjudged to be liable for misconduct in the performance of his or her duty to
the Bank.
Section
18.7 Except as may be otherwise ordered by a court, there
shall be a presumption party director, officer and/or employee is entitled to
indemnification as provided in Sections 18.6 of this Article unless either a
majority of the directors who are not involved in such proceedings
(“disinterested directors”) or, if there are less than three disinterested
directors, then the holders of one-third of the outstanding shares of the Bank
determine that the person is not entitled to such presumption by certifying such
determination in writing to the Secretary of the Bank. In such event
the disinterested director(s) or, in the event of certification by shareholders,
the Secretary of the Bank shall request of independent counsel, who may be the
outside general counsel of the Bank, a written opinion as to whether or not the
parties involved are entitled to indemnification under Sections 18.6 of this
Article.
Section
18.8 Expenses incurred by a director, officer and/or employee
in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the
Bank in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as
authorized in the manner provided under Section 18.7 of this Article upon
receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer and/or
employee to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or
she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Bank.
Section
18.9 The indemnification provided by this Article shall not be
deemed exclusive of any other rights, to which a person seeking indemnification
may be entitled under any agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested
directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity while
serving as a director, officer and/or employee and as to action in another
capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has
ceased to be a director, officer and/or employee and shall inure to the benefit
of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
Section
18.10 The Bank may create a fund of any nature, which may, but
need not be, under the control of a trustee, or otherwise secure or insure in
any manner its indemnification obligations arising under this
Article.
Section
18.11 The Bank shall have the power to purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer and/or
employee of the Bank, or is or was serving at the request of the Bank as a
director, officer and/or employee of a corporation, partnership, joint venture
trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and
incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status
as such, whether or not the Bank would have the power to indemnify him or her
against such liability under the provisions of this Article.
Section
18.12 Indemnification under this Article shall not be made in
any case where the act or failure to act giving rise to the claim for
indemnification is determined by a court to have constituted negligence, willful
misconduct or recklessness.
Article
19
DIVIDENDS
Section
19.1 The Board of Directors may, from time to time, at any
duly convened regular or special meeting or by unanimous consent in writing,
declare and pay dividends upon the outstanding shares of capital stock of the
Bank in cash, property or shares of the Bank, as long as any dividend shall not
be in violation of law or the Articles of Incorporation.
Section
19.2 Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside
out of any funds of the Bank available for dividends such sum or sums as the
Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper
as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for
repairing or maintaining any property of the Bank, or for such other purposes as
the Board of Directors shall believe to be for the best interests of the Bank,
and the Board of Directors may reduce or abolish any such reserve in the manner
in which it was created.
Article
20
FINANCIAL
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Section
20.1 The President and the Board of Directors shall present at
each annual meeting of the shareholders a full and complete statement of the
business and affairs of the Bank for the preceding year.
Article
21
INSTRUMENTS
Section
21.1 All checks or demands for money and notes of the Bank
shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other persons as the
Executive Committee or the Board of Directors may from time to time
designate.
Section
21.2 All agreements, indentures, mortgages, deeds,
conveyances, transfers, certificates, declarations, receipts, discharges,
releases, satisfactions, settlements, petitions, schedules, accounts,
affidavits, bonds, undertakings, proxies and other instruments and documents may
be signed, executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted, on behalf of
the Bank by the Chairperson, President or other persons as may be designated by
them.
Article
22
FISCAL
YEAR
Section 22.1 The fiscal year of the Bank shall be the calendar
year.
Article
23
NOTICES
AND WAIVERS THEREOF
Section
23.1 Whenever, under the provisions of applicable law or of
the Articles of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, written notice is required to
be given to any person, it may be given to such person either personally or by
sending a copy thereof through the mail or by telegram, charges prepaid, to his
or her address appearing on the books of the Bank or supplied by him or her to
the Bank for the purpose of notice. If the notice is sent by mail or
telegraph, it shall be deemed to have been given to the person entitled thereto
when deposited in the United States mail or with a telegraph office for
transmission to such person. Such notice shall specify the place, day
and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting of shareholders,
the general nature of the business to be transacted.
Section
23.2 Any written notice required to be given to any person may
be waived in writing signed by the person entitled to such notice whether before
or after the time stated therein. Attendance of any person entitled
to notice whether in person or by proxy, at any meeting shall constitute a
waiver of notice of such meeting, except where any person attends a meeting for
the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the
meeting was not lawfully called or convened. Where written notice is
required of any meeting, the waiver thereof must specify the purpose only if it
is for a special meeting of shareholders.
Article
24
AMENDMENTS
Section
24.1 These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed by the
affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock at regular or special meeting duly convened after notice to the
shareholders of that purpose, or by a majority vote of the members of the Board
of Directors at any regular or special meeting thereof duly convened after
notice to the directors of that purpose, (except the directors shall not make or
alter any bylaws fixing their qualification, classification or term of office)
subject always to the. power of the shareholders to change such
action of the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of the holders of
two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
Article
25
EMERGENCIES
Section
1. In the event of any emergency declared by governmental
authorities, the result of a regional or national disaster and of such severity
as to prevent the normal conduct and management of the affairs of this bank by
its Directors and Officers as contemplated by these bylaws, any three available
Directors shall constitute the Executive Committee to exercise the full
authority of that Committee until such time as a duly elected Board of Directors
can again assume full responsibility and control of the bank.
Exhibit
C to Agreement and Plan of Merger and
Reorganization
ARTICLES
OF INCORPORATION
OF
CUSTOMERS
1ST BANCORP, INC.
FIRST.
The name of
the Corporation is Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc.
SECOND.
The location
and post office address of the Corporation’s registered office in this
Commonwealth is 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, PA 19460.
THIRD.
The
Corporation is being incorporated under the provisions of the Business
Corporation Law of 1988, as amended (the “Pennsylvania Business Corporation
Law”). The corporation is being organized on a stock share basis. The
purpose of the Corporation is and it shall have unlimited power to engage in and
to do any lawful act concerning any or all lawful business for which
corporations may be incorporated under such Law.
FOURTH.
The term of
the Corporation’s existence is perpetual.
FIFTH.
A.
Authorized
Shares
. The aggregate number of shares of capital stock which
the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 300,000,000 shares, divided
into three classes consisting of:
(a)
|
100,000,000
shares of common stock without par value (“Common
Stock”);
|
(b)
|
100,000,000
shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock with the rights, designations,
preferences and limitations provided more fully in Sub-Article B of this
Article below (“Class B Non-Voting Common Stock”);
and
|
(c)
|
100,000,000
shares of preferred stock, having such par value, or no par value, as the
board of directors shall fix and determine as provided in Article SIXTH
below or as may be permitted by applicable law (“Preferred
Stock”).
|
B.
Statement of Designations
Applicable to Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
.
Section
1.
General
. The
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall have the rights, designations, preferences
and limitations set forth in this Sub-Article.
Section
2.
Ranking
. In
the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, distribution
of assets or winding-up of the Corporation, holders of Common Stock and Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock shall be entitled to receive an equal amount per share
of all the assets of the Corporation of whatever kind available for distribution
to holders of Common Stock, after the rights of the holders of preferred stock
have been satisfied.
Section
3.
Definitions
.
As used herein with respect to the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock:
“
Articles of Incorporation
”
shall mean these articles of incorporation of the Corporation, as they have been
or may hereafter be amended from time to time.
“
Board of Directors
” means the
board of directors of the Corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized
to act on behalf of such board of directors.
“
Bylaws
” means the Bylaws of
the Corporation, as they have been or may hereafter be amended from time to
time.
“
Common Stock
” means the
voting common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Corporation.
“
Depositary
” means DTC or its
nominee or any successor depositary appointed by the Corporation.
“
DTC
” means The Depository
Trust Company and its successors or assigns.
“
Securities Act
” means the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“
Holder
” means the Person in
whose name the shares of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock are registered,
which may be treated by the Corporation, Transfer Agent, Registrar and paying
agent as the absolute owner of the shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock for
the purpose of making payment and for all other purposes.
“
Person
” means a legal person,
including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture,
association, joint-stock company, limited liability company or
trust.
“
Registrar
” shall mean the
Transfer Agent acting in its capacity as registrar for the Class B Non-Voting
Common Stock, and its successors and assigns or any other registrar duly
appointed by the Corporation.
“
Transfer Agent
” means the
Corporation, acting as Transfer Agent, Registrar and paying agent for the Class
B Non-Voting Common Stock, and its successors and assigns, including any
successor transfer agent appointed by the Corporation. The
Corporation may act as its own transfer agent.
Section
4.
Dividends and Other
Distributions
. The holders of the Common Stock and Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock shall be entitled to receive an equal amount of
dividends per share if, as and when declared from time to time by the Board of
Directors. In no event shall any stock dividends or stock splits or combinations
of stock be declared or made on Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
unless the shares of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock at the
time outstanding are treated equally and identically,
provided
that, in the event
of a dividend of Common Stock, shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall
only be entitled to receive shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and shares
of Common Stock shall only be entitled to receive shares of Common
Stock.
Section
5.
Voting
Rights
. Except as otherwise required by law, herein or as otherwise
provided in any statement of designation for any series of preferred stock, the
holders of Common Stock shall exclusively possess all voting power and each
share of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote, and the holders of the
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall have no voting power, and shall not have
the right to participate in any meeting of stockholders or to have notice
thereof, except as required by applicable law and except that any action that
would significantly and adversely affect the rights of the Class B Non-Voting
Common Stock with respect to the modification of the terms of the securities or
dissolution, shall require the approval of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
voting separately as a class.
Section
6.
Other Rights,
Preferences and Privileges
. Except as expressly provided in
this Article FIFTH(B), the rights, preferences and privileges of the Common
Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall be in all respects and for all
purposes and in all circumstances absolutely and completely
identical.
Section
7.
Redemptions
.
The Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall not be redeemable either at the
Corporation’s option or at the option of Holders at any time. The Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock shall not be subject to any sinking fund or other
obligation to redeem, repurchase or retire the Class B Non-Voting Common
Stock.
Section
8.
Listing;
Registration
. In the event the Corporation lists the Common Stock on any
national securities exchange or quotation system or registers the Common Stock
under the Securities Act, it shall also list the shares of Class B Non-Voting
Common Stock at the same time, to the extent such listing or registration is
permitted by applicable laws, rules and regulations, and reasonably
feasible.
Section
9.
Transfer Agent,
Registrar and Paying Agent
. The duly appointed Transfer Agent, Registrar
and paying agent for the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall initially be the
Corporation. The Corporation may, in its sole discretion, remove itself or any
appointed successor as Transfer Agent; provided that the Corporation shall
appoint a successor transfer agent who shall accept such appointment prior to
the effectiveness of such removal.
Section
10.
Miscellaneous
.
(i) The
Corporation will pay any and all documentary stamp or similar issue or transfer
taxes payable in respect of the conversion of shares of Class B Non-Voting
Common Stock into shares of Common Stock; provided, however, that the
Corporation shall not be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect
of any transfer involved in the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock or
other securities or property in a name other than that of the Holder of Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock to be converted and no such issue or delivery shall be
made unless and until the person requesting such issue or delivery has paid to
the Corporation the amount of any such tax or established, to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.
(ii)
Whenever possible, each provision hereof shall be interpreted in a manner as to
be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision hereof is held
to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be
ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without
invalidating or otherwise adversely affecting the remaining provisions hereof.
If a court of competent jurisdiction should determine that a provision hereof
would be valid or enforceable if a period of time were extended or shortened or
a particular percentage were increased or decreased, then such court may make
such change as shall be necessary to render the provision in question effective
and valid under applicable law.
(iii) The
headings of the various subdivisions of this Article FIFTH are for convenience
of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of any of the
provisions hereof.
(iv) If
any of the voting powers, preferences and relative participating, optional and
other special rights of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and qualifications,
limitations and restrictions thereof set forth herein is invalid, unlawful or
incapable of being enforced by reason of any rule of law or public policy, all
other voting powers, preferences and relative participating, optional and other
special rights of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and qualifications,
limitations and restrictions thereof set forth herein that can be given effect
without the invalid, unlawful or unenforceable voting powers, preferences and
relative participating, optional and other special rights of Class B Non-Voting
Common Stock and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof shall,
nevertheless, remain in full force and effect, and no voting powers, preferences
and relative participating, optional or other special rights of Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof
herein set forth shall be deemed dependent upon any other such voting powers,
preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and qualifications limitations and restrictions
thereof unless so expressed herein.
SIXTH.
There is
hereby expressly granted to and vested in the board of directors of the
Corporation authority to, pursuant to and in accordance with the Section 1522(b)
of the Business Corporation Law and any amendment to or restatement of such
section, divide the authorized and unissued shares of the Corporation into
classes or series, or both, and to fix and determine (except as fixed and
determined herein), by resolution, the par value, voting powers, full or
limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and the qualifications,
limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, including specifically, but not
limited to, the dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption rights and
liquidation preferences, if any, of any wholly unissued series of Common Stock,
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or any entire class if none
of the shares in such class have been issued), the number of shares constituting
any such series or class, and the terms and conditions of the issue
thereof.
SEVENTH.
Each holder
of record of Common Stock, to the extent such Common Stock has voting rights,
shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in such
holder’s name on the books of the Corporation. No shareholder shall be entitled
to cumulate any votes for the election of directors.
EIGHTH.
The
management, control and government of the Corporation shall be vested in a board
of directors consisting of not less than six (6) nor more than twenty-five (25)
members in number, as fixed by the board of directors of the Corporation from
time to time. The directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three
classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. Each Class shall be as nearly equal in
number as possible; subject to the foregoing, the number of Class I, Class II or
Class III directors may be changed from time to time by a majority vote of the
board of directors. The term of office of each Class shall be three (3) years,
so that the term of office of one class of directors shall expire each year when
their respective successors have been duly elected by the shareholders and
qualified. At each annual election by the shareholders of the Corporation, the
directors chosen to succeed those whose terms then expire shall be identified as
being of the same class as the directors they succeed. If, for any reason, a
vacancy occurs on the board of directors of the Corporation, a majority of the
remaining directors shall have the exclusive power to fill the vacancy by
electing a director to hold office for the unexpired term in respect of which
the vacancy occurred. No director of the Corporation shall be removed from
office by the vote of shareholders, unless the votes of shareholders cast in
favor of the resolution for the removal of such director constitute at least a
majority of the votes which all shareholders would be entitled to cast at an
annual election of directors.
NINTH.
Any or all
classes of shares of the Corporation, or any part thereof, may be represented by
uncertificated shares to the extent determined by the Board of Directors, except
that shares represented by a certificate that is issued and outstanding shall be
represented thereby until the certificate is surrendered to the
Corporation.
TENTH.
No holder of
any class of capital stock of the Corporation shall have preemptive rights, and
the Corporation shall have the right to issue and to sell to any person or
persons any shares of its capital stock or any option, warrant or right to
acquire capital stock, or any securities having conversion or option rights
without first offering such shares, rights or securities to any holder of any
class of capital stock of the Corporation.
ELEVENTH
. Except as
set forth below, the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least
80 percent (80%) of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are
entitled to cast, and if any class of shares is entitled to vote as a separate
class, the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority
of the votes entitled to be cast by the outstanding shares of such class (or
such greater amount as required by the provisions of these Articles of
Incorporation establishing such class) shall be required to approve any of the
following ---
(a) any
merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other
organization;
(b) any
share exchange in which an organization, person or entity acquires the issued or
outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation pursuant to a vote of
shareholders;
(c) any
sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all, or substantially all, of the
assets of the Corporation to any other organization, person or entity;
or
(d) any
transaction similar to, or having similar effect as, any of the foregoing
transactions;
--- if,
in any of the foregoing cases, as of the record date for the determination of
shareholders entitled to notice thereof and to vote thereon, such other
organization, person or entity is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly,
of shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued, outstanding and entitled
to cast five percent (5%) or more of the votes which all shareholders of the
Corporation are then entitled to cast.
If any of
the transactions identified above in this Article ELEVENTH is with an
organization, person or entity that is not the beneficial owner, directly or
indirectly, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued, outstanding
and entitled to cast five percent (5%) or more of the votes which all
shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast, then the affirmative
vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all
shareholders are entitled to cast shall be required to approve any such
transaction. An affirmative vote as provided in the foregoing provisions shall,
to the extent permitted by law, be in lieu of the vote of the shareholders
otherwise required by law.
The board
of directors of the Corporation shall have the power and duty to determine, for
purposes of this Article ELEVENTH, on the basis of information known to the
board, if and when such other corporation, person or entity is the beneficial
owner, directly or indirectly, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation
issued, outstanding and entitled to cast five percent (5%) or more of the votes
which all shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast, and/or if
any transaction is similar to, or has an effect similar to, any of the
transactions identified above in this Article ELEVENTH. Any such determination
shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Article ELEVENTH. The
Corporation may voluntarily completely liquidate and/or dissolve only in
accordance with all applicable laws and only if the proposed liquidation and/or
dissolution is approved by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast
at least 80 percent (80%) of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to
cast.
The
provisions of this Article ELEVENTH shall not apply to any transaction which is
approved in advance by 66-2/3 percent (66-2/3%) of the members of the board of
directors of the Corporation, at a meeting duly called and held.
Notwithstanding
any provision of this Article or any other provision of these Articles of
Incorporation or the Corporation’s bylaws, a plan of merger or consolidation may
be approved and adopted without the approval of the Corporation’s shareholders
in those circumstances where the applicable law, rules and regulations permit
the plan to be approved by the board of directors without the approval of the
shareholders.
TWELFTH.
No action
required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of
shareholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, and the power of
the shareholders of the Corporation to consent in writing to action without a
meeting is specifically denied. The presence, in person or by proxy, of
shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all
shareholders are entitled to cast shall constitute a quorum of shareholders at
any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.
THIRTEENTH.
The
authority to make, amend, alter, change or repeal the Corporation’s bylaws is
hereby expressly and solely granted to and vested in the board of directors of
the Corporation, subject always to the power of the shareholders to change such
action by the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to
cast at least 66-2/3 percent (66-2/3%) of the votes which all shareholders are
entitled to cast, except that Article Eight of the Corporation’s bylaws relating
to limitations on directors’ liabilities and indemnification of directors,
officers and others may not be amended to increase the exposure to liability for
directors or to decrease the indemnification of directors, officers and others
except by the affirmative vote of 66-2/3 percent (66-2/3%) of the entire board
of directors or by the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation
entitled to cast at least 80 percent (80%) of the votes which all shareholders
are entitled to cast.
FOURTEENTH.
The board
of directors of the Corporation, when evaluating any offer of another party to
(a) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation,
(b) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation, (c) purchase
or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of
the Corporation, or (d) engage in any transaction similar to, or having similar
effects as, any of the foregoing transactions, shall, in connection with the
exercise of its judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the
Corporation and its shareholders, give due consideration to all relevant
factors, including without limitation the social and economic effects of the
proposed transaction on the depositors, employees, suppliers, customers and
other constituents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the
communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are
located, the business reputation of the other party, and the board of directors’
evaluation of the then value of the Corporation in a freely negotiated sale and
of the future prospects of the Corporation as an independent
entity.
FIFTEENTH.
If any
corporation, person, entity, or group becomes the beneficial owner, directly or
indirectly, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to
cast in the aggregate 25 percent (25%) or more of all votes entitled to be cast
by all issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation
entitled to vote, such corporation, person, entity or group shall within thirty
(30) days thereafter offer to purchase all shares of capital stock of the
Corporation issued, outstanding and entitled to vote. Such offer to purchase
shall be at a price per share equal to the highest price paid for shares of the
respective class or series of capital stock of the Corporation purchased by such
corporation, person, entity or group within the preceding twelve months. If such
corporation, person, entity or group did not purchase any shares of a particular
class or series of capital stock of the Corporation within the preceding twelve
months, such offer to purchase shall be at a price per share equal to the fair
market value of such class or series of capital stock on the date on which such
corporation, person, entity or group becomes the beneficial owner, directly or
indirectly, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to
cast in the aggregate 25 percent (25%) or more of all votes entitled to be cast
by all issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation. Such offer shall
provide that the purchase price for such shares shall be payable in cash. The
provisions of this Article FIFTEENTH shall not apply if 80 percent (80%) or more
of the members of the board of directors of the Corporation approve in advance
the acquisition of beneficial ownership by such corporation, person, entity or
group, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to cast in
the aggregate 25 percent (25%) or more of all votes entitled to be cast by all
issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation.
SIXTEENTH.
The
Corporation’s board of directors may amend, alter, change or repeal any
provision contained in its Articles of Incorporation in the manner now or
hereafter prescribed by statute and all rights conferred upon shareholders and
directors herein are hereby granted subject to this reservation; provided,
however, that the provisions set forth in Articles SEVENTH, EIGHTH, ELEVENTH and
TWELFTH through FOURTEENTH, inclusive, of these Articles of Incorporation may
not be repealed, altered or amended, in any respect whatsoever, unless such
repeal, alteration or amendment is approved by either (a) the affirmative vote
of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at least 80 percent (80%) of
the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast or
(b) the affirmative vote of 80 percent (80%) of the members of the board of
directors of the Corporation and the affirmative vote of shareholders of the
Corporation entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all
shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast.
SEVENTEENTH.
The
Control Transactions provisions of Section 2541 of the Business Corporation Law
and any amendment to or restatement of such section, shall not be applicable to
the Corporation. The Disgorgement By Certain Controlling Shareholders Following
Attempt to Acquire Control provisions of Section 2571 of the Business
Corporation Law and any amendment to or restatement of such section , shall not
be applicable to the Corporation.
NINETEENTH. The
name and address, including number and street, if any, of each incorporator is
as follows:
Name
|
Address
|
Jay
S. Sidhu
|
5
Chardonnay Circle, Mohnton, PA 19540
|
Richard
A. Ehst
|
1309
East Wyomissing Boulevard, Reading, PA 19611
|
Thomas
Brugger
|
1142
Lehigh Avenue, Wyomissing, PA 19610
|
IN
TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Incorporators have signed these Articles of Incorporation
this 6th day of April, 2010.
/s/Jay S.
Sidhu
Jay
S. Sidhu, Incorporator
|
/s/ Richard A. Ehst
Richard
A. Ehst, Incorporator
|
/s/ Thomas Brugger
Thomas
Brugger, Incorporator
|
|
Exhibit
D to Agreement and Plan of Merger and
Reorganization
BYLAWS
OF
CUSTOMERS 1ST BANCORP,
INC.
ARTICLE
ONE
OFFICES
1.01.
Registered
Office
. The registered office of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. (the
“Corporation”) shall be located in such place as the Board of Directors may from
time to time designate.
1.02.
Other Offices
.
The Corporation may also have offices at such other places within or without the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as the Board of Directors may from time to time
designate or the business of the Corporation may require.
ARTICLE
TWO
SEAL
2.01.
Seal
. The
corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the
year of its incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal,
Pennsylvania.”
ARTICLE
THREE
SHAREHOLDERS’
MEETINGS
3.01.
Place of
Meeting
. Meetings of shareholders shall be held at any geographic
location within or without the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as shall be fixed
from time to time by the Board of Directors. In the absence of such designation,
shareholders’ meetings shall be held at the executive office of the Corporation.
Shareholders shall not be permitted to participate in any meeting of
shareholders by means of conference telephone or the Internet or other
electronic communications technology, unless the Board of Directors, by
resolution so directs with respect to such meeting. Meetings held by means of
the Internet conference or telephone or other electronic communications
technology shall not be required to be held at a particular geographic location
and shall provide shareholders with the opportunity to read or hear the
proceedings substantially concurrently with their occurrence, vote on matters
submitted to the shareholders and pose questions to the Directors.
3.02.
Annual Meeting
.
The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held on such day each year as may be
fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. At such meetings, Directors
shall be elected, reports of the affairs of the Corporation shall be considered,
and any other business may be transacted which is within the powers of the
shareholders.
3.03. (a)
Notice of
Meetings
. Notice of all meetings of shareholders shall be delivered,
personally, by courier service, charges prepaid, by first class, express or bulk
mail, postage prepaid, facsimile transmission, e-mail or other electronic
communication addressed to the shareholder at his or her postal address,
facsimile number, e-mail address or other electronic communication location as
it appears on the books of the Corporation or as supplied by such shareholder to
the Corporation for the purpose of notice, by or at the direction of the Chief
Executive Officer, the Secretary or the officer or persons calling the
meeting.
(b)
Time of Notice
.
Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall be delivered not less than ten (10)
days, or in the case of bulk mail not less than twenty (20) days, before the
date of the meeting, and in accordance with any laws, rules or regulations
applicable to the Corporation (collectively referred to herein as “applicable
law”). If the notice is sent by mail or courier, such notice shall be deemed to
be delivered when deposited in the United States mail or with a courier service
for delivery to the shareholder. If the notice is sent by facsimile, e-mail or
other electronic communication, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when
sent to the shareholder.
(c)
Contents of Notice
.
Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall state the day, hour and geographic
location, if any, of the meeting. The notice shall also state the general nature
of the business to be transacted if it is a special meeting.
(d)
Notice of Adjourned
Meeting
. When a shareholders’ meeting is adjourned, it shall not be
necessary to give any notice of the adjourned meeting or of the business to be
transacted thereat other than by announcement at the meeting at which the
adjournment is taken, unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for
the new meeting.
3.04. (a)
Calling of Special
Meetings
. Upon request in writing to the Chief Executive Officer, Vice
President or Secretary, sent by registered mail or delivered to the officer in
person, by any persons entitled to call a special meeting of shareholders, the
Secretary of the Corporation shall fix as the date of the meeting a date not
less than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request, and cause notice to
be delivered to the shareholders entitled to vote thereat in accordance with
Section 3.03 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this section shall be
construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time or date when a meeting of
shareholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be
held.
(b)
Persons Entitled to Call
Special Meetings
. Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at
any time by any of the following: (1) the Board of Directors at a duly called
and held meeting of the Board of Directors or upon the unanimous written consent
of the members of the Board of Directors; or (2) the Chairman of the Board or
the Chief Executive Officer, but only upon receiving written direction of at
least a majority of Directors then in office.
(c)
Business of Special
Meeting
. Business transacted at all special meetings shall be confined to
the subjects stated in the notice and matters germane thereto, unless all
shareholders entitled to vote are present and shall have otherwise
consented.
3.05. (a)
Quorum of and Action
by Shareholders
. The presence, in person or by proxy, of shareholders
entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all of shareholders are
entitled to cast on a particular matter to be acted upon at a meeting (after
giving effect to Article FIFTEENTH or any successor “excess shares” provision,
in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation), shall constitute a quorum
for the purpose of consideration and action on the matter. If a proxy casts a
vote on behalf of a shareholder on any issue other than a procedural motion
considered at a meeting of shareholders, the shareholder shall be deemed to be
present during the entire meeting for purposes of determining whether a quorum
is present for consideration of any other issue. If a quorum is present, except
in the election of Directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of all votes
cast at the meeting shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a
greater or lesser number or the voting by classes is required by these Bylaws,
the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, the Pennsylvania Business
Corporation Law of 1988, as amended (“BCL”) or other applicable
law.
(b)
Adjournment for Lack or Loss
of Quorum
. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of shareholders may be
adjourned from time to time by the affirmative vote of a majority of all votes
cast at the meeting, but no other business may be transacted. Meetings at which
Directors are to be elected shall be adjourned only from day to day or for such
longer periods not exceeding fifteen (15) days each and those shareholders who
attend the second of such adjourned meetings, although less than a quorum, shall
nevertheless constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing
Directors. The minimum attendance required for purposes of
determining a quorum at an adjourned meeting shall be as provided by applicable
law.
3.06. (a)
Closing Transfer
Books
. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of
or to vote at any meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive
payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for
any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors may provide, or may authorize
any officer to provide, that the share transfer books shall be closed for a
stated period not to exceed fifty (50) days, in which case written or printed
notice thereof shall be mailed at least ten (10) days before the beginning of
such period to each shareholder of record at the address appearing on the books
of the Corporation or supplied by him to the Corporation for the purpose of
notice.
(b)
Record Date
. In lieu
of closing the share transfer books, the Board of Directors may fix in advance,
or may authorize any officer to fix, a date as the record date for any such
determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than ninety
(90) days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such
determination of shareholders is to be taken.
(c)
Other Determination of
Shareholders
. If the share transfer books are not closed and no record
date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment
of a dividend, absent subsequent action by the Board of Directors establishing a
different record date, the date fifteen (15) days after the date on which the
resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, or the
date on which the resolutions of the Board of Directors on any other matter is
adopted, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders of
record.
(d)
Adjourned Meetings
.
When any determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of
shareholders has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall
apply to any adjournment thereof unless the Board of Directors fixes a new
record date for the adjourned meeting.
3.07.
Inspection of
Corporate Records
. Every shareholder, upon written demand under oath
stating the purpose thereof, shall have the right to examine, in person or by
agent or attorney, during the usual hours for business for any proper purpose,
the share register, books or records of account, and records of the proceedings
of the incorporators, shareholders and Directors, and make copies or extracts
therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such
person’s interest as a shareholder. In every instance where an attorney or other
agent is the person who seeks the right of inspection, the demand under oath
shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or other writing which authorizes
the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the shareholder. In all
cases, the demand under oath shall be directed to the Corporation at its
registered office in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, at its principal place of
business or in care of the person in charge of the actual business office of the
Corporation. For purposes of this Section, the Corporation’s principal place of
business and its sole actual business office shall be deemed to be the location
where the Chief Executive Officer maintains his or her principal office and the
person in charge of that office shall be deemed to be the Chief Executive
Officer.
3.08.
Voting List
.
The officer or agent having charge of the transfer book for shares of the
Corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of
shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such a
meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of
shares held by each, which list, for a period of ten (10) days prior to such
meeting, shall be kept on file at the registered office of the Corporation and
shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder at any time during usual
business hours. Such list shall also be produced and kept open, or otherwise
made available in accordance with applicable law, at the time and place of the
meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder during the
whole time of the meeting. The original share ledger or transfer book, or a
duplicate thereof kept in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, shall be prima facie
evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or share
or transfer book or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.
3.09.
Voting of
Shares
. Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation of
the Corporation or any statement or other instrument establishing the voting
rights of any class or series of shares, or any amendment to any of the
foregoing, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one
vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of
shareholders.
3.10.
Nominations for
Directors
. Nominations for the election of Directors may be made by the
Board of Directors or by any shareholder entitled to vote for the election of
Directors. Nominations made by the shareholders entitled to vote for the
election of Directors shall be made by notice in writing, delivered or mailed by
first class United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary of the
Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred and twenty
(120) days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for election of
Directors; provided, however, that if less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice of
the meeting is given to shareholders, such written notice shall be delivered or
mailed, as prescribed, to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the
close of the seventh day following the day on which notice was mailed to
shareholders. Notice of nominations, which are proposed by the Board of
Directors, shall be given by the Chairman of the Board or any other appropriate
officer. Each notice shall set forth (i) the name, age, business address and, if
known, residence address of each nominee proposed in such notice, (ii) the
principal occupation or employment of each nominee, and (iii) the number of
shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by each
such nominee and the earliest date of acquisition of any of such stock. The
Chairman of a meeting of shareholders may, if the facts warrant, determine and
declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the
foregoing procedure, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the
meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
3.11.
Voting by
Ballot
. Voting by shareholders in elections for Directors shall be by
ballot. No shares shall be voted at any meeting upon which shares an installment
is due and unpaid.
3.12.
Agenda and Inclusion
of Materials in Proxy for Annual Meeting
.
(a) Matters
to be placed on the agenda for consideration at annual meetings of shareholders
may be proposed by the Board of Directors or by any shareholder in accordance
with applicable law. Matters proposed for the agenda by shareholders shall be
made in accordance with applicable law, by notice in writing, mailed by first
class United States mail, postage prepaid, and received by the Secretary of the
Corporation not less than forty-five (45) days nor more than one hundred and
twenty (120) days prior to the one year anniversary of the date materials were
mailed to shareholders for the prior year’s annual meeting of shareholders.
Notice of matters, which are proposed by the Board of Directors, shall be given
by the Chairman of the Board or any other appropriate officer. Each notice given
by a shareholder shall set forth a brief description of the business desired to
be brought before the annual meeting in accordance with applicable law. The
Chairman of the meeting of shareholders may determine and declare to the meeting
that a matter proposed for the agenda was not made in accordance with the
foregoing procedure, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the
meeting and the matter shall be disregarded.
(b) Any
shareholder request to include matters in the Corporation’s proxy material for
an annual meeting shall be made in accordance with applicable law, and shall be
in writing, mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, and
received by the Secretary of the Corporation not less than one hundred and
twenty (120) days nor more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the
one year anniversary of the date materials were mailed to shareholders for the
prior year’s annual meeting of shareholders, unless the annual meeting of
shareholders is to be held more than thirty days before or after such
anniversary date, in which case, such notice must be received by the Secretary
of the Corporation within a reasonable time for inclusion in the Corporation’s
proxy materials for the annual meeting.
3.13.
Proxies and Revocation
of Proxies
. Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of
shareholders may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.
Every proxy shall be executed or authenticated by the shareholder, or by his
duly authorized attorney in fact, and filed or transmitted to with the Secretary
of the Corporation. A proxy, unless coupled with an interest, shall be revocable
at will, notwithstanding any agreement or any provision to the contrary, but the
revocation of a proxy shall not be effective until an executed or authenticated
notice thereof shall have been given to the Secretary of the Corporation or its
designated agent in writing or by electronic transmission. A telegram, telex,
cablegram, datagram, e-mail, Internet communication or other means of electronic
transmission from a shareholder or attorney-in-fact, or a photographic,
facsimile or similar reproduction of a writing executed by a shareholder or
attorney-in-fact:
(1) may,
at the discretion of the Secretary, be treated as properly executed or
authenticated for purposes of this subsection; and
(2) shall
be so treated if it sets forth or utilizes a confidential and unique
identification number or other mark furnished by the Corporation to the
shareholder for the purposes of a particular meeting or
transaction.
No
unrevoked proxy shall be valid after eleven (11) months from the date of its
execution, authentication or transmission, unless a longer time is expressly
provided therein, but in no event shall a proxy unless coupled with an interest,
be voted on after three years from the date of its execution. A proxy shall not
be revoked by the death or incapacity of the maker unless before the vote is
counted or the authority is exercised, written notice of such death or
incapacity is given to the Secretary of the Corporation or its designated agent.
A shareholder shall not sell his vote or execute a proxy to any person for any
sum of money or any other thing of value. A proxy coupled with an interest shall
include an unrevoked proxy in favor of a creditor of a shareholder and such
proxy shall be valid so long as the debt owed by the shareholder to the creditor
remains unpaid.
3.14.
Waiver of
Notice
. Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given to a
shareholder under the provisions of the BCL or under the provisions of the
Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation, a waiver thereof in
writing signed by the shareholder entitled to such notice, whether before or
after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such
notice; however, in the case of special meetings, the business to be transacted
and the purpose of the meeting shall be stated in the waiver of notice.
Attendance of a person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the
meeting except where a person attends a meeting for the express purpose of
objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business
because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.
3.15. (a)
Appointment of Judges
of Election
. In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the Board of
Directors may appoint judges of election, who need not be shareholders, to act
at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If judges of election not be so
appointed, the chairman of any such meeting may, and on the request of any
shareholder or his proxy shall, make such appointment at the meeting. The number
of judges shall be one (1) or three (3) in number. If appointed at a meeting on
the request of one (1) or more shareholders or proxies, the majority of all
votes entitled to be cast shall determine whether one (1) or three (3) judges
are to be appointed. No person who is a candidate for Director shall act as a
judge. In case any person appointed as a judge fails to appear or fails or
refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board of
Directors in advance of the convening of the meeting, or at the meeting by the
person acting as chairman.
(b)
Duties of Judges
. The
judges of election shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the
voting power and rights of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the
existence of a quorum, the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies,
receive votes or ballots, hear and determine all challenges and questions in any
way arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes,
determine the result, and do such acts as may be proper to conduct the election
or vote with fairness to all shareholders. The judges of election shall perform
their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability, and as
expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) judges of election, the
decision, act or certificate of a majority shall be effective in all respects as
the decision, act or certificate of all.
(c)
Report of Judges
. On
request of the chairman of the meeting, or of any shareholder or his proxy, the
judges shall be made a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter
determined by them, and execute a certificate of any fact found by
them.
3.16.
Conduct of
Meetings
. Unless the Board of Directors shall designate another officer
or Director of the Corporation to preside and act as the chairman at any regular
or special meeting of shareholders, the Chairman of the Board, or in his
absence, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside and act as the chairman at
any regular or special meeting of shareholders. The chairman of the meeting,
consistent with any authority, direction, restriction or limitation given to him
by the Board of Directors, shall have any and all powers and authority necessary
to conduct an orderly meeting, preserve order and determine any and all
procedural matters, including the proper means of obtaining the floor, who shall
have the right to address the meeting, the manner in which shareholders will be
recognized to speak, imposing reasonable limits on the amount of time at the
meeting taken up in remarks by any one shareholder or group of shareholders, the
number of times a shareholder may address the meeting, and the person to whom
questions should be addressed. Any actions by the Chairman of the Board or any
person acting in his place in adopting rules for, or in conducting, a meeting
shall be fair to the shareholders. Rules adopted for use at a meeting which are
approved in advance by the Board of Directors, and actions taken by the chairman
in conducting the meeting pursuant to such rules shall be deemed to be fair to
shareholders. The chairman shall announce at the meeting when the polls close
for each matter voted upon. If no announcement is made, the ability to cast a
vote will be deemed to have closed upon the final adjournment of the meeting.
After the polls close, no ballots, proxies, or votes, nor any revocations or
changes thereto, may be accepted. In addition, until the business to be
completed at a meeting of shareholders is completed, the chairman of a meeting
of the shareholders is expressly authorized to temporarily adjourn and postpone
the meeting from time to time. The Secretary of the Corporation or in his
absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the
shareholders. In the absence at such meeting of the Secretary and Assistant
Secretary, the chairman of the meeting may appoint another person to act as
Secretary of the meeting.
3.17.
Action Without
Meeting
. No action required to be taken or which may be taken at any
annual or special meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation may be taken
without a meeting, and the power of the shareholders of the Corporation to
consent in writing to action without a meeting is specifically
denied.
ARTICLE
FOUR
DIRECTORS
4.01.
Directors
Defined
. “Director” means a director of the Corporation, and “Directors,”
when used in relation to any power or duty requiring collective action, means
“Board of Directors.”
4.02.
Powers
. The
business and affairs of the Corporation and all corporate powers shall be
exercised by or under authority of the Board of Directors, subject to any
limitation imposed by the BCL, the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation,
or these Bylaws as to action which requires authorization or approval by the
shareholders.
4.03. (a)
Number and Classes of
Directors
. The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be not less
than six (6) nor more than twenty-five (25), and the Directors shall be divided
into classes and be elected for such terms of office, as provided in the
Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation.
(b)
Qualifications
.
Directors need not be residents of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Unless
waived by a majority of the Directors in accordance with applicable law, a
majority of the Directors shall be persons who are not directors, officers,
employees, agents or record or beneficial holders of more than 5% of the voting
securities of the Corporation or any corporation or other entity which is a
record or beneficial holder of 66-2/3% or more of the issued and outstanding
shares of any class of capital stock of the Corporation.
4.04. (a)
Vacancies
.
Vacancies in the Board of Directors shall exist in the case of the happening of
any of the following events: (i) the death or resignation of any Director; (ii)
if at any annual, regular or special meeting of shareholders at which any
Director is elected, the shareholders fail to elect the full authorized number
of Directors to be voted for at that meeting; (iii) an increase in the number of
Directors (up to a maximum of twenty-five (25)) by resolution of the Board of
Directors; (iv) the removal of a Director by the affirmative vote of
shareholders of the Corporation in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation
of the Corporation; or (v) if the Board of Directors declares vacant the office
of any Director for such just cause as the Directors may determine or because
such Director has not accepted the office of Director within seventy-five (75)
days of being notified of his election by either responding in writing or
attending any meeting of the Board of Directors.
(b)
Filling of Vacancies
.
Except as provided in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, any
vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors shall be filled by a majority of the
remaining Directors (even if less than a quorum of the Board) and each person so
elected shall be a Director of the same class as his predecessor until his
successor is elected by the shareholders.
4.05.
Place of
Meetings
. All meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at the
principal office of the Corporation or at such place within or without the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as may be designated from time to time by a
majority of the Directors, or may be designated in the notice calling the
meeting.
4.06.
Regular
Meetings
. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held,
without call or notice, immediately following each annual meeting of the
shareholders of the Corporation, and at such other times as the Directors may
determine.
4.07. (a)
Call of Special
Meetings
. Special meetings of the Board of Directors of the Corporation
may be called by the Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board, President
or by one-third of the Directors.
(b)
Notice of Special
Meetings
. Notice of the day, hour, geographic location and purpose of
special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be delivered at least five (5)
days before the meeting, personally, by courier service, charges prepaid, first
class or express mail, postage prepaid, facsimile transmission, e-mail or other
electronic communication, to the postal address, facsimile number, e-mail
address or other electronic communication location supplied by the Secretary of
the Corporation for the purpose of notice. Notice sent by United States mail
shall be deemed to have been delivered when deposited in the United States mail
or with a courier service. Notice sent by facsimile transmission, e-mail or
other electronic communication shall be deemed to have been given when
sent.
4.08.
Validation of Meetings
Defectively Called or Noticed
. The transactions of any meeting of the
Board of Directors, however called and noticed and wherever held, are as valid
as though taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a
quorum is present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the
Directors not present signs a waiver of notice. All such waivers shall be filed
with corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Attendance
of a Director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such a
meeting except where a Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of
objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened.
4.09.
Quorum
. A
majority of the number of Directors in office constitutes a quorum of the Board
for the transaction of business.
4.10.
Majority
Action
. Every action or decision done or made by a majority of the
Directors present at any meeting duly held at which a quorum is present is the
act of the Board of Directors. Each Director who is present at a meeting will be
conclusively presumed to have assented to the action taken at such meeting
unless his dissent to the action is entered in the minutes of the meeting, or,
where he is absent from the meeting, his written objection to such action is
promptly filed with the Secretary of the Corporation upon learning of the
action. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favor
of such action.
4.11.
Action by Consent of
Board Without Meeting
. Any action required by the BCL to be taken at a
meeting of the Board of Directors, or any other action which may be taken at a
meeting of the Board of Directors or the executive or other committee thereof,
may be taken without a meeting if, prior or subsequent to the action, a consent
or consents thereto by all of the Directors entitled to vote with respect to the
subject matter thereof, or by all the members of such committee, as the case may
be, and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation.
4.12. (a)
Adjournment
. In
the absence of a quorum a majority of the Directors present may adjourn from
time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the
Board.
(b)
Notice of Adjourned
Meeting
. Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting,
whether the meeting is a regular meeting or special meeting, need not be given
to absent Directors if the time and place are fixed at the meeting
adjourned.
4.13.
Conduct of
Meetings
. At every meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the
Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or in their absence, an officer of the
Corporation designated by one of them, or in the absence of such designation, a
chairman chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall preside. The
Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of the Board of Directors.
In case the Secretary shall be absent from any meeting, the chairman of the
meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
4.14.
Participation at
Meeting
. One or more Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a
conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all
persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.
4.15.
Compensation
.
The Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors
then in office, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members,
shall have authority to establish reasonable compensation of all Directors for
services to the Corporation as Directors, officers, or otherwise.
ARTICLE
FIVE
COMMITTEES
5.01.
Authorization
.
The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board,
may create an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee, a
Compensation Committee, and such other permanent or temporary committees as the
Board deems necessary for the proper conduct of the business of the Corporation.
Each committee shall have and may exercise such powers as shall be conferred or
authorized by resolution of the Board and which are not inconsistent with these
Bylaws nor applicable law. The creation of any committee and the delegation
thereto of authority shall not operate to relieve the Board of Directors of any
responsibility imposed on it by law.
5.02.
Appointment of
Committees
. The Chief Executive Officer shall submit to the Board of
Directors, at its first meeting after the annual meeting of the shareholders,
his or her recommendations for the members of and chairman of each committee.
The Board shall then appoint, in accordance with such recommendations or
otherwise, the members and a chairman for each committee. If the appointees
accept their appointment, they shall serve for one (1) year or until their
successors are appointed. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fill
any vacancies occurring on any committee and to remove and replace a member of
any committee. Unless otherwise provided, a Director may be a member of more
than one (1) committee. If the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation is a
member of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation
shall be appointed as a full member of the Executive Committee and, to the
extent permitted by applicable law, as an ex-officio, non-voting member of each
committee of which he or she is not a full member.
5.03.
Conduct of
Committees
. A majority of the membership of each committee shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Each committee shall meet
at such times as the committee may decide or as the Board of Directors may
require. Special meetings of committees may be called at any time by its
chairman, or by the Chairman of the Board or by the Chief Executive Officer.
Except, for its chairman, each committee may appoint a secretary and such other
officers as the committee members deem necessary. Each committee shall have the
power and authority to obtain from the appropriate officers of the Corporation
all information necessary for the conduct of the proper business of the
committee. If required by the Board of Directors, minutes of the proceedings
shall be submitted to the Board of Directors upon its request.
5.04.
Executive
Committee
. If created by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole
Board, the Executive Committee shall meet upon five (5) days’ notice. The
Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all the powers of the Board of
Directors in the management of the Corporation, except as the Board of Directors
may specifically limit by resolution, or except where action by the entire Board
of Directors is specifically required by law.
5.05.
Audit
Committee
. If created by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole
Board, the Audit Committee shall consist entirely of outside Directors whose
emphasis and background shall preferably be in the areas of accounting, finance,
or law or who have significant experience with the Corporation or any of its
subsidiaries. The object of the Audit Committee shall be to give additional
assurance of the integrity of the financial information distributed to the
shareholders and the public at large. The Audit Committee shall review the
internal audit controls of the Corporation and shall have the authority to cause
and supervise such examinations and audits to be made by public accountants of
the books and affairs of the Corporation and subsidiary companies as it, in its
discretion, deems advisable. The Audit Committee shall also review audit
policies, oversee internal audits, review external audits and review any federal
or state examination reports. Members of management of the Corporation, whether
or not Directors of the Corporation, may be invited by the Audit Committee to
attend meetings thereof.
5.06.
Nominating
Committee
. If created by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole
Board, the Nominating Committee shall meet at least annually to propose, for
consideration by the whole Board, nominees for election as Directors of the
Corporation.
ARTICLE
SIX
OFFICERS
6.01.
Number and
Titles
. The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board,
a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a President, a Secretary,
and a Treasurer. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board
of Directors, one (1) or more Vice Chairman, one (1) or more Executive Vice
Chairman, one (1) or more Executive Vice Presidents or Vice Presidents, one (1)
or more Assistant Secretaries, one (1) or more Assistant Treasurers, and such
other officers and assistant officers as may be appointed in accordance with the
provisions of Section 6.03 of this Article. One person may hold two (2) or more
offices. No person shall, however, simultaneously hold the offices of President
and Secretary.
6.02.
Election
. The
Board of Directors shall choose, annually, either the President or Chairman of
the Board to be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The other
officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in
accordance with the provisions of Section 6.03 or Section 6.05 of this Article,
shall be chosen annually by the Board of Directors. Each officer of the
Corporation shall hold his office until he shall resign or shall be removed or
otherwise disqualified to serve, or his successor shall be elected and
qualified.
6.03.
Subordinate
Officers
. The Chief Executive Officer may appoint, subject to the power
of the Board of Directors to approve or disapprove such appointment, such other
officers or agents as he may deem necessary, each of whom shall hold office for
such period, have such authority and perform such duties in the management of
the property and affairs of the Corporation as may be determined by the Chairman
or the President not inconsistent with these Bylaws. The Board of Directors may
delegate to any officer or committee the power to appoint any subordinate
officers, committees or agents to specify their duty and authority, and to
determine their compensation.
6.04.
Removal and
Resignation
. Any officer or agent may be removed by the Board of
Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation will be
served thereby, provided, however, that such removal shall be without prejudice
to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer may resign
at any time giving written notice to the Board of Directors, to the President or
to the Secretary of the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at
the date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein;
and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation
shall not be necessary to make it effective.
6.05.
Vacancies
. If
the office of the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer becomes
vacant by reason of death, resignation, removal, or otherwise, the Board of
Directors shall elect a successor who shall hold office for the unexpired term
and until his successor is elected. If any other office becomes vacant by reason
of death, resignation, removal or otherwise, the Chief Executive Officer shall
appoint a successor who shall hold office for the unexpired term and until his
successor is elected or appointed.
6.06.
Chairman of the
Board
. The Chairman of the Board shall perform the duties of the Chief
Executive Officer either when he has (i) been chosen as Chief Executive Officer
by the Board of Directors or (ii) when the appointed Chief Executive Officer is
legally incapable or physically unable to perform the duties of Chief Executive
Officer, and shall perform such duties until the Board of Directors appoints a
temporary or permanent successor. The Chairman shall, if present, preside at all
meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers
and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors
or prescribed by the Bylaws.
6.07.
Chief Executive
Officer
. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by
the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer
shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general
supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the
Corporation, and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually
vested in the office of Chief Executive of a corporation, and shall have such
other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the
Bylaws. Within this authority and in the course of his duties he
shall:
(a)
Conduct Meeting
. In
the absence of the Chairman of the Board, preside at all meetings of the Board
of Directors.
(b)
Execute Instruments
.
When authorized by the Board of Directors or required by law, execute in the
name of the Corporation, deeds, conveyances, notices, leases, checks, drafts,
bills of exchange, warrants, promissory notes, debentures, contracts, and other
papers and instruments in writing, and unless the Board of Directors shall order
otherwise by resolution, make such contracts as the ordinary conduct of the
Corporation’s business may require.
(c)
Hire and Fire
Employees
. Appoint and remove, employ and discharge, and prescribe the
duties and fix the compensation of all agents, employees, and clerks of the
Corporation other than the duly appointed officers, subject to the approval of
the Board of Directors, and control, subject to the direction of the Board of
Directors, all of the officers, agents, and employees of the
Corporation.
(d)
Meetings of Other
Corporations
. Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, attend
in person, or by substitute appointed by him, or by proxy executed by him, and
vote on behalf of the Corporation at all meetings of the shareholders of any
corporation in which the Corporation holds stock.
6.08.
President
. The
President shall perform the duties of Chief Executive Officer either when he has
been chosen as Chief Executive Officer or when the Chairman of the Board is
absent or unable to perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer. The
President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties from time
to time as may be prescribed for him by the Board of Directors, the Chief
Executive Officer or the Bylaws.
6.09.
Vice Chairman
.
The Vice Chairman shall have such powers and perform such duties from time to
time as may be prescribed for him by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive
Officer or the Bylaws.
6.10.
Chief Financial
Officer
. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by
the Board of Directors to the Chief Executive Officer, and subject to the
control of the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall have
general supervision, direction and control of the financial affairs of the
Corporation, and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually
vested in the office of Chief Financial Officer of a corporation, and shall have
such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the
Chief Executive Officer or the Bylaws.
6.11.
Executive Vice
President or Vice President
. Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws
with respect to the performance of the duties of Chief Executive Officer, in the
absence or disability of the President, the Executive Vice Presidents and Vice
Presidents, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not
ranked, the Executive Vice President or Vice President designated by the Board
of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting
shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions on, the
President. The Executive Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents shall have such
other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be
prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board of Directors, the Chief
Executive Officer or the Bylaws.
6.12.
Secretary
. The
Secretary shall:
(a)
Certify Bylaws
.
Certify and keep at the registered office or principal place of business of the
Corporation the original or a copy of its Bylaws, including all amendments or
alterations to date.
(b)
Minutes of Meetings
.
Keep the place where the certified Bylaws or a copy thereof are kept, a record
of the proceedings of meetings of its Directors, shareholders, Executive
Committee, and other committees, with the time and place of holding, whether
regular or special, and, if special, how authorized, the notice thereof given,
the names of those present at Directors’ meetings, the number of shares present
or represented at shareholders’ meetings, and the proceedings
thereof.
(c)
Sign or Attest
Documents
. Sign, certify, or attest such documents as may be required by
law for the business of the Corporation.
(d)
Notices
. See that all
notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and as
required by applicable law. In case of the absence or disability of the
Secretary or his or her refusal or neglect to act, notice may given and served
by an Assistant Secretary, Treasurer, or by the Chief Executive Officer or Board
of Directors.
(e)
Custodian of Records and
Seals
. Be custodian of the records and of the seal of the Corporation and
see that it is engraved, lithographed, printed, stamped, impressed upon or
affixed to all certificated shares prior to their issuance, and to all documents
or instruments the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its
seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws, or
which otherwise attested to or certified to by the Secretary.
(f)
Share Register
. Keep
at the place where the certified Bylaws or a copy thereof are kept, or at the
office of the transfer agent or registrar, a share register or duplicate share
register giving the names of shareholders, their respective addresses, and the
number of classes of shares held by each. The secretary shall also keep
appropriate, complete, and accurate books or records of account at the
Corporation’s registered office or its principal place of business.
(g)
Reports and
Statements
. See that the books, reports, statements, certificates and all
other documents and records required by law are properly kept and
filed.
(h)
Exhibit Records
.
Exhibit at all reasonable times to proper persons on such terms as are provided
by applicable law on proper application, the Bylaws, the share register, and
minutes of proceedings of the shareholders and Directors of the
Corporation.
(i)
Other Duties
. In
general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary, and such other
duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of
Directors.
(j)
Absence of Secretary
.
In case of the absence or disability of the Secretary or his or her refusal or
neglect to act, the Assistant Secretary, or if there be none, the Treasurer,
acting as Assistant Secretary may perform all of the functions of the Secretary.
In the absence or inability to act or refusal or neglect to act of the
Secretary, the Assistant Secretary and Treasurer, any person thereunto
authorized by the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors may
perform the functions of the Secretary.
6.13.
Assistant
Secretary
. At the request of the Secretary or in his or her absence or
disability, any Assistant Secretary, shall perform all the duties of the
Secretary, and when so acting, he or she shall have all the powers of, and be
subject to all restrictions on, the Secretary. The Assistant Secretary shall
perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by
the Board of Directors or the Secretary.
6.14.
Treasurer
.
(a)
Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of
Directors to the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer shall, subject to the
control of the Board of Directors, have the general powers and duties of
management usually vested in the office of Treasurer of a corporation, and shall
have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of
Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the
Bylaws.
(b) The
Treasurer and such other Officers as may be designated by the Board of Directors
shall receive, take care of, and be responsible for all moneys, securities, and
evidences of indebtedness belonging to the Corporation, deposit the same in the
name of the Corporation in such depositories as the Board of Directors shall
direct and shall keep a complete record of all receipts and disbursements of the
Corporation.
(c) The
Treasurer shall sign drafts and such other instruments as may, under these
Bylaws or by direction of the Board of Directors, require his official
signature, and shall keep a record thereof.
(d) The
Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may be required by these Bylaws or
by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Executive Officer or the Board of
Directors.
6.15.
Assistant
Treasurer
. At the request of the Treasurer or in his or her absence or
disability, the Assistant Treasurer shall perform all the duties of the
Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to,
all the restrictions on the Treasurer. The Assistant Treasurer shall perform
such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of
Directors, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Executive Officer or the
Treasurer.
6.16.
Salaries
. The
salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of
Directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by
reason of the fact that he is also a Director of the Corporation.
ARTICLE
SEVEN
ISSUANCE
AND TRANSFER OF SHARES
7.01.
Classes and Series of
Shares
. The Corporation may issue such shares of stock as are authorized
by the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation. Except as provided in the
Articles of Incorporation, if a class is divided into series, all the shares of
any one series shall have the same conversion, redemption and other rights,
preferences, qualifications, limitations and restrictions.
7.02.
Fully Paid
Shares
. No shares may be issued by the Corporation until the full amount
of the consideration for such shares has been paid. When such consideration has
been paid to the Corporation, the shares shall be issued to the shareholder in
uncertificated form or in certificated form if the shareholder requests physical
certificates representing such shares.
7.03.
Certificated and
Uncertificated Shares Authorized
. As authorized in the Corporation’s
Articles of Incorporation, any or all classes and series of shares of the
Corporation, or any part thereof, may be represented by uncertificated shares to
the extent determined by the Board of Directors, except that shares represented
by a certificate that is issued and outstanding shall continue to be represented
thereby until the certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Shares shall be
issued in certificated form if a shareholder requests physical certificates
representing such shareholder’s shares. Except as otherwise expressly provided
by applicable law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated
and certificated shares of the same class and series shall be
identical.
7.04.
Consideration for
Shares
. The consideration for the issuance of shares may be paid, in
whole or in part, in money, in other property actually received, tangible or
intangible, or in labor done for the Corporation. Future services shall not
constitute payment, or part-payment, for shares of the Corporation.
7.05.
Information Regarding
Shares
.
(a)
Form of Certificates
.
Certificated shares shall be of such form and style, printed or otherwise, as
the Board of Directors may designate, and each certificate shall state all of
the following facts:
|
(i)
|
That
the Corporation is organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania.
|
|
(ii)
|
The
name of the registered holder of the shares represented by the
certificate.
|
|
(iii)
|
The
number and class of shares and the designation of the series, if any,
which such certificate represents.
|
(b)
Shares in Classes or
Series
. If the Corporation is authorized to issue shares of more than one
class or series, each certificated share shall set forth, either on the face or
back of the certificate, a full or summary statement of all of the designations,
voting rights, preferences, limitations, and relative rights of the shares of
each class or series authorized to be issued and, if the Corporation is
authorized to issue any preferred or special class in series, the variations in
the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each such series, so
far as the same have been fixed and determined, and authority of the Board of
Directors to fix and determine the designations, voting rights, preferences,
limitations, and relative rights of the classes and series of shares of the
Corporation. The full or summary statement required by this paragraph
(b) to be on the face or back of the certificated share or in the written notice
required by paragraph (d) of this Section with respect to uncertificated shares,
may be omitted from the certificate or written notice, as the case may be, if it
is written on the face or back of such certificate or written notice that such
statement, in full, will be furnished by the Corporation to any shareholder upon
request and without charge.
(c)
Restriction on
Transfer
. Any restrictions imposed by the Corporation on the sale or
other disposition of its shares and on the transfer thereof must be noted
conspicuously on each certificated share, or on a written notice given as
required by paragraph (d) of this Section in the case of each uncertificated
share, to which the restriction applies.
(d)
Notice of Rights for
Uncertificated Shares
. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or
transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall send to the registered
holder of such shares, a written notice containing the information required to
be set forth on certificated shares as set forth in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c)
of this Section.
7.06.
Signing Certificates —
Facsimile Signatures
. All certificated shares shall be signed by such
officers as the Board of Directors may determine from time to time, or, in the
absence of such any determination, by the Chief Executive Officer or a Vice
President and by either the Secretary, Assistant Secretary, Treasurer or
Assistant Treasurer, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal, or a facsimile
of the seal of the Corporation. If a certificated share is countersigned by a
transfer agent or registrar, any other signatures or countersignatures on the
certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer of the Corporation or any
officer or employee of the transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose
facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificated share ceases to be an
officer of the Corporation, or an officer or employee of the transfer agent or
registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by
the Corporation with the same effect as if the officer of the Corporation, or
the officer or employee of the transfer agent or registrar, had not ceased to be
such at the date of its issue.
7.07. (a)
Transfer of
Shares
. Transfer of certificated or uncertificated shares shall be made
on the books of the Corporation upon surrender of the shares therefor, and, in
the case of certificated shares, endorsed by the person named in the certificate
or by his attorney, lawfully constituted in writing. No transfer shall be made
which is inconsistent with applicable law.
(b)
Transfer of Lost or
Destroyed Shares
. Where a certificated shares has been lost, apparently
destroyed, or wrongfully taken and the owner fails to notify the Corporation of
that fact within a reasonable time after he has notice of it, and the
Corporation registers a transfer of the share(s) represented by the certificate
before receiving such notification, the owner is precluded from asserting
against the Corporation any claim for registering the transfer or any claim to
new certificated or uncertificated shares representing such lost, destroyed or
wrongfully taken shares.
(c)
Replacement of Lost or
Destroyed Certificates
. Where the holder of certificated shares claims
that the certificate has been lost, destroyed, or wrongfully taken, the
Corporation shall issue new shares in uncertificated form, unless the holder
requests certificated shares, in place of the original certificate if the owner:
(i) so requests before the Corporation has notice that the shares have been
acquired by a bona fide purchaser; (ii) files with the Corporation a sufficient
indemnity bond; and (iii) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by
the Board of Directors.
(d)
Transfer After
Replacement
. If, after the issue of new certificated or uncertificated
shares as a replacement for a lost, destroyed, or wrongfully taken certificated
shares, a bona fide purchaser of the original certificate presents it for
registration of transfer, the Corporation must register the transfer unless
registration would result in over-issue. In addition to any rights on the
indemnity bond, the Corporation may recover the new certificated or
uncertificated shares from the person to whom such shares were issued or any
person taking under him except a bona fide purchaser.
7.08.
Transfer Agents and
Registrars
. The Board of Directors may appoint one (1) or more transfer
agents and one (1) or more registrars, each of which shall be an incorporated
bank or trust company, either domestic or foreign, either independent or a
subsidiary of the Corporation, which shall be appointed at such times and places
as the requirements of the Corporation may necessitate and the Board of
Directors may designate.
7.09.
Conditions of
Transfer
. A person in whose name shares of stock stand on the books of
the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof as regards the Corporation,
provided that whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral
security, and written notice thereof shall be given to the Secretary of the
Corporation or its transfer agent, if any, such fact shall be stated in the
entry of the transfer. When a transfer of shares is requested and there is
reasonable doubt as to the right of the person seeking the transfer, the
Corporation or its transfer agent, before recording the transfer of the shares
on its books or issuing any certificated or uncertificated shares therefor, may
require from the person seeking the transfer reasonable proof of his right to
the transfer. If there remains a reasonable doubt of the right to the transfer,
the Corporation may refuse a transfer unless the person gives adequate security
or a bond of indemnity executed by a corporate surety or by two (2) individual
sureties satisfactory to the Corporation as to form, amount and responsibility
of sureties. The bond shall be conditioned to protect the Corporation, its
officers, transfer agents, and registrars, and any of them against any loss,
damage, expense, or other liability (including attorneys’ fees) to the owner of
the shares by reason of the recordation of the transfer or the issuance of new
shares.
ARTICLE
EIGHT
LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS’ LIABILITY;
INDEMNIFICATION
8.01.
Limitation of
Liability
. To the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of
Subchapter B of Chapter 17 of the BCL (15 Pa. C.S. 1711
et
seq
.) and any
amendment to or restatement of such provisions, other applicable provisions of
the BCL and any other applicable law, a Director (including a member of any
advisory board) of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the
Corporation, its shareholders or others for monetary damages for any action
taken or any failure to take any action unless the Director has breached or
failed to perform the duties of his or her office, as set forth in the
applicable law, and such breach or failure constitutes self-dealing, willful
misconduct or recklessness. The provisions of this Article Eight shall not apply
with respect to the responsibility or liability of a Director (including a
member of any advisory board) under any criminal statute or the liability of a
Director (including a member of any advisory board) for the payment of taxes
pursuant to local, state or federal law.
8.02. (a)
Indemnification
. The
Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason
of the fact that he is or was a Director (including a member of any advisory
board), officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, any one or more bank
subsidiaries of the Corporation (individually and collectively, the “Bank”), or
any other direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation or the Bank
designated by the Board of Directors or is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as a Director (including a member of any advisory board), officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines
and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the fullest extent
authorized or permitted by the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania.
(b)
Advance of Expenses
.
Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending a civil or criminal
action, suit, or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the
final disposition of such action, suit, or proceeding upon receipt of (i) an
undertaking by or on behalf of the Director (including a member of any advisory
board), officer, employee, or agent to repay such amount if it shall be
ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the
Corporation as authorized in this Article Eight and (ii) if requested at the
discretion of the Board of Directors, adequate security or a bond to cover any
such amounts for which it is ultimately determined that he or she is not
entitled to such indemnity.
(c)
Indemnification not
Exclusive
. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by
this Article Eight shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right to which
persons seeking indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled
under any agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested Directors, or
otherwise, both as to actions in such persons’ official capacity and as to their
actions in another capacity while holding office, and shall continue as to a
person who has ceased to be a Director (including a member of any advisory
board), officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors, and administrators of such person.
(d)
Insurance, Contracts,
Security
. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf
of any person, may enter into contracts of indemnification with any person, and
may create a fund of any nature (which may, but need not, be under the control
of a trustee) for the benefit of any person and may otherwise secure in any
manner its obligations with respect to indemnification and advancement of
expenses, whether arising under this Article Eight or otherwise, whether or not
the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such
liability under the provisions of this Article Eight.
8.03.
Effective Date
.
The limitation of liability provided in Section 8.01 of this Article Eight and
the right to indemnification provided in Section 8.02 of this Article Eight
shall apply to any action or failure to take any action occurring on or after
the formation of the Corporation.
8.04.
Amendment, Etc
.
Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, this Article Eight
may not be amended or repealed, and a provision inconsistent herewith may not be
adopted, except by the affirmative vote of 66-2/3% of the members of the entire
Board of Directors or by the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation
entitled to cast at least 80% of the votes which all shareholders of the
Corporation are then entitled to cast, except that, if the BCL is amended or any
other statute is enacted or amended so as to decrease the exposure of Directors
(including a member of any advisory board) to liability or increase the
indemnification rights available to Directors (including a member of any
advisory board), officers, employees, agents or others, then this Article Eight
and any other provisions of these Bylaws inconsistent with such decreased
exposure or increased indemnification rights shall be amended, automatically and
without any further action on the part of the shareholders or Directors, to
reflect such reduced exposure or increased indemnification rights, unless such
legislation expressly requires otherwise. Any repeal or modification of this
Article Eight by the shareholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only,
and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a
Director (including a member of any advisory board) of the Corporation or any
right to indemnification from the Corporation with respect to any action or
failure to take any action occurring prior to the time of such repeal or
modification.
ARTICLE
NINE
SEVERABILITY
9.01. If
a final judicial determination is made or an order is issued by a court or
government regulatory agency having jurisdiction that any provision of these
Bylaws is unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable, such provisions shall not be
rendered void, but shall be deemed amended to apply to the maximum extent as
such court or government regulatory agency may determine or indicate to be
reasonable. If, for any reason, any provision of these Bylaws shall be held
invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of these Bylaws
not held so invalid, and each such other provision shall, to the full extent
permitted by law, continue in full force and effect. If any provision of these
Bylaws shall be held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the
remainder of such provisions, and the remainder of such provisions, together
with all other provisions of these Bylaws shall, to the full extent permitted by
law, continue in full force and effect.
ARTICLE
TEN
AMENDMENTS
10.01.
Except and only to the extent otherwise expressly provided in these Bylaws, the
Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, the BCL or other applicable law,
the authority to make, amend, alter, change, or repeal these Bylaws is hereby
expressly and solely granted to and vested in the Board of Directors of the
Corporation, subject always to the power of shareholders to change such action
by the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at
least 66-2/3% of the votes that all shareholders are entitled to cast
thereon.
SECTIONS
1607 AND 1222 OF THE PENNSYLVANIA BANKING CODE
Section
1222. Rights of Dissenting Shareholders
If a
shareholder of an institution shall object to a proposed plan of action of the
institution authorized under a section of this act and such section provides
that the shareholder shall be entitled to the rights and remedies of a
dissenting shareholder, the rights and remedies of such shareholder shall be
governed by the provisions of the Business Corporation Law applicable to
dissenting shareholders and shall be subject to the limitations on such rights
and remedies under those provisions. Shares acquired by an institution as a
result of the exercise of such rights by a dissenting shareholder may be held
and disposed of as treasury shares or, in the case of a merger or consolidation,
as otherwise provided in the plan of merger or consolidation.
Section
1607. Rights of Dissenting Shareholders
(a) A
shareholder of an institution which is a party to a plan in which the proposed
merger or consolidation will result in an institution subject to this act who
objects to the plan shall be entitled to the rights and remedies of a dissenting
shareholder provided under, and subject to compliance with, the provisions of
section 1222 of this act.
(b) If a
shareholder of a national bank which is a party to a plan in which the proposed
merger or consolidation will result in an institution subject to this act shall
object to the plan and shall comply with the requirements of applicable laws of
the United States, the resulting institution shall be liable for the value of
his shares as determined in accordance with such laws of the United States. If
the laws of the United States do not provide rights of dissenting shareholders
or requirements for the exercise of such rights and the valuation of shares,
such shareholder shall be entitled to the rights and remedies of a dissenting
shareholder under, and subject to compliance with, the provisions of section
1222 of this act.
SUBCHAPTER
D OF CHAPTER 15 AND SECTION 1930
OF
THE PENNSYLVANIA BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW
OF
1988 (15 Pa. C.S.A. §§1571-1580 and 1930) AS AMENDED,
RELATING
TO DISSENTERS' RIGHTS
§
1930. Dissenters rights
(a) General
rule. If any shareholder of a domestic business corporation
that becomes a party to a merger or consolidation pursuant to a plan of merger
or consolidation objects to the plan of merger or consolidation and complies
with the provisions of Subchapter D of Chapter 15 (relating to dissenters
rights), the shareholder shall be entitled to the rights and remedies of
dissenting shareholders therein provided, if any. See also section 1906(c)
(relating to dissenters right upon special treatment).
(b) Plans
adopted by directors only. Except as otherwise provided
pursuant to section 1571(c) (relating to grant of optional dissenters rights),
Subchapter D of Chapter 15 shall not apply to any of the shares of a corporation
that is a party to a merger or consolidation pursuant to section 1924(b)(1)(i)
or (4) (relating to adoption by board of directors).
(c) Cross
references. See sections 1571(b) (relating to exceptions) and
1904 (relating to de facto transaction doctrine abolished).
§
1571. Application and effect of subchapter
(a) General
rule. Except as otherwise provided in subsection (b) any
shareholder (as defined in Section 1572 (relating to definitions)) of a business
corporation shall have the right to dissent from, and to obtain payment of the
fair value of his shares in the event of, any corporate action, or to otherwise
obtain fair value for his shares, where this part expressly provides that a
shareholder shall have the rights and remedies provided in this subchapter.
See:
Section
1906(c) (relating to dissenters rights upon special treatment).
Section
1930 (relating to dissenters rights).
Section
1931(d) (relating to dissenters rights in share exchanges).
Section
1932(c) (relating to dissenters rights in asset transfers).
Section
1952(d) (relating to dissenters rights in division).
Section
1962(c) (relating to dissenters rights in conversion).
Section
2104(b) (relating to procedure).
Section
2324 (relating to corporation option where a restriction on transfer of a
security is held invalid).
Section
2325(b) (relating to minimum vote requirement).
Section
2704(c) (relating to dissenters rights upon election).
Section
2705(d) (relating to dissenters rights upon renewal of election).
Section
2904(b) (relating to procedure)
Section
2907(a) (relating to proceedings to terminate breach of qualifying
conditions).
Section
7104(b)(3) (relating to procedure).
(b) Exceptions.
(1) Except
as otherwise provided in paragraph (2), the holders of the shares of any class
or series of shares shall not have the right to dissent and obtain payment of
the fair market value of the shares under this subchapter if, on the record date
fixed to determine the shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the
meeting at which a plan specified in any of section 1930, 1931(d), 1932(c) or
1952(d) is to be voted on or on the date of the first public announcement that
such a plan has been approved by the shareholders by consent without a meeting,
the shares are either:
(i) listed
on a national securities exchange or designated as a national market system
security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc., or
(ii) held
of record by more than 2,000 persons.
(2) Paragraph
(1) shall not apply to and dissenters rights shall be available without regard
to the exception provided in that paragraph in the case of:
(i) (Repealed.)
(ii) Shares
of any preferred or special class unless the articles, the plan or the terms of
the transaction entitle all shareholders of the class or series to vote thereon
and require for the adoption of the plan or the effectuation of the transaction
the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by all shareholders of the
class or series.
(iii) Shares
entitled to dissenters rights under section 1906(c) (relating to dissenters
rights upon special treatment).
(3) The
shareholders of a corporation that acquires by purchase, lease, exchange or
other disposition all or substantially all of the shares, property or assets of
another corporation by the issuance of shares, obligations or otherwise, with or
without assuming the liabilities of the other corporation and with or without
the intervention of another corporation or other person, shall not be entitled
to the rights and remedies of dissenting shareholders provided in this
subchapter regardless of the fact, if it be the case, that the acquisition was
accomplished by the issuance of voting shares of the corporation to be
outstanding immediately after the acquisition sufficient to elect a majority or
more of the directors of the corporation.
(c) Grant
of optional dissenters rights. The bylaws or a resolution of
the board of directors may direct that all or a part of the shareholders shall
have dissenters rights in connection with any corporate action or other
transaction that would otherwise not entitle such shareholders to dissenters
rights.
(d) Notice
of dissenters rights. Unless otherwise provided by statute, if
a proposed corporate action that would give rise to dissenters rights under this
subpart is submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders, there shall be
included in or enclosed with the notice of meeting:
(1) a
statement of the proposed action and a statement that the shareholders have a
right to dissent and obtain payment of the fair value of their shares by
complying with the terms of this subchapter; and
(2) a
copy of this subchapter.
(e) Other
statutes. The procedures of this subchapter shall also be
applicable to any transaction described in any statute other than this part that
makes reference to this subchapter for the purpose of granting dissenters
rights.
(f) Certain
provisions of articles ineffective. This subchapter may not be
relaxed by any provision of the articles.
(g) Computation
of Beneficial Ownership. For purposes of subsection (b)(1)(ii),
shares that are held beneficially as joint tenants, tenants by the entireties,
tenants in common or in trust for two or more persons, as fiduciaries or
otherwise, shall be deemed to be held beneficially by one person.
(h) Cross
references. See sections 1105 (relating to restriction on
equitable relief), 1904 (relating to de facto transaction doctrine abolished),
1763(c) (relating to determination of shareholders of record) and 2512 (relating
to dissenters rights procedure).
§
1572. Definitions
The
following words and phrases when used in this subchapter shall have the meanings
given to them in this section unless the context clearly indicates
otherwise:
"Corporation." The
issuer of the shares held or owned by the dissenter before the corporate action
or the successor by merger, consolidation, division, conversion or otherwise of
that issuer. A plan of division may designate which one or more of the resulting
corporations is the successor corporation for the purposes of this subchapter.
The designated successor corporation or corporations in a division shall have
sole responsibility for payments to dissenters and other liabilities under this
subchapter except as otherwise provided in the plan of division.
"Dissenter." A
shareholder who is entitled to and does assert dissenters rights under this
subchapter and who has performed every act required up to the time involved for
the assertion of those rights.
"Fair
value." The fair value of shares immediately before the
effectuation of the corporate action to which the dissenter objects, taking into
account all relevant factors, but excluding any appreciation or depreciation in
anticipation of the corporate action.
"Interest." Interest
from the effective date of the corporate action until the date of payment at
such rate as is fair and equitable under all the circumstances, taking into
account all relevant factors, including the average rate currently paid by the
corporation on its principal bank loans.
"Shareholder." A
shareholder as defined in section 1103 (relating to definitions) or an ultimate
beneficial owner of shares, including, without limitation, a holder of
depository receipts, where the beneficial interest owned includes an interest in
the assets of the corporation upon dissolution.
§
1573. Record and beneficial holders and owners
(a) Record
holders of shares. A record holder of shares of a business
corporation may assert dissenters rights as to fewer than all of the shares
registered in his name only if he dissents with respect to all the shares of the
same class or series beneficially owned by any one person and discloses the name
and address of the person or persons on whose behalf he dissents. In that event,
his rights shall be determined as if the shares as to which he has dissented and
his other shares were registered in the names of different
shareholders.
(b) Beneficial
owners of shares. A beneficial owner of shares of a business
corporation who is not the record holder may assert dissenters rights with
respect to shares held on his behalf and shall be treated as a dissenting
shareholder under the terms of this subchapter if he submits to the corporation
not later than the time of the assertion of dissenters rights a written consent
of the record holder. A beneficial owner may not dissent with respect to some
but less than all shares of the same class or series owned by the owner, whether
or not the shares so owned by him are registered in his name.
§
1574. Notice of intention to dissent
If
the proposed corporate action is submitted to a vote at a meeting of
shareholders of a business corporation, any person who wishes to dissent and
obtain payment of the fair value of his shares must file with the corporation,
prior to the vote, a written notice of intention to demand that he be paid the
fair value for his shares if the proposed action is effectuated, must effect no
change in the beneficial ownership of his shares from the date of such filing
continuously through the effective date of the proposed action and must refrain
from voting his shares in approval of such action. A dissenter who fails in any
respect shall not acquire any right to payment of the fair value of his shares
under this subchapter. Neither a proxy nor a vote against the proposed corporate
action shall constitute the written notice required by this
section.
§
1575. Notice to demand payment
(a) General
rule. If the proposed corporate action is approved by the
required vote at a meeting of shareholders of a business corporation, the
corporation shall mail a further notice to all dissenters who gave due notice of
intention to demand payment of the fair value of their shares and who refrained
from voting in favor of the proposed action. If the proposed corporate action is
to be taken without a vote of shareholders, the corporation shall send to all
shareholders who are entitled to dissent and demand payment of the fair value of
their shares a notice of the adoption of the plan or other corporate action. In
either case, the notice shall:
(1) State
where and when a demand for payment must be sent and certificates for
certificated shares must be deposited in order to obtain payment.
(2) Inform
holders of uncertificated shares to what extent transfer of shares will be
restricted from the time that demand for payment is received.
(3) Supply
a form for demanding payment that includes a request for certification of the
date on which the shareholder, or the person on whose behalf the shareholder
dissents, acquired beneficial ownership of the shares.
(4) Be
accompanied by a copy of this subchapter.
(b) Time
for receipt of demand for payment. The time set for receipt of
the demand and deposit of certificated shares shall be not less than 30 days
from the mailing of the notice.
§
1576. Failure to comply with notice to demand payment, etc.
(a) Effect
of failure of shareholder to act. A shareholder who fails to
timely demand payment, or fails (in the case of certificated shares) to timely
deposit certificates, as required by a notice pursuant to section 1575 (relating
to notice to demand payment) shall not have any right under this subchapter to
receive payment of the fair value of his shares.
(b) Restriction
on uncertificated shares. If the shares are not represented by
certificates, the business corporation may restrict their transfer from the time
of receipt of demand for payment until effectuation of the proposed corporate
action or the release of restrictions under the terms of section 1577(a)
(relating to failure to effectuate corporate action).
(c) Rights
retained by shareholders. The dissenter shall retain all other
rights of a shareholder until those rights are modified by effectuation of the
proposed corporate action.
§
1577. Release of restrictions or payment for shares
(a) Failure
to effectuate corporate action. Within 60 days after the date
set for demanding payment and depositing certificates, if the business
corporation has not effectuated the proposed corporate action, it shall return
any certificates that have been deposited and release uncertificated shares from
any transfer restrictions imposed by reason of the demand for
payment.
(b) Renewal
of notice to demand payment. When uncertificated shares have
been released from transfer restrictions and deposited certificates have been
returned, the corporation may at any later time send a new notice conforming to
the requirements of section 1575 (relating to notice to demand payment), with
like effect.
(c) Payment
of fair value of shares. Promptly after effectuation of the
proposed corporate action, or upon timely receipt of demand for payment if the
corporate action has already been effectuated, the corporation shall either
remit to dissenters who have made demand and (if their shares are certificated)
have deposited their certificates the amount that the corporation estimates to
be the fair value of the shares, or give written notice that no remittance under
this section will be made. The remittance or notice shall be accompanied
by:
(1) The
closing balance sheet and statement of income of the issuer of the shares held
or owned by the dissenter for a fiscal year ending not more than 16 months
before the date of remittance or notice together with the latest available
interim financial statements.
(2) A
statement of the corporation's estimate of the fair value of the
shares.
(3) A
notice of the right of the dissenter to demand payment or supplemental payment,
as the case may be, accompanied by a copy of this subchapter.
(d) Failure
to make payment. If the corporation does not remit the amount
of its estimate of the fair value of the shares as provided by subsection (c),
it shall return any certificates that have been deposited and release
uncertificated shares from any transfer restrictions imposed by reason of the
demand for payment. The corporation may make a notation on any such certificate
or on the records of the corporation relating to any such uncertificated shares
that such demand has been made. If shares with respect to which notation has
been so made shall be transferred, each new certificate issued therefore or the
records relating to any transferred uncertificated shares shall bear a similar
notation, together with the name of the original dissenting holder or owner of
such shares. A transferee of such shares shall not acquire by such transfer any
rights in the corporation other than those that the original dissenter had after
making demand for payment of their fair value.
§
1578. Estimate by dissenter of fair value of shares
(a) General
rule. If the business corporation gives notice of its estimate
of the fair value of the shares, without remitting such amount, or remits
payment of its estimate of the fair value of a dissenter's shares as permitted
by section 1577(c) (relating to payment of fair value of shares) and the
dissenter believes that the amount stated or remitted is less than the fair
value of his shares, he may send to the corporation his own estimate of the fair
value of the shares, which shall be deemed a demand for payment of the amount or
the deficiency.
(b) Effect
of failure to file estimate. Where the dissenter does not file
his own estimate under subsection (a) within 30 days after the mailing by the
corporation of its remittance or notice, the dissenter shall be entitled to no
more than the amount stated in the notice or remitted to him by the
corporation.
§
1579. Valuation proceedings generally
(a) General
rule. Within 60 days after the latest of:
(1) effectuation
of the proposed corporate action;
(2) timely
receipt of any demands for payment under section 1575 (relating to notice to
demand payment); or
(3) timely
receipt of any estimates pursuant to section 1578 (relating to estimate by
dissenter of fair value of shares);
if any
demands for payment remain unsettled, the business corporation may file in court
an application for relief requesting that the fair value of the shares be
determined by the court.
(b) Mandatory
joinder of dissenters. All dissenters, wherever residing, whose
demands have not been settled shall be made parties to the proceeding as in an
action against their shares. A copy of the application shall be served on each
such dissenter. If a dissenter is a nonresident, the copy may be served on him
in the manner provided or prescribed by or pursuant to 42 Pa. C.S. Ch. 53
(relating to bases of jurisdiction and interstate and international
procedure).
(c) Jurisdiction
of the court. The jurisdiction of the court shall be plenary
and exclusive. The court may appoint an appraiser to receive evidence and
recommend a decision on the issue of fair value. The appraiser shall have such
power and authority as may be specified in the order of appointment or in any
amendment thereof.
(d) Measure
of recovery. Each dissenter who is made a party shall be
entitled to recover the amount by which the fair value of his shares is found to
exceed the amount, if any, previously remitted, plus interest.
(e) Effect
of corporation's failure to file applications. If the
corporation fails to file an application as provided in subsection (a), any
dissenter who made a demand and who has not already settled his claim against
the corporation may do so in the name of the corporation at any time within 30
days after the expiration of the 60-day period. If a dissenter does not file an
application within the 30-day period, each dissenter entitled to file an
application shall be paid the corporation's estimate of the fair value of the
shares and no more, and may bring an action to recover any amount not previously
remitted.
§
1580. Costs and expenses of valuation proceedings
(a) General
rule. The costs and expenses of any proceeding under section
1579 (relating to valuation proceedings generally), including the reasonable
compensation and expenses of the appraiser appointed by the court, shall be
determined by the court and assessed against the business corporation except
that any part of the costs and expenses may be apportioned and assessed as the
court deems appropriate against all or some of the dissenters who are parties
and whose action in demanding supplemental payment under section 1578 (relating
to estimate by dissenter of fair value of shares) the court finds to be
dilatory, obdurate, arbitrary, vexatious or in bad faith.
(b) Assessment
of counsel fees and expert fees where lack of good faith
appears. Fees and expenses of counsel and of experts for the
respective parties may be assessed as the court deems appropriate against the
corporation and in favor of any or all dissenters if the corporation failed to
comply substantially with the requirements of this subchapter and may be
assessed against either the corporation or a dissenter, in favor of any other
party, if the court finds that the party against whom the fees and expenses are
assessed acted in bad faith or in a dilatory, obdurate, arbitrary or vexatious
manner in respect to the rights provided by this subchapter.
(c) Award
of fees for benefits to other dissenters. If the court finds
that the services of counsel for any dissenter were of substantial benefit to
other dissenters similarly situated and should not be assessed against the
corporation, it may award to those counsel reasonable fees to be paid out of the
amounts awarded to the dissenters who were benefited.
New
Century Bank
NOMINATING
AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE
CHARTER
|
I.
|
AUTHORITY
AND MEMBERSHIP
|
The
members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (the “Committee”)
are appointed annually by the Board of Directors of New Century Bank (the
“Bank”) on the recommendation of the Committee. The members of the Committee
shall serve until their successors are duly elected and qualified by the Board.
The Committee shall be comprised of three or more members, all of whom must
qualify as independent directors ("Independent Directors") under the standards
for the Nasdaq Stock Market issuers or such other exchange or system upon
which the Bank's securities are listed, quoted or traded ("Nasdaq") and any
standards of independence as may be prescribed for purposes of any federal
securities, tax, banking or other laws relating to the Committee's duties and
responsibilities. No member of the Committee shall be removed except by majority
vote of the Independent Directors then in office.
Director’s
fees are the only compensation that a Committee member may receive
directly
or indirectly from or on behalf of the Bank .
The Board
on the recommendation of the Committee will appoint one of the members of the
Committee to serve as Committee Chair. The Committee Chair shall serve as the
Bank’s Lead Director, and shall, in that capacity, chair the executive sessions
of the Board meetings. The Corporate Secretary shall act as Secretary
to the Committee, or at its discretion, the Committee may appoint a Secretary,
who need not be a Director. A majority of the members of the Committee shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority
of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, shall be the act
of the Committee. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the members of the
Committee present may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, until a quorum is
present. No notice of any adjourned meeting need be given other than by
announcement at the meeting that is being adjourned.
The
Committee has the authority, to the extent it deems necessary or appropriate, to
retain independent legal, accounting or other advisors. The Committee shall also
have
the
authority, to the extent it deems necessary or appropriate, to ask the Bank to
provide the Committee with the support of one or more Bank employees to assist
it in carrying out its duties. The Bank shall provide for appropriate funding,
as determined solely by the Committee, for payment of compensation to any
advisors employed by the Committee. The Committee may request any officer or
employee of the Bank or the Bank’s outside counsel or other advisors to attend a
meeting of the Committee or to meet with any members of, or consultant to, the
Committee.
|
II.
|
PURPOSE
OF THE COMMITTEE
|
The
Committee's primary purpose is to:
•
Develop and recommend to
the Board corporate governance policies and guidelines for the Bank and for
identifying and nominating director and committee member candidates;
and
•
Nominate directors for
election to the Board and appointment to committee
membership.
|
III.
|
RESPONSIBILITIES
OF THE COMMITTEE
|
•
Review and reassess the
adequacy of this charter annually and recommend to
the Board
any proposed changes to this charter; and
•
Publicly disclose the
charter and any such amendments at the times and in the
manner
required by the SEC and/or any other regulatory body or stock exchange having
authority over the Bank, and in all events post such charter and amendments to
the Bank's website.
|
B.
|
Corporate
Governance Policies
|
•
Recommend to the Board
policies to enhance the Board's effectiveness, including the size and
composition of the Board, the frequency and structure of Board meetings, the
frequency, structure and guidelines for calling executive sessions of
Independent Directors, procedures for Board Meetings including distribution of
meeting materials, and the formation of new Board committees.
•
Create and review at
least annually, the corporate governance policies of the Bank to ensure that
they are appropriate for the Bank and comply with applicable
laws, regulations and listing standards, and to recommend any
desirable changes to the Board.
•
Establish an enforcement
mechanism for the Bank's Code of Business Conduct and Ethics;
•
Consider any other
corporate governance issues that arise from time to time, including requests for
waivers from the Bank's Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or corporate
governance policies, and develop appropriate recommendations for the
Board.
•
Review and advise the
Board from time to time with respect to the governance
structure
of the Bank.
•
Investigate and assess
the backgrounds and skills required of Board members and those of potential
candidates for Board membership.
•
Nominate candidates to
be presented to the Shareholders for election or to the Board for appointment to
fill vacancies accordingly, considering the independence and other
qualifications of each candidate and seeking an appropriately diversified
Board.
•
Establish training and
orientation programs for all new Board members.
•
Recommend to the Board
standards for determining director independence and other qualifications
consistent with requirements applicable to Bank’s listing or trading exchange
and other legal or regulatory requirements.
•
In consultation with the
Chairman of the Board of Directors, make recommendations to the Board for:
membership on the various Board committees (considering the qualifications for
membership on each committee); such changes to the Board’s committee structure
and committee functions as the Committee deems advisable: and, committee members
to be chairs of Board committees.
•
Recommend director and
committee member and chair compensation for those directors who are not also
salaried officers of the Bank to the full Board of Directors.
|
F.
|
Evaluation
of the Board and Committees
|
•
Review on at least an
annual basis the Board’s performance as a whole, each
committee’s
performance as a whole.
•
Form and delegate
authority to subcommittees when appropriate.
•
Retain or terminate any
search firm to be used to identify director candidates, including sole authority
to approve the search firm's fees and other retention terms, with such fees to
be borne by the Bank.
•
Report to the Board on
the Committee’s activities as the Committee deems appropriate or as the Board
requests.
•
Annually review the
performance of the Committee.
In
performing their responsibilities, Committee members are entitled to rely in
good faith on information, opinions, reports or statements prepared or presented
by:
•
One or more officers or
employees of the Bank whom the Committee member reasonably believes to be
reliable and competent in the matters presented;
•
Counsel, independent
auditors, or other persons as to matters which the
Committee
member reasonably believes to be within the professional or
expert
competence of such person; or,
•
Another committee of the
Board as to matters within that committee’s designated authority, which
committee the Committee member reasonably believes to merit
confidence.
NEW CENTURY BANK
AUDIT
COMMITTEE CHARTER
AUDIT
COMMITTEE MISSION
The Audit
Committee is appointed by the Board of Directors to assist the Board in
fulfilling its oversight responsibilities. The Audit Committee’s
primary duties and responsibilities are to:
|
·
|
Monitor
the integrity of the Bank’s financial reporting process and systems of
internal controls regarding finance, accounting and regulatory
compliance.
|
|
·
|
Monitor
the independence and performance of the Bank’s independent auditors and
outsourced internal auditor.
|
|
·
|
Provide
an avenue of communication among the independent auditors, management, the
internal auditor, and the Board of
Directors.
|
To
effectively perform his or her role, each Committee member will obtain an
understanding of the detailed responsibilities of Committee
membership.
AUDIT
COMMITTEE ORGANIZATION
The Audit
Committee shall be comprised of two or more directors as determined by the
Board, each of whom shall be independent, non-executive directors, free from any
relationship that would interfere with the exercise of his or her independent
judgment. All members shall have a basic understanding of finance and
accounting and be able to read and understand fundamental financial statements,
including a balance sheet, income statement, and cash flow
statement. At least one member of the Committee shall have accounting
or related financial management expertise. One of the members shall
be designated “Chairperson.”
The
Committee shall meet at least twice per year, and more frequently as
circumstances dictate.
The above
mission statement sets forth the Committee’s primary roles and
responsibilities. The following serves as a guide in achieving that
mission.
ROLES
AND RESPONSIBILITIES
Financial Statement Review
Procedures
1.
|
Review
the Bank’s annual audited financial statements prior to filing or
distribution. The review should include discussion with
management and independent auditors of significant issues regarding
accounting principles, practices, and judgments. Discuss with
Independent Auditors its judgment about the quality, not just
acceptability, of the Bank’s accounting principles as applied in its
financial reporting.
|
AUDIT
COMMITTEE CHARTER (Cont.)
ROLES
AND RESPONSIBILITIES (Cont.)
Financial Statement Review
Procedures
(Cont.)
2.
|
In
consultation with management, independent auditors, and internal auditors,
consider the integrity of the Bank’s financial reporting processes and
controls. Discuss significant financial risk exposures and
steps taken by management to monitor, control, and report such
exposures.
|
3.
|
Review
significant findings prepared by the independent auditors and the internal
auditors together with management’s responses. Gain an
understanding of whether internal control recommendations made by internal
and independent auditors have been implemented by
management.
|
Independent
Auditors
1.
|
The
independent auditors are ultimately accountable to the Audit Committee and
the Board of Directors. The Audit Committee shall review the
independence and performance of the auditors and annually recommend to the
Board of Directors the appointment of the independent auditors or approve
any discharge of auditors when circumstances
warrant.
|
2.
|
Review
the independent auditors’ timetable, scope and approach of the quarterly
reviews and annual examination of the financial
statements.
|
3.
|
Obtain
from the independent auditors their annual communication to the Audit
Committee in satisfaction of SAS 61 regarding communication with the Audit
Committee, and, if applicable, any commentary on internal contracts or
other recommendations.
|
4.
|
Review
and discuss with the independent auditors all significant relationships
they have with the Bank that could impair the auditors’
independence.
|
Internal
Auditors
1.
|
Approve
an Annual Risk Assessment and Audit Plan developed by the internal
auditors.
|
2.
|
Meet
quarterly with the internal auditors to gain an understanding of the
effectiveness of the internal audit function. These meetings
will also serve in evaluating their
performance.
|
3.
|
Review
significant reports prepared by the internal auditors together with
management’s response and follow-up to these
reports.
|
AUDIT
COMMITTEE CHARTER (Cont.)
ROLES
AND RESPONSIBILITIES (Cont.)
Internal Auditors
(Cont.)
4.
|
The
Audit Committee may contract for internal audit services as necessary to
assess the adequacy and effectiveness of internal controls, the accuracy
of management reporting and compliance with laws, regulations and bank
policy. The Audit Committee will set forth
the
|
outsourcing
vendor’s responsibilities in a written contract the terms of which comply with
the “Interagency Policy Statement of Internal Audit and Internal Audit
Outsourcing.”
Compliance with Laws and
Regulations
1.
|
Periodically
obtain updates from management and compliance auditors regarding
compliance with laws and
regulations.
|
2.
|
Review
the findings of any examination by regulatory agencies such as the Federal
Reserve, FDIC, or Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency.
|
3.
|
Be
familiar with Management’s response to regulatory
examinations.
|
Other Committee
Responsibilities
1.
|
Review
and update the Audit Charter annually and submit the charter to the Board
of Directors for approval. Ensure that the charter is included
within the Bank’s proxy statement once every three
years.
|
2.
|
Prepare
an annual Audit Committee Report for inclusion in the Bank’s Annual Proxy
Statement that states a formal audit charter has been approved and that
the Audit Committee has satisfied its responsibility during the
year.
|
3.
|
Perform
other oversight functions as requested by the Board of
Directors. Further, The Audit Committee shall have the power to
conduct or authorize investigations into any matters within the
committee’s scope of
responsibilities.
|
4.
|
Maintain
minutes of meetings and periodically report to the Board of Directors on
significant results of the foregoing
activities.
|
5.
|
Meet
periodically with the internal auditors, the independent (external)
auditors, and management in separate executive sessions to discuss any
matters that the committee or these groups believe should be discussed
privately with the audit committee.
|
6.
|
Report
Audit Committee actions to the Board of Directors with such
recommendations, as the Audit Committee may deem
appropriate.
|
NEW
CENTURY BANK
Compensation
Committee Charter
Purpose
The
purpose of the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) is to assist the Board
of Directors ( the “Board”) of New Century Bank (the “Company”) in the discharge
of its responsibilities relating to compensation of the executive officers and
directors; to oversee the evaluation of the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”);
to oversee the administration of the Company’s executive compensation plans
relating to cash compensation, incentive compensation, equity-based awards and
other benefits and prerequisites; and to produce an annual report on executive
compensation for inclusion in the Company’s proxy statement in accordance with
applicable rules and regulations.
In
discharging its role, the Committee is empowered to investigate any matter
brought to its attention with access to all books, records, facilities, and
personnel of the Company. The Committee has the power to retain
outside counsel, compensation consultants, or other experts and will receive
adequate funding from the Company to engage such advisors. The
Committee shall have the sole authority to retain, compensate, terminate, and
oversee its executive compensation consultants, who shall be accountable
ultimately to the Committee.
Membership
The
Committee comprises at least three directors, each of whom shall satisfy all of
the “independence” tests of applicable law, rules or regulations, including
those of the NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. (“outside independent
directors”).
Areas
of Responsibility
The
Committee shall:
·
|
Develop
executive compensation philosophy and strategy, including independent
research on executive officer compensation, to determine appropriate
levels of executive compensation, including the mix between fixed and
incentive compensation, and the mix between short-term and long-term
incentive compensation, but without encouraging rewards for undue
risk-taking.
|
·
|
Develop
executive compensation procedures and programs consistent with approved
compensation philosophy and
strategy.
|
·
|
Review
and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to CEO compensation,
evaluate the CEO’s performance in light of those goals and objectives, and
recommend for Board approval the CEO’s compensation level based on this
evaluation.
|
·
|
Review
and recommend for Board approval the compensation level of the second most
senior executive officer of the Company (other than the CEO) as
recommended by the CEO.
|
·
|
Review
and determine or ratify the compensation of the Company’s Section 16
executive officers as recommended to the CEO, and review the compensation
of the direct reports to the Chief Operating Officer (“COO”), which direct
reports are not Section 16 officers. The Committee’s review
will include a review of competitive market data for these individuals and
consideration of market conditions.
|
·
|
Oversee
administration of executive and management incentive plans, long-term
incentive compensation plans for employees and directors, employee stock
purchase plans, and other executive and director compensation
arrangements.
|
·
|
Approve
all officer long-term incentive compensation
awards.
|
·
|
Approve
awards for executive officers under executive incentive
plans.
|
·
|
Ratify
any and all subsidiary bonus awards prior to
payout.
|
·
|
Oversee
administration of defined benefit and defined contribution
plans. The Committee may delegate oversight and administration
of any such plan to an administrative committee established thereunder,
including the power to adopt plan amendments, but not including any
amendments that result in significant increase in costs of benefits or
actual or
de facto
termination of the plan. The administrative committee
shall report all actions taken with respect to any plan promptly to the
Committee.
|
·
|
Review/recommend
or approve employment agreements, severance agreements or change in
control agreements between the Company and Section 16 executive
officers.
|
·
|
Approve
guidelines for the CEO to use in the CEO’s approval of change-in-control
agreements for executive officers who are not Section 16 reporting
persons.
|
·
|
Approve
promotions of officers at the Executive Vice President level and above,
except for the CEO or COO of the Company (which shall be subject to
approval by the outside independent directors meeting in Executive
Session). The CEO shall approve promotions of all other
officers.
|
·
|
Recommend
for Board approval on an annual basis the compensation of non-employee
directors, including appropriate levels of compensation for service on
Board committees and reimbursement of expenses incidental to a director’s
service. No employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries
may receive compensation as a director or committee
member.
|
·
|
Review
and approve of the Company’s disclosure of executive compensation in the
Company’s proxy statements.
|
·
|
Oversee
the Company’s compliance with regulatory requirements associated with
compensation of its officers.
|
Meetings
The
Committee shall meet as frequently as circumstances may require for it to carry
out its duties.
TAX
OPINION OF STRADLEY RONON STEVENS & YOUNG, LLP
To
be attached by amendment.
NEW
CENTURY BANK
MANAGEMENT
STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
ARTICLE
1
PURPOSE
1.1
GENERAL
. The
purpose of this Plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of New
Century Bank, any future holding company of the Bank and their successors (the
“Bank”), by linking the personal interests of executive and senior
management-level employees of the Bank to those of shareholders and by providing
such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance in order to
generate superior returns to shareholders. The Plan is further
intended to provide flexibility to the Bank in its ability to motivate, attract,
and retain the services of employees, officers, and executives upon whose
judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Bank’s
operation is largely dependent.
ARTICLE
2
EFFECTIVE
DATE AND TERM
2.1
EFFECTIVE
DATE
. The Plan will be effective as of the date it is approved
by the shareholders of the Bank.
2.2
TERM
. Unless
sooner terminated by the Board, the Plan shall terminate on the Plan Termination
Date, and no Offers may be made under the Plan thereafter. The
termination of the Plan shall not affect any Offer that is outstanding on the
termination date, without the consent of the Participant.
ARTICLE
3
DEFINITIONS
AND CONSTRUCTION
3.1
DEFINITIONS
. When
a word or phrase appears in this Plan with the initial letter capitalized, and
the word or phrase does not commence a sentence, the word or phrase shall
generally be given the meaning ascribed to it in this Section or in Sections 1.1
or 2.1 unless a clearly different meaning is required by the
context. The following words and phrases shall have the following
meanings:
(a) “Bank”
means New Century Bank.
(b) “Board”
means the Board of Directors of the Bank.
(c) “Change
in Control” means:
(1) there
occurs a merger, consolidation or other business combination or reorganization
to which the Bank is a party, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of
Directors of the Bank, in which (A) the members of the Board of Directors of the
Bank immediately preceding the consummation of such transaction do not
constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the resulting
corporation and of any parent corporation thereof immediately after the
consummation of such transaction, and (B) the shareholders of the Bank
immediately before such transaction do not hold more than
fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of securities of the
resulting corporation;
(2) There
occurs a sale, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of substantially all of
the assets of the Bank to another entity, whether or not approved in advance by
the Board of Directors of the Bank (for purpose of this Agreement, a sale of
more than one-half of the branches of the Bank would constitute a Change in
Control, but for purposes of this paragraph, no branches or assets will be
deemed to have been sold if they are leased back contemporaneously with or
promptly after their sale);
(3) A
plan of liquidation or dissolution is adopted for the Bank; or
(4) Any
“person” or any group of “persons” (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d)
and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), as if such provisions were applicable to the
Bank, other than the holders of shares of the Bank’s common stock in existence
on the date of the Opening for Business, is or shall become the “beneficial
owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), as if such rule were
applicable to the Bank, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank
representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Bank’s then
outstanding securities.
(d) “Code”
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and regulations promulgated
thereunder.
(e) “Committee”
means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
(f) “Exchange
Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the regulations
promulgated thereunder.
(g) “Offer”
means a right granted to a Participant under Article 7 of the Plan to purchase
Stock at a the price of one dollar ($1.00) per share during an Offering
Period.
(h) “Offer
Agreement” means a writing, in such form as the Committee in its discretion
shall prescribe, evidencing an Offer.
(i) “Offering
Period” means a specified period of time during which a Participant may accept
an Offer by purchasing up to that number of shares of Stock to which the offer
relates.
(j) “Participant”
means a person who has been granted an Offer under the Plan.
(k) “Plan”
means the New Century Bank Management Stock Purchase Plan as set forth
herein.
(l) “Plan
Termination Date” means the date that is ten (10) years after the Effective
Date.
(m) “Stock”
means the voting common stock of New Century Bank and such other securities of
New Century Bank which may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Article
8.
ARTICLE
4
ADMINISTRATION
4.1
COMMITTEE;
BOARD APPROVAL
. The Plan shall be administered by the
Committee. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, during
any period in which the Bank may be subject to the Exchange Act, either: (i) the
Committee shall consist of at least two individuals and each member of the
Committee shall qualify as a Non-Employee Director; or (ii) (A) at least two
members of the Committee must qualify as Non-Employee Directors, (B) any member
of the Committee who does not qualify as a “Non-Employee Director” may not
participate in any action of the Committee with respect to any Offer awarded
under the Plan, and (C) the Plan shall be deemed to be administered by the full
Board, the actions of the Committee under the Plan shall be deemed merely
advisory to the Board, and the Board’s approval shall be required for all
actions of the Committee under the Plan, including without limitation the grant
of each Offer. To the extent necessary or desirable (as may be
determined by the Board from time to time) each member of the Committee shall
also qualify as an “outside director” under Section 162(m) of the
Code. The members of the Committee shall meet such additional
criteria as may be necessary or desirable to comply with regulatory or stock
exchange rules or exemptions. The Bank will pay all reasonable
expenses of the Committee.
4.2
AUTHORITY
OF COMMITTEE
. Subject to any specific designation in the Plan,
the Committee (or the Board, in cases where the Board administers the Plan
pursuant to Section 4.1) has the exclusive power, authority and discretion
to:
(a) Designate
Participants to receive Offers;
(b) Determine
the type or types of Offers to be granted to each Participant;
(c) Determine
the number of shares of Stock to which an Offer will relate;
(d) Determine
the Offering Period with respect to any Offer;
(e) Amend,
modify, or terminate any outstanding Offer, with the Participant’s consent
unless the Committee has the authority to amend, modify, or terminate an Offer
without the Participant’s consent under any other provision of the
Plan.
(f) Determine
whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the exercise price of an
Offer may be paid in, cash, Stock or other property, or an Offer may be
canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;
(g) Decide
all other matters that must be determined in connection with an
Offer;
(h) Establish,
adopt, revise, amend or rescind any guidelines, rules and regulations as it may
deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and
(i) Interpret
the terms of, and rule on any matter arising under, the Plan or any
Offer;
(j) make
all other decisions and determinations that may be required under the Plan or as
the Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;
and
(k) Retain
counsel, accountants and other consultants to aid in exercising its powers and
carrying out its duties under the Plan.
4.3
DECISIONS
BINDING
. The Committee’s interpretation of the Plan, any
Offers granted under the Plan, and all decisions and determinations by the
Committee with respect to the Plan shall (if approved or ratified by the Board
during any period when the Board is deemed to administer the Plan pursuant to
Section 4.1) be final, binding, and conclusive on all parties and any other
persons claiming an interest in any Offer or under the Plan.
ARTICLE
5
SHARES
SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
5.1
NUMBER OF
SHARES
. Subject to adjustment provided in Section 8.1, the
aggregate number of shares of Stock reserved and available for grant under the
Plan shall be seven hundred thousand (700,000).
5.2
LAPSED
OFFERS
. To the extent that an Offer terminates, is cancelled,
expires, lapses or is forfeited for any reason, shares of Stock subject to the
Offer will not be available for the grant of another Offer under the
Plan.
5.3
STOCK
DISTRIBUTED
. Any Stock distributed pursuant to an Offer may
consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury Stock
or Stock purchased on the open market.
ARTICLE
6
ELIGIBILITY
AND PARTICIPATION
6.1
ELIGIBILITY
. Employees
who hold executive and other senior management-level positions with the Bank
shall be potentially eligible to receive Offers under the Plan. In
making determinations regarding the potential eligibility of any employee, the
Committee may take into account the nature of the services rendered by such
employee, his or her present and potential contributions to the Bank's success
and such other factors as the Committee in its discretion shall deem
relevant.
6.2
ACTUAL
PARTICIPATION
. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the
Committee may, from time to time, select from among all eligible individuals
those to whom Offers shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount
of each Offer. No individual shall have any right to be granted an
Offer under this Plan.
ARTICLE
7
OFFERS
7.1
GENERAL
. The
Committee is authorized to grant Offers to Participants on the following terms
and conditions:
(a) EXERCISE
PRICE. The exercise price per share of Stock under an Offer shall be
one dollar ($1.00).
(b) OFFERING
PERIOD. The Offering Period with respect to an Offer must begin and
end within the same calendar year.
(c) VESTING
CONDITIONS. Shares of Stock acquired by a Participant upon exercise
of an Offer shall be subject to forfeiture and non-transferable until the first
to occur of (i) a Change in Control within seven (7) years following the
beginning of the Offering Period, (ii) the completion of an acquisition by the
Bank of another Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured institution or its
assets in a transaction constituting a Change in Control for such other
institution (determined for such purposes as if “Bank” in the definition of
“Change in Control” were the other institution) within seven (7) years following
the beginning of the Offering Period, or (iii) the Participant’s death while in
the employ of the Bank. The shares of Stock acquired by the
Participant shall be redeemed by the Bank in exchange for one dollar ($1.00) per
share if his or her employment is terminated prior to the occurrence of one of
the vesting events described in the preceding sentence.
(d) TRANSFERABILITY. Each
Offer granted under the Plan shall, by its terms, not be transferable otherwise
than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. No right or
interest of a Participant in any Offer may be pledged, encumbered, or
hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Bank, or shall be
subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any other
party other than the Bank; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be
deemed to imply any obligation of the Bank to lend against or accept a lien or
pledge of any Offer for any reason.
(e) PAYMENT. An
Offer shall be exercised by giving a written notice to the Chief Executive
Officer of the Company stating the number of shares of Stock with respect to
which the Offer is being exercised and containing such other information as the
Committee may require and by tendering payment therefore with a cashier's check,
certified check, or with existing holdings of Stock held for more than six
months. The right to acquire the shares pursuant to an Offer shall
terminate if payment for the shares is not made prior to the close of the
Offering Period.
(f) STOCK
CERTIFICATES. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the
Bank shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing
shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of any Offers, unless and until the
Board has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance and delivery of
such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of
governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on
which the shares of Stock are listed or traded as well as the terms of this Plan
and any other terms, conditions or restrictions that may be
applicable. All Stock certificates delivered under the Plan are
subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee
deems necessary or advisable to comply with Federal, state, or foreign
jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and regulations and the rules of
any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the
Stock is listed, quoted, or traded. The Committee may place legends
on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the
Stock. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the
Board may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements,
and representations as the Board, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to
comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements.
EVIDENCE
OF GRANT. All Offers shall be evidenced by an Offer
Agreement. The Offer Agreement shall include such additional
provisions as may be specified by the Committee which are not inconsistent with
the provisions of this Section 7.1.
ARTICLE
8
CHANGES
IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE
8.1
GENERAL
.
(a) SHARES
AVAILABLE FOR GRANT. In the event of any change in the number of
shares of Stock outstanding by reason of any stock dividend or split,
recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares or
similar corporate change, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock with
respect to which the Committee may grant Offers shall be appropriately
adjusted. In the event of any change in the number of shares of Stock
outstanding by reason of any other event or transaction, the Committee may, but
need not, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares of Stock with
respect to which Offers may be granted as the Committee may deem
appropriate.
(b) OUTSTANDING
OFFERS – INCREASE OR DECREASE IN ISSUED SHARES WITHOUT
CONSIDERATION. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of
the Bank, in the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued
shares of Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares of Stock
or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the shares of Stock), or any
other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without receipt
or payment of consideration by the Bank, the Committee shall proportionally
adjust the number of shares of Stock subject to each outstanding Offer (by
rounding up or down to the next whole number of shares) and the purchase price
per share of Stock of each such Offer.
(c) OUTSTANDING
OFFERS – CERTAIN MERGERS. Subject to any required action by the
shareholders of the Bank, in the event that the Bank shall be the surviving
corporation in any merger or consolidation (except a merger or consolidation as
a result of which the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another
corporation), each Offer outstanding on the date of such merger or consolidation
shall pertain to and apply to the securities which a holder of the number of
shares of Stock subject to such Offer would have received in such merger or
consolidation.
(d) OUTSTANDING
OFFERS – CERTAIN OTHER TRANSACTIONS. In the event of (i) a
dissolution or liquidation of the Bank, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all
of the Bank's assets, (iii) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank in
which the Bank is not the surviving corporation or (iv) a merger or
consolidation involving the Bank, or any other reorganization transaction
(including without limitation the formation of a holding company for the Bank)
in which the Bank is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of
Stock receive securities of another corporation and/or other property, including
cash, the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion, have the power
to:
(1) cancel,
effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, each Offer
outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable),
and, in full consideration of such cancellation, pay to the Participant to whom
such Offer was granted an amount in cash, for each share of Stock subject to
such Offer, respectively, equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined by
the Committee in its absolute discretion, of the property (including cash)
received by the holder of a share of Stock as a result of such event over (B)
the purchase price per share of such Offer; or
(2) provide
for the exchange of each Offer outstanding immediately prior to such event
(whether or not then exercisable) for an Offer with respect to, as appropriate,
some or all of the property for which such Stock is exchanged and, incident
thereto, make an equitable adjustment as determined by the Committee in its
absolute discretion in the exercise price or value of the Offer, or the number
of shares or amount of property subject to the Offer, or, if appropriate,
provide for a cash payment to the Participant to whom such Offer was granted in
partial consideration for the exchange of the Offer, or any combination
thereof.
(e) OUTSTANDING
OFFERS – OTHER CHANGES. In the event of any other change in the
capitalization of the Bank or corporate change other than those specifically
referred to in this Article, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, make
such adjustments in the number and class of shares subject to Offers outstanding
on the date on which such change occurs and in the per share exercise price of
each Offer as the Committee may consider appropriate to prevent dilution or
enlargement of rights.
(f) NO
ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL REQUIRED IN CERTAIN CASES. Except to
the extent required by applicable law, no adjustment in the number of shares
subject to outstanding Offers, and no adjustment in the number of shares
available for grant under this Plan, shall require additional shareholder
approval, and all such future adjustments shall be deemed approved by the
approval of this Plan, to the extent that such adjustment, whether automatic or
discretionary, is proportional to and accompanies an equivalent adjustment in
the number of shares held by the Bank’s shareholders.
(g) NO
OTHER RIGHTS. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no
Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation
of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or
decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution,
liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Bank or any other
corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no issuance by
the Bank of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares
of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall
be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to an Offer or
the exercise price of any Offer.
ARTICLE
9
AMENDMENT,
MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
9.1
AMENDMENT,
MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
. At any time and from time to
time, the Board may terminate, amend or modify the Plan; provided, however, that
the Board shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holder of a majority of
the shares of each class of voting stock of the Bank, make any amendment which
would (i) abolish the Committee without designating such other committee, change
the qualifications of its members, or withdraw the administration of the Plan
from its supervision, (ii) except strictly as and to the extent provided in this
Plan and permitted by applicable law, increase the maximum number of shares of
Stock for which Offers may be granted under the Plan, (iii) amend the formula
for determination of the exercise price of Offers, (iv) extend the term of the
Plan, and (v) amend the requirements as to the employees eligible to receive
Offers; and further provided that no other amendment shall be made without
shareholder approval to the extent shareholder approval is necessary to comply
with any applicable law, regulations or stock exchange rule.
9.2
OFFERS
PREVIOUSLY GRANTED
. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan,
including without limitation, the provisions of Article 8, no termination,
amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material
way any Offer previously granted under the Plan, without the written consent of
the Participant.
ARTICLE
10
GENERAL
PROVISIONS
10.1
NO RIGHTS
TO OFFERS
. No Participant, employee, or other person shall
have any claim to be granted any Offer under the Plan, and neither the Bank nor
the Committee is obligated to treat Participants, employees, and other persons
uniformly.
10.2
NO
STOCKHOLDERS RIGHTS
. No Offer gives the Participant any of the
rights of a stockholder of the Bank unless and until shares of Stock are in fact
issued to such person in connection with such Offer.
10.3
WITHHOLDING
. The
Bank shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a
Participant to remit to the Bank, an amount sufficient to satisfy Federal,
state, and local taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required by
law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of this
Plan. A Participant may elect to have the Bank withhold from those
shares of Stock that would otherwise be received upon the exercise of any Offer,
a number of shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory
amount necessary to satisfy the Bank’s applicable federal, state, local and
foreign income and employment tax withholding obligations.
10.4
NO RIGHT
TO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICES
. Nothing in the Plan or any Offer
Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Bank or any
of its affiliates or subsidiaries to terminate any Participant’s employment or
services at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in
the employ of the Bank.
10.5
INDEMNIFICATION
. To
the extent allowable under applicable law, each member of the Committee or of
the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Bank
and
any of its applicable subsidiaries from any loss, cost, liability, or expense
that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection
with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she
may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or
failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by
him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding
against him or her provided he or she gives the Bank an opportunity, at its own
expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and
defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of
indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to
which such persons may be entitled under the Bank’s or any of its applicable
subsidiaries’ Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or
otherwise, or any power that the Bank or any of its applicable subsidiaries may
have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
10.6
GOVERNMENT
AND OTHER REGULATIONS
. The obligation of the Bank to transfer
shares of Stock shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations,
and to such approvals by government agencies as may be required. The
Bank shall be under no obligation to register, under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, or any other federal or state securities laws, any of the shares of
Stock transferred under the Plan. If the shares paid under the Plan
may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, or applicable state laws, the Bank may restrict the
transfer of such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the
availability of any such exemption.
10.7
GOVERNING
LAW
. The Plan and the terms of all Offers shall be construed
in accordance with and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
without regard to rules of choice of law or conflict of laws, except to the
extent such laws may be pre-empted by the federal laws of the United States of
America.
NEW
CENTURY BANK
2010
STOCK OPTION PLAN
ARTICLE
11
PURPOSE
11.1
GENERAL
. The
purpose of this Plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of New
Century Bank, and any future holding company of the Bank and their successors
(the “Bank”) by linking the personal interests of employees, officers,
executives and Non-Employee Directors of the Bank to those of Bank shareholders
and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance
in order to generate superior returns to shareholders. The Plan is
further intended to provide flexibility to the Bank in its ability to motivate,
attract, and retain the services of employees, officers, and executives upon
whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the
Bank’s operation is largely dependent.
ARTICLE
12
EFFECTIVE
DATE AND TERM
12.1
EFFECTIVE
DATE
. The Plan will be effective as of the date it is adopted
by the Board (the “Effective Date”). However, no Option shall be
exercisable unless and until the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the
Bank.
12.2
TERM
. Unless
sooner terminated by the Board, the Plan shall terminate on the Plan Termination
Date, and no Options may be granted under the Plan thereafter. The
termination of the Plan shall not affect any Option that is outstanding on the
termination date, without the consent of the Participant.
ARTICLE
13
DEFINITIONS
AND CONSTRUCTION
13.1
DEFINITIONS
. When
a word or phrase appears in this Plan with the initial letter capitalized, and
the word or phrase does not commence a sentence, the word or phrase shall
generally be given the meaning ascribed to it in this Section or in Sections 1.1
or 2.1 unless a clearly different meaning is required by the
context. The following words and phrases shall have the following
meanings:
(a) “Bank”
means New Century Bank.
(b) “Board”
means the Board of Directors of the Bank.
(c) “Capital
Raising Transaction” means the sale of equity securities of the Bank pursuant to
the offering described in the Confidential Private Offering Memorandum dated
January 20, 2010 (as supplemented by the Supplement thereto dated January 21,
2010), and any subsequent sale of equity securities, or subsequent offering of
equity securities in connection with an acquisition or business combination, the
result of which it to increase the tangible net worth of the Bank.
(d) “Cause”
means actions of or failure to act by a Participant which would authorize the
forfeiture of fringe benefits or other remuneration under his or her written
contract of employment with the Bank or, if there is no written contract of
employment, (l) the willful material failure to perform the duties to the Bank
required of the Participant (other than any such failure resulting from
incapacity due to physical or mental illness of the Participant or material
changes in the direction and policies of the Board of Directors of Bank), if
such failure continues for fifteen (15) days after a written demand for
substantial performance is delivered to the Participant by the Bank which
specifically identifies the manner in which it is believed that the Participant
has failed to attempt to perform his duties hereunder; (2) the willful engaging
by the Participant in misconduct materially injurious to the Bank; (3) receipt
by the Bank of a notice (which shall not have been appealed by the
Participant or shall have become final and non-appealable) of any
governmental body or entity having jurisdiction over the Bank requiring
termination or removal of the Participant from his then present position, or
receipt of a written directive or order of any governmental body or entity
having jurisdiction over the Bank (which shall not have been appealed by
Participant or shall have become final and non-appealable) requiring termination
or removal of the Participant from his then present position; or (4) personal
dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, willful breach of fiduciary duty
involving personal profit or conviction of a felony. For purposes of
this paragraph, no act, or failure to act, on the Participant's part shall be
considered ''willful'' unless done or omitted to be done by the Participant in
bad faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the
best interest of Bank. Any act or omission to act by the Participant
in reliance upon a written opinion of counsel to Bank shall not be deemed to be
willful.
(e) “Change
in Control” means:
(1) There
occurs a merger, consolidation or other business combination or reorganization
to which the Bank is a party, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of
Directors of the Bank, in which (A) the members of the Board of Directors of the
Bank immediately preceding the consummation of such transaction do not
constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the resulting
corporation and of any parent corporation thereof immediately after the
consummation of such transaction, and (B) the shareholders of the Bank
immediately before such transaction do not hold more than
fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of securities of the
resulting corporation;
(2) There
occurs a sale, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of substantially all of
the assets of the Bank to another entity, whether or not approved in advance by
the Board of Directors of the Bank (for purpose of this Agreement, a sale of
more than one-half of the branches of the Bank would constitute a Change in
Control, but for purposes of this paragraph, no branches or assets will be
deemed to have been sold if they are leased back contemporaneously with or
promptly after their sale);
(3) A
plan of liquidation or dissolution is adopted for the Bank; or
(4) Any
“person” or any group of “persons” (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d)
and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), as if such provisions were applicable to the
Bank, other than the holders of shares of the Bank’s common stock in existence
on the date of the Opening for Business, is or shall become the “beneficial
owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), as if such rule were
applicable to the Bank, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank
representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Bank’s then
outstanding securities.
(f)
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and regulations
promulgated thereunder.
(g) “Committee”
means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
(h) "Employee"
shall mean an individual who is an employee of the Bank under general common law
principles. An individual who is an "Employee," as so defined, may also be a
member of the Board or the Board of Directors of the Bank (but not a
Non-Employee Director).
(i) “Exchange
Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the regulations
promulgated thereunder.
(j) “Fair
Market Value” means, as of any given date, the fair market value of Stock on a
particular date determined in accordance with the requirements of Section 422 of
the Code.
(k) “Incentive
Stock Option” means an option that is intended to meet the requirements of
Section 422 of the Code.
(l) “Non-Employee
Director” means a member of the Board who is not an Employee.
(m) “Option”
means a right granted to a Participant under Article 7 of the Plan to purchase
Stock at a specified price during specified time periods.
(n) “Option
Agreement” means a writing, in such form as the Committee in its discretion
shall prescribe, evidencing an Option.
(o) “Participant”
means a person whohas been granted an Option under the Plan.
(p) “Plan”
means the New Century Bank 2010 Stock Option Plan as set forth
herein.
(q) “Plan
Termination Date” means the date that is ten (10) years after the Effective
Date.
(r) “Stock”
means the voting common stock of New Century Bank and such other securities of
New Century Bank which may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Article
8.
ARTICLE
14
ADMINISTRATION
14.1
COMMITTEE;
BOARD APPROVAL
. The Plan shall be administered by the
Committee. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, during
any period in which the Bank may be subject to the Exchange Act, either: (i) the
Committee shall consist of at least two individuals and each member of the
Committee shall qualify as a Non-Employee Director; or (ii) (A) at least two
members of the Committee must qualify as Non-Employee Directors, (B) any member
of the Committee who does not qualify as a “Non-Employee Director” may not
participate in any action of the Committee with respect to any Option awarded
under the Plan, and (C) the Plan shall be deemed to be administered by the full
Board, the actions of the Committee under the Plan shall be deemed merely
advisory to the Board, and the Board’s approval shall be required for all
actions of the Committee under the Plan, including without limitation the grant
of each Option. To the extent necessary or desirable (as may be
determined by the Board from time to time) each member of the Committee shall
also qualify as an “outside director” under Section 162(m) of the
Code. The members of the Committee shall meet such additional
criteria as may be necessary or desirable to comply with regulatory or stock
exchange rules or exemptions. The Bank will pay all reasonable
expenses of the Committee.
14.2
AUTHORITY
OF COMMITTEE
. Subject to any specific designation in the Plan,
the Committee (or the Board, in cases where the Board administers the Plan
pursuant to Section 4.1) has the exclusive power, authority and discretion
to:
(a) Designate
Participants to receive Options;
(b) Determine
the type or types of Options to be granted to each Participant;
(c) Determine
the number of shares of Stock to which an Option will relate;
(d) Determine
the terms and conditions of any Option granted under the Plan including but not
limited to, the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any restrictions
or limitations on the Option, any restrictions on the exercisability of an
Option, and accelerations or waivers thereof, based in each case on such
considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion determines;
(e) Amend,
modify, or terminate any outstanding Option, with the Participant’s consent
unless the Committee has the authority to amend, modify, or terminate an Option
without the Participant’s consent under any other provision of the
Plan.
(f) Determine
whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the exercise price of an
Option may be paid in, cash, Stock or other property, or an Option may be
canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;
(g) Prescribe
the form of each Option Agreement, which need not be identical for each
Participant;
(h) Decide
all other matters that must be determined in connection with an
Option;
(i) Establish,
adopt, revise, amend or rescind any guidelines, rules and regulations as it may
deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and
(j) Interpret
the terms of, and rule on any matter arising under, the Plan or any Option
Agreement;
(k) Make
all other decisions and determinations that may be required under the Plan or as
the Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;
and
(l) Retain
counsel, accountants and other consultants to aid in exercising its powers and
carrying out its duties under the Plan.
14.3
DECISIONS
BINDING
. The Committee’s interpretation of the Plan, any
Options granted under the Plan, any Option Agreement and all decisions and
determinations by the Committee with respect to the Plan shall (if approved or
ratified by the Board during any period when the Board is deemed to administer
the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1) be final, binding, and conclusive on all
parties and any other persons claiming an interest in any Option or under the
Plan.
ARTICLE
15
SHARES
SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
15.1
NUMBER OF
SHARES
. Subject to adjustment provided in Section 8.1, the
aggregate number of shares of Stock reserved and available for grant under the
Plan shall be the that number representing fifteen percent (15%) of the
outstanding shares of capital stock of the Bank as of the Effective Date;
provided that such number shall be increased, as and when unexercised options
and warrants to acquire capital stock of the Bank outstanding as of the
Effective Date are exercised or anti-dilution obligations become performable by
the Bank, by fifteen percent (15%) of the shares of capital stock that become
outstanding as a result of such exercises or the honoring of such anti-dilution
rights; and provided, further, that the total number of shares available for
grant under the Plan shall not exceed the lesser of (a) seven million and five
hundred thousand (7,500,000) shares or (b) fifteen percent (15%) of the number
of shares of Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock issued in consideration
of cash or other property after December 31, 2009 by the Bank and any successor
bank or holding company.
15.2
LAPSED
OPTIONS
. To the extent that an Option terminates, is
cancelled, expires, lapses or is forfeited for any reason, any shares of Stock
subject to the Option will again be available for the grant of an Option under
the Plan.
15.3
STOCK
DISTRIBUTED
. Any Stock distributed pursuant to an Option may
consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury Stock
or Stock purchased on the open market.
15.4
LIMITATION
ON
NUMBER
OF
SHARES SUBJECT TO OPTIONS
. Notwithstanding any provision in
the Plan to the contrary, and subject to the adjustment in Section 8.1, but
subject to any restrictions of applicable law and the other terms and conditions
of the Plan, the maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to Options may
be granted to any one Participant during a fiscal year of the Bank shall be five
million (5,000,000) shares.
ARTICLE
16
ELIGIBILITY
AND PARTICIPATION
16.1
ELIGIBILITY
. Employees
shall be potentially eligible to receive Options under the Plan. In
making determinations regarding the potential eligibility of any Employee, the
Committee may take into account the nature of the services rendered by such
Employee, his or her present and potential contributions to the Bank's success
and such other factors as the Committee in its discretion shall deem
relevant.
16.2
ACTUAL
PARTICIPATION
. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the
Committee may, from time to time, select from among all eligible individuals
those to whom Options shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount
of each Option. No individual shall have any right to be granted an
Option under this Plan.
ARTICLE
17
STOCK
OPTIONS
17.1
GENERAL
. The
Committee is authorized to grant Options to Participants on the following terms
and conditions:
(a) EXERCISE
PRICE. The exercise price per share of Stock under an Option shall
not be less than the Fair Market Value as of the date of grant.
(b) TERM
OF OPTION. No Option shall be exercisable after the date that is 10
years from the date it is granted.
(c) TIME
AND CONDITIONS OF EXERCISE. Options shall be exercisable only to the extent
provided below.
(1) A
Participant shall have a vested right to exercise an Option upon the first to
occur of (A) the fifth (5
th
) one
(1)-year anniversary of the Capital Raising Transaction to which it relates, (B)
a Change in Control, (C) the Participant’s termination of employment without
Cause, (D) the Participant’s death, or (E) such other event as the Committee
shall specify in the Option Agreement as necessary to comply with the Bank’s
obligations under an employment agreement with the Participant. All
unvested Options shall be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of
employment for Cause or as a result of his or her voluntary resignation from
employment.
(2) Notwithstanding
the achievement of a vested right to exercise pursuant to paragraph (1) above,
an Option shall be exercisable only when
(a) if
the Stock under the Option is not listed on a national stock market or other
national securities quotation system at the time,
the “Fully Diluted
Tangible Book Value” (as hereinafter defined) of the Stock first equals or
exceeds five dollars and five cents ($5.05), which was one hundred and fifty
percent (150%) of the Fully Diluted Tangible Book Value of the Stock as of March
31, 2010
, or (b)
if the Stock under the Option is listed on a national stock market or other
national securities quotation system, the trading price of such Stock as quoted
by such stock market or quotation system equals or exceeds $5.05 per
share
. For this purpose, the Fully Diluted Tangible Book Value
of the Stock shall be determined as (A) the amount derived by dividing the
common shareholders’ equity, minus intangible assets and goodwill, by the number
of shares of common stock outstanding, (B) assuming that all outstanding option
and warrants to acquire stock are then exercised, and (C) assuming performance
of all anti-dilution obligations under such options and warrants and other
anti-dilution agreements as of the date of determination. If the
condition set forth in this paragraph (2) is satisfied prior to the achievement
of a vested right to exercise an Option pursuant to paragraph (1) above, the
Option shall be exercisable immediately upon achievement of a vested right to
exercise pursuant to paragraph (1).
(3) Nothing
in this subsection (c) shall be construed to extend the exercise period of any
Option beyond the tenth (10
th
)
anniversary of the date of its grant.
(d) TRANSFERABILITY. Each
Option granted under the Plan shall, by its terms, not be transferable otherwise
than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. No right or
interest of a Participant in any Option may be pledged, encumbered, or
hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Bank, or shall be
subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any other
party other than the Bank; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be
deemed to imply any obligation of the Bank to lend against or accept a lien or
pledge of any Option for any reason. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
or any other provision of this Plan, a Participant who holds Options (but not
Incentive Stock Options) may transfer such Options to his or her spouse, lineal
ascendants, lineal descendants, or to a duly established trust for the benefit
of one or more of these individuals. Options so transferred may
thereafter be transferred only to the Participant who originally received the
grant or to an individual or trust to whom the Participant could have initially
transferred the Options pursuant to this Section 7.1(d). Options
which are transferred pursuant to this Section 7.1(d) shall be exercisable by
the transferee according to the same terms and conditions as applied to the
Participant (for example, such Options shall terminate automatically, upon the
termination of employment or service as a Director of the Participant for
Cause)
(e) PAYMENT. An
Option shall be exercised by giving a written notice to the Chief Executive
Officer of the Company stating the number of shares of Stock with respect to
which the Option is being exercised and containing such other information as the
Committee may require and by tendering payment therefore with a cashier's check,
certified check, or with existing holdings of Stock held for more than six
months. In addition, if the terms of a Stock Option so provide, the optionee may
pay the exercise price by directing the Company to withhold from those shares of
Common Stock that would otherwise be received upon the exercise of the Stock
Option that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair market
value as of the date of exercise equal to the Stock Option’s exercise price, or
the applicable portion of the Stock Option’s exercise price if the Stock Option
is not exercised in full. The shares of Common Stock so withheld
shall not be deemed to have been issued for purposes of the aggregate-share
limitation set forth in Section 4, above.
(f) STOCK
CERTIFICATES. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the
Bank shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing
shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of any Options, unless and until the
Board has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance and delivery of
such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of
governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on
which the shares of Stock are listed or traded as well as the terms of this Plan
and any other terms, conditions or restrictions that may be
applicable. All Stock certificates delivered under the Plan are
subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee
deems necessary or advisable to comply with Federal, state, or foreign
jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and regulations and the rules of
any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the
Stock is listed, quoted, or traded. The Committee may place legends
on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the
Stock. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the
Board may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements,
and representations as the Board, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to
comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements.
(g) EVIDENCE
OF GRANT. All Options shall be evidenced by an Option
Agreement. The Option Agreement shall include such additional
provisions as may be specified by the Committee which are not inconsistent with
the provisions of this Section 7.1.
7.2
INCENTIVE
STOCK OPTIONS
. Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan
must comply with the following additional rules, which in case of conflict shall
control over other provisions of this Plan that might otherwise be
applicable:
(a) INDIVIDUAL
DOLLAR LIMITATION. The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the
time an Option is granted) of all shares of Stock with respect to which
Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in any calendar
year may not exceed one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) or such other
limitation as imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code, or any successor
provision. To the extent that Incentive Stock Options are first
exercisable by a Participant in excess of such limitation, the excess shall be
considered Options that are not Incentive Stock Options.
(b) TEN
PERCENT OWNERS. An Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any
individual who, at the date of grant, owns stock possessing more than ten
percent of the total combined voting power of allo classes of Stock of the Bank
only if such Option is granted at a price that is not less than 100% of the Fair
Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is exercisaable for no more
than five years from the date of grant.
(c) RIGHT
TO EXERCISE. During a Paticipant’s lifetime, an Incentive Stock Option may
be exercised only by the Participant.
ARTICLE
18
CHANGES
IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE
18.1
GENERAL
.
(a) SHARES
AVAILABLE FOR GRANT. In the event of any change in the number of
shares of Stock outstanding by reason of any stock dividend or split,
recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares or
similar corporate change, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock with
respect to which the Committee may grant Options shall be appropriately
adjusted. In the event of any change in the number of shares of Stock
outstanding by reason of any other event or transaction, the Committee may, but
need not, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares of Stock with
respect to which Options may be granted as the Committee may deem
appropriate.
(b) OUTSTANDING
OPTIONS – INCREASE OR DECREASE IN ISSUED SHARES WITHOUT
CONSIDERATION. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of
the Bank, in the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued
shares of Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares of Stock
or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the shares of Stock), or any
other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without receipt
or payment of consideration by the Bank, the Committee shall proportionally
adjust the number of shares of Stock subject to each outstanding Option and the
exercise price per share of Stock of each such Option.
(c) OUTSTANDING
OPTIONS – CERTAIN MERGERS. Subject to any required action by the
shareholders of the Bank, in the event that the Bank shall be the surviving
corporation in any merger or consolidation (except a merger or consolidation as
a result of which the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another
corporation), each Option outstanding on the date of such merger or
consolidation shall pertain to and apply to the securities which a holder of the
number of shares of Stock subject to such Option would have received in such
merger or consolidation.
(d) OUTSTANDING
OPTIONS – CERTAIN OTHER TRANSACTIONS. In the event of (i) a
dissolution or liquidation of the Bank, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all
of the Bank's assets, (iii) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank in
which the Bank is not the surviving corporation or (iv) a merger or
consolidation involving the Bank, or any other reorganization transaction
(including without limitation the formation of a holding company for the Bank)
in which the Bank is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of
Stock receive securities of another corporation and/or other property, including
cash, the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion, have the power
to:
(1) cancel,
effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, each Option
outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable),
and, in full consideration of such cancellation, pay to the Participant to whom
such Option was granted an amount in cash, for each share of Stock subject to
such Option, respectively, equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined
by the Committee in its absolute discretion, of the property (including cash)
received by the holder of a share of Stock as a result of such event over (B)
the exercise price of such Option; or
(2) provide
for the exchange of each Option outstanding immediately prior to such event
(whether or not then exercisable) for an option with respect to, as appropriate,
some or all of the property for which such Stock is exchanged and, incident
thereto, make an equitable adjustment as determined by the Committee in its
absolute discretion in the exercise price or value of the option, or the number
of shares or amount of property subject to the option, or, if appropriate,
provide for a cash payment to the Participant to whom such Option was granted in
partial consideration for the exchange of the Option, or any combination
thereof.
(e) OUTSTANDING
OPTIONS – OTHER CHANGES. In the event of any other change in the
capitalization of the Bank or corporate change other than those specifically
referred to in this Article, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, make
such adjustments in the number and class of shares subject to Options
outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and in the per share
exercise price of each Option as the Committee may consider appropriate to
prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.
(f) NO
ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL REQUIRED IN CERTAIN CASES. Except to
the extent required by applicable law, no adjustment in the number of shares
subject to outstanding Options, and no adjustment in the number of shares
available for grant under this Plan, shall require additional shareholder
approval, and all such future adjustments shall be deemed approved by the
approval of this Plan, to the extent that such adjustment, whether automatic or
discretionary, is proportional to and accompanies an equivalent adjustment in
the number of shares held by the Bank’s shareholders.
(g) NO
OTHER RIGHTS. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no
Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation
of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or
decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution,
liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Bank or any other
corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no issuance by
the Bank of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares
of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall
be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to an Option or
the exercise price of any Option.
ARTICLE
19
AMENDMENT,
MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
19.1
AMENDMENT,
MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
. At any time and from time to
time, the Board may terminate, amend or modify the Plan; provided, however, that
the Board shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holder of a majority of
the shares of each class of voting stock of the Bank, make any amendment which
would (i) abolish the Committee without designating such other committee, change
the qualifications of its members, or withdraw the administration of the Plan
from its supervision, (ii) except strictly as and to the extent provided in this
Plan and permitted by applicable law, increase the maximum number of shares of
Stock for which Options may be granted under the Plan, (iii) amend the formula
for determination of the exercise price of Options, (iv) extend the term of the
Plan, and (v) amend the requirements as to the employees eligible to receive
Options; and further provided that no other amendment shall be made without
shareholder approval to the extent shareholder approval is necessary to comply
with any applicable law, regulations or stock exchange rule.
19.2
OPTIONS
PREVIOUSLY GRANTED
. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan,
including without limitation, the provisions of Article 8, no termination,
amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material
way any Option previously granted under the Plan, without the written consent of
the Participant.
ARTICLE
20
GENERAL
PROVISIONS
20.1
NO RIGHTS
TO OPTIONS
. No Participant, employee, or other person shall
have any claim to be granted any Option under the Plan, and neither the Bank nor
the Committee is obligated to treat Participants, employees, and other persons
uniformly.
20.2
NO
STOCKHOLDERS RIGHTS
. No Option gives the Participant any of
the rights of a stockholder of the Bank unless and until shares of Stock are in
fact issued to such person in connection with such Option.
20.3
WITHHOLDING
. The
Bank shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a
Participant to remit to the Bank, an amount sufficient to satisfy Federal,
state, and local taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required by
law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of this
Plan. A Participant may elect to have the Bank withhold from those
shares of Stock that would otherwise be received upon the exercise of any
Option, a number of shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum
statutory amount necessary to satisfy the Bank’s applicable federal, state,
local and foreign income and employment tax withholding
obligations.
20.4
NO RIGHT
TO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICES
. Nothing in the Plan or any Option
Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Bank or any
of its affiliates or subsidiaries to terminate any Participant’s employment or
services at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in
the employ of the Bank.
20.5
INDEMNIFICATION
. To
the extent allowable under applicable law, each member of the Committee or of
the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Bank
and
any of its applicable subsidiaries from any loss, cost, liability, or expense
that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection
with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she
may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or
failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by
him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding
against him or her provided he or she gives the Bank an opportunity, at its own
expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and
defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of
indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to
which such persons may be entitled under the Bank’s or any of its applicable
subsidiaries’ Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or
otherwise, or any power that the Bank or any of its applicable subsidiaries may
have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
20.6
FRACTIONAL
SHARES
. No fractional shares of stock shall be issued and the
Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether cash shall be given in
lieu of fractional shares or whether such fractional shares shall be eliminated
by rounding up or down as appropriate.
20.7
GOVERNMENT
AND OTHER REGULATIONS
. The obligation of the Bank to transfer
shares of Stock shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations,
and to such approvals by government agencies as may be required. The
Bank shall be under no obligation to register, under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, or any other federal or state securities laws, any of the shares of
Stock transferred under the Plan. If the shares paid under the Plan
may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, or applicable state laws, the Bank may restrict the
transfer of such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the
availability of any such exemption.
20.8
GOVERNING
LAW
. The Plan and the terms of all Options shall be construed
in accordance with and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
without regard to rules of choice of law or conflict of laws, except to the
extent such laws may be pre-empted by the federal laws of the United States of
America.
INFORMATION
NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 20.
Indemnification of
Officers and Directors
.
Subchapter
D of PBCL provides for indemnification of, and insurance for any person who is
or was a representative of the Company and specifically empowers the Company to
indemnify, subject to the standards therein prescribed, any person who is or was
a representative of the Company in connection with any action, suit or
proceeding brought or threatened by reason of the fact that he is or was a
representative of the Company. Article 8.02 of the Company’s Bylaws requires the
Company to indemnify each of the Company’s directors and officers in such
capacity in which any such director or officer acts for or on behalf of the
Company including as an employee or agent.
Article 8
of the Company’s bylaws provide for indemnification of officers and directors,
as follows:
Section
8.01 provides that, to the fullest extent under Subchapter B of Chapter 7 of the
Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law, the Company’s directors shall not be
personally liable to the Company or its shareholders or others for monetary
damages for any action taken or any failure to take any action unless the
director has breached or failed to perform the duties of his or her office and
such breach or failure constitutes self-dealing, willful misconduct or
recklessness. This section does not apply to the responsibility or
liability of such director under any criminal statute or with respect to the
payment of taxes pursuant to local, state or federal law.
Section
8.02(a) provides for the indemnification of any person who was or is a party or
is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by
reason of the fact of such person’s involvement as a director, officer, employee
or agents of the Company or its bank subsidiaries or any other director or
indirect subsidiary of the Company of the bank serving at the request of the
Company as a director, officer, employee or agent against expenses (including
attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or
proceeding, to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the laws of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
Section
8.02(b) requires the Company to pay the expenses (including attorney’s fees)
incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding in advance
of the final disposition of any action suit or proceeding upon the
receipt of (i) an undertaking by or on behalf of a director, officer, employee
or agent to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that he or
she is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized under the Articles of
Incorporation and ii) if requested at the discretion of the board of directors,
adequate security or a bond to cover such amounts for which it is ultimately
determined that he is not entitled to such indemnity.
Section
8.02(c) provides the right to indemnification and advancement of expenses is not
exclusive of any other right to which such persons seeking indemnification and
advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of
shareholders, or disinterested Directors or otherwise.
Section
8.02(d) provides that the Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf
of any person, may enter into contracts of indemnification with any person and
may create a fund of any nature for the benefit of any person and may otherwise
secure in any manner its obligations with respect to indemnification and
advancement of expenses regardless of the source of the indemnification right
and without respect to whether or not the Company would have the power to
indemnify such person under the articles of incorporation.
Item 21.
Exhibits and Financial
Statements
.
Schedules
(a) Exhibits.
The following exhibits are submitted:
Exhibit
No.
|
Description
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
13.1
|
|
|
|
21.1
|
|
|
|
23.1
|
Consent
of Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP (included in Exhibit 5)
*
|
|
|
23.2
|
|
|
|
24.1
|
Powers
of Attorney (contained on the signature page of the registration
statement)
|
|
|
99.1
|
Form
of Proxy Card for shareholders of New Century Bank
*
|
_________
* To be filed by amendment.
+ Management Contract or compensatory plan or
arrangement.
(b) The
following financial statement schedules are furnished:
13.1 –
Annual Report to Security Holders
(c) Not
applicable.
Item 22.
Undertakings
.
(1) The
undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows: That prior to any public
reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus
which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is
deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer
undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called
for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons
who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the
other Items of the applicable form.
(2) The
undersigned registrant undertakes that every prospectus (i) that is filed
pursuant to paragraph (h)(1) immediately preceding, or (ii) that purports to
meet the requirements of section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act and is used in
connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415 (§230.415 of this
chapter), will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement
and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes
of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective
amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time
shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) The
undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective
amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being
acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the
registration statement when it became effective.
(4)
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may
be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been
advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In
the event that a claim for indemnification against liability arising under the
Securities Act (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
Pursuant
to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Phoenixville,
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, on April 21, 2010.
|
Customers
1st Bancorp, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
/s/ Jay
S.
Sidhu
|
|
Jay
S. Sidhu, Chairman & Chief Executive
Officer
|
POWER OF
ATTORNEY
By so
signing, each of the undersigned, in his capacity as a director or officer, or
both, as the case may be, of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc., does hereby appoint
Jay Sidhu and Thomas Brugger, and each of them severally, his true and lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution,
to execute in his name, place and stead, in his capacity as a director or
officer, or both, as the case may be, of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc., any and
all amendments to this Registration Statement and post-effective amendments
thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith,
including any Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the
Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents shall have full power and
authority to do and perform in the name and on behalf of each of the
undersigned, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever requisite or
necessary to be done in the premises as fully, and for all intents and purposes,
as each of the undersigned might or could do in person, the undersigned hereby
ratifying and approving the acts of said attorneys-in-fact and each of them and
their substitutes lawfully done or caused to be done by virtue of this power of
attorney.
In
accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement was signed by the following persons in the capacities
indicated on the April 21, 2010.
Signature
|
|
Title(s)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Jay S. Sidhu
|
|
Chairman,
Chief Executive Officer and Director
|
Jay
S. Sidhu
|
|
(principal
executive officer)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Thomas Brugger
|
|
Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
Thomas
Brugger
|
|
(principal
financial officer and principal accounting
officer)
|
/s/ Richard A. Ehst
|
|
President,
Chief Operating Officer and Director
|
Richard
A. Ehst
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Bhanu Choudhrie
|
|
Director
|
Bhanu
Choudhrie
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kenneth B. Mumma
|
|
Director
|
Kenneth
B. Mumma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Daniel K. Rothermel
|
|
Director
|
Daniel
K. Rothermel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ John J. Sickler
|
|
Director
|
John
J. Sickler
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ T. Lawrence Way
|
|
Director
|
T.
Lawrence Way
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Steven J. Zuckerman
|
|
Director
|
Steven
J. Zuckerman
|
|
|
Exhibit
No.
|
Description
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
13.1
|
|
|
|
21.1
|
|
|
|
23.1
|
Consent
of Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP (included in Exhibit 5)
*
|
|
|
23.2
|
|
|
|
24.1
|
Powers
of Attorney (contained on the signature page of the registration
statement)
|
|
|
99.1
|
Form
of Proxy Card for shareholders of New Century Bank
*
|
_________
* To be filed by amendment.
+ Management Contract or compensatory plan or
arrangement.
INDEX TO
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report
of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
Audited
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and December 31,
2008
|
|
Audited
Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and
2007
|
|
Audited
Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008, and 2007
|
|
Audited
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and
2007
|
|
Notes
to Audited Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008, and 2007
|
|
Report
of Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm
To
the Board of Directors and
Stockholders
of New Century Bank
We have
audited the accompanying balance sheets of New Century Bank as of December 31,
2009 and 2008, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity,
and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
2009. New Century Bank’s management is responsible for these financial
statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We
conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. The company is not required to
have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over
financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over
financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an
opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial
reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our
opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of New Century Bank as of December 31,
2009 and 2008, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of
the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America.
/s/
ParenteBeard LLC
Reading,
Pennsylvania
April 19,
2010
December
31,
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(dollar
amounts in thousands,
except
per share data)
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and due from banks
|
|
$
|
4,171
|
|
|
$
|
2,486
|
|
Interest
earning deposits
|
|
|
58,978
|
|
|
|
1,494
|
|
Federal
funds sold
|
|
|
5,658
|
|
|
|
2,315
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
|
68,807
|
|
|
|
6,295
|
|
Securities
available for sale, at fair value
|
|
|
44,588
|
|
|
|
30,268
|
|
Securities
held to maturity, at amortized cost fair value 2009 $0; 2008
$2,382
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
2,235
|
|
Loans
receivable, net of allowance for loan losses 2009
$10,032; 2008 $2,876
|
|
|
220,266
|
|
|
|
220,876
|
|
Bank
premises and equipment, net
|
|
|
2,719
|
|
|
|
2,764
|
|
Restricted
stock, at cost
|
|
|
2,026
|
|
|
|
1,793
|
|
Bank
owned life issuance
|
|
|
4,955
|
|
|
|
4,751
|
|
Accrued
interest receivable and other assets
|
|
|
6,399
|
|
|
|
5,056
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
$
|
349,760
|
|
|
$
|
274,038
|
|
LIABILITIES
AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Demand,
non-interest bearing
|
|
$
|
18,502
|
|
|
$
|
20,574
|
|
Interest
bearing
|
|
|
295,425
|
|
|
|
217,268
|
|
Total
deposits
|
|
|
313,927
|
|
|
|
237,842
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
Subordinated
debt
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
Accrued
interest payable and other liabilities
|
|
|
1,330
|
|
|
|
1,347
|
|
Total
liabilities
|
|
|
328,257
|
|
|
|
257,189
|
|
Stockholders'
equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred
stock, par value $1,000 per share; shares issued and outstanding 2009 - 0;
2008 - 98
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
980
|
|
Common
stock, par value $1.00 per share;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,500,000
shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding 2009 -
5,522,706; 2008 - 2,021,078
|
|
|
5,522
|
|
|
|
2,021
|
|
Stock
Warrants; warrants issued and outstanding 2009 - 670,136; 2008
- 0
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Surplus
|
|
|
28,380
|
|
|
|
14,093
|
|
(Accumulated
deficit) retained earnings
|
|
|
(13,229
|
)
|
|
|
10
|
|
Accumulated
other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(255
|
)
|
Total
stockholders' equity
|
|
|
21,503
|
|
|
|
16,849
|
|
Total
liabilities and stockholders' equity
|
|
$
|
349,760
|
|
|
$
|
274,038
|
|
See
Notes to Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years
Ended December 31,
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(dollar
amounts in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
Interest
income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
receivable, including fees
|
|
$
|
12,142
|
|
|
$
|
13,644
|
|
|
$
|
15,286
|
|
Securities,
taxable
|
|
|
1,140
|
|
|
|
1,419
|
|
|
|
1,884
|
|
Securities,
non-taxable
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
|
410
|
|
Other
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
Total
interest income
|
|
|
13,486
|
|
|
|
15,502
|
|
|
|
17,659
|
|
Interest
expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
5,729
|
|
|
|
6,832
|
|
|
|
8,858
|
|
Borrowed
funds
|
|
|
461
|
|
|
|
1,112
|
|
|
|
1,571
|
|
Subordinated
debt
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
Total
interest expense
|
|
|
6,336
|
|
|
|
8,138
|
|
|
|
10,593
|
|
Net
interest income
|
|
|
7,150
|
|
|
|
7,364
|
|
|
|
7,066
|
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
|
|
11,778
|
|
|
|
611
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
Net
interest (loss) income after provision for loan losses
|
|
|
(4,628
|
)
|
|
|
6,753
|
|
|
|
6,622
|
|
Other
income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service
fees
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
|
637
|
|
|
|
526
|
|
Bank
owned life insurance
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
Gain
(loss) on sale of securities
|
|
|
236
|
|
|
|
(361
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
Loss
on sale of foreclosed assets
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Impairment
charge on securities
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(940
|
)
|
|
|
(394
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
Total
other income (loss)
|
|
|
1,043
|
|
|
|
(350
|
)
|
|
|
356
|
|
Other
expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries
and employee benefits
|
|
|
4,267
|
|
|
|
3,651
|
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
1,261
|
|
|
|
1,280
|
|
|
|
1,213
|
|
Technology,
communication and bank operations
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
901
|
|
|
|
829
|
|
Advertising
and promotion
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
|
321
|
|
Professional
services
|
|
|
736
|
|
|
|
402
|
|
|
|
271
|
|
FDIC
assessments, taxes, and regulatory fees
|
|
|
892
|
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
|
328
|
|
Impairment
charge on foreclosed assets
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Other
real estate owned
|
|
|
305
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Other
|
|
|
648
|
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
495
|
|
Total
other expenses
|
|
|
9,650
|
|
|
|
7,654
|
|
|
|
6,908
|
|
(Loss)
income before taxes
|
|
|
(13,235
|
)
|
|
|
(1,251
|
)
|
|
|
70
|
|
Income
tax benefit
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(426
|
)
|
|
|
(160
|
)
|
Net
(loss) income
|
|
$
|
(13,235
|
)
|
|
$
|
(825
|
)
|
|
$
|
230
|
|
Basic
and diluted (loss) income per share
|
|
$
|
(3.66
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
See
Notes to Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For
Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
of common stock shares issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
of Stock Warrants issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Accumulated
deficit) retained earnings
|
|
|
Accumulated
other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollar
amounts in thousands except per share amounts)
|
|
Balance,
December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,984,370
|
|
|
$
|
1,984
|
|
|
$
|
13,837
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
605
|
|
|
$
|
(187
|
)
|
|
$
|
16,239
|
|
Comprehensive
income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
230
|
|
Change
in net unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net of
taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
Total
comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
268
|
|
Exercise
of 36,708 stock options
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
36,708
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
286
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
323
|
|
Balance,
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
2,021,078
|
|
|
|
2,021
|
|
|
|
14,123
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
835
|
|
|
|
(149
|
)
|
|
|
16,830
|
|
Comprehensive
loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(825
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(825
|
)
|
Change
in net unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net of
taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
Total
comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(931
|
)
|
Preferred
Stock Series A issued
|
|
|
980
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
950
|
|
Balance,
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
980
|
|
|
|
2,021,078
|
|
|
|
2,021
|
|
|
|
14,093
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
(255
|
)
|
|
|
16,849
|
|
Comprehensive
loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13,235
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13,235
|
)
|
Change
in net unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net of
taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
|
222
|
|
Total
comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13,013
|
)
|
Dividends
paid on preferred stock Series A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Preferred
stock Series A exchanged for common stock
|
|
|
(980
|
)
|
|
|
178,164
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
802
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Subordinated
debt converted to common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
213,219
|
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
787
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
Common
stock shares issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,110,245
|
|
|
|
3,110
|
|
|
|
13,561
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,671
|
|
Warrants
issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(863
|
)
|
|
|
670,136
|
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Balance,
December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
|
5,522,706
|
|
|
$
|
5,522
|
|
|
$
|
28,380
|
|
|
|
670,136
|
|
|
$
|
863
|
|
|
$
|
(13,229
|
)
|
|
$
|
(33
|
)
|
|
$
|
21,503
|
|
See
Notes to Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
Flows (used in) provided by Operating Activities
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Net
(loss) income
|
|
$
|
(13,235
|
)
|
|
$
|
(825
|
)
|
|
$
|
230
|
|
Adjustments
to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in), provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
|
|
11,778
|
|
|
|
611
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
Provision
for depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
726
|
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
|
700
|
|
Deferred
income tax benefit
|
|
|
(394
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(372
|
)
|
Net
amortization of securities premiums and discounts
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
(Gain)
loss on sale of securities
|
|
|
(236
|
)
|
|
|
361
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Impairment
charge on securities
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
940
|
|
|
|
394
|
|
Loss
on sale of foreclosed real estate
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Impairment
charge on foreclosed real estate
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Earnings
on investment in bank owned life insurance
|
|
|
(204
|
)
|
|
|
(204
|
)
|
|
|
(147
|
)
|
Decrease
(increase) in accrued interest receivable and other assets
|
|
|
(1,868
|
)
|
|
|
(853
|
)
|
|
|
30
|
|
Increase
(decrease) in accrued interest payable and other
liabilities
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
|
427
|
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
Net
Cash (Used in) Provided by Operating Activities
|
|
|
(2,428
|
)
|
|
|
1,387
|
|
|
|
1,238
|
|
Cash
Flows from Investing Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases
of securities available for sale
|
|
|
(34,489
|
)
|
|
|
(5,910
|
)
|
|
|
(6,870
|
)
|
Proceeds
from maturities, calls and principal repayments on
securities available for sale
|
|
|
8,425
|
|
|
|
8,887
|
|
|
|
9,697
|
|
Proceeds
from sales of securities available for sale
|
|
|
11,816
|
|
|
|
4,267
|
|
|
|
2,613
|
|
Sales
of securities held to maturity
|
|
|
2,263
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Proceeds
from maturities, calls and principal repayments on securities held to
maturity
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
243
|
|
|
|
389
|
|
Net
increase in loans
|
|
|
(14,507
|
)
|
|
|
(11,264
|
)
|
|
|
(36,881
|
)
|
Purchases
of bank premises and equipment
|
|
|
(430
|
)
|
|
|
(545
|
)
|
|
|
(1,416
|
)
|
Purchase
of life insurance
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(4,400
|
)
|
Proceeds
from sale of foreclosed real estate
|
|
|
3,071
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
260
|
|
Net
Cash Used in Investing Activities
|
|
|
(23,812
|
)
|
|
|
(4,322
|
)
|
|
|
(36,608
|
)
|
Cash
Flows from Financing Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
increase in deposits
|
|
|
76,085
|
|
|
|
17,497
|
|
|
|
37,912
|
|
Net
decrease in short—term borrowed funds
|
|
|
(4,000
|
)
|
|
|
(11,900
|
)
|
|
|
(6,100
|
)
|
Proceeds
from long—term borrowed funds
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
Repayment
of long—term borrowed funds
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(5,000
|
)
|
|
|
(10,750
|
)
|
Proceeds
from issuance of subordinated debt
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
Proceeds
from issuance of common stock
|
|
|
16,671
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Proceeds
from the exercise of stock options
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
323
|
|
Proceeds
from issuance of preferred stock
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
950
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Dividends
on preferred stock
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Net
Cash Provided by Financing Activities
|
|
|
88,752
|
|
|
|
2,547
|
|
|
|
37,385
|
|
Net
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
|
|
|
62,512
|
|
|
|
(388
|
)
|
|
|
2,015
|
|
Cash
and Cash Equivalents — Beginning
|
|
|
6,295
|
|
|
|
6,683
|
|
|
|
4,668
|
|
Cash
and Cash Equivalents — Ending
|
|
$
|
68,807
|
|
|
$
|
6,295
|
|
|
$
|
6,683
|
|
Supplementary
Cash Flows Information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
paid
|
|
$
|
5,030
|
|
|
$
|
8,248
|
|
|
$
|
10,534
|
|
Income
taxes (refund) paid
|
|
$
|
(165
|
)
|
|
$
|
152
|
|
|
$
|
240
|
|
Supplemental
Schedule of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
real estate acquired in settlement of loans
|
|
$
|
3,088
|
|
|
$
|
1,619
|
|
|
$
|
260
|
|
Exchange of
preferred shares to common stock
|
|
$
|
980
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
Conversion
of subordinated term note to common stock
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
See
Notes to Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE
1 - ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS
New
Century Bank was incorporated March 25, 1994 under the laws of the Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania and is a Pennsylvania state chartered bank. The Bank
commenced operations on June 26, 1997 and provides full banking
services. The Bank is subject to regulation of the Pennsylvania
Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Bank. The area served
by the Bank is principally the western suburbs of Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania.
NOTE
2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Use
of Estimates
The
preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported balances of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported balances of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to
significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance
for loan losses, the potential impairment of restricted stock, the valuation of
deferred tax assets, determination of other-than-temporary impairment losses on
securities, and the fair value of financial instruments.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
For
purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on
hand, amounts due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks with a
maturity date of three months or less, and federal funds sold.
Securities
Management
determines the appropriate classification of debt securities at the time of
purchase and re-evaluates such designation as of each balance sheet
date.
Securities
classified as available for sale are those securities that the Bank intends to
hold for an indefinite period of time but not necessarily to maturity.
Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains or
losses are reported as increases or decreases in other comprehensive income, net
of the related deferred tax effect. Realized gains or losses,
determined on the basis of the cost of the specific securities sold, are
included in earnings and recorded at the trade date. Premiums and
discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the
terms of the securities. Equity securities include restricted stock
of the Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank, which are carried at
cost.
Securities
classified as held to maturity are those debt securities the Bank has both the
intent and ability to hold to maturity regardless of changes in market
conditions, liquidity needs or changes in general economic
conditions. These securities are carried at cost, adjusted for the
amortization of premium and accretion of discount, computed by a method which
approximates the interest method over the terms of the securities.
Other-than-temporary
impairment means management believes the security’s impairment is due to factors
that could include its inability to pay interest or dividends, its potential for
default, and/or other factors. When a held to maturity or available for sale
debt security is assessed for other-than-temporary impairment, management has to
first consider (a) whether the Bank intends to sell the security, and (b)
whether it is more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the
security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis. If one of these
circumstances applies to a security, an other-than-temporary impairment loss is
recognized in the statement of operations equal to the full amount of the
decline in fair value below amortized cost. If neither of these circumstances
applies to a security, but the Bank does not expect to recover the entire
amortized cost basis, an other-than-temporary impairment loss has occurred that
must be separated into two categories: (a) the amount related to credit loss,
and (b) the amount related to other factors. In assessing the level of
other-than-temporary impairment attributable to credit loss, management compares
the present value of cash flows expected to be collected with the amortized cost
basis of the security. The portion of the total other-than-temporary impairment
related to credit loss is recognized in earnings (as the difference between the
fair value and the present value of the estimated cash flows), while the amount
related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. The total
other-than-temporary impairment loss is presented in the statement of
operations, less the portion recognized in other comprehensive income. When a
debt security becomes other-than-temporarily impaired, its amortized cost basis
is reduced to reflect the portion of the total impairment related to credit
loss.
Restricted
Stock
Restricted
stock which represents required investment in the capital stock of a Federal
Home Loan Bank and Atlantic Central Bankers Bank, is carried at cost as of
December 31, 2009 and 2008. In December 2008, the FHLB of Pittsburgh notified
member banks that it was suspending dividend payments and the repurchase of
capital stock. Management evaluates the restricted stock for
impairment in accordance with Statement of Position (SOP) 01-6,
Accounting by Certain Entities
(Including Entities With Trade Receivables) That Lend to or Finance the
Activities of Others
. Management’s determination of whether
these investments are impaired is based on their assessment of the ultimate
recoverability of their cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in
value. The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate
recoverability of their cost is influenced by criteria such as (1) the
significance of the decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital
stock amount for the FHLB and the length of time this situation has persisted,
(2) commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and
the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of the FHLB,
and (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and,
accordingly, on the customer base of the FHLB.
Management
believes no impairment charge is necessary related to the restricted stock as of
December 31, 2009.
Loans
Receivable
Loans
receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the
foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are stated at their outstanding
unpaid principal balances, net of an allowance for loan losses and any deferred
fees. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal
balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination
costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the yield (interest
income) of the related loans. The Bank is generally amortizing these
amounts over the contractual life of the loans.
The
accrual of interest is generally discontinued when the contractual payment of
principal or interest has become 90 days past due or management has serious
doubts about further collectability of principal or interest, even though the
loan is currently performing. A loan may remain on accrual status if
it is in the process of collection and is well secured. When a loan
is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest credited to income is reversed.
Interest received on nonaccrual loans is applied against principal until all
principal has been repaid. Thereafter, interest payments are
recognized as income until all unpaid interest has been
received. Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the
obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual
terms for a minimum of six months and the ultimate collectability of the total
contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.
Allowance
for Loan Losses
The
allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have
occurred through provisions for loan losses charged against
income. Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the
allowance for loan losses, and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to
the allowance.
The
allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate to
provide for losses that can be reasonably anticipated. Management’s
periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on the Bank’s past
loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse
situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value
of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, current
economic conditions and other relevant factors. This evaluation is
inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible
to significant revision as more information becomes available.
The
allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific
component relates to impaired loans. For such loans that are also
classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash
flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is
lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component
covers non-classified loans and is based on historical loss experience and
expected loss given default derived from the Bank’s internal risk rating
process, adjusted for qualitative factors.
A loan is
considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is
probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of
principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan
agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment
include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting
scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that
experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not
classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of
payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into
consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower,
including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s
prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the
principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan
basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of
expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the
loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan
is collateral dependent.
Large
groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for
impairment. Accordingly, the Bank does not separately identify
individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures, unless
such loans are the subject of a restructuring agreement.
Significant
Group Concentrations of Credit Risk
Most of
the Bank’s activities are with customers located in southeastern
Pennsylvania. Note 6 discusses the types of securities that the Bank
invests in. Note 7 discusses the types of lending in which the Bank
engages. Although the Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, its
debtors’ ability to honor their contracts is influenced by the region’s
economy. The Bank does not have any significant concentrations to any
one industry or customer. Commercial real estate, including
commercial construction loans, represented 66% and 67% of the total portfolio at
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Transfers
of Financial Assets
Transfers
of financial assets, including loan participations sold, are accounted for as
sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control
over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have
been isolated from the Bank, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of
conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or
exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Bank does not maintain effective
control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them
before their maturity.
Foreclosed
Real Estate
Real
estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are
initially recorded at fair value less cost to sell at the date of foreclosure
establishing a new cost basis.
After
foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the real
estate is carried at the lower of its carrying amount or fair value less the
cost to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation
allowance are included in other expenses. Foreclosed real estate is
included in other assets. The balance in foreclosed real estate at December 31,
2009 and 2008 was $1,155 thousand and $1,519, respectively.
Bank
Premises and Equipment
Bank
premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.
Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method over the following
estimated useful lives of the related assets:
|
Years
|
Leasehold
improvements
|
3 –
25
|
Furniture,
fixtures and equipment
|
5 –
10
|
IT
equipment and software
|
3
– 5
|
Advertising
Costs
The Bank
follows the policy of charging the costs of advertising to expense as
incurred. Advertising costs were $191 thousand, $231 thousand, and
$321 thousand, respectively for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and
2007.
Earnings
per Share
Basic
earnings per share represents net income divided by the weighted average number
of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per
share reflects additional common shares that would have been outstanding if
dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustments to
income that would result from the assumed issuance. The weighted
average number of shares of common stock outstanding was 3,618,002, 2,021,078
and 2,004,097 in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The weighted
average number of dilutive shares was -0- in 2009 and 2008. Options
to purchase 45,410 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 716,921
shares of common stock outstanding at December 31, 2009 were not included in
diluted earnings per share since their exercise price exceeded the fair value of
the related common stock.
Income
Taxes
The Bank
accounts for income taxes in accordance with income tax accounting guidance
(FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes). On January 1, 2008, the Bank adopted
accounting guidance related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which
sets out a consistent framework to determine the appropriate level of tax
reserves to maintain for uncertain tax positions.
The
income tax accounting guidance results in two components of income tax expense:
current and deferred. Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be
paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of the
enacted tax law to the taxable income or excess of deductions over
revenues. The Bank determines deferred income taxes using the
liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net
deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences
between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in
tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they
occur.
Deferred
income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities
between periods. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more
likely than not, based on the technical merits that the tax position will be
realized or sustained upon examination. The term more likely than not
means a likelihood of more than 50 percent; the terms examined and
upon examination also include resolution of the related appeals or litigation
process, if any. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not
recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest
amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being
realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all
relevant information. The determination of whether or not a tax
position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold considers the
facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date and is
subject to management’s judgment. Deferred tax assets are reduced by
a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence available, it is more
likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be
realized. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bank maintained a
valuation allowance for deferred federal income tax assets.
The Bank
recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of income tax
expense.
Stock
Based Compensation
Stock
compensation accounting guidance (FASB ASC 718, Compensation – Stock
Compensation) requires that the compensation cost relating to share-based
payment transactions be recognized in financial statements. That cost
will be measured based on the grant date fair value of the equity or liability
instruments issued. The stock compensation accounting guidance covers
a wide range of share-based compensation arrangements including stock options,
restricted share plans, performance-based awards, share appreciation rights, and
employee share purchase plans.
The stock
compensation accounting guidance requires that compensation cost for all stock
awards be calculated and recognized over the employees’ service period,
generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with
graded-vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over
the requisite service period for the entire award. A Black-Scholes
model is used to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market
price of the Bank’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted
stock awards.
Comprehensive
Income
Comprehensive
income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other
comprehensive income includes unrealized gains on securities available for sale,
and unrealized losses related to factors other than credit on debt
securities.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
Fair
values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information
and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 22. Fair value
estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant
judgment. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could
significantly affect the estimates.
Off-Balance
Sheet Financial Instruments
In the
ordinary course of business, the Bank has entered into off-balance sheet
financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit and letters of
credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the balance sheet
when they are funded.
Reclassifications
Certain
amounts reported in the 2008 and 2007 financial statements have been
reclassified to conform to the 2009 presentation. These
reclassifications did not impact the Bank’s financial position or results of
operations.
Change
in Accounting Estimates
In 2009,
the Bank refined the methodology for calculating the allowance for loan
losses. FASB ASC 450,
Contingencies
, considers two
sections for estimating the allowance for loan losses. The first
section is identifying individual problem assets and determining the current
fair value using current appraisals, comparative asset values, discounted
non-current appraisals, condition of the asset, and other relevant
factors. The second section for estimating the allowance is for
performing loans. The Bank considers eight years of historical trends
by risk ratings by loan category, charge-offs by loan category, and
delinquencies by loan category. The Bank includes additional
allowance amounts by loan category based on one year trends in local, regional,
and national qualitative factors such as: unemployment, real estate sales,
concentrations of credit, portfolio factors, and availability of current
customer financial information. The impact of this change in
methodology was to increase the allowance for loan losses by approximately $0.8
million in 2009 from the amount that would have been reported under the previous
methodology. This change in accounting estimate was applied
prospectively. The remaining $11 million of the provision for loan
losses was due to specific reserves required on collateral deficient loans and
loan charge-offs as a result of events arising in the year ended December 31,
2009.
NOTE
3 – RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Effective
July 1, 2009, changes to the source of authoritative U. S. GAAP, the FASB
Accounting Standards Codification™ (“FASC”), will be communicated through an
Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”). ASUs will be published for all
authoritative U.S. GAAP promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(“FASB”), regardless of the form in which such guidance may have been issued
prior to the release of the FASB Codification.
In August
2009, FASB issued ASU No. 2009-5, “Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures:
Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value.” This ASU provides clarification on
measuring liabilities at fair value when a quoted price in an active market is
not available and was effective for the first reporting period beginning after
issuance. Adoption of this guidance has had no material impact on results of
operations or financial condition.
In June
2009, FASB issued ASU 2009-17, Consolidations (Topic 810) – Improvements to
Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest
Entities. FASB ASC Topic 810 must be applied as of the beginning of
each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November
15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period and for
interim and annual reporting periods thereafter with early application
prohibited. Adoption of this Statement, effective January 1, 2010, will not have
a material effect on the Bank’s operations or financial condition.
In May
2009, FASB issued an update to Topic 855 – Subsequent Events. This update
established general standards of accounting for and disclosures of events that
occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or
are available to be issued. Adoption of this guidance has had no material impact
on results of operations or financial condition. See Note 23 for the required
disclosures.
In April
2009, FASB issued three updates intended to provide additional application
guidance and enhance disclosures regarding fair value measurements and
impairment of securities. The update to Topic 820 – Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosures provides guidelines for determining fair value when the volume and
level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased and
identifying transactions that are not orderly. The update to Topic 825 –
Financial Instruments enhances consistency in financial reporting by increasing
the frequency of fair value disclosures. The update to Topic 320 – Investments –
Debt and Equity Securities provides additional guidance designed to create
greater clarity and consistency in accounting for and presenting impairment
losses on securities. These updates were effective for annual periods ending
after June 15, 2009. Adoption of this guidance has had no material impact on
results of operations or financial condition.
In April
2009, FASB issued an update to Topic 805 – Business Combinations. This update
addresses application issues on initial recognition and measurement, subsequent
measurement and accounting, and disclosure of assets and liabilities arising
from contingencies in a business combination. This update was effective for
assets or liabilities arising from contingencies in business combinations for
which the acquisition was on or after the beginning of the first annual
reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Adoption of this
guidance has had no material impact on results of operations or financial
condition.
In
December 2008, FASB issued an update to Topic 715 – Compensation – Retirement
Benefits. This update provides guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan
assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. Adoption of
this guidance has had no material impact on results of operations or financial
condition.
In
November 2008, FASB issued an update to Topic 323 – Investments – Equity Method
and Joint Ventures. This update clarifies the accounting for certain
transactions and impairment considerations involving equity method investments
and was effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008.
Adoption of this guidance has had no material impact on results of operation or
financial condition.
In June
2008, FASB issued an update to Topic 260 – Earnings Per Share. This update
states that unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable
rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are
participating securities and shall be included in the computation of EPS
pursuant to the two-class method. This update was effective for financial
statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Adoption
of this guidance has had no material impact on results of operation or financial
condition.
In April
2008, FASB issued updates to Topic 350 – Intangibles – Goodwill and Other and
Topic 275 – Risks and Uncertainties. These updates amend the factors that should
be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine
the useful life of a recognized intangible asset. These updates were effective
for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Adoption of this guidance
has had no material impact on results of operations or financial
condition.
In
February 2008, FASB issued an update to Topic 860 – Transfer and Servicing. This
update provides guidance on a repurchase financing, which is a repurchase
agreement that relates to a previously transferred financial asset between the
same counterparties, that is entered into contemporaneously with, or in
contemplation of, the initial transfer. This update was effective for financial
statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, and
interim periods within those fiscal years. Adoption of this guidance has had no
material impact on results of operations or financial condition.
In
December 2007, FASB issued an update to Topic 805 – Business Combinations. This
update requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize all
(and only) the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction;
establishes the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all
assets acquired and liabilities assumed; and requires the acquirer to disclose
to investors and other users all of the information they need to evaluate and
understand the nature and financial effect of the business combination. This
update was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. At
December 31, 2009, adoption of this guidance has had no material impact on
results of operations or financial condition.
In
December 2007, FASB issued an update to Topic 810 – Consolidations. This update
requires that a reporting entity provide sufficient disclosures that clearly
identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests
of the non-controlling owners. This update was effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2008. Adoption of this guidance has had no material
impact on results of operations or financial condition.
NOTE
4 – RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND AMOUNTS DUE FROM
BANKS
The Bank
is required to maintain average balances on hand or with the Federal Reserve
Bank. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, these reserve balances amounted
to $25 thousand and $25 thousand, respectively.
NOTE
5 – EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic
earnings per share are computed by dividing net income (loss) by the
weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the
period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution
that could occur if (i) options to issue common stock were exercised, (ii)
warrants to issue common stock were exercised, (iii) preferred stock shares were
exchanged for common stock shares, and (iv) subordinated debentures were
converted to common stock shares. Potential common shares that may be
issued related to outstanding stock options are determined using the treasury
stock method. For the year ended December 31, 2009, there were 98
preferred shares that were exchanged for 178,164 common stock shares at an
average share price of $5.50. This exchange was related to the
capital raise that occurred in the second and third quarters of
2009. For the same period, we converted $1,000,000 of subordinated
debentures for 213,219 common stock shares at an average share price of
$4.69. This conversion was related to the change in control language
of the debentures related to turnover on the Board of Directors. This
change occurred in the third quarter when five directors resigned from the Board
of Directors. There were no options or warrants exercised in 2009 or
2008, and 36,708 options exercised at an average share price of $8.80 in
2007. There were no preferred stock or subordinated debentures
converted or exchanged in 2008 or 2007. All stock options and
warrants outstanding, 762,331 and 46,827 as of December 31, 2009 and 2008,
respectively, were not dilutive due to losses in 2009 and 2008 even though they
had some intrinsic value. Accordingly, the diluted loss per share for
each period was not affected by the impact of stock options
outstanding.
The
computation of basic and diluted (loss) income per share for the three years
ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, are presented below:
Years
Ended December 31,
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(amounts
in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
Basic
and diluted (loss) income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
(loss) income
|
|
$
|
(13,235
|
)
|
|
$
|
(825
|
)
|
|
$
|
230
|
|
Weighted
average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
3,618
|
|
|
|
2,021
|
|
|
|
2,004
|
|
Basic
(loss) income per share
|
|
$
|
(3.66
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
3,618
|
|
|
|
2,021
|
|
|
|
2,004
|
|
Effect
of Diluted Securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options
and warrants
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Convertible
preferred stock
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Convertible
subordinated debt
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
3,618
|
|
|
|
2,021
|
|
|
|
2,039
|
|
Diluted
(loss) income per share
|
|
$
|
(3.66
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
NOTE
6 – INVESTMENT SECURITIES
The
amortized cost and approximate fair value of available for sale and held to
maturity securities as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 are summarized as
follows:
|
|
December
31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Available
for Sale:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
Treasury and government agency
|
|
$
|
435
|
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
452
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
|
|
39,314
|
|
|
|
317
|
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
|
|
39,403
|
|
Asset-backed
securities
|
|
|
843
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
839
|
|
Municipal
securities
|
|
|
4,048
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(157
|
)
|
|
|
3,894
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,640
|
|
|
$
|
337
|
|
|
$
|
(389
|
)
|
|
$
|
44,588
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December
31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Available
for Sale:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
Treasury and government agency
|
|
$
|
1,073
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
1,086
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
|
|
17,228
|
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
|
(420
|
)
|
|
|
17,063
|
|
Asset-backed
securities
|
|
|
2,159
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
2,178
|
|
Municipal
securities
|
|
|
10,135
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
(286
|
)
|
|
|
9,887
|
|
Corporate
bonds
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Equity
securities
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
$
|
30,655
|
|
|
$
|
339
|
|
|
$
|
(726
|
)
|
|
$
|
30,268
|
|
Held
to Maturity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
|
$
|
2,235
|
|
|
$
|
147
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
2,382
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,235
|
|
|
$
|
147
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
2,382
|
|
The
amortized cost and fair value of available for sale securities as of December
31, 2009, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected
maturities may differ from contractual maturities because the securities may be
called or prepaid with or without any penalties.
|
|
Available
for Sale Amortized Cost
|
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Due
after one year through five years
|
|
$
|
435
|
|
|
$
|
452
|
|
Due
after ten years
|
|
|
4,048
|
|
|
|
3,894
|
|
|
|
|
4,483
|
|
|
|
4,346
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
|
|
39,314
|
|
|
|
39,403
|
|
Asset-backed
securities
|
|
|
843
|
|
|
|
839
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,640
|
|
|
$
|
44,588
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds
from the sale of available for sale securities were $11,816 thousand, $4,267
thousand and $2,613 thousand in 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. Proceeds from the sale of held to maturity securities
was $2,263 thousand in 2009. There were no sales of held to maturity
securities in 2008 or 2007. There was a gain on the sale of available
for sale and held to maturity securities in 2009 of $236
thousand. The Bank sold available for sale securities and three held
to maturity securities in the first quarter of 2009. The Bank’s
decision to sell all of its held to maturity securities resulted from concerns
of the economy and the resulting impact on asset quality, the opportunity to
take advantage of gains that existed in the three securities, and to help
maintain regulatory capital ratios within the “Well Capitalized” status before
raising capital in June 2009. The Bank does not intend to purchase
any HTM securities in the foreseeable future. There was a loss on the
sale of available for sale securities in 2008 of $361 thousand and no gain or
loss on the sale of securities in 2007. The Bank recorded other than temporary
impairment charges of $15 thousand, $940 thousand, and $394 thousand in 2009,
2008 and 2007, respectively.
The
Bank’s investments’ gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by
investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a
continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as
follows:
|
|
December
31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Available
for Sale:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
|
$
|
10,142
|
|
|
$
|
(21
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,934
|
|
|
$
|
(207
|
)
|
|
$
|
12,076
|
|
|
$
|
(228
|
)
|
Asset-backed
securities
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
717
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
839
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Municipal
securities
|
|
|
374
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
1,949
|
|
|
|
(156
|
)
|
|
|
2,323
|
|
|
|
(157
|
)
|
Total
investment securities available for sale
|
|
$
|
10,638
|
|
|
$
|
(22
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,600
|
|
|
$
|
(367
|
)
|
|
$
|
15,238
|
|
|
$
|
(389
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December
31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Available
for Sale:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
|
$
|
3,821
|
|
|
$
|
(222
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,854
|
|
|
$
|
(198
|
)
|
|
$
|
7,675
|
|
|
$
|
(420
|
)
|
Asset-backed
securities
|
|
|
1,023
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,023
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
Municipal
securities
|
|
|
5,510
|
|
|
|
(286
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
5,510
|
|
|
|
(286
|
)
|
Equity
securities
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Total
investment securities available for sale
|
|
$
|
10,360
|
|
|
$
|
(528
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,854
|
|
|
$
|
(198
|
)
|
|
$
|
14,214
|
|
|
$
|
(726
|
)
|
In 2008,
the Bank incurred $940 thousand in expense when it determined that the FHLMC
preferred stock and the Lehman Bros. Holding floater note had been
other-than-temporarily impaired. In 2009, the Bank completed the
write down of the FHLMC preferred stock for $15 thousand and sold the Lehman
Bros Holding floater for a $14 thousand gain. At December 31, 2009,
there were nine available for sale securities in the less than twelve month
category and sixteen available for sale securities in the twelve month or more
category. At December 31, 2008, there were forty three available for
sale securities in the less than twelve months category and thirty two available
for sale securities in the twelve months or more category. In
management’s opinion, the unrealized losses reflect primarily changes in
interest rates, such as but not limited to changes in economic conditions and
the liquidity of the market, subsequent to the acquisition of specific
securities. The Bank does not intend to sell and it is not more likely than not
that the Bank will be required to sell the securities prior to maturity or
market price recovery. Management believes that as of December 31,
2009 there is no other than temporary impairment of these
securities.
As of
December 31, 2009, the Bank pledged municipal and mortgage-backed securities to
the Federal Reserve for $4.0 million and Federal Home Loan Bank for $8.4 million
as collateral for borrowings.
NOTE
7 - LOANS RECEIVABLE
The
composition of net loans receivable at December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as
follows:
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Commercial
construction
|
|
$
|
19,161
|
|
|
$
|
31,421
|
|
Residential
construction
|
|
|
2,581
|
|
|
|
3,849
|
|
Consumer
residential
|
|
|
27,422
|
|
|
|
26,987
|
|
Commercial
real estate
|
|
|
133,433
|
|
|
|
119,087
|
|
Commercial
and Industrial
|
|
|
25,290
|
|
|
|
33,762
|
|
Consumer
and other
|
|
|
5,524
|
|
|
|
8,126
|
|
Warehouse
loans
|
|
|
16,435
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total
loans
|
|
|
229,846
|
|
|
|
223,232
|
|
Unearned
net loan origination costs and fees
|
|
|
452
|
|
|
|
520
|
|
Allowance
for loan losses
|
|
|
(10,032
|
)
|
|
|
(2,876
|
)
|
Net
loans
|
|
$
|
220,266
|
|
|
$
|
220,876
|
|
NOTE
8 - ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
The
changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008, and 2007 are as follows:
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Balance,
January 1
|
|
$
|
2,876
|
|
|
$
|
2,460
|
|
|
$
|
2,029
|
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
|
|
11,778
|
|
|
|
611
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
Loans
charged off
|
|
|
(4,630
|
)
|
|
|
(195
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
Recoveries
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Balance,
December 31
|
|
$
|
10,032
|
|
|
$
|
2,876
|
|
|
$
|
2,460
|
|
Non-Performing
Assets
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Non-accrual
loans
|
|
$
|
10,341
|
|
|
$
|
4,387
|
|
Loans
90 days past due and still accruing
|
|
|
4,119
|
|
|
|
1,585
|
|
Restructured
Loans
|
|
|
4,690
|
|
|
|
1,203
|
|
Other
real estate owned
|
|
|
1,155
|
|
|
|
1,519
|
|
Balance,
ending
|
|
$
|
20,305
|
|
|
$
|
8,694
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Bank had impaired loans of $17.5 million,
$5.9 million and $1.9 million, respectively, requiring an allowance for loan
losses of $6,763 thousand, $376 thousand, and $134 thousand,
respectively. During 2009, 2008, and 2007, the average recorded
investment in these impaired loans was $12.2 million, $6.0 million and $1.8
million, respectively, and the interest income recognized on impaired loans was
$737 thousand, $172 thousand and $131 thousand, respectively.
Loans on
which the accrual of interest has been discontinued amounted to $10.3 million
and $4.4 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. There
are $4.1 million and $1.6 million of loans with balances past due 90 days or
more and still accruing interest, but which management expects will eventually
be paid in full, at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Included
in certain loan categories in the impaired loans are troubled debt restructuring
loans that were classified as impaired. At December 31, 2009, the
Bank had $3.8 million commercial real estate loans that were modified in trouble
debt restructurings and impaired. In addition to these amounts the
Bank had troubled debt restructurings that were performing in accordance with
their modified terms of $5.5 million in commercial real estate loans and that
were not performing in accordance with their modified terms of $0.7 million in
residential real estate loans at December 31, 2009.
NOTE
9 - BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
The
components of bank premises and equipment at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as
follows:
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Leasehold
improvements
|
|
$
|
2,917
|
|
|
$
|
3,105
|
|
Furniture,
fixtures and equipment
|
|
|
815
|
|
|
|
995
|
|
IT
equipment and software
|
|
|
1,422
|
|
|
|
1,359
|
|
Automobiles
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
Construction
in process
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
5,257
|
|
|
|
5,515
|
|
Less
accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
2,538
|
|
|
|
2,751
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,719
|
|
|
$
|
2,764
|
|
The
components of deposits at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as
follows:
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Demand,
non-interest bearing
|
|
$
|
18,502
|
|
|
$
|
20,574
|
|
Demand,
interest bearing
|
|
|
84,996
|
|
|
|
53,326
|
|
Savings
|
|
|
9,037
|
|
|
|
9,213
|
|
Time,
$100,000 and over
|
|
|
76,985
|
|
|
|
73,535
|
|
Time,
other
|
|
|
124,407
|
|
|
|
81,194
|
|
Total
deposits
|
|
$
|
313,927
|
|
|
$
|
237,842
|
|
At
December 31, 2009, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as
follows:
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
169,508
|
|
2011
|
|
|
20,421
|
|
2012
|
|
|
7,124
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,881
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2,458
|
|
|
|
$
|
201,392
|
|
Included
in time deposits, $100,000 and over, at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are public
fund certificates of deposit of $5 million and $23 million,
respectively. These certificates of deposit have a maturity of less
than one year.
NOTE
11 - LEASE COMMITMENTS AND TOTAL RENTAL
EXPENSE
In 2007,
the Bank moved its corporate office and operations center into a new facility
and leases the premises under an operating lease agreement expiring July 2022,
with an option to extend the agreement for two additional six-year
periods. The Bank also leases four branch locations: one is under an
operating lease agreement which expires November 2013; one is an operating lease
agreement which expires January 2014, but includes the option to extend the
agreement for an additional five-year period; one is under an operating lease
agreement which expires November 2014; one is an operating lease which expires
December 2013, but includes the option to extend the agreement for three
additional five-year periods. Additionally we have a lending office operating
lease which expires August 2010, and a prospective branch location under a five
year operating lease.
Approximate
future non-cancellable minimum lease payments by year are as
follows:
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
917
|
|
2011
|
|
|
902
|
|
2012
|
|
|
922
|
|
2013
|
|
|
934
|
|
2014
|
|
|
720
|
|
2015
& Thereafter
|
|
|
3,671
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,066
|
|
Rent
expense, which includes reimbursements to the lessor for real estate taxes, was
approximately $788 thousand, $729 thousand, and $731 thousand for the years
ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. Included in 2007 rent expense was $178 thousand related
to incentives included in the new lease contract, which will be amortized over
the term of the lease.
NOTE
12 - OTHER BORROWINGS AND SUBORDINATED DEBT
At
December 31, 2009, the Bank had long-term advances from the Federal Home Loan
Bank totaling $11 million with an average interest rate of 3.24%. At
December 31, 2008, the Bank had short-term and long-term advances from the
Federal Home Loan Bank totaling $4 million and $11 million, respectively, with
an average interest rate of 4.47% and 3.24%, respectively.
The
contractual maturities of fixed rate long-term advances at December 31, 2009 are
as follows:
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
2013
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
2015
and thereafter
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,000
|
|
The $10.0
million in Federal Home Loan Bank advances maturing in 2015 and thereafter are
convertible select advances. One $5.0 million advance may be
converted to a floating rate advance any quarter. The rate would be
the three month LIBOR plus 17 basis points. The other $5.0 million
advance may be converted to a floating rate advance any quarter after May
2011. The rate would be the three month LIBOR plus 18 basis
points. If these advances convert to a floating rate, we have the
right to prepay the advance with no penalty.
The Bank
has a total borrowing capacity with the Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal
Reserve Bank of Philadelphia of approximately $16.3 million and $3.8 million,
respectively. The public fund certificates of deposit discussed in
Note 10, are backed by a $5.1 million letter of credit issued at the Federal
Home Loan Bank. Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank are secured
by certain qualifying assets of the Bank totaling $71.4 million.
The Bank
issued a subordinated term note during the second quarter of 2004. The note was
issued for $2.0 million at a floating rate based upon the three-month LIBOR
rate, determined quarterly, plus 2.75% per annum. Quarterly interest payments
are made on this note in January, April, July and October. At December 31, 2009,
the quarterly interest rate was 3.03%. The note matures in the third quarter of
2014.
The Bank
issued a subordinated term note during the fourth quarter of 2007. The note was
issued for $1.0 million at a fixed rate of 7.50% per annum. Quarterly interest
payments were made on this note in January, April, July and October. The note
was converted to voting common stock in the third quarter of 2009 due to a
significant change in the Board of Directors. See Note 14 –
Stockholders’ Equity for a more detailed discussion.
NOTE
13 – EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
The Bank
has a 401(k) profit sharing plan whereby eligible employees may contribute up to
15% of their salary to the Plan. The Bank provides a matching contribution equal
to 50% of the first 6% of the contribution made by the employee. Employer
contributions for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 were
approximately $56 thousand, $60 thousand, and $55 thousand,
respectively.
NOTE
14 - STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
During
2009, the Bank sold 3,110,245 shares of common stock at $5.50 per share, which
resulted in net proceeds of $16.7 million. In addition, 692,421
warrants were issued in the offering. Each warrant allows for the
purchase of one (1) share of common stock at $5.50 per share. The
warrants expire in seven (7) years. Holders of these shares of common
stock and warrants are beneficiaries of anti-dilution agreements (2009)
providing each of them price protection until March 31, 2011, such that if we
issue any shares of our common stock at or prior to that date at a price less
than $5.50, we will issue sufficient additional shares to them to maintain the
values of their holdings of common stock at the new, lower issuance
price. See Note 23 for Subsequent Events for a discussion of the
capital raise that was completed in February 2010 and the impact it has on the
anti-dilution agreements (2009). The cost of raising this capital was
$0.4 million.
The new
Chairman and CEO managed a private equity firm before joining the
Bank. He was instrumental in raising the net proceeds of $16.7
million and received 670,136 warrants as an incentive to raise more than $10.0
million in capital before he joined the Bank. The fair value of the
warrants that he received was calculated using a Black-Scholes model and
recorded as a separate component of Stockholders’ Equity. As warrants
are exercised, their value will return to Surplus in addition to the
proceeds. See Note 24 for Subsequent Events for a discussion of the
capital raise that was completed in February 2010 and the impact it has on the
anti-dilution agreements (2009).
The fair
value of warrants issued during 2009 was estimated at the date of grant using a
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions:
Expected
life
|
7
years
|
Expected
volatility
|
20.00%
|
Range
of risk-free interest rates
|
2.93%
- 3.19%
|
Weighted
average fair value of options granted
|
$1.29
|
|
|
The
expected volatility is based on historic volatility of the Bank’s common
stock. The risk-free interest rates for periods within the
contractual life of the awards are based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in
effect at the time of the grant. The expected life is based on their
expiration date.
The Bank
issued $980 thousand in 10% Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible
Preferred Stock during 2008. This stock pays a 10% dividend that is
non-cumulative. The preferred shares were exchanged for common stock
during 2009 in conjunction with the capital raise of $16.7
million. 178,164 shares of common stock were exchanged for 98 shares
of preferred stock at a price of $5.50 per share. In addition, 24,500
warrants were issued in the exchange. Each warrant allows for the
purchase of one (1) share of common stock at $5.50 per share. The
warrants expire in seven (7) years.
During
2009, $1.0 million of subordinated debt, issued in December 2007, was converted
to common stock. The conversion was required under the terms of the
subordinated term note due to the significant change in the membership of the
Board of Directors. Based on the terms of the subordinated term note,
213,219 shares of common stock were issued at a price of $4.69 per share to the
holders of the subordinated debt.
The
Pennsylvania Department of Banking has certain restrictions for paying dividends
on all classes of stock.
NOTE
15 - COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States of America require that
revenue, expenses, gains and losses are to be included in net income. Although
certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses
on available for sale securities, are reported as a separate component of the
equity section of the balance sheet, such items, along with net income, are
components of comprehensive income.
The only
components of other comprehensive income (loss) are unrealized holding gains
(losses), net of deferred taxes, on securities available for sale.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities
|
|
$
|
556
|
|
|
$
|
(1,462
|
)
|
|
$
|
57
|
|
Reclassification
adjustment for impairment charges recognized in income on available for
sale securities
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
940
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Reclassification
adjustment for (gains) losses recognized in income on available for sale
and held to maturity securities
|
|
|
(236
|
)
|
|
|
361
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Net
unrealized gains (losses)
|
|
|
335
|
|
|
|
(161
|
)
|
|
|
57
|
|
Income
tax effect
|
|
|
(113
|
)
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
Net
of tax amount
|
|
$
|
222
|
|
|
$
|
(106
|
)
|
|
$
|
38
|
|
NOTE
16 - STOCK OPTION PLAN
During
2004, the stockholders of the Bank approved the 2004 Incentive Equity and
Deferred Compensation Plan (“2004 Plan”), the purpose of which is to promote the
success and enhance the value of the Bank by linking the personal interests of
the members of the Board of Directors and the Bank’s employees, officers and
executives to those of the Bank’s stockholders and by providing such individuals
with an incentive for outstanding performance in order to generate superior
returns to stockholders of the Bank. The 2004 Plan is further intended to
provide flexibility to the Bank in its ability to motivate, attract and retain
the services of members of the Board of Directors, employees, officers and
executives of the Bank. Stock options granted normally vest over
three years.
The 2004
Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors. It provides for the grant of options, some or all of which
may be structured to qualify as Incentive Stock Options if granted to employees,
and for the grant of stock appreciation rights (“SARS”), restricted stock and
unrestricted stock up to a total of 200,000 shares of Common
Stock. The 2004 Plan replaced the Stock Option Plan approved in 1997
(“1997 Plan”), which provided for an aggregate of 112,500 shares of common stock
to be granted.
Under the
1997 Plan, the Bank, in connection with the initial stock offering, issued to
the Incorporators options to acquire 60,750 shares of common stock as well as
granted to two of its executive officers stock options to purchase 11,875 shares
of common stock. The options issued have either been exercised at a
price of $8.80 per share or have expired.
The
remaining 39,875 shares of common stock otherwise available under the 1997 Plan
ceased to be available for grant when the 2004 Plan was approved. Under the 2004
Plan, the Bank issued to its employees stock options to purchase 52,200 shares
at a weighted average price of $10.68 per share, which expire ten years from the
grant date.
The
following summarizes changes in stock options outstanding under the 2004
Incentive Equity and Deferred Compensation Plan and the 1997 Stock Option Plan
for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
at beginning of Year
|
|
|
46,827
|
|
|
$
|
10.67
|
|
|
|
48,034
|
|
|
$
|
10.67
|
|
|
|
120,825
|
|
|
$
|
9.54
|
|
Options
Exercised
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(36,708
|
)
|
|
|
8.80
|
|
Options
Forfeited
|
|
|
(1,417
|
)
|
|
|
10.46
|
|
|
|
(1,207
|
)
|
|
|
10.68
|
|
|
|
(36,083
|
)
|
|
|
8.81
|
|
Outstanding
at December 31
|
|
|
45,410
|
|
|
$
|
10.68
|
|
|
|
46,827
|
|
|
$
|
10.67
|
|
|
|
48,034
|
|
|
$
|
10.67
|
|
Exercisable
at December 31
|
|
|
45,410
|
|
|
$
|
10.68
|
|
|
|
46,827
|
|
|
$
|
10.67
|
|
|
|
42,001
|
|
|
$
|
10.75
|
|
No stock
options were granted in either 2009 or 2008. The weighted average
remaining contractual life of the outstanding stock options at December 31, 2009
is approximately 6 years. The aggregate intrinsic value of options
outstanding was $0 as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.
NOTE
17 - FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
The
components of income tax (benefit) expense for the years ended December 31 are
as follows:
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Current
|
|
$
|
394
|
|
|
$
|
(409
|
)
|
|
$
|
212
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
(394
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(372
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
(426
|
)
|
|
$
|
(160
|
)
|
Effective
tax rates differ from the federal statutory rate of 34% applied to income (loss)
before income tax (benefit) due to the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
income tax at statutory rate
|
|
$
|
(4,500
|
)
|
|
|
-34.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
(425
|
)
|
|
|
-34.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
24
|
|
|
|
34.00
|
%
|
Tax
exempt interest
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
|
|
-0.79
|
%
|
|
|
(183
|
)
|
|
|
-14.63
|
%
|
|
|
(175
|
)
|
|
|
-250.74
|
%
|
Interest
disallowance
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
0.09
|
%
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
1.84
|
%
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
44.42
|
%
|
Bank
owned life insurance
|
|
|
(69
|
)
|
|
|
-0.53
|
%
|
|
|
(69
|
)
|
|
|
-5.53
|
%
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
-71.64
|
%
|
Recordation
of valuation allowance
|
|
|
4,653
|
|
|
|
35.15
|
%
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
28.78
|
%
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
0.08
|
%
|
|
|
(132
|
)
|
|
|
-10.52
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
14.33
|
%
|
Effective
income tax rate
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
(426
|
)
|
|
|
-34.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
(160
|
)
|
|
|
-229.6
|
%
|
The
components of the net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are
as follows:
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Deferred
tax assets:
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Allowance
for loan losses
|
|
$
|
3,411
|
|
|
$
|
978
|
|
|
$
|
836
|
|
Net
unrealized losses on securities
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
Bank
premises and equipment
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
Impairment
charge on securities
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
OREO
expenses
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Non-accrual
interest
|
|
|
239
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Net
operating losses
|
|
|
3,922
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Other
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Total
deferred tax assets
|
|
|
8,135
|
|
|
|
1,539
|
|
|
|
1,151
|
|
Valuation
allowance
|
|
|
(6,605
|
)
|
|
|
(360
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
Total
deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance
|
|
|
1,530
|
|
|
|
1,179
|
|
|
|
1,151
|
|
Deferred
tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
loan costs
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Cash
basis conversion
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
Total
deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
Net
deferred tax asset
|
|
$
|
1,459
|
|
|
$
|
1,179
|
|
|
$
|
1,107
|
|
In 2009,
the Bank generated net operating income tax losses of approximately $5.7 million
which are available to be carried back to prior open tax years. The
Bank recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax
consequences related to differences between the financial statement carrying
amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and
for tax credits.
Management
evaluated the deferred tax assets for recoverability using a consistent approach
which considers the relative impact of negative and positive evidence, including
historical profitability and projections of future reversals of temporary
differences and future taxable income. The Bank is required to establish a
valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and record a charge to income or
stockholders’ equity if management determines, based on available evidence at
the time the determination is made, that it is more likely than not that some
portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In evaluating
the need for a valuation allowance, the Bank estimates future taxable income
based on management approved business plans and ongoing tax planning strategies.
This process involves significant management judgment about assumptions that are
subject to change from period to period based on changes in tax laws or
variances between projected operating performance, actual results and other
factors.
The Bank
established a valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset amount of $5.9
million as of December 31, 2009. The remaining deferred tax asset of
$1.5 million is related to projected reversals of temporary differences in 2009
that are projected to be carried back to prior open years.
NOTE
18 - TRANSACTIONS WITH EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The Bank
has had, and may be expected to have in the future, banking transactions in the
ordinary course of business with its executive officers, directors, principal
stockholders, their immediate families and affiliated companies (commonly
referred to as related parties), on the same terms, including interest rates and
collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with
others. There were no related party loans at December 31, 2009 and $4
thousand at December 31, 2008. During 2009, there were $1 thousand in
new advances and no new loans to such related parties and repayments totaled $5
thousand.
Some
current directors, nominees for director and executive officers of the Bank
and entities or organizations in which they were executive officers or the
equivalent or owners of more than 10% of the equity were customers of and had
transactions with or involving the Bank in the ordinary course of business
during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. None of these
transactions involved amounts in excess of 5% of the Bank’s consolidated gross
revenues during 2009 or $200,000, nor was the Bank indebted to any of the
foregoing persons or entities in an aggregate amount in excess of 5% of the
Bank’s total consolidated assets at December 31, 2009. Additional
transactions with such persons and entities may be expected to take place in the
ordinary course of business in the future.
On June
17, 2009, the Bank entered into a Consulting Agreement with Kenneth
B. Mumma, its former Chairman and CEO, pursuant to which the Bank
agreed to engage Mr. Mumma as a consultant until December 31,
2011. During the period of his engagement, Mr. Mumma has agreed to
provide from 20 to 40 hours of consulting services per month, for a consulting
fee of $13,500 per month plus reimbursement of expenses incurred by him in
performing the services. The agreement also provides non-compete
covenants for a period ending one year after the term of the consulting
agreement. During 2009, the Bank paid an aggregate of $67,500 in
consulting fees to Mr. Mumma under the agreement.
During
2009, the Bank paid director John Sickler $30,000 in consulting fees in
connection with Mr. Sickler’s services as interim Chairman of the board of
directors of the Bank from January 2009 to June 2009, and $50,000 in
connection with the 2009 private offering. Mr. Sickler also received
immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 9,091 shares of the Bank’s Common
Stock with a grant date fair value of
$11,727
(as computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718). Such warrants were
subject to an anti-dilution adjustment in April 2010. See "ANTI-DILUTION
AGREEMENTS" beginning on page
61
of this
prospectus-proxy statement.
NOTE
19 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET
RISK
The Bank
is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal
course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial
instruments include commitments to extend credit and letters of credit. Those
instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of
the amount recognized in the balance sheets.
The
Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party
to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is represented by
the contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit
policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for
on-balance sheet instruments.
At
December 31, 2009 and 2008, the following financial instruments were outstanding
whose contract amounts represent credit risk:
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Commitments
to fund loans
|
|
$
|
3,922
|
|
|
$
|
4,900
|
|
Unfunded
commitments to fund warehouse loans
|
|
|
28,565
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Unfunded
commitments under lines of credit
|
|
|
16,842
|
|
|
|
20,735
|
|
Letters
of credit
|
|
|
854
|
|
|
|
1,203
|
|
Commitments
to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no
violation of any condition established in the contract. Since many of
the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total
commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash
requirements. Warehouse loan commitments are agreements to purchase
mortgage loans from mortgage bankers that agree to purchase the loans back in a
short period of time. These commitments generally fluctuate monthly
as existing loans are repurchased by the mortgage bankers and new loans are
purchased the Bank.
Commitments
generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may
require payment of a fee. The Bank evaluates each customer’s credit
worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral
obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on
management’s credit evaluation. Collateral held varies but may
include personal or commercial real estate, accounts receivable, inventory and
equipment.
Outstanding
letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to
guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The
majority of these standby letters of credit expire within the next twelve
months. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is
essentially the same as that involved in extending other loan
commitments. The Bank requires collateral supporting these letters of
credit as deemed necessary. Management believes that the proceeds
obtained through a liquidation of such collateral would be sufficient to cover
the maximum potential amount of future payments required under the corresponding
guarantees. The current amount of the liabilities as of December 31,
2009 and 2008 for guarantees under standby letters of credit issued is not
material.
NOTE
20 – LEGAL CONTINGENCIES
Various
legal claims also arise from time to time in the normal course of business
which, in the opinion of management, will have no material effect on the Bank’s
financial statements.
NOTE
21 - REGULATORY MATTERS
The Bank
is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the
federal banking agencies. Failure to meet the minimum capital requirements can
initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary-actions by
regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the
Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the
regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific
capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets,
liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory
accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also
subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk
weightings and other factors.
Quantitative
measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank
to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth below) of total and Tier 1
capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1
capital to average assets. Management believes, as of December 31, 2009 and
2008, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is
subject.
As of
December 31, 2009, the most recent notification received from federal banking
agencies categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework
for prompt corrective action. The Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based,
Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios set forth in the table. There are
no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have
changed the Bank’s category.
The
Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are
presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
For
Capital Adequacy Purposes
|
|
|
|
To
Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action
Provisions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollar
amounts in thousands)
|
|
As
of December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
capital (to risk weighted assets)
|
|
$
|
25,958
|
|
|
|
11.8
|
%
|
≥
|
|
$
|
17,648
|
|
≥
|
|
|
8.0
|
%
|
≥
|
|
$
|
22,060
|
|
≥
|
|
|
10.0
|
%
|
Tier
1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
|
|
|
21,537
|
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
≥
|
|
|
8,824
|
|
≥
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
≥
|
|
|
13,236
|
|
≥
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
Tier
1 capital (to average assets)
|
|
|
21,537
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
≥
|
|
|
12,906
|
|
≥
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
≥
|
|
|
16,132
|
|
≥
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As
of December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
capital (to risk weighted assets)
|
|
$
|
22,825
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
%
|
≥
|
|
$
|
17,395
|
|
≥
|
|
|
8.0
|
%
|
≥
|
|
$
|
21,743
|
|
≥
|
|
|
10.0
|
%
|
Tier
1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
|
|
|
17,105
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
≥
|
|
|
8,697
|
|
≥
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
≥
|
|
|
13,046
|
|
≥
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
Tier
1 capital (to average assets)
|
|
|
17,105
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
≥
|
|
|
11,012
|
|
≥
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
≥
|
|
|
13,765
|
|
≥
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
The Bank
is subject to certain restrictions on the amount of dividends that it may
declare due to regulatory considerations. The Pennsylvania Banking Code provides
that cash dividends may be declared and paid only out of accumulated net
earnings.
NOTE
22 - DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL
INSTRUMENTS
The Bank
uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets
and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. In
accordance with FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, the fair
value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an
asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants at the measurement date. Fair value is best determined
based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there
are no quoted market prices for the Bank’s various financial
instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available,
fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation
techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the
assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash
flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in
an immediate settlement of the instrument.
The
recent fair value guidance provides a consistent definition of fair value, which
focuses on exit price in an orderly transaction (that is, not a forced
liquidation or distressed sale) between market participants at the measurement
date under current market conditions. If there has been a significant
decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, a
change in valuation technique or the use of multiple valuation techniques may be
appropriate. In such instances, determining the price at which
willing market participants would transact at the measurement date under current
market conditions depends on the facts and circumstances and requires the use of
significant judgment. The fair value is a reasonable point within the
range that is most representative of fair value under current market
conditions.
Level
1: Unadjusted
quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for
identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.
Level
2: Quoted
prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable either
directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or
liability.
Level
3: Prices
or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the
fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported with little or no
market activity).
An
asset’s or liability’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the
lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value
measurement.
For
financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, the fair value
measurements by level within the fair value hierarchy used at December 31, 2009
and 2008 are as follows:
|
|
As
of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
(Level
1) Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical
Assets
|
|
|
(Level
2) Significant Other Observable Inputs
|
|
|
(Level
3) Significant Unobservable Inputs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
U.S.
Treasury and government agency
|
|
$
|
452
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
452
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
|
|
1,207
|
|
|
|
38,196
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
39,403
|
|
Asset-backed
securities
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
839
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
839
|
|
Municipal
securities
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
3,894
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
3,894
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,659
|
|
|
$
|
42,929
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
44,588
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As
of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
(Level
1) Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical
Assets
|
|
|
(Level
2) Significant Other Observable Inputs
|
|
|
(Level
3) Significant Unobservable Inputs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
U.S.
Treasury and government agency
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
1,086
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
1,086
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
|
|
905
|
|
|
|
16,158
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
17,063
|
|
Asset-backed
securities
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
2,178
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
2,178
|
|
Municipal
securities
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
9,887
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
9,887
|
|
Corporate
bonds
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Equity
securities
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
$
|
905
|
|
|
$
|
29,363
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
30,268
|
|
The
following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured
at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2009 and 2008,
segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy
utilized to measure fair value:
|
|
December
31, 2009
|
|
|
|
(Level
1) Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical
Assets
|
|
|
(Level
2) Significant Other Observable Inputs
|
|
|
(Level
3) Significant Unobservable Inputs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Impaired
Loans
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
12,455
|
|
|
$
|
12,455
|
|
Other
Real Estate Owned
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,155
|
|
|
|
1,155
|
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
13,610
|
|
|
$
|
13,610
|
|
|
|
December
31, 2008
|
|
|
|
(Level
1) Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical
Assets
|
|
|
(Level
2) Significant Other Observable Inputs
|
|
|
(Level
3) Significant Unobservable Inputs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Impaired
Loans
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
5,872
|
|
|
$
|
5,872
|
|
Other
Real Estate Owned
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,519
|
|
|
|
1,519
|
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
7,391
|
|
|
$
|
7,391
|
|
The
following information should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value
of the entire Bank since a fair value calculation is only provided for a limited
portion of the Bank’s assets and liabilities. Due to a wide range of
valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making the
estimates, comparisons between the Bank’s disclosures and those of other
companies may not be meaningful. The following methods and
assumptions were used to estimate the fair values of the Bank’s financial
instruments at December 31, 2009 and 2008:
Cash and cash equivalents
(carried at cost):
The
carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for cash and short-term
instruments approximate those assets’ fair values.
Securities:
The fair
value of securities available for sale (carried at fair value) and held to
maturity (carried at amortized cost) are determined by obtaining quoted market
prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges (Level 1), or matrix
pricing (Level 2), which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry
to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted market prices for
the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to
other benchmark quoted prices.
The
carrying amount of restricted investment in bank stock approximates fair value,
and considers the limited marketability of such securities.
Loans receivable
(carried at
cost):
The fair
values of loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using market
rates at the balance sheet date that reflect the credit and interest rate-risk
inherent in the loans. Projected future cash flows are calculated
based upon contractual maturity or call dates, projected repayments and
prepayments of principal. Generally, for variable rate loans that reprice
frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based
on carrying values.
Impaired loans
(carried at
fair value):
Impaired
loans are those that are accounted for under FASB ASC 450, Contingencies, in
which the Bank has measured impairment generally based on the fair value of the
loan’s collateral. Fair value is generally determined based upon
independent third-party appraisals of the properties, or discounted cash flows
based upon the expected proceeds. These assets are included as Level
3 fair values, based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the
fair value measurements.
Accrued interest receivable and
payable
(carried at cost):
The
carrying amount of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable
approximates its fair value.
Deposit liabilities
(carried
at cost):
The fair
values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest and noninterest checking,
passbook savings and money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the
amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying
amounts). Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are
estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates
currently being offered in the market on certificates to a schedule of
aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.
Short-term borrowings
(carried
at cost):
The
carrying amounts of short-term borrowings approximate their fair
values.
Long-term debt
(carried at
cost):
Fair
values of FHLB advances are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based
on quoted prices for new FHLB advances with similar credit risk characteristics,
terms and remaining maturity. These prices obtained from this active
market represent a market value that is deemed to represent the transfer price
if the liability were assumed by a third party.
Subordinated debt
(carried at
cost):
Fair
values of subordinated debt are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis,
based on market rates currently offered on such debt with similar credit risk
characteristics, terms and remaining maturity.
Off-balance sheet financial
instruments
(disclosed at cost):
Fair
values for the Bank’s off-balance sheet financial instruments (lending
commitments and letters of credit) are based on fees currently charged in the
market to enter into similar agreements, taking into account, the remaining
terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing.
The Bank
has issued public fund certificates of deposit that are backed by letters of
credit issued at the Federal Home Loan Bank. The Bank does not
foresee the need to utilize these letters of credit. The estimated
fair value approximates the recorded deferred fee amounts, which are not
significant.
The
estimated fair values of the Bank’s financial instruments were as follows at
December 31, 2009 and 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
68,807
|
|
|
$
|
68,807
|
|
|
$
|
6,295
|
|
|
$
|
6,295
|
|
Securities
available for sale
|
|
|
44,588
|
|
|
|
44,588
|
|
|
|
30,268
|
|
|
|
30,268
|
|
Securities
held to maturity
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
2,235
|
|
|
|
2,382
|
|
Loans
receivable, net
|
|
|
220,266
|
|
|
|
213,901
|
|
|
|
220,876
|
|
|
|
221,211
|
|
Restricted
stock
|
|
|
2,026
|
|
|
|
2,026
|
|
|
|
1,793
|
|
|
|
1,793
|
|
Accrued
interest receivable
|
|
|
2,055
|
|
|
|
2,055
|
|
|
|
1,542
|
|
|
|
1,542
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
313,927
|
|
|
|
316,377
|
|
|
|
237,842
|
|
|
|
240,084
|
|
Subordinated
debt
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
|
11,290
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
17,148
|
|
Accrued
interest payable
|
|
|
575
|
|
|
|
575
|
|
|
|
660
|
|
|
|
660
|
|
Off-balance
sheet financial instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments
to extend credit and letters of credit
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Standby
letters of credit issued on the Bank's behalf
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
NOTE
23 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
New
Century Bank has evaluated events subsequent to December 31, 2009, both
recognized and non-recognized, for their impact on the reported results and
disclosures and determined that the following items are material subsequent
events.
In
February 2010, the Bank sold 10,113,185 total shares, which included
6,564,597 of its Common Stock and 3,548,588 of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
at a price of $4.28 per share, and in March 2010 1,950,798 total shares,
which included 761,596 of its Common Stock and 1,189,202 of its Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock at a price of $3.76 per share. Taking into
account the impact of anti-dilution agreements issued to investors in the
February offering, the result of the two offerings was the issuance of 13.4
million shares in those offerings. As a result, further shares have also been
issued to existing investors pursuant to anti-dilution agreements between the
Bank and those investors. Following the close of these transactions,
no investor owns or controls more than 9.9% of the aggregate outstanding shares
of the Bank’s Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, including for
purposes of this calculation any shares issuable under unexercised
warrants.
Each
investor who participated in this capital raise and owns more than 9% of the
common equity of the Bank has been identified by the Bank as a lead
investor. The February and March 2010 offerings resulted in seven
lead investors and they each received warrants equal to 5% of the shares that
they purchased, having exercise prices (after taking into account anti-dilution
repricing) of $3.76 per share. The number of warrants issued for
purposes of Common Stock totaled 253,885, and the number of warrants issued for
purposes of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock totaled 204,638. The
lead investors also have the right to invest in future capital raises until
February 17, 2011 at the issuance price of $3.76 per share.
In conjunction with the 2009 capital raise, investors entered into
anti-dilution agreements (2009) providing them each with price protection until
March 31, 2011, such that if the Bank issues any share of common stock at or
prior to that date at a price less than $5.50 per share, the Bank will issue
sufficient additional shares to the holders of the agreements to maintain the
values of their holding of common stock at the new, lower issuance price.
Due to the February and March 2010 capital raises both being conducted at per
share prices less than $5.50 per share, the anti-dilution provisions of the 2009
agreements become effective in 2010. The Bank considers the issuance of
these 2,797,606 anti-dilutive shares to be a nonrecognized subsequent event
as of the balance sheet date and, therefore, will not recognize the transaction
until the date the shares were issued.
The Bank
agreed to extend and amend the anti-dilution agreements with shareholders who
purchased shares in June 2009 or later, to extend anti-dilution protections from
June 30, 2010 through March 31, 2011 for any capital raising
transactions at a price or value below $3.76 per share, but, after June 30,
2010, only where the capital raising transaction involves share issuances for
cash. For further information on the terms of the anti-dilution
agreements, see, “ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENTS,” beginning on page
61
.
In March
2010, the Bank decided to change the name of the bank to Customers 1st
Bank. The reason for the change is that the new name better
conveys the new mission and vision of the Bank. The other reason is
that it is more cost effective to change the name in its early stages before
spending money to build the brand through marketing efforts and before the Bank
incurs significant costs such as building signage. Assuming the
approval of Proposal 5 by shareholders, this name change will be
effected in connection with the merger of the Bank into the merger
subsidiary in the reorganization.
Exhibit 2.1
PLAN OF MERGER AND REORGANIZATION
Date: __________, 2010
NEW CENTURY BANK (the "Bank"), a banking institution organized under the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965, as amended (the "Banking Code"), and NEW CENTURY INTERIM BANK (the "Surviving Bank"), an interim bank in organization under the Banking Code, and Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. (the "Holding Company"), a Pennsylvania business corporation organized under the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988, as amended, hereby enter into this Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the "Plan").
In consideration of their mutual promises and covenants, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto, deeming it to be advantageous to their respective banking associations, corporation and their shareholders, have duly approved this Plan and its execution, and do hereby adopt this Plan setting forth the method, terms and conditions of the merger, including the rights under the Plan of the shareholders of each of the parties, and the agreements concerning the merger:
1.
Merger
. The Bank shall merge into the Surviving Bank under the charter of the Surviving Bank, under the title of "Customers 1st Bank," and pursuant to the provisions of the Banking Code, by the method, on the terms and subject to the conditions and requirements hereinafter stated. Upon the merger becoming effective, Bank and Surviving Bank shall be merged into and continued in a single institution, the Surviving Bank, which shall be a Pennsylvania chartered bank and which shall be considered the same business and corporate entity as the constituent institutions. The Surviving Bank shall thenceforth be responsible for all of the liabilities and obligations of the Bank.. The Surviving Bank shall, upon consummation of the merger, engage in the business of a Pennsylvania chartered bank at the principal office and the legally established and approved branch offices of the Bank. Surviving Bank shall maintain the insurance of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in the same way as it is now carried by the Bank.
2.
Articles of Incorporation of Surviving Bank
. When the merger becomes effective, the initial Articles of Incorporation of the Surviving Bank shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit A
attached hereto and incorporated herein.
3.
Bylaws of Surviving Bank
. When the merger becomes effective, the initial Bylaws of the Surviving Bank shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit B
attached hereto and incorporated herein, and the principal office and established and authorized branch offices of the Bank shall become the principal office and established and authorized branch offices, respectively, of the Surviving Bank.
4.
Board of Directors of Surviving Bank
. The persons who shall constitute the Board of Directors of the Surviving Bank at the time the merger becomes effective shall be the persons who were then members of the Board of Directors of the Bank. They shall serve until the subsequent annual meeting of shareholders of Surviving Bank or until their successors are duly qualified and elected. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors of the Surviving Bank which may exist upon or after the effective date of the merger may be filled as provided by the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Surviving Bank. The officers of the Bank at the time the merger becomes effective shall hold the same offices in the Surviving Bank.
5.
Conversion of Shares: Exchange of Certificates: Capitalization
. Upon the merger becoming effective:
(a) Each three (3) issued and outstanding shares of voting common stock of the Bank shall, ipso facto, and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, become and be converted into one (1) share of voting common stock of the Holding Company, par value $1.00 per share. Each three (3) issued and outstanding shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of the Bank, if then authorized and issued, shall, ipso facto, and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, become and be converted into one (1) share of Non-Voting Common Stock of the Holding Company, par value $1.00 per share.
(b) As soon as practicable after the merger becomes effective, holders of shares of Bank common stock shall be furnished a form letter of transmittal for the tender of their share certificates to the Surviving Bank, which shall act as “Exchange Agent” for the Holding Company, to be exchanged for new certificates for the appropriate number of shares of Holding Company common stock. Holding Company shall be required to issue certificates for Holding Company common stock only upon the actual surrender of Bank shares or an acceptable indemnity agreement or bond from any Bank shareholder who is unable to surrender his or her certificate by reason of loss or destruction of the certificate. Upon surrender for cancellation to the Exchange Agent of one or more certificates for shares of Bank common stock, accompanied by a duly executed letter of transmittal in proper form, or an appropriate indemnity agreement or bond, as the case may be, the Exchange Agent shall, promptly after the effective date of the merger, deliver to each holder of such surrendered Bank certificates new certificates representing the appropriate number of shares of Holding Company common stock. Until certificates for Bank common stock have been surrendered and exchanged as herein provided for certificates of Holding Company common stock, each outstanding certificate for Bank common stock shall be deemed, for all corporate purposes, to be the number of full shares of Holding Company common stock into which the number of shares of Bank common stock shown thereon have been converted. In the event that any certificates for Bank common stock are not surrendered for exchange within two (2) years from the effective date of the merger, the shares of Holding Company common stock that would otherwise have been delivered in exchange for the unsurrendered Bank certificates shall be delivered by the Exchange Agent to the Holding Company, in which event the persons entitled thereto shall look only to the Holding Company for delivery of the Holding Company shares upon surrender of their outstanding certificates for Bank common stock. Following the expiration of such two (2) year period, the Holding Company may sell such unclaimed Holding Company common stock, in which event the sole right of the holders of the unsurrendered outstanding Bank certificates shall be the right to collect the net sale proceeds held for their account by the Holding Company. In the event that Holding Company shall, as required or permitted by law, pay to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania any net sale proceeds relating to unclaimed Holding Company common stock, the holders of unsurrendered outstanding Bank certificates shall thereafter look only to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania for payment on account thereof.
(c) Prior to the merger becoming effective, the Surviving Bank will have a capital of $100,000 consisting of 100,000 issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, and a surplus of $55,000. Upon the merger becoming effective: (i) the amount and number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Surviving Bank shall be increased to an amount equal to the total, immediately before the merger, of (A) the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Bank, now being _____ shares, and (B) the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Surviving Bank; (ii) the surplus of the Surviving Bank shall be increased to an amount equal to the total of the surplus of the Bank and the surplus of the Surviving Bank immediately before the merger; and (iii) all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Surviving Bank, as increased by the number of issued and outstanding shares of the Bank, shall be issued to and owned by the Holding Company.
(d) Except as provided below in connection with fractional shares, no cash shall be allocated to shareholders of the Bank or to any other person, firm, or corporation upon and by reason of the merger becoming effective. Cash fees will, however, be paid to attorneys, accountants and other like persons for services rendered in the accomplishment of the merger and reorganization and other phases of the overall transaction; some of these persons may be shareholders of the Bank and of Holding Company. The Holding Company will not issue any fractional shares of its common stock in the reorganization. Holders of Bank voting common stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock who would otherwise be entitled to a fractional share of Holding Company common stock or Holding Company Class B Non-Voting Common Stock will instead receive an amount in cash, rounded to the nearest cent and without interest, equal to the product of (i) the fraction of such share to which the holder would otherwise have been entitled and (ii) the book-value of one share of voting common stock of the Bank as of the final day of the quarter ended immediately prior to the consummation of the merger.
(e)
Each then outstanding warrant or option to acquire shares of the common stock of the Bank heretofore issued by the Bank shall, ipso facto, and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, become and be converted into a warrant or option, respectively, to acquire one-third the number of shares of the Holding Company on the same terms and conditions and shall remain outstanding. The number of shares of Holding Company stock for which each outstanding option or warrant will be exercisable after the consummation of the merger will be rounded up to the nearest whole number of shares, subject to the holder’s agreement to any necessary corresponding upward rounding adjustments of the exercise price to the nearest whole cent. After the merger becomes effective the Holding Company may, but is not obligated to, issue amended warrant or option agreements reflecting the conversion and the assumption of such warrants or options.
6.
Dissenting Shareholders
. The rights and remedies of a dissenting shareholder under Sections 1607 and 1222 of the Pennsylvania Banking Code, 7 P.S. Sections 1607 and 1222, and, thereby, Subchapter D of Chapter 15 of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988, as amended (15 Pa. C.S. Section 1571 et seq.) shall be afforded to any shareholder of the Bank who takes the necessary steps to perfect his or her dissenters rights. The Bank will make whatever payments are to be made to validly dissenting shareholders in the exercise of such rights. Unless otherwise provided by law, shares of the Holding Company not taken by the dissenting shareholders of the Bank shall not be issued.
7.
Conditions
. The merger provided under this Plan shall take place only if: (i) this Plan is approved (A) by the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Bank and (B) by the Holding Company as a shareholder of the Surviving Bank, in accordance with applicable law; (ii) this Plan, the merger and any constituent steps are approved by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and (if applicable) the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the Notice or Application, as applicable, of the Holding Company to form a bank holding company is not objected to, or is otherwise approved, by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and all other requirements prescribed by law are satisfied; (iii) the Bank receives an opinion of its special counsel, Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP, to the effect that the transactions contemplated herein constitute a tax-free reorganization under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and that neither gain nor loss will be recognized for federal income tax purposes to the Bank, the Surviving Bank, the Holding Company or the shareholders of the Bank (other than the dissenting shareholders who elect dissenters' rights), the Surviving Bank and the Holding Company, by reason of the transactions contemplated herein, and as to such further matters relating to the tax consequences of the transactions contemplated hereby, as the Bank may deem advisable; and (iv) there shall be no litigation or proceeding pending or threatened for the purpose of enjoining, restraining or preventing the consummation of the merger in accordance with this Plan.
8.
Amendment; Termination
. At any time before the merger becomes effective, by vote of a majority of the Board of Directors of each of the Bank, the Holding Company and the Surviving Bank, this Plan (a) may be amended in any manner not inconsistent with its general purpose, provided that no amendment shall change the share exchange ratio following approval of this Plan by the shareholders of the Bank, or (b) may be terminated for any reason, including without limitation for reasons such as because of the number of shares of common stock of the Bank exercising dissenters' rights, or if it shall appear that the consummation of the Plan would be inadvisable for any reason. If this Plan is terminated pursuant to this Section, this Plan shall be void and of no further effect, without any liability on the part of any of the parties hereto, or their respective directors, officers, shareholders or agents.
9.
Shares of Holding Company Subscribers
. The shares of the Holding Company, subscribed for by the initial subscriber or subscribers for common stock of the Holding Company, shall be purchased by such subscriber or subscribers by the payment of each individual incorporator's own cash to the Holding Company. Upon consummation of the merger, each subscriber for common stock of the Holding Company shall sell, surrender and redeem all of such subscriber’s stock subscribed for to the Holding Company for cash.
10.
Financing of Initial Capitalization
. In order to provide funds with which the Holding Company can purchase shares of common stock of the Surviving Bank for $155,000 (which Surviving Bank shall allocate as follows: Capital - $100,000; Surplus - $50,000; Expense Fund - $5,000), the Holding Company will make a temporary borrowing from an unaffiliated lender. After consummation of the merger the Surviving Bank will pay a special cash dividend to the Holding Company which will enable the Holding Company to repay the principal amount of said loan in full plus interest.
11.
Issuance of Shares
. When required by the terms of this Plan, the Holding Company will issue the shares of its common stock which the shareholders of the Bank shall be entitled to receive as hereinabove provided, and will perform all other acts necessary for it to comply with the provisions of this Plan.
12.
Assumption and Amendment of Stock Option Plan
. Upon the merger becoming effective, without any further action being required:
(a) the Holding Company shall assume all equity compensation, employee retirement and employee benefit plans of the Bank (each, a "Plan");
(b) all then outstanding grants by the Bank under any Plan shall be converted, to the extent required, to grants by the Holding Company under such Plan; and
(c) each Plan shall be deemed amended and restated: (i) to substitute the Holding Company and the common stock of the Holding Company for the Bank and the common stock of the Bank, respectively; and (ii) to provide that eligible participants under the Plan shall include the same category or categories of officers, other employees, and non-employee directors, of the Holding Company and any current or future subsidiary of the Holding Company, including the Bank, as the categories of officers, other employees and non-employee directors of the Bank currently eligible to be participants under the Plan. The maximum number of shares of Holding Company common stock that have been or may be issued or transferred under any Plan immediately after the merger shall be the same as the maximum number of shares of Bank common stock immediately prior to the Merger, and the maximum aggregate number of shares of Holding Company common stock that shall be subject to options or awards under any Plan to any single individual immediately after the merger shall be the same as the maximum number of shares of Bank common stock immediately prior to the merger, subject to any adjustment provisions of the Plan. Approval of this Plan of Merger and Reorganization shall constitute approval of each Plan as so amended by the directors and shareholders of the Bank and Holding Company for all purposes, including, without limitation, for purposes of Sections 162(m) and 422 of Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the exemptive rules promulgated thereunder.
13.
Board of Directors of Holding Company
. The persons who shall constitute the Board of Directors of the Holding Company at the time the merger becomes effective shall be the persons who were then members of the Board of Directors of the Bank immediately prior to the merger. The Board of Directors of the Holding Company shall, to the extent consistent with the provisions of the Holding Company Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and applicable law, be divided into three classes, with members of one class serving until the first Holding Company annual meeting and members of each of the other two classes serving until successive annual meetings. The directors in each class shall serve until the annual meeting of shareholders of the Holding Company at which his or her class is to be re-elected or until their successors are duly qualified and elected. The members of each class shall be designated initially by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors of the Holding Company which may exist upon or after the effective date of the merger may be filled as provided by the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company.
14.
Affiliates; Agreements Relating to Resales of Holding Company Securities
. The Bank shall prepare and deliver to Holding Company, prior to completion of the merger, a list that identifies all persons whom the Bank believes may be deemed to be “affiliates” of Bank or Holding Company under applicable securities laws. The Bank shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause each person whom it identifies on the list as a potential affiliate to deliver, at or prior to the completion of the transaction, a written agreement that the affiliate will not sell, pledge, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Holding Company shares issued to the affiliate pursuant to the transaction unless the sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition meets one of the following criteria: (1) it is made pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act; (2) it is in compliance with Rule 144; or (3) in the opinion of counsel, it is otherwise exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Without limiting the foregoing, any shares of Holding Company common stock issued to any persons deemed to be “affiliates” for such persons shall, at the discretion of management, include a legend disclosing applicable restrictions on transfer for such “control shares.”
15.
Waiver
. Any of the terms or conditions of this Plan may be waived in writing at any time by the Bank by action taken by its Board of Directors, whether before or after action by the Bank's shareholders, provided, however, that such action shall be taken only if, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such waiver will not have a materially adverse effect on the benefits intended to be granted hereunder to the shareholders of the Bank.
16.
Governing Law
. This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, except as such may be pre-empted by federal law.
17.
Entire Agreement
. This Plan contains the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.
18.
Counterparts
. This Plan may be executed in any number of counterparts, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement.
[signature page follows]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this instrument to be
executed by its Chief Executive Officer and its seal affixed, attested by its Secretary, all under
authority of its Board of Directors.
Attest: [Corporate Seal]
_____________________________
Gertrude M. Hackney
Secretary
|
NEW CENTURY BANK
By: ____________________________
Jay S. Sidhu
Chairman & CEO
|
Attest: [Corporate Seal]
_____________________________
Gertrude M. Hackney
Secretary
|
NEW CENTURY INTERIM BANK
By: ____________________________
Jay S. Sidhu
Chairman & CEO
|
Attest: [Corporate Seal]
_____________________________
Gertrude M. Hackney
Secretary
|
Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc.
By: ____________________________
Jay S. Sidhu
Chairman & CEO
|
-7-
Exhibit 3.1
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
CUSTOMERS 1ST BANCORP, INC.
FIRST.
The name of the Corporation is Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc.
SECOND.
The location and post office address of the Corporation’s registered office in this Commonwealth is 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, PA 19460.
THIRD.
The Corporation is being incorporated under the provisions of the Business Corporation Law of 1988, as amended (the “Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law”). The corporation is being organized on a stock share basis. The purpose of the Corporation is and it shall have unlimited power to engage in and to do any lawful act concerning any or all lawful business for which corporations may be incorporated under such Law.
FOURTH.
The term of the Corporation’s existence is perpetual.
FIFTH.
A.
Authorized Shares
. The aggregate number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 300,000,000 shares, divided into three classes consisting of:
(a)
|
100,000,000 shares of common stock without par value (“Common Stock”);
|
(b)
|
100,000,000 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock with the rights, designations, preferences and limitations provided more fully in Sub-Article B of this Article below (“Class B Non-Voting Common Stock”); and
|
(c)
|
100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, having such par value, or no par value, as the board of directors shall fix and determine as provided in Article SIXTH below or as may be permitted by applicable law (“Preferred Stock”).
|
B.
Statement of Designations Applicable to Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
.
Section 1.
General
. The Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall have the rights, designations, preferences and limitations set forth in this Sub-Article.
Section 2.
Ranking
. In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding-up of the Corporation, holders of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall be entitled to receive an equal amount per share of all the assets of the Corporation of whatever kind available for distribution to holders of Common Stock, after the rights of the holders of preferred stock have been satisfied.
Section 3.
Definitions
. As used herein with respect to the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock:
“
Articles of Incorporation
” shall mean these articles of incorporation of the Corporation, as they have been or may hereafter be amended from time to time.
“
Board of Directors
” means the board of directors of the Corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board of directors.
“
Bylaws
” means the Bylaws of the Corporation, as they have been or may hereafter be amended from time to time.
“
Common Stock
” means the voting common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Corporation.
“
Depositary
” means DTC or its nominee or any successor depositary appointed by the Corporation.
“
DTC
” means The Depository Trust Company and its successors or assigns.
“
Securities Act
” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“
Holder
” means the Person in whose name the shares of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock are registered, which may be treated by the Corporation, Transfer Agent, Registrar and paying agent as the absolute owner of the shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock for the purpose of making payment and for all other purposes.
“
Person
” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company or trust.
“
Registrar
” shall mean the Transfer Agent acting in its capacity as registrar for the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, and its successors and assigns or any other registrar duly appointed by the Corporation.
“
Transfer Agent
” means the Corporation, acting as Transfer Agent, Registrar and paying agent for the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, and its successors and assigns, including any successor transfer agent appointed by the Corporation. The Corporation may act as its own transfer agent.
Section 4.
Dividends and Other Distributions
. The holders of the Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall be entitled to receive an equal amount of dividends per share if, as and when declared from time to time by the Board of Directors. In no event shall any stock dividends or stock splits or combinations of stock be declared or made on Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock unless the shares of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock at the time outstanding are treated equally and identically,
provided
that, in the event of a dividend of Common Stock, shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall only be entitled to receive shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and shares of Common Stock shall only be entitled to receive shares of Common Stock.
Section 5.
Voting Rights
. Except as otherwise required by law, herein or as otherwise provided in any statement of designation for any series of preferred stock, the holders of Common Stock shall exclusively possess all voting power and each share of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote, and the holders of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall have no voting power, and shall not have the right to participate in any meeting of stockholders or to have notice thereof, except as required by applicable law and except that any action that would significantly and adversely affect the rights of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock with respect to the modification of the terms of the securities or dissolution, shall require the approval of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock voting separately as a class.
Section 6.
Other Rights, Preferences and Privileges
. Except as expressly provided in this Article FIFTH(B), the rights, preferences and privileges of the Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall be in all respects and for all purposes and in all circumstances absolutely and completely identical.
Section 7.
Redemptions
. The Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall not be redeemable either at the Corporation’s option or at the option of Holders at any time. The Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation to redeem, repurchase or retire the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock.
Section 8.
Listing; Registration
. In the event the Corporation lists the Common Stock on any national securities exchange or quotation system or registers the Common Stock under the Securities Act, it shall also list the shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock at the same time, to the extent such listing or registration is permitted by applicable laws, rules and regulations, and reasonably feasible.
Section 9.
Transfer Agent, Registrar and Paying Agent
. The duly appointed Transfer Agent, Registrar and paying agent for the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall initially be the Corporation. The Corporation may, in its sole discretion, remove itself or any appointed successor as Transfer Agent; provided that the Corporation shall appoint a successor transfer agent who shall accept such appointment prior to the effectiveness of such removal.
Section 10.
Miscellaneous
.
(i) The Corporation will pay any and all documentary stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes payable in respect of the conversion of shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock into shares of Common Stock; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property in a name other than that of the Holder of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock to be converted and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the person requesting such issue or delivery has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or established, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.
(ii) Whenever possible, each provision hereof shall be interpreted in a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision hereof is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating or otherwise adversely affecting the remaining provisions hereof. If a court of competent jurisdiction should determine that a provision hereof would be valid or enforceable if a period of time were extended or shortened or a particular percentage were increased or decreased, then such court may make such change as shall be necessary to render the provision in question effective and valid under applicable law.
(iii) The headings of the various subdivisions of this Article FIFTH are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of any of the provisions hereof.
(iv) If any of the voting powers, preferences and relative participating, optional and other special rights of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof set forth herein is invalid, unlawful or incapable of being enforced by reason of any rule of law or public policy, all other voting powers, preferences and relative participating, optional and other special rights of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof set forth herein that can be given effect without the invalid, unlawful or unenforceable voting powers, preferences and relative participating, optional and other special rights of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof shall, nevertheless, remain in full force and effect, and no voting powers, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof herein set forth shall be deemed dependent upon any other such voting powers, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and qualifications limitations and restrictions thereof unless so expressed herein.
SIXTH.
There is hereby expressly granted to and vested in the board of directors of the Corporation authority to, pursuant to and in accordance with the Section 1522(b) of the Business Corporation Law and any amendment to or restatement of such section, divide the authorized and unissued shares of the Corporation into classes or series, or both, and to fix and determine (except as fixed and determined herein), by resolution, the par value, voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, including specifically, but not limited to, the dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption rights and liquidation preferences, if any, of any wholly unissued series of Common Stock, Class B Non-Voting Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or any entire class if none of the shares in such class have been issued), the number of shares constituting any such series or class, and the terms and conditions of the issue thereof.
SEVENTH.
Each holder of record of Common Stock, to the extent such Common Stock has voting rights, shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in such holder’s name on the books of the Corporation. No shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate any votes for the election of directors.
EIGHTH.
The management, control and government of the Corporation shall be vested in a board of directors consisting of not less than six (6) nor more than twenty-five (25) members in number, as fixed by the board of directors of the Corporation from time to time. The directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. Each Class shall be as nearly equal in number as possible; subject to the foregoing, the number of Class I, Class II or Class III directors may be changed from time to time by a majority vote of the board of directors. The term of office of each Class shall be three (3) years, so that the term of office of one class of directors shall expire each year when their respective successors have been duly elected by the shareholders and qualified. At each annual election by the shareholders of the Corporation, the directors chosen to succeed those whose terms then expire shall be identified as being of the same class as the directors they succeed. If, for any reason, a vacancy occurs on the board of directors of the Corporation, a majority of the remaining directors shall have the exclusive power to fill the vacancy by electing a director to hold office for the unexpired term in respect of which the vacancy occurred. No director of the Corporation shall be removed from office by the vote of shareholders, unless the votes of shareholders cast in favor of the resolution for the removal of such director constitute at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders would be entitled to cast at an annual election of directors.
NINTH.
Any or all classes of shares of the Corporation, or any part thereof, may be represented by uncertificated shares to the extent determined by the Board of Directors, except that shares represented by a certificate that is issued and outstanding shall be represented thereby until the certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.
TENTH.
No holder of any class of capital stock of the Corporation shall have preemptive rights, and the Corporation shall have the right to issue and to sell to any person or persons any shares of its capital stock or any option, warrant or right to acquire capital stock, or any securities having conversion or option rights without first offering such shares, rights or securities to any holder of any class of capital stock of the Corporation.
ELEVENTH
. Except as set forth below, the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least 80 percent (80%) of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are entitled to cast, and if any class of shares is entitled to vote as a separate class, the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the outstanding shares of such class (or such greater amount as required by the provisions of these Articles of Incorporation establishing such class) shall be required to approve any of the following ---
(a) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other organization;
(b) any share exchange in which an organization, person or entity acquires the issued or outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation pursuant to a vote of shareholders;
(c) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Corporation to any other organization, person or entity; or
(d) any transaction similar to, or having similar effect as, any of the foregoing transactions;
--- if, in any of the foregoing cases, as of the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice thereof and to vote thereon, such other organization, person or entity is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued, outstanding and entitled to cast five percent (5%) or more of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast.
If any of the transactions identified above in this Article ELEVENTH is with an organization, person or entity that is not the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued, outstanding and entitled to cast five percent (5%) or more of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast, then the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast shall be required to approve any such transaction. An affirmative vote as provided in the foregoing provisions shall, to the extent permitted by law, be in lieu of the vote of the shareholders otherwise required by law.
The board of directors of the Corporation shall have the power and duty to determine, for purposes of this Article ELEVENTH, on the basis of information known to the board, if and when such other corporation, person or entity is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued, outstanding and entitled to cast five percent (5%) or more of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast, and/or if any transaction is similar to, or has an effect similar to, any of the transactions identified above in this Article ELEVENTH. Any such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Article ELEVENTH. The Corporation may voluntarily completely liquidate and/or dissolve only in accordance with all applicable laws and only if the proposed liquidation and/or dissolution is approved by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least 80 percent (80%) of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast.
The provisions of this Article ELEVENTH shall not apply to any transaction which is approved in advance by 66-2/3 percent (66-2/3%) of the members of the board of directors of the Corporation, at a meeting duly called and held.
Notwithstanding any provision of this Article or any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation or the Corporation’s bylaws, a plan of merger or consolidation may be approved and adopted without the approval of the Corporation’s shareholders in those circumstances where the applicable law, rules and regulations permit the plan to be approved by the board of directors without the approval of the shareholders.
TWELFTH.
No action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, and the power of the shareholders of the Corporation to consent in writing to action without a meeting is specifically denied. The presence, in person or by proxy, of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast shall constitute a quorum of shareholders at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.
THIRTEENTH.
The authority to make, amend, alter, change or repeal the Corporation’s bylaws is hereby expressly and solely granted to and vested in the board of directors of the Corporation, subject always to the power of the shareholders to change such action by the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at least 66-2/3 percent (66-2/3%) of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast, except that Article Eight of the Corporation’s bylaws relating to limitations on directors’ liabilities and indemnification of directors, officers and others may not be amended to increase the exposure to liability for directors or to decrease the indemnification of directors, officers and others except by the affirmative vote of 66-2/3 percent (66-2/3%) of the entire board of directors or by the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at least 80 percent (80%) of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast.
FOURTEENTH.
The board of directors of the Corporation, when evaluating any offer of another party to (a) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (b) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation, (c) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation, or (d) engage in any transaction similar to, or having similar effects as, any of the foregoing transactions, shall, in connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its shareholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including without limitation the social and economic effects of the proposed transaction on the depositors, employees, suppliers, customers and other constituents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located, the business reputation of the other party, and the board of directors’ evaluation of the then value of the Corporation in a freely negotiated sale and of the future prospects of the Corporation as an independent entity.
FIFTEENTH.
If any corporation, person, entity, or group becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to cast in the aggregate 25 percent (25%) or more of all votes entitled to be cast by all issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, such corporation, person, entity or group shall within thirty (30) days thereafter offer to purchase all shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued, outstanding and entitled to vote. Such offer to purchase shall be at a price per share equal to the highest price paid for shares of the respective class or series of capital stock of the Corporation purchased by such corporation, person, entity or group within the preceding twelve months. If such corporation, person, entity or group did not purchase any shares of a particular class or series of capital stock of the Corporation within the preceding twelve months, such offer to purchase shall be at a price per share equal to the fair market value of such class or series of capital stock on the date on which such corporation, person, entity or group becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to cast in the aggregate 25 percent (25%) or more of all votes entitled to be cast by all issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation. Such offer shall provide that the purchase price for such shares shall be payable in cash. The provisions of this Article FIFTEENTH shall not apply if 80 percent (80%) or more of the members of the board of directors of the Corporation approve in advance the acquisition of beneficial ownership by such corporation, person, entity or group, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to cast in the aggregate 25 percent (25%) or more of all votes entitled to be cast by all issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation.
SIXTEENTH.
The Corporation’s board of directors may amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in its Articles of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and all rights conferred upon shareholders and directors herein are hereby granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that the provisions set forth in Articles SEVENTH, EIGHTH, ELEVENTH and TWELFTH through FOURTEENTH, inclusive, of these Articles of Incorporation may not be repealed, altered or amended, in any respect whatsoever, unless such repeal, alteration or amendment is approved by either (a) the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at least 80 percent (80%) of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast or (b) the affirmative vote of 80 percent (80%) of the members of the board of directors of the Corporation and the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast.
SEVENTEENTH.
The Control Transactions provisions of Section 2541 of the Business Corporation Law and any amendment to or restatement of such section, shall not be applicable to the Corporation. The Disgorgement By Certain Controlling Shareholders Following Attempt to Acquire Control provisions of Section 2571 of the Business Corporation Law and any amendment to or restatement of such section , shall not be applicable to the Corporation.
NINETEENTH. The name and address, including number and street, if any, of each incorporator is as follows:
Name
|
Address
|
Jay S. Sidhu
|
5 Chardonnay Circle, Mohnton, PA 19540
|
Richard A. Ehst
|
1309 East Wyomissing Boulevard, Reading, PA 19611
|
Thomas Brugger
|
1142 Lehigh Avenue, Wyomissing, PA 19610
|
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Incorporators have signed these Articles of Incorporation this 6th day of April, 2010.
/s/Jay S. Sidhu
Jay S. Sidhu, Incorporator
|
/s/ Richard A. Ehst
Richard A. Ehst, Incorporator
|
/s/ Thomas Brugger
Thomas Brugger, Incorporator
|
|
-6-
Exhibit 3.2
BYLAWS
OF
CUSTOMERS 1ST BANCORP, INC.
ARTICLE ONE
OFFICES
1.01.
Registered Office
. The registered office of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall be located in such place as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
1.02.
Other Offices
. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places within or without the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate or the business of the Corporation may require.
ARTICLE TWO
SEAL
2.01.
Seal
. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Pennsylvania.”
ARTICLE THREE
SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
3.01.
Place of Meeting
. Meetings of shareholders shall be held at any geographic location within or without the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. In the absence of such designation, shareholders’ meetings shall be held at the executive office of the Corporation. Shareholders shall not be permitted to participate in any meeting of shareholders by means of conference telephone or the Internet or other electronic communications technology, unless the Board of Directors, by resolution so directs with respect to such meeting. Meetings held by means of the Internet conference or telephone or other electronic communications technology shall not be required to be held at a particular geographic location and shall provide shareholders with the opportunity to read or hear the proceedings substantially concurrently with their occurrence, vote on matters submitted to the shareholders and pose questions to the Directors.
3.02.
Annual Meeting
. The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held on such day each year as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. At such meetings, Directors shall be elected, reports of the affairs of the Corporation shall be considered, and any other business may be transacted which is within the powers of the shareholders.
3.03. (a)
Notice of Meetings
. Notice of all meetings of shareholders shall be delivered, personally, by courier service, charges prepaid, by first class, express or bulk mail, postage prepaid, facsimile transmission, e-mail or other electronic communication addressed to the shareholder at his or her postal address, facsimile number, e-mail address or other electronic communication location as it appears on the books of the Corporation or as supplied by such shareholder to the Corporation for the purpose of notice, by or at the direction of the Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary or the officer or persons calling the meeting.
(b)
Time of Notice
. Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall be delivered not less than ten (10) days, or in the case of bulk mail not less than twenty (20) days, before the date of the meeting, and in accordance with any laws, rules or regulations applicable to the Corporation (collectively referred to herein as “applicable law”). If the notice is sent by mail or courier, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail or with a courier service for delivery to the shareholder. If the notice is sent by facsimile, e-mail or other electronic communication, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when sent to the shareholder.
(c)
Contents of Notice
. Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall state the day, hour and geographic location, if any, of the meeting. The notice shall also state the general nature of the business to be transacted if it is a special meeting.
(d)
Notice of Adjourned Meeting
. When a shareholders’ meeting is adjourned, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted thereat other than by announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the new meeting.
3.04. (a)
Calling of Special Meetings
. Upon request in writing to the Chief Executive Officer, Vice President or Secretary, sent by registered mail or delivered to the officer in person, by any persons entitled to call a special meeting of shareholders, the Secretary of the Corporation shall fix as the date of the meeting a date not less than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request, and cause notice to be delivered to the shareholders entitled to vote thereat in accordance with Section 3.03 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this section shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time or date when a meeting of shareholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.
(b)
Persons Entitled to Call Special Meetings
. Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time by any of the following: (1) the Board of Directors at a duly called and held meeting of the Board of Directors or upon the unanimous written consent of the members of the Board of Directors; or (2) the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, but only upon receiving written direction of at least a majority of Directors then in office.
(c)
Business of Special Meeting
. Business transacted at all special meetings shall be confined to the subjects stated in the notice and matters germane thereto, unless all shareholders entitled to vote are present and shall have otherwise consented.
3.05. (a)
Quorum of and Action by Shareholders
. The presence, in person or by proxy, of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all of shareholders are entitled to cast on a particular matter to be acted upon at a meeting (after giving effect to Article FIFTEENTH or any successor “excess shares” provision, in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation), shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of consideration and action on the matter. If a proxy casts a vote on behalf of a shareholder on any issue other than a procedural motion considered at a meeting of shareholders, the shareholder shall be deemed to be present during the entire meeting for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present for consideration of any other issue. If a quorum is present, except in the election of Directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of all votes cast at the meeting shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater or lesser number or the voting by classes is required by these Bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988, as amended (“BCL”) or other applicable law.
(b)
Adjournment for Lack or Loss of Quorum
. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of shareholders may be adjourned from time to time by the affirmative vote of a majority of all votes cast at the meeting, but no other business may be transacted. Meetings at which Directors are to be elected shall be adjourned only from day to day or for such longer periods not exceeding fifteen (15) days each and those shareholders who attend the second of such adjourned meetings, although less than a quorum, shall nevertheless constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing Directors. The minimum attendance required for purposes of determining a quorum at an adjourned meeting shall be as provided by applicable law.
3.06. (a)
Closing Transfer Books
. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors may provide, or may authorize any officer to provide, that the share transfer books shall be closed for a stated period not to exceed fifty (50) days, in which case written or printed notice thereof shall be mailed at least ten (10) days before the beginning of such period to each shareholder of record at the address appearing on the books of the Corporation or supplied by him to the Corporation for the purpose of notice.
(b)
Record Date
. In lieu of closing the share transfer books, the Board of Directors may fix in advance, or may authorize any officer to fix, a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken.
(c)
Other Determination of Shareholders
. If the share transfer books are not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, absent subsequent action by the Board of Directors establishing a different record date, the date fifteen (15) days after the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, or the date on which the resolutions of the Board of Directors on any other matter is adopted, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders of record.
(d)
Adjourned Meetings
. When any determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
3.07.
Inspection of Corporate Records
. Every shareholder, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, shall have the right to examine, in person or by agent or attorney, during the usual hours for business for any proper purpose, the share register, books or records of account, and records of the proceedings of the incorporators, shareholders and Directors, and make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a shareholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right of inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the shareholder. In all cases, the demand under oath shall be directed to the Corporation at its registered office in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, at its principal place of business or in care of the person in charge of the actual business office of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section, the Corporation’s principal place of business and its sole actual business office shall be deemed to be the location where the Chief Executive Officer maintains his or her principal office and the person in charge of that office shall be deemed to be the Chief Executive Officer.
3.08.
Voting List
. The officer or agent having charge of the transfer book for shares of the Corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such a meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each, which list, for a period of ten (10) days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the registered office of the Corporation and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder at any time during usual business hours. Such list shall also be produced and kept open, or otherwise made available in accordance with applicable law, at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original share ledger or transfer book, or a duplicate thereof kept in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or share or transfer book or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.
3.09.
Voting of Shares
. Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation or any statement or other instrument establishing the voting rights of any class or series of shares, or any amendment to any of the foregoing, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders.
3.10.
Nominations for Directors
. Nominations for the election of Directors may be made by the Board of Directors or by any shareholder entitled to vote for the election of Directors. Nominations made by the shareholders entitled to vote for the election of Directors shall be made by notice in writing, delivered or mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for election of Directors; provided, however, that if less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed, as prescribed, to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of the seventh day following the day on which notice was mailed to shareholders. Notice of nominations, which are proposed by the Board of Directors, shall be given by the Chairman of the Board or any other appropriate officer. Each notice shall set forth (i) the name, age, business address and, if known, residence address of each nominee proposed in such notice, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of each nominee, and (iii) the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by each such nominee and the earliest date of acquisition of any of such stock. The Chairman of a meeting of shareholders may, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
3.11.
Voting by Ballot
. Voting by shareholders in elections for Directors shall be by ballot. No shares shall be voted at any meeting upon which shares an installment is due and unpaid.
3.12.
Agenda and Inclusion of Materials in Proxy for Annual Meeting
.
(a) Matters to be placed on the agenda for consideration at annual meetings of shareholders may be proposed by the Board of Directors or by any shareholder in accordance with applicable law. Matters proposed for the agenda by shareholders shall be made in accordance with applicable law, by notice in writing, mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not less than forty-five (45) days nor more than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the one year anniversary of the date materials were mailed to shareholders for the prior year’s annual meeting of shareholders. Notice of matters, which are proposed by the Board of Directors, shall be given by the Chairman of the Board or any other appropriate officer. Each notice given by a shareholder shall set forth a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting in accordance with applicable law. The Chairman of the meeting of shareholders may determine and declare to the meeting that a matter proposed for the agenda was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the matter shall be disregarded.
(b) Any shareholder request to include matters in the Corporation’s proxy material for an annual meeting shall be made in accordance with applicable law, and shall be in writing, mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not less than one hundred and twenty (120) days nor more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the one year anniversary of the date materials were mailed to shareholders for the prior year’s annual meeting of shareholders, unless the annual meeting of shareholders is to be held more than thirty days before or after such anniversary date, in which case, such notice must be received by the Secretary of the Corporation within a reasonable time for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials for the annual meeting.
3.13.
Proxies and Revocation of Proxies
. Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy. Every proxy shall be executed or authenticated by the shareholder, or by his duly authorized attorney in fact, and filed or transmitted to with the Secretary of the Corporation. A proxy, unless coupled with an interest, shall be revocable at will, notwithstanding any agreement or any provision to the contrary, but the revocation of a proxy shall not be effective until an executed or authenticated notice thereof shall have been given to the Secretary of the Corporation or its designated agent in writing or by electronic transmission. A telegram, telex, cablegram, datagram, e-mail, Internet communication or other means of electronic transmission from a shareholder or attorney-in-fact, or a photographic, facsimile or similar reproduction of a writing executed by a shareholder or attorney-in-fact:
(1) may, at the discretion of the Secretary, be treated as properly executed or authenticated for purposes of this subsection; and
(2) shall be so treated if it sets forth or utilizes a confidential and unique identification number or other mark furnished by the Corporation to the shareholder for the purposes of a particular meeting or transaction.
No unrevoked proxy shall be valid after eleven (11) months from the date of its execution, authentication or transmission, unless a longer time is expressly provided therein, but in no event shall a proxy unless coupled with an interest, be voted on after three years from the date of its execution. A proxy shall not be revoked by the death or incapacity of the maker unless before the vote is counted or the authority is exercised, written notice of such death or incapacity is given to the Secretary of the Corporation or its designated agent. A shareholder shall not sell his vote or execute a proxy to any person for any sum of money or any other thing of value. A proxy coupled with an interest shall include an unrevoked proxy in favor of a creditor of a shareholder and such proxy shall be valid so long as the debt owed by the shareholder to the creditor remains unpaid.
3.14.
Waiver of Notice
. Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given to a shareholder under the provisions of the BCL or under the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the shareholder entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice; however, in the case of special meetings, the business to be transacted and the purpose of the meeting shall be stated in the waiver of notice. Attendance of a person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting except where a person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.
3.15. (a)
Appointment of Judges of Election
. In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors may appoint judges of election, who need not be shareholders, to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If judges of election not be so appointed, the chairman of any such meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder or his proxy shall, make such appointment at the meeting. The number of judges shall be one (1) or three (3) in number. If appointed at a meeting on the request of one (1) or more shareholders or proxies, the majority of all votes entitled to be cast shall determine whether one (1) or three (3) judges are to be appointed. No person who is a candidate for Director shall act as a judge. In case any person appointed as a judge fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board of Directors in advance of the convening of the meeting, or at the meeting by the person acting as chairman.
(b)
Duties of Judges
. The judges of election shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power and rights of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies, receive votes or ballots, hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, determine the result, and do such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. The judges of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability, and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) judges of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority shall be effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.
(c)
Report of Judges
. On request of the chairman of the meeting, or of any shareholder or his proxy, the judges shall be made a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined by them, and execute a certificate of any fact found by them.
3.16.
Conduct of Meetings
. Unless the Board of Directors shall designate another officer or Director of the Corporation to preside and act as the chairman at any regular or special meeting of shareholders, the Chairman of the Board, or in his absence, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside and act as the chairman at any regular or special meeting of shareholders. The chairman of the meeting, consistent with any authority, direction, restriction or limitation given to him by the Board of Directors, shall have any and all powers and authority necessary to conduct an orderly meeting, preserve order and determine any and all procedural matters, including the proper means of obtaining the floor, who shall have the right to address the meeting, the manner in which shareholders will be recognized to speak, imposing reasonable limits on the amount of time at the meeting taken up in remarks by any one shareholder or group of shareholders, the number of times a shareholder may address the meeting, and the person to whom questions should be addressed. Any actions by the Chairman of the Board or any person acting in his place in adopting rules for, or in conducting, a meeting shall be fair to the shareholders. Rules adopted for use at a meeting which are approved in advance by the Board of Directors, and actions taken by the chairman in conducting the meeting pursuant to such rules shall be deemed to be fair to shareholders. The chairman shall announce at the meeting when the polls close for each matter voted upon. If no announcement is made, the ability to cast a vote will be deemed to have closed upon the final adjournment of the meeting. After the polls close, no ballots, proxies, or votes, nor any revocations or changes thereto, may be accepted. In addition, until the business to be completed at a meeting of shareholders is completed, the chairman of a meeting of the shareholders is expressly authorized to temporarily adjourn and postpone the meeting from time to time. The Secretary of the Corporation or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the shareholders. In the absence at such meeting of the Secretary and Assistant Secretary, the chairman of the meeting may appoint another person to act as Secretary of the meeting.
3.17.
Action Without Meeting
. No action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, and the power of the shareholders of the Corporation to consent in writing to action without a meeting is specifically denied.
ARTICLE FOUR
DIRECTORS
4.01.
Directors Defined
. “Director” means a director of the Corporation, and “Directors,” when used in relation to any power or duty requiring collective action, means “Board of Directors.”
4.02.
Powers
. The business and affairs of the Corporation and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under authority of the Board of Directors, subject to any limitation imposed by the BCL, the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, or these Bylaws as to action which requires authorization or approval by the shareholders.
4.03. (a)
Number and Classes of Directors
. The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be not less than six (6) nor more than twenty-five (25), and the Directors shall be divided into classes and be elected for such terms of office, as provided in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation.
(b)
Qualifications
. Directors need not be residents of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Unless waived by a majority of the Directors in accordance with applicable law, a majority of the Directors shall be persons who are not directors, officers, employees, agents or record or beneficial holders of more than 5% of the voting securities of the Corporation or any corporation or other entity which is a record or beneficial holder of 66-2/3% or more of the issued and outstanding shares of any class of capital stock of the Corporation.
4.04. (a)
Vacancies
. Vacancies in the Board of Directors shall exist in the case of the happening of any of the following events: (i) the death or resignation of any Director; (ii) if at any annual, regular or special meeting of shareholders at which any Director is elected, the shareholders fail to elect the full authorized number of Directors to be voted for at that meeting; (iii) an increase in the number of Directors (up to a maximum of twenty-five (25)) by resolution of the Board of Directors; (iv) the removal of a Director by the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation; or (v) if the Board of Directors declares vacant the office of any Director for such just cause as the Directors may determine or because such Director has not accepted the office of Director within seventy-five (75) days of being notified of his election by either responding in writing or attending any meeting of the Board of Directors.
(b)
Filling of Vacancies
. Except as provided in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors shall be filled by a majority of the remaining Directors (even if less than a quorum of the Board) and each person so elected shall be a Director of the same class as his predecessor until his successor is elected by the shareholders.
4.05.
Place of Meetings
. All meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation or at such place within or without the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as may be designated from time to time by a majority of the Directors, or may be designated in the notice calling the meeting.
4.06.
Regular Meetings
. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held, without call or notice, immediately following each annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, and at such other times as the Directors may determine.
4.07. (a)
Call of Special Meetings
. Special meetings of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be called by the Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board, President or by one-third of the Directors.
(b)
Notice of Special Meetings
. Notice of the day, hour, geographic location and purpose of special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be delivered at least five (5) days before the meeting, personally, by courier service, charges prepaid, first class or express mail, postage prepaid, facsimile transmission, e-mail or other electronic communication, to the postal address, facsimile number, e-mail address or other electronic communication location supplied by the Secretary of the Corporation for the purpose of notice. Notice sent by United States mail shall be deemed to have been delivered when deposited in the United States mail or with a courier service. Notice sent by facsimile transmission, e-mail or other electronic communication shall be deemed to have been given when sent.
4.08.
Validation of Meetings Defectively Called or Noticed
. The transactions of any meeting of the Board of Directors, however called and noticed and wherever held, are as valid as though taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the Directors not present signs a waiver of notice. All such waivers shall be filed with corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Attendance of a Director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such a meeting except where a Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
4.09.
Quorum
. A majority of the number of Directors in office constitutes a quorum of the Board for the transaction of business.
4.10.
Majority Action
. Every action or decision done or made by a majority of the Directors present at any meeting duly held at which a quorum is present is the act of the Board of Directors. Each Director who is present at a meeting will be conclusively presumed to have assented to the action taken at such meeting unless his dissent to the action is entered in the minutes of the meeting, or, where he is absent from the meeting, his written objection to such action is promptly filed with the Secretary of the Corporation upon learning of the action. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favor of such action.
4.11.
Action by Consent of Board Without Meeting
. Any action required by the BCL to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or the executive or other committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if, prior or subsequent to the action, a consent or consents thereto by all of the Directors entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof, or by all the members of such committee, as the case may be, and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation.
4.12. (a)
Adjournment
. In the absence of a quorum a majority of the Directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board.
(b)
Notice of Adjourned Meeting
. Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting, whether the meeting is a regular meeting or special meeting, need not be given to absent Directors if the time and place are fixed at the meeting adjourned.
4.13.
Conduct of Meetings
. At every meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or in their absence, an officer of the Corporation designated by one of them, or in the absence of such designation, a chairman chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall preside. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of the Board of Directors. In case the Secretary shall be absent from any meeting, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
4.14.
Participation at Meeting
. One or more Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.
4.15.
Compensation
. The Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, shall have authority to establish reasonable compensation of all Directors for services to the Corporation as Directors, officers, or otherwise.
ARTICLE FIVE
COMMITTEES
5.01.
Authorization
. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may create an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee, a Compensation Committee, and such other permanent or temporary committees as the Board deems necessary for the proper conduct of the business of the Corporation. Each committee shall have and may exercise such powers as shall be conferred or authorized by resolution of the Board and which are not inconsistent with these Bylaws nor applicable law. The creation of any committee and the delegation thereto of authority shall not operate to relieve the Board of Directors of any responsibility imposed on it by law.
5.02.
Appointment of Committees
. The Chief Executive Officer shall submit to the Board of Directors, at its first meeting after the annual meeting of the shareholders, his or her recommendations for the members of and chairman of each committee. The Board shall then appoint, in accordance with such recommendations or otherwise, the members and a chairman for each committee. If the appointees accept their appointment, they shall serve for one (1) year or until their successors are appointed. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fill any vacancies occurring on any committee and to remove and replace a member of any committee. Unless otherwise provided, a Director may be a member of more than one (1) committee. If the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation is a member of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall be appointed as a full member of the Executive Committee and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, as an ex-officio, non-voting member of each committee of which he or she is not a full member.
5.03.
Conduct of Committees
. A majority of the membership of each committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Each committee shall meet at such times as the committee may decide or as the Board of Directors may require. Special meetings of committees may be called at any time by its chairman, or by the Chairman of the Board or by the Chief Executive Officer. Except, for its chairman, each committee may appoint a secretary and such other officers as the committee members deem necessary. Each committee shall have the power and authority to obtain from the appropriate officers of the Corporation all information necessary for the conduct of the proper business of the committee. If required by the Board of Directors, minutes of the proceedings shall be submitted to the Board of Directors upon its request.
5.04.
Executive Committee
. If created by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, the Executive Committee shall meet upon five (5) days’ notice. The Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the Corporation, except as the Board of Directors may specifically limit by resolution, or except where action by the entire Board of Directors is specifically required by law.
5.05.
Audit Committee
. If created by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, the Audit Committee shall consist entirely of outside Directors whose emphasis and background shall preferably be in the areas of accounting, finance, or law or who have significant experience with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries. The object of the Audit Committee shall be to give additional assurance of the integrity of the financial information distributed to the shareholders and the public at large. The Audit Committee shall review the internal audit controls of the Corporation and shall have the authority to cause and supervise such examinations and audits to be made by public accountants of the books and affairs of the Corporation and subsidiary companies as it, in its discretion, deems advisable. The Audit Committee shall also review audit policies, oversee internal audits, review external audits and review any federal or state examination reports. Members of management of the Corporation, whether or not Directors of the Corporation, may be invited by the Audit Committee to attend meetings thereof.
5.06.
Nominating Committee
. If created by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, the Nominating Committee shall meet at least annually to propose, for consideration by the whole Board, nominees for election as Directors of the Corporation.
ARTICLE SIX
OFFICERS
6.01.
Number and Titles
. The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a President, a Secretary, and a Treasurer. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, one (1) or more Vice Chairman, one (1) or more Executive Vice Chairman, one (1) or more Executive Vice Presidents or Vice Presidents, one (1) or more Assistant Secretaries, one (1) or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers and assistant officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.03 of this Article. One person may hold two (2) or more offices. No person shall, however, simultaneously hold the offices of President and Secretary.
6.02.
Election
. The Board of Directors shall choose, annually, either the President or Chairman of the Board to be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The other officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.03 or Section 6.05 of this Article, shall be chosen annually by the Board of Directors. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold his office until he shall resign or shall be removed or otherwise disqualified to serve, or his successor shall be elected and qualified.
6.03.
Subordinate Officers
. The Chief Executive Officer may appoint, subject to the power of the Board of Directors to approve or disapprove such appointment, such other officers or agents as he may deem necessary, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the property and affairs of the Corporation as may be determined by the Chairman or the President not inconsistent with these Bylaws. The Board of Directors may delegate to any officer or committee the power to appoint any subordinate officers, committees or agents to specify their duty and authority, and to determine their compensation.
6.04.
Removal and Resignation
. Any officer or agent may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation will be served thereby, provided, however, that such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer may resign at any time giving written notice to the Board of Directors, to the President or to the Secretary of the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
6.05.
Vacancies
. If the office of the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, removal, or otherwise, the Board of Directors shall elect a successor who shall hold office for the unexpired term and until his successor is elected. If any other office becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, removal or otherwise, the Chief Executive Officer shall appoint a successor who shall hold office for the unexpired term and until his successor is elected or appointed.
6.06.
Chairman of the Board
. The Chairman of the Board shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer either when he has (i) been chosen as Chief Executive Officer by the Board of Directors or (ii) when the appointed Chief Executive Officer is legally incapable or physically unable to perform the duties of Chief Executive Officer, and shall perform such duties until the Board of Directors appoints a temporary or permanent successor. The Chairman shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the Bylaws.
6.07.
Chief Executive Officer
. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the Corporation, and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of Chief Executive of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Bylaws. Within this authority and in the course of his duties he shall:
(a)
Conduct Meeting
. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.
(b)
Execute Instruments
. When authorized by the Board of Directors or required by law, execute in the name of the Corporation, deeds, conveyances, notices, leases, checks, drafts, bills of exchange, warrants, promissory notes, debentures, contracts, and other papers and instruments in writing, and unless the Board of Directors shall order otherwise by resolution, make such contracts as the ordinary conduct of the Corporation’s business may require.
(c)
Hire and Fire Employees
. Appoint and remove, employ and discharge, and prescribe the duties and fix the compensation of all agents, employees, and clerks of the Corporation other than the duly appointed officers, subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, and control, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, all of the officers, agents, and employees of the Corporation.
(d)
Meetings of Other Corporations
. Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, attend in person, or by substitute appointed by him, or by proxy executed by him, and vote on behalf of the Corporation at all meetings of the shareholders of any corporation in which the Corporation holds stock.
6.08.
President
. The President shall perform the duties of Chief Executive Officer either when he has been chosen as Chief Executive Officer or when the Chairman of the Board is absent or unable to perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties from time to time as may be prescribed for him by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Bylaws.
6.09.
Vice Chairman
. The Vice Chairman shall have such powers and perform such duties from time to time as may be prescribed for him by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Bylaws.
6.10.
Chief Financial Officer
. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chief Executive Officer, and subject to the control of the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall have general supervision, direction and control of the financial affairs of the Corporation, and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of Chief Financial Officer of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Bylaws.
6.11.
Executive Vice President or Vice President
. Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws with respect to the performance of the duties of Chief Executive Officer, in the absence or disability of the President, the Executive Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Executive Vice President or Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions on, the President. The Executive Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Bylaws.
6.12.
Secretary
. The Secretary shall:
(a)
Certify Bylaws
. Certify and keep at the registered office or principal place of business of the Corporation the original or a copy of its Bylaws, including all amendments or alterations to date.
(b)
Minutes of Meetings
. Keep the place where the certified Bylaws or a copy thereof are kept, a record of the proceedings of meetings of its Directors, shareholders, Executive Committee, and other committees, with the time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and, if special, how authorized, the notice thereof given, the names of those present at Directors’ meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.
(c)
Sign or Attest Documents
. Sign, certify, or attest such documents as may be required by law for the business of the Corporation.
(d)
Notices
. See that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and as required by applicable law. In case of the absence or disability of the Secretary or his or her refusal or neglect to act, notice may given and served by an Assistant Secretary, Treasurer, or by the Chief Executive Officer or Board of Directors.
(e)
Custodian of Records and Seals
. Be custodian of the records and of the seal of the Corporation and see that it is engraved, lithographed, printed, stamped, impressed upon or affixed to all certificated shares prior to their issuance, and to all documents or instruments the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws, or which otherwise attested to or certified to by the Secretary.
(f)
Share Register
. Keep at the place where the certified Bylaws or a copy thereof are kept, or at the office of the transfer agent or registrar, a share register or duplicate share register giving the names of shareholders, their respective addresses, and the number of classes of shares held by each. The secretary shall also keep appropriate, complete, and accurate books or records of account at the Corporation’s registered office or its principal place of business.
(g)
Reports and Statements
. See that the books, reports, statements, certificates and all other documents and records required by law are properly kept and filed.
(h)
Exhibit Records
. Exhibit at all reasonable times to proper persons on such terms as are provided by applicable law on proper application, the Bylaws, the share register, and minutes of proceedings of the shareholders and Directors of the Corporation.
(i)
Other Duties
. In general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary, and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.
(j)
Absence of Secretary
. In case of the absence or disability of the Secretary or his or her refusal or neglect to act, the Assistant Secretary, or if there be none, the Treasurer, acting as Assistant Secretary may perform all of the functions of the Secretary. In the absence or inability to act or refusal or neglect to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary and Treasurer, any person thereunto authorized by the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors may perform the functions of the Secretary.
6.13.
Assistant Secretary
. At the request of the Secretary or in his or her absence or disability, any Assistant Secretary, shall perform all the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, he or she shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all restrictions on, the Secretary. The Assistant Secretary shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Secretary.
6.14.
Treasurer
.
(a) Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of Treasurer of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the Bylaws.
(b) The Treasurer and such other Officers as may be designated by the Board of Directors shall receive, take care of, and be responsible for all moneys, securities, and evidences of indebtedness belonging to the Corporation, deposit the same in the name of the Corporation in such depositories as the Board of Directors shall direct and shall keep a complete record of all receipts and disbursements of the Corporation.
(c) The Treasurer shall sign drafts and such other instruments as may, under these Bylaws or by direction of the Board of Directors, require his official signature, and shall keep a record thereof.
(d) The Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may be required by these Bylaws or by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.
6.15.
Assistant Treasurer
. At the request of the Treasurer or in his or her absence or disability, the Assistant Treasurer shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to, all the restrictions on the Treasurer. The Assistant Treasurer shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer.
6.16.
Salaries
. The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a Director of the Corporation.
ARTICLE SEVEN
ISSUANCE AND TRANSFER OF SHARES
7.01.
Classes and Series of Shares
. The Corporation may issue such shares of stock as are authorized by the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation. Except as provided in the Articles of Incorporation, if a class is divided into series, all the shares of any one series shall have the same conversion, redemption and other rights, preferences, qualifications, limitations and restrictions.
7.02.
Fully Paid Shares
. No shares may be issued by the Corporation until the full amount of the consideration for such shares has been paid. When such consideration has been paid to the Corporation, the shares shall be issued to the shareholder in uncertificated form or in certificated form if the shareholder requests physical certificates representing such shares.
7.03.
Certificated and Uncertificated Shares Authorized
. As authorized in the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, any or all classes and series of shares of the Corporation, or any part thereof, may be represented by uncertificated shares to the extent determined by the Board of Directors, except that shares represented by a certificate that is issued and outstanding shall continue to be represented thereby until the certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Shares shall be issued in certificated form if a shareholder requests physical certificates representing such shareholder’s shares. Except as otherwise expressly provided by applicable law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated and certificated shares of the same class and series shall be identical.
7.04.
Consideration for Shares
. The consideration for the issuance of shares may be paid, in whole or in part, in money, in other property actually received, tangible or intangible, or in labor done for the Corporation. Future services shall not constitute payment, or part-payment, for shares of the Corporation.
7.05.
Information Regarding Shares
.
(a)
Form of Certificates
. Certificated shares shall be of such form and style, printed or otherwise, as the Board of Directors may designate, and each certificate shall state all of the following facts:
|
(i)
|
That the Corporation is organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
|
|
(ii)
|
The name of the registered holder of the shares represented by the certificate.
|
|
(iii)
|
The number and class of shares and the designation of the series, if any, which such certificate represents.
|
(b)
Shares in Classes or Series
. If the Corporation is authorized to issue shares of more than one class or series, each certificated share shall set forth, either on the face or back of the certificate, a full or summary statement of all of the designations, voting rights, preferences, limitations, and relative rights of the shares of each class or series authorized to be issued and, if the Corporation is authorized to issue any preferred or special class in series, the variations in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each such series, so far as the same have been fixed and determined, and authority of the Board of Directors to fix and determine the designations, voting rights, preferences, limitations, and relative rights of the classes and series of shares of the Corporation. The full or summary statement required by this paragraph (b) to be on the face or back of the certificated share or in the written notice required by paragraph (d) of this Section with respect to uncertificated shares, may be omitted from the certificate or written notice, as the case may be, if it is written on the face or back of such certificate or written notice that such statement, in full, will be furnished by the Corporation to any shareholder upon request and without charge.
(c)
Restriction on Transfer
. Any restrictions imposed by the Corporation on the sale or other disposition of its shares and on the transfer thereof must be noted conspicuously on each certificated share, or on a written notice given as required by paragraph (d) of this Section in the case of each uncertificated share, to which the restriction applies.
(d)
Notice of Rights for Uncertificated Shares
. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall send to the registered holder of such shares, a written notice containing the information required to be set forth on certificated shares as set forth in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.
7.06.
Signing Certificates — Facsimile Signatures
. All certificated shares shall be signed by such officers as the Board of Directors may determine from time to time, or, in the absence of such any determination, by the Chief Executive Officer or a Vice President and by either the Secretary, Assistant Secretary, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal, or a facsimile of the seal of the Corporation. If a certificated share is countersigned by a transfer agent or registrar, any other signatures or countersignatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer of the Corporation or any officer or employee of the transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificated share ceases to be an officer of the Corporation, or an officer or employee of the transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if the officer of the Corporation, or the officer or employee of the transfer agent or registrar, had not ceased to be such at the date of its issue.
7.07. (a)
Transfer of Shares
. Transfer of certificated or uncertificated shares shall be made on the books of the Corporation upon surrender of the shares therefor, and, in the case of certificated shares, endorsed by the person named in the certificate or by his attorney, lawfully constituted in writing. No transfer shall be made which is inconsistent with applicable law.
(b)
Transfer of Lost or Destroyed Shares
. Where a certificated shares has been lost, apparently destroyed, or wrongfully taken and the owner fails to notify the Corporation of that fact within a reasonable time after he has notice of it, and the Corporation registers a transfer of the share(s) represented by the certificate before receiving such notification, the owner is precluded from asserting against the Corporation any claim for registering the transfer or any claim to new certificated or uncertificated shares representing such lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken shares.
(c)
Replacement of Lost or Destroyed Certificates
. Where the holder of certificated shares claims that the certificate has been lost, destroyed, or wrongfully taken, the Corporation shall issue new shares in uncertificated form, unless the holder requests certificated shares, in place of the original certificate if the owner: (i) so requests before the Corporation has notice that the shares have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser; (ii) files with the Corporation a sufficient indemnity bond; and (iii) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Board of Directors.
(d)
Transfer After Replacement
. If, after the issue of new certificated or uncertificated shares as a replacement for a lost, destroyed, or wrongfully taken certificated shares, a bona fide purchaser of the original certificate presents it for registration of transfer, the Corporation must register the transfer unless registration would result in over-issue. In addition to any rights on the indemnity bond, the Corporation may recover the new certificated or uncertificated shares from the person to whom such shares were issued or any person taking under him except a bona fide purchaser.
7.08.
Transfer Agents and Registrars
. The Board of Directors may appoint one (1) or more transfer agents and one (1) or more registrars, each of which shall be an incorporated bank or trust company, either domestic or foreign, either independent or a subsidiary of the Corporation, which shall be appointed at such times and places as the requirements of the Corporation may necessitate and the Board of Directors may designate.
7.09.
Conditions of Transfer
. A person in whose name shares of stock stand on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof as regards the Corporation, provided that whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and written notice thereof shall be given to the Secretary of the Corporation or its transfer agent, if any, such fact shall be stated in the entry of the transfer. When a transfer of shares is requested and there is reasonable doubt as to the right of the person seeking the transfer, the Corporation or its transfer agent, before recording the transfer of the shares on its books or issuing any certificated or uncertificated shares therefor, may require from the person seeking the transfer reasonable proof of his right to the transfer. If there remains a reasonable doubt of the right to the transfer, the Corporation may refuse a transfer unless the person gives adequate security or a bond of indemnity executed by a corporate surety or by two (2) individual sureties satisfactory to the Corporation as to form, amount and responsibility of sureties. The bond shall be conditioned to protect the Corporation, its officers, transfer agents, and registrars, and any of them against any loss, damage, expense, or other liability (including attorneys’ fees) to the owner of the shares by reason of the recordation of the transfer or the issuance of new shares.
ARTICLE EIGHT
LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS’ LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION
8.01.
Limitation of Liability
. To the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of Subchapter B of Chapter 17 of the BCL (15 Pa. C.S. 1711
et
seq
.) and any amendment to or restatement of such provisions, other applicable provisions of the BCL and any other applicable law, a Director (including a member of any advisory board) of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation, its shareholders or others for monetary damages for any action taken or any failure to take any action unless the Director has breached or failed to perform the duties of his or her office, as set forth in the applicable law, and such breach or failure constitutes self-dealing, willful misconduct or recklessness. The provisions of this Article Eight shall not apply with respect to the responsibility or liability of a Director (including a member of any advisory board) under any criminal statute or the liability of a Director (including a member of any advisory board) for the payment of taxes pursuant to local, state or federal law.
8.02. (a)
Indemnification
. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director (including a member of any advisory board), officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, any one or more bank subsidiaries of the Corporation (individually and collectively, the “Bank”), or any other direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation or the Bank designated by the Board of Directors or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director (including a member of any advisory board), officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
(b)
Advance of Expenses
. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit, or proceeding upon receipt of (i) an undertaking by or on behalf of the Director (including a member of any advisory board), officer, employee, or agent to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article Eight and (ii) if requested at the discretion of the Board of Directors, adequate security or a bond to cover any such amounts for which it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to such indemnity.
(c)
Indemnification not Exclusive
. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article Eight shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right to which persons seeking indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested Directors, or otherwise, both as to actions in such persons’ official capacity and as to their actions in another capacity while holding office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director (including a member of any advisory board), officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such person.
(d)
Insurance, Contracts, Security
. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person, may enter into contracts of indemnification with any person, and may create a fund of any nature (which may, but need not, be under the control of a trustee) for the benefit of any person and may otherwise secure in any manner its obligations with respect to indemnification and advancement of expenses, whether arising under this Article Eight or otherwise, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article Eight.
8.03.
Effective Date
. The limitation of liability provided in Section 8.01 of this Article Eight and the right to indemnification provided in Section 8.02 of this Article Eight shall apply to any action or failure to take any action occurring on or after the formation of the Corporation.
8.04.
Amendment, Etc
. Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, this Article Eight may not be amended or repealed, and a provision inconsistent herewith may not be adopted, except by the affirmative vote of 66-2/3% of the members of the entire Board of Directors or by the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at least 80% of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast, except that, if the BCL is amended or any other statute is enacted or amended so as to decrease the exposure of Directors (including a member of any advisory board) to liability or increase the indemnification rights available to Directors (including a member of any advisory board), officers, employees, agents or others, then this Article Eight and any other provisions of these Bylaws inconsistent with such decreased exposure or increased indemnification rights shall be amended, automatically and without any further action on the part of the shareholders or Directors, to reflect such reduced exposure or increased indemnification rights, unless such legislation expressly requires otherwise. Any repeal or modification of this Article Eight by the shareholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a Director (including a member of any advisory board) of the Corporation or any right to indemnification from the Corporation with respect to any action or failure to take any action occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.
ARTICLE NINE
SEVERABILITY
9.01. If a final judicial determination is made or an order is issued by a court or government regulatory agency having jurisdiction that any provision of these Bylaws is unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable, such provisions shall not be rendered void, but shall be deemed amended to apply to the maximum extent as such court or government regulatory agency may determine or indicate to be reasonable. If, for any reason, any provision of these Bylaws shall be held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of these Bylaws not held so invalid, and each such other provision shall, to the full extent permitted by law, continue in full force and effect. If any provision of these Bylaws shall be held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the remainder of such provisions, and the remainder of such provisions, together with all other provisions of these Bylaws shall, to the full extent permitted by law, continue in full force and effect.
ARTICLE TEN
AMENDMENTS
10.01. Except and only to the extent otherwise expressly provided in these Bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, the BCL or other applicable law, the authority to make, amend, alter, change, or repeal these Bylaws is hereby expressly and solely granted to and vested in the Board of Directors of the Corporation, subject always to the power of shareholders to change such action by the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at least 66-2/3% of the votes that all shareholders are entitled to cast thereon.
-15-
Exhibit 4.1
Exhibit 4.2
Exhibit
4.3
NEW
CENTURY BANK,
as
Issuer
to
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY,
as
Trustee, Paying Agent, Calculation Agent and Securities Registrar
INDENTURE
Dated as
of June 29, 2004
FLOATING
RATE SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITIES DUE 2014
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE
I
DEFINITIONS
AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
Section
1.01. Definitions
|
1
|
Section
1.02. Compliance Certificates and Opinions
|
6
|
Section
1.03. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee
|
7
|
Section
1.04. Notices, etc. to Trustee and Issuer
|
8
|
Section
1.05. Notice to Holders; Waiver
|
8
|
Section
1.06. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents
|
8
|
Section
1.07. Successors and Assigns
|
8
|
Section
1.08. Separability Clause
|
8
|
Section
1.09. Benefits of Indenture
|
9
|
Section
1.10. Governing Law
|
9
|
Section
1.11. Business Day Convention
|
9
|
ARTICLE
II
DEBT
SECURITY FORMS
Section
2.01. Forms Generally
|
9
|
Section
2.02. Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication
|
9
|
ARTICLE
III
THE DEBT
SECURITIES
Section
3.01. Authentication, Delivery and Dating
|
10
|
Section
3.02. Denominations
|
10
|
Section
3.03. Execution
|
10
|
Section
3.04. Registration, Transfer and Exchange
|
11
|
Section
3.05. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Debt
Securities
|
14
|
Section
3.06. Redemption at Maturity
|
15
|
Section
3.07. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved
|
15
|
Section
3.08. Additional Amounts
|
16
|
Section
3.09. Cancellation
|
17
|
Section
3.10. Computation of Interest
|
18
|
Section
3.11. CUSIP Numbers
|
19
|
Section
3.12. Persons Deemed Owners
|
19
|
ARTICLE
IV
SATISFACTION
AND DISCHARGE
Section
4.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
|
20
|
Section
4.02. Application of Trust Money
|
21
|
Section
4.03. Paying Agent to Repay Moneys Held
|
21
|
Section
4.04. Return of Unclaimed Moneys
|
21
|
ARTICLE V
REMEDIES
Section
5.01. Events of Default
|
22
|
Section
5.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment
|
22
|
Section
5.03. Defaults; Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by
Trustee
|
23
|
Section
5.04. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
|
24
|
Section
5.05. Trustee May Enforce Claims without Possession of Debt
Securities
|
25
|
Section
5.06. Application of Money Collected
|
25
|
Section
5.07. Limitation on Suits
|
25
|
Section
5.08. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and
Interest
|
26
|
Section
5.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies
|
26
|
Section
5.10. Right and Remedies Cumulative
|
26
|
Section
5.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver
|
27
|
Section
5.12. Control by Holders
|
27
|
Section
5.13. Waiver of Past Event of Default
|
27
|
Section
5.14. Undertaking for Costs
|
27
|
ARTICLE
VI
THE
TRUSTEE
Section
6.01. Certain Duties and Responsibilities
|
28
|
Section
6.02. Notice of Defaults
|
29
|
Section
6.03. Certain Rights of Trustee
|
29
|
Section
6.04. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Debt
Securities
|
30
|
Section
6.05. May Hold Debt Securities
|
30
|
Section
6.06. Money Held in Trust
|
30
|
Section
6.07. Compensation and Reimbursement
|
31
|
Section
6.08. Disqualification, Conflicting Interests
|
32
|
Section
6.09. Corporate Trustee Required, Eligibility
|
32
|
Section
6.10. Resignation and Removal, Appointment of Successor
|
32
|
Section
6.11. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor
|
34
|
Section
6.12. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to
Business
|
34
|
Section
6.13. Preferential Collection of Claims against Issuer
|
34
|
Section
6.14. Appointment of Authenticating Agent
|
34
|
ARTICLE
VII
HOLDERS'
LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND ISSUER
Section
7.01. Issuer to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of
Holders
|
35
|
Section
7.02. Preservation of Information; Communication to
Holders
|
36
|
ARTICLE
VIII
CONCERNING
THE HOLDERS
Section
8.01. Acts of Holders
|
37
|
Section
8.02. Proof of Ownership; Proof of Execution of Instruments by
Holders
|
37
|
Section
8.03. Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound
|
38
|
ARTICLE
IX
HOLDERS'MEETINGS
Section
9.01. Purposes of Meetings
|
38
|
Section
9.02. Call of Meetings by Trustee
|
39
|
Section
9.03. Call of Meetings by Issuer or Holders
|
39
|
Section
9.04. Qualifications for Voting
|
39
|
Section
9.05. Regulations
|
39
|
Section
9.06. Voting
|
40
|
Section
9.07. No Delay of Rights by Meeting
|
40
|
Section
9.08. Quorum; Actions
|
40
|
ARTICLE
X
CONSOLIDATION,
MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE
Section
10.01. Issuer May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms
|
41
|
Section
10.02. Successor Corporation Substituted
|
42
|
Section
10.03. Opinion of Counsel
|
42
|
ARTICLE
XI
SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURES
Section
11.01. Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders
|
42
|
Section
11.02. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders
|
43
|
Section
11.03. Execution of Supplemental Indentures
|
44
|
Section
11.04. Effect of Supplemental Indentures
|
44
|
Section
11.05. Reference in Debt Securities to Supplemental
Indentures
|
44
|
Section
11.06. Subordination Unimpaired
|
44
|
Section
11.07. Notice of Supplemental Indenture
|
44
|
ARTICLE
XII
COVENANTS
Section
12.01. Payment of Principal and Interest
|
44
|
Section
12.02. Tax Treatment of the Debt Securities
|
45
|
Section
12.03. Maintenance of Office or Agency
|
45
|
Section
12.04. Money for Debt Securities; Payments To Be Held in
Trust
|
45
|
Section
12.05. Officers' Certificate as to Default
|
47
|
Section
12.06. Regulatory Reports
|
47
|
ARTICLE
XIII
TAX EVENT
REDEMPTION
Section
13.01. Tax Event Redemption
|
47
|
Section
13.02. Notice of Redemption
|
48
|
Section
13.03. Payment of Debt Securities Called for Redemption
|
48
|
ARTICLE
XIV
IMMUNITY
OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
Section
14.01. Indenture and Debt Securities Solely Corporate
Obligations
|
49
|
ARTICLE
XV
SUBORDINATION
OF DEBT SECURITIES
Section
15.01. Agreement to Subordinate
|
49
|
Section
15.02. Obligation of the Issuer Unconditional
|
51
|
Section
15.03. Limitations on Duties to Holders of Senior
Indebtedness
|
51
|
Section
15.04. Notice to Trustee of Facts Prohibiting Payments
|
51
|
Section
15.05. Application by Trustee of Moneys Deposited with It
|
52
|
Section
15.06. Subrogation
|
52
|
Section
15.07. Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of Bank or
Holders of Senior Indebtedness
|
52
|
Section
15.08. Authorization of Trustee to Effectuate Subordination of Debt
Securities
|
53
|
Section
15.09. Right of Trustee to Hold Senior Indebtedness
|
53
|
Section
15.10. Article XV Not to Prevent Defaults (Including Events of
Default)
|
53
|
Section
15.11. Article Applicable to Paying Agents
|
53
|
EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF DEBT SECURITY
THIS
INDENTURE dated as of June 29, 2004, between New Century Bank (the "Issuer"),
having its principal office at 513 Kimberton Road, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania
19460 and Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as Trustee,
Paying Agent, Calculation Agent and Securities Registrar hereunder (the
"Trustee"), having its Corporate Trust Office at Rodney Square North, 1100 North
Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Trust
Administration.
RECITALS
OF THE ISSUER
WHEREAS,
for its lawful purposes, the Issuer has duly authorized the issuance of its
Floating Rate Subordinated Debt Securities Due 2014 (the "Debt Securities")
under this Indenture and, to provide for, among other things, the execution,
authentication, delivery and administration thereof, the Issuer has duly
authorized the execution of this Indenture; and
WHEREAS,
all acts and things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the
Issuer in accordance with its terms have been done and performed.
NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Debt
Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the
equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Debt Securities as
follows:
ARTICLE
I
DEFINITIONS
AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
Section
1.01.
Definitions
. For all
purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the
context otherwise requires:
(a) the
terms defined in this Article I have the meanings assigned to them in this
Article I, and include the plural as well as the singular;
(b) all
accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and, except as
otherwise herein expressly provided, the term "generally accepted accounting
principles" with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder
shall mean such accounting principles as are generally accepted in the United
States at the date of such computation;
(c) the
words "herein," "hereof' and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer
to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other
subdivision; and
(d)
unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an "Article" or a
"Section" is to an Article or Section of this Indenture.
Certain
terms, used principally in Article III and Article VI, are defined in those
respective Articles.
"Act"
when used with respect to any Holder has the meaning specified in Section
8.01.
"Additional
Amounts" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.08.
"Additional
Provisions" has the meaning set forth in Section 15.01.
"Affiliate"
of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with
such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used
with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management
and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms
"controlling" and "controlled” have meanings correlative to the
foregoing.
"Authenticating
Agent" has the meaning specified in Section 6.14.
"Board of
Directors" means either the board of directors of the Issuer, or the executive
or any other committee of that board duly authorized to act in respect
hereof
"Board
Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by a Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the Issuer to have been duly adopted by the Board of
Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification,
and delivered to the Trustee.
"Business
Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which
banking institutions or trust companies in Wilmington, Delaware, The City of New
York or Philadelphia, Pennsylvania are permitted or required by law or executive
order to close.
"Calculation
Agent" means the Person identified as "Trustee" in the first paragraph
hereof
"Code"
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as in effect on the date
hereof
"Corporate
Trust Office" means the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee at which
at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which
office at the date of execution of this instrument is located at Rodney Square
North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001.
The term
"corporation" includes corporations, associations, companies and business
trusts.
"Debt
Securities" has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and
more particularly means any Debt Securities authenticated and delivered under
this Indenture.
"Default"
has the meaning specified in Section 5.03.
"Defaulted
Interest" has the meaning specified in Section 3.07.
"Dollar"
or
"$"
means such currency
of the United States as at the time of payment is legal tender for the payment
of public and private debts.
"Event of
Default" has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.
"FDIC"
means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
"Federal
Reserve" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System.
"Holder"
of a Debt Security means the Person in whose name the Debt Security is
registered in the Security Register.
"Indenture"
means this instrument as originally executed, or as it may from time to time be
supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered
into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof
"Interest
Payment Date" means January 23, April 23, July 23 and October 23 of each year,
commencing on October 23, 2004, subject to Section 1.11.
"Interest
Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.07.
"Interest
Rate" means, with respect to any Interest Period, a per annum rate of interest
equal to LIBOR, as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date for such Interest
Period (or, in the case of the first Interest Period, will be 1. 5 8%), plus
2.75%,
provided
,
however
, that the
Interest Rate for any Interest Period may not exceed the highest rate permitted
by New York law, as the same may be modified by United States law of general
application.
"Issuer"
means the Person named as the "Issuer" in the first paragraph of this instrument
until a successor corporation shall have become such pursuant to the applicable
provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Issuer" shall mean such successor
corporation.
"Issuer
Authorized Officer" means any executive officer of the Issuer who is authorized
to sign an Issuer Request or Issuer Order on behalf of the Issuer.
"Issuer
Request" and "Issuer Order" mean, respectively, a written request or order
signed in the name of the Issuer by two Issuer Authorized Officers and delivered
to the Trustee.
"LIBOR"
means the London Interbank Offered Rate for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in
Europe as determined by the Calculation Agent according to Section
3.10(b):
"LIBOR
Banking Day" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(b)(1).
"LIBOR
Business Day" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(b)(1).
"LIBOR
Determination Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(b).
"Maturity
Date" means October 23, 2014.
"Maturity
Price" of any Debt Security means the principal amount thereof and accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the Maturity Date.
"Officers'
Certificate" means a certificate signed by two Issuer Authorized Officers and
delivered to the Trustee.
"Opinion
of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel to the Issuer
and who shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, that is delivered to
the Trustee.
"Outstanding"
when used with respect to Debt Securities means, as of the date of
determination, all Debt Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under
this Indenture, except:
(i) Debt
Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation;
(ii) Debt
Securities for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has
been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the
Issuer) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Issuer (if the
Issuer shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Debt
Securities; provided, however, that if such Debt Securities or portions thereof
are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to
this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;
and
(iii)
Debt Securities that have been paid pursuant to Section 3.05 or in exchange for,
or in lieu of, other Debt Securities which have been authenticated and delivered
pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Debt Securities in respect of
which there. shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it
that such Debt Securities are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such
Debt Securities are valid obligations of the Issuer;
provided
,
however
, that in
determining whether the Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of
Debt Securities Outstanding have performed any Act hereunder, Debt Securities
owned by the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities or any
Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed
not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be
protected in relying upon any such Act, only Debt Securities that a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.
Debt Securities so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as
Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the
pledgee's right to act with respect to such Debt Securities and that the pledgee
is not the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities or any Affiliate
of the Issuer or of such other obligor. In the case of a dispute as to such
right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be
full protection to the Trustee.
"Paying
Agent" means the Trustee or any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the
principal of or interest on any Debt Securities on behalf of the
Issuer.
"Person"
means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, partnership, joint
venture, estate, association, joint stock company, limited liability company,
trust, unincorporated association or government or any agency or political
subdivision thereof or any other entity of whatever nature.
"Place of
Payment" means the place or places where the principal of and interest on the
Debt Securities are payable.
"Predecessor
Security" of any particular Debt Security means every previous Debt Security
evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such
particular Debt Security, and, for the purposes of this definition, any Debt
Security authenticated and delivered under Section 3.05 in lieu of a lost,
destroyed or stolen Debt Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as
the lost, destroyed or stolen Debt Security.
"Purchaser"
means NBC Capital Markets, Inc., or its designee.
"Regular
Record Date" for the interest payable on the Debt Securities on any Interest
Payment Date means the fifteenth day prior to an Interest Payment Date, whether
or not such date is a Business Day.
"Responsible
Officer" when used with respect to the Trustee means any officer assigned to the
Corporate Trust Office with direct responsibility for the administration of the
Indenture, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant
secretary, other trust officer or assistant officer of the Trustee customarily
performing functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time
shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is
referred at the Trustee's Corporate Trust Office because of his or her knowledge
of and familiarity with the particular subject.
"Securities
Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any
successor legislation.
"Security
Register" and "Security Registrar" have the respective meanings specified in
Section 3.04(a).
"Senior
Indebtedness" means the principal of and any premium on the following, whether
outstanding on the date of execution of the Indenture or thereafter created,
assumed or incurred: (a) any obligation of, or any obligation guaranteed by, the
Issuer for the repayment of borrowed money (including general unsecured
creditors), whether or not evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other
written instruments, and similar obligations arising from off-balance sheet
guarantees and direct credit substitutes including its obligations to the
Federal Reserve Bank or the FDIC, if any, and any rights acquired by the FDIC as
a result of loans made by the FDIC to the Issuer or the purchase or guarantee of
any of its assets by the FDIC pursuant to the provisions of 12 USC 1823(c), (d)
or (e), if applicable, (b) deposits, (c) obligations under bankers' acceptances
and letters of credit, (d) obligations associated with derivative products such
as interest rate and foreign exchange rate contracts, commodity and currency
contracts and similar arrangements, (e) any deferred obligations of, or any such
obligation guarantees by, the Issuer for the payment of the purchase price of
property or assets, (f) obligations of the Issuer as lessee under any lease of
real or personal property required to be capitalized under
generally
accepted
accounting principles at the time and (g) any amendments, deferrals, renewals,
extensions or refundings of any such indebtedness or obligations referred to in
clauses (a) or (c) - (f) above;
provided
, that Senior
Indebtedness will not include (i) obligations, renewals, extensions or
refundings referred to in clauses (a) or (c) - (g) that specifically by their
terms rank junior to, or equally with, the Debt Securities in right of payment
upon the happening of any event of the kind specified in the first sentence of
the second paragraph of Section 15.01 and (ii) the Debt Securities.
"Special
Record Date" for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the
Trustee pursuant to Section 3.07.
"Subsidiary"
means a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity, at
least a majority of the outstanding voting stock, membership interests or
partnership interests, as the case may be, of which is owned, directly or
indirectly, by the Issuer or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by the Issuer
and one or more other Subsidiaries. For the purposes of this definition, "voting
stock" means stock having voting power for the election of directors, whether at
all times or only for so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power
by reason of any contingency.
"Tax
Event" means the receipt by the Issuer of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in
such matters to the effect that, as a result of any change (including any
announced prospective change) in, or amendment to, the laws (or any regulations
or rulings promulgated thereunder) of the United States or any political
subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or any change in the
application or official interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings,
which change or amendment becomes effective on or after the original issuance of
the Debt Securities, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Issuer
has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts on the Debt Securities as
provided in Section 3.08.
"Tax
Redemption Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.01.
"Tax
Redemption Price" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.01.
"Trustee"
means the Person named as the "Trustee" in the first paragraph of this
instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the
applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Trustee" shall mean
such successor Trustee.
"Trust
Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to
time, or any successor legislation.
"United
States" means the United States of America (including the States and the
District of Columbia), its territories and its possessions.
"United
States Alien" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.08.
Section
1.02.
Compliance
Certificates and Opinions
. Upon any application or request by the Issuer
to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the
Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that all
conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the
proposed action have been complied with and an
Opinion
of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions
precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such
application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is
specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such
particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be
furnished.
Every
certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant
provided for in this Indenture shall include:
(a) a
statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such
covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;
(b) a
brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion
are based;
(c) a
statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he or she has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an
informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been
complied with; and
(d) a
statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition
or covenant has been complied with.
Section
1.03.
Form of
Documents Delivered to Trustee
. In any case where several matters are
required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person,
it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the
opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by
only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with
respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters,
and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or
several documents.
Any
certificate or opinion of an officer of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it
relates to legal matters, upon an Opinion of Counsel, or a certificate or
representations by counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate or representations or Opinion
of Counsel with respect to the matters upon which his or her certificate or
opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or representation or
Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon
a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of
the Issuer stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is
in the possession of the Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise
of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or
representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.
Where any
Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests,
consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this
Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one
instrument.
Section
l.04.
Notices, etc. to
Trustee and Issuer.
Any Act of Holders or other document provided or
permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed
with,
(a) the
Trustee by any Holder or by the Issuer shall be sufficient for every purpose
hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if made, given, furnished
or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office,
Attention:
Corporate
Trust Administration; or
(b) the
Issuer by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose
hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed,
first class postage prepaid, to the Issuer addressed to it at the address of its
principal office specified in the first paragraph of this Indenture or at any
other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the
Issuer.
Any such
Act or other document shall be in the English language.
Section
l.05.
Notice to
Holders: Waiver.
Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of
any event by the Issuer or the Trustee, such notice shall be sufficiently given
(unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first
class postage prepaid, or transmitted via facsimile to such Holders as their
names and addresses appear in the Security Register, within the time prescribed.
In any case where notice is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such
notice nor any defect in any notice so mailed to any particular Holder shall
affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders, and any
notice that is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively deemed
to have been received by such Holder, whether or not such Holder actually
receives such notice.
In the
event of suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it
shall be impracticable to give notice by mail, then such notification as shall
be given with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute sufficient notice for
every purpose hereunder.
Where
this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in
writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after
the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of
notice shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition
precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance on such
waiver.
Section
l.06.
Effect of
Headings and Table of Contents
. The Article and Section headings herein
and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the
construction hereof.
Section
l.07.
Successors and
Assigns
. All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the parties
hereto shall bind their respective successors and assigns and inure to the
benefit of their permitted successors and assigns, whether so expressed or
not.
Section
l.08.
Separability
Clause
. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Debt Securities
shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby.
Section
1.09.
Benefits of
Indenture
. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Debt Securities, express
or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any
Security Registrar, any Paying Agent, any Authenticating Agent and their
respective successors hereunder, the Holders and the holders of Senior
Indebtedness, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under
this Indenture.
Section
1.10.
Governing
Law
. This Indenture and the Debt Securities shall each be governed by,
and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without
regard to conflict of laws principles of said State other than Section 5-1401 of
the New York General Obligations Law.
Section
1.11.
Business Day
Convention
. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if
any Interest Payment Date, other than the Maturity Date or the Tax Redemption
Date, as applicable, falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then any
interest payable will be paid on, and such Interest Payment Date will be moved
to, the next succeeding Business Day, and additional interest will accrue for
each day that such payment is delayed as a result thereof If the Maturity Date
or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable, falls on a day that is not a Business
Day, then the principal, premium, if any, and/or interest payable on such date
will be paid on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest
will accrue in respect of such payment made on such next succeeding Business
Day.
ARTICLE
II
DEBT
SECURITY FORMS
Section
2.01.
Forms
Generally
. The Debt Securities shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A hereto. The Debt Securities shall be issued in registered,
certificated form without coupons, and may have such letters, numbers or other
marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements placed
thereon as the Issuer may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the
provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or
with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation
of any securities exchange on which the Debt Securities may be listed or of any
automated quotation system on which the Debt Securities may be quoted, or to
conform to usage, all as determined by the officers executing the Debt
Securities as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Debt
Securities.
The
definitive Debt Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or
produced by any combination of these methods on steel engraved borders or may be
produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such
Debt Securities, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Debt
Securities.
Section
2.02.
Form of
Trustee's Certificate of Authentication
. The form of the Trustee's
certificate of authentication to be borne by the Debt Securities shall be
substantially as follows:
TRUSTEE'S
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is
one of the Debt Securities referred to in the within-mentioned
Indenture.
|
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY,
|
|
not
in its individual capacity but solely
as
Trustee
|
|
By:
|
____________________________________
|
|
|
Authorized
Signatory
|
ARTICLE
III
THE DEBT
SECURITIES
Section
3.0l.
Authentication,
Delivery and Dating
. (a) Upon the execution and delivery of this
Indenture, the Issuer will execute and deliver Debt Securities in an aggregate
principal amount not in excess of $2,000,000 to the Trustee for authentication,
together with an Issuer Order for the authentication and delivery of the Debt
Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with the Issuer Order shall
authenticate and deliver the Debt Securities. The Trustee shall be entitled to
receive, prior to the authentication and delivery of the Debt Securities, an
Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this
Indenture relating to the issuance of the Debt Securities have been complied
with and as to the absence of any event that is, or after notice or lapse of
time or both would become, a Default.
(b) The
Trustee shall not be required to authenticate any Debt Securities if the
issuance of such Debt Securities pursuant to this Indenture will adversely
affect the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under the Debt Securities
and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner which is not reasonably acceptable
to the Trustee.
(c) Each
Debt Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.
(d) No
Debt Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid
or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Debt Security a
certificate of authentication substantially in one of the forms provided for
herein duly executed by the Trustee or by an Authenticating Agent by manual
signature of one of its authorized officers, and such certificate upon any Debt
Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Debt
Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to
the benefits of this Indenture.
Section
3.02.
Denominations
. The
Debt Securities shall be issuable only in registered form in minimum
denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $l,000 in excess thereof and
shall be payable only in Dollars.
Section
3.03.
Execution
. The Debt
Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by an Issuer Authorized
Officer. The signature of any Issuer Authorized Officer may be manual or
facsimile.
Debt
Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at
any time the proper officers of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer,
notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Debt Securities or did
not hold such offices at the date of such Debt Securities.
Section
3.04.
Registration,
Transfer and Exchange
. (a) The Issuer shall cause to be kept at the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a register for the Debt Securities (the
register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency of the
Issuer in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes collectively referred to as
the "Security Register") in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it
may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of the Debt
Securities and of transfers and exchanges of the Debt Securities and the address
at which notice and demand to or upon the Issuer in respect of this Indenture
and the Debt Securities may be served by the Holders of Debt Securities. The
Trustee is hereby appointed "Security Registrar" for the purpose of registering
Debt Securities and registering transfers and exchanges of Debt Securities as
herein provided; provided, however, that the Issuer may appoint coSecurity
Registrars. Such Security Register shall be in written form or in any other form
capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable period of time.
At all reasonable times the Security Register shall be open for inspection by
the Issuer.
Upon
surrender for registration of transfer of any Debt Security at the office or
agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose, the Issuer shall execute, and
the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver, in the
name of the designated transferee, one or more new Debt Securities of any
authorized denomination or denominations of like tenor and aggregate principal
amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously Outstanding and containing
identical terms and provisions.
At the
option of the Holder, Debt Securities may be exchanged for other Debt Securities
of any authorized denomination or denominations of like tenor and aggregate
principal amount containing identical terms and conditions, upon surrender of
the Debt Securities to be exchanged at the office or agency of the Issuer
maintained for such purpose.
Whenever
any Debt Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute,
and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Debt Securities that the
Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.
(b) All
Debt Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange of Debt Securities shall be
valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the
same benefits under this Indenture, as the Debt Securities surrendered for such
transfer or exchange.
Every
Debt Security presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange shall (if so
required by the Issuer, the Trustee or the Security Registrar) be duly endorsed,
and be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to
the Issuer, the Trustee and the Security Registrar, duly executed by the Holder
thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing.
No
service charge will be made for any transfer or exchange of Debt Securities
except as provided in Section 3.05. The Issuer may require payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in
connection with any registration, transfer or exchange of Debt Securities, other
than those expressly provided in this Indenture to be made at the Issuer's own
expense or without expense or without charge to the Holders.
The
Issuer or the Trustee, as applicable, shall not be required to register,
transfer or exchange Debt Securities during a period beginning at the opening of
business 15 days before the Tax Redemption Date and ending at the close of
business on the Tax Redemption Date.
(c)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Debt Securities may not be transferred except in
compliance with the restricted securities legend set forth below, unless
otherwise determined by the Issuer in accordance with applicable law which
legend shall be placed on each Debt Security:
THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND
IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES
OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED
STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (THE
"FDIC").
THIS
OBLIGATION IS SUBORDINATED TO THE CLAIMS OF DEPOSITORS AND OTHER SENIOR
INDEBTEDNESS HOLDERS, IS UNSECURED AND IS INELIGIBLE AS COLLATERAL FOR A LOAN BY
THE ISSUER.
THIS
SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAWS.
NEITHER
THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD,
ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT
PURSUANT TO ANY APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER FEDERAL LAW OR AN
EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS NOT
SUBJECT TO ANY SUCH REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY
ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY
ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM ANY
APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR (C) IF SUCH OFFER, SALE OR OTHER
TRANSFER IS NOT SUBJECT TO REGISTRATION UNDER APPLICABLE FEDERAL LAW, SUBJECT TO
THE ISSUER'S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE
(B) OR (C) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR
OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF
WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE ISSUER. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT
IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. ,
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND
WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT,
INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF
THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA"), OR
SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE"),
(EACH A "PLAN"), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE "PLAN ASSETS" BY
REASON OF ANY PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON INVESTING "PLAN
ASSETS" OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN,
UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE
UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-
23,95-60,91-38,90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND
HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION
4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE
REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER
(i)
IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH
SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON
BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING
THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR
(ii)
SUCH PURCHASE WILL
NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION
4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE
EXEMPTION.
IN
CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND
TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATE AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE
INDENTURE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.
THIS
SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY
ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS
THAN $100,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY
SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY
FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON
THIS SECURITY, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST
WHATSOEVER IN THIS SECURITY.
(d)
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.04 or any other
provision of this Indenture to the contrary, any or all of the Debt Securities
initially issued to the Purchaser (the "Initial Securities") may be transferred
by the Purchaser to any transferee selected by it and, upon delivery to the
Security Registrar, of originals or copies (which may be by
facsimile
or other form of electronic transmission) of a written instrument of transfer in
form reasonably satisfactory to the Security Registrar duly executed by the
Purchaser or the Purchaser's attorney duly authorized in writing (it being
understood that no signature guarantee shall be required), then the Security
Registrar shall, and is authorized to, record and register on the Security
Register the transfer of such Initial Securities to such transferee; thereupon,
the Security Registrar is authorized to confirm in writing to the
transferee and, if requested, to the transferor of such Initial Securities that
such transfer has been registered in the Securities Register and that such
transferee is the Holder of such Initial Securities. The Initial Securities to
be transferred, duly endorsed by the Purchaser, shall be surrendered to the
Security Registrar at the time the transfer conditions specified in the
immediately preceding sentence are satisfied or within five (5) Business Days
after the Security Registrar has registered the transfer of such Initial
Securities in the Securities Register, and promptly after such surrender, the
Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall, and is authorized to, authenticate a
Debt Security in the name of the transferee as the new Holder of the Initial
Securities evidenced thereby. Until the Initial Securities so transferred are
surrendered to the Security Registrar, such Initial Securities may not be
transferred by such new Holder. No other conditions, restrictions or other
provisions of this Indenture or any other document shall apply to a transfer of
Initial Securities by the Purchaser.
Section
3.05.
Mutilated,
Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Debt Securities
. If (i) any mutilated Debt
Security is surrendered to the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office or (ii) the
Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the
destruction, loss or theft of any Debt Security, and there is delivered to the
Issuer and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to
save each of them and any Paying Agent harmless, and neither the Issuer nor the
Trustee receives notice that such Debt Security has been acquired by a bona fide
purchaser, then the Issuer shall execute and upon Issuer Request the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Security, a new Debt Security of like
tenor, form, terms and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously
Outstanding.
In case
any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Security has become or is
about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may, instead of
issuing a new Debt Security, pay the amount due on such Debt Security in
accordance with its terms.
Upon the
issuance of any new Debt Security under this Section, the Issuer may require the
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that
may be imposed in respect thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and
expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.
Every new
Debt Security issued pursuant to this Section shall constitute an original
additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the destroyed,
lost or stolen Debt Security shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled
to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and
all other Debt Securities duly issued hereunder.
The
provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent
lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment
of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Securities.
Section
3.06.
Redemption at
Maturity
. (a) The Debt Securities shall, on the Maturity Date, subject to
prior written approval from the FDIC in accordance with Section 3.13, become due
and payable at the Maturity Price and from and after such date (unless the
Issuer shall default in the payment of the Maturity Price) the Debt Securities
shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any Debt Security on or after
the Maturity Date, such Debt Security shall be paid by the Issuer at the
Maturity Price. If any Debt Security shall not be so paid upon such surrender
thereof, the principal shall, until paid, bear interest from the Maturity Date
at the Interest Rate.
(b) On or
prior to the Maturity Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with a
Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and
hold in trust), in immediately available funds, an amount in Dollars sufficient
to pay the Maturity Price on the Maturity Date.
Section
3.07.
Payment of
Interest; Interest Rights Preserved
. (a) Each Debt Security will bear
interest at the then applicable Interest Rate (i) in the case of the initial
Interest Period, for the period from, and including, the date of original
issuance of such Debt Security to, but excluding, the initial Interest Payment
Date and (ii) thereafter, for the period from, and including, the first day
following the end of the preceding Interest Period to, but excluding, the
applicable Interest Payment Date or the Tax Redemption Date or Maturity Date, as
applicable (each such period, an "Interest Period"), on the principal thereof,
on any overdue principal and any overdue installment of interest (to the extent
legally enforceable), payable on each Interest Payment Date, commencing on
October 23,2004, and on the Maturity Date or Tax Redemption Date, as applicable.
Interest on any Debt Security that is payable and is punctually paid or duly
provided for on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose
name such Debt Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at
the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest installment,
except that interest payable on the Maturity Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as
the case may be, shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid upon
presentation and surrender of the related Debt Security.
(b) Any
interest on any Debt Security that is payable but is not punctually paid or duly
provided for on any Interest Payment Date ("Defaulted Interest") shall forthwith
cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue
of having been such a Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the
Issuer, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2)
below:
(1) The
Issuer may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in
whose names such Debt Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities)
are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment
of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The
Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest
proposed to be paid on each such Debt Security and the date of the proposed
payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an
amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of
such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee
for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when
deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such
Defaulted Interest as
in this
clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the
payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not
less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10
days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment The
Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such Special Record Date and, in the
name and at the expense of the Issuer, shall cause notice of the proposed
payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be
mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Holders of such Debt Securities at
their addresses as they appear in the Security Register, not less than 10 days
prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such
Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as
aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names
such Debt Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered
at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be
payable pursuant to the following clause (ii).
(2) The
Issuer may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not
inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Debt
Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such
exchange, if, after notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed
payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed
practicable by the Trustee.
(c)
Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Debt Security
delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of
any other Debt Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid,
that were carried by such other Debt Security.
Section
3.08.
Additional
Amounts
. The Issuer will, subject to the exceptions and limitations set
forth below, pay as additional interest to each Holder that is a United States
Alien (as defined below) such amounts (the "Additional Amounts") as may be
necessary so that every net payment received by such Holder, after deduction or
withholding for or on account of any present or future tax, assessment or other
governmental charge imposed upon or as a result of such payment by the United
States (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein),
will not be less than the amount the Holder would have received in respect of
such Debt Security had no such deduction or withholding been imposed. However,
the Issuer will not be required to make any such payment of additional interest
for or on account of:
(a) any
tax, assessment or other governmental charge that would not have been imposed
but for (i) the existence of any present or former connection between such
Holder (or between a fiduciary, settlor or beneficiary of, or a person holding a
power over, such Holder, if such Holder is an estate or a trust, or a member or
shareholder of such Holder, if such Holder is a partnership or a corporation)
and the United States, including, without limitation, such Holder (or such
fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, person holding a power, member or shareholder)
being or having been a citizen or resident thereof or being or having been
engaged in trade or business or present therein or having or having had a
permanent establishment therein or (ii) such Holder's past or
present
status as
a personal holding company, foreign personal holding company or private
foundation or other tax-exempt organization with respect to the United States or
as a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid United States federal income
tax;
(b) any
estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer or personal property tax or any
similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;
(c) any
tax, assessment or other governmental charge that is payable otherwise than by
deduction or withholding from a payment on a Debt Security;
(d) any
tax, assessment or other governmental charge that would not have been imposed
but for a failure to comply with any applicable certification, documentation,
information or other reporting requirement concerning the nationality,
residence, identity or connection with the United States of the Holder or the
beneficial owner of such Debt Security if, without regard to any tax treaty,
such compliance is required by statute or regulation of the United States as a
precondition to relief or exemption from such tax, assessment or other
governmental charge; or
(e) any
tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed on a Holder that actually
or constructively owns 10 percent or more of the combined voting power of all
classes of stock of the Issuer or that is a controlled foreign corporation
related to the Issuer through stock ownership;
nor shall
such additional interest be paid with respect to a payment on a Debt Security to
a Holder that is a fiduciary or partnership or other than the sole beneficial
owner of such payment to the extent a beneficiary or settlor with respect to
such fiduciary or a member of such partnership or a beneficial owner would not
have been entitled to the additional interest had such beneficiary, settlor,
member or beneficial owner held the Debt Security directly.
The term
"United States Alien" means any person who, for United States federal income tax
purposes, is a foreign corporation, a nonresident alien individual, a
nonresident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust, or a foreign
partnership one or more of the members of which is, for United States federal
income tax purposes, a foreign corporation, a nonresident alien individual or a
nonresident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust.
Whenever
in this Indenture or the Debt Securities there is a reference in any context to
the payment of principal of or interest on the Debt Securities, such mention
shall be deemed to include mention of payments of the Additional Amounts
provided for in this paragraph to the extent that, in such context, Additional
Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the
provisions of this paragraph and express mention of the payment of Additional
Amounts (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as
excluding Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express
mention is not made.
Section
3.09.
Cancellation
. All
Debt Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer or exchange shall,
if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee
and shall be promptly canceled by it or, if surrendered to the Trustee or any
Authenticating Agent, shall be promptly canceled by it, and no Debt Securities
shall be issued in
lieu
thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this
Indenture. All Debt Securities canceled by any Authenticating Agent shall be
delivered to the Trustee. The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Trustee for
cancellation any Debt Securities previously authenticated and delivered
hereunder that the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all
Debt Securities so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. No Debt
Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Debt
Securities canceled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted
by this Indenture. All canceled Debt Securities held by the Trustee shall be
returned to the Issuer. The acquisition of any Debt Securities by the Issuer
shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness
represented thereby unless and until such Debt Securities are surrendered to the
Trustee for cancellation.
Section
3.10.
Computation of
Interest
.
(a) The
amount of interest payable for any Interest Period will be computed on the basis
of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in such Interest
Period.
(b) LIBOR
shall be determined by the Calculation Agent for each Interest Period (other
than the first Interest Period in which case LIBOR will be equal to l.58% per
annum) in accordance with the following provisions:
(1) On
the second LIBOR Business Day (
provided
, that on
such day commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign
currency deposits) in London (a "LIBOR Banking Day"), and otherwise the next
preceding LIBOR Business Day that is also a LIBOR Banking Day) prior to the
Interest Payment Date that commences such Interest Period (each such day, a "LIB
OR Determination Date"), LIBOR shall equal the rate, as obtained by the
Calculation Agent for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe, which appears
on Telerate (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives Association,
Inc. 2000 Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Definitions) page 3750 or such
other page as may replace such page 3750, as of 11 :00 a.m. (London time) on
such LIB OR Determination Date, as reported by Bloomberg Financial Markets
Commodities News or any successor service ("Telerate Page 3750"). "LIBOR
Business Day" means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which
commercial banking institutions in The City of New York or Wilmington, Delaware
are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed. If such rate
is superseded on Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate before 12:00 noon
(London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date, the corrected rate as so
substituted will be LIBOR for such LIBOR Determination Date.
(2) If,
on such LIBOR Determination Date, such rate does not appear on Telerate Page
3750, the Calculation Agent shall determine the arithmetic mean of the offered
quotations of the Reference Banks to leading banks in the London interbank
market for three-month U. S. Dollar deposits in Europe (in an amount determined
by the Calculation Agent) by reference to requests for quotations as of
approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination
Date
made by
the Calculation Agent to the Reference Banks. If, on such LIBOR Determination
Date, at least two of the Reference Banks provide such a quotation, LIBOR shall
equal the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If, on any LIBOR Determination
Date, only one or none of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR
shall be deemed to be the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations that at
least two leading banks in the City of New York (as selected by the Calculation
Agent) are quoting on such LIBOR Determination Date for three-month U.S. Dollar
deposits in Europe at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) (in an amount
determined by the Calculation Agent). As used herein, "Reference Banks" means
four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation
Agent.
(3) If
the Calculation Agent is required but is unable to determine a rate in
accordance with at least one of the procedures provided above, LIBOR for such
Interest Period shall be LIBOR in effect for the immediately preceding Interest
Period.
( c) All
percentages resulting from any calculations on the Debt Securities will be
rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage
point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g.,
9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655)), and all
dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the
nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward).
(d) On
each LIB OR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent shall notify in writing
the Issuer and the Paying Agent of the applicable Interest Rate that applies to
the related Interest Period. The Calculation Agent shall, upon the request of
the Holder of any Debt Securities, inform such Holder of the Interest Rate that
applies to the related Interest Period. All calculations made by the Calculation
Agent in the absence of manifest error shall be conclusive for all purposes and
binding on the Issuer and the Holders of the Debt Securities. The Paying Agent
shall be entitled to rely on information received from the Calculation Agent or
the Issuer as to the applicable Interest Rate. The Issuer shall, from time to
time, provide any necessary information to the Paying Agent relating to any
original issue discount and interest on the Debt Securities that is included in
any payment and reportable for taxable income calculation purposes.
Section
3.11.
CUSIP
Numbers
. The Issuer in issuing the Securities may use "CUSIP" numbers (if
then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers in
notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such
notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such
numbers either as printed on the Debt Securities or as contained in any notice
of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification
numbers printed on the Debt Securities, and any such redemption shall not be
affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.
Section
3.12.
Persons Deemed
Owners
. The Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the
Trustee may treat the Person in whose name any Debt Security is registered as
the owner of such Debt Security for the purpose of receiving payment of
principal of and (subject to
Section
3.07) interest, if any, on, such Debt Security and for all other purposes
whatsoever, whether or not such Debt Security be overdue, and neither the
Issuer, the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected
by notice to the contrary. All payments made to any Holder, or upon such
Holder's order, shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums paid,
effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon such
Debt Security.
SECTION
3.13.
Federal
Regulatory Approval Required
.
The Debt
Securities may not be repaid, repurchased or redeemed on acceleration without
the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve. Within 30 days after receipt
of a declaration of acceleration pursuant to Section 5.02, the Issuer will apply
to the Federal Reserve for approval of repayment prior to maturity.
In the
event that the Issuer obtains such prior written approval, the Issuer shall
notify the Holders and the Trustee, and will arrange for prompt payment on the
Debt Securities.
ARTICLE
IV
SATISFACTION
AND DISCHARGE
Section
4.01.
Satisfaction and
Discharge of Indenture
. This Indenture, shall, upon Issuer Order, cease
to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of
transfer or exchange herein expressly provided for and rights to receive
payments of principal of and interest) and the Trustee, upon receipt of an
Issuer Order and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments
acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when
(a) either
(1) all
Debt Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (A) Debt
Securities that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced
or paid as provided in Section 3.05 and (B) Debt Securities for whose payment
money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by
the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as
provided in Section 12.04) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;
or
(2) all
Debt Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation,
(A) have
become due and payable, or
(B) will
become due and payable within one year,
and the
Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee
funds in trust in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire
indebtedness on such Debt Securities for principal and interest to the date of
such deposit (in the case of Debt Securities that have become due and payable)
or to the date of redemption; provided, however, in the event a petition for
relief under
the
Federal bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws, as now or hereafter
constituted, or any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or
other similar law, is filed with respect to the Issuer within 91 days after the
deposit, or the FDIC or any other Person is appointed to act as a receiver or
conservator or liquidator or trustee or assignee in bankruptcy or insolvency of
the Issuer within 91 days after the deposit, and the Trustee is required to
return the moneys then on deposit with the Trustee to the Issuer, the
obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture with respect to such Debt
Securities shall not be deemed terminated or discharged;
(b) the
Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the
Issuer;
(c) the
Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating
to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with;
and
(d) the
Issuer shall have received prior written approval for such discharge from the
FDIC pursuant to Section 3.13.
Notwithstanding
the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuer
to the Trustee under Section 6.07, the obligations of the Issuer to any
Authenticating Agent under Section 6.14, and, if money shall have been deposited
with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (2) of clause (a) of this Section, the
obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.02 and the last paragraph of Section
12.04 shall survive.
Section
4.02.
Application of
Trust Money
. Subject to Section 6.07 and the provisions of the last
paragraph of Section 12.04, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to
Section 4.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the
provisions of the Debt Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either
directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own
Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, for
the payment of which such moneys have been deposited with the Trustee, of all
sums due and to become due thereon for principal and interest, except that such
money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by
applicable law.
Section
4.03.
Paying Agent to
Repay Moneys Held
. Upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture
all moneys then held by any Paying Agent of the Debt Securities (other than the
Trustee) shall, upon demand of the Issuer, be repaid to it or paid to the
Trustee, and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further
liability with respect to such moneys.
Section
4.04.
Return of
Unclaimed Moneys
. Any moneys deposited with or paid to the Trustee or any
Paying Agent for payment of the principal of or interest on Debt Securities and
not applied but remaining unclaimed by the Holders for two years after the date
upon which the principal of or interest on such Debt Securities, as the case may
be, shall have become due and payable, shall be repaid to the Issuer by the
Trustee or such Paying Agent on written demand; and the Holders shall thereafter
look only to the Issuer for any payment which such Holders may
be
entitled to collect and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with
respect to such moneys shall thereupon cease.
ARTICLE
V
REMEDIES
Section
5.01.
Events of
Default
. "Event of Default" means anyone of the following events
(whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary
or involuntary or be effected by operation of law, pursuant to any judgment,
decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any
administrative or governmental body):
(a) a
decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall have been
entered adjudging the Issuer bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly
filed a petition seeking reorganization, readjustment, arrangement, composition
or similar relief for the Issuer under the Federal bankruptcy laws, or any other
similar applicable law of any governmental unit, domestic or foreign, and such
decree or order shall have continued undischarged or unstayed for a period of 90
days; or a decree or order or other decision of a court or agency or supervisory
authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of the FDIC or
any other Person to act as a receiver or conservator or liquidator or trustee or
assignee in bankruptcy or insolvency of the Issuer or of a substantial part of
its property, or for the involuntary winding up or liquidation of its affairs,
shall have been entered and such decree or order shall have remained in force
undischarged and unstayed for a period of 90 days; or, under the provisions of
any insolvency, bankruptcy, or other law for the relief or aid of creditors or
depositors, any court, or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction in
the premises shall assume custody or control of the Issuer or of a substantial
part of its property, and such custody and control shall not be terminated or
stayed within 90 days from the date of assumption of such custody or control; or
any substantial part of the property of the Issuer shall be sequestered or
attached and shall not be returned to the possession of the Issuer or released
from such attachment within 90 days thereafter; or
(b) the
Issuer shall institute proceedings to be adjudicated a voluntary bankrupt, or
shall consent to the filing of a bankruptcy proceeding against it, or shall file
a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization, readjustment,
arrangement, composition or similar relief under the Federal bankruptcy laws, or
any other similar applicable law of any governmental unit, domestic or foreign,
or shall consent to the filing of any such petition or shall consent to the
appointment of a receiver or conservator or liquidator or trustee or assignee in
bankruptcy or insolvency of it or of a substantial part of its property, or
shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall admit in writing
its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or if corporate
action shall be taken by the Issuer in furtherance of any of the aforesaid
purposes.
Section
5.02.
Acceleration of
Maturity; Rescission and Annulment
. If an Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, then the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities may declare the principal
amount of and all accrued but unpaid interest on the Debt Securities to be due
and payable immediately,
by a
notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and
upon any such declaration such principal amount and interest shall become
immediately due and payable, subject to regulatory approval pursuant to Section
3.13. Upon payment of such amounts, all obligations of the Issuer in respect of
the payment of principal of and interest on the Debt Securities shall
terminate.
At any
time after such a declaration of acceleration has been made and before a
judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee
as hereinafter in this Article V provided, the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities, by written notice
to the Issuer and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its
consequences if:
(a) the
Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to
pay
(1) all
overdue installments of interest on all Debt Securities,
(2) the
principal of any Debt Securities that have become due and payable otherwise than
by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the Interest
Rate,
(3) to
the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue
installments of interest on each Debt Security at the Interest Rate,
and
(4) all
sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel;
and
(b) all
Defaults have been cured, waived or otherwise remedied.
No such
rescission and waiver shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right
consequent thereon.
Section
5.03.
Defaults;
Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee
.
"Default,"
wherever used herein, means anyone of the following events (whatever the reason
for such Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected
by operation of law pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or
any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental
body):
(a) an
Event of Default has occurred;
(b) the
Issuer fails to pay the principal of any Debt Security at the Maturity Date or
the Tax Redemption Date and such failure is continued for seven days, whether or
not such payment is prohibited by Article XV hereof; or
(c) the
Issuer fails to pay any installment of interest on an Interest Payment Date and
such failure is continued for 30 days, whether or not such payment is prohibited
by Article XV hereof
The
Issuer covenants that, if a Default shall occur, it will, upon demand of the
Trustee and subject to Section 3.13 hereof, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit
of the Holders, the entire amount then due and payable on the Debt Securities
(x) in the case of a Default specified in clause (a) or (b) above, for the
principal and interest, if any, and interest upon the overdue principal and, to
the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon
overdue installments of interest, at the Interest Rate, and (y) in the case of a
Default specified in clause ( c) above, for the interest and, to the extent that
payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon overdue installments
of interest, at the Interest Rate; and in each case, in addition thereto, such
further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of
collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
If the
Issuer fails to pay such amount forthwith upon such demand and if the necessary
approvals under Section 3.13 have been obtained, the Trustee, in its own name
and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the
collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to
judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Issuer or any
other obligor upon the Debt Securities, and collect the moneys adjudged or
decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the
Issuer or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities wherever
situated.
If a
Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to
protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders by such appropriate
judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and
enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or
agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted
herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.
Section
5.04.
Trustee May File
Proofs of Claim
. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency,
liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or
other judicial proceedings, or any voluntary or involuntary case under the
Federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any other
applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law relative
to the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities, or the property of
the Issuer or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee
(irrespective of whether the principal of the Debt Securities shall then be due
and payable as therein expressed or by declaration of acceleration or otherwise
and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Issuer
for the payment of overdue principal or interest) shall be entitled and
empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,
(a) to
file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and
unpaid in respect of the Debt Securities and to file such other papers or
documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the
Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and
(b) to
collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any
such claims and to distribute the same;
and any
receiver, assignee, trustee, custodian, liquidator, sequestrator (or other
similar official) in any such proceeding is hereby authorized by each such
Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee
shall consent to the making of such payments directly to such Holders, to pay to
the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other
amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07.
Nothing
herein shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or
accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement,
adjustment or composition affecting the Debt Securities or the rights of any
Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any
Holder in any such proceeding.
Section
5.05.
Trustee May
Enforce Claims without Possession of Debt Securities
. All rights of
action and claims under this Indenture or the Debt Securities may be prosecuted
and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any Debt Security or the
production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding
instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name, as trustee of an
express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the
payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders
in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.
Section
5.06.
Application of
Money Collected
. Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this
Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by
the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of
principal or interest, upon presentation of the Debt Securities in respect of
which money has been collected and the notation thereon of the payment if only
partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:
FIRST: To
the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07;
SECOND:
To the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer if and to the extent
required by Article XV;
THIRD: To
the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of and interest on
the Debt Securities, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money
has been collected ratably, without preference or priority of any kind,
according to the amounts due and payable on such Debt Securities for principal
and interest, respectively; and
FOURTH:
The balance, if any, to the Issuer.
Section
5.07.
Limitation on
Suits
. No Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding,
judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of
a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:
(a) such
Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing
Default;
(b) the
Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding
Debt Securities shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute
proceedings in respect of such Default in its own name as Trustee
hereunder;
(c) such
Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the
Trustee, in its reasonable discretion, against the costs, expenses and
liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;
(d) the
Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of
indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and
(e) no
direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee
during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities;
it being
understood and intended that no one or more Holders shall have any right in any
manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture
to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders or to obtain or
to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Holders or to enforce
any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the
equal and ratable benefit of all Holders. For the protection and enforcement of
the provisions of this Section, each and every Holder and the Trustee shall be
entitled to such relief as can be given at law or in equity.
Section
5.08.
Unconditional
Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest
. Subject only to the
provisions of Article XV, the Holder of any Debt Security shall have the right,
which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal on the
Maturity Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable, and (subject to Section
3.07) interest (including any Additional Amounts) on the Interest Payment Dates,
and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment and interest
thereon, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such
Holder.
Section
5.09.
Restoration of
Rights and Remedies
. If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any
proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such
proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been
determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such
case the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any determination
in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former
positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and
the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been
instituted.
Section
5.10.
Right and
Remedies Cumulative
. Except as otherwise expressly provided elsewhere in
this Indenture, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the
Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or
remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be
cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or
now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or
employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the
concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or
remedy.
Section
5.11.
Delay or
Omission Not Waiver.
No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder
to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair
any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or
any acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Indenture or by
law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as
often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case
may be.
Section
5.12.
Control by
Holders
. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Outstanding Debt Securities shall have the right to direct the time, method and
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Debt
Securities; provided, that:
(a)
such
direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with
this
(b)
subject to the provisions of Section 6.01, the Trustee shall have the right to
decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee in good faith being advised
by counsel shall, by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the
Trustee, determine that the proceeding so directed might result in personal
liability for the Trustee or would be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not
joining in any such direction; and
(c) the
Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not
inconsistent with such direction.
Section
5.13.
Waiver of Past
Event of Default.
The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the Outstanding Debt Securities may, by written notice, on behalf of all
Holders waive any past Event of Default hereunder and its
consequences.
Upon any
such waiver, such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of
Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose
of the Debt Securities under this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to
any subsequent or other Event of Default or impair any right consequent
thereon.
Section
5.14.
Undertaking for
Costs
. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Debt
Security by his or her acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that
any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any
right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any
action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party
litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that
such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable
attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to
the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant,
but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the
Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder or group of Holders holding in the
aggregate more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt
Securities, or to any suit instituted by any Holder of a Debt Security for the
enforcement of the payment of the principal of or interest on such Debt Security
on or after the Maturity or the Tax Redemption Date or the relevant Interest
Payment Date.
ARTICLE
VI
THE
TRUSTEE
Section
6.01.
Certain Duties
and Responsibilities
. (a) Except during the continuance of an Event of
Default or Default,
(1) the
Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are
specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or
obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee;
and
(2) in
the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
conclusively
rely; as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions
expressed therein, upon an Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counselor any
other certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the
requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any Officers' Certificate or
Opinion of Counselor any other such certificates or opinions which by any
provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the
Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not
they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture.
(b) In
case a Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall, with respect
to the Debt Securities, exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by
this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as
a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of
his or her own affairs.
(c) No
provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from
liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its
own willful misconduct, except that:
(1) this
clause shall not be construed to limit the effect of clause (a)
above;
(2) the
Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in
ascertaining the pertinent facts;
(3) the
Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or
omitted to be taken by it, with respect to the Debt Securities, in good faith in
accordance with the direction of the Holders ofa majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities relating to the time, method and place
of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or
exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under this Indenture
with respect to the Debt Securities; and
(4) the
Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur
any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in
the exercise of any of its rights or powers.
(d)
Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture
relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to
the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and Section
6.02.
Section
6.02.
Notice of
Defaults
. Within 90 days after the occurrence of any default hereunder,
the Trustee shall by the pertinent methods provided in Section 1.05 give notice
to all Holders of each default hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such
default shall have been cured or waived;
provided
,
however
, that, except
in the case of default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any
Debt Security, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and
so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee
of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines
that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders;
provided further
,
that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 5.01(a) no
such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 60 days after the
occurrence thereof; and
provided further
,
that the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of default unless either
(a) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge of such
default or (b) the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the
Issuer or any other obligor on the Debt Security or any Holder, except with
respect to a default pursuant to Sections 5.03(b) or 5.03(c) hereof (other than
a default resulting from the default in the payment of Additional Amounts, if
any, if the Trustee does not have actual knowledge or written notice that such
payment is due and payable) of which the Trustee shall be deemed to have
knowledge. For the purpose of this Section, the term "default" means any event
that is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, a
Default.
Section
6.03.
Certain Rights
of Trustee
. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.01:
(a) the
Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon
any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice,
request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper
or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed
or presented by the proper party or parties;
(b) any
request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently
evidenced by a Issuer Request or Issuer Order and any resolution of the Board of
Directors shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;
(c)
whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it
desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or
omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein
specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon
an Officers' Certificate;
(d) the
Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counselor any Opinion of
Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of
any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
reliance thereon;
(e) the
Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers
vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the
Holders
pursuant
to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee
reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities
that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or
direction;
(f) the
Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters
stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report,
notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or
other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such
further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit,
and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or
investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises
of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney;
(g) the
Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties
hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee
shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any
agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder; and
(h) the
Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith
and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion, rights or powers
conferred upon it by this Indenture; nothing contained herein shall, however,
relieve the Trustee of the obligation, upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default with respect to the Debt Securities (that has not been cured or waived)
to exercise with respect to Debt Securities such of the rights and powers vested
in it by this Indenture, and to use the same degree of care and skill in their
exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in
the conduct of his or her own affairs.
Section
6.04.
Not Responsible
for Recitals or Issuance of Debt Securities
. The recitals contained
herein and in the Debt Securities, except the Trustee's certificates of
authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Issuer, and the Trustee
assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no
representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or the Debt
Securities. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by
the Issuer of any Debt Securities or the proceeds thereof.
Section
6.05.
May Hold Debt
Securities
. The Trustee, any Paying Agent, the Security Registrar or any
other agent of the Issuer or the Trustee, in its individual or any other
capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Debt Securities, and may otherwise
deal with the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee,
Paying Agent, Security Registrar or such other agent.
Section
6.06.
Money Held in
Trust
. Money held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent (except the Issuer)
in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent
required by law. Neither the Trustee nor any Paying Agent shall be under any
liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise
agreed in writing with the Issuer. So long as no Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, all interest allowed on any such moneys, if any,
shall be paid from time to time to the Issuer upon the written order of the
Issuer, signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Vice
Chairman,
the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, a Vice
President, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Issuer.
Section
6.07.
Compensation and
Reimbursement
. The Issuer agrees
(a) to
pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation in Dollars for all
services rendered by it hereunder as may be mutually agreed upon in writing by
the Issuer and the Trustee (which compensation shall not be limited by any
provision oflaw in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express
trust);
(b) to
reimburse the Trustee in Dollars upon its written request for all documented
reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee
in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable
compensation and the reasonable expenses and disbursements of its agents and
counsel); except any such expense, disbursement or advance attributable to its
negligence or bad faith; and
(c) to
indemnify in Dollars the Trustee (including in its individual capacity) and any
predecessor Trustee (and its officers, agents, directors and employees) for, and
to hold it harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or
expense except to the extent such loss, damage, claim, liability or expense
results from the negligence or bad faith of such indemnitee, arising out of or
in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust or performance
of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself
against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of
any of its powers or duties hereunder.
When the
Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of
Default specified in Sections 5.01(a) and 5.01(b), the expenses (including the
reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the
services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any
applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar
laws.
As
security for the performance of the obligations of the Issuer under this
Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Debt Securities, upon all
property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held
in trust for the payment of amounts due on the Debt Securities.
The
obligations of the Issuer under this Section to compensate, reimburse and
indemnify the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute
additional indebtedness under this Indenture and shall survive the satisfaction
and discharge or other termination of this Indenture and shall survive the
resignation or removal of the Trustee.
Notwithstanding
anything in this Indenture or any Debt Security to the contrary, the Trustee
shall have no obligation whatsoever to advance funds to pay any principal of or
interest on or other amounts with respect to the Debt Securities or otherwise
advance funds to or on behalf of the Issuer.
Section
6.08.
Disqualification,
Conflicting Interests
. If the Trustee has or shall acquire any
"conflicting interest" within the meaning of
§
310(b) of the Trust Indenture
Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent
and in the manner provided by, and subject to this Indenture.
Section
6.09.
Corporate
Trustee Required, Eligibility
. There shall at all times be a Trustee
hereunder that shall be an entity organized and doing business under the laws of
the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia,
authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined
capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, subject to supervision or
examination by Federal or State authority. If such corporation publishes reports
of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the
aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this
Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to
be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of
condition so published.
The
Issuer may not, nor may any Person directly or indirectly controlling,
controlled by, or under common control with the Issuer, serve as
Trustee.
If at any
time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of
this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect
hereinafter specified in this Article.
Section
6.10.
Resignation and
Removal Appointment of Successor
. (a) No resignation or removal of the
Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall
become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee
under Section 6.11.
(b) The
Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Issuer.
If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been
delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of
resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
(c) The
Trustee may be removed at any time and a successor Trustee appointed by Act of
the Holders ofa majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt
Securities, delivered to the Trustee and to the Issuer.
(d) If at
any time:
(1) the
Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 6.08 after written request therefor by
the Issuer or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Debt Security
for at least six months, or
(2) the
Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.09 and shall fail to resign
after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any Holder who has been a
bona fide Holder of a Debt Security for at least six months, or
(3) the
Trustee shall become incapable of acting or a decree or order for relief by a
court having jurisdiction in the premises shall have been entered in respect of
the Trustee in an involuntary case under the Federal bankruptcy laws, as now or
hereafter constituted, or any other applicable Federal or State bankruptcy,
insolvency or similar law; or a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction
in the premises shall have been entered for the appointment of a receiver,
custodian, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar
official) of the Trustee or of its property or affairs, or any public officer
shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for
the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation, winding up or liquidation,
or
(4) the
Trustee shall commence a voluntary case under the Federal bankruptcy laws, as
now or hereafter constituted, or any other applicable Federal or State
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or shall consent to the appointment of or
taking possession by a receiver, custodian, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Trustee or its property or
affairs, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall
admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or
shall take corporate action in furtherance of any such action,
then, in
any such case, (i) the Issuer by a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee or
(ii) subject to Section 5.14, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a
Debt Security for at least six months may, on behalf of himself or herself and
all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for
the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor
Trustee.
(e) If
the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a
vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the Issuer, by a
Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee and shall comply
with the applicable requirements of Section 6.11. If, within one year after such
resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a
successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a maj ority in
aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities delivered to the
Issuer and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall,
forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee
and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer. If
no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Issuer or the Holders
and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder who has
been a bona fide Holder of a Debt Security for at least six months may, subject
to Section 5.14, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly
situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
successor Trustee.
(f) The
Issuer shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and
each appointment of a successor Trustee in the manner and to the extent provided
in Section 1.05 to the Holders. Each notice shall include the name of the
successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.
Section
6.1l.
Acceptance of
Appointment by Successor
. (a) In the case of an appointment hereunder of
a successor Trustee, each such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute,
acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer and to the retiring Trustee an instrument
accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the
retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any
further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights,
powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Issuer
or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of the
amounts then due to it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.07, execute and
deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights,
powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee, and shall duly assign, transfer and
deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring
Trustee hereunder, subject nevertheless to its claim, if any, provided for in
Section 6.07.
(b) Upon
request of any successor Trustee, the Issuer shall execute any and all
instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such
successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph
(a) of this Section.
(c) No
successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such
acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this
Article.
Section
6.12.
Merger,
Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business
. Any corporation into
which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be
consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or
consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation
succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the
Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided, that such
corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article,
without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of
any of the parties hereto. In case any Debt Securities shall have been
authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor
by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt
such authentication and deliver the Debt Securities so authenticated with the
same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Debt
Securities .: In case any Debt Securities shall not have been authenticated by
such predecessor Trustee, any such successor Trustee may authenticate and
deliver such Debt Securities, in either its own name or that of its predecessor
Trustee, with the full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the
certificate of authentication of the Trustee.
Section
6.13.
Preferential
Collection of Claims against Issuer
. If and when the Trustee shall be or
become a creditor of the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities),
the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act
regarding the collection of claims against the Issuer (or any such other
obligor).
Section
6.14.
Appointment of
Authenticating Agent
. As long as any Debt Securities remain Outstanding,
the Trustee may upon the request of the Issuer, by an instrument in writing,
appoint an authenticating agent (the "Authenticating Agent") which shall be
authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Debt Securities
issued upon exchange, registration of transfer, partial redemption or pursuant
to Section 3.05. Debt Securities authenticated by such Authenticating Agent
shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid
and
obligatory
for all purposes as if authenticated by such Trustee. Wherever reference is made
in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Debt Securities by the
Trustee or to the Trustee's Certificate of Authentication, such reference shall
be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an
Authenticating Agent and a Certificate of Authentication executed on behalf of
such Trustee by such Authenticating Agent Such Authenticating Agent shall at all
times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United
States of America or of any State, authorized under such laws to exercise
corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least
$50,000,000 (determined as provided in Section 6.09 with respect to the Trustee)
and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State
authority.
Any
corporation into which any Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted, or
with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger,
conversion or consolidation to which any Authenticating Agent shall be a party,
or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust
business of any Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be the Authenticating
Agent without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the
part of the Trustee or such Authenticating Agent. Any Authenticating Agent may
at any time, and if it shall cease to be eligible shall, resign by giving
written notice of resignation to the applicable Trustee and to the
Issuer.
Upon
receiving such a notice of resignation, or in case at any time any
Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall upon Issuer Request appoint a
successor Authenticating Agent, and the Issuer shall provide notice of such
appointment to the Holders in the manner and to the extent provided in Section
1.05. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment
hereunder shall become vested with all rights, powers, duties and
responsibilities of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally
named as Authenticating Agent. The Issuer agrees to pay to the Authenticating
Agent from time to time reasonable compensation including reimbursement of its
reasonable expenses for its services. The Authenticating Agent shall have no
responsibility or liability for any action taken by it as such at the direction
of the Trustee.
ARTICLE
VII
HOLDERS'
LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND ISSUER
Section
7.01.
Issuer to
Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders
. The Issuer will furnish
or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:
(a) on
each Regular Record Date for an Interest Payment Date, a list, in such form as
the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as
of such Regular Record Date; and
(b) at
such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the
receipt by the Issuer of any such request, a list of similar form and content as
of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;
.
except
that no such lists need be furnished under this Section 7.01 so long as the
Trustee is in possession thereof by reason of its acting as Security
Registrar.
Section
7.02.
Preservation of
Information; Communication to Holders
. (a) The Trustee shall preserve, in
as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names
and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the
Trustee as provided in Section 7.01 or received by it in the capacity of Paying
Agent or Security Registrar (if so acting) hereunder.
The
Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.01 upon
receipt of a new list so furnished, destroy any information received by it as
Paying Agent or Security Registrar (if so acting) hereunder upon delivering to
itself as Trustee, not earlier than 45 days after an Interest Payment Date, a
list containing the names and addresses of the Holders obtained from such
information since the delivery of the next previous list, if any, and destroy
any list delivered to itself as Trustee which was compiled from information
received by it as Paying Agent or Security Registrar (if so acting) hereunder
upon the receipt of a new list so delivered.
(b) If a
Holder applies in writing to the Trustee, and furnishes to the Trustee
reasonable proof that it has owned a Debt Security for a period of at least six
months preceding the date of such application, and such application states that
the Holder desires to communicate with other Holders with respect to their
rights under this Indenture or under the Debt Securities and is accompanied by a
copy of the form of proxy or other communication which such applicants propose
to transmit, then the Trustee shall, within five Business Days after the receipt
of such application, at its election either:
(1)
afford such Holder access to the information preserved at the time by the
Trustee in accordance with Section 7.02(a), or
(2)
inform such Holder as to the approximate number of Holders whose names and
addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in
accordance with Section 7.02(a), and as to the approximate cost of mailing to
such Holders the form of proxy or other communication, specified in such
application.
If the
Trustee shall elect not to afford the Holder access to such information, the
Trustee shall, upon written request of such applicant, mail to the Holders whose
names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the
Trustee in accordance with Section 7.02(a), a copy of the form of proxy or other
communication which is specified in such request, with reasonable promptness
after a tender to the Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or
provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses of mailing, unless within
five days after such tender the Trustee shall mail to such applicant a written
statement to the effect that, in the opinion of the Trustee, such mailing would
be contrary to the best interests of the Holders or would be in violation of
applicable law. Such written statement shall specify the basis of such opinion.
In the event that the applicants decide to proceed despite the Trustee's opinion
and obtain an order of a court of competent jurisdiction directing the Trustee
to mail the
applicable
material, after entry of such order and renewal of such tender, the Trustee
shall mail copies of such material to all such Holders; otherwise the Trustee
shall be relieved of any obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their
application.
(c) Every
Holder of Debt Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the
Issuer and the Trustee that neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any Paying
Agent.shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such
information as to the names and addresses of the Holders in accordance with
Section 7.02(b), regardless of the source from which such information was
derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing
any material pursuant to a request made under Section 7.02(b).
ARTICLE
VIII
CONCERNING
THE HOLDERS
Section
8.01.
Acts of
Holders
. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by
Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of
substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent or
proxy duly appointed in writing, and, except as herein otherwise expressly
provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments
are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the
Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and
evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the Holders
signing such instrument or instruments. Whenever in this Indenture it is
provided that the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal
amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities may take any Act, the fact that the
Holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced by (a)
the instrument or instruments executed by Holders in person or by agent or proxy
appointed in writing, or by (b) the record of Holders voting in favor thereof at
any meeting of such Holders duly called and held in accordance with the
provisions of Article IX, or by (c) a combination of such instrument or
instruments and any such record of such a meeting of Holders.
Section
8.02.
Proof of
Ownership; Proof of Execution of Instruments by Holders
. The ownership of
the Debt Securities shall be proved by the Security Register or by a certificate
of the Security Registrar.
Subject
to the provisions of Sections 6.01, 6.03 and 9.05, proof of the execution of a
writing appointing an agent or proxy and of the execution of any instrument by a
Holder or such Holder's agent or proxy shall be sufficient and conclusive in
favor of the Trustee and the Issuer if made in the following
manner:
The fact
and date of the execution by any such person of any instrument may be proved by
the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized to take
acknowledgment of deeds, that the person executing such instrument acknowledged
to him or her the execution thereof, or by an affidavit of a witness to such
execution sworn to before any such notary or other such officer. Where such
execution is by an officer of a corporation or association or a member of a
partnership on behalf of such corporation, association or partnership, as the
case
may be,
or by any other person acting in a representative capacity, such certificate or
affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such person's
authority.
The
record of any Holders' meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in Section
9.06.
The
Trustee may in any instance require further proof with respect to any of the
matters referred to in this Section so long as the request is a reasonable
one.
If the
Issuer shall solicit an Act from the Holders, the Issuer may, at its option, by
Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders
entitled to take such Act, but the Issuer shall have no obligation to do so.
Such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board
Resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the
first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith and not later
than the date such solicitation is completed.
Any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act
of the Holder of any Debt Security shall bind every future Holder of the same
Debt Security and any Debt Security issued upon the registration of transfer
thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done,
suffered or omitted by the Trustee or any agent of the Trustee or the Issuer in
reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Debt
Security.
Section
8.03.
Revocation of
Consents: Future Holders Bound
. At any time prior to (but not after) the
evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 8.01, of the taking of any Act
by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the
Outstanding Debt Securities specified in this Indenture in connection with such
Act, any Holder of a Debt Security the number, letter or other distinguishing
symbol of which is shown by the evidence to be included in the Debt Securities
the Holders of which have consented to such Act may, by filing written notice
with the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office and upon proof of ownership as
provided in Section 8.02, revoke such Act so far as it concerns such Debt
Security. Except as aforesaid, any such Act taken by the Holder of any Debt
Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future
Holders of such Debt Security and of any Debt Securities issued on transfer or
in lieu thereof or in exchange or substitution therefor, irrespective of whether
or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Debt Security or such
other Debt Securities.
ARTICLE
IX
HOLDERS'
MEETINGS
Section
9.01.
Purposes of
Meetings
. A meeting of Holders may be called at any time and from time to
time pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX for any of the following
purposes:
(a) to
give any notice to the Issuer or to the Trustee, or to give any directions to
the Trustee, or to consent to the waiving of any default hereunder and its
consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by Holders
pursuant to any of the provisions of Article V;
(b) to
remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee pursuant to the provisions of
Article VI;
(c) to
consent to the execution of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto
pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.02; or
(d) to
take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the Holders of
any specified aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities
under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable
law.
Section
9.02.
Call of Meetings
by Trustee
. The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders to take
any action specified in Section 9.01, to be held at such time or times and at
such place in New York or Wilmington, Delaware as the Trustee shall determine.
Notice of every meeting of the Holders, setting forth the time and place of such
meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting,
shall be given to Holders in the manner and to the extent provided in Section
l.05. Such notice shall be given not less than 20 days or more than 180 days
prior to the date fixed for the meeting.
Section
9.03.
Call of Meetings
by Issuer or Holders
. In case at any time the Issuer, pursuant to a Board
Resolution, or the Holders of not less than 10% in aggregate principal amount of
the Outstanding Debt Securities shall have requested the Trustee to call a
meeting of the Holders by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the
action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have given
the notice of such meeting within 20 days after the receipt of such request,
then the Issuer or such Holders may determine the time or times and the place or
places for such meetings and may call such meetings to take any action
authorized in Section 9.01, by giving notice thereof as provided in Section
9.02.
Section
9.04.
Qualifications
for Voting
. To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders a Person
shall be a Holder or a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as agent or
proxy by such Holder. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to
speak at any meeting of Holders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such
meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee with respect to
which such meeting is being held and its counsel and any representatives of the
Issuer and its counsel.
Section
9.05.
Regulations
.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make
such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders,
in regard to proof of the holding of Debt Securities and of the appointment of
proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the
submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the
right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as
it shall deem appropriate.
The
Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the
meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Issuer or by Holders
as provided in Section 9.03, in which case the Issuer or the Holders calling the
meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman.
A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected
by a majority vote at the meeting.
Subject
to the provisos in the definition of "Outstanding," at any meeting each Holder
or proxy therefor shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount
of Debt Securities held or represented by such Holder; provided, however, that
no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Debt Security
challenged as not Outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not
Outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than
by virtue of Outstanding Debt Securities held by such chairman or instruments in
writing duly designating such chairman as the person to vote on behalf of
Holders. Any meeting of Holders with respect to which a meeting was duly called
pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.02 or 9.03 may be adjourned from time to
time by a majority of such Holders present and the meeting may be held as so
adjourned without further notice.
Section
9.06.
Voting
.
The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders with respect to
which such meeting is being held shall be by written ballots on which shall be
subscribed the signatures of such Holders or of their representatives by proxy
and the serial number or numbers of the Debt Securities held or represented by
them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of
votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any
resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their
verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record
in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders shall be prepared by
the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the
original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat
and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the facts setting
forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was
transmitted as provided in Section 9.02. The record shall show the serial
numbers of the Debt Securities voting in favor of or against any resolution. The
record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman
and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the
Issuer and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee.
Any
record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters
therein stated.
Section
9.07.
No Delay of
Rights by Meeting
. Nothing in this Article IX contained shall be deemed
or construed to authorize or permit, by reason of any call of a meeting of
Holders or any rights expressly or impliedly conferred hereunder to make such
call, any hindrance or delay in the exercise of any right or rights conferred
upon or reserved to the Trustee or to any Holder under any of the provisions of
the Indenture or of the Debt Securities.
Section
9.08.
Quorum;
Actions
. The Persons entitled to vote a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Debt Securities shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of
Holders;
provided
,
however
, that if any
action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent, waiver,
request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which may be
given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in aggregate
principal amount of the Debt Securities, the Persons holding or representing
such specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities
will constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the
time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the
request of Holders, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may be adjourned
for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the permanent chairman of
the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum
at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned
meeting
may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by
the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned
meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as
provided in Section 9.02, except that such notice need be given only once not
less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be
reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall state
expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the principal amount of the Debt
Securities which shall constitute a quorum.
Except as
limited by the proviso in the first paragraph of Section 11.02, any resolution
presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is
present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities;
provided
,
however
, that, except
as limited by the proviso in the first paragraph of Section 11. 02, any
resolution with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice,
authorization, direction or other action that this Indenture expressly provides
may be given by the Holders of not less than a specified percentage in aggregate
principal amount of the Debt Securities may be adopted at a meeting or an
adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid
only by the affirmative vote of the Holders of a not less than such specified
percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities.
Any
resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Holders of Debt Securities
duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Holders,
whether or not present or represented at the meeting.
ARTICLE
X
CONSOLIDATION,
MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE
Section
10.01.
Issuer May
Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms
. The Issuer shall not merge or
consolidate with or into any other entity or sell, convey, transfer or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially all of its assets or capital stock to any Person
authorized to acquire and operate the same, unless:
(a) the
entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer is merged or the
Person which acquires by sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, all or
substantially all of the assets or capital stock of the Issuer (the "successor
corporation") shall be a corporation or other banking organization organized and
existing under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof
or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an indenture
supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory
to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on
all the Debt Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture
on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed;
(b)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction and treating any
indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Issuer as a result of such
transaction as having been incurred by the Issuer at the time of such
transaction, no Default, and no
event
that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a Default, shall have
happened and be continuing; and
(c) the
Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer
or other disposition, and the assumption by any successor entity, and such
supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions
precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied
with.
Section
10.02.
Successor
Corporation Substituted
. Upon any consolidation with or merger into any
other corporation, or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of all
or substantially all of the assets or capital stock of the Issuer in accordance
with Section 10.01, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or
into which the Issuer is merged or to which such sale, conveyance, transfer or
other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may
exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same
effect as if such successor corporation had been named as the Issuer herein, and
thereafter, the predecessor corporation shall be relieved of all obligations and
covenants under this Indenture and the Debt Securities.
Section
10.03.
Opinion of
Counsel.
The Trustee shall be entitled to receive and, subject to
Sections 6.01 and 6.03, shall be protected in relying upon an Opinion of Counsel
as conclusive evidence that any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or
lease and any such assumption complies with the provisions of this
Article.
ARTICLE
XI
SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURES
Section
11.01.
Supplemental
Indentures without Consent of Holders
. Without the consent of any
Holders, the Issuer, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at
any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures
supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the
following purposes:
(a) to
evidence the succession of another corporation to the Issuer and the assumption
by such successor of the covenants of the Issuer herein and in the Debt
Securities contained; or
(b) to
add to the covenants of the Issuer, for the benefit of the Holders, or to
surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer; or
(c) to
add any additional Defaults or Events of Default; or
(d) to
change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture, provided, that any
such change or elimination shall become effective only when there is no
Outstanding Debt Security created prior to the execution of such supplemental
indenture that is entitled to the benefit of such provision and as to which such
supplemental indenture would apply; or
(e) to
establish the form or terms of Debt Securities; or
(f) to
evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor
Trustee pursuant to the requirements of Section 6.11; or
(g) to
evidence any changes to Section 6.08 or 6.09 permitted by the terms
thereof;
or
(h) to
cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein that may be
defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other
provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture
that shall not be inconsistent with any provision of this Indenture;
provided
, that such
other provisions shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of
Outstanding Debt Securities created prior to the execution of such supplemental
indenture in any material respect.
Section
11.02.
Supplemental
Indentures with Consent of Holders
. With the consent of the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities
affected by such supplemental indenture, by Act of said Holders delivered to the
Issuer and the Trustee, the Issuer, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and
the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for
the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating
any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights
of the Holders under this Indenture of such Debt Securities;
provided
,
however
, that no
such supplemental indenture shall, without such consent of the Holder of each
Outstanding Debt Security affected thereby,
(a)
change the Maturity Date of the Debt Securities or any Interest Payment Date, or
reduce the principal amount of any Debt Security or change the manner of
calculating the Interest Rate thereon, or change any of the redemption
provisions or reduce the amount provable in bankruptcy or insolvency pursuant to
Section 5.04, or change the Place of Payment where, or the currency in which,
any Debt Security or any interest thereon is payable, or impair or affect the
right of any Holder of Debt Securities to institute suit for the enforcement of
any payment on or after the Maturity Date or the Tax Redemption Date thereof;
or
(b)
reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities,
the consent of whose Holders is required for any supplemental indenture, or the
consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with certain
provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their
consequences provided for in this Indenture; or
(c)
modify any of the provisions of this Section or Section 5.13, except to increase
any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this
Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each
Outstanding Debt Security affected thereby;
provided
,
however
, that this
clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any Holder with respect to
changes in the references to "the Trustee" and concomitant changes in this
Section, or the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the requirements of
Sections 6.11 and 11.01(f)
It shall
not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the
particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be
sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.
Section
11.03.
Execution of
Supplemental Indentures
. In executing, or accepting the additional trusts
created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the
modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall
be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 6.01) shall be fully protected
in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such
supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee
may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture
that adversely affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this
Indenture or otherwise in a material way.
Section
11.04.
Effect of
Supplemental Indentures
. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture
under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith,
and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all
purposes; and every Holder of Debt Securities theretofore or thereafter
authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.
Section
11.05.
Reference in
Debt Securities to Supplemental Indentures
. Debt Securities authenticated
and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this
Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form
approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental
indenture. If the Issuer or the Trustee shall so determine, new Debt Securities
so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the
Issuer, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the
Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for
Outstanding Debt Securities.
Section
11.06.
Subordination
Unimpaired
. No supplemental indenture entered into under this Article
shall modify, directly or indirectly, the provisions of Article XV or the
definition of Senior Indebtedness in Section 1.01 in any manner that might alter
or impair the subordination of the Debt Securities with respect to Senior
Indebtedness then outstanding unless each holder of such Senior Indebtedness has
consented thereto in writing.
Section
11.07.
Notice of
Supplemental Indenture
. Promptly after the execution by the Issuer and
the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 11.02, the Issuer
shall transmit to the Holders a notice setting forth the substance of such
supplemental indenture.
ARTICLE
XII
COVENANTS
Section
12.01.
Payment of
Principal and Interest
. The Issuer covenants and agrees for the benefit
of the Debt Securities, that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of
and interest on the Debt Securities in accordance with the terms of the Debt
Securities and this Indenture. At the option of the Issuer, each installment of
interest on the Debt Securities on any Interest Payment Date other than the
Maturity Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable,
may be
paid (i) by mailing checks for such interest payable to the order of the Holders
of Debt Securities entitled thereto as they appear on the registrar or (ii) by
wire transfer to any account with a banking institution located in the United
States designated by a Holder to the paying agent no later than the related
record date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Indenture or any Debt Security, if an entity that holds a pool of trust
preferred securities and/or debt securities or a trustee thereof is the Holder
of any Debt Security, then all payments in respect of such Debt Security shall
be made by the Issuer in immediately available funds when due.
Section
12.02.
Tax Treatment
of the Debt Securities
. The Company will treat the Debt Securities as
indebtedness, and the interest payable in respect of such Debt Securities
(including any Additional Amounts) as interest, for all US. federal income tax
purposes. All payments in respect of such Debt Securities will be made free and
clear of US. withholding tax provided, that (i) any beneficial owner thereof
that is a "United States person" within the meaning of Section 770 1 (a)(30) of
the Code (A) has provided an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any
substitute or successor form) in the manner required establishing its status as
a "United States person" for US. federal income tax purposes, and (B) the
Internal Revenue Service has neither notified the Issuer that the taxpayer
identification number furnished by such beneficial owner is incorrect nor
notified the Issuer that there is underreporting by such beneficial owner, and
(ii) any beneficial owner thereof that is not a "United States person" within in
the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code has provided an Internal Revenue
Service Form W-8 BEN, Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, or Internal Revenue
Service Form W-8EXP, as applicable (or any substitute or successor form) in the
manner required establishing its non-US. status for U. S. federal income tax
purposes.
Section
12.03.
Maintenance of
Office or Agency
. The Issuer will maintain in Wilmington, Delaware, in
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania or in each Place of Payment an office or agency where
Debt Securities may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Debt
Securities may be surrendered for transfer or exchange and where notices and
demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Debt Securities and this
Indenture may be served. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the
Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or
agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required
office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof,
such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Issuer hereby appoints the
Trustee as its agent to receive all presentations, surrenders, notices and
demands.
The
Issuer may also from time to time designate different or additional offices or
agencies to be maintained for such purposes (in or outside of such Place of
Payment), and may from time to time rescind any such designations; provided,
however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the
Issuer of its obligations described in the preceding paragraph. The Issuer will
give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the
location, of such office or agency.
Section
12.04.
Money for Debt
Securities: Payments To Be Held in Trust.
If the Issuer shall at any time
act as its own Paying Agent with respect of Debt Securities, it will, on or
before each Interest Payment Date and the Redemption Date, segregate and hold in
trust for the benefit
of the
Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the interest and principal
interest so becoming due, respectively, until such sums shall be paid to such
Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify
the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.
Whenever
the Issuer shall have one or more Paying Agents it will, prior to each Interest
Payment Date and the Maturity Date or Tax Redemption Date, as applicable,
deposit with any such Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal or
interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the
Persons entitled thereto, and (unless any such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the
Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to
act.
The
Issuer will cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and
deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with
the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent
will:
(a) hold
all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of or interest in trust for
the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to
such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;
(b) give
the Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the
Debt Securities) in the making of any payment of principal of or interest on the
Debt Securities; and
(c) at
any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of
the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such
Paying Agent.
The
Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Issuer Order
direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the
Issuer or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same
trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Issuer or such Paying
Agent, and, upon such payment by the Issuer or any Paying Agent to the Trustee,
the Issuer or such Paying Agent, as applicable, shall be released from all
further liability with respect to such money.
Any money
deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in
trust for the payment of the principal of or interest on any Debt Security and
remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal or interest has become
due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer upon Issuer Request, or (if then
held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust, and the Holder of such
Debt Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to
the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying
Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as
trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease;
provided
,
however
, that the
Trustee or such Paying Agent before being required to make any such repayment,
may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be transmitted in the manner and to
the extent provided by Section l.05, notice that such money remains unclaimed
and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days
from the date of such notification, any unclaimed balance of such money then
remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.
Section
12.05.
Officers'
Certificate as to Default.
The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee, on or
before a date not more than four months after the end of each fiscal year of the
Issuer, so long as Debt Securities are Outstanding hereunder, an Officers'
Certificate (one of the signers of which shall be the principal executive,
principal financial or principal accounting officer of the Issuer), stating
whether or not to the best knowledge of the signers thereof the Issuer is in
default in the performance and observation of any of the terms,' provisions and
conditions of this Indenture, and, if the Issuer shall be in default, specifying
all such defaults and the nature thereof of which they may have knowledge. Such
compliance shall be determined without regard to periods of grace or notice
requirements.
Section
12.06.
Regulatory
Reports
. Within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, the Issuer
will deliver to the Holder(s) (i) a copy of the Issuer's audited financial
statements (including balance sheet and income statement) covering the related
annual period and (ii) the report of the independent accountants with respect to
such financial statements and so long as an entity that holds a pool of trust
preferred securities and/or debt securities or a trustee thereof is a Holder of
any Debt Security, the Issuer will deliver to the Holder(s) a copy of the
Issuer's quarterly regulatory financial reports promptly following its filing
with the Issuer's federal regulatory authority (including each "Consolidated
Reports of Condition and Income" on reporting form FFIEC 031 or 041, or the
Federal Reserve Board's Forms FRY -6 and FRY -9, or the Office of Thrift
Supervision's "Thrift Financial Report" form, as applicable, or such other
similar quarterly regulatory reporting form as may be amended and in affect from
time to time).
ARTICLE
XIII
T AX
EVENT REDEMPTION
Section
13.01.
Tax Event
Redemption
. If a Tax Event shall occur and be continuing, the Issuer
shall have the right, subject to the receipt by the Issuer of prior approval
from the Issuer's appropriate federal regulatory authority (if then required
under the applicable regulations or guidelines of such regulatory authority) to
redeem the Debt Securities, in whole but not in part, at any time within 90 days
following the occurrence of such Tax Event (the "Tax Redemption Date"), at the
Tax Redemption Price.
"Tax
Redemption Price" means an amount in cash equal to 104.20% of the principal
amount of the Debt Securities to be redeemed prior to July 23, 2005 and
thereafter equal to the percentage for the principal amount of the Debt
Securities that is specified below for the Tax Redemption Date plus, in each
case, unpaid interest accrued thereon to the Tax Redemption Date:
Tax Redemption During the
12-Month
|
|
Period Beginning July 23,
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Principal
Amount
|
|
2005
|
103.360%
|
|
2006
|
102.520%
|
|
2007
|
101.680%
|
|
2008
|
100.840%
|
|
2009
and thereafter
|
100%
|
Section
13.02.
Notice of
Redemption
. In case the Issuer shall desire to exercise the right to
redeem the Debt Securities, it shall fix a Tax Redemption Date and shall mail a
notice of such redemption at least 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the Tax
Redemption Date to the Holders of the Debt Securities at their last addresses as
the same appear on the Security Register. Such mailing shall be by first class
mail. The notice if mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively
presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such
notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the
notice to the Holder of any Debt Security shall not affect the validity of the
proceedings for the redemption of any other Debt Security.
Each such
notice of redemption shall specify the CUSIP number, if any, of the Debt
Securities to be redeemed, the date fixed for redemption, the Tax Redemption
Price at which Debt Securities are to be redeemed, the place or places of
payment, that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Debt
Securities, that interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid
as specified in said notice, and that on and after said date interest thereon or
on the portions thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue.
The
Issuer will give the Trustee notice not less than 45 nor more than 60 days prior
to the Tax Redemption Date as to the Tax Redemption Price at which the Debt
Securities are to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Debt
Securities to be redeemed.
Section
13.03 ..
Payment of
Debt Securities Called for Redemption
. If notice of redemption has been
given as provided in Section 13.02, the Debt Securities with respect to which
such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the Tax Redemption
Date and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable Tax
Redemption Price, together with any Additional Amounts, and on and after said
Tax Redemption Date (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of such Debt
Securities at the Tax Redemption Price) interest on the Debt Securities shall
cease to accrue. Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Tax Redemption
Date specified in such notice of redemption, the Issuer will deposit with the
Trustee or with one or more paying agents an amount of money sufficient to
redeem the Debt Securities on the Tax Redemption Date at the Tax Redemption
Price. On presentation and surrender of such Debt Securities at a place of
payment specified in said notice, such Debt Securities shall be paid and
redeemed by the Issuer at the Tax Redemption Price.
ARTICLE
XIV
IMMUNITY
OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
Section
14.01.
Indenture and
Debt Securities Solely Corporate Obligations
. No recourse for the payment
of the principal of or interest on any Debt Security, or for any claim based
thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any
obligation, covenant or agreement of the Issuer in this Indenture or in any
supplemental indenture, or in any such Debt Security, or because of the creation
of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator,
stockholder, officer, director, employee or agent, as such, past, present or
future, of the Issuer or of any successor corporation of the Issuer, either
directly or through the Issuer or any successor corporation of the Issuer,
whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the
enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly
understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a
condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and
the issue of the Debt Securities.
ARTICLE
XV
SUBORDINATION
OF DEBT SECURITIES
Section
15.01.
Agreement to
Subordinate
. The Issuer, for itself, its successors and assigns,
covenants and agrees, and each Holder of a Debt Security likewise covenants and
agrees by such Holder's acceptance thereof, that the obligation of the Issuer to
make any payment on account of the principal of and interest on each and all of
the Debt Securities shall, to the extent and in the manner provided herein, be
subordinate and junior in right of payment to the Issuer's obligations to the
holders of Senior Indebtedness.
In the
event of any insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, conservatorship,
reorganization, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or
similar proceedings or any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of or relating
to the Issuer as a whole, whether voluntary or involuntary, all obligations of
the Issuer to holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to be paid in
full before any payment, whether in cash, property or otherwise, shall be made
on any account of the principal of or interest on any of the Debt Securities. In
the event of any such proceeding, after payment in full of all sums owing with
respect to Senior Indebtedness, the Holders shall be entitled ratably to be paid
from the remaining assets of the Issuer the amounts at the time due and owing on
account of unpaid principal of and interest, if any, on the Debt Securities. In
addition, in the event of any such proceeding, if any payment or distribution of
assets of the Issuer of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or
securities (other than securities of the Issuer or any other corporation
provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is
subordinate, at least to the extent provided in these subordination provisions
with respect to the indebtedness evidenced by the Debt Securities, to the
payment of all Senior Indebtedness at the time outstanding and to any securities
issued in respect thereof under any such plan of reorganization or
readjustment), including any such payment or distribution that may be payable or
deliverable by reason of the payment of any other indebtedness of the Issuer
being subordinated to the payment of the Debt Securities, shall be received by
the Trustee or the Holders before all Senior Indebtedness is paid
in full,
such payment or distribution shall be held (in trust if received by such
Holders) for the benefit of and shall be paid over to the holders of such Senior
Indebtedness or their representative or representatives or to the trustee or
trustees under any indenture under which any instruments evidencing any of such
Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, ratably, for application to the
payment of all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all such Senior
Indebtedness shall have been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent
payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.
The
subordination provisions of the foregoing paragraph shall not be applicable to
amounts at the time due and owing on the Debt Securities on account of the
unpaid principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Debt Securities for
the payment of which funds have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or any
Paying Agent or have been set aside by the Issuer in trust in accordance with
the provisions of this Indenture; nor shall such provisions impair any rights,
interests, remedies or powers of any secured creditor of the Issuer in respect
of any security the creation of which is not prohibited by the provisions of
this Indenture.
The
Holders of Debt Securities and the Trustee, in respect of any claims of the
Holders to payment of any principal or interest in respect of any Debt
Securities, by their acceptance thereof will be deemed to have waived any right
of set-off or counterclaim that such Holders or (subject to Section 6.07) the
Trustee, respectively, in such respect, might otherwise have.
The
Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any insolvency,
bankruptcy, receivership, conservatorship, reorganization, readjustment of debt,
marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings or any liquidation,
dissolution or winding-up or relating to the Issuer as a whole, whether
voluntary or involuntary, or of any default with respect to any Senior
Indebtedness that would prevent the Trustee from making any payment in respect
of the Debt Securities under this Section. The Trustee, subject to the
provisions of Section 6.01, shall be entitled to assume that, and may act as if,
no such event has occurred unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee assigned
to the Corporate Trust Office has received at the. Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee from the Issuer or anyone or more holders of Senior Indebtedness or any
receiver or conservator of the Issuer (who shall have been certified or
otherwise established to the satisfaction of the Trustee to be such a holder or
trustee) written notice thereof Upon any distribution of assets of the Issuer
referred to in this Article, the Trustee and Holders shall be entitled to rely
conclusively upon a certificate of the receiver or conservator, or any order or
decree entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, or other Person making any
distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders for the purpose of ascertaining
the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the
Senior Indebtedness, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or
amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to
this Article. In the absence of a certificate from any such liquidating trustee,
receiver, conservator, agent or other Person, the Trustee, subject to Section
6.01, shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon a written notice by a Person
representing himself or herself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a
trustee or representative on behalf of such holder) as evidence that such Person
is a holder of such Senior Indebtedness (or is such a trustee or
representative). In the event that the Trustee determines, in its discretion,
that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person, as a
holder of Senior Indebtedness, to participate in any payment or distribution
pursuant to this Section, the Trustee may request
such
Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to
the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, as to the extent to
which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution,
and as to other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Section,
and if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such
Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive
such payment.
Section
15.02.
Obligation of
the Issuer Unconditional.
Nothing contained in this Article or elsewhere
in this Indenture is intended to or shall impair, as between the Issuer and the
Holders, the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to
pay to such Holders the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the
Debt Securities when, where and as the same shall become due and payable, all in
accordance with the terms of the Debt Securities, or is intended to or shall
affect the relative rights of such Holders and creditors of the Issuer other
than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, nor shall anything herein or therein
prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Debt Security from exercising all
remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this
Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article of the holders of
Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Issuer
received upon the exercise of any such remedy.
Section
15.03.
Limitations on
Duties to Holders of Senior Indebtedness
. In the event and during the
continuation of any default in the payment of principal of or interest on any
Senior Indebtedness beyond any applicable period of grace, or in the event that
the maturity of any Senior Indebtedness has been accelerated because of a
default, then, unless and until such default or event of default shall have been
cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, no payment of principal of or
interest, if any, on the Debt Securities, or in respect of any redemption,
exchange, retirement, purchase or other acquisition of any of the Debt
Securities shall be made by the Issuer.
In the
event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment shall be received by the
Trustee when such payment is prohibited by the preceding paragraph of this
Section 15.03, such payment shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall
be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their
respective representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture
pursuant to which any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their
respective interests may appear, but only to the extent that the holders of the
Senior. Indebtedness (or their representative or representatives or a trustee)
notify the Trustee in writing within 90 days of such payment of the amounts then
due and owing on the Senior Indebtedness and only the amounts specified in such
notice to the Trustee shall be paid to the holders of Senior
Indebtedness.
Section
15.04.
Notice to
Trustee of Facts Prohibiting Payments
. The Issuer shall give prompt
written notice to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust
Office of any fact known to the Issuer that would prohibit the making of any
payment of monies to or by the Trustee in respect of the Debt Securities
pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV. Notwithstanding any of the
provisions of this Article or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee
shall not at any time be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts
that would prohibit the making of any payment of funds to or by the Trustee
unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee assigned to its Corporate
Trust Division shall have received at the
Corporate
Trust Office written notice thereof from the Issuer or from one or more holders
of Senior Indebtedness or from any trustee therefor who shall have been
certified by the Issuer or otherwise established to the reasonable satisfaction
of the Trustee to be such a holder or trustee; and, prior to the receipt of such
written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 6.01, shall be
entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist;
provided
,
however
, that if
prior to the fifth Business Day preceding the date upon which by the terms
hereof any such funds may become payable, or if prior to the third Business Day
preceding the date of the execution of instruments pursuant to Section 4.01
acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the Trustee shall
not have received with respect to such funds the notice provided for in this
Section, then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such moneys and/or apply
the same to the purpose for which they were received and shall not be affected
by any notice to the contrary that may be received by it on or after such date;
provided, however, no such application shall affect the obligations under this
Article of the Persons receiving such moneys from the Trustee.
Section
15.05.
Application by
Trustee of Moneys Deposited with It.
Anything in this Indenture to the
contrary notwithstanding, any deposit of a sum by the Issuer with the Trustee or
any agent (whether or not in trust) for any payment of the principal of or
interest on any Debt Securities shall, except as provided in Section 15.04, be
subject to the provisions of Section 15.01.
Section
15.06.
Subrogation
. Subject
to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, the Holders shall be
subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive
payments or distributions of assets of the Issuer applicable to such Senior
Indebtedness until the Debt Securities shall be paid in full, and none of the
payments or distributions to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to which
the Holders or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this
Article or of payments made, pursuant to the provisions of this Article, to the
holders of such Senior Indebtedness by the Holders or the Trustee shall, as
among the Issuer, its creditors other than the holders of such Senior
Indebtedness, and the Holders, be deemed to be a payment by the Issuer to or on
account of such Senior Indebtedness; it being understood that the provisions of
this Article are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the
relative rights of the Holders, on one hand, and the holders of the Senior
Indebtedness, on the other hand.
Section
15.07.
Subordination
Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of Issuer or Holders of Senior
Indebtedness
. No right of any present or future holders of any Senior
Indebtedness to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in
any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of
the Issuer or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder,
or by any noncompliance by the Issuer with the terms, provisions and covenants
of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof with which any such
holder may have or be otherwise charged. The holders of Senior Indebtedness may,
at any time or from time to time and in their absolute discretion, change the
manner, place or terms of payment, change or extend the time of payment of, or
renew or alter, any such Senior Indebtedness, or amend or supplement any
instrument pursuant to which any such Senior Indebtedness is issued or by which
it may be secured, or release any security therefor, or exercise or refrain from
exercising any other of their rights under the Senior Indebtedness including,
without limitation, the waiver of default thereunder, all without notice to or
assent from the
Holders
or the Trustee and without affecting the obligations of the Issuer, the Trustee
or the Holders under this Article.
Section
15.08.
Authorization
of Trustee to Effectuate Subordination of Debt Securities
.
Each
Holder of a Debt Security, by his or her acceptance thereof, authorizes and
expressly directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such action as may be
necessary or appropriate to effectuate, as between the Holders and the holders
of Senior Indebtedness, the subordination provided in this Article. If, in the
event of any proceeding or other action relating to the Issuer referred to in
the second paragraph of Section 15.01, a proper claim or proof of debt in the
form required in such proceeding or action is not filed by or on behalf of the
Holders prior to 15 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim or
claims, then the holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness shall have the right
to file and are hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf
of the Holders.
Section
15.09.
Right of
Trustee to Hold Senior Indebtedness
. The Trustee shall be entitled to all
of the rights set forth in this Article in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at
any time held by it in its individual capacity to the same extent as any other
holder of such Senior Indebtedness, and nothing in this Indenture shall be
construed to deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such
holder.
With
respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer, the Trustee
undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations
as are specifically set forth in this Article XV, and no implied covenants or
obligations with respect to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness shall be
read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not owe or be
deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and,
subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not
be liable to any holder of such Senior Indebtedness if it shall pay over or
deliver to Holders, the Issuer or any other Person money or assets to which any
holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article
XV or otherwise.
Nothing
in this Article XV shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under
or pursuant to Section 6.07.
Section
15.10.
Article XV Not
to Prevent Defaults (Including Events of Default)
. The failure to make a
payment pursuant to the terms of the Debt Securities by reason of any provision
in this Article shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default
(including an Event of Default, if any).
Section
15.11.
Article
Applicable to Paying Agents
. The term "Trustee" as used in this Article
shall (unless the context shall otherwise require) be construed as extending to
and including each Paying Agent appointed by the Issuer and acting hereunder
within its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if the Paying Agent
were named in this Article in addition to or in place of the Trustee; provided,
however, that Sections 15.04 and 15.09 shall not apply to the Issuer or any
Affiliate of the Issuer if the Issuer or such Affiliate acts as Paying
Agent.
* * * *
*
This
instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so
executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall
together constitute but one and the same instrument.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly
executed as of the day and year first above written.
|
New
Century Bank
|
|
|
|
|
By:
/s/ Kenneth B. Mumma
|
|
Name:
Kenneth B. Mumma
|
|
Title:
Chairman and CEO
|
|
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY,
|
|
as
Trustee, Paying Agent, Calculation Agent and Securities
Registrar
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
_
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly
executed as of the day and year first above written.
|
New
Century Bank
|
|
By:
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY,
|
|
as
Trustee, Paying Agent, Calculation Agent and Securities
Registrar
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Denise M. Geran
|
|
Name:
|
Denise
M. Geran
|
|
Title:
|
Vice
President
|
EXHIBIT
A
EXHIBIT
A
FORM
OF FLOATING RATE SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITY DUE 2014
[FACE
OF SECURITY]
THIS
OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY
AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE
CORPORATION (THE "FDIC").
THIS
OBLIGATION IS SUBORDINATED TO THE CLAIMS OF DEPOSITORS AND OTHER SENIOR
INDEBTEDNESS HOLDERS, IS UNSECURED AND IS INELIGIBLE AS COLLATERAL FOR A LOAN BY
THE ISSUER.
THIS
SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAWS.
NEITHER
THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD,
ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT
PURSUANT TO ANY APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER FEDERAL LAW OR AN
EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS NOT
SUBJECT TO ANY SUCH REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY
ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY
ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM ANY
APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR (C) IF SUCH OFFER, SALE OR OTHER
TRANSFER IS NOT SUBJECT TO REGISTRATION UNDER APPLICABLE FEDERAL LAW, SUBJECT TO
THE ISSUER'S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE
(B) OR (C) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR
OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A Copy OF
WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE ISSUER. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT
IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND
WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR
OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME
SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA"), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE"),(EACH A "PLAN"), OR AN ENTITY
WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE "PLAN ASSETS" BY REASON OF ANY PLAN'S INVESTMENT
IN THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON INVESTING "PLAN ASSETS" OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR
HOLD
THIS
SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE
FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED
TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION
96-
23,95-60,91-38,90-1
OR
84-14
OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE
EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY
SECTION
406
OF ERISA OR
SECTION
4975
OF THE CODE
WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS
SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS
PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER
(i)
IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION
3(3)
OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO
WHICH SECTION
4975
OF THE
CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR
(ii)
SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT
RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION
406
OF ERISA OR SECTION
4975
OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE
IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.
IN
CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND
TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATE AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE
INDENTURE TO CONFIRM
THAT
THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.
THIS
SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN
$100,000
AND MULTIPLES OF
$1,000
IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK
HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN
$100,000
SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE
VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE
DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS SECURITY, AND. SUCH PURPORTED
TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS
SECURITY.
Certificate
No. ___________________
|
CUSIP:
___________________
|
Floating
Rate Subordinated Debt Security Due 2014
of
New
Century Bank
New
Century Bank, aPennsylvania bank (the "Issuer"), for value received, hereby
promises to pay to Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee for the benefit of
[HOLDER_OF _DEBT_SECURITIES] (the "Holder"), or registered assigns, the
principal sum of $2,000,000 on October 23,2014, and to pay interest thereon from
June 29,2004, or the most recent interest payment date (as defined below) to
which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly in arrears on
January 23, April 23, July 23 and October 23 of each year, commencing October
23,2004 (each such date, an "Interest Payment Date"), at a floating rate per
annum, which, with respect to any Interest Period (as defined in the Indenture)
will be equal to LIBOR (as defined in the Indenture), as determined on the LIBOR
Determination Date (as defined in the Indenture) for such Interest Period (or,
in the case of the first Interest Period, will be 1.58%), plus 2.75% (the
"Interest Rate") (
provided
,
however
, that the
applicable Interest Rate for any Interest Period may not exceed the highest rate
permitted by New York law, as the same may be modified by United States law of
general application), until the principal hereof shall have become due and
payable, and on any overdue principal and (without duplication and to the extent
that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) on any
overdue installment of interest at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate in
effect for each such Interest Period, compounded quarterly. The amount of
interest payable on any Interest Payment Date shall be computed on the basis of
a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant Interest
Period. The interest installment so payable, and punctually paid or duly
provided for, on any Interest Payment Date other than the Maturity Date or the
Tax Redemption Date (as defined on the reverse hereof), as applicable, will, as
provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Debt
Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities, as defined in the Indenture) is
registered at the close of business on the "Regular Record Date" for such
interest installment, which shall be the fifteenth day prior to such Interest
Payment Date, whether or not such day is a Business Day. Any such interest
installment not punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be
payable to the Holders on such Regular Record Date and may be paid to the Person
in whose name this Debt Security (or one or more Predecessor Debt Securities) is
registered at the close of business on a special record date to be fixed by the
Trustee for the payment of such defaulted interest, notice whereof shall be
given to the Holders of the Debt Securities not more than 15 days and not less
than 10 days prior to such special record date, all as more fully provided in
the Indenture, or in any other lawful manner consistent with the provisions of
the Indenture.
Payment
of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Debt Security due
on the Maturity Date or the Tax Redemption Date as applicable, shall be made in
immediately available funds against presentation and surrender of this Debt
Security at the office or agency of the Trustee maintained for that purpose in
Wilmington, Delaware, or at the office or agency of any other Paying Agent
appointed by the Issuer maintained for that purpose in
Wilmington,
Delaware. Payment of interest on this Debt Security due on any Interest Payment
Date other than the Maturity Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable,
shall be made at the option of the Issuer by check mailed to the Holder hereof
at such address as shall appear in the Security Register or by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to an account with a banking institution located in
the United States designated by a Holder to the paying agent no later than the
related record date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the
Indenture or the Debt Security, if a Holder of this Debt Security is an entity
that holds a pool of trust preferred securities and/or debt securities or a
trustee thereof, payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest
on this Debt Security shall be made in immediately available funds when due at
such place and to such account as any such party may designate. All payments in
respect of this Debt Security shall be payable in any coin or currency of the
United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment
of public and private debts.
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Indenture, if any Interest
Payment Date, other than the Maturity Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as
applicable, falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then any interest payable
will be paid on, and such Interest Payment Date will be moved to, the next
succeeding Business Day, and additional interest will accrue for each day that
such payment is delayed as a result thereof If the Maturity Date or the Tax
Redemption Date, as applicable, falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then
the principal, premium, if any, and/or interest payable on such date will be
paid on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue
in respect of such payment made on such next succeeding Business
Day.
The
indebtedness evidenced by this Debt Security is, to the extent provided in the
Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in
full of all Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture), and this Debt
Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect
thereto. Each Holder of this Debt Security, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to
and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on
such Holder's behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to
acknowledge or effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the
Trustee or such Holder's attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each
Holder hereof, by such Holder's acceptance hereof, hereby waives all notice of
the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the
Indenture by each holder of Senior Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or
hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said
provisions.
The
Issuer waives diligence, presentment, demand for payment, notice of nonpayment,
notice of protest, and all other demands notices.
This Debt
Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter
referred to and shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until
the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf
of the Trustee.
The
provisions of this Debt Security are continued on the reverse side hereof and
such continued provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though
fully set forth at this place.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has duly executed this certificate.
|
New
Century Bank
|
|
By:
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:,
|
CERTIFICATE
OF AUTHENTICATION
This is
one of the Debt Securities referred to in the within-mentioned
Indenture.
|
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY, not in its individual capacity but solely as
Trustee
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Authorized
Officer
|
Dated:
,
[REVERSE
OF SECURITY]
This Debt
Security is one of a duly authorized series of Debt Securities of the Issuer,
all issued orto be issued pursuant to an Indenture (the "Indenture"), dated as
of June 29, 2004, duly executed and delivered between the Issuer and Wilmington
Trust Company, as Trustee (the "Trustee"), to which Indenture and all indentures
supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights,
limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the
Trustee, the Issuer and the Holders of the Debt Securities of which this Debt
Security is a part.
Upon the
occurrence and continuation of a Tax Event (as defined in the Indenture), this
Debt Security may become due and payable, in whole but not in part, at any time,
within 90 days following the occurrence of such Tax Event (the "Tax Redemption
Date"), at the Tax Redemption Price.
"Tax
Redemption Price" means an amount in cash equal to 104.20% of the principal
amount of this Debt Security to be redeemed prior to July 23,2005 and thereafter
equal to the percentage for the principal amount of this Debt Security that is
specified below for the Tax Redemption Date plus, in each case, unpaid interest
accrued thereon to the Tax Redemption Date:
Tax Redemption During the
12-Month
|
|
Period Beginning July 23,
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Principal
Amount
|
|
2005
|
103.360%
|
|
2006
|
102.520%
|
|
2007
|
101.680%
|
|
2008
|
100.840%
|
|
2009
and thereafter
|
100%
|
Any
redemption pursuant to the preceding paragraph will be made FDIC, if then
required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the FDIC, upon not
less than 30 days' nor more than 60 days' prior written notice.
In case
an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, shall have occurred and be
continuing, the principal of all of the Debt Securities may be declared due and
payable, and upon such declaration of acceleration shall become due and payable,
in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the
Indenture. Any such redemption will be made, subject to the receipt by the
Issuer of prior approval from the FDIC.
Payment
at maturity is subject to the receipt by the Issuer of prior written approval
from the FDIC.
The
Indenture contains provisions permitting the Issuer and the Trustee, with the
consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt
Securities at the time outstanding affected thereby, as specified in the
Indenture, to execute supplemental. indentures for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of
the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the
rights of the Holders of the Debt Securities;
provided
,
however
, that no such
supplemental indenture shall, among other things, without the consent of the
Holders of each Debt Security then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change
the Maturity Date of the Debt Securities or any Interest Payment Date, or reduce
the principal amount of any Debt Security or change the manner of calculating
the Interest Rate thereon, or change any of the redemption provisions, or reduce
the amount provable in bankruptcy or insolvency pursuant to Section 5.04 of the
Indenture, or change the Place of Payment where, or the currency in which, any
Debt Security or any interest thereon is payable, or impair or affect the right
of any Holder of Debt Securities to institute suit for the payment thereof, or
(ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debt Securities, the Holders of which
are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture or any waiver of
compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or any Event of Defaults
thereunder and their consequences. The Indenture contains provisions permitting
the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities
at the time outstanding affected thereby as provided in the Indenture, on behalf
of all of the Holders of the Debt Securities, to waive any past Event of
Default. Any such waiver by the registered Holder of this Debt Security (unless
revoked as provided in the Indenture) shall be conclusive and binding upon such
Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of this Debt Security and of any
Debt Security issued in exchange herefor or in place hereof (whether by
registration of transfer or otherwise), irrespective of whether or not any
notation of such waiver is made upon this Debt Security.
No
reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Debt Security or of
the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and
interest on this Debt Security at the time and place and at the rate and in the
money herein prescribed.
As
provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations herein and therein
set forth, this Debt Security is transferable by the Holder hereof on the
Security Register of the Issuer, upon surrender of this Debt Security for
registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Trustee in Wilmington,
Delaware accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Issuer or the Trustee duly executed by the registered Holder
hereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one
or more new Debt Securities of authorized denominations and for the same
aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or
transferees. No service charge will be made for any such registration of
transfer, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or other governmental charge payable in relation thereto.
The Debt
Securities are issuable only in registered certificated form without coupons. As
provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations herein and therein
set forth, Debt Securities are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal
amount of Debt Securities of a different authorized denomination, as requested
by the Holder surrendering the same.
Prior to
due presentment for registration of transfer of this Debt Security, the Issuer,
the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any transfer agent and
the Security Registrar may deem and treat the Holder hereof as the absolute
owner hereof (whether or not this Debt Security shall be overdue and
notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing hereon) for the purpose of
receiving payment of or on account of the principal of and premium, if any, and
interest on this Debt Security and for all other purposes, and neither the
Issuer nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any Paying Agent nor any
transfer agent nor any Security Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the
contrary.
No
recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or premium or interest
on this Debt Security, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect
hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator,
stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future, as such, of the
Issuer or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any
constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or
penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as
part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly waived and
released.
All terms
used in this Debt Security that are defined in the Indenture shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
THIS
DEBT SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS
OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES OF SAID
STATE OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS
LAW.
Exhibit
4.4
NEW
CENTURY BANK
ANTI-DILUTION
AGREEMENT
THIS
ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of ______, 20__ by
NEW CENTURY BANK ("Bank”) in favor of ______________________________ (the
"Purchaser").
RECITALS
A.
Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, pursuant to a certain
contemporaneous Confidential Subscription Agreement (as it may have been
amended, the “Subscription Agreement”) the Purchaser is purchasing from the Bank
shares (the “Purchased Shares”) of the Bank's voting common stock, par value
$1.00 per share (the “Voting Common Stock”) and/or Class B Non-Voting Common
Stock (the “Class B Non-Voting Common Stock”) at a price of $____ per Purchased
Share (the “Purchase Price”).
B. By
this Agreement, the Bank desires to set forth the Bank’s agreements regarding a
possible adjustment in the number of Purchased Shares as a result of a Diluting
Issuance (as defined below).
NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of closing on the Subscription Agreement and the
parties’ agreement to complete performance under it, and the mutual promises,
covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally
bound hereby, the Bank hereby agrees as follows:
SECTION
1. DEFINITIONS.
As used
in this Agreement, the following terms have the following respective
meanings:
(a)
"Additional Common Shares" means all Common Stock (including reissued shares)
Issued (or deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 2) after the date of this
Agreement. Additional Common Shares does not include, however, any Common Stock
Issued upon conversion of preferred stock outstanding on the date of this
Agreement; the Shares; or Common Stock Issued as incentive or in a nonfinancing
transaction to employees, officers, directors or consultants to the
Bank.
(b)
“Common Stock” means Voting Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common
Stock.
(c)
"Convertible Securities" means any evidences of indebtedness, shares of stock or
other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for
Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock.
(d)
"Issue" means to grant, issue, sell, assume or fix a record date for determining
persons entitled to receive any security (including Options) whichever of the
foregoing is the first to occur.
(e)
"Option" means any right, option or warrant to subscribe for, purchase or
otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.
SECTION
2. DEEMED ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL COMMON SHARES.
The
shares of Common Stock ultimately Issuable upon exercise of an Option (including
the shares of Common Stock ultimately Issuable upon conversion or exercise of a
Convertible Security Issuable pursuant to an Option) are deemed to be Issued
when the Option is Issued. The shares of Common Stock ultimately Issuable upon
conversion or exercise of a Convertible Security (other than a Convertible
Security Issued pursuant to an Option) shall be deemed Issued upon Issuance of
the Convertible Security.
SECTION
3. ADJUSTMENT OF NUMBER PURCHASED SHARES FOR DILUTING ISSUANCES.
3.1
Weighted Average
Adjustment
. If, at any time on or before June 30, 2010, the Bank Issues
(or pursuant to Section 2 is deemed to issue) Additional Common Shares after the
date of this Agreement and the consideration per Additional Common Share
(determined pursuant to Section 5) (the “New Issue Price”) is less than the
Purchase Price (as it may have been deemed adjusted pursuant to this Agreement)
(a "Diluting Issuance"), other than with respect to shares issued to (a) the
Bank's employees, officer or directors in connection with their employment or
retention of services not to exceed the number of Shares reserved in the Bank's
existing equity financing plans, or (b) customers or vendors in connection with
bona fide business transactions, the Bank shall, concurrently with such Issue,
issue to Purchaser, at no additional cost or price to Purchaser, an additional
number of shares of Common Stock determined by multiplying the number of
Purchased Shares by a fraction:
(I) the
numerator of which is the Purchase Price immediately before such Issue,
and
(II) the
denominator of which is the New Issue Price.
The
additional shares of Common Stock to be issued to Purchaser at any time under
this Agreement shall be allocated as between Voting Common Stock and Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock on whichever of the following bases is
applicable:
|
(i)
|
If
Purchaser did not elect in the Subscription Agreement to be subject to
potential restrictions on transfer pursuant to Article VII of the
Subscription Agreement, that number of shares of Common Stock to be issued
to Purchaser at any time under this Agreement shall include Voting Common
Stock to the extent, but only to the extent, that the total number of
shares of Voting Common Stock owned and deemed owned by Purchaser (taking
into account all shares of Voting Common Stock owned by Purchaser and all
shares of Voting Common Stock for which any warrants or options held by
the Purchaser after such issuance are exercisable) do not exceed 4.9% of
all shares of Voting Common Stock of the Bank then issued and
outstanding.
|
|
(ii)
|
If
Purchaser elected to be subject to the potential restrictions on transfer
pursuant to Article VII of the Subscription Agreement, that number of
shares of Common Stock to be issued to Purchaser at any time under this
Agreement shall include Voting Common Stock to the extent, but only to the
extent, that the total number of shares of Voting Common Stock owned and
deemed owned by Purchaser (taking into account all shares of Voting Common
Stock owned by Purchaser and all shares of Voting Common Stock for which
any warrants or options held by the Purchaser after such issuance are
exercisable) do not exceed 9.9% of all shares of Voting Common Stock of
the Bank then issued and outstanding. If, at the time of
issuance, Purchaser shall have obtained any prior regulatory approvals for
Purchaser to own or be deemed to own 10% or more of the outstanding shares
of Voting Common Stock of the Bank, the Bank will issue to the Purchaser
such number of shares of Voting Common Stock as shall not exceed the
maximum number of shares of Voting Common Stock that the Purchaser is
authorized to own pursuant to applicable federal and state change in bank
control laws and regulations, taking into account any such
approvals.
|
If, as
the result of the application of paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii) of this Section
at any time of reference, shares of Voting Common Stock must comprise less than
all of the shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Purchaser by the Bank, the
balance of any shares of Common Stock to be issued by the Bank shall be issued
in the form of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock.
3.2
Adjustment of Number of
Purchased Shares and Purchase Price for Subsequent Issues
. Upon each
issuance of additional shares of Common Stock to Purchaser under this
Agreement: (i) the number of “Purchased Shares” for purposes of this
Agreement shall be deemed to be increased by the number of additional shares of
Common Stock then being issued to Purchaser, and (ii) the “Purchase Price” shall
be deemed reduced to the New Issue Price for the share issuance causing the
adjustment. The number of Purchased Shares and the Purchase Price,
determined as adjusted pursuant to this paragraph, shall thereafter be deemed
the number of Purchased Shares and the Purchase Price for purposes of applying
the provisions of this Agreement upon a subsequent issuance by the Bank of
Additional Common Shares.
SECTION
4. NO ADJUSTMENT FOR ISSUANCES FOLLOWING DEEMED ISSUANCES.
No
adjustment to the number of Purchased Shares or the Purchase Price shall be made
upon the exercise of Options or conversion of Convertible
Securities.
SECTION
5. COMPUTATION OF CONSIDERATION.
The
consideration received by the Bank for the Issue of any Additional Common Shares
shall be computed as follows:
(a) Cash
shall be valued at the amount of cash received by the Bank, excluding amounts
paid or payable for accrued interest or accrued dividends.
(b)
Property, other than cash, shall be computed at the fair market value thereof at
the time of the Issue as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of
the Bank.
(c) The
consideration for Additional Common Shares Issued together with other property
of the Bank for consideration that covers both shall be determined in good faith
by the Board of Directors.
(d) The
consideration per Additional Common Share for Options and Convertible Securities
shall be determined by dividing:
(i) the
total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Bank for the Issue of the
Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum amount of additional
consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard
to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such
consideration) payable to the Bank upon exercise of the Options or conversion of
the Convertible Securities, by
(ii) the
maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments
relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a
subsequent adjustment of such number) ultimately Issuable upon the exercise of
such Options or the conversion of such Convertible Securities.
SECTION
6. GENERAL.
6.1
Governing Law
. This
Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to rules of conflict of laws or
choice of law, and by federal law to the extent it pre-empts state
law.
6.2
Successors and
Assigns
. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the Bank, the Purchaser and their respective successors, heirs, personal
representatives and permitted assigns, but Purchaser agrees that Purchaser shall
not be authorized to assign Purchaser’s rights or delegate Purchaser’s
obligations under this Agreement to anyone.
6.3
Entire Agreement
.
Except as set forth below, this Agreement and the other documents delivered
pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement
between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof.
6.4
Notices, etc
. All
notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in
writing and shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, certified or
registered mail, return receipt requested, addressed (a) if to Purchaser at
Purchaser's address as set forth in the Subscription
Agreement, or at such other address at Purchaser shall have furnished to the
Bank in writing, or (b) if to the Bank, at the Bank's address set forth in the
Subscription Agreement, or at such other address as the Bank shall have
furnished to the Purchaser in writing.
6.5
Severability
. In case
any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the
validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this
Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
6.6
Titles and Subtitles
.
The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience
of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this
Agreement. All words, including defined terms, used in this Agreement
will be construed to be of such gender, number, tense or other derivation of the
word as the circumstances require.
6.7
Counterparts
. This
Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be
an original, but all of which together shall constitute one
instrument.
SECTION
7. EFFECTIVENESS.
This
Agreement shall be deemed to take effect upon, completion of closing and
disbursement of Purchaser's subscription proceeds to Bank, on the Purchaser's
purchase of the Purchased Shares pursuant to the Subscription
Agreement.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused the due execution of this Agreement as of
the date first set forth above.
Attest:
_________________________________
Name:
Title:
|
NEW
CENTURY BANK
By:
________________________________
Name:
Title:
|
-5-
Exhibit 4.5
NEW
CENTURY BANK
MODIFICATION
TO ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENT
THIS
MODIFICATION TO ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENT (this “Modification”) is entered into as
of _______ __, 20__ by and between NEW CENTURY BANK ("Bank”) and the shareholder
who name appears on the signature page of this Modification (the
"Purchaser").
Recitals
In
connection with a private placement of shares of Bank’s common stock in _____,
20__, Bank and Purchaser entered into an Anti-Dilution Agreement (the
“Agreement”), providing Purchaser price protection with respect to the Shares
until June 30, 2010, such that if the Bank issues any shares of its common stock
or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock at or prior to that date at a price less than
$___ per share (the “Purchase Price”), the Bank will issue sufficient additional
shares to the Purchaser to maintain the values of Purchaser’s Shares at the new,
lower issuance price. The parties wish to modify the
Agreement.
NOW,
THEREFORE, intending to be legally bound hereby, the Bank and Purchaser hereby
agree as follows:
1.
Change in Expiration
Date
. The date, “June 30, 2010,” set forth in Section 3.1 of
the Agreement is hereby amended to read, “March 31, 2011.”
2.
Modification to Types of
Issuances for Which Protection is Provided
. Notwithstanding
any provision of the Agreement or this Modification, adjustments shall be made
for an “Issue” of “Additional Common Shares” occurring after June 30, 2010 if
the only consideration for the Additional Common Shares in the Issue is
cash.
3.
Reaffirmation as
Modified
. The Agreement, as modified by this Modification, is
hereby ratified and reaffirmed and remains in full force and
effect.
4.
General
.
(a)
Governing Law
. This
Modification shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to rules of conflict of laws or
choice of law, and by federal law to the extent it pre-empts state
law.
(b)
Successors and
Assigns
. This Modification shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of the Bank, the Purchaser and their respective successors, heirs, personal
representatives and permitted assigns, but Purchaser agrees that Purchaser shall
not be authorized to assign Purchaser’s rights or delegate Purchaser’s
obligations under this Modification to anyone.
(c)
Entire Agreement
.
Except as set forth below, this Modification constitutes the full and entire
understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects
hereof.
(d)
Severability
. In case
any provision of this Modification shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable,
the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this
Modification shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
(e)
Titles and Subtitles
.
The titles of the sections and subsections of this Modification are for
convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this
Modification. All words, including defined terms, used in this
Modification will be construed to be of such gender, number, tense or other
derivation of the word as the circumstances require.
(f)
Counterparts
. This
Modification may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall
be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one
instrument.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, Bank and Purchaser have duly executed this Modification as of
the date first set forth above.
Name
of Purchaser:
________________________________
By:
_________________________________
Name:
Title:
|
Name
of Bank:
NEW
CENTURY BANK
By:
________________________________
Name:
Title:
|
Exhibit
4.6
NEW
CENTURY BANK
STOCK
OPTION AGREEMENT
THIS
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT is made as of March 23, 2005, by and between NEW CENTURY
BANK, a Pennsylvania bank (the “Bank"), and UNIVEST CORPORATION OF PENNSYLVANIA,
a Pennsylvania business corporation ("Univest").
Background
Univest
is the shareholder of record and beneficial owner of 135,834 shares of the
common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Bank (the "Common Stock"), which
currently represents 8.53% of the issued and outstanding common stock of the
Bank. In order to induce Univest to purchase such shares and in connection with
such purchase, the Bank agreed to provide Univest with the right to purchase
additional shares of Common Stock in order to maintain its percentage ownership
interest from time to time of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. The Bank
and Univest are making this agreement to provide Univest with a purchase option
in the circumstances described below and set forth the terms and conditions of
such purchase option.
Agreements
1.
Option to
Purchase Shares
. (a) Upon each Sale (as defined in this paragraph),
Univest shall have the right to purchase from the Bank and the Bank shall be
obligated to sell to Univest the number of shares of Common Stock (in each case,
"Additional Shares") at the price per share determined in accordance with the
provisions of this paragraph.
(b) Upon each Sale Univest shall have
the right to purchase up to the number of Additional Shares which shall make
Univest's percentage ownership of the outstanding Common Stock after giving
effect to the Sale and the purchase of Additional Shares equal to its percentage
ownership of the outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the
Sale.
(c) The price per share of Additional
Shares shall be equal to the price per share of Common Stock in the Sale. In the
event that the purchase price for shares of Common Stock in the Sale is paid in
property other than cash, the purchase price of each Additional Share for
purposes of this Agreement shall be deemed to be the cash value of such property
per share of Common Stock in the Sale as determined by the Board of Directors of
the Bank in good faith prior to the Sale.
(d) For purposes of this agreement, the
term "Sale" means the issuance and sale shares of Common Stock by the Bank (i)
in an amount greater than or equal to $500,000 or (ii) in amounts less than
$500,000 if they aggregate to at least $500,000, other than (A) a sale to
Univest or pursuant to an offer which was made to, among others, Univest and
which by its terms could have been accepted by Univest, (B) a sale of treasury
stock and (C) a grant of shares of Common Stock or a sale upon exercise of an
option granted pursuant to any stock bonus, stock option or similar plan
maintained by the Bank for the directors, officers and/or employee of the Bank
or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank.
2.
Notice of
Sale and Exercise of Option
. Within ten business days after each Sale the
Bank shall give notice of the Sale to Univest, including the number of shares of
Common Stock sold and the purchase price per share (each a "Sale Notice").
Univest may then exercise its right to purchase Additional Shares by delivering
to the Bank (a) an irrevocable election to purchase Additional Shares (in the
form of Exhibit A to this agreement) specifying the number of Additional Shares
to be purchased and the total purchase price (each an "Exercise Notice") and (b)
payment of the purchase price for the Additional Shares in immediately available
funds. In order to be effective for the purchase of Additional Shares on account
of a Sale, the Bank must receive an Exercise Notice and payment for the
Additional Shares by the 15th business day following the date on which the Bank
gave to Univest a Sale Notice with respect to the Sale. The Bank shall issue and
deliver to Univest the certificates for Additional Shares within fourteen
business days after its receipt of each timely and proper Exercise Notice and
the purchase price for such Additional Shares. Anything in this agreement to the
contrary notwithstanding, the Bank shall not have the right to issue any shares
of common stock for purposes of a Sale with respect to which this agreement and
the option granted hereunder applies unless and until there are sufficient
authorized but unissued shares of common stock of the Bank to permit both the
Sale as well as the exercise of the option granted hereunder.
3.
Rights as
Shareholder
. Univest shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Bank
with respect to any Additional Shares by virtue of this agreement prior to the
purchase of such Additional Shares and the payment thereof as provided in this
agreement. Upon the purchase and payment of such Additional Shares, Univest
shall have all rights as a shareholder with respect to any such Additional
Shares.
4.
Taxes
.
Univest shall be responsible for all federal, state and local taxes payable by
it on account of its receipt of the option provided in this agreement and its
purchase of Additional Shares pursuant to this agreement.
5.
Binding
Effect; No Assignment
. This agreement shall be binding upon and inure to
the benefit of the Bank and Univest and their respective successors. Univest may
not transfer or assign any of its rights under this agreement (whether or not in
connection with the disposition of shares of Common Stock by Univest) without
the prior written consent of the Bank, which shall not be unreasonably withheld
or delayed.
6.
Notices
.
All notices and other communications relating to this agreement shall be in
writing and (except for notices, elections and other communications under
Paragraph 2 of this agreement, which shall be by certified mail, return receipt
requested) shall be sent to the address set forth below of the recipient party
(or at such other address as such party may designate in writing to the other
party) and shall be deemed given if delivered personally, upon such delivery, if
made by facsimile transmission (with confirmation of receipt), upon confirmed
receipt thereof or if mailed by registered or certified U.S. mail (with return
receipt), upon receipt of the mailed notice or other communication:
(a) if to
the Bank:
New
Century Bank
513
Kimberton Road
Phoenixville,
Pennsylvania 19460
Attention:
Kenneth B. Mumma,
Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer
Fax
Number: 610-933-6922
and
(b) if to
Univest:
Univest Corporation of
Pennsylvania
14 North Main Street
Souderton, Pennsylvania
18964
Attention: William Aichele
Chief Executive Officer
Fax Number: 215-721-2408
7.
Governing
Law
. This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
8.
Duration
.
Except as otherwise provided in this agreement, this agreement shall remain in
effect unless and until (a) Univest shall no longer own any shares of Common
Stock of the Bank or (b) the consolidation or merger of the Bank with or into
another company and the Bank shall not be the surviving entity.
9.
Adjustment
upon Changes in Capitalization
. In the event that all outstanding shares
of Common Stock are changed into or exchanged for any other stock or securities
of the Bank by reason of any reclassification, reorganization or other change of
outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Bank shall cause effective provisions to
be made so that Univest shall thereafter have the right to purchase such other
stock and/or securities by exercising the option provided in this
agreement.
10.
No
Fractional Shares; Limit on Option Exercise and Issue of Shares
. The Bank
shall not be required to sell fractions of shares of Common Stock pursuant to
this agreement. If Univest would, except for this paragraph, have the right to
purchase any fraction of a share of Common Stock pursuant to this agreement, the
Bank will round down and sell to Univest only the largest whole number of
Additional Shares to which Univest is otherwise entitled. Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Agreement, Univest shall not have the right to purchase
any Additional Shares and the Bank shall not be obligated to issue any
Additional Shares if, immediately after or as a result of such purchase or
issuance Univest and any "affiliates" of Univest (as defined pursuant to the
Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or the regulations thereunder)
together would control more than 9.99% of the outstanding shares of any class of
voting securities of the Bank.
11.
Representations,
Warranties and Covenants of Univest
. Univest hereby represents, warrants
and covenants to the Bank as follows:
(a) Univest will acquire Additional
Shares in good faith for the purpose of investment in the Bank and not for the
purpose of resale or for distributing or publicly selling Additional Shares to
others, or for dividing Univest' participation with others in Additional Shares
or any portion thereof issued pursuant to this agreement. Univest will acquire
Additional Shares only for its own account. There is no present arrangement or
agreement for the sale, pledge or other transfer to any person of any Additional
Shares that may be acquired by Univest and Univest is not presently aware of any
particular occasion, event or circumstance upon the occurrence or happening of
which Univest would be obligated or would intend to sell any Additional
Shares.
(b) Univest further understands and
acknowledges that the Bank has not registered the issuance of the option
provided by this agreement and will not register the sale of Additional Shares
under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "1933 Act") or under the securities laws
of any state or other jurisdiction.
(c) Univest' principal office is
located in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
(d) Univest is familiar with the
business, financial condition and operations of the Bank, has been given the
opportunity to inspect the Bank's financial, corporate and other records and to
conduct such further due diligence regarding the Bank as Univest deems
appropriate.
(e) Univest is capable of evaluating
the merits and risks of its prospective investment in the Bank through purchases
of Additional Shares.
(f) In the event that Univest at any
time contemplates the disposition (whether by sale, exchange, gift, or other
form of transfer) of any Additional Shares, Univest will first notify the Bank
of such proposed disposition and will thereafter cooperate with the Bank in
complying with all applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws
which, in the opinion, reasonably exercised, of the Bank or its counsel, must be
satisfied prior to the making of such disposition. Univest will not sell,
hypothecate, or otherwise transfer or dispose of any or all Additional Shares
unless Univest delivers to the Bank, by an attorney reasonably satisfactory to
the Bank's legal counsel, a written opinion, reasonably satisfactory to the Bank
and its legal counsel, to the effect that one or more exemptions from
registration under applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations
are available with respect to such disposition. Neither the Bank nor any
transfer agent for the Bank shall be obligated to transfer or record the
transfer of any Additional Shares until the provisions of this paragraph have
been satisfied. If required in the judgment, reasonably exercised, of the Bank's
legal counsel to comply with applicable securities laws or regulations, the Bank
or its transfer agent may require appropriate legends to be place on any
certificates for Additional Shares to be delivered pursuant to this agreement
and any certificates to be delivered upon transfer of Additional Shares by
Univest. The provisions of this paragraph shall apply to all Additional Shares
and to any securities into which Additional Shares may be converted, combined or
divided, whether in connection with a merger,
reclassification,
recapitalization or reorganization of the Bank or otherwise, as well as all
securities of the Bank distributed on the Additional Shares and such other
securities. Univest agrees to indemnify the Bank against, and hold it harmless
from, all losses, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees) which arise as a result of a sale, exchange or other transfer
of any Additional Shares other than as permitted by this paragraph. The
foregoing agreement of Univest to indemnify and hold harmless the Bank shall
survive Univest's purchase of Additional Shares, any resale of such shares and
any modification or termination of this agreement.
(g) The Bank is relying upon Univest's
representations, warranties and covenants contained in this agreement in
granting the option provided in this agreement.
12.
Further
Conditions to Sale of Additional Shares
. The Bank shall not be obligated
to sell any Additional Shares to Univest pursuant to this agreement unless in
each case the Bank, in good faith, determines that such sale (a) may be made
without registration or qualification of the sale pursuant to the 1933 Act or
applicable state securities laws and (b) would not violate or contravene any
other applicable law. Upon request of the Bank, as a condition to each sale of
Additional Shares, Univest shall execute and deliver to the Bank a certificate
containing such representations, warranties and covenants as the Bank may
reasonably request to enable it to make the foregoing
determinations.
13.
Waiver
and Amendment
. Any provision of this agreement may be waived at any time
by the party that is entitled to the benefits of such provision, but no such
waiver shall be effective unless it is contained in a written waiver executed by
such party. This agreement may not be modified, amended, altered or supplemented
except by the execution and delivery of a written agreement by the Bank and
Univest.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Bank
and Univest, intending to be legally bound, has caused this agreement to be
executed by its duly authorized officer.
NEW
CENTURY BANK
|
UNIVEST
CORPORATION OF
|
|
PENNSYLVANIA
|
|
|
|
|
By:
/s/ Kenneth
B. Mumma
|
By:
/s/ Wallace
H. Bieler
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
Kenneth B. Mumma
|
Name:
Wallace H. Bieler
|
Title:
Chairman and
|
Title:
Chief Operation Officer,
|
Chief
Executive Officer
|
Sr.
Executive Vice President, and
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
-5-
Exhibit 4.7
NEW CENTURY BANK
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT is made as of July __, 1997, by and between NEW CENTURY BANK, a Pennsylvania bank (the “Bank”), and CITIZENS INCORPORATED, a Pennsylvania business corporation (“Citizens”).
Background
Citizens is the shareholder of record and beneficial owner of 30,247 shares of the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Bank (the “Common Stock”). In order to induce Citizens to purchase such shares and in connection with such purchase, the Bank agreed to provide Citizens with the right to purchase additional shares of Common Stock in order to maintain its percentage ownership interest from time to time of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. The Bank and Citizens are making this agreement to provide Citizens with a purchase option in the circumstances described below and set forth the terms and conditions of such purchase option.
Agreements
1.
Option to Purchase Shares
. (a) Upon each Sale (as defined in this paragraph), Citizens shall have the right to purchase from the Bank and the Bank shall be obligated to sell to Citizens the number of shares of Common Stock (in each case, “Additional Shares”) at the price per share determined in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.
(b) Upon each Sale Citizens shall have the right to purchase up to the number of Additional Shares which shall make Citizens’ percentage ownership of the outstanding Common Stock after giving effect to the Sale and the purchase of Additional Shares equal to its percentage ownership of the outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the Sale.
(c) The price per share of Additional Shares shall be equal to the price per share of Common Stock in the Sale. In the event that the purchase price for shares of Common Stock in the Sale is paid in property other than cash, the purchase price of each Additional Share for purposes of this Agreement shall be deemed to be the cash value of such property per share of Common Stock in the Sale as determined by the Board of Directors of the Bank in good faith prior to the Sale.
(d) For purposes of this agreement, the term “Sale” means the issuance and sale shares of Common Stock by the Bank, other than (i) a sale to Citizens or pursuant to an offer which by its terms could have been accepted by Citizens, (ii) a sale of treasury stock and (iii) a grant of shares of Common Stock or a sale upon exercise of an option granted pursuant to any stock bonus, stock option or similar plan maintained by the Bank for the directors, officers and/or employee of the Bank or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank.
2.
Notice of Sale and Exercise of Option
. Within ten business days after each Sale the Bank shall give notice of the Sale to Citizens, including the number of shares of Common Stock sold and the purchase price per share (each a “Sale Notice”). Citizens may then exercise its right to purchase Additional Shares by delivering to the Bank (a) an irrevocable
election to purchase Additional Shares (in the form of Exhibit A to this agreement) specifying the number of Additional Shares to be purchased and the total purchase price (each an “Exercise Notice”) and (b) payment of the purchase price for the Additional Shares in immediately available funds. In order to be effective for the purchase of Additional Shares on account of a Sale, the Bank must receive an Exercise Notice and payment for the Additional Shares by the tenth business day following the date on which the Bank gave to Citizens a Sale Notice with respect to the Sale. The Bank shall issue and deliver to Citizens the certificates for Additional Shares within fourteen business days after its receipt of each timely and proper Exercise Notice and the purchase price for such Additional Shares.
3.
Rights as Shareholder
. Citizens shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Bank with respect to any Additional Shares by virtue of this agreement prior to the purchase of such Additional Shares and the issuance and delivery of the certificates for such Additional Shares as provided in this agreement.
4.
Taxes
. Citizens shall be responsible for all federal, state and local taxes payable by it on account of its receipt of the option provided in this agreement and its purchase of Additional Shares pursuant to this agreement.
5.
Binding Effect; No Assignment
. This agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank and Citizens and their respective successors. Citizens may not transfer or assign any of its rights under this agreement (whether or not in connection with the disposition of shares of Common Stock by Citizens) without the prior written consent of the Bank, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
6.
Notices
. All notices and other communications relating to this agreement shall be in writing and (except for notices, elections and other communications under Paragraph 2 of this agreement, which shall be by certified mail, return receipt requested) shall be deemed given if delivered personally, by facsimile transmission (with confirmation of receipt) or by registered or certified U.S. mail (with return receipt) to a party at its address set forth below or such other address as such party may designate in writing to the other party:
(a) if to the Bank:
New Century Bank
P.O. Box 747
Route 113 and Pothouse Roads
Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460
Attention: Kenneth B. Mumma,
Chairperson of the Board, and
Richard F. Stevens,
Chief Executive Officer,
and
(b) if to Citizens:
Citizens Incorporated
204 South Jackson Street
P.O. Box 250
Evans City, Pennsylvania 16033
Attention: Chief Executive Officer.
7.
Governing Law
. This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
8.
Duration
. Except as otherwise provided in this agreement, this agreement shall remain in effect unless and until (a) Citizens shall no longer own any shares of Common Stock of the Bank or (b) the consolidation or merger of the Bank with or into another company and the Bank shall not be the surviving entity.
9.
Adjustment upon Changes in Capitalization
. In the event that all outstanding shares of Common Stock are changed into or exchanged for any other stock or securities of the Bank by reason of any reclassification, reorganization or other change of outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Bank shall cause effective provisions to be made so that Citizens shall thereafter have the right to purchase such other stock and/or securities by exercising the option provided in this agreement.
10.
No Fractional Shares; Limit on Option Exercise and Issue of Shares
. The Bank shall not be required to sell fractions of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this agreement. If Citizens would, except for this paragraph, have the right to purchase any fraction of a share of Common Stock pursuant to this agreement, the Bank will round down and sell to Citizens only the largest whole number of Additional Shares to which Citizens is otherwise entitled. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Citizens shall not be obligated to purchase any Additional Shares and the Bank shall not be obligated to issue any Additional Shares if, immediately after or as a result of such purchase or issuance Citizens and any “affiliates” of Citizens (as defined pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or the regulations thereunder) together would control more than 4.99% of the outstanding shares of any class of voting securities of the Bank.
11.
Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Citizens
. Citizens hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Bank as follows:
(a) Citizens will acquire Additional Shares in good faith for the purpose of investment in the Bank and not for the purpose of resale or for distributing or publicly selling Additional Shares to others, or for dividing Citizens’ participation with others in Additional Shares or any portion thereof issued pursuant to this agreement. Citizens will acquire Additional Shares only for its own account. There is no present arrangement or agreement for the sale, pledge or other transfer to any person of any Additional Shares that may be acquired by Citizens and Citizens is not presently aware of any particular occasion, event or circumstance upon the
occurrence or happening of which Citizens would be obligated or would intend to sell any Additional Shares.
(b) Citizens further understands and acknowledges that the Bank has not registered the issuance of the option provided by this agreement and will not register the sale of Additional Shares under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”) or under the securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction.
(c) Citizens’ principal office is located in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
(d) Citizens is familiar with the business, financial condition and operations of the Bank, has received the Bank’s Offering Circular dated January 10, 1995, together with the supplements thereto dated December 29, 1995, June 28, 1996, and March 12, 1997 (the “Offering Circular”), has been given the opportunity to inspect the Bank’s financial, corporate and other records and to conduct such further due diligence regarding the Bank as Citizens deems appropriate.
(e) Citizens is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its prospective investment in the Bank through purchases of Additional Shares.
(f) In the event that Citizens at any time contemplates the disposition (whether by sale, exchange, gift, or other form of transfer) of any Additional Shares, Citizens will first notify the Bank of such proposed disposition and will thereafter cooperate with the Bank in complying with all applicable requirements of federal and state laws which, in the opinion of the Bank or its counsel, must be satisfied prior to the making of such disposition. Citizens will not sell, hypothecate, or otherwise transfer or dispose of any or all Additional Shares unless (a) Citizens delivers to the Bank, by an attorney satisfactory to the Bank’s legal counsel, a written opinion, satisfactory to the Bank and its legal counsel, to the effect that one or more exemptions from registration under applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations are available with respect to such disposition. Neither the Bank nor any transfer agent for the Bank shall be obligated to transfer or record the transfer of any Additional Shares until the provisions of this paragraph have been satisfied. If required in the judgment of the Bank’s legal counsel to comply with applicable securities laws or regulations, the Bank or its transfer agent may require appropriate legends to be place on any certificates for Additional Shares to be delivered pursuant to this agreement and any certificates to be delivered upon transfer of Additional Shares by Citizens. The provisions of this paragraph shall apply to all Additional Shares and to any securities into which Additional Shares may be converted, combined or divided, whether in connection with a merger, reclassification, recapitalization or reorganization of the Bank or otherwise, as well as all securities of the Bank distributed on the Additional Shares and such other securities. Citizens agrees to indemnify the Bank against, and hold it harmless from, all losses, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which arise as a result of a sale, exchange or other transfer of any Additional Shares other than as permitted by this paragraph. The foregoing agreement of Citizens to indemnify and hold harmless the Bank shall survive Citizens’ purchase of Additional Shares, any resale of such shares and any modification or termination of this agreement.
(g) The Bank is relying upon Citizens’ representations, warranties and covenants contained in this agreement in granting the option provided in this agreement.
12.
Further Conditions to Sale of Additional Shares
. The Bank shall not be obligated to sell any Additional Shares to Citizens pursuant to this agreement unless in each case the Bank, in good faith, determines that such sale (a) may be made without registration or qualification of the sale pursuant to the 1933 Act or applicable state securities laws and (b) would not violate or contravene any other applicable law or the articles of incorporation of the Bank. Upon request of the Bank, as a condition to each sale of Additional Shares, Citizens shall execute and deliver to the Bank a certificate containing such representations, warranties and covenants as the Bank may reasonably request to enable it to make the foregoing determinations.
13.
Waiver and Amendment
. Any provision of this agreement may be waived at any time by the party that is entitled to the benefits of such provision, but no such waiver shall be effective unless it is contained in a written waiver executed by such party. This agreement may not be modified, amended, altered or supplemented except by the execution and delivery of a written agreement by the Bank and Citizens.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Bank and Citizens, intending to be legally bound, has caused this agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer.
NEW CENTURY BANK
|
CITIZENS INCORPORATED
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
/s/ Richard F. Stevens
|
By:
/s/ S.J. Irvine III
|
Name: Richard F. Stevens
|
Name: S.J. Irvine III
|
Title: Chief Executive Officer
|
Title: Chief Executive Officer
|
-5-
Exhibit
4.8
THE
SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE EXPRESS TERMS OF THIS WARRANT. ANY
SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE EXPRESS TERMS OF THIS WARRANT
WILL BE VOID.
WARRANT
to
purchase ____ shares of
Common
Stock (par value $1.00 per share) and Class B Non-Voting Common
Stock
of
New Century Bank
Issue
Date: _________ __, 20__
1.
Definitions
. Unless
the context otherwise requires, when used herein the following terms shall have
the meanings indicated:
“
Bank
” means New Century Bank,
a Pennsylvania bank with main office in Phoenixville, Chester County,
Pennsylvania.
“
Board of Directors
” means the
board of directors of the Bank, including any duly authorized committee
thereof.
“
Business Day
” means any day
except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banking
institutions
in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania generally are authorized or required by law
or other governmental actions to close.
“
Charter
” means, with respect
to any Person, its certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of
association, or similar organizational document.
“Class B Non-Voting Common
Stock
” means the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of the Bank, par value
$1.00 per share.
“Common Stock
” means the
common stock of the Bank, par value $1.00 per share.
“
Exchange Act
” means the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
“
Exercise Price
” means $____
per share of Common Stock.
“
Expiration Time
” means ______
__, 20__.
“Issue Date”
means the Issue
Date first set forth above.
“
Person
” has the meaning given
to it in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3)
and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.
“
Regulatory Approvals
” with
respect to the Warrantholder, means, to the extent applicable and required to
permit the Warrantholder to exercise this Warrant and own Shares without the
Warrantholder being in violation of applicable law, rule or regulation, the
receipt of any necessary approvals and authorizations of, filings and
registrations with, notifications to, or expiration or termination of any
applicable waiting period under, the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements
Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
“
SEC
” means the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission.
“
Securities Act
” means the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.
“
Shares
” has the meaning set
forth in Section 2.
“
Subscription Agreement
” means
the Confidential Subscription Agreement dated in ________ __, 20__ between the
Bank and the Warrantholder pursuant to which this Warrant has been issued,
including all annexes and schedules thereto.
“
Warrant
” means this Warrant,
issued pursuant to the Subscription Agreement.
“
Warrantholder
” means
_____.
2
.
Number of Shares;
Exercise Price
. This certifies that, for value received, the
Warrantholder is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this
Agreement, to acquire from the Bank, in whole or in part, after the receipt of
all applicable Regulatory Approvals, if any, the following (the
“Shares”
) at a purchase price
per share equal to the Exercise Price:
(a) up to
an aggregate of __ (__) fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock,
and
(b) up to
an aggregate of ______ ________ (_____) fully paid and nonassessable shares of
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock.
3.
Exercise of Warrant;
Term
.
(a) To
the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, the right to purchase
the Shares represented by this Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part by
the Warrantholder at any time or from time to time after the Issue Date.
However, in any event, this Warrant must be exercised no later than 5:00 p.m.,
prevailing Philadelphia time on Expiration Date (the “
Expiration Time
”), or it
shall expire automatically and be of no further force or effect, nor shall the
Warrantholder be able to exercise this Warrant as to any further Shares after
the Expiration Time.
(b) This
Warrant may be exercised by (A) the surrender of this Warrant, with the Notice
of Exercise annexed hereto duly completed and executed on behalf of the
Warrantholder, at the principal executive office of the Bank located at 99
Bridge Street, Phoenixville, PA 19460 (or such other office or agency of the
Bank in the United States as it may designate by notice in writing to the
Warrantholder at the address of the Warrantholder appearing on the books of the
Bank), and (B) payment to the Bank in
collected
funds of the Exercise Price for the Shares thereby purchased.
(c) If
the Warrantholder does not exercise this Warrant in its entirety, the
Warrantholder will be entitled to receive from the Bank within a reasonable
time, and in any event not exceeding three (3) Business Days after delivery of
this Warrant to the Bank in connection with an exercise, a new warrant in
substantially identical form for the purchase of that number of Shares equal to
the difference between the number of Shares subject to this Warrant and the
number of Shares as to which this Warrant is so exercised.
(d)
Notwithstanding anything in this Warrant to the contrary, the Warrantholder
hereby acknowledges and agrees that its exercise of this Warrant for Shares is
subject to the condition that the Warrantholder will have first received any
applicable Regulatory Approvals.
4.
Changes in Capital
Structure
. (a) (1) In the event of any change in the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding by reason of any stock dividend or split,
recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares or
similar corporate change, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of this Warrant shall be appropriately adjusted. In the event of any
change in the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding by reason of any
other event or transaction, the Bank may, but need not, make such adjustments in
the number of Shares issuable on exercise of this Warrant as the Bank’s board of
directors may deem appropriate.
(2)
Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event of
any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock
resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares of Common Stock or the
payment of a stock dividend (but only on the shares of Common Stock), or any
other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without receipt
or payment of consideration by the Bank, the Bank’s board of directors shall
proportionally adjust the number of Shares issuable on exercise of this Warrant
and the Exercise Price per Share.
(3)
Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event
that the Bank shall be the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation
(except a merger or consolidation as a result of which the holders of shares of
Common Stock receive securities of another corporation), the number of Share
issuable under this Warrant immediately prior to the date of such merger or
consolidation shall be converted into the securities which a holder of that
number of Shares would have received in such merger or
consolidation.
(4) In
the event of (i) a dissolution or liquidation of the Bank, (ii) a sale of all or
substantially
all of the Bank's assets, (iii) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank in
which the Bank is not the surviving corporation or (iv) a merger or
consolidation involving the Bank, or any other reorganization transaction
(including without limitation the formation of a holding company for the Bank)
in which the Bank is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of
Common Stock receive securities of another corporation and/or other
property, including cash, the Bank’s board of directors shall
provide
for the exchange of this Warrant for a warrant with respect to, as appropriate,
some or all of the property for which this Warrant is exchanged and, incident
thereto, make an equitable adjustment as determined by the Bank’s board of
directors in its absolute discretion in the Exercise Price or, if appropriate,
provide for a cash payment to the Warrantholder in partial consideration for the
exchange of the Warrant, or any combination thereof.
(b) In
the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Bank or corporate
change other than those specifically referred to in this Section, the Bank’s
board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, make such adjustments in the
number and class of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant on the date on
which such change occurs, and in the Exercise Price, as the Bank’s board of
directors may reasonably consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement
of rights.
(c)
Except as expressly provided in this Warrant, Warrantholder shall not have any
rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any
class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of
shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or
consolidation of the Bank or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided
in this Warrant, no issuance by the Bank of shares of stock of any class, or
securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no
adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the
number of
Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant.
5
. Issuance of Shares
.
Certificates for Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant will be issued in
such name or names as the Warrantholder may designate and will be delivered to
such named Person or Persons within a reasonable time, not to exceed three
Business Days after the date on which this Warrant has been duly exercised in
accordance with the terms of this Warrant.
6.
Authorization
. The
Bank hereby represents and warrants that any Shares issued upon the exercise of
this Warrant in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 will be duly and
validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all
taxes, liens and charges (other than liens or charges created by the
Warrantholder, income and franchise taxes incurred in connection with the
exercise of the Warrant or taxes in respect of any transfer occurring
contemporaneously therewith). The Bank agrees that the Shares so issued will be
deemed to have been issued to the Warrantholder as of the close of business on
the date on which this Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price are delivered
to the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Warrant, notwithstanding that
the stock transfer books of the Bank may then be closed or certificates
representing such Shares may not be actually delivered on such date. The Bank
will at all times reserve and keep available, out of its authorized but unissued
voting Common Stock, solely for the purpose of providing for the exercise of
this Warrant, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon
exercise of this Warrant at any time. The Bank will use reasonable best efforts
to ensure that the Shares may be issued without violation of any applicable law
or regulation or of any requirement of any securities exchange on which the
Shares are listed or traded.
7.
No Rights as Stockholders;
Transfer Books
. This Warrant does not entitle the
Warrantholder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder
of the Bank prior to the date of exercise hereof. The Bank will at no time close
its transfer books against transfer of this Warrant in any manner which
interferes with the timely exercise of this Warrant.
8.
Charges, Taxes and
Expenses
. Issuance of certificates for Shares to the Warrantholder upon
the exercise of this Warrant shall be made without charge to the Warrantholder
for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the
issuance of such certificates, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by
the Bank
.
9.
Transfer/Assignment
.
Neither this Warrant nor any rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in
part.
10
.
Loss, Theft, Destruction
or Mutilation of Warrant
. Upon receipt by the Bank of evidence
reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of
this Warrant, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon
receipt of a bond, indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Bank,
or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this
Warrant, the Bank shall make and deliver, in lieu of such lost, stolen,
destroyed or mutilated Warrant, a new Warrant of like
tenor and
representing the right to purchase the same aggregate number of Shares as
provided for in such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant.
11
.
Saturdays, Sundays,
Holidays, etc
. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any
action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a
Business Day, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on
the next succeeding day that is a Business Day.
12.
Adjustments and Other
Rights
. For so long as the Original Warrantholder holds this Warrant or
any portion thereof, if any event occurs that, in the good faith judgment of the
Board of Directors of the Bank, would require adjustment of the Exercise Price
or number of Shares into which this Warrant is exercisable in order to fairly
and adequately protect the purchase rights of the Warrants in accordance with
the essential intent and principles of the Subscription Agreement and this
Warrant, then the Board of
Directors
shall make such adjustments in the application of such provisions, in accordance
with such essential intent and principles, as shall be reasonably necessary, in
the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors, to protect such purchase
rights as aforesaid.
13.
Details Regarding Adjustment
of Exercise Price
. Whenever the Exercise Price or the number of Shares
into which this Warrant is exercisable shall be adjusted as provided in this
Warrant, the Bank shall forthwith file at the principal office of the Bank a
statement showing in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment and
the Exercise Price that shall be in effect and the number of Shares into which
this Warrant shall be exercisable after such adjustment, and the Bank shall also
cause a copy of such
statement
to be sent by mail, first class postage prepaid, to each Warrantholder at the
address appearing in the Bank’s records.
14.
No Impairment
. The
Bank will not, by amendment of its Charter or through any reorganization,
transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of
securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance
or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the
Bank, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the
provisions of this Warrant and in taking of all such action as may be necessary
or appropriate in
order to
protect the rights of the Warrantholder.
15.
Governing Law
. This
Warrant will be governed by and construed in accordance with the federal law of
the United States if and to the extent such law is applicable, and otherwise in
accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State.
Each of the Bank and the Warrantholder agrees (a) to submit to the exclusive
jurisdiction
and venue of the United States District Court for the District of Columbia for
any civil action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Warrant
or the transactions contemplated hereby, and (b) that notice may be served upon
the Bank at the address in Section 17 below and upon the Warrantholder at the
address for the Warrantholder set forth in the registry maintained by the Bank
pursuant to Section 8 hereof. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of
the Bank and the
Warrantholder
hereby unconditionally waives trial by jury in any civil legal action or
proceeding relating to the Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby or
thereby.
16.
Binding Effect.
This
Warrant shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of the
Bank.
17.
Amendments
. This
Warrant may be amended and the observance of any term of this Warrant may be
waived only with the written consent of the Bank and the
Warrantholder
.
18.
Notices
. Any notice
required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given promptly, in writing,
shall be hand delivered, sent via confirmed facsimile, overnight courier or
mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the
parties at their respective addresses set forth below (or such other addresses
of which they give notice to each other in accordance with the provisions
hereof) and shall be deemed effective on the date sent via confirmed facsimile
(provided written confirmation of
delivery
is received), the date delivered personally or by receipted delivery service,
the next Business Day after delivered to an overnight courier service, or three
(3) days after the date mailed:
If to the
Bank:
New
Century Bank
99 Bridge
Street
Phoenixville,
PA 19460
Tel.:
(610) 933-2271
Fax.
(610) 933-6922
Attention:
Jay S. Sidhu,
Chairman
& Chief Executive Officer
If to
Warrantholder:
Print
Name:
Address:
Telephone
Number:
Telecopier
Facsimile Number:
with a
copy to:
Stradley,
Ronon, Stevens & Young, LLP
30 Valley
Stream Parkway
Malvern,
PA 19103
Tel.:
(610) 640-5806
Fax:
(610) 640-1965
Attention:
David F. Scranton, Esquire
19.
FDIC Restriction
. The
Bank has been advised that the FDIC may require some or all of the Bank’s
shareholders to agree to restrictions on the transfer of the shares they own or
acquire of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock as a condition to
the Bank’s participation in FDIC assisted transactions, on terms and conditions
that may be comparable to those set forth in the FDIC policy statement. If,
pursuant to a box to be checked on the signature page of the Subscription
Agreement, the Warrantholder elected to be bound by Article VII of the
Subscription Agreement and such restriction on transfer as the FDIC may require,
not to exceed three (3) years from the date of the latest of any FDIC-assisted
transactions in which the Bank participates (herein, the “FDIC Restriction”),
the provisions of Article VII of the Subscription Agreement shall apply to any
Shares issued pursuant to exercises of this Warrant.
[Remainder
of page intentionally left blank]
20
. Entire Agreement
.
This Warrant and the Subscription Agreement contain the entire agreement between
the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior
and contemporaneous arrangements or undertakings with respect
thereto.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused this Warrant to be duly executed by a duly
authorized officer.
Dated:
Attest:
|
NEW
CENTURY BANK
|
|
|
|
|
By:
_______________________________
|
By:
_____________________
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
|
[Form
of Notice of Exercise]
Date:
_______________
TO: New
Century Bank
RE:
Election to Purchase Shares
The
undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the Warrant dated ______
__, 20__ issued by New Century Bank in the name of the undersigned (the
“Warrant”), hereby agrees to subscribe for and purchase the aggregate number of
shares of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock set forth below (the
“Shares”). The undersigned understands and agrees that the number of Shares
issuable upon this exercise may be limited or conditioned by requirements for
“Regulatory Approvals” (as defined in the Warrant), and that any shares to be
issued on this exercise of the Warrant the issuance of which is subject to any
Regulatory Approvals shall not be issued unless and until any such Regulatory
Approvals are received.
The
undersigned, in accordance with Section 3 of the Warrant, hereby delivers to you
the
aggregate
Exercise Price for such Shares in the manner set forth in Section 3(b) of the
Warrant. If any Regulatory Approvals are required, the undersigned (and the Bank
by acceptance of the funds) agree that the portion of the Exercise Price, if
any, attributable to Shares that cannot be issued until receipt of Regulatory
Approvals shall be escrowed on mutually acceptable terms until receipt of any
applicable Regulatory Approvals.
Number of
Shares of Common Stock: _________________
Number of
Shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock: _________________
|
Holder:
________________________________
|
|
By:
_______________________________
|
|
Name:
________________________________
|
|
Title:
________________________________
|
Exhibit 4.9
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE EXPRESS TERMS OF THIS WARRANT. ANY SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE EXPRESS TERMS OF THIS WARRANT WILL BE VOID.
WARRANT
to purchase 373,407 Shares of
Voting Common Stock
of New Century Bank
Issue Date: June 30, 2009
1.
Definitions
. Unless the context otherwise requires, when used herein the following terms shall have the meanings indicated.
"Bank"
means New Century Bank, a Pennsylvania bank with main office in Phoenixville, Chester County, Pennsylvania.
"Board of Directors"
means the board of directors of the Bank, including any duly authorized committee thereof.
"business day"
means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banking institutions in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental actions to close.
"Charter"
means, with respect to any Person, its certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association, or similar organizational document.
"Exchange Act"
means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
"Exercise Price"
means $5.50 per share of Voting Common Stock.
"Expiration Time"
means June 30, 2016.
"Issue Date"
means the Issue Date first set forth above.
"Person"
has the meaning given to it in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.
"Regulatory Approvals"
with respect to the Warrantholder, means, to the extent applicable and required to permit the Warrantholder to exercise this Warrant for shares of Voting Common Stock and to own such Voting Common Stock without the Warrantholder being in violation of applicable law, rule or regulation, the receipt of any necessary approvals and authorizations of flings and registrations with, notifications to, or expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period under, the Hart-ScottRodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
"SEC"
means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
"Securities Act"
means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
"Shares"
has the meaning set forth in Section 2.
"Subscription Agreement"
me.ans the Subscription Agreement dated as of June 10, 2009 between the Bank and the Warrantholder, as amended by Amendment to Subscription Agreement dated as of June 29, 2009, including all annexes and schedules thereto.
"Voting Common Stock"
means the voting common stock of the Bank, par value $1.00 per share.
"Warrant"
means this Warrant, issued pursuant to the Subscription Agreement.
"
Warrant
" means this Warrant, issued pursuant to the Subscription Agreement.
"Warrantholder"
means
Jay Sidhu
.
2.
Number of Shares; Exercise Price
. This certifies that, for value received, the Warrantholder is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafer set forth, to acquire from the Bank, in whole or in part, after the receipt of all applicable Regulatory Approvals, if any, up to an aggregate of
373,407
fully paid and nonassessable shares of Voting Common Stock (the
"
Shares
"),
at a purchase price per share equal to the Exercise Price.
3.
Exercise of Warrant; Term
.
(a) To the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, the right to purchase the Shares represented by this Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part by the Warrantholder at any time or from time to time afer the Issue Date. However, in any event, this Warrant must be exercised no later than 5:00 p.m., prevailing Philadelphia time on the seventh (7th) anniversary of the Issue Date (the
"Expiration Time"),
or it shall expire automatically and be of no further force or effect, nor shall the Warrantholder be able to exercise this Warrant as to any further Shares after the Expiration Time.
(b) This Warrant may be exercised by (A) the surrender of this Warrant, with the Notice of Exercise annexed hereto duly completed and executed on behalf of the Warrantholder, at the principal executive office of the Bank located at 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, PA 19460 (or such other office or agency of the Bank in the United States as it may designate by notice in writing to the Warrantholder at the address of the Warrantholder appearing on the books of the Bank), and (B) payment to the Bank in collected funds of the Exercise Price for the Shares thereby purchased.
(c) If the Warrantholder does not exercise this Warrant in its entirety, the Warrantholder
will be entitled to receive from the Bank within a reasonable time, and in any event not exceeding three (3)
business days after delivery of this Warrant to the Bank in connection with an exercise, a new warrant in
substantially identical form for the purchase of that number of Shares equal to the difference between the
number of Shares subject to this Warrant and the number of Shares as to which this Warrant is so
exercised.
(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Warrant to the contrary, the Warrantholder hereby acknowledges and agrees that its exercise of this Warrant for Shares is subject to the condition that the Warrantholder will have first received any applicable Regulatory Approvals.
4.
Changes in Capital Structure
. (a) (1) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Voting Common Stock outstanding by reason of any stock dividend or split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares or similar corporate change, the number of
shares of Voting Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be appropriately adjusted. In the event of any change in the number of shares of Voting Common Stock outstanding by reason of any other event or transaction, the Bank may, but need not, make such adjustments in the number of Shares issuable on exercise of this Warrant as the Bank's board of directors may deem appropriate.
(2) Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Voting Common Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares of Voting Common Stock or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the shares of Voting Common Stock), or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Bank, the Bank's board of directors shall proportionally adjust the number of Shares issuable on exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price per Share.
(3) Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event that the Bank shall be the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation (except a merger or consolidation as a result of which the holders of shares of Voting Common Stock receive securities of another corporation), the number of Share issuable under this Warrant immediately prior to the date of such merger or consolidation shall be converted into the securities which a holder of that number of Shares would have received in such merger or consolidation.
(4) In the event of (i) a dissolution or liquidation of the Bank, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the Bank's assets, (iii) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank in which the Bank is not the surviving corporation or (iv) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank, or any other reorganization transaction (including without limitation the formation of a holding company for the Bank) in which the Bank is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of Voting Common Stock receive securities of another corporation and/or other property, including cash, the Bank's board of directors shall provide for the exchange of this Warrant for a warrant with respect to, as appropriate, some or all of the property for which this Warrant is exchanged and, incident thereto, make an equitable adjustment as determined by the Bank's board of directors in its absolute discretion in the Exercise Price or, if appropriate, provide for a cash payment to the Warrantholder in partial consideration for the exchange of the Award, or any combination thereof.
(b) In the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Bank or corporate change other than those specifically referred to in this Section, the Bank's board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, make such adjustments in the number and class of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant on the date on which such change occurs, and in the Exercise Price, as the Bank's board of directors may reasonably consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.
(c) Except as expressly provided in this Warrant, Warrantholder shall not have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Bank or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in this Warrant, no issuance by the Bank of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant.
5.
Issuance of Shares; Authorization
. Certificates for Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant will be issued in such name or names as the Warrantholder may designate and will be delivered to such
named Person or Persons within a reasonable time, not to exceed three business days after the date on which this Warrant has been duly exercised in accordance with the terms of this Warrant. The Bank hereby represents and warrants that any Shares issued upon the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 will be duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges (other than liens or charges created by the Warrantholder, income and franchise taxes incurred in connection with the exercise of the Warrant or taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously therewith). The Bank agrees that the Shares so issued will be deemed to have been issued to the Warrantholder as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price are delivered to the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Warrant, notwithstanding that the stock transfer books of the Bank may then be closed or certificates representing such Shares may not be actually delivered on such date. The Bank will at all times reserve and keep available, out of its authorized but unissued voting common stock, solely for the purpose of providing for the exercise of this Warrant, the aggregate number of shares of Voting Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of this Warrant at any time. The Bank will use reasonable best efforts to ensure that the Shares may be issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation or of any requirement of any securities exchange on which the Shares are listed or traded.
6.
No Rights as Stockholders
; Transfer Books
. This Warrant does not entitle the Warrantholder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Bank prior to the date of exercise hereof. The Bank will at no time close its transfer books against transfer of this Warrant in any manner which interferes with the timely exercise of this Warrant.
7.
Charges, Taxes and Expenses
. Issuance of certificates for Shares to the Warrantholder upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be made without charge to the Warrantholder for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such certificates, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Bank.
8.
Transfer/Assignment
. Neither this Warrant nor any rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part.
9.
Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant
. Upon receipt by the Bank of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of a bond, indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Bank, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Bank shall make and deliver, in lieu of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant, a new Warrant of like tenor and representing the right to purchase the same aggregate number of Shares as provided for in such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant.
10.
Saturdays. Sundays, Holiday etc
.
If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or
the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a business day, then such action may be
taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day that is a business day.
11.
Adjustments and Other Rights
. For so long as the Original Warrantholder holds this Warrant or any portion thereof, if any event occurs that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Bank, would require adjustment of the Exercise Price or number of Shares into which this Warrant is exercisable in order to fairly and adequately protect the purchase rights of the Warrants in accordance with the essential intent and principles of the Subscription Agreement and this Warrant, then the Board of Directors shall make such adjustments in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such
essential intent and principles, as shall be reasonably necessary, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors, to protect such purchase rights as aforesaid.
12. Whenever the Exercise Price or the number of Shares into which this Warrant is exercisable shall be adjusted as provided in this Section, the Bank shall forthwith file at the principal office of the Bank a statement showing in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the Exercise Price that shall be in effect and the number of Shares into which this Warrant shall be exercisable after such adjustment, and the Bank shall also cause a copy of such statement to be sent by mail, first class postage prepaid, to each Warrantholder at the address appearing in the Bank's records.
13.
No Impairment
. The Bank will not, by amendment of its Charter or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Bank, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Warrant and in taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Warrantholder.
14.
Governing Law
. This Warrant will be governed by and construed in accordance with the federal law of the United States if and to the extent such law is applicable, and otherwise in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State. Each of the Bank and the Warrantholder agrees (a) to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the United States District Court for the District of Columbia for any civil action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby, and (b) that notice may be served upon the Bank at the address in Section 17 below and upon the Warrantholder at the address for the Warrantholder set forth in the registry maintained by the Bank pursuant to Section 8 hereof. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Bank and the Warrantholder hereby unconditionally waives trial by jury in any civil legal action or proceeding relating to the Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
15.
Binding Effect
. This Warrant shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of the Bank.
16.
Amendments
. This Warrant may be amended and the observance of any term of this Warrant may be waived only with the written consent of the Bank and the Warrantholder.
17.
Notices
. Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given promptly, in
writing, shall be hand delivered, sent via confirmed facsimile, overnight courier or mailed by
certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the parties at their respective addresses set forth below (or such other addresses of which they give notice to each other in accordance with the provisions hereof) and shall be deemed effective on the date sent via confirmed facsimile (provided written confirmation of delivery is received), the date delivered personally or by receipted delivery service, the next business day after delivered to an overnight courier service, or three (3) days after the date mailed:
If to the Bank:
|
If to Warrantholder:
|
|
|
New Century Bank
|
Print Name:
Jay Sidhu
|
99 Bridge Street
|
|
Phoenixville, PA 19460
|
Address:
|
5 Chardonnay Circle
|
Tel.: (484) 359-7111
|
|
Mohnton, PA 19540
|
Fax. (610) 933-6922
|
|
Attention: Robert G. Philips
|
Telephone Number: (610) 301-6476
|
Secretary
|
Telecopier Facsimile Number: (610) 933-6922
|
|
|
with a copy to:
Stradley, Ronon, Stevens & Young, LLP
30 Valley Stream Parkway
Malvern, PA 19103
Tel.: (610) 640-5806
Fax: (610) 640-1965
Attention: David F. Scranton, Esquire
18.
Entire Agreement
. This Warrant and the Subscription Agreement contain the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous arrangements or undertakings with respect thereto.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused this Warrant to be duly executed by a duly authorized officer.
Dated: June 30, 2009
Attest:
|
NEW CENTURY BANK
|
|
|
|
|
By:
/s/ Robert G. Philips
|
By:
/s/ James W. McKeighan, III
|
Name: Robert G. Philips
|
James W. McKeighan, III
|
Title: Secretary
|
President
|
[Signature Page to Warrant]
[Form of Notice of Exercise]
Date: __________________
TO: New Century Bank
RE: Election to Purchase Voting Common Stock
The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the attached Warrant, hereby agrees to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of Voting Common Stock set forth below. The undersigned, in accordance with Section 3 of the Warrant, hereby delivers to you the aggregate Exercise Price for such shares of Voting Common Stock in the manner set forth in Section 3(B) of the Warrant.
Number of Shares of Voting Common Stock: _______________________
|
Holder: __________________
|
|
By:
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
Exhibit 10.1
NEW CENTURY BANK
MANAGEMENT STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
ARTICLE 1
PURPOSE
1.1
GENERAL
. The purpose of this Plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of New Century Bank, any future holding company of the Bank and their successors (the “Bank”), by linking the personal interests of executive and senior management-level employees of the Bank to those of shareholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance in order to generate superior returns to shareholders. The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Bank in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of employees, officers, and executives upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Bank’s operation is largely dependent.
ARTICLE 2
EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM
2.1
EFFECTIVE DATE
. The Plan will be effective as of the date it is approved by the shareholders of the Bank.
2.2
TERM
. Unless sooner terminated by the Board, the Plan shall terminate on the Plan Termination Date, and no Offers may be made under the Plan thereafter. The termination of the Plan shall not affect any Offer that is outstanding on the termination date, without the consent of the Participant.
ARTICLE 3
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
3.1
DEFINITIONS
. When a word or phrase appears in this Plan with the initial letter capitalized, and the word or phrase does not commence a sentence, the word or phrase shall generally be given the meaning ascribed to it in this Section or in Sections 1.1 or 2.1 unless a clearly different meaning is required by the context. The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
(a) “Bank” means New Century Bank.
(b) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Bank.
(c) “Change in Control” means:
(1) there occurs a merger, consolidation or other business combination or reorganization to which the Bank is a party, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank, in which (A) the members of the Board of Directors of the Bank immediately preceding the consummation of such transaction do not constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the resulting corporation and of any parent corporation thereof immediately after the consummation of such transaction, and (B) the shareholders of the Bank immediately before such transaction do not hold more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of securities of the resulting corporation;
(2) There occurs a sale, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Bank to another entity, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank (for purpose of this Agreement, a sale of more than one-half of the branches of the Bank would constitute a Change in Control, but for purposes of this paragraph, no branches or assets will be deemed to have been sold if they are leased back contemporaneously with or promptly after their sale);
(3) A plan of liquidation or dissolution is adopted for the Bank; or
(4) Any “person” or any group of “persons” (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), as if such provisions were applicable to the Bank, other than the holders of shares of the Bank’s common stock in existence on the date of the Opening for Business, is or shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), as if such rule were applicable to the Bank, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Bank’s then outstanding securities.
(d) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and regulations promulgated thereunder.
(e) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
(f) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
(g) “Offer” means a right granted to a Participant under Article 7 of the Plan to purchase Stock at a the price of one dollar ($1.00) per share during an Offering Period.
(h) “Offer Agreement” means a writing, in such form as the Committee in its discretion shall prescribe, evidencing an Offer.
(i) “Offering Period” means a specified period of time during which a Participant may accept an Offer by purchasing up to that number of shares of Stock to which the offer relates.
(j) “Participant” means a person who has been granted an Offer under the Plan.
(k) “Plan” means the New Century Bank Management Stock Purchase Plan as set forth herein.
(l) “Plan Termination Date” means the date that is ten (10) years after the Effective Date.
(m) “Stock” means the voting common stock of New Century Bank and such other securities of New Century Bank which may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Article 8.
ARTICLE 4
ADMINISTRATION
4.1
COMMITTEE; BOARD APPROVAL
. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, during any period in which the Bank may be subject to the Exchange Act, either: (i) the Committee shall consist of at least two individuals and each member of the Committee shall qualify as a Non-Employee Director; or (ii) (A) at least two members of the Committee must qualify as Non-Employee Directors, (B) any member of the Committee who does not qualify as a “Non-Employee Director” may not participate in any action of the Committee with respect to any Offer awarded under the Plan, and (C) the Plan shall be deemed to be administered by the full Board, the actions of the Committee under the Plan shall be deemed merely advisory to the Board, and the Board’s approval shall be required for all actions of the Committee under the Plan, including without limitation the grant of each Offer. To the extent necessary or desirable (as may be determined by the Board from time to time) each member of the Committee shall also qualify as an “outside director” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The members of the Committee shall meet such additional criteria as may be necessary or desirable to comply with regulatory or stock exchange rules or exemptions. The Bank will pay all reasonable expenses of the Committee.
4.2
AUTHORITY OF COMMITTEE
. Subject to any specific designation in the Plan, the Committee (or the Board, in cases where the Board administers the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1) has the exclusive power, authority and discretion to:
(a) Designate Participants to receive Offers;
(b) Determine the type or types of Offers to be granted to each Participant;
(c) Determine the number of shares of Stock to which an Offer will relate;
(d) Determine the Offering Period with respect to any Offer;
(e) Amend, modify, or terminate any outstanding Offer, with the Participant’s consent unless the Committee has the authority to amend, modify, or terminate an Offer without the Participant’s consent under any other provision of the Plan.
(f) Determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the exercise price of an Offer may be paid in, cash, Stock or other property, or an Offer may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;
(g) Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Offer;
(h) Establish, adopt, revise, amend or rescind any guidelines, rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and
(i) Interpret the terms of, and rule on any matter arising under, the Plan or any Offer;
(j) make all other decisions and determinations that may be required under the Plan or as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and
(k) Retain counsel, accountants and other consultants to aid in exercising its powers and carrying out its duties under the Plan.
4.3
DECISIONS BINDING
. The Committee’s interpretation of the Plan, any Offers granted under the Plan, and all decisions and determinations by the Committee with respect to the Plan shall (if approved or ratified by the Board during any period when the Board is deemed to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1) be final, binding, and conclusive on all parties and any other persons claiming an interest in any Offer or under the Plan.
ARTICLE 5
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
5.1
NUMBER OF SHARES
. Subject to adjustment provided in Section 8.1, the aggregate number of shares of Stock reserved and available for grant under the Plan shall be seven hundred thousand (700,000).
5.2
LAPSED OFFERS
. To the extent that an Offer terminates, is cancelled, expires, lapses or is forfeited for any reason, shares of Stock subject to the Offer will not be available for the grant of another Offer under the Plan.
5.3
STOCK DISTRIBUTED
. Any Stock distributed pursuant to an Offer may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury Stock or Stock purchased on the open market.
ARTICLE 6
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
6.1
ELIGIBILITY
. Employees who hold executive and other senior management-level positions with the Bank shall be potentially eligible to receive Offers under the Plan. In making determinations regarding the potential eligibility of any employee, the Committee may take into account the nature of the services rendered by such employee, his or her present and potential contributions to the Bank's success and such other factors as the Committee in its discretion shall deem relevant.
6.2
ACTUAL PARTICIPATION
. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from among all eligible individuals those to whom Offers shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Offer. No individual shall have any right to be granted an Offer under this Plan.
ARTICLE 7
OFFERS
7.1
GENERAL
. The Committee is authorized to grant Offers to Participants on the following terms and conditions:
(a) EXERCISE PRICE. The exercise price per share of Stock under an Offer shall be one dollar ($1.00).
(b) OFFERING PERIOD. The Offering Period with respect to an Offer must begin and end within the same calendar year.
(c) VESTING CONDITIONS. Shares of Stock acquired by a Participant upon exercise of an Offer shall be subject to forfeiture and non-transferable until the first to occur of (i) a Change in Control within seven (7) years following the beginning of the Offering Period, (ii) the completion of an acquisition by the Bank of another Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured institution or its assets in a transaction constituting a Change in Control for such other institution (determined for such purposes as if “Bank” in the definition of “Change in Control” were the other institution) within seven (7) years following the beginning of the Offering Period, or (iii) the Participant’s death while in the employ of the Bank. The shares of Stock acquired by the Participant shall be redeemed by the Bank in exchange for one dollar ($1.00) per share if his or her employment is terminated prior to the occurrence of one of the vesting events described in the preceding sentence.
(d) TRANSFERABILITY. Each Offer granted under the Plan shall, by its terms, not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. No right or interest of a Participant in any Offer may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Bank, or shall be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any other party other than the Bank; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to imply any obligation of the Bank to lend against or accept a lien or pledge of any Offer for any reason.
(e) PAYMENT. An Offer shall be exercised by giving a written notice to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Offer is being exercised and containing such other information as the Committee may require and by tendering payment therefore with a cashier's check, certified check, or with existing holdings of Stock held for more than six months. The right to acquire the shares pursuant to an Offer shall terminate if payment for the shares is not made prior to the close of the Offering Period.
(f) STOCK CERTIFICATES. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Bank shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of any Offers, unless and until the Board has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the shares of Stock are listed or traded as well as the terms of this Plan and any other terms, conditions or restrictions that may be applicable. All Stock certificates delivered under the Plan are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to comply with Federal, state, or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and regulations and the rules of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted, or traded. The Committee may place legends on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Board, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements.
EVIDENCE OF GRANT. All Offers shall be evidenced by an Offer Agreement. The Offer Agreement shall include such additional provisions as may be specified by the Committee which are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 7.1.
ARTICLE 8
CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE
8.1
GENERAL
.
(a) SHARES AVAILABLE FOR GRANT. In the event of any change in the number of shares of Stock outstanding by reason of any stock dividend or split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares or similar corporate change, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Committee may grant Offers shall be appropriately adjusted. In the event of any change in the number of shares of Stock outstanding by reason of any other event or transaction, the Committee may, but need not, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares of Stock with respect to which Offers may be granted as the Committee may deem appropriate.
(b) OUTSTANDING OFFERS – INCREASE OR DECREASE IN ISSUED SHARES WITHOUT CONSIDERATION. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares of Stock or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the shares of Stock), or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Bank, the Committee shall proportionally adjust the number of shares of Stock subject to each outstanding Offer (by rounding up or down to the next whole number of shares) and the purchase price per share of Stock of each such Offer.
(c) OUTSTANDING OFFERS – CERTAIN MERGERS. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event that the Bank shall be the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation (except a merger or consolidation as a result of which the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation), each Offer outstanding on the date of such merger or consolidation shall pertain to and apply to the securities which a holder of the number of shares of Stock subject to such Offer would have received in such merger or consolidation.
(d) OUTSTANDING OFFERS – CERTAIN OTHER TRANSACTIONS. In the event of (i) a dissolution or liquidation of the Bank, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the Bank's assets, (iii) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank in which the Bank is not the surviving corporation or (iv) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank, or any other reorganization transaction (including without limitation the formation of a holding company for the Bank) in which the Bank is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation and/or other property, including cash, the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion, have the power to:
(1) cancel, effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, each Offer outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable), and, in full consideration of such cancellation, pay to the Participant to whom such Offer was granted an amount in cash, for each share of Stock subject to such Offer, respectively, equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion, of the property (including cash) received by the holder of a share of Stock as a result of such event over (B) the purchase price per share of such Offer; or
(2) provide for the exchange of each Offer outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable) for an Offer with respect to, as appropriate, some or all of the property for which such Stock is exchanged and, incident thereto, make an equitable adjustment as determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion in the exercise price or value of the Offer, or the number of shares or amount of property subject to the Offer, or, if appropriate, provide for a cash payment to the Participant to whom such Offer was granted in partial consideration for the exchange of the Offer, or any combination thereof.
(e) OUTSTANDING OFFERS – OTHER CHANGES. In the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Bank or corporate change other than those specifically referred to in this Article, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares subject to Offers outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and in the per share exercise price of each Offer as the Committee may consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.
(f) NO ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL REQUIRED IN CERTAIN CASES. Except to the extent required by applicable law, no adjustment in the number of shares subject to outstanding Offers, and no adjustment in the number of shares available for grant under this Plan, shall require additional shareholder approval, and all such future adjustments shall be deemed approved by the approval of this Plan, to the extent that such adjustment, whether automatic or discretionary, is proportional to and accompanies an equivalent adjustment in the number of shares held by the Bank’s shareholders.
(g) NO OTHER RIGHTS. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Bank or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no issuance by the Bank of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to an Offer or the exercise price of any Offer.
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
9.1
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
. At any time and from time to time, the Board may terminate, amend or modify the Plan; provided, however, that the Board shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holder of a majority of the shares of each class of voting stock of the Bank, make any amendment which would (i) abolish the Committee without designating such other committee, change the qualifications of its members, or withdraw the administration of the Plan from its supervision, (ii) except strictly as and to the extent provided in this Plan and permitted by applicable law, increase the maximum number of shares of Stock for which Offers may be granted under the Plan, (iii) amend the formula for determination of the exercise price of Offers, (iv) extend the term of the Plan, and (v) amend the requirements as to the employees eligible to receive Offers; and further provided that no other amendment shall be made without shareholder approval to the extent shareholder approval is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulations or stock exchange rule.
9.2
OFFERS PREVIOUSLY GRANTED
. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, including without limitation, the provisions of Article 8, no termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Offer previously granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the Participant.
ARTICLE 10
GENERAL PROVISIONS
10.1
NO RIGHTS TO OFFERS
. No Participant, employee, or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Offer under the Plan, and neither the Bank nor the Committee is obligated to treat Participants, employees, and other persons uniformly.
10.2
NO STOCKHOLDERS RIGHTS
. No Offer gives the Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the Bank unless and until shares of Stock are in fact issued to such person in connection with such Offer.
10.3
WITHHOLDING
. The Bank shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Bank, an amount sufficient to satisfy Federal, state, and local taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of this Plan. A Participant may elect to have the Bank withhold from those shares of Stock that would otherwise be received upon the exercise of any Offer, a number of shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount necessary to satisfy the Bank’s applicable federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding obligations.
10.4
NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICES
. Nothing in the Plan or any Offer Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Bank or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries to terminate any Participant’s employment or services at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Bank.
10.5
INDEMNIFICATION
. To the extent allowable under applicable law, each member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Bank
and any of its applicable subsidiaries from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her provided he or she gives the Bank an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Bank’s or any of its applicable subsidiaries’ Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Bank or any of its applicable subsidiaries may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
10.6
GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS
. The obligation of the Bank to transfer shares of Stock shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by government agencies as may be required. The Bank shall be under no obligation to register, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any other federal or state securities laws, any of the shares of Stock transferred under the Plan. If the shares paid under the Plan may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or applicable state laws, the Bank may restrict the transfer of such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.
10.7
GOVERNING LAW
. The Plan and the terms of all Offers shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without regard to rules of choice of law or conflict of laws, except to the extent such laws may be pre-empted by the federal laws of the United States of America.
-7-
Exhibit 10.2
NEW CENTURY BANK
2010 STOCK OPTION PLAN
ARTICLE 11
PURPOSE
11.1
GENERAL
. The purpose of this Plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of New Century Bank, and any future holding company of the Bank and their successors (the “Bank”) by linking the personal interests of employees, officers, executives and Non-Employee Directors of the Bank to those of Bank shareholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance in order to generate superior returns to shareholders. The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Bank in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of employees, officers, and executives upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Bank’s operation is largely dependent.
ARTICLE 12
EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM
12.1
EFFECTIVE DATE
. The Plan will be effective as of the date it is adopted by the Board (the “Effective Date”). However, no Option shall be exercisable unless and until the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Bank.
12.2
TERM
. Unless sooner terminated by the Board, the Plan shall terminate on the Plan Termination Date, and no Options may be granted under the Plan thereafter. The termination of the Plan shall not affect any Option that is outstanding on the termination date, without the consent of the Participant.
ARTICLE 13
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
13.1
DEFINITIONS
. When a word or phrase appears in this Plan with the initial letter capitalized, and the word or phrase does not commence a sentence, the word or phrase shall generally be given the meaning ascribed to it in this Section or in Sections 1.1 or 2.1 unless a clearly different meaning is required by the context. The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
(a) “Bank” means New Century Bank.
(b) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Bank.
(c) “Capital Raising Transaction” means the sale of equity securities of the Bank pursuant to the offering described in the Confidential Private Offering Memorandum dated January 20, 2010 (as supplemented by the Supplement thereto dated January 21, 2010), and any subsequent sale of equity securities, or subsequent offering of equity securities in connection with an acquisition or business combination, the result of which it to increase the tangible net worth of the Bank.
(d) “Cause” means actions of or failure to act by a Participant which would authorize the forfeiture of fringe benefits or other remuneration under his or her written contract of employment with the Bank or, if there is no written contract of employment, (l) the willful material failure to perform the duties to the Bank required of the Participant (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness of the Participant or material changes in the direction and policies of the Board of Directors of Bank), if such failure continues for fifteen (15) days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Participant by the Bank which specifically identifies the manner in which it is believed that the Participant has failed to attempt to perform his duties hereunder; (2) the willful engaging by the Participant in misconduct materially injurious to the Bank; (3) receipt by the Bank of a notice (which shall not have been appealed by the Participant or shall have become final and non-appealable) of any governmental body or entity having jurisdiction over the Bank requiring termination or removal of the Participant from his then present position, or receipt of a written directive or order of any governmental body or entity having jurisdiction over the Bank (which shall not have been appealed by Participant or shall have become final and non-appealable) requiring termination or removal of the Participant from his then present position; or (4) personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, willful breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit or conviction of a felony. For purposes of this paragraph, no act, or failure to act, on the Participant's part shall be considered ''willful'' unless done or omitted to be done by the Participant in bad faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of Bank. Any act or omission to act by the Participant in reliance upon a written opinion of counsel to Bank shall not be deemed to be willful.
(e) “Change in Control” means:
(1) There occurs a merger, consolidation or other business combination or reorganization to which the Bank is a party, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank, in which (A) the members of the Board of Directors of the Bank immediately preceding the consummation of such transaction do not constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the resulting corporation and of any parent corporation thereof immediately after the consummation of such transaction, and (B) the shareholders of the Bank immediately before such transaction do not hold more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of securities of the resulting corporation;
(2) There occurs a sale, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Bank to another entity, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank (for purpose of this Agreement, a sale of more than one-half of the branches of the Bank would constitute a Change in Control, but for purposes of this paragraph, no branches or assets will be deemed to have been sold if they are leased back contemporaneously with or promptly after their sale);
(3) A plan of liquidation or dissolution is adopted for the Bank; or
(4) Any “person” or any group of “persons” (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), as if such provisions were applicable to the Bank, other than the holders of shares of the Bank’s common stock in existence on the date of the Opening for Business, is or shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), as if such rule were applicable to the Bank, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Bank’s then outstanding securities.
(f) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and regulations promulgated thereunder.
(g) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
(h) "Employee" shall mean an individual who is an employee of the Bank under general common law principles. An individual who is an "Employee," as so defined, may also be a member of the Board or the Board of Directors of the Bank (but not a Non-Employee Director).
(i) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
(j) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any given date, the fair market value of Stock on a particular date determined in accordance with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.
(k) “Incentive Stock Option” means an option that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.
(l) “Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not an Employee.
(m) “Option” means a right granted to a Participant under Article 7 of the Plan to purchase Stock at a specified price during specified time periods.
(n) “Option Agreement” means a writing, in such form as the Committee in its discretion shall prescribe, evidencing an Option.
(o) “Participant” means a person whohas been granted an Option under the Plan.
(p) “Plan” means the New Century Bank 2010 Stock Option Plan as set forth herein.
(q) “Plan Termination Date” means the date that is ten (10) years after the Effective Date.
(r) “Stock” means the voting common stock of New Century Bank and such other securities of New Century Bank which may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Article 8.
ARTICLE 14
ADMINISTRATION
14.1
COMMITTEE; BOARD APPROVAL
. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, during any period in which the Bank may be subject to the Exchange Act, either: (i) the Committee shall consist of at least two individuals and each member of the Committee shall qualify as a Non-Employee Director; or (ii) (A) at least two members of the Committee must qualify as Non-Employee Directors, (B) any member of the Committee who does not qualify as a “Non-Employee Director” may not participate in any action of the Committee with respect to any Option awarded under the Plan, and (C) the Plan shall be deemed to be administered by the full Board, the actions of the Committee under the Plan shall be deemed merely advisory to the Board, and the Board’s approval shall be required for all actions of the Committee under the Plan, including without limitation the grant of each Option. To the extent necessary or desirable (as may be determined by the Board from time to time) each member of the Committee shall also qualify as an “outside director” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The members of the Committee shall meet such additional criteria as may be necessary or desirable to comply with regulatory or stock exchange rules or exemptions. The Bank will pay all reasonable expenses of the Committee.
14.2
AUTHORITY OF COMMITTEE
. Subject to any specific designation in the Plan, the Committee (or the Board, in cases where the Board administers the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1) has the exclusive power, authority and discretion to:
(a) Designate Participants to receive Options;
(b) Determine the type or types of Options to be granted to each Participant;
(c) Determine the number of shares of Stock to which an Option will relate;
(d) Determine the terms and conditions of any Option granted under the Plan including but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any restrictions or limitations on the Option, any restrictions on the exercisability of an Option, and accelerations or waivers thereof, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion determines;
(e) Amend, modify, or terminate any outstanding Option, with the Participant’s consent unless the Committee has the authority to amend, modify, or terminate an Option without the Participant’s consent under any other provision of the Plan.
(f) Determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the exercise price of an Option may be paid in, cash, Stock or other property, or an Option may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;
(g) Prescribe the form of each Option Agreement, which need not be identical for each Participant;
(h) Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Option;
(i) Establish, adopt, revise, amend or rescind any guidelines, rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and
(j) Interpret the terms of, and rule on any matter arising under, the Plan or any Option Agreement;
(k) Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required under the Plan or as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and
(l) Retain counsel, accountants and other consultants to aid in exercising its powers and carrying out its duties under the Plan.
14.3
DECISIONS BINDING
. The Committee’s interpretation of the Plan, any Options granted under the Plan, any Option Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Committee with respect to the Plan shall (if approved or ratified by the Board during any period when the Board is deemed to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1) be final, binding, and conclusive on all parties and any other persons claiming an interest in any Option or under the Plan.
ARTICLE 15
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
15.1
NUMBER OF SHARES
. Subject to adjustment provided in Section 8.1, the aggregate number of shares of Stock reserved and available for grant under the Plan shall be the that number representing fifteen percent (15%) of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Bank as of the Effective Date; provided that such number shall be increased, as and when unexercised options and warrants to acquire capital stock of the Bank outstanding as of the Effective Date are exercised or anti-dilution obligations become performable by the Bank, by fifteen percent (15%) of the shares of capital stock that become outstanding as a result of such exercises or the honoring of such anti-dilution rights; and provided, further, that the total number of shares available for grant under the Plan shall not exceed the lesser of (a) seven million and five hundred thousand (7,500,000) shares or (b) fifteen percent (15%) of the number of shares of Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock issued in consideration of cash or other property after December 31, 2009 by the Bank and any successor bank or holding company.
15.2
LAPSED OPTIONS
. To the extent that an Option terminates, is cancelled, expires, lapses or is forfeited for any reason, any shares of Stock subject to the Option will again be available for the grant of an Option under the Plan.
15.3
STOCK DISTRIBUTED
. Any Stock distributed pursuant to an Option may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury Stock or Stock purchased on the open market.
15.4
LIMITATION ON
NUMBER
OF SHARES SUBJECT TO OPTIONS
. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, and subject to the adjustment in Section 8.1, but subject to any restrictions of applicable law and the other terms and conditions of the Plan, the maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to Options may be granted to any one Participant during a fiscal year of the Bank shall be five million (5,000,000) shares.
ARTICLE 16
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
16.1
ELIGIBILITY
. Employees shall be potentially eligible to receive Options under the Plan. In making determinations regarding the potential eligibility of any Employee, the Committee may take into account the nature of the services rendered by such Employee, his or her present and potential contributions to the Bank's success and such other factors as the Committee in its discretion shall deem relevant.
16.2
ACTUAL PARTICIPATION
. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from among all eligible individuals those to whom Options shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Option. No individual shall have any right to be granted an Option under this Plan.
ARTICLE 17
STOCK OPTIONS
17.1
GENERAL
. The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Participants on the following terms and conditions:
(a) EXERCISE PRICE. The exercise price per share of Stock under an Option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value as of the date of grant.
(b) TERM OF OPTION. No Option shall be exercisable after the date that is 10 years from the date it is granted.
(c) TIME AND CONDITIONS OF EXERCISE. Options shall be exercisable only to the extent provided below.
(1) A Participant shall have a vested right to exercise an Option upon the first to occur of (A) the fifth (5
th
) one (1)-year anniversary of the Capital Raising Transaction to which it relates, (B) a Change in Control, (C) the Participant’s termination of employment without Cause, (D) the Participant’s death, or (E) such other event as the Committee shall specify in the Option Agreement as necessary to comply with the Bank’s obligations under an employment agreement with the Participant. All unvested Options shall be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of employment for Cause or as a result of his or her voluntary resignation from employment.
(2) Notwithstanding the achievement of a vested right to exercise pursuant to paragraph (1) above, an Option shall be exercisable only when
(a) if the Stock under the Option is not listed on a national stock market or other national securities quotation system at the time,
the “Fully Diluted Tangible Book Value” (as hereinafter defined) of the Stock first equals or exceeds five dollars and five cents ($5.05), which was one hundred and fifty percent (150%) of the Fully Diluted Tangible Book Value of the Stock as of March 31, 2010
, or (b) if the Stock under the Option is listed on a national stock market or other national securities quotation system, the trading price of such Stock as quoted by such stock market or quotation system equals or exceeds $5.05 per share
. For this purpose, the Fully Diluted Tangible Book Value of the Stock shall be determined as (A) the amount derived by dividing the common shareholders’ equity, minus intangible assets and goodwill, by the number of shares of common stock outstanding, (B) assuming that all outstanding option and warrants to acquire stock are then exercised, and (C) assuming performance of all anti-dilution obligations under such options and warrants and other anti-dilution agreements as of the date of determination. If the condition set forth in this paragraph (2) is satisfied prior to the achievement of a vested right to exercise an Option pursuant to paragraph (1) above, the Option shall be exercisable immediately upon achievement of a vested right to exercise pursuant to paragraph (1).
(3) Nothing in this subsection (c) shall be construed to extend the exercise period of any Option beyond the tenth (10
th
) anniversary of the date of its grant.
(d) TRANSFERABILITY. Each Option granted under the Plan shall, by its terms, not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. No right or interest of a Participant in any Option may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Bank, or shall be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any other party other than the Bank; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to imply any obligation of the Bank to lend against or accept a lien or pledge of any Option for any reason. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or any other provision of this Plan, a Participant who holds Options (but not Incentive Stock Options) may transfer such Options to his or her spouse, lineal ascendants, lineal descendants, or to a duly established trust for the benefit of one or more of these individuals. Options so transferred may thereafter be transferred only to the Participant who originally received the grant or to an individual or trust to whom the Participant could have initially transferred the Options pursuant to this Section 7.1(d). Options which are transferred pursuant to this Section 7.1(d) shall be exercisable by the transferee according to the same terms and conditions as applied to the Participant (for example, such Options shall terminate automatically, upon the termination of employment or service as a Director of the Participant for Cause)
(e) PAYMENT. An Option shall be exercised by giving a written notice to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is being exercised and containing such other information as the Committee may require and by tendering payment therefore with a cashier's check, certified check, or with existing holdings of Stock held for more than six months. In addition, if the terms of a Stock Option so provide, the optionee may pay the exercise price by directing the Company to withhold from those shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be received upon the exercise of the Stock Option that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair market value as of the date of exercise equal to the Stock Option’s exercise price, or the applicable portion of the Stock Option’s exercise price if the Stock Option is not exercised in full. The shares of Common Stock so withheld shall not be deemed to have been issued for purposes of the aggregate-share limitation set forth in Section 4, above.
(f) STOCK CERTIFICATES. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Bank shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of any Options, unless and until the Board has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the shares of Stock are listed or traded as well as the terms of this Plan and any other terms, conditions or restrictions that may be applicable. All Stock certificates delivered under the Plan are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to comply with Federal, state, or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and regulations and the rules of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted, or traded. The Committee may place legends on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Board, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements.
(g) EVIDENCE OF GRANT. All Options shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement. The Option Agreement shall include such additional provisions as may be specified by the Committee which are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 7.1.
7.2
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS
. Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan must comply with the following additional rules, which in case of conflict shall control over other provisions of this Plan that might otherwise be applicable:
(a) INDIVIDUAL DOLLAR LIMITATION. The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time an Option is granted) of all shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in any calendar year may not exceed one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) or such other limitation as imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code, or any successor provision. To the extent that Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in excess of such limitation, the excess shall be considered Options that are not Incentive Stock Options.
(b) TEN PERCENT OWNERS. An Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any individual who, at the date of grant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of allo classes of Stock of the Bank only if such Option is granted at a price that is not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is exercisaable for no more than five years from the date of grant.
(c) RIGHT TO EXERCISE. During a Paticipant’s lifetime, an Incentive Stock Option may be exercised only by the Participant.
ARTICLE 18
CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE
18.1
GENERAL
.
(a) SHARES AVAILABLE FOR GRANT. In the event of any change in the number of shares of Stock outstanding by reason of any stock dividend or split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares or similar corporate change, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Committee may grant Options shall be appropriately adjusted. In the event of any change in the number of shares of Stock outstanding by reason of any other event or transaction, the Committee may, but need not, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares of Stock with respect to which Options may be granted as the Committee may deem appropriate.
(b) OUTSTANDING OPTIONS – INCREASE OR DECREASE IN ISSUED SHARES WITHOUT CONSIDERATION. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares of Stock or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the shares of Stock), or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Bank, the Committee shall proportionally adjust the number of shares of Stock subject to each outstanding Option and the exercise price per share of Stock of each such Option.
(c) OUTSTANDING OPTIONS – CERTAIN MERGERS. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event that the Bank shall be the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation (except a merger or consolidation as a result of which the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation), each Option outstanding on the date of such merger or consolidation shall pertain to and apply to the securities which a holder of the number of shares of Stock subject to such Option would have received in such merger or consolidation.
(d) OUTSTANDING OPTIONS – CERTAIN OTHER TRANSACTIONS. In the event of (i) a dissolution or liquidation of the Bank, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the Bank's assets, (iii) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank in which the Bank is not the surviving corporation or (iv) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank, or any other reorganization transaction (including without limitation the formation of a holding company for the Bank) in which the Bank is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation and/or other property, including cash, the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion, have the power to:
(1) cancel, effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, each Option outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable), and, in full consideration of such cancellation, pay to the Participant to whom such Option was granted an amount in cash, for each share of Stock subject to such Option, respectively, equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion, of the property (including cash) received by the holder of a share of Stock as a result of such event over (B) the exercise price of such Option; or
(2) provide for the exchange of each Option outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable) for an option with respect to, as appropriate, some or all of the property for which such Stock is exchanged and, incident thereto, make an equitable adjustment as determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion in the exercise price or value of the option, or the number of shares or amount of property subject to the option, or, if appropriate, provide for a cash payment to the Participant to whom such Option was granted in partial consideration for the exchange of the Option, or any combination thereof.
(e) OUTSTANDING OPTIONS – OTHER CHANGES. In the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Bank or corporate change other than those specifically referred to in this Article, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares subject to Options outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and in the per share exercise price of each Option as the Committee may consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.
(f) NO ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL REQUIRED IN CERTAIN CASES. Except to the extent required by applicable law, no adjustment in the number of shares subject to outstanding Options, and no adjustment in the number of shares available for grant under this Plan, shall require additional shareholder approval, and all such future adjustments shall be deemed approved by the approval of this Plan, to the extent that such adjustment, whether automatic or discretionary, is proportional to and accompanies an equivalent adjustment in the number of shares held by the Bank’s shareholders.
(g) NO OTHER RIGHTS. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Bank or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no issuance by the Bank of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to an Option or the exercise price of any Option.
ARTICLE 19
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
19.1
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
. At any time and from time to time, the Board may terminate, amend or modify the Plan; provided, however, that the Board shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holder of a majority of the shares of each class of voting stock of the Bank, make any amendment which would (i) abolish the Committee without designating such other committee, change the qualifications of its members, or withdraw the administration of the Plan from its supervision, (ii) except strictly as and to the extent provided in this Plan and permitted by applicable law, increase the maximum number of shares of Stock for which Options may be granted under the Plan, (iii) amend the formula for determination of the exercise price of Options, (iv) extend the term of the Plan, and (v) amend the requirements as to the employees eligible to receive Options; and further provided that no other amendment shall be made without shareholder approval to the extent shareholder approval is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulations or stock exchange rule.
19.2
OPTIONS PREVIOUSLY GRANTED
. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, including without limitation, the provisions of Article 8, no termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Option previously granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the Participant.
ARTICLE 20
GENERAL PROVISIONS
20.1
NO RIGHTS TO OPTIONS
. No Participant, employee, or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Option under the Plan, and neither the Bank nor the Committee is obligated to treat Participants, employees, and other persons uniformly.
20.2
NO STOCKHOLDERS RIGHTS
. No Option gives the Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the Bank unless and until shares of Stock are in fact issued to such person in connection with such Option.
20.3
WITHHOLDING
. The Bank shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Bank, an amount sufficient to satisfy Federal, state, and local taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of this Plan. A Participant may elect to have the Bank withhold from those shares of Stock that would otherwise be received upon the exercise of any Option, a number of shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount necessary to satisfy the Bank’s applicable federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding obligations.
20.4
NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICES
. Nothing in the Plan or any Option Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Bank or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries to terminate any Participant’s employment or services at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Bank.
20.5
INDEMNIFICATION
. To the extent allowable under applicable law, each member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Bank
and any of its applicable subsidiaries from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her provided he or she gives the Bank an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Bank’s or any of its applicable subsidiaries’ Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Bank or any of its applicable subsidiaries may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
20.6
FRACTIONAL SHARES
. No fractional shares of stock shall be issued and the Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional shares or whether such fractional shares shall be eliminated by rounding up or down as appropriate.
20.7
GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS
. The obligation of the Bank to transfer shares of Stock shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by government agencies as may be required. The Bank shall be under no obligation to register, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any other federal or state securities laws, any of the shares of Stock transferred under the Plan. If the shares paid under the Plan may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or applicable state laws, the Bank may restrict the transfer of such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.
20.8
GOVERNING LAW
. The Plan and the terms of all Options shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without regard to rules of choice of law or conflict of laws, except to the extent such laws may be pre-empted by the federal laws of the United States of America.
-9-
Exhibit 10.3
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, made as of June 17, 2009 ("Effective Date"), is by and between NEW CENTURY BANK, a Pennsylvania bank with its main office located at 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, PA 19460 (“Bank") and JAY S. SIDHU, an individual with principal residence at 5 Chardonnay Circle, Mohnton, PA 19540 ("Executive").
Background
A. Bank wishes to secure the services of Executive as the Bank's Chief Executive
Officer on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
B. Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafer, Executive is willing to enter into this Employment Agreement (this "Agreement") upon the terms and conditions set forth.
C. The Bank's Board of Directors has approved this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:
1.
Employment
.
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement between the parties dated May 19, 2009 ("Definitive Agreement"), Bank agrees to employ Executive as its Chief Executive Officer during the "Term" defined in Section 2 of this Agreement. Executive shall report to and be subject solely to direction of the Board of Directors of the Bank. The Bank agrees to appoint Executive its Chief Executive Officer immediately upon commencement of employment hereunder. He shall have the powers and authority ordinarily given to the respective positions described above as provided under the Bylaws of the Bank. Executive will have such duties as normally apply to such positions. Executive shall devote a substantial portion of his working time, abilities and attention to the business of the Bank, and will fulfill all of the duties required of him as Chief Executive Officer. The Bank acknowledges that Executive may serve as the chief executive officer of one, non-competing financial institution. The Board of Directors will consult with Executive from time to time to develop a plan with respect to the time and structure of his activities on behalf of Bank in light of his other business activities. The services of Executive shall be rendered principally in Phoenixville, PA, but Executive shall undertake such traveling on behalf of Bank as may be reasonably required.
2.
Term of Employment
. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the initial term of employment hereunder shall be for the three (3)-year period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the day preceding the three (3)-year anniversary of the Effective Date. As of each one (1)-year anniversary of the Effective Date, the term of employment hereunder shall be extended for another one (1) year, automatically, unless either party delivers notice to the contrary to the other party at least sixty (60) days prior to such one (1)-year anniversary, in which case the term of employment hereunder shall expire as of the date to which it was last extended pursuant to this sentence. Such notice shall be delivered in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 15. References in this Agreement to the "Term" shall refer both to such initial term and any successive terms.
3.
Compensation
. In consideration of the services to be rendered by Employee, Bank shall pay to Executive during the initial Term:
(a) A base salary of not less than Two Hundred and Twenty Five Thousand dollars ($225,000) per annum for each year of the Term, payable in equal installments over such payroll cycles as the Bank pays its executive offices generally, with any salary for initial or final partial months or other payroll periods being prorated based on the number of calendar days in question. It is understood that the Board of Directors of the Bank shall review Executive's performance and make a determination regarding increases in his salary at least once in every calendar year during the Term.
(b) Incentive Compensation in an amount not to exceed one hundred percent (100%) of Executive's base salary, in such form, and at such time as is provided in such executive incentive plan for Executive as shall be approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank and in effect from time to time. Such incentive compensation may take the form of cash payments ("Cash Bonus"), transfers of stock or stock options (collectively, "Equity Awards"). Equity Awards shall be subject to such restrictions, vesting and other conditions and limitations as set forth in the executive incentive plan developed for Executive.
(c) In addition to any Equity Awards which may be granted to Executive pursuant to Section 3(b) above, Executive and the Bank agree that in connection with one or more successful acquisitions by the Bank of other financial institutions, or the issuance of shares of common stock of the Bank to raise capital, the Bank shall issue to Executive options or warrants to acquire up to ten percent (10%) of the shares issued in connection with any such acquisition or capital-raising transaction, with appropriate consideration given to the then authorized capital levels as approved by the shareholders of the Bank.
4.
Reimbursement of Expenses; Retirement Plan
.
4.1
Reimbursement of Expenses
. During the Term, Bank shall reimburse
Executive for reasonable expenses incurred by him in the performance of his duties, as well as those incurred in furtherance of or in connection with the business of Bank, including but not limited to traveling, entertainment, dining and other expenses. In lieu of reimbursement of Executive of his costs of using his personal automobile for business purposes pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, Bank shall provide a car allowance to Executive of up to one thousand dollars ($1,000) per month.
4.2
Retirement Plan
. The Board of Directors shall develop and implement a nonqualified retirement income plan for Executive which shall be designed to provide him with an annual pension commencing upon his retirement from the Bank at or after age sixty-five (65), subject to the Executive's ability to qualify for a variable life insurance policy, which the Bank will own to informally fund such obligation. The goal of the plan shall be to provide an annual pension of two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) for fifteen (15) years, but the annual amount will be less or more than the target depending upon the performance of the investments inside the informal funding vehicle. The Board of Directors will review the plan on or about the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date and determine whether it is appropriate to increase the target amount and the informal funding thereof in light of Executive's compensation at that time.
Executive shall become vested in this pension after completing seven (7) years of continuous service with the Bank, or upon his termination of employment under circumstances that would result in the Bank's obligation to pay Severance Compensation under Section 5.5 below (and as defined therein).
5.
Termination of Employment
.
5.1
Termination by Bank; "Cause."
Bank shall have the right to terminate Executive's employment hereunder at any time, with or without "Cause" (as defined below). In the event of any termination by Bank, Bank shall give Executive forty-five (45) days prior notice of any termination without Cause, but shall not be obligated to give Executive prior notice of a termination with Cause. Bank shall nevertheless be obligated to pay Executive such compensation and severance, if any, as may be provided for in this Agreement under the applicable circumstances. Bank will give Executive notice of termination of his employment pursuant to a "Notice of Termination" (as defined below).
5.2
No Right to Compensation or Benefits Except as Stated
. If the Bank terminates Executive's employment for Cause, Executive shall have no right to severance compensation of any kind, or any right to salary or other benefits for any period after such date of termination. If Executive is terminated by Bank other than for Cause, Executive's rights to compensation and benefits under this Agreement shall be as set forth in Section 5.5.
5.3
Termination by Executive
. Executive shall have the right to terminate his employment, whether or not for "Good Reason" (as hereinafter defined), but, in all events, Executive shall give Bank notice pursuant to a written "Notice of Termination" (as defined below). If the termination by Executive is other than for Good Reason: (i) Executive must give Bank a Notice of Termination not less than forty five (45) days prior to the date his termination of employment will be effective, and (ii) Executive shall have no right to severance compensation of any kind, or any right to salary or other benefits for any period after such date of termination. If termination is by Executive for Good Reason, Executive's rights to compensation and benefits under this Agreement shall be as set forth in Section 5.5.
5.4
Certain Defnitions
.
(a) In connection with a termination of Executive's employment by the Bank, "Cause" shall mean any one or more of the following reasons: (1) the willful material failure by the Executive to perform the duties required of him hereunder (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness of the Executive or material changes in the direction and policies of the Board of Directors of Bank), if such failure continues for fifteen (15) days afer a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Bank which specifically identifies the manner in which it is believed that the Executive has failed to attempt to perform his duties hereunder; (2) the willful engaging by the Executive in willful misconduct materially injurious to the Bank; (3) receipt by the Bank of a notice (which shall not have been appealed by Executive or shall have become final and non-appealable) of any governmental body or entity having jurisdiction over the Bank requiring termination or removal of the Executive from his then present position, or receipt of a written
directive or order of any governmental body or entity having jurisdiction over the Bank (which shall not have been appealed by Executive or shall have become final and non-appealable) requiring termination or removal of the Executive from his then present position; (4) personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, willful breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit or conviction of a felony; or (5) material breach of any provision set forth in Paragraphs 7, 8, or 10, to the extent applicable. For purposes of this paragraph, no act, or failure to act, on the Executive's part shall be considered "willful" unless done or omitted to be done by Executive in bad faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of Bank. Any act or omission to act by the Executive in reliance upon a written opinion of counsel to Bank shall not be deemed to be willful.
(b) Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean (1) a material breach by Bank of the provisions of this Agreement, which failure has not been cured within 30 days after a written notice of such noncompliance has been given by Executive to Bank; (2) any purported termination of Executive's employment which is not effected in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement; (3) any reduction in title or a material adverse change in Executive's responsibilities or authority which are inconsistent with, or the assignment to Executive of duties inconsistent with, Executive's status as Chief Executive Officer of Bank; or (4) any reduction in Executive's annual base salary as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time.
(c) Notice of Termination. Any termination of Executive's employment by Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a dated notice which shall (1) indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon; (2) set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision so indicated; and (3) be given in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 13.
5.5
Compensation Upon Certain Types of Termination
. If Executive shall terminate his employment for Good Reason during the Term, or if Executive's Employment is terminated by the Bank other than for Cause during the Term, or if Executive's Employment is terminated for any reason other than Cause upon expiration of the Term, then in lieu of any salary or damages payments to Executive for periods subsequent to the date of termination, Bank shall pay as "Severance Compensation" to Executive, in lieu of all other damages, compensation and benefits other than any benefits the right to which shall have previously vested, an amount (the "Severance Compensation") equal to the following, depending upon whether a "Change in Control" (as defined below) shall have occurred at the time of termination of employment:
(a) If a Change in Control shall not have occurred within twelve (12) months prior to the date of termination of Executive's employment with the Bank, the Bank shall pay Executive the following Severance Compensation, payable at the respective times and on the respective conditions set forth in this subsection for each type of Severance Compensation:
(i)
Cash Severance Compensation
. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive a dollar
amount equal to the sum of Executive's then current base salary plus the average of the annual Cash Bonuses paid to him with respect to the three (3) fiscal years of the Bank immediately preceding the fiscal year of termination, for the greater of one (1) year or the period of time remaining in the Term. This element of Severance Compensation shall be payable in equal installments on the normal pay dates following Executive's separation from service with the Bank within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (such Section and regulations are sometimes referred to in this Agreement as "Section 409A"). If, as of the date of the Executive's separation from service, stock of the Bank or a holding company or other parent entity with respect to the Bank is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, and if necessary to comply with Section 409A, payments otherwise due during the six (6)-month period following his separation from service shall be suspended and paid in a lump sum upon completion of such six (6)-month period, at which time the balance of the payments shall commence in installments as described in the preceding sentence. Payments shall be subject to deduction for such tax withholdings as Bank may be obligated to make;
(ii)
Equity Awards
. All Equity Awards shall be vested in full;
(iii)
Cash Bonus
. Executive shall be entitled to a fraction of any Cash Bonus for the fiscal year of the Bank within which Executive's termination of employment occurs which, based upon the criteria established for such Cash Bonus, would have been payable to Executive had he remained employed through the date of payment, the numerator of which is the number of days of such fiscal year prior to his termination of employment and the denominator of which is three hundred and sixty-five (365); and
(iv) Bank shall continue to provide health insurance (including dental if applicable) and any life or disability insurance benefits for the shorter of (i) the length of the severance measurement period set forth in Section 5.5(a)(i) above, or (ii) the maximum period the Bank is then permitted to extend each individual benefit under the applicable plan or policy or applicable law.
(b) If a Change in Control shall have occurred within twelve (12) months prior to the date of termination of Executive's employment with the Bank, the Bank shall pay Executive Severance Compensation equal to three hundred percent (300%) of the sum of Executive's then current base salary plus the average of the annual Cash Bonuses paid to him with respect to the three (3) fiscal years of the Bank immediately preceding the fiscal year of termination. The Severance Compensation shall be payable in a single lump sum within thirty (30) days following Executive's separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A. If, as of the date of the Executive's separation from service, stock of the Bank or a holding company or other parent entity with respect to the Bank is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, and if necessary to comply with Section 409A, payment of the lump sum shall be suspended and paid within the thirty (30)-day period following the close of the six (6) month period following his separation from service. Payments shall be subject to deduction for such tax withholdings as Bank may be obligated to make. In addition to the aforesaid Executive Severance Compensation, additional Executive Severance Compensation shall be provided as set forth below.
(i)
Equity Awards
. All Equity Awards shall be vested in full,
(ii)
Cash Bonus
. Executive shall be entitled to a fraction of any Cash Bonus for the fiscal year of the Bank within which Executive's termination of employment occurs which, based upon the criteria established for such Cash Bonus, would have been payable to Executive had he remained employed through the date of payment, the numerator of which is the number of days of such fiscal year prior to his termination of employment and the denominator of which is three hundred and sixty-five (365);
(iii) Bank shall continue to provide health insurance (including dental if applicable) and any life or disability insurance benefits for the shorter of (i) the length of the severance measurement period set forth in above in this Section 5.5(b), or (ii) the maximum period the Bank is then permitted to extend each individual benefit under the applicable plan or policy or applicable law; and
(iv) If, as a result of payments provided for under or pursuant to this Agreement together with all other payments in the nature of compensation provided to or for the benefit of Executive under any other agreement in connection with a Change in Control, Executive becomes subject to taxes of any state, local or federal taxing authority that would not have been imposed on such payments but for the occurrence of a Change in Control, including any excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code and any successor or comparable provision, then, in addition to any other benefits provided under or pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, Bank (including any successor to Bank) shall pay to Executive at the time any such payments are made under or pursuant to this or the other agreements, an amount equal to the amount of any such taxes imposed or to be imposed on Executive (the amount of any such payment, the "Parachute Tax Reimbursement"). In addition, Bank (including any successor to Bank) shall "gross up" such Parachute Tax Reimbursement by paying to Executive at the same time an additional amount equal to the aggregate amount of any additional taxes (whether income taxes, excise taxes, special taxes, employment taxes or otherwise) that are or will be payable by Executive as a result of the Parachute Tax Reimbursement being paid or payable to Executive and/or as a result of the additional amounts paid or payable to Executive pursuant to this sentence, such that after payment of such additional taxes Executive shall have been paid on a net after-tax basis an amount equal to the Parachute Tax Reimbursement. The amount of any Parachute Tax Reimbursement and of any such gross-up amounts shall be determined by Bank's independent auditing firm, whose determination, absent manifest error, shall be treated as conclusive and binding absent a binding determination by a governmental taxing authority that a greater amount of taxes is payable by Executive.
(c) For purposes of this Agreement, "Change in Control" means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:
(i) There occurs a merger, consolidation or other business combination or reorganization to which the Bank is a party, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank, in which (A) the members of the Board of Directors of the Bank immediately preceding the consummation of such transaction do not constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the resulting corporation and of any parent corporation thereof immediately after the consummation of such transaction, and (B) the shareholders of the Bank immediately before such transaction do not hold more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of securities of the resulting corporation;
(ii) There occurs a sale, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Bank to another entity, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank (for purpose of this Agreement, a sale of more than one-half of the branches of the Bank would constitute a Change in Control, but for purposes of this paragraph, no branches or assets will be deemed to have been sold if they are leased back contemporaneously with or promptly after their sale);
(iii)
A plan of liquidation or dissolution is adopted for the Bank;
or
(iv) Any "person" or any group of "persons" (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), as if such provisions were applicable to the Bank, other than the holders of shares of the Bank's common stock in existence on the date of the Opening for Business, is or shall become the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), as if such rule were applicable to the Bank, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Bank's then outstanding securities.
(d) In the event that the Executive's employment is terminated during the Term as a result of his death or disability, he (or his estate, as the case may be) shall not be entitled to any payments or other benefits pursuant to this Section 5.5 or otherwise.
5.6
Mitigation by Executive
. Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in Section 5.5 by seeking other employment or otherwise.
6.
Effect of TARP Participation
.
6.1
Basic Agreement re Effect of TARP Participation
. It is anticipated by Executive and Bank that Bank may elect to participate in the Troubled Assets Relief Program ("TARP") established under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 ("EESA"), as amended by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 ("ARRA") and any subsequent legislation whether heretofore or hereafter enacted ("Subsequent Legislation") and as implemented by present and future regulations of applicable federal government agencies ("Implementing Regulations") (the requirements of EESA, ARRA, Subsequent Legislation and Implementing Regulations that may be applicable to the Bank or Executive or the compensation or benefits provided to Executive under this Agreement or otherwise as a result of the Bank's participation in TARP are sometimes referred to herein as the "TARP Provisions"). In that event, if the compensation and benefits to be provided to Executive pursuant to Sections 3, 4 and 5 of this Agreement, or any portion or element thereof, or any other compensation, benefits or perquisites hereafter agreed upon by the parties, must be reduced, delayed or otherwise modified in order for the Bank to comply with any of the TARP Provisions, as interpreted and implemented by regulations of the U. S. Department of the Treasury and the terms of any contract between Bank or Executive and said Department or any other agency of the federal government (""TARP Requirements"), this Agreement and all such other compensation, benefits and perquisites and agreements relating to any of the foregoing shall automatically be deemed amended to cause the Bank to be in compliance at all times with the TARP Requirements. Executive and Bank shall negotiate in good faith to document, by amendment or amendments to this Agreement or any other agreements, plans or benefits, the modifications so required, but the parties' failure to reach fnal agreement shall not negate the provisions of this Section.
6.2
Agreements Supporting TARP Waiver
. In consideration for the benefits Executive will receive under this Agreement and potentially as a result of Bank's participation in TARP, Executive hereby voluntarily waives any claim against the Bank for any changes to Executive's compensation or benefits that are required for Bank to comply with TARP Requirements. This waiver includes all claims Executive may have under the laws of the United States or any state related to the requirements imposed by any of the TARP Requirements, including without limitation a claim for any compensation or other payments Executive would otherwise receive, any challenge to the process by which any of the TARP Requirements were adopted and any tort or constitutional claim about the effect of any of the TARP Requirements on Executive's employment relationship with Bank. Executive agrees to execute such waivers and other agreements as may be requires by the U.S. Treasury Department in connection with Bank's participation in TARP.
7.
Non-Disclosure
. The Executive covenants and agrees that Executive will not at any time, either during the Term or thereafter, use, disclose or make accessible to any other person, firm, partnership, corporation or any other entity any Confidential and Proprietary Information (as defined herein), other than to (a) Executive's attorney or spouse in confidence, (b) while employed by the Bank, in the business and for the benefit of the Bank, or (c) when required to do so by a court of competent jurisdiction, any government agency having supervisory authority over the business of the Executive or the Bank or any administrative body or legislative body, including a committee thereof, with jurisdiction.
For purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential and Proprietary Information" shall mean non-public, confidential, and proprietary information provided to the Executive concerning, without limitation, the Bank's financial condition and/or results of operations, statistical data, products, ideas and concepts, strategic business plans, lists of customers or customer information, information relating to marketing plans, management development reviews, including information regarding the capabilities and experience of the Bank's employees, compensation, recruiting and training, and human resource policies and procedures, policy and procedure manuals, together with all materials and documents in any form or medium (including oral, written, tangible, intangible, or electronic) concerning any of the above, and other non-public, proprietary and confidential information of the Bank; provided, however, that Confidential and Proprietary Information shall not include any information that is known generally to the public or within the industry other than as a result of unauthorized disclosure by the Executive. It is specifically understood and agreed by the Executive that any non-public information received by the Executive during Executive's employment by the Bank is deemed Confidential and Proprietary Information for purposes of this Agreement. In the event the Executive's employment is terminated for any reason, the Executive shall immediately return to the Bank upon request all Confidential and Proprietary Information in Executive's possession or control.
8.
Non-Solicitation
. Executive agrees that during the Term and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, unless the Executive obtains the Bank's prior written permission, which may be granted or denied at the Bank's sole and absolute discretion, the Executive shall not:
(a) solicit or divert to any competitor of the Bank or, upon termination of the Executive's employment with the Bank, accept any business from any individual or entity that is a customer or a prospective customer of the Bank, to the extent that such prospective customer was identifiable as such prior to the date of the Executive's termination, except that this covenant of non-solicitation shall not apply with respect to anyone who, while having previously been a customer or prospect of the Bank, is no longer a customer or prospect of the Bank at the time of the solicitation; and/or
(b) induce or encourage any officer and/or employee of the Bank to leave the employ of the Bank, hire any individual who was an employee of the Bank as of the date of the termination of the Executive's, or induce or encourage any customer, vendor, participant, agent or other business relation of the Bank to cease or reduce doing business with the Bank or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, vendor, participant, agent or other business relation and the Bank.
9.
Noncomplete Agreement
. For a period of twelve (12) months after any resignation or termination of Executive's employment for any reason, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, within 25 miles of any office of the Bank, enter into or engage directly or indirectly in competition with the Bank or any subsidiary or other company under common control with the Bank, in any financial services business conducted by the Bank or any such subsidiary at the time of such resignation or termination, either as an individual on his own or as a partner or joint venturer, or as a director, officer, shareholder, employee, agent, independent contractor, nor shall Executive assist any other person or entity in engaging directly or indirectly in such competition.
10.
Non-Disparagement
. During the Term, after its expiration and following the termination of this Agreement by the Bank or the Executive for any reason, each party agrees not to make any statements, in writing or otherwise, that disparage the reputation or character of the other party or, in the case of the Bank, any subsidiaries or affiliates of the Bank or any of their respective managers, directors, officers, stockholders, partners, members or employees, at any time for any reason whatsoever, except that nothing in this Section shall prohibit any party from giving truthful testimony in any litigation or administrative proceedings either between the Executive and the Bank or in connection with which such party is subpoenaed and required by law to give testimony, including without limitation, any action by the Executive to enforce Executive's rights hereunder.
11.
Severance Compensation Conditional; Remedies for Breach of Sections 7, 8,
9 and 10; Independence of Covenants; Notice to Others; Savings Clause
.
11.1
Severance Compensation Independent
. Bank's obligation to pay Severance Compensation is conditioned on Executive's compliance with Paragraphs 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement and Bank shall not be obligated to pay such Severance Compensation in the event of any breach by Executive of such Paragraphs.
11.2
Remedies for Breach of Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10
. Executive and Bank agree that the covenants in Sections 7, 8. 9 and 10 are reasonable covenants under the circumstances. Executive agrees that any breach of the covenants set forth in Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement will irreparably harm the Bank. The Executive and the Bank agree that in the event of any breach by the Executive of the provisions set forth in Section 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement, the Bank shall be entitled to all rights and remedies available at law or in equity, including without limitation, the following cumulative and not alternative rights:
(a) the right to obtain injunctive or other equitable relief to restrain any breach or threatened breach or otherwise to specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement, it being agreed that monetary damages alone would be inadequate to compensate the Bank, the amount of such damages will be difficult (if not impossible) to prove precisely, and would be an inadequate remedy for such breach;
(b) the right to institute civil suit to recover damages suffered by the Bank;
(c) the right to recover actual reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs incurred by the Bank in connection with pursuing remedies hereunder; and
(d) the right to seek an equitable accounting of all earnings, profits and other benefits arising from any such violation.
11.3
Independence of Covenants
. The existence of any claim or cause of action of the Executive against the Bank, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Bank of the provisions of Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10.
11.4
Notice to Others
. Executive agrees to notify any future prospective employers and future employers, and any future joint venturers, partners and contracting parties of Executive, whose activities may be deemed to compete with Bank of the existence of each of the covenants contained in Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement.
11.5
Savings Clause
. In the event that any provision or provisions of any of the covenants in Section 7, 8, 9 and 10 would otherwise be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable in whole or in part by reason of being for too great a period of time or covering too great a geographical area or too broad a product market, or for any other reason, each such covenant shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect and be
construed so as to be enforceable as to that period of time and geographical area and product market, and on such other conditions, as may be determined to be reasonable by the court.
12.
Amendments
. No amendments to this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by both parties.
13.
Notices
. All notices under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective (i) when delivered in person or by facsimile, telecopier, telegraph or other electronic means capable of being embodied in written form, or (ii) forty-eight (48) hours after deposit thereof in the U.S. mails by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed, in the case of Executive, to his last known address as carried on the personnel records of Bank and, in the case of Bank, to the corporate headquarters, attention of the Chairman of the Board of Directors (or if Executive is at that time the Chairman of the Board of Directors, then to the Secretary of the Bank), or to such other address as the party to be notified may specify by notice to the other party.
14.
Entire Agreement
. This Agreement is the entire agreement of the parties with respect to its subject matter and supersedes and replaces all other negotiations, discussions and prior or contemporaneous agreements between the parties, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter of Executive's employment with Bank.
15.
Binding Effect and Benefits
. The rights and obligations of Bank and Executive under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of Bank and Executive.
16.
Construction
. This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, as they may be preempted by federal laws and regulations. Section headings are for convenience only and shall not be considered a part of the terms and provisions of the Agreement.
17.
Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue
. The validity, interpretation, construction, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to its conflicts of law rules, and by federal law to the extent it pre-empts state law. For purposes of any action or proceeding, the Executive irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Commonwealth Pennsylvania and the courts of the United States of America located in Pennsylvania for the purpose of any judicial proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or otherwise. The Executive irrevocably agrees to service of process by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the addressed listed in the records of the Bank. The proper venue for all such disputes, actions or proceedings shall be Chester County. The parties agree that in any action or proceeds arising under this Agreement, attorneys' fees and costs shall be awarded to the prevailing party.
18.
Executive's Acknowledgment of Terms and Right to Separate Counsel
. Executive acknowledges that he has read this Agreement fully and carefully, understands its terms and that it has been entered into by Executive voluntarily. Executive further acknowledges that Executive has had sufficient opportunity to consider this Agreement and discuss it with Executive's own advisors, including Executive's attorney and accountants and that Executive has made Executive's own free decision whether and to what extent to do so.
19.
Legal Expenses
. Bank shall pay to Executive all reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by him in seeking to obtain or enforce any rights or benefits provided by this Agreement to the extent he prevails in such efforts.
20.
Indemnification of Executive
. Bank shall indemnify Executive against any liability incurred in connection with any proceeding in which the Executive may be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Executive is or was serving as Chief Executive Officer to the extent permitted by the Bank's articles of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law. To further effect, satisfy or secure the indemnification obligations provided herein or otherwise, the Bank shall cause its director and officer liability insurance to cover Executive during the Term and for such period thereafter as the Bank's liability insurance policy permits coverage for actions or omissions of former directors or officers.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the due execution of this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
|
NEW CENTURY BANK
|
Attest:
|
|
|
|
/s/ Robert Philips
|
By:
/s/ John Sickler
|
Secretary
|
For the Board of Directors
|
|
|
|
|
Witness:
|
|
/s/ Ruth L. Hammers
|
|
|
/s/ Jay S. Sidhu
|
|
Jay S. Sidhu, Individually
|
Exhibit 10.4
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT
, made as of April 12, 2010 (“Effective Date”), is by and between NEW CENTURY BANK, a Pennsylvania bank with its main office located at 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, PA 19460 (“Bank”) and RICHARD EHST (“Executive”).
Background
A. Bank wishes to secure the continued services of Executive as the Bank’s President and Chief Operating Officer on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
B. Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter, Executive is willing to enter into this Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) upon the terms and conditions set forth.
C. The Bank’s Board of Directors has approved this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE
, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:
1.
Employment.
Bank agrees to employ Executive as its President and Chief Operating Officer during the “Term” defined in Section 2 of this Agreement. Executive shall report to and be subject to the direction of the Chief Executive Officer and Board of Directors of the Bank. He shall have the powers and authority ordinarily given to the position described above as provided under the Bylaws of the Bank. Executive will have such duties as normally apply to such position. Executive shall devote all of his working time, abilities and attention to the business of the Bank, and will fulfill all of the duties required of him as President and Chief Operating Officer. The services of Executive shall be rendered principally in Phoenixville, PA, but Executive shall undertake such traveling on behalf of Bank as may be reasonably required.
2.
Term of Employment
.
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the initial term of employment hereunder shall be for the three (3)-year period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the day preceding the three (3)-year anniversary of the Effective Date. As of each one (1)-year anniversary of the Effective Date, the term of employment hereunder shall be extended for another one (1) year, automatically, unless either party delivers notice to the contrary to the other party at least sixty (60) days prior to such one (1)-year anniversary, in which case the term of employment hereunder shall expire as of the date to which it was last extended pursuant to this sentence. Such notice shall be delivered in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 15. References in this Agreement to the “Term” shall refer both to such initial term and any successive terms.
3.
Compensation
.
In consideration of the services to be rendered by Employee, Bank shall pay to Executive during the initial Term:
(a) A base salary of not less than One hundred fifty dollars ($150,000) per annum for each year of the Term, payable in equal installments over such payroll cycles as the Bank pays its executive offices generally, with any salary for initial or final partial months or other payroll periods being prorated based on the number of calendar days in question. It is understood that the Board of Directors of the Bank shall review Executive’s performance and make a determination regarding increases in his salary at least once in every calendar year during the Term.
(b) Incentive Compensation in an amount, in such form, and at such time as is provided in such executive incentive plan for Executive, either alone or for Executive and other officers and management employees of the Bank, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank and in effect from time to time. Such incentive compensation may take the form of cash payments (“Cash Bonus”), transfers of stock or stock options (collectively, “Equity Awards”). Equity Awards shall be subject to such restrictions, vesting and other conditions and limitations as set forth in such executive incentive plan.
(c) In addition to any Equity Awards which may be granted to Executive pursuant to Section 3(b) above, Executive and the Bank agree that in connection with one or more successful acquisitions by the Bank of other financial institutions, or the issuance of shares of common stock of the Bank to raise capital, the Bank shall issue to Executive options or warrants to acquire up to one and one-half (1.5%) of the shares issued in connection with any such acquisition or capital-raising transaction, with appropriate consideration given to the then authorized capital levels as approved by the shareholders of the Bank.
4.
Reimbursement of Expenses; Retirement Plan
.
4.1
Reimbursement of Expenses.
During the Term, Bank shall reimburse Executive for reasonable expenses incurred by him in the performance of his duties, as well as those incurred in furtherance of or in connection with the business of Bank, including but not limited to traveling, entertainment, dining and other expenses.
5.
Termination of Employment
.
5.1
Termination by Bank; “Cause.”
Bank shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder at any time, with or without “Cause” (as defined below). In the event of any termination by Bank, Bank shall give Executive forty-five (45) days prior notice of any termination without Cause, but shall not be obligated to give Executive prior notice of a termination with Cause. Bank shall nevertheless be obligated to pay Executive such compensation and severance, if any, as may be provided for in this Agreement under the applicable circumstances. Bank will give Executive notice of termination of his employment pursuant to a “Notice of Termination” (as defined below).
5.2
No Right to Compensation or Benefits Except as Stated.
If the Bank terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, Executive shall have no right to severance compensation of any kind, or any right to salary or other benefits for any period after such date of termination. If Executive is terminated by Bank other than for Cause, Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under this Agreement shall be as set forth in Section 5.5.
5.3
Termination by Executive.
Executive shall have the right to terminate his employment, whether or not for “Good Reason” (as hereinafter defined), but, in all events, Executive shall give Bank notice pursuant to a written “Notice of Termination” (as defined below). If the termination by Executive is other than for Good Reason: (i) Executive must give Bank a Notice of Termination not less than forty five (45) days prior to the date his termination of employment will be effective, and (ii) Executive shall have no right to severance compensation of any kind, or any right to salary or other benefits for any period after such date of termination. If termination is by Executive for Good Reason, Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under this Agreement shall be as set forth in Section 5.5.
5.4
Certain Definitions.
(a) In connection with a termination of Executive’s employment by the Bank, “Cause” shall mean any one or more of the following reasons: (l) the willful material failure by the Executive to perform the duties required of him hereunder (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness of the Executive or material changes in the direction and policies of the Board of Directors of Bank), if such failure continues for fifteen (15) days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Bank which specifically identifies the manner in which it is believed that the Executive has failed to attempt to perform his duties hereunder; (2) the willful engaging by the Executive in willful misconduct materially injurious to the Bank; (3) receipt by the Bank of a notice (which shall not have been appealed by Executive or shall have become final and non-appealable) of any governmental body or entity having jurisdiction over the Bank requiring termination or removal of the Executive from his then present position, or receipt of a written directive or order of any governmental body or entity having jurisdiction over the Bank (which shall not have been appealed by Executive or shall have become final and non-appealable) requiring termination or removal of the Executive from his then present position; (4) personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, willful breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit or conviction of a felony; or (5) material breach of any provision set forth in Paragraphs 7, 8, or 10, to the extent applicable. For purposes of this paragraph, no act, or failure to act, on the Executive's part shall be considered ''willful'' unless done or omitted to be done by Executive in bad faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of Bank. Any act or omission to act by the Executive in reliance upon a written opinion of counsel to Bank shall not be deemed to be willful.
(b) Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean (1) a material breach by Bank of the provisions of this Agreement, which failure has not been cured within 30 days after a written notice of such noncompliance has been given by Executive to Bank; (2) any purported termination of Executive’s employment which is not effected in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement; (3) any reduction in title or a material adverse change in Executive’s responsibilities or authority which are inconsistent with, or the assignment to Executive of duties inconsistent with, Executive’s status as President and Chief Operating Officer of Bank; or (4) any reduction in Executive’s annual base salary as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time.
(c) Notice of Termination. Any termination of Executive’s employment by Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a dated notice which shall (1) indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon; (2) set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated; and (3) be given in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 13.
5.5
Compensation Upon Certain Types of Termination.
If Executive shall terminate his employment for Good Reason during the Term, or if Executive’s Employment is terminated by the Bank other than for Cause during the Term, or if Executive’s Employment is terminated for any reason other than Cause upon expiration of the Term, then in lieu of any salary or damages payments to Executive for periods subsequent to the date of termination, Bank shall pay as “Severance Compensation” to Executive, in lieu of all other damages, compensation and benefits other than any benefits the right to which shall have previously vested, an amount (the “Severance Compensation”) equal to the following, depending upon whether a “Change in Control” (as defined below) shall have occurred at the time of termination of employment:
(a) If a Change in Control shall not have occurred within twelve (12) months prior to the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Bank, the Bank shall pay Executive the following Severance Compensation, payable at the respective times and on the respective conditions set forth in this subsection for each type of Severance Compensation:
(i)
Cash Severance Compensation
. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive a dollar amount equal to the sum of Executive’s then current base salary plus the average of the annual Cash Bonuses paid to him with respect to the three (3) fiscal years of the Bank immediately preceding the fiscal year of termination, for the greater of one (1) year or the period of time remaining in the Term. This element of Severance Compensation shall be payable in equal installments on the normal pay dates following Executive’s separation from service with the Bank within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (such Section and regulations are sometimes referred to in this Agreement as “Section 409A”). If, as of the date of the Executive’s separation from service, stock of the Bank or a holding company or other parent entity with respect to the Bank is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, and if necessary to comply with Section 409A, payments otherwise due during the six (6)-month period following his separation from service shall be suspended and paid in a lump sum upon completion of such six (6)-month period, at which time the balance of the payments shall commence in installments as described in the preceding sentence. Payments shall be subject to deduction for such tax withholdings as Bank may be obligated to make;
(ii)
Equity Awards
. All Equity Awards shall be vested in full;
(iii)
Cash Bonus
. Executive shall be entitled to a fraction of any Cash Bonus for the fiscal year of the Bank within which Executive’s termination of employment occurs which, based upon the criteria established for such Cash Bonus, would have been payable to Executive had he remained employed through the date of payment, the numerator of which is the number of days of such fiscal year prior to his termination of employment and the denominator of which is three hundred and sixty-five (365); and
(iv) Bank shall continue to provide health insurance (including dental if applicable) and any life or disability insurance benefits for the shorter of (i) the length of the severance measurement period set forth in Section 5.5(a)(i) above, or (ii) the maximum period the Bank is then permitted to extend each individual benefit under the applicable plan or policy or applicable law.
(b) If a Change in Control shall have occurred within twelve (12) months prior to the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Bank, the Bank shall pay Executive Severance Compensation equal to three hundred percent (300%) of the sum of Executive’s then current base salary plus the average of the annual Cash Bonuses paid to him with respect to the three (3) fiscal years of the Bank immediately preceding the fiscal year of termination. The Severance Compensation shall be payable in a single lump sum within thirty (30) days following Executive’s separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A. If, as of the date of the Executive’s separation from service, stock of the Bank or a holding company or other parent entity with respect to the Bank is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, and if necessary to comply with Section 409A, payment of the lump sum shall be suspended and paid within the thirty (30)-day period following the close of the six (6)-month period following his separation from service. Payments shall be subject to deduction for such tax withholdings as Bank may be obligated to make. In addition to the aforesaid Executive Severance Compensation, additional Executive Severance Compensation shall be provided as set forth below.
(i)
Equity Awards
. All Equity Awards shall be vested in full;
(ii)
Cash Bonus
. Executive shall be entitled to a fraction of any Cash Bonus for the fiscal year of the Bank within which Executive’s termination of employment occurs which, based upon the criteria established for such Cash Bonus, would have been payable to Executive had he remained employed through the date of payment, the numerator of which is the number of days of such fiscal year prior to his termination of employment and the denominator of which is three hundred and sixty-five (365);
(iii) Bank shall continue to provide health insurance (including dental if applicable) and any life or disability insurance benefits for the shorter of (i) the length of the severance measurement period set forth in above in this Section 5.5(b), or (ii) the maximum period the Bank is then permitted to extend each individual benefit under the applicable plan or policy or applicable law; and
(iv) If, as a result of payments provided for under or pursuant to this Agreement together with all other payments in the nature of compensation provided to or for the benefit of Executive under any other agreement in connection with a Change in Control, Executive becomes subject to taxes of any state, local or federal taxing authority that would not have been imposed on such payments but for the occurrence of a Change in Control, including any excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code and any successor or comparable provision, then, in addition to any other benefits provided under or pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, Bank (including any successor to Bank) shall pay to Executive at the time any such payments are made under or pursuant to this or the other agreements, an amount equal to the amount of any such taxes imposed or to be imposed on Executive (the amount of any such payment, the “Parachute Tax Reimbursement”). In addition, Bank (including any successor to Bank) shall “gross up” such Parachute Tax Reimbursement by paying to Executive at the same time an additional amount equal to the aggregate amount of any additional taxes (whether income taxes, excise taxes, special taxes, employment taxes or otherwise) that are or will be payable by Executive as a result of the Parachute Tax Reimbursement being paid or payable to Executive and/or as a result of the additional amounts paid or payable to Executive pursuant to this sentence, such that after payment of such additional taxes Executive shall have been paid on a net after-tax basis an amount equal to the Parachute Tax Reimbursement. The amount of any Parachute Tax Reimbursement and of any such gross-up amounts shall be determined by Bank’s independent auditing firm, whose determination, absent manifest error, shall be treated as conclusive and binding absent a binding determination by a governmental taxing authority that a greater amount of taxes is payable by Executive.
(c) For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:
(i) There occurs a merger, consolidation or other business combination or reorganization to which the Bank is a party, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank, in which (A) the members of the Board of Directors of the Bank immediately preceding the consummation of such transaction do not constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the resulting corporation and of any parent corporation thereof immediately after the consummation of such transaction, and (B) the shareholders of the Bank immediately before such transaction do not hold more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of securities of the resulting corporation;
(ii) There occurs a sale, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Bank to another entity, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank (for purpose of this Agreement, a sale of more than one-half of the branches of the Bank would constitute a Change in Control, but for purposes of this paragraph, no branches or assets will be deemed to have been sold if they are leased back contemporaneously with or promptly after their sale);
(iii) A plan of liquidation or dissolution is adopted for the Bank; or
(iv) Any “person” or any group of “persons” (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as if such provisions were applicable to the Bank, other than the holders of shares of the Bank’s common stock in existence on the date of the Opening for Business, is or shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), as if such rule were applicable to the Bank, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Bank’s then outstanding securities.
(d) In the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated during the Term as a result of his death or disability, he (or his estate, as the case may be) shall not be entitled to any payments or other benefits pursuant to this Section 5.5 or otherwise.
5.6
Mitigation by Executive.
Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in Section 5.5 by seeking other employment or otherwise.
6.
Effect of TARP Participation
.
6.1
Basic Agreement re Effect of TARP Participation.
It is anticipated by Executive and Bank that Bank may elect to participate in the Troubled Assets Relief Program (“TARP”) established under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”), as amended by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) and any subsequent legislation whether heretofore or hereafter enacted (“Subsequent Legislation”) and as implemented by present and future regulations of applicable federal government agencies (“Implementing Regulations”) (the requirements of EESA, ARRA, Subsequent Legislation and Implementing Regulations that may be applicable to the Bank or Executive or the compensation or benefits provided to Executive under this Agreement or otherwise as a result of the Bank's participation in TARP are sometimes referred to herein as the “TARP Provisions”). In that event, if the compensation and benefits to be provided to Executive pursuant to Sections 3, 4 and 5 of this Agreement, or any portion or element thereof, or any other compensation, benefits or perquisites hereafter agreed upon by the parties, must be reduced, delayed or otherwise modified in order for the Bank to comply with any of the TARP Provisions, as interpreted and implemented by regulations of the U. S. Department of the Treasury and the terms of any contract between Bank or Executive and said Department or any other agency of the federal government (“TARP Requirements”), this Agreement and all such other compensation, benefits and perquisites and agreements relating to any of the foregoing shall automatically be deemed amended to cause the Bank to be in compliance at all times with the TARP Requirements. Executive and Bank shall negotiate in good faith to document, by amendment or amendments to this Agreement or any other agreements, plans or benefits, the modifications so required, but the parties' failure to reach final agreement shall not negate the provisions of this Section.
6.2
Agreements Supporting TARP Waiver.
In consideration for the benefits Executive will receive under this Agreement and potentially as a result of Bank’s participation in TARP, Executive hereby voluntarily waives any claim against the Bank for any changes to Executive's compensation or benefits that are required for Bank to comply with TARP Requirements. This waiver includes all claims Executive may have under the laws of the United States or any state related to the requirements imposed by any of the TARP Requirements, including without limitation a claim for any compensation or other payments Executive would otherwise receive, any challenge to the process by which any of the TARP Requirements were adopted and any tort or constitutional claim about the effect of any of the TARP Requirements on Executive's employment relationship with Bank. Executive agrees to execute such waivers and other agreements as may be requires by the U.S. Treasury Department in connection with Bank's participation in TARP.
7.
Non-Disclosure
.
The Executive covenants and agrees that Executive will not at any time, either during the Term or thereafter, use, disclose or make accessible to any other person, firm, partnership, corporation or any other entity any Confidential and Proprietary Information (as defined herein), other than to (a) Executive’s attorney or spouse in confidence, (b) while employed by the Bank, in the business and for the benefit of the Bank, or (c) when required to do so by a court of competent jurisdiction, any government agency having supervisory authority over the business of the Executive or the Bank or any administrative body or legislative body, including a committee thereof, with jurisdiction.
For purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential and Proprietary Information" shall mean non-public, confidential, and proprietary information provided to the Executive concerning, without limitation, the Bank’s financial condition and/or results of operations, statistical data, products, ideas and concepts, strategic business plans, lists of customers or customer information, information relating to marketing plans, management development reviews, including information regarding the capabilities and experience of the Bank’s employees, compensation, recruiting and training, and human resource policies and procedures, policy and procedure manuals, together with all materials and documents in any form or medium (including oral, written, tangible, intangible, or electronic) concerning any of the above, and other non-public, proprietary and confidential information of the Bank; provided, however, that Confidential and Proprietary Information shall not include any information that is known generally to the public or within the industry other than as a result of unauthorized disclosure by the Executive. It is specifically understood and agreed by the Executive that any non-public information received by the Executive during Executive’s employment by the Bank is deemed Confidential and Proprietary Information for purposes of this Agreement. In the event the Executive's employment is terminated for any reason, the Executive shall immediately return to the Bank upon request all Confidential and Proprietary Information in Executive’s possession or control.
8.
Non-Solicitation
.
Executive agrees that during the Term and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, unless the Executive obtains the Bank’s prior written permission, which may be granted or denied at the Bank’s sole and absolute discretion, the Executive shall not:
(a) solicit or divert to any competitor of the Bank or, upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Bank, accept any business from any individual or entity that is a customer or a prospective customer of the Bank, to the extent that such prospective customer was identifiable as such prior to the date of the Executive’s termination, except that this covenant of non-solicitation shall not apply with respect to anyone who, while having previously been a customer or prospect of the Bank, is no longer a customer or prospect of the Bank at the time of the solicitation; and/or
(b) induce or encourage any officer and/or employee of the Bank to leave the employ of the Bank, hire any individual who was an employee of the Bank as of the date of the termination of the Executive’s, or induce or encourage any customer, vendor, participant, agent or other business relation of the Bank to cease or reduce doing business with the Bank or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, vendor, participant, agent or other business relation and the Bank.
9.
Noncompete Agreement
.
For a period of twelve (12) months after any resignation or termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, within 25 miles of any office of the Bank, enter into or engage directly or indirectly in competition with the Bank or any subsidiary or other company under common control with the Bank, in any financial services business conducted by the Bank or any such subsidiary at the time of such resignation or termination, either as an individual on his own or as a partner or joint venturer, or as a director, officer, shareholder, employee, agent, independent contractor, nor shall Executive assist any other person or entity in engaging directly or indirectly in such competition.
10.
Non-Disparagement
.
During the Term, after its expiration and following the termination of this Agreement by the Bank or the Executive for any reason, each party agrees not to make any statements, in writing or otherwise, that disparage the reputation or character of the other party or, in the case of the Bank, any subsidiaries or affiliates of the Bank or any of their respective managers, directors, officers, stockholders, partners, members or employees, at any time for any reason whatsoever, except that nothing in this Section shall prohibit any party from giving truthful testimony in any litigation or administrative proceedings either between the Executive and the Bank or in connection with which such party is subpoenaed and required by law to give testimony, including without limitation, any action by the Executive to enforce Executive’s rights hereunder.
11.
Severance Compensation Conditional; Remedies for Breach of Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10; Independence of Covenants; Notice to Others; Savings Clause
.
11.1
Severance Compensation Independent
. Bank’s obligation to pay Severance Compensation is conditioned on Executive’s compliance with Paragraphs 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement and Bank shall not be obligated to pay such Severance Compensation in the event of any breach by Executive of such Paragraphs.
11.2
Remedies for Breach of Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10
. Executive and Bank agree that the covenants in Sections 7, 8. 9 and 10 are reasonable covenants under the circumstances. Executive agrees that any breach of the covenants set forth in Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement will irreparably harm the Bank. The Executive and the Bank agree that in the event of any breach by the Executive of the provisions set forth in Section 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement, the Bank shall be entitled to all rights and remedies available at law or in equity, including without limitation, the following cumulative and not alternative rights:
(a) the right to obtain injunctive or other equitable relief to restrain any breach or threatened breach or otherwise to specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement, it being agreed that monetary damages alone would be inadequate to compensate the Bank, the amount of such damages will be difficult (if not impossible) to prove precisely, and would be an inadequate remedy for such breach;
(b) the right to institute civil suit to recover damages suffered by the Bank;
(c) the right to recover actual reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred by the Bank in connection with pursuing remedies hereunder; and
(d) the right to seek an equitable accounting of all earnings, profits and other benefits arising from any such violation.
11.3
Independence of Covenants.
The existence of any claim or cause of action of the Executive against the Bank, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Bank of the provisions of Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10.
11.4
Notice to Others.
Executive agrees to notify any future prospective employers and future employers, and any future joint venturers, partners and contracting parties of Executive, whose activities may be deemed to compete with Bank of the existence of each of the covenants contained in Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement.
11.5
Savings Clause.
In the event that any provision or provisions of any of the covenants in Section 7, 8, 9 and 10 would otherwise be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable in whole or in part by reason of being for too great a period of time or covering too great a geographical area or too broad a product market, or for any other reason, each such covenant shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect and be construed so as to be enforceable as to that period of time and geographical area and product market, and on such other conditions, as may be determined to be reasonable by the court.
12.
Amendments
.
No amendments to this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by both parties.
13.
Notices
.
All notices under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective (i) when delivered in person or by facsimile, telecopier, telegraph or other electronic means capable of being embodied in written form, or (ii) forty-eight (48) hours after deposit thereof in the U.S. mails by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed, in the case of Executive, to his last known address as carried on the personnel records of Bank and, in the case of Bank, to the corporate headquarters, attention of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or to such other address as the party to be notified may specify by notice to the other party.
14.
Entire Agreement
.
This Agreement is the entire agreement of the parties with respect to its subject matter and supersedes and replaces all other negotiations, discussions and prior or contemporaneous agreements between the parties, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter of Executive’s employment with Bank.
15.
Binding Effect and Benefits
.
The rights and obligations of Bank and Executive under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of Bank and Executive.
16.
Construction
.
This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, as they may be preempted by federal laws and regulations. Section headings are for convenience only and shall not be considered a part of the terms and provisions of the Agreement.
17.
Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue
.
The validity, interpretation, construction, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to its conflicts of law rules, and by federal law to the extent it pre-empts state law. For purposes of any action or proceeding, the Executive irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Commonwealth Pennsylvania and the courts of the United States of America located in Pennsylvania for the purpose of any judicial proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or otherwise. The Executive irrevocably agrees to service of process by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the addressed listed in the records of the Bank. The proper venue for all such disputes, actions or proceedings shall be Chester County. The parties agree that in any action or proceeds arising under this Agreement, attorneys’ fees and costs shall be awarded to the prevailing party.
18.
Executive's Acknowledgment of Terms and Right to Separate Counsel
. Executive acknowledges that he has read this Agreement fully and carefully, understands its terms and that it has been entered into by Executive voluntarily. Executive further acknowledges that Executive has had sufficient opportunity to consider this Agreement and discuss it with Executive's own advisors, including Executive's attorney and accountants and that Executive has made Executive’s own free decision whether and to what extent to do so.
19.
Legal Expenses
. Bank shall pay to Executive all reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by him in seeking to obtain or enforce any rights or benefits provided by this Agreement to the extent he prevails in such efforts.
20.
Indemnification of Executive
.
Bank shall indemnify Executive against any liability incurred in connection with any proceeding in which the Executive may be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Executive is or was serving as President and Chief Operating Officer to the extent permitted by the Bank’s articles of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law. To further effect, satisfy or secure the indemnification obligations provided herein or otherwise, the Bank shall cause its director and officer liability insurance to cover Executive during the Term and for such period thereafter as the Bank’s liability insurance policy permits coverage for actions or omissions of former directors or officers.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the due execution of this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
Attest:
/s/ Gertrude Hackney
Secretary
|
NEW CENTURY BANK
By:
/s/ John Sickler
For the Board of Directors
|
Witness:
_________________________________
|
RICHARD EHST
/s/ Richard Ehst
, Individually
|
-11 -
Exhibit 10.5
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT
, made as of April 12, 2010 (“Effective Date”), is by and between NEW CENTURY BANK, a Pennsylvania bank with its main office located at 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, PA 19460 (“Bank”) and THOMAS BRUGGER (“Executive”).
Background
A. Bank wishes to secure the continued services of Executive as the Bank’s Chief Financial Officer on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
B. Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter, Executive is willing to enter into this Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) upon the terms and conditions set forth.
C. The Bank’s Board of Directors has approved this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE
, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:
1.
Employment.
Bank agrees to employ Executive as its Chief Financial Officer during the “Term” defined in Section 2 of this Agreement. Executive shall report to and be subject to the direction of the Chief Executive Officer and Board of Directors of the Bank. He shall have the powers and authority ordinarily given to the position described above as provided under the Bylaws of the Bank. Executive will have such duties as normally apply to such position. Executive shall devote all of his working time, abilities and attention to the business of the Bank, and will fulfill all of the duties required of him as Chief Financial Officer. The services of Executive shall be rendered principally in Phoenixville, PA, but Executive shall undertake such traveling on behalf of Bank as may be reasonably required.
2.
Term of Employment
.
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the initial term of employment hereunder shall be for the two (2)-year period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the day preceding the two (2)-year anniversary of the Effective Date. As of each one (1)-year anniversary of the Effective Date, the term of employment hereunder shall be extended for another one (1) year, automatically, unless either party delivers notice to the contrary to the other party at least sixty (60) days prior to such one (1)-year anniversary, in which case the term of employment hereunder shall expire as of the date to which it was last extended pursuant to this sentence. Such notice shall be delivered in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 15. References in this Agreement to the “Term” shall refer both to such initial term and any successive terms.
3.
Compensation
.
In consideration of the services to be rendered by Employee, Bank shall pay to Executive during the initial Term:
(a) A base salary of not less than One hundred forty five dollars ($145,000) per annum for each year of the Term, payable in equal installments over such payroll cycles as the Bank pays its executive offices generally, with any salary for initial or final partial months or other payroll periods being prorated based on the number of calendar days in question. It is understood that the Board of Directors of the Bank shall review Executive’s performance and make a determination regarding increases in his salary at least once in every calendar year during the Term.
(b) Incentive Compensation in an amount, in such form, and at such time as is provided in such executive incentive plan for Executive, either alone or for Executive and other officers and management employees of the Bank, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank and in effect from time to time. Such incentive compensation may take the form of cash payments (“Cash Bonus”), transfers of stock or stock options (collectively, “Equity Awards”). Equity Awards shall be subject to such restrictions, vesting and other conditions and limitations as set forth in such executive incentive plan.
(c) In addition to any Equity Awards which may be granted to Executive pursuant to Section 3(b) above, Executive and the Bank agree that in connection with one or more successful acquisitions by the Bank of other financial institutions, or the issuance of shares of common stock of the Bank to raise capital, the Bank shall issue to Executive options or warrants to acquire up to one and one-half (1.5%) of the shares issued in connection with any such acquisition or capital-raising transaction, with appropriate consideration given to the then authorized capital levels as approved by the shareholders of the Bank.
4.
Reimbursement of Expenses; Retirement Plan
.
4.1
Reimbursement of Expenses.
During the Term, Bank shall reimburse Executive for reasonable expenses incurred by him in the performance of his duties, as well as those incurred in furtherance of or in connection with the business of Bank, including but not limited to traveling, entertainment, dining and other expenses.
5.
Termination of Employment
.
5.1
Termination by Bank; “Cause.”
Bank shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder at any time, with or without “Cause” (as defined below). In the event of any termination by Bank, Bank shall give Executive forty-five (45) days prior notice of any termination without Cause, but shall not be obligated to give Executive prior notice of a termination with Cause. Bank shall nevertheless be obligated to pay Executive such compensation and severance, if any, as may be provided for in this Agreement under the applicable circumstances. Bank will give Executive notice of termination of his employment pursuant to a “Notice of Termination” (as defined below).
5.2
No Right to Compensation or Benefits Except as Stated.
If the Bank terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, Executive shall have no right to severance compensation of any kind, or any right to salary or other benefits for any period after such date of termination. If Executive is terminated by Bank other than for Cause, Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under this Agreement shall be as set forth in Section 5.5.
5.3
Termination by Executive.
Executive shall have the right to terminate his employment, whether or not for “Good Reason” (as hereinafter defined), but, in all events, Executive shall give Bank notice pursuant to a written “Notice of Termination” (as defined below). If the termination by Executive is other than for Good Reason: (i) Executive must give Bank a Notice of Termination not less than forty five (45) days prior to the date his termination of employment will be effective, and (ii) Executive shall have no right to severance compensation of any kind, or any right to salary or other benefits for any period after such date of termination. If termination is by Executive for Good Reason, Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under this Agreement shall be as set forth in Section 5.5.
5.4
Certain Definitions.
(a) In connection with a termination of Executive’s employment by the Bank, “Cause” shall mean any one or more of the following reasons: (l) the willful material failure by the Executive to perform the duties required of him hereunder (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness of the Executive or material changes in the direction and policies of the Board of Directors of Bank), if such failure continues for fifteen (15) days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Bank which specifically identifies the manner in which it is believed that the Executive has failed to attempt to perform his duties hereunder; (2) the willful engaging by the Executive in willful misconduct materially injurious to the Bank; (3) receipt by the Bank of a notice (which shall not have been appealed by Executive or shall have become final and non-appealable) of any governmental body or entity having jurisdiction over the Bank requiring termination or removal of the Executive from his then present position, or receipt of a written directive or order of any governmental body or entity having jurisdiction over the Bank (which shall not have been appealed by Executive or shall have become final and non-appealable) requiring termination or removal of the Executive from his then present position; (4) personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, willful breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit or conviction of a felony; or (5) material breach of any provision set forth in Paragraphs 7, 8, or 10, to the extent applicable. For purposes of this paragraph, no act, or failure to act, on the Executive's part shall be considered ''willful'' unless done or omitted to be done by Executive in bad faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of Bank. Any act or omission to act by the Executive in reliance upon a written opinion of counsel to Bank shall not be deemed to be willful.
(b) Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean (1) a material breach by Bank of the provisions of this Agreement, which failure has not been cured within 30 days after a written notice of such noncompliance has been given by Executive to Bank; (2) any purported termination of Executive’s employment which is not effected in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement; (3) any reduction in title or a material adverse change in Executive’s responsibilities or authority which are inconsistent with, or the assignment to Executive of duties inconsistent with, Executive’s status as Chief Financial Officer of Bank; or (4) any reduction in Executive’s annual base salary as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time.
(c) Notice of Termination. Any termination of Executive’s employment by Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a dated notice which shall (1) indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon; (2) set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated; and (3) be given in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 13.
5.5
Compensation Upon Certain Types of Termination.
If Executive shall terminate his employment for Good Reason during the Term, or if Executive’s Employment is terminated by the Bank other than for Cause during the Term, or if Executive’s Employment is terminated for any reason other than Cause upon expiration of the Term, then in lieu of any salary or damages payments to Executive for periods subsequent to the date of termination, Bank shall pay as “Severance Compensation” to Executive, in lieu of all other damages, compensation and benefits other than any benefits the right to which shall have previously vested, an amount (the “Severance Compensation”) equal to the following, depending upon whether a “Change in Control” (as defined below) shall have occurred at the time of termination of employment:
(a) If a Change in Control shall not have occurred within twelve (12) months prior to the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Bank, the Bank shall pay Executive the following Severance Compensation, payable at the respective times and on the respective conditions set forth in this subsection for each type of Severance Compensation:
(i)
Cash Severance Compensation
. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive a dollar amount equal to the sum of Executive’s then current base salary plus the average of the annual Cash Bonuses paid to him with respect to the three (3) fiscal years of the Bank immediately preceding the fiscal year of termination, for the greater of one (1) year or the period of time remaining in the Term. This element of Severance Compensation shall be payable in equal installments on the normal pay dates following Executive’s separation from service with the Bank within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (such Section and regulations are sometimes referred to in this Agreement as “Section 409A”). If, as of the date of the Executive’s separation from service, stock of the Bank or a holding company or other parent entity with respect to the Bank is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, and if necessary to comply with Section 409A, payments otherwise due during the six (6)-month period following his separation from service shall be suspended and paid in a lump sum upon completion of such six (6)-month period, at which time the balance of the payments shall commence in installments as described in the preceding sentence. Payments shall be subject to deduction for such tax withholdings as Bank may be obligated to make;
(ii)
Equity Awards
. All Equity Awards shall be vested in full;
(iii)
Cash Bonus
. Executive shall be entitled to a fraction of any Cash Bonus for the fiscal year of the Bank within which Executive’s termination of employment occurs which, based upon the criteria established for such Cash Bonus, would have been payable to Executive had he remained employed through the date of payment, the numerator of which is the number of days of such fiscal year prior to his termination of employment and the denominator of which is three hundred and sixty-five (365); and
(iv) Bank shall continue to provide health insurance (including dental if applicable) and any life or disability insurance benefits for the shorter of (i) the length of the severance measurement period set forth in Section 5.5(a)(i) above, or (ii) the maximum period the Bank is then permitted to extend each individual benefit under the applicable plan or policy or applicable law.
(b) If a Change in Control shall have occurred within twelve (12) months prior to the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Bank, the Bank shall pay Executive Severance Compensation equal to two hundred percent (200%) of the sum of Executive’s then current base salary plus the average of the annual Cash Bonuses paid to him with respect to the three (3) fiscal years of the Bank immediately preceding the fiscal year of termination. The Severance Compensation shall be payable in a single lump sum within thirty (30) days following Executive’s separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A. If, as of the date of the Executive’s separation from service, stock of the Bank or a holding company or other parent entity with respect to the Bank is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, and if necessary to comply with Section 409A, payment of the lump sum shall be suspended and paid within the thirty (30)-day period following the close of the six (6)-month period following his separation from service. Payments shall be subject to deduction for such tax withholdings as Bank may be obligated to make. In addition to the aforesaid Executive Severance Compensation, additional Executive Severance Compensation shall be provided as set forth below.
(i)
Equity Awards
. All Equity Awards shall be vested in full;
(ii)
Cash Bonus
. Executive shall be entitled to a fraction of any Cash Bonus for the fiscal year of the Bank within which Executive’s termination of employment occurs which, based upon the criteria established for such Cash Bonus, would have been payable to Executive had he remained employed through the date of payment, the numerator of which is the number of days of such fiscal year prior to his termination of employment and the denominator of which is three hundred and sixty-five (365);
(iii) Bank shall continue to provide health insurance (including dental if applicable) and any life or disability insurance benefits for the shorter of (i) the length of the severance measurement period set forth in above in this Section 5.5(b), or (ii) the maximum period the Bank is then permitted to extend each individual benefit under the applicable plan or policy or applicable law; and
(iv) If, as a result of payments provided for under or pursuant to this Agreement together with all other payments in the nature of compensation provided to or for the benefit of Executive under any other agreement in connection with a Change in Control, Executive becomes subject to taxes of any state, local or federal taxing authority that would not have been imposed on such payments but for the occurrence of a Change in Control, including any excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code and any successor or comparable provision, then, in addition to any other benefits provided under or pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, Bank (including any successor to Bank) shall pay to Executive at the time any such payments are made under or pursuant to this or the other agreements, an amount equal to the amount of any such taxes imposed or to be imposed on Executive (the amount of any such payment, the “Parachute Tax Reimbursement”). In addition, Bank (including any successor to Bank) shall “gross up” such Parachute Tax Reimbursement by paying to Executive at the same time an additional amount equal to the aggregate amount of any additional taxes (whether income taxes, excise taxes, special taxes, employment taxes or otherwise) that are or will be payable by Executive as a result of the Parachute Tax Reimbursement being paid or payable to Executive and/or as a result of the additional amounts paid or payable to Executive pursuant to this sentence, such that after payment of such additional taxes Executive shall have been paid on a net after-tax basis an amount equal to the Parachute Tax Reimbursement. The amount of any Parachute Tax Reimbursement and of any such gross-up amounts shall be determined by Bank’s independent auditing firm, whose determination, absent manifest error, shall be treated as conclusive and binding absent a binding determination by a governmental taxing authority that a greater amount of taxes is payable by Executive.
(c) For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:
(i) There occurs a merger, consolidation or other business combination or reorganization to which the Bank is a party, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank, in which (A) the members of the Board of Directors of the Bank immediately preceding the consummation of such transaction do not constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the resulting corporation and of any parent corporation thereof immediately after the consummation of such transaction, and (B) the shareholders of the Bank immediately before such transaction do not hold more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of securities of the resulting corporation;
(ii) There occurs a sale, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Bank to another entity, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank (for purpose of this Agreement, a sale of more than one-half of the branches of the Bank would constitute a Change in Control, but for purposes of this paragraph, no branches or assets will be deemed to have been sold if they are leased back contemporaneously with or promptly after their sale);
(iii) A plan of liquidation or dissolution is adopted for the Bank; or
(iv) Any “person” or any group of “persons” (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as if such provisions were applicable to the Bank, other than the holders of shares of the Bank’s common stock in existence on the date of the Opening for Business, is or shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), as if such rule were applicable to the Bank, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Bank’s then outstanding securities.
(d) In the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated during the Term as a result of his death or disability, he (or his estate, as the case may be) shall not be entitled to any payments or other benefits pursuant to this Section 5.5 or otherwise.
5.6
Mitigation by Executive.
Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in Section 5.5 by seeking other employment or otherwise.
6.
Effect of TARP Participation
.
6.1
Basic Agreement re Effect of TARP Participation.
It is anticipated by Executive and Bank that Bank may elect to participate in the Troubled Assets Relief Program (“TARP”) established under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”), as amended by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) and any subsequent legislation whether heretofore or hereafter enacted (“Subsequent Legislation”) and as implemented by present and future regulations of applicable federal government agencies (“Implementing Regulations”) (the requirements of EESA, ARRA, Subsequent Legislation and Implementing Regulations that may be applicable to the Bank or Executive or the compensation or benefits provided to Executive under this Agreement or otherwise as a result of the Bank's participation in TARP are sometimes referred to herein as the “TARP Provisions”). In that event, if the compensation and benefits to be provided to Executive pursuant to Sections 3, 4 and 5 of this Agreement, or any portion or element thereof, or any other compensation, benefits or perquisites hereafter agreed upon by the parties, must be reduced, delayed or otherwise modified in order for the Bank to comply with any of the TARP Provisions, as interpreted and implemented by regulations of the U. S. Department of the Treasury and the terms of any contract between Bank or Executive and said Department or any other agency of the federal government (“TARP Requirements”), this Agreement and all such other compensation, benefits and perquisites and agreements relating to any of the foregoing shall automatically be deemed amended to cause the Bank to be in compliance at all times with the TARP Requirements. Executive and Bank shall negotiate in good faith to document, by amendment or amendments to this Agreement or any other agreements, plans or benefits, the modifications so required, but the parties' failure to reach final agreement shall not negate the provisions of this Section.
6.2
Agreements Supporting TARP Waiver.
In consideration for the benefits Executive will receive under this Agreement and potentially as a result of Bank’s participation in TARP, Executive hereby voluntarily waives any claim against the Bank for any changes to Executive's compensation or benefits that are required for Bank to comply with TARP Requirements. This waiver includes all claims Executive may have under the laws of the United States or any state related to the requirements imposed by any of the TARP Requirements, including without limitation a claim for any compensation or other payments Executive would otherwise receive, any challenge to the process by which any of the TARP Requirements were adopted and any tort or constitutional claim about the effect of any of the TARP Requirements on Executive's employment relationship with Bank. Executive agrees to execute such waivers and other agreements as may be requires by the U.S. Treasury Department in connection with Bank's participation in TARP.
7.
Non-Disclosure
.
The Executive covenants and agrees that Executive will not at any time, either during the Term or thereafter, use, disclose or make accessible to any other person, firm, partnership, corporation or any other entity any Confidential and Proprietary Information (as defined herein), other than to (a) Executive’s attorney or spouse in confidence, (b) while employed by the Bank, in the business and for the benefit of the Bank, or (c) when required to do so by a court of competent jurisdiction, any government agency having supervisory authority over the business of the Executive or the Bank or any administrative body or legislative body, including a committee thereof, with jurisdiction.
For purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential and Proprietary Information" shall mean non-public, confidential, and proprietary information provided to the Executive concerning, without limitation, the Bank’s financial condition and/or results of operations, statistical data, products, ideas and concepts, strategic business plans, lists of customers or customer information, information relating to marketing plans, management development reviews, including information regarding the capabilities and experience of the Bank’s employees, compensation, recruiting and training, and human resource policies and procedures, policy and procedure manuals, together with all materials and documents in any form or medium (including oral, written, tangible, intangible, or electronic) concerning any of the above, and other non-public, proprietary and confidential information of the Bank; provided, however, that Confidential and Proprietary Information shall not include any information that is known generally to the public or within the industry other than as a result of unauthorized disclosure by the Executive. It is specifically understood and agreed by the Executive that any non-public information received by the Executive during Executive’s employment by the Bank is deemed Confidential and Proprietary Information for purposes of this Agreement. In the event the Executive's employment is terminated for any reason, the Executive shall immediately return to the Bank upon request all Confidential and Proprietary Information in Executive’s possession or control.
8.
Non-Solicitation
.
Executive agrees that during the Term and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, unless the Executive obtains the Bank’s prior written permission, which may be granted or denied at the Bank’s sole and absolute discretion, the Executive shall not:
(a) solicit or divert to any competitor of the Bank or, upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Bank, accept any business from any individual or entity that is a customer or a prospective customer of the Bank, to the extent that such prospective customer was identifiable as such prior to the date of the Executive’s termination, except that this covenant of non-solicitation shall not apply with respect to anyone who, while having previously been a customer or prospect of the Bank, is no longer a customer or prospect of the Bank at the time of the solicitation; and/or
(b) induce or encourage any officer and/or employee of the Bank to leave the employ of the Bank, hire any individual who was an employee of the Bank as of the date of the termination of the Executive’s, or induce or encourage any customer, vendor, participant, agent or other business relation of the Bank to cease or reduce doing business with the Bank or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, vendor, participant, agent or other business relation and the Bank.
9.
Noncompete Agreement
.
For a period of twelve (12) months after any resignation or termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, within 25 miles of any office of the Bank, enter into or engage directly or indirectly in competition with the Bank or any subsidiary or other company under common control with the Bank, in any financial services business conducted by the Bank or any such subsidiary at the time of such resignation or termination, either as an individual on his own or as a partner or joint venturer, or as a director, officer, shareholder, employee, agent, independent contractor, nor shall Executive assist any other person or entity in engaging directly or indirectly in such competition.
10.
Non-Disparagement
.
During the Term, after its expiration and following the termination of this Agreement by the Bank or the Executive for any reason, each party agrees not to make any statements, in writing or otherwise, that disparage the reputation or character of the other party or, in the case of the Bank, any subsidiaries or affiliates of the Bank or any of their respective managers, directors, officers, stockholders, partners, members or employees, at any time for any reason whatsoever, except that nothing in this Section shall prohibit any party from giving truthful testimony in any litigation or administrative proceedings either between the Executive and the Bank or in connection with which such party is subpoenaed and required by law to give testimony, including without limitation, any action by the Executive to enforce Executive’s rights hereunder.
11.
Severance Compensation Conditional; Remedies for Breach of Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10; Independence of Covenants; Notice to Others; Savings Clause
.
11.1
Severance Compensation Independent
. Bank’s obligation to pay Severance Compensation is conditioned on Executive’s compliance with Paragraphs 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement and Bank shall not be obligated to pay such Severance Compensation in the event of any breach by Executive of such Paragraphs.
11.2
Remedies for Breach of Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10
. Executive and Bank agree that the covenants in Sections 7, 8. 9 and 10 are reasonable covenants under the circumstances. Executive agrees that any breach of the covenants set forth in Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement will irreparably harm the Bank. The Executive and the Bank agree that in the event of any breach by the Executive of the provisions set forth in Section 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement, the Bank shall be entitled to all rights and remedies available at law or in equity, including without limitation, the following cumulative and not alternative rights:
(a) the right to obtain injunctive or other equitable relief to restrain any breach or threatened breach or otherwise to specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement, it being agreed that monetary damages alone would be inadequate to compensate the Bank, the amount of such damages will be difficult (if not impossible) to prove precisely, and would be an inadequate remedy for such breach;
(b) the right to institute civil suit to recover damages suffered by the Bank;
(c) the right to recover actual reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred by the Bank in connection with pursuing remedies hereunder; and
(d) the right to seek an equitable accounting of all earnings, profits and other benefits arising from any such violation.
11.3
Independence of Covenants.
The existence of any claim or cause of action of the Executive against the Bank, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Bank of the provisions of Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10.
11.4
Notice to Others.
Executive agrees to notify any future prospective employers and future employers, and any future joint venturers, partners and contracting parties of Executive, whose activities may be deemed to compete with Bank of the existence of each of the covenants contained in Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement.
11.5
Savings Clause.
In the event that any provision or provisions of any of the covenants in Section 7, 8, 9 and 10 would otherwise be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable in whole or in part by reason of being for too great a period of time or covering too great a geographical area or too broad a product market, or for any other reason, each such covenant shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect and be construed so as to be enforceable as to that period of time and geographical area and product market, and on such other conditions, as may be determined to be reasonable by the court.
12.
Amendments
.
No amendments to this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by both parties.
13.
Notices
.
All notices under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective (i) when delivered in person or by facsimile, telecopier, telegraph or other electronic means capable of being embodied in written form, or (ii) forty-eight (48) hours after deposit thereof in the U.S. mails by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed, in the case of Executive, to his last known address as carried on the personnel records of Bank and, in the case of Bank, to the corporate headquarters, attention of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or to such other address as the party to be notified may specify by notice to the other party.
14.
Entire Agreement
.
This Agreement is the entire agreement of the parties with respect to its subject matter and supersedes and replaces all other negotiations, discussions and prior or contemporaneous agreements between the parties, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter of Executive’s employment with Bank.
15.
Binding Effect and Benefits
.
The rights and obligations of Bank and Executive under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of Bank and Executive.
16.
Construction
.
This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, as they may be preempted by federal laws and regulations. Section headings are for convenience only and shall not be considered a part of the terms and provisions of the Agreement.
17.
Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue
.
The validity, interpretation, construction, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to its conflicts of law rules, and by federal law to the extent it pre-empts state law. For purposes of any action or proceeding, the Executive irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Commonwealth Pennsylvania and the courts of the United States of America located in Pennsylvania for the purpose of any judicial proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or otherwise. The Executive irrevocably agrees to service of process by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the addressed listed in the records of the Bank. The proper venue for all such disputes, actions or proceedings shall be Chester County. The parties agree that in any action or proceeds arising under this Agreement, attorneys’ fees and costs shall be awarded to the prevailing party.
18.
Executive's Acknowledgment of Terms and Right to Separate Counsel
. Executive acknowledges that he has read this Agreement fully and carefully, understands its terms and that it has been entered into by Executive voluntarily. Executive further acknowledges that Executive has had sufficient opportunity to consider this Agreement and discuss it with Executive's own advisors, including Executive's attorney and accountants and that Executive has made Executive’s own free decision whether and to what extent to do so.
19.
Legal Expenses
. Bank shall pay to Executive all reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by him in seeking to obtain or enforce any rights or benefits provided by this Agreement to the extent he prevails in such efforts.
20.
Indemnification of Executive
.
Bank shall indemnify Executive against any liability incurred in connection with any proceeding in which the Executive may be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Executive is or was serving as President and Chief Financial Officer to the extent permitted by the Bank’s articles of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law. To further effect, satisfy or secure the indemnification obligations provided herein or otherwise, the Bank shall cause its director and officer liability insurance to cover Executive during the Term and for such period thereafter as the Bank’s liability insurance policy permits coverage for actions or omissions of former directors or officers.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the due execution of this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
Attest:
/s/ Gertrude Hackney
Secretary
|
NEW CENTURY BANK
By:
/s/ John Sickler
For the Board of Directors
|
Witness:
_________________________________
|
THOMAS BRUGGER
/s/ Thomas Brugger
, Individually
|
- 11 -
Exhibit 10.6
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of May 19, 2009, is made by and between NEW CENTURY BANK, a Pennsylvania bank (the "Bank") and JAY SIDHU, an individual with principal residence at
5 Chardonnay Circle, Mohnton, PA 19540
("Jay Sidhu").
Background:
A. On or about May 5, 2009, the parties signed a Summary of Terms and Supplemental Terms (attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A and made part hereof) (collectively, the "Terms"), providing the basic framework for a proposal involving the raising of new capital for the Bank and the appointment of Jay Sidhu as a director and chairman and chief executive officer of the Bank.
B. The parties wish to formalize the Terms as a definitive agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE. intending to be legally bound hereby, and in consideration of the mutual benefits and covenants contained in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:
1.
Incorporation of Terms
. The Terms are hereby incorporated into this Agreement as if set forth in full, subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the other "Operative Documents" referred to in this Agreement. In the event of conflict between the Terms, on the one hand, and this Agreement or any of the other Operative Documents on the other hand, the terms of this Agreement and the Operative Documents, as applicable, shall prevail.
2.
Operative Documents
. Attached to this Agreement are the following forms of agreement and
other documents reflecting the general intent of the parties with respect to the respective subject matter
of each of them (the following, including this Agreement, are sometimes referred to herein as the "Operative Documents"):
(a) Form of Subscription Agreement (the "Subscription Agreement") relating to the proposed investment by Jay Sidhu of $750,000 to purchase 125,000 shares of the Bank's common stock at a per share price of $6.00 per share, plus a warrant to purchase additional shares of the Bank's common stock at a per share exercise price of $6.00 per share, as more fully set forth in the Subscription Agreement (the "Warrant").
(b) Form of Warrant referred to in the Subscription Agreement (the "Subscription Warrant").
(c) Form of Prospectus for a proposed Exchange Offer (the "Exchange Offer Prospectus") to be made by the Bank to the current holders of its preferred stock, to exchange the outstanding shares of preferred stock for the Bank's common stock at an exchange ratio of (i) 1,666.6667 share(s) of the Bank's common stock plus (ii) a warrant to purchase 250 shares of the Bank's common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share for each $10,000 in liquidation preference of preferred shares held by each holder (the "Exchange Offer").
(d) Form of Exchange Agreement and Warrant to implement the Exchange Offer (the "Exchange Agreement").
-1-
(e) Form of Employment Agreement between the Bank as employer and Jay Sidhu as chairman and chief executive officer of the Bank (the "Employment Agreement").
(f) Form of Consulting Agreement between the Bank and Kenneth Mumma (the "Consulting Agreement").
3.
Preliminary Actions
. The parties agree to take the following steps on the following respective conditions at the following respective times:
(a) On the date of signing of this Agreement and the Subscription Agreement by both parties, the board of directors of the Bank will appoint Jay Sidhu as a director of the Bank.
(b) At the Bank's annual shareholder meeting on May 20, 2009, the Bank will announce the appointment of Jay Sidhu as a director of the Bank and the entering into of this Agreement. The Bank and Jay Sidhu will agree on such other public announcements, press releases and disclosures as may be reasonable and appropriate in order to advise the Bank's shareholders of these matters.
(c) Within one (1) week after the date of signing of this Agreement, the parties shall finalize the Employment Agreement and Consulting Agreement, consistent with the forms attached to this Agreement but with such further changes as the parties may mutually agree, and each party shall execute and deliver them. The Employment Agreement shall be contingent upon Jay Sidhu satisfying the other conditions to his employment as chairman and chief executive officer set forth in this Agreement.
4.
Subscription Offering and Exchange Offer
. Immediately after entering into this Agreement, the Bank and Jay Sidhu will commence mutual diligent reasonable efforts to (i) raise an additional $9,250,000 in addition to the amount of capital to be raised under the Jay Sidhu Subscription Agreement (the "Target Capital") in a private offering to individual "accredited investors" on the terms and at the subscription price set forth in the Subscription Agreement (the "Subscription Offering"), and (ii) complete the Exchange Offer on the terms set forth in the Exchange Offer Prospectus and Exchange Agreement. The parties contemplate that all investors, including Jay Sidhu, will invest separately and independently and in their respective individual capacities, and that no entity will make such investment as may cause it to require approval to be registered as a bank holding company. The parties also contemplate that one or more investors, including Jay Sidhu, will need to obtain bank regulatory approval for a change in bank control prior to completing their purchase of shares of the Bank's common stock. Jay Sidhu represents and warrants to the Bank that he is personally acquainted with a sufficient number of such individuals as to be able to raise the Target Capital on behalf of the Bank. The Bank represents and warrants to Jay Sidhu that it reasonably believes that it can complete the Exchange Offer with holders of not less than $980,000 in liquidation amount of its preferred stock. The parties shall cooperate diligently to (A) cause Subscription Agreements to be entered into by sufficient accredited investors for, and to close upon, the issuance of Bank common stock sufficient to raise the Target Capital in collected funds on or before July 31, 2009, and (B) complete the Exchange Offer, all no later than July 31, 2009.
5.
Appointment as Chairman and CEO; Directors
. If the Bank has received signed subscription agreements and subscription proceeds in collected funds for the Target Capital on or before June 15, 2009, the Bank shall cause its board of directors to appoint Jay Sidhu as chairman and chief executive officer of the Bank and the Employment Agreement shall thereupon take effect. The Bank also agrees that its board of directors shall appoint two (2) additional directors who shall be individuals to be mutually agreeable to Jay Sidhu and the Bank's board of directors.
-2-
6.
Consulting
. Immediately after the appointment of Jay Sidhu as chairman and chief executive officer of the Bank, the Bank shall cause its board of directors to retain Kenneth Mumma as a consultant to the board and the Consulting Agreement shall thereupon take effect.
7.
Expenses
. If the Bank has raised, closed upon and received the Target Capital in collected funds on or before July 31, 2009, the Bank will reimburse Jay Sidhu for up to $100,000 in out-of pocket costs incurred by him as of May 19, 2009 relating to raising capital for the Bank such as reasonable travel and entertainment expenses and reasonable attorneys fees.
8.
Other Terms
. The parties shall cooperate reasonably to implement the other Terms with reasonable promptness consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the other Operative Agreement. The parties further agree that the Terms and the Operative Agreements shall in all events be subject to applicable law, including without limitation banking laws and regulations and shall be adjusted to the extent necessary to assure their compliance with applicable law and requirements of applicable regulatory agencies.
9.
Amendment
. This Agreement may only be modified or waived in a writing signed by both parties.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused the due execution of this Agreement as of the date first written above.
NEW CENTURY BANK
By:
|
/s/ Kenneth B. Mumma
|
|
/s/ Jay Sidhu
|
|
Kenneth B. Mumma
|
|
Jay Sidhu, Individually
|
|
Chairman & CEO
|
|
|
Exhibit 10.7
NEW
CENTURY BANK
2004
INCENTIVE EQUITY
AND
DEFERRED
COMPENSATION PLAN
ARTICLE
1
PURPOSE
1.1
GENERAL
. This
2004 Incentive Equity and Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) for New
Century Bank supersedes the Bank’s existing Stock Option Plan of New Century
Bank (originally effective as of June 26, 1997), pursuant to which no further
awards or grants will be made after the Effective Date. The purpose
of the Plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of New Century Bank
by linking the personal interests of directors, employees, officers and
executives of the Bank to those of Bank shareholders and by providing such
individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance in order to generate
superior returns to shareholders of the Bank. The Plan is further
intended to provide flexibility to the Bank in its ability to motivate, attract,
and retain the services of directors, employees, officers, and executives upon
whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the
Bank’s operation is largely dependent.
ARTICLE
2
EFFECTIVE
DATE AND TERM
2.1
EFFECTIVE
DATE
. The Plan will be effective as of the date it is approved
by the shareholders of the Bank (the “Effective Date”). No Awards
which could not have been granted under the prior version of the Plan shall be
made prior to shareholder approval of this Plan.
2.2
TERM
. Unless
sooner terminated by the Board, the Plan shall terminate on the Plan Termination
Date, and no Awards may be granted under the Plan thereafter. The
termination of the Plan shall not affect any Award that is outstanding on the
termination date, without the consent of the Participant.
ARTICLE
3
DEFINITIONS
AND CONSTRUCTION
3.1
DEFINITIONS
. When
a word or phrase appears in this Plan with the initial letter capitalized, and
the word or phrase does not commence a sentence, the word or phrase shall
generally be given the meaning ascribed to it in this Section or in Sections 1.1
or 2.1 unless a clearly different meaning is required by the
context. The following words and phrases shall have the following
meanings:
(a)
“Award”
means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Unrestricted
Stock Award, or Performance-Based Award granted to a Participant under the
Plan.
(b)
“Award
Agreement” means a writing, in such form as the Committee in its discretion
shall prescribe, evidencing an Award.
(c)
“Bank”
means New Century Bank.
(d)
“Board”
means the Board of Directors of the Bank.
(e)
“Cause”
means actions of or failure to act by a Participant which would authorize the
forfeiture of fringe benefits or other remuneration under his or her written
contract of employment with the Bank or, if there is no written contract of
employment, and with respect to non-employee Directors, (i) willful misconduct
materially injurious to the Bank, (ii) dishonesty, (iii) the commission of a
crime, or (iv) gross negligence of the Participant in the performance of his or
her duties.
(f)
“Change
in Control” means:
(1)
the
acquisition by a person or persons acting in concert of the power to vote
twenty-five percent (25%) or more of a class of the Bank’s voting
securities;
(2)
the
acquisition by a person of the power to direct the Bank’s or Bank’s management
or policies, if the Board of Directors or the Bank’s primary federal regulator
has made a determination that such acquisition constitutes or will constitute an
acquisition of control of the Bank for the purposes of the Change in Bank
Control Act or other similar law and the regulations thereunder;
(3)
during
any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of
such period constitute the members of the Board cease, for any reason, to
constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election of each director who
was not a director at the beginning of such period has been approved in advance
by directors representing at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then in
office who were directors in office at the beginning of the period; provided,
however, that for purposes of this clause (3), each director who is first
elected to the Board (or first nominated by the Board for election by the
shareholders) with the approval of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors
who were directors at the beginning of the period shall be deemed to be a
director at the beginning of the two-year period;
(4)
the Bank
shall have merged into or consolidated with another corporation, or merged
another corporation into the Bank, on a basis whereby less than fifty percent
(50%) of the total voting power of the surviving corporation is represented by
shares held by persons who were shareholders of the Bank immediately before the
merger or consolidation; or
(5)
the Bank
shall have sold to another person substantially all of the Bank’s assets.
The term
“person” refers to an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association,
joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization
or other entity.
(g)
“Code”
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and regulations promulgated
thereunder.
(h)
“Committee”
means the committee of the Board described in Article 4.
(i)
“Covered
Employee” means an Employee who is a “covered employee” within the meaning of
Section 162(m) of the Code.
(j)
“Deferred
Compensation Account” means the bookkeeping account established for each
Participant pursuant to Section 12.2 of this Plan.
(k)
“Director”
means a member of the Board.
(l)
“Disability”
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
(m)
“Distribution
Event” means an event as a result of which a Participant is entitled to receive
the balance of his or her Deferred Compensation Account pursuant to Section 12.3
of this Plan, namely (i) with respect to a Participant who is an employee of the
Bank and the portion of his or her Deferred Compensation Account attributable to
an Award or other compensation earned as an employee, the date the Participant
terminates his or her employment with the Bank, and (ii) with respect a
Participant who is a Director and the portion of his or her Deferred
Compensation Account attributable to an Award or other compensation earned as a
Director, the earlier of (A) the date the Participant terminates his or her
service as a Director, or (B) the Participant’s attainment of the age specified
(not younger than age 55) in an election form filed by the Participant with the
Committee at such time as he or she first becomes eligible to defer compensation
pursuant to Article 12 of this Plan.
(n)
"Employee"
shall mean an individual who is an employee of the Bank under general common law
principles. An individual who is an "Employee," as so defined, may also be a
member of the Board or the Board of Directors of the Bank (but not a
Non-Employee Director).
(o)
“Exchange
Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the regulations
promulgated thereunder.
(p)
“Fair
Market Value” means, as of any given date, the fair market value of Stock on a
particular date determined in accordance with the requirements of Section 422 of
the Code.
(q)
“Incentive
Stock Option” means an Option that is intended to meet the requirements of
Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.
(r)
“Non-Employee
Director” means a member of the Board who is not an Employee.
(s)
“Non-Qualified
Stock Option” means an Option that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock
Option.
(t)
“Option”
means a right granted to a Participant under Article 7 of the Plan to purchase
Stock at a specified price during specified time periods. An Option
may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock
Option.
(u)
“Participant”
means a person who, as a Director or an employee, officer, or executive of the
Bank, has been granted an Award under the Plan, or who has been designated as
eligible to make an election to defer compensation under this Plan.
(v)
“Performance-Based
Awards” means Stock Awards granted to selected Covered Employees pursuant to
Article 9, but which are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
Article 10. All Performance-Based Awards are intended to qualify as
“performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.
(w)
“Performance
Criteria” means the criteria that the Committee selects for purposes of
establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Participant for a
Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to
establish Performance Goals may include, but shall not be limited to, one or
more of the following: pre- or after-tax net earnings, sales growth,
operating earnings, operating cash flow, working capital, return on net assets,
return on stockholders’ equity, return on assets, return on capital, Stock price
growth, stockholder returns, gross or net profit margin, earnings per share,
price per share of Stock, and market share, any of which may be measured either
in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to
results of a peer group. The Committee shall, within the time
prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code, define in an objective fashion the
manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such
Performance Period for such Participant.
(x)
“Performance
Goals” means, for a Performance Period, the goals established in writing by the
Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance
Criteria. Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish
such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of
overall Bank performance or the performance of a division, business unit, or an
individual. The Committee, in its discretion, may, within the time
prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code, adjust or modify the calculation of
Performance Goals for such Performance Period in order to prevent the dilution
or enlargement of the rights of Participants (i) in the event of, or in
anticipation of, any unusual or extraordinary corporate item, transaction,
event, or development, or (ii) in recognition of, or in anticipation of, any
other unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Bank, or the financial
statements of the Bank, or in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in
applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, or business
conditions.
(y)
“Performance
Period” means the one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and
overlapping durations, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of
one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a
Participant’s right to, and the payment of, a Performance-Based
Award.
(z)
“Plan”
means the New Century Bank 2004 Incentive Equity and Deferred Compensation Plan
as set forth herein.
(aa)
“Plan
Termination Date” means the date that is ten (10) years after the Effective
Date.
(bb)
“Restricted
Stock Award” means Stock granted to a Participant under Article 9 that is
subject to certain restrictions and to risk of forfeiture.
(cc)
“Stock”
means the common stock of New Century Bank and such other securities of New
Century Bank which may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Article
13.
(dd)
“Stock
Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right granted to a Participant under
Article 8 to receive a payment equal to the difference between the Fair Market
Value of a share of Stock as of the date of exercise of the SAR over the grant
price of the SAR, all as determined pursuant to Article 8.
(ee)
“Stock
Award” means a Restricted Stock Award or an Unrestricted Stock
Award.
(ff)
“Unrestricted
Stock Award” means Stock granted to a Participant under Article 9 that is not
subject to restrictions or a risk of forfeiture.
ARTICLE
4
ADMINISTRATION
4.1
COMMITTEE;
BOARD APPROVAL
. The Plan shall be administered by a Committee
appointed by, and which serves at the discretion of, the
Board. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, during any
period in which the Bank may be subject to the Exchange Act, either: (i) the
Committee shall consist of at least two individuals and each member of the
Committee shall qualify as a Non-Employee Director; or (ii) (A) at least two
members of the Committee must qualify as Non-Employee Directors, (B) any member
of the Committee who does not qualify as a “Non-Employee Director” may not
participate in any action of the Committee with respect to any Award under the
Plan, and (C) the Plan shall be deemed to be administered by the full Board, the
actions of the Committee under the Plan shall be deemed merely advisory to the
Board, and the Board’s approval shall be required for all actions of the
Committee under the Plan, including without limitation the grant of each
Award. To the extent necessary or desirable (as may be determined by
the Board from time to time) each member of the Committee shall also qualify as
an “outside director” under Code Section 162(m) and the regulations issued
thereunder. The members of the Committee shall meet such additional
criteria as may be necessary or desirable to comply with regulatory or stock
exchange rules or exemptions. The Bank will pay all reasonable
expenses of the Committee. The Board of Directors may designate the Bank’s
Compensation Committee as the “Committee” hereunder provided the Compensation
Committee meets these requirements.
4.2
AUTHORITY
OF COMMITTEE
. Subject to any specific designation in the Plan,
the Committee (or the Board, in cases where the Board administers the Plan
pursuant to Section 4.1) has the exclusive power, authority and discretion
to:
(a)
Designate
Participants to receive Awards;
(b)
Determine
the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant;
(c)
Determine
the number of Awards to be granted and the number of shares of Stock to which an
Award will relate;
(d)
Determine
the terms and conditions of any Award granted under the Plan including but not
limited to, the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any restrictions
or limitations on the Award, any schedule for lapse of forfeiture restrictions
or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers
thereof, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee in its sole
discretion determines;
(e)
Amend,
modify, or terminate any outstanding Award, with the Participant’s consent
unless the Committee has the authority to amend, modify, or terminate an Award
without the Participant’s consent under any other provision of the
Plan.
(f)
Determine
whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled
in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in, cash, Stock, other Awards,
or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or
surrendered;
(g)
Prescribe
the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each
Participant;
(h)
Decide
all other matters that must be determined in connection with an
Award;
(i)
Establish,
adopt, revise, amend or rescind any guidelines, rules and regulations as it may
deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and
(j)
Interpret
the terms of, and rule on any matter arising under, the Plan or any Award
Agreement;
(k)
Make all
other decisions and determinations that may be required under the Plan or as the
Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan, including but not
limited to, the determination of whether and to what extent any Performance
Goals have been achieved; and
(l)
Retain
counsel, accountants and other consultants to aid in exercising its powers and
carrying out its duties under the Plan.
4.3
DECISIONS
BINDING
. The Committee’s interpretation of the Plan, any
Awards granted under the Plan, any Award Agreement and all decisions and
determinations by the Committee with respect to the Plan shall (if approved or
ratified by the Board during any period when the Board is deemed to administer
the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1) be final, binding, and conclusive on all
parties and any other persons claiming an interest in any Award or under the
Plan.
ARTICLE
5
SHARES
SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
5.1
NUMBER OF
SHARES
. Subject to adjustment provided in Section 13.1, the
aggregate number of shares of Stock reserved and available for grant under the
Plan, in addition to any shares of Stock that become available by reason of the
lapse of an Award granted prior to the Effective date, shall be 200,000
shares.
5.2
LAPSED
AWARDS
. To the extent that an Award terminates, is cancelled,
expires, lapses or is forfeited for any reason, including, but not limited to,
the failure to achieve any Performance Goals, any shares of Stock subject to the
Award will again be available for the grant of an Award under the Plan; however,
shares subject to an Award granted prior to the Effective Date may not again be
available for the grant of an Award after the Plan Termination
Date.
5.3
STOCK
DISTRIBUTED
. Any Stock distributed pursuant to an Award may
consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury Stock
or Stock purchased on the open market.
5.4
LIMITATION
ON
NUMBER
OF
SHARES SUBJECT TO AWARDS
. Notwithstanding any provision in the
Plan to the contrary, and subject to the adjustment in Section 13.1, but subject
to any restrictions of applicable law and the other terms and conditions of the
Plan, the maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to Options and Stock
Appreciation Rights that may be granted to any one Participant during a fiscal
year of the Bank shall be 25,000 shares.
ARTICLE
6
ELIGIBILITY
AND PARTICIPATION
6.1
ELIGIBILITY
. Employees
and Non-Employee Directors shall be potentially eligible to receive Awards under
the Plan. In making determinations regarding the potential
eligibility of any Employee or Non-Employee Director, the Board may take into
account the nature of the services rendered by such Employee or Non-Employee
Director, their present and potential contributions to the Bank's success and
such other factors as the Committee in its discretion shall deem
relevant.
6.2
ACTUAL
PARTICIPATION
. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the
Committee may, from time to time, select from among all eligible individuals
those to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount
of each Award. No individual shall have any right to be granted an
Award under this Plan.
ARTICLE
7
STOCK
OPTIONS
7.1
GENERAL
. The
Committee is authorized to grant Options to Participants on the following terms
and conditions:
(a)
EXERCISE
PRICE. The exercise price per share of Stock under an Option shall be
the Fair Market Value as of the date of grant.
(b)
TERM OF
OPTION. No Option shall be exercisable after the date that is 10
years from the date it is granted.
(c)
TIME AND
CONDITIONS OF EXERCISE. Except as provided herein, the Committee
shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole
or in part. The Committee shall also determine the performance or
other conditions, if any, that must be satisfied before all or part of an Option
may be exercised. An Option will lapse immediately if a Participant’s
employment or service as a Director is terminated for Cause.
(d)
TRANSFERABILITY. Each
Option granted under the Plan shall, by its terms, not be transferable otherwise
than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, or any other provision of this Plan, a Participant who holds
Options may transfer such Options (but not Incentive Stock Options) to his or
her spouse, lineal ascendants, lineal descendants, or to a duly established
trust for the benefit of one or more of these individuals. Options so
transferred may thereafter be transferred only to the Participant who originally
received the grant or to an individual or trust to whom the Participant could
have initially transferred the Options pursuant to this Section
7.1(d). Options which are transferred pursuant to this Section 7.1(d)
shall be exercisable by the transferee according to the same terms and
conditions as applied to the Participant (for example, such Options shall
terminate automatically, upon the termination of employment or service as a
Director of the Participant for Cause).
(e)
PAYMENT. An
Option shall be exercised by giving a written notice to the Chief Executive
Officer of the Company stating the number of shares of Stock with respect to
which the Option is being exercised and containing such other information as the
Committee may require and by tendering payment therefore with a cashier's check,
certified check, or with existing holdings of Stock held for more than six
months. In addition, if the terms of a Stock Option so provide, the optionee may
pay the exercise price by directing the Company to withhold from those shares of
Common Stock that would otherwise be received upon the exercise of the Stock
Option that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair market
value as of the date of exercise equal to the Stock Option’s exercise price, or
the applicable portion of the Stock Option’s exercise price if the Stock Option
is not exercised in full. The shares of Common Stock so withheld
shall not be deemed to have been issued for purposes of the aggregate-share
limitation set forth in Section 4, above.
(f)
EVIDENCE
OF GRANT. All Options shall be evidenced by an Award
Agreement. The Award Agreement shall include such additional
provisions as may be specified by the Committee.
7.2
INCENTIVE
STOCK OPTIONS
. Incentive Stock Options shall be granted only
to employees of the Bank or “subsidiary corporations” with respect to the Bank,
within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code, and the terms of any Incentive
Stock Options granted under the Plan must comply with the following additional
rules, which in case of conflict shall control over other provisions of this
Plan that might otherwise be applicable:
(a)
EXERCISE. In
no event may any Incentive Stock Option be exercisable for more than ten years
from the date of its grant.
(b)
INDIVIDUAL
DOLLAR LIMITATION. The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of
the time an Award is made) of all shares of Stock with respect to which
Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in any calendar
year may not exceed $100,000.00 or such other limitation as imposed by Section
422(d) of the Code, or any successor provision. To the extent that
Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in excess of such
limitation, the excess shall be considered Non-Qualified Stock
Options.
(c)
TEN
PERCENT OWNERS. An Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any
individual who, at the date of grant, owns stock possessing more than ten
percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of Stock of the Bank
only if such Option is granted at a price that is not less than 110% of Fair
Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is exercisable for no more than
five years from the date of grant.
(d)
RIGHT TO
EXERCISE. During a Participant’s lifetime, an Incentive Stock Option
may be exercised only by the Participant.
ARTICLE
8
STOCK
APPRECIATION RIGHTS
8.1
GRANT OF
SARS
. The Committee is authorized to grant SARs to
Participants on the following terms and conditions:
(a)
RIGHT TO
PAYMENT. Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the
Participant to whom it is granted has the right to receive the excess, if any,
of:
(1)
The Fair
Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise; over
(2)
The grant
price of the Stock Appreciation Right as determined by the Committee, which
shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of
grant.
(b)
OTHER
TERMS. All such Awards shall be evidenced by an Award
Agreement. The terms, methods of exercise, methods of settlement,
form of consideration payable in settlement, and any other terms and conditions
of any Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee at the time
of the grant of the Award and shall be reflected in the Award Agreement, except
that in all events a Stock Appreciation Right granted in tandem with an
Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable only when the underlying Incentive
Stock Option may be exercised. For purposes of the Plan, a Stock
Appreciation Right shall be considered to be granted in tandem with an Incentive
Stock Option if the exercise of one results in an automatic forfeiture of the
other, or if the exercise of one results in the automatic exercise of the
other.
ARTICLE
9
STOCK
AWARDS
9.1
GRANT OF
STOCK
. The Committee is authorized to grant Unrestricted Stock
Awards and Restricted Stock Awards to Participants in such amounts and subject
to such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee. All such
Awards shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.
9.2
ISSUANCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
. An Unrestricted Stock Award may provide for
a transfer of shares of Stock to a Participant at the time the Award is granted,
or it may provide for a deferred transfer of shares of Stock subject to
conditions prescribed by the Committee. Restricted Stock Awards shall
be subject to such restrictions on transferability and risks of forfeiture as
the Committee may impose. These restrictions and risks may lapse
separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances, in such
installments, or otherwise, as the Committee determines at the time of the grant
of the Award or thereafter.
9.3
FORFEITURE
. Except
as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Award
or thereafter, upon termination of employment or service as a Director during
the applicable restriction period, Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award
that is at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited, provided,
however, that the Committee may provide in any Restricted Stock Award that
restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to the Stock will be waived in
whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes,
and the Committee may in other cases waive in whole or in part restrictions or
forfeiture conditions relating to the Stock.
9.4
CERTIFICATES
FOR RESTRICTED STOCK
. Restricted Stock Awards granted under
the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall
determine. If certificates representing shares of Stock subject to
Restricted Stock Awards are registered in the name of the Participant,
certificates must bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions,
and restrictions applicable to such shares, and the Bank may, at its discretion,
retain physical possession of the certificate until such time as all applicable
restrictions lapse.
ARTICLE
10
PERFORMANCE-BASED
AWARDS
10.1
PURPOSE
. The
purpose of this Article 10 is to provide the Committee the ability to qualify
the Awards under Article 9 as “performance-based compensation” under Section
162(m) of the Code. If the Committee, in its discretion, decides to
grant a Performance-Based Award to a Covered Employee, the provisions of this
Article 10 shall control over any contrary provision contained in Article
9.
10.2
APPLICABILITY
. This
Article 10 shall apply only to those Covered Employees selected by the Committee
to receive Performance-Based Awards. The Committee may, in its
discretion, grant Awards other than Performance-Based Awards
to
Covered Employees that do not satisfy the requirements of this Article
10. The designation of a Covered Employee as a Participant for a
Performance Period shall not in any manner entitle the Participant to receive an
Award for the period. Moreover, designation of a Covered Employee as
a Participant for a particular Performance Period shall not require designation
of such Covered Employee as a Participant in any subsequent Performance Period
and designation of one Covered Employee as a Participant shall not require
designation of any other Covered Employees as a Participant in such period or in
any other period.
10.3
DISCRETION
OF COMMITTEE WITH RESPECT TO PERFORMANCE AWARDS
. With regard
to a particular Performance Period, the Committee shall have full discretion to
select the length of such Performance Period, the type of Performance-Based
Awards to be issued, the kind and/or level of the Performance Goal, and whether
the Performance Goal is to apply to the Bank or any division or business unit
thereof or to particular Participants or other individuals.
10.4
PAYMENT
OF PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS
. Unless otherwise provided in the
relevant Award Agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Bank on the last
day of the Performance Period to be eligible for a Performance-Based Award for
such Performance Period. In determining the actual size of an
individual Performance-Based Award, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the
amount of the Performance-Based Award earned for the Performance Period, if in
its sole and absolute discretion, such reduction or elimination is
appropriate.
10.5
SHAREHOLDER
APPROVAL
. The Board shall disclose to the shareholders of the
Bank the material terms of any Performance-Based Award, and shall seek approval
of the shareholders of the Performance-Based Award before any Stock is
transferred to a Participant, or before any restrictions with respect to same
lapse, pursuant to the Award. The Committee shall certify that the
Performance Goals with respect to any Performance - Based Award have been
achieved before any Stock is transferred to a Participant, or before any
restrictions with respect to same lapse. Such disclosure, approval
and certification shall be effected in accordance with the requirements of
Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.
ARTICLE
11
PROVISIONS
APPLICABLE TO AWARDS
11.1
STAND-ALONE
AND TANDEM AWARDS
. Awards granted under the Plan may, in the
discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone, in addition to, or in
tandem with, any other Award granted under the Plan. Awards granted in addition
to or in tandem with other Awards may be granted either at the same time as or
at a different time from the grant of such other Awards.
11.2
EXCHANGE
PROVISIONS
. The Committee may at any time offer to exchange or
buy out any previously granted Award for a payment in cash, Stock, or another
Award, based on the terms and conditions the Committee determines and
communicates to the Participant at the time the offer is made.
11.3
TERM OF
AWARD
. The term of each Award shall be for the period as
determined by the Committee, provided that in no event shall the term of any
Incentive Stock Option or a Stock Appreciation Right granted in tandem with an
Incentive Stock Option exceed a period of ten years from the date of its
grant.
11.4
LIMITS ON
TRANSFER
. No right or interest of a Participant in any Award
may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other
than the Bank, or shall be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such
Participant to any other party other than the Bank; provided, however, that the
foregoing shall not be deemed to imply any obligation of the Bank to lend
against or accept a lien or pledge of any Award for any reason. No
Award shall be assignable or transferable by a Participant other than by will or
the laws of descent and distribution, except that the Committee, in its
discretion, may permit a Participant to make a gratuitous transfer of an Award
that is not an Incentive Stock Option or a Stock Appreciation Right granted in
tandem with an Incentive Stock Option to his or her spouse, lineal descendants,
lineal ascendants, or a duly established trust for the benefit of one or more of
these individuals.
11.5
BENEFICIARIES
. Notwithstanding
Section 11.4, a Participant may, if and to the extent, and in such manner as may
be determined by the Committee from time to time, designate a beneficiary to
exercise the rights of the Participant and to receive any distribution with
respect to any Award upon the Participant’s death. A beneficiary,
legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights under
the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award
applicable to the Participant, except to the extent the Plan and Award otherwise
provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by
the Committee. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the
Participant, payment shall be made to the Participant’s
estate. Subject to the foregoing, if a Participant is entitled to
designate a beneficiary, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by
a Participant at any time in accordance with any procedures or conditions
established by the Committee from time to time, provided the change or
revocation is filed with the Committee.
11.6
STOCK
CERTIFICATES
. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
the Bank shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing
shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of any Awards, unless and until the
Board has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance and delivery of
such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of
governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on
which the shares of Stock are listed or traded as well as the terms of this Plan
and any other terms, conditions or restrictions that may be
applicable. All Stock certificates delivered under the Plan are
subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee
deems necessary or advisable to comply with Federal, state, or foreign
jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and regulations and the rules of
any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the
Stock is listed, quoted, or traded. The Committee may place legends
on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the
Stock. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the
Board may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements,
and representations as the Board, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to
comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements.
ARTICLE
12
DEFERRAL OF
COMPENSATION
12.1
RIGHT TO
DEFER COMPENSATION
.
(a) TYPES
OF DEFERRALS. Any Participant designated by the Board or by the Committee
may elect to defer (i) all or any portion of the Participant's salary, (ii) any
percentage of a fiscal year bonus determined by the Board or other duly
constituted authority or delegate to be payable to such Participant, or (iii)
all or any portion of the Participant’s director’s fees. Such
election shall remain in force for all future years, to the extent applicable,
until modified or revoked. In addition, the Committee, in its
discretion, may permit a Participant to elect to defer his or her receipt of the
payment of cash or the delivery of shares of Stock that would otherwise be due
to such Participant pursuant to an Award. Any election under this
Section 12.1 shall be made by written notice delivered to the Board or
Committee, specifying the amount (or percentage) of salary and/or bonus and/or
directors’ fees and/or the Award to be deferred.
(b) TIMING
OF ELECTIONS. A Participant may, at any time within 30 days of first
becoming eligible to participate in this Plan, make an election to defer salary
or director’s fees earned after such election. Any increase or
decrease in future deferrals of salary or director’s fees earned during a
calendar year must be made prior to such calendar year. A Participant
may make an initial election to defer a bonus for a fiscal year, or may elect to
increase or decrease the amount of a fiscal year bonus to be deferred, if such
election is made prior to such fiscal year. A Participant may make an
election to defer the receipt of cash or shares of Stock otherwise payable or
transferable to the Participant pursuant to an Award in accordance with the
terms of such Award.
12.2
DEFERRED
COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS
.
(a)
ESTABLISHMENT
OF ACCOUNTS. A Deferred Compensation Account in the name of each
Participant who has elected to defer compensation under the Plan shall be
established and maintained as a special ledger account on the books of the
Bank. On the last day of each calendar month in which salary or
director’s fees deferred under this Plan would have become payable to a
Participant (in the absence of an election to defer payment thereof), the amount
of such deferred salary or director’s fees shall be credited to the
Participant's Deferred Compensation Account. On the last day of the
month in which the bonuses deferred under this Plan would have become payable to
a Participant in the absence of an election to defer payment thereof, the amount
of such deferred bonus shall be credited to the Participant's Deferred
Compensation Account. On the last day of the month in which an Award
would have otherwise become payable or transferable to a Participant in the
absence of an election to defer receipt thereof, the amount of such deferred
Award shall be credited to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation
Account.
(b)
DEEMED
INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNT BALANCE.
(1) Except
as otherwise provided by the terms of an Award, the Participant shall, at the
time of making a deferred compensation election under this Plan, make an
election directing the Bank to credit to the Deferred Compensation Account in
that calendar year based upon the options made available by the Board or
designated Committee which options may include either cash, Stock, or a
combination of cash and Stock equal in value to the amount of the current year's
salary or bonus deferred under the Plan. In addition to cash or
Stock, the Board or the Committee may offer to the Participant such deemed
investment options as it shall decide are appropriate. Such
investment options may include deemed investments in individual stocks or bonds,
mutual funds, and such other investment options as the Board or Committee may
choose. The Board or Committee shall not be required to offer the
same deemed investment options to each Participant but may restrict certain
investment options to designated Participants. In the absence of a
contrary election by a Participant, the amount credited to a Deferred
Compensation Account shall be credited as cash.
(2) If
the Participant directs that any amount credited to the Deferred Compensation
account be credited in the form of Stock, the Board shall credit to the Deferred
Compensation Account sufficient shares of Stock equal in value to the Deferred
Compensation Account balance, or such lesser amount as the Participant shall
direct. The value of such Stock shall be determined in accordance
with a valuation methodology approved by the Board or by the
Committee. Except as provided in Section 12.6, such Stock credited to
the Deferred Compensation Account shall merely constitute a bookkeeping entry of
the Bank, and (except as provided herein) the Participant shall have no voting,
dividend, or other legal or economic rights with respect to such
Stock. At the end of each fiscal quarter, an amount equivalent to all
dividends which would otherwise have been payable with respect to such Stock
shall be credited to the Deferred Compensation Account as additional
Stock. The amount of the Participant's Deferred Compensation Account
that is credited as cash shall accrue interest at a rate no less than the money
market deposit account rate charged by the Bank to its depositors (as such rate
may change from time to time) and shall not exceed the highest rate paid on
Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”) by the Bank plus two percent
(2%). Such interest with respect to a Deferred Compensation Account
shall be credited to such account quarterly, based on the weighted average daily
prime rate or the IRA rate for the three (3) month period ending on the last day
of the quarter.
(4) The
Participant shall elect the portion of their deferral to be allocated to Stock
or cash or such other option as made available by the Board at the time of
making such election to defer compensation. Such allocation may not
be amended with respect to such deferral without the approval of the
Committee. Any allocation to Stock shall be paid in the form of
Stock. No Participant will be granted the right to take payment of
the Stock in cash rather than in shares.
(4) If,
at any time, the deferral of a Participant is allocated to Stock, and such
Participant would otherwise be deemed to have violated the short-swing profit
rules of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act through such allocation, the
allocation to Stock shall be void and such allocation shall default to
cash.
12.3
PAYMENT
OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION
.
(a) IN
GENERAL. Amounts credited to a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account
shall be payable upon the Participant’s Distribution Event. The
Participant shall determine the method of distributing the amounts in the
Deferred Compensation Account at the time the first election to participate in
the Plan is made, which shall be either a single distribution or a series of up
to ten (10) consecutive, substantially equal annual installments paid to such
Participant or his or her beneficiary, as the case may be, on or before January
15 of each year, commencing in the year following the Distribution
Event. If no such election is made, the method of distribution shall
be determined solely by the Board
.
If
the Participant has elected to receive installment distributions, and less than
the full value of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account balance has
been distributed as of the date of his or her death, the balance shall be paid
to the Participant’s beneficiary in accordance with the same method in effect at
the Participant’s death, except that the beneficiary may elect, with the consent
of the Committee, to receive the balance of the Deferred Compensation Account in
a single lump sum. For purposes of this Article 12, a Participant’s
“beneficiary” shall mean the person or persons designated by the Participant
pursuant to Section 11.5 of this Plan, or, in the absence of such designation or
if no such person survives the Participant, the Participant’s
estate. If any portion of the Participant's Deferred Compensation
Account is credited with Stock, then distributions from that portion of the
Deferred Compensation Account shall be made directly in the form of
Stock. Undistributed amounts shall continue to earn interest or
accrue dividends, as the case may be, as provided in accordance with this
Plan.
(b) MODIFICATION
OF PAYMENT TERMS. A Participant may change a Distribution Election at
any time at least sixty (90) days prior to a Distribution Event.
(c)
CHANGE IN
CONTROL. In the event of a Change in Control, a Participant shall be
permitted to elect to receive a distribution of all or a portion of his or her
Deferred Compensation Account, provided that any such election hereunder must be
made within the period commencing thirty days prior to such Change in Control
and ending on the date of such Change in Control. Any distribution
pursuant to this Section 12.3(c) shall be made (i) in the form of cash and/or
Stock as his or her Deferred Compensation Account is allocated and (ii) within
seven (7) days subsequent to the Change in Control.
(d)
HARDSHIP
DISTRIBUTION IN THE CASE OF FINANCIAL EMERGENCY. Prior to the time a
Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant would otherwise become payable,
the Committee, in its sole discretion, may elect to distribute all or a portion
of the Deferred Compensation Account in the event such Participant requests a
distribution by reason of severe financial hardship. For purposes of
this Plan, severe financial hardship shall be deemed to exist in the event the
Committee determines that a Participant needs a distribution to meet immediate
and heavy financial needs resulting from a sudden or unexpected illness or
accident of the Participant, or a member of his or her family, loss of the
Participant's property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and
unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of
the Participant. A distribution based on financial hardship shall not
exceed the amount required to meet the immediate financial need created by the
hardship. In the event the Participant is a member of the Committee making such
determination, the Participant shall not participate in the decision by the
Committee.
12.4
TRUST
PROVISIONS
.
(a)
ESTABLISHMENT
OF TRUST. The Bank may in its sole discretion establish one or more
trusts to provide a source of payment for its obligations under the Plan and
such trust shall be permitted to hold cash, Stock, or other assets to the extent
of the Bank's obligations hereunder. The Bank may, but is not
required to, utilize a single trust with respect to its obligations to
Participants who are members of the Board and Participants who are not members
of the Board. The accounts of multiple Participants may be held under
a single trust but in such event each account shall be separately maintained and
segregated from each other account.
(b)
CLAIMS OF
THE COMPANY’S CREDITORS. All assets held by any account or trust
created hereunder and all distributions to be made by the Bank or
any
trustee pursuant to this Plan and any trust agreement shall be subject to the
claims of general creditors of the Bank, including judgment creditors and
bankruptcy creditors. The rights of a Participant or his or her
beneficiaries in or to any assets of the trust shall be no greater than the
rights of an unsecured creditor of the Bank.
12.5
NON-ASSIGNMENT
. No
right or interest of any Participant or any person claiming through or under
such Participant in the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be
assignable or transferable in any manner or be subject to alienation,
anticipation, sale, pledge, encumbrance or other legal process (including
execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, bankruptcy, or otherwise) or in any
manner be subject to the debts or liabilities of such Participant. If
any Participant or any such person shall attempt to or shall transfer, assign,
alienate, anticipate, sell, pledge or otherwise encumber his or her benefits
hereunder or any part thereof, or if by reason of his or her bankruptcy or other
event happening at any time such benefits would devolve upon anyone else or
would not be enjoyed by him or her, then the Committee, in its discretion, may
terminate his or her interest in any such benefit to the extent the Committee
considers necessary or advisable to prevent or limit the effects of such
occurrence. Termination shall be effected by filing a written
declaration of termination with the Committee’s records and making reasonable
efforts to deliver a copy to such Participant or any such other person or his or
her legal representative. As long as any Participant is alive, any
amounts affected by the termination shall be retained by the Bank or the trustee
of any trust established pursuant to Section 12.4 of this Plan and, in the
Committee's sole and absolute discretion, may be paid to or expended for the
benefit of such Participant, his or her spouse, his or her children, or any
other person or persons in fact dependent upon him or her in such a manner as
the Committee shall deem proper.
ARTICLE
13
CHANGES
IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE
13.1
GENERAL
.
(a)
SHARES
AVAILABLE FOR GRANT. In the event of any change in the number of
shares of Stock outstanding by reason of any stock dividend or split,
recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares or
similar corporate change, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock with
respect to which the Committee may grant Awards shall be appropriately
adjusted. In the event of any change in the number of shares of Stock
outstanding by reason of any other event or transaction, the Committee may, but
need not, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares of Stock with
respect to which Awards may be granted as the Committee may deem
appropriate.
(b)
OUTSTANDING
AWARDS – INCREASE OR DECREASE IN ISSUED SHARES WITHOUT
CONSIDERATION. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of
the Bank, in the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued
shares of Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares of Stock
or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the shares of Stock), or any
other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without receipt
or payment of consideration by the Bank, the Committee shall proportionally
adjust the number of shares of Stock subject to each outstanding Award and the
exercise price per share of Stock of each such Award.
(c)
OUTSTANDING
AWARDS – CERTAIN MERGERS. Subject to any required action by the
shareholders of the Bank, in the event that the Bank shall be the surviving
corporation in any merger or consolidation (except a merger or consolidation as
a result of which the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another
corporation), each Award outstanding on the date of such merger or consolidation
shall pertain to and apply to the securities which a holder of the number of
shares of Stock subject to such Award would have received in such merger or
consolidation.
(d)
OUTSTANDING
AWARDS – CERTAIN OTHER TRANSACTIONS. In the event of (i) a
dissolution or liquidation of the Bank, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all
of the Bank's assets, (iii) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank in
which the Bank is not the surviving corporation or (iv) a merger or
consolidation involving the Bank, or any other reorganization transaction
(including without limitation the formation of a holding company for the Bank)
in which the Bank is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of
Stock receive securities of another corporation and/or other property, including
cash, the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion, have the power
to:
(1)
cancel,
effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, each Award
outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable),
and, in full consideration of such cancellation, pay to the Participant to whom
such Award was granted an amount in cash, for each share of Stock subject to
such Award, respectively, equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined by
the Committee in its absolute discretion, of the property (including cash)
received by the holder of a share of Stock as a result of such event over (B)
the exercise of such Award; or
(2)
provide
for the exchange of each Award outstanding immediately prior to such event
(whether or not then exercisable) for an option, a stock appreciation right,
restricted stock award, performance share award or performance-based award with
respect to, as appropriate, some or all of the property for which such Award is
exchanged and, incident thereto, make an equitable adjustment as determined by
the Committee in its absolute discretion in the exercise price or value of the
option, stock appreciate right, restricted stock award, performance share award
or performance-based award or the number of shares or amount of property subject
to the option, stock appreciation right, restricted stock award, performance
share award or performance-based award or, if appropriate, provide for a cash
payment to the Participant to whom such Award was granted in partial
consideration for the exchange of the Award, or any combination
thereof.
(e)
OUTSTANDING
AWARDS – OTHER CHANGES. In the event of any other change in the
capitalization of the Bank or corporate change other than those specifically
referred to in this Article, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, make
such adjustments in the number and class of shares subject to Awards outstanding
on the date on which such change occurs and in the per share exercise price of
each Award as the Committee may consider appropriate to prevent dilution or
enlargement of rights.
(f)
NO
ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL REQUIRED IN CERTAIN CASES. Except to
the extent required by applicable law, no adjustment in the number of shares
subject to outstanding Awards, and no adjustment in the number of shares
available for grant under this Plan, shall require additional shareholder
approval, and all such future adjustments shall be deemed approved by the
approval of this Plan, to the extent that such adjustment, whether automatic or
discretionary, is proportional to and accompanies an equivalent adjustment in
the number of shares held by the Bank’s shareholders.
(g)
NO OTHER
RIGHTS. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant
shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of
stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the
number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger,
or consolidation of the Bank or any other corporation. Except as
expressly provided in the Plan, no issuance by the Bank of shares of stock of
any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall
affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the
number of shares of Stock subject to an Award or the exercise price of any
Award.
ARTICLE
14
AMENDMENT,
MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
14.1
AMENDMENT,
MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
. At any time and from time to
time, the Board may terminate, amend or modify the Plan; provided, however, that
the Board shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holder of a majority of
the shares of each class of voting stock of the Bank, make any amendment which
would (i) abolish the Committee without designating such other committee, change
the qualifications of its members, or withdraw the administration of the Plan
from its supervision, (ii) except strictly as and to the extent provided in this
Plan and permitted by applicable law, increase the maximum number of shares of
Stock for which Awards may be granted under the Plan, (iii) amend the formula
for determination of the exercise price of Options, (iv) extend the term of the
Plan, and (v) amend the requirements as to the employees eligible to receive
Awards; and further provided that no other amendment shall be made without
shareholder approval to the extent shareholder approval is necessary to comply
with any applicable law, regulations or stock exchange rule.
14.2
AWARDS
PREVIOUSLY GRANTED
. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan,
including without limitation, the provisions of Article 13, no termination,
amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material
way any Award previously granted under the Plan, without the written consent of
the Participant.
ARTICLE
15
GENERAL
PROVISIONS
15.1
NO RIGHTS
TO AWARDS
. No Participant, employee, or other person shall
have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and neither the Bank nor
the Committee is obligated to treat Participants, employees, and other persons
uniformly.
15.2
NO
STOCKHOLDERS RIGHTS
. No Award gives the Participant any of the
rights of a stockholder of the Bank unless and until shares of Stock are in fact
issued to such person in connection with such Award.
15.3
WITHHOLDING
. The
Bank shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a
Participant to remit to the Bank, an amount sufficient to satisfy Federal,
state, and local taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required by
law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of this
Plan. A Participant may elect to have the Bank withhold from those
shares of Stock that would otherwise be received upon the exercise of any
Option, a number of shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum
statutory amount necessary to satisfy the Bank’s applicable federal, state,
local and foreign income and employment tax withholding
obligations.
15.4
NO RIGHT
TO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICES
. Nothing in the Plan or any Award
Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Bank or any
of its affiliates or subsidiaries to terminate any Participant’s employment or
services at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in
the employ of the Bank.
15.5
INDEMNIFICATION
. To
the extent allowable under applicable law, each member of the Committee or of
the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Bank
and
any of its applicable subsidiaries from any loss, cost, liability, or expense
that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection
with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she
may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or
failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by
him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding
against him or her provided he or she gives the Bank an opportunity, at its own
expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and
defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of
indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to
which such persons may be entitled under the Bank’s or any of its applicable
subsidiaries’ Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or
otherwise, or any power that the Bank or any of its applicable subsidiaries may
have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
15.6
FRACTIONAL
SHARES
. No fractional shares of stock shall be issued and the
Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether cash shall be given in
lieu of fractional shares or whether such fractional shares shall be eliminated
by rounding up or down as appropriate.
15.7
GOVERNMENT
AND OTHER REGULATIONS
. The obligation of the Bank to make
payment of awards in Stock or otherwise shall be subject to all applicable laws,
rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by government agencies as may be
required. The Bank shall be under no obligation to register, under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any other federal or state securities
laws, any of the shares of Stock paid under the Plan. If the shares
paid under the Plan may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or applicable state laws, the Bank
may restrict the transfer of such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to
ensure the availability of any such exemption.
15.8
GOVERNING
LAW
. The Plan and the terms of all Awards shall be construed
in accordance with and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
without regard to rules of choice of law or conflict of laws, except to the
extent such laws may be pre-empted by the federal laws of the United States of
America.
-20-
Exhibit 10.8
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(Non-Qualified Option
- Immediate Vesting
– Director or Employee)
THIS AGREEMENT GRANTS A
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION (“NQO”)
Dear ______________(“Grantee”):
In view of your substantial contributions toward the achievement of the business goals and objectives of NEW CENTURY BANK (the "Bank") and the expectation of your future contributions, the Board of Directors of the Bank is pleased to award you an option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Bank pursuant to the 2004 Incentive Equity and Deferred Compensation Plan of New Century Bank (the "Plan"). This is the stock option agreement between you and the Bank. The option awarded to you is subject to the following terms.
1. NUMBER OF SHARES:
You are awarded an option to purchase a total of
_____
shares of the Common Stock of the Bank, subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.
2. TYPE OF OPTION:
The option awarded to you is a
Non-Qualified Option
as that term is defined in the Plan. This option is
NOT
to be treated as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.
3. EXERCISE PRICE:
The shares may be purchased upon your exercise of this option for the price of $10.25 per share
4. DATE OF GRANT OF AWARD:
The
Grant Date
of the award of this option is December 30, 2005, which is also the date of this Agreement.
5. STATED EXPIRATION DATE:
Unless earlier terminated as explained below, the option awarded to you expires (with respect to any number of shares subject to this option not previously exercised) on the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date stated above. This is the
Stated Expiration Date
.
6. DATE OPTION BECOMES EXERCISABLE; VESTING SCHEDULE; LOSS OF OPTION IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES:
(a) Subject to the remaining terms of this Agreement, your right to exercise this option shall vest as follows but only if, at the time each increment is scheduled to vest, you have, on a continuous basis throughout the period from the Grant Date to the date the increment of shares is scheduled to vest, remained either employed with the Bank on a full-time basis or in service for the Bank as a director, or both. Subject to the foregoing: (i) you will have the right to purchase one-third (1/3) of the shares covered by this Agreement on the date that is one year from the Grant Date, and (ii) you will have the right to purchase additional one-third (1/3) increments of the shares covered hereby at one (1) year intervals after that, so that this option becomes fully vested three (3) years after the Grant Date. If the number of shares subject to this option is not divisible by 3 resulting in a whole number, the one-third number of shares vesting on the First Vesting Date shall be rounded up to the next whole number and the balance of unvested shares shall be divided by two (2) for purposes of determining the number of shares vesting at subsequent dates, with a similar rounding process used on the second vesting date if the result of such division does not produce a whole number.
(b) This stock option is not exercisable for any shares until it vests as to those shares and you satisfy the other requirements of this Agreement. Once this stock option is vested as to any shares and is exercisable as to those shares, it remains exercisable as to those shares at any time until the expiration of the option in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the terms of the Plan.
7. EXERCISE OF OPTION:
You may exercise the option awarded to you from time to time as provided above by delivering to the Bank all of the following:
(a) Written notice of the exercise marked to the attention of the Chief Financial Officer specifying the number of whole shares in respect of which you are exercising the option, in the form of “Notice of Stock Option Exercise” attached to this Agreement or another form acceptable to the Bank, completed and signed by you.
(b) Payment of the exercise price by certified check payable to the order of the Bank.
(c) Payment of any federal, state and local withholding taxes required in respect of such exercise in any combination of the forms of payment described in (b) above.
Upon receipt of the payment and documents and payments listed above, the Bank will issue you a certificate for the number of shares with respect to which you have exercised the option.
8. EXERCISE DATE:
The date on which the Bank receives the documents specified above in complete and otherwise acceptable form and the payments specified above will be treated as the Exercise Date with respect to your exercise of the stock option.
9. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTION:
Except as provided by the Plan, the option awarded to you is exercisable only by you. The option may not be transferred, assigned, pledged as security or hypothecated in any other way and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process even if you agree with someone else that it will be, except that if you die while still employed with the Bank , your estate or the person who acquires the right to exercise the Stock Option upon your death by bequest or inheritance may exercise your option. Upon any attempt by you to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this option or of any portion thereof or upon the levy of any execution, attachment or similar process on this option or on any portion thereof, the option awarded to you will immediately expire with respect to the number of shares not exercised prior to such event.
10. RIGHTS IN SHARES SUBJECT TO OPTION:
You will not be treated as a holder of any of the shares subject to this option or of any rights of a holder of such shares unless and until the shares are issued to you as evidenced by stock certificates.
11. EFFECT ON EMPLOYMENT:
This Agreement is not an employment agreement or service contract. Therefore, none of the rights awarded to you by this Agreement affect, in any way, your employment or service relationship with the Bank.
12. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE:
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or this Agreement, upon termination of your employment (and service as a director, if applicable) with the Bank, the unexercised portion of this option will terminate according to the following terms:
(a) If the termination of your employment and service as a director is on account of death or disability or you terminate on account of retirement which has been approved by the Bank, your option will terminate on the Stated Expiration Date described above.
(b) If the termination of your employment or severance from service as a director is for “Cause” as defined in the Plan, your option will terminate automatically with respect to any shares not previously exercised, effective immediately as of your termination or separation.
(c) If the termination of your employment and service as a director is by your own act, your option will terminate at the close of business on the earlier of the Stated Expiration Date described above or on the ninetieth (90th) day following the date of your termination or separation.
(d) If the termination of your employment and service as a director is for any other reason, your option will terminate at the close of business on the earlier of the Stated Expiration Date described above or on the third (3rd) anniversary of the date that your employment with the Bank and services as a director shall have terminated.
13. OPTION AWARDED SUBJECT TO PLAN PROVISIONS:
The Plan provisions take precedence over the provisions of this Agreement, Therefore, in the case of any inconsistency between any provision of this Agreement and any provision of the Plan in effect on the Grant Date, the provision of the Plan will control.
14. DETERMINATION OF “FAIR MARKET VALUE”; NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION REGARDING TAX CONSEQUENCES:
(a) “Fair Market Value” as defined in the Plan as of any date of reference shall be determined by the Bank. The Bank’s determination and method of determination shall be conclusive upon you if consistent with Sections 422 and 409A of the Code (or successor provisions) and any regulations or interest thereunder at the time of the valuation. The Bank may, but shall not be obligated to, obtain an independent appraisal to determine “Fair Market Value.”
(b) Bank does not make any representations or warranties to you with respect to any federal, state or other income or other tax consequences with respect to the grant or exercise of this option or any disposition of this option or any shares issuable upon its exercise (including without limitation whether the grant or any exercise or disposition of any option shares or rights or stock acquired as a result of exercise of this option is at “fair market value”). It is your responsibility to consult with your own tax advisor with respect to such matters.
15. COUNTERPARTS:
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be deemed one and the same agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank and the Grantee have duly executed this Agreement as of the Grant Date.
NEW CENTURY BANK
By: ________________________________
Print Name: __________________________
Title: _______________________________
|
Grantee:
________________________________
(Signature)
Print Name: _______________________
|
NEW CENTURY BANK
2004 INCENTIVE EQUITY AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE
To: New Century Bank
From: ___________________________ Date: ____________________, 20____
(Grantee Name)
Address: ______________________________________________________________________
Tel.No. (______) _______ - ___________
Date of Grant: _______________, _______
Number of Shares Exercised: ________
Exercise Price Per Share: $_________
|
Total Exercise Price:
|
$ __________. ____
|
|
PLUS
(Contact Payroll to Determine):
|
|
|
Federal Income Tax Withholding
|
$ __________. ____
|
|
F.I.C.A. Tax Withholding
|
$ __________. ____
|
|
Pennsylvania Personal Income Tax Withholding
|
$ __________. ____
|
|
Local Earned Income Tax Withholding
|
$ __________. ____
|
|
Subtotal of withholding taxes
|
$ __________. ____
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL REMITTANCE
|
$ __________. ____
|
______________________________________________________________________
THE FOLLOWING SECTION IS ONLY APPLICABLE IF THE USE OF SHARES TO PAY PART OF THE EXERCISE PRICE IS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED BY THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 7 OF THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
_____ Check this box if you want to use all or part of any shares you own or are being exercised that are “in the money” to pay exercise price or taxes. How many shares: _________.]
LESS “Fair Market Value” of any shares being exercised that are
requested and may be used to pay exercise price or taxes, AS
DETERMINED BY BANK
(Contact Payroll to Determine):
|
$ __________. ____
|
NET REMITTANCE
|
$ __________. ____
|
(IF THIS SECTION IS APPLICABLE, attach properly endorsed certificates of stock to be used to pay part of price).
Please note that value of this stock and the final amount of remittance due is subject to adjustment pending Bank’s determination of applicable stock value.)
______________________________________________________________________
Attach certified check for remittance due.
Please accept the above notice of exercise and issue share certificates as required.
__________________________________
(signature of person authorized to exercise)
Exhibit
10.10
GATEWAY
PARTNERSHIP,
LLC: LANDLORD
TO
NEW
CENTURY
BANK: TENANT
LEASE
SPACE:
15,298
SQUARE FEET IN THE GATEWAY BUILDING
100
FRENCH CREEK PARKWAY, PHOENIXVILLE, PA 19460
TERM:
FROM:
APRIL 1, 2007
|
TO:
MARCH 31, 2022
|
LEASE
THIS IS A LEASE AGREEMENT ("Lease")
dated January 5, 2007.
The parties are
GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, LLC
, 100
French Creek Parkway, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460, ("Landlord") and
NEW CENTURY BANK
("Tenant").
The terms of this Lease
are:
1.
TERM
:
Landlord hereby leases to Tenant for use only as a lawful and respectable office
for the purpose of banking and other financial services operations, the floor
area ("Leased Space") shown in the attached Exhibit "A" in the building known as
“The Gateway Building” ("Building") erected by Landlord at 100 French Creek
Parkway, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460 (the “Land”). The initial
term of this Lease is fifteen (15) years and zero (0) months to commence on
April 1, 2007 (the “Initial Term”). Tenant shall have two (2) options
to extend the term of this Lease as set forth on Exhibit “E” attached hereto and
made part hereof.
2.
OCCUPANCY
AND RENTAL PAYMENT COMMENCEMENT
:
Rental payment shall
commence April 1, 2007, provided that: Landlord completes construction of the
office improvements as described in paragraph 6 (COMPLETION OF IMPROVEMENTS) and
receives a Certificate of Occupancy from the Borough of Phoenixville on or
before April 15, 2007.
Should
Landlord not complete construction and receive the above stated Certificate of
Occupancy on or before April 15, 2007, then Tenant’s rental payment shall
commence on the date the above stated Certificate of Occupancy is
issued.
3.
RENT
:
Total base rent for the term of this Lease is Five Million Six Hundred Fifty
Nine Thousand One Hundred Forty-Six and 00/100 Dollars
($5,659,146.00). The monthly base rent ("Rent") is as shown
below:
Year
|
Monthly Base Rental
|
|
|
1
|
$28,084.50
|
2
|
$28,403.21
|
3
|
$28,721.92
|
4
|
$29,040.63
|
5
|
$29,359.33
|
6
|
$29,996.75
|
7
|
$30,634.17
|
8
|
$31,271.58
|
9
|
$31,909.00
|
10
|
$32,546.42
|
11
|
$33,529.18
|
12
|
$34,524.70
|
13
|
$34,524.70
|
14
|
$34,524.70
|
15
|
$34,524.70
|
prorated
for any partial calendar month of occupancy, payable in advance without prior
notice or demand and without any set-off or deduction on the first day of each
calendar month at Landlord's principal office, or at such other place as
Landlord may direct. Monthly Rent payment will commence on April 1,
2007, or when occupancy is given by Landlord to Tenant, whichever is
later.
Landlord represents and warrants to
Tenant that the Leased Space consists of 15,298 rentable square feet, consisting
of 7,420 square feet on the first floor and 7,878 square feet on the second
floor.
4.
SECURITY
DEPOSIT
:
(a) As
security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms and
conditions upon Tenant's part to be performed and for the payment of any damages
to which Landlord may be entitled in the event of default by Tenant hereunder,
Tenant has this day deposited with Landlord the sum of Twenty Eight Thousand
Eighty Five and 00/100 Dollars ($28,084.50) (the "Security Deposit") which shall
be applied to the first month’s rental. Should Tenant fail to occupy the Leased
Space and Landlord fulfills its obligations per Paragraph 2 above, Landlord may
retain said Security Deposit.
5.
ARCHITECTURAL
FEES
:
New Century
Bank has contracted directly with VPA to complete the required A & E
Construction Documents upon the full execution of the Letter of Intent dated
December 11, 2006.
6.
COMPLETION
OF IMPROVEMENTS; REGULATORY APPROVAL; SPECIAL BANKING
EQUIPMENT
:
(a)
Landlord will construct, in accordance with the attached plans prepared by Van
Potteiger (“VPA”) with specifications noted by Landlord, at Landlord’s cost, all
office improvements, excepting the Mini-Branch area. The Mini-Branch area will
be constructed solely at Tenant’s cost and will be bid out by Tenant (or VPA)
separately to contractors, including Landlord. Landlord will be given the
opportunity by Tenant to match the low bid and be awarded the contract to
construct the Mini-Branch area. In addition, Tenant is responsible for the cost
and installation of the back up generator and any and all other specific or
specialty tenant required design elements which will be for use by Tenant.
Landlord will use
building
standard
materials to construct the aforementioned office improvements,
except the executive area as shown on the attached plans.
(b) If
Landlord shall be unable to give possession of the Leased Space on or before
April 1, 2007 by reason of the fact that improvements or alterations shall not
have been sufficiently completed to make the Leased Space ready for occupancy or
for any other similar or dissimilar reason, the monthly rental reserved and
covenanted to be paid herein shall not commence until the possession of the
Leased Space is given or the Leased Space is available for occupancy by Tenant,
and no such failure to give possession on the date of commencement of the term
shall in any way affect the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Tenant
hereunder, nor shall same be construed in any way to extend the term of this
Lease. If permission is given to Tenant to enter into possession of
the Leased Space prior to April 1, 2007, Tenant covenants and agrees that such
occupancy shall be deemed to be under all the terms, covenants, conditions and
provisions of this Lease, except as to the covenant to pay annual
rental. In such case such annual rental shall commence as specified
in this Lease. If Landlord shall fail to give Tenant possession of
all the Leased Space on or before
July 1
September
30, 2007, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease and in the event
Tenant exercises such option, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant all of Tenant’s
losses, costs and expenses in connection with this Lease, the Leased Space and
any improvements or work commenced by Tenant prior to the date of such
election.
(c) Tenant
shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any losses, costs,
damages, of claims or whatever nature which may arise out of or in connection
with the compliance requirements ser forth in the Americans with Disabilities
Act of 1990, as amended, relating to the design, renovation, alteration and/or
construction in or about the Leased Space, constructed by Landlord at the
request or direction of Tenant. This paragraph shall apply to Tenant’s
Improvements as set forth in Exhibits “A” and “B” hereto, and to any subsequent
modification or alteration of the Leased Space pursuant to subparagraph 11(c) of
this Lease. This indemnification and hold harmless shall not apply to losses,
costs, damages, or claims arising from the condition of the Leased Space as the
same existed prior to the date of this Lease.
(d)
Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall be conditioned upon Tenant’s receipt
from the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System, on or before April 1, 2007, of any approvals required
for Tenant to establish a fully staffed retail branch in the Leased Space and to
relocate its executive and administrative offices to the Leased
Space. Tenant agrees to (i) initiate requests to each regulatory
agency for any applicable approvals promptly after the signing of this Lease,
(ii) pursue such approvals with all reasonable diligence, (iii) apprise Landlord
from time to time upon request regarding the status of such approvals, and (iv)
notify Landlord upon the approval or denial of any regulatory
application.
(e)
Landlord agrees that Tenant shall be permitted, subject to having obtained all
necessary governmental approvals therefor, to construct, install, maintain,
repair and replace from time to time each of the following (hereinafter referred
to individually and collectively as “Special Banking Equipment”):
(i) In
either an exterior wall of the Building or in an interior first floor lobby wall
of the Building, in a location to be selected by Tenant subject to Landlord’s
approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or
delayed), a through-the-wall ATM accessible to customers, together with a
vestibule or other exterior enclosure, and in either case with related signage
and related security devices as desired by Tenant and permitted by applicable
governmental authorities, and, if Tenant installs such an ATM Landlord and
Tenant agree that the improvements and changes to the exterior wall to
accommodate the ATM shall be deemed an “Identified Improvement” for purposes of
this Lease. Landlord agrees that the ATM equipment itself is a trade
fixture and shall not be deemed an improvement or part of the Building or Leased
Space.
(ii) In
either an exterior wall of the Building or in an interior first floor lobby wall
of the Building, in a location to be selected by Tenant subject to Landlord’s
approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or
delayed), a night depository box or slot accessible, at Tenant’s option (but
subject to all necessary governmental approvals) from outside the Building or
from the Building first floor lobby, respectively.
(iii)
Within the Leased Space at a location of Tenant’s choosing, a through-the-wall
ATM on the same terms and conditions as described in paragraph (i)
above.
(iv)
Within the Leased Space at locations of Tenant’s choosing, such teller counters
or stations, safe deposit boxes and a safe or vault as Tenant may
determine.
(v)
Within the Leased Space at locations of Tenant’s choosing, and through and in
such other portions of the Building and Land in such locations as Tenant may
select subject to Landlord’s approval (such approval not to be unreasonably
withheld, conditioned or delayed) (but not within any space leased by other
tenants without the consent of the applicable tenant), such security and
communications equipment, devices, lines and cables (subject to all necessary
governmental approvals) as Tenant may determine to be desirable for its banking
and financial services activities from time to time.
Tenant
shall be exclusively responsible for the costs of installing, maintaining,
repairing and replacing any and all Special Banking
Equipment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, all
Special Banking Equipment shall remain Tenant’s sole personal property and shall
not be deemed fixtures, and Tenant shall remove the same at the termination of
this Lease, in which event Tenant shall pay any costs of removal and any
resulting costs to restore the Building to its condition prior to such
removal.
7.
COVENANTS
OF LANDLORD
: Landlord will at no additional expense to Tenant
beyond payments under paragraph 8(a):
(a) Supply
for normal office use, janitor and cleaning services (subject, however, to the
provisions of Section 27 of this Lease), common area electricity and hot and
cold water, all in amounts and at times consistent with similar services
provided in first class office buildings in the Suburban Philadelphia area, but
Landlord will not be liable for failure to supply such services for any cause
beyond its control. The Leased Space shall be each individually
metered and directly billed for Tenant Electric. In addition, Tenant’s
electrical usage for Tenant’s HVAC will be measured on the building house meter,
and Tenant will additionally be billed for its proportionate share of building’s
total HVAC and common area electric which shall be fifty percent.
(b) Supply
and maintain window blinds selected by Landlord for all outside
windows;
(c) Provide
for Tenant five (5) parking spaces per 1,000 square feet of gross lease-able
area of the premises (76 parking spaces). In addition, the Landlord will
dedicate ten (10) parking spaces on the Land adjacent to the branch as New
Century Bank customer parking. Additionally, a handicap space will be provided
in a manner usable by van and wheelchair for New Century’s Chairman in a
location adjacent to the north lobby office entrance to the building. Promptly
after execution of this Lease, Landlord will consult with Tenant before
finalizing any parking arrangements with third parties for the parking spaces
that are part of the Gateway Building;
(d) Maintain
the Leased Space (including all standard plumbing and other fixtures, standard
light bulbs, etc., except for damage caused by Tenant’s negligence), and the
Building, including all common areas, systems, fixtures, etc., in good repair
and condition at all times consistent with first class office buildings in the
Suburban Philadelphia area;
(e) Provide
landscaping, snow and ice removal and appropriate maintenance of the grounds,
walkways and driveways and parking areas in The Gateway Building;
(f) Supply
and maintain heating, air conditioning and utility equipment to the Leased
Space; and
(g) Cause
the Building and Land to comply with all laws, including zoning laws and
regulations.
8.
ADDITIONAL
RENT
: Tenant will pay as additional rent (“Additional Rent”) at the
times herein stated in this Lease (if no times are stated, then on the first day
of the month after Landlord notifies Tenant of the amount of such Additional
Rent):
(a) Increases
in the monthly Rent that result from application of the rent adjustment
provisions set forth in the attached Exhibit “C”, subject to the following: In
determining Operating Expenses, as defined in Exhibit “C”, for any calendar year
or portion thereof during which less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the area
of the Building shall have been occupied by tenants for more than thirty (30)
days during such year, Operating Expenses shall be deemed for such year to be an
amount equal to the like expenses which would normally be expected to be
incurred had such occupancy of the Building been ninety-five percent (95%)
throughout such year, as reasonably determined by Landlord.
(b) Other
Charges Due As Rent: Tenant shall pay as additional rent any and all
sums of money or charges (other than Base Rent) required to be paid by Tenant
under this Lease, whether or not the same be designated “additional
rent”. This shall include all charges for any miscellaneous services,
goods or materials furnished by Landlord at Tenant’s request which are not
required to be furnished by Landlord under this Lease. Tenant shall
also pay as additional rent any and all sums which may become due by reason of
the failure of Tenant to comply with each and every covenant, term or condition
of this Lease and any default by Tenant or failure on Tenant’s part to comply
with the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease and with any obligation
under the law. If such amounts or charges are not paid when due, they
shall nevertheless, be collectible as additional rent with any installment of
rent thereafter falling due. For the purpose of his Lease, all Base
Rent plus all additional rent are sometimes hereinafter referred to collectively
as “Rent”.
(c)
Late
Charge: Landlord may charge a late charge of five percent
(5%) of
any amounts owed to Landlord pursuant to this Lease which are not paid within
ten (10) days of the date when such payment is due. Such late charge
is designed to compensate Landlord for expenses incurred in handling such
delinquencies, and is not to be deemed a penalty. Landlord’s failure
to impose such a late charge in any particular case shall not be deemed a waiver
of Landlord’s right to do so in any future case.
9.
COVENANTS
OF TENANT
: Tenant will:
(a) Pay
to Landlord all amounts due as Rent and Additional Rent;
(b) Keep
the Leased Space in good order and repair, reasonable wear and tear
excepted;
(c) Surrender
the Leased Space at the end of the term of this Lease in the same condition in
which Tenant has agreed to keep it during the term hereof;
(d) Be
responsible (except to the extent provided in Section 13) for repairs and
replacements to the Leased Space and the Building made necessary by reason of
damage thereto caused by Tenant or its agents, servants, invitees or
employees;
(e) Comply
with all laws and enactments and regulations of any governmental authority
relating or applicable to Tenant's occupancy of the Leased Space, and hold
Landlord harmless from all consequences for failure to do so;
(f) Promptly
notify Landlord of any damage to or defects in the Leased Space, and of any
injuries to persons or property that occur therein;
(g) Pay
for any alterations, improvements or additions to the Leased Space, other than
those referred to in Section 6, made by or for Tenant, and not allow any lien to
attach to the Building or Tenant's estate in the Leased Space;
(h) Comply
with all requirements and recommendations of Landlord's and Tenant's respective
insurance carriers relating to layout, use and maintenance of the Leased Space;
and,
(i) Comply
with the rules and regulations hereinafter contained.
(j) Certify,
without charge, at any time and from time to time hereafter, within ten (10)
days after request by Landlord or any Mortgagee, by a written instrument duly
executed and acknowledged: (a) ratifying this Lease; (b) confirming
the commencement and expiration dates of the term of this Lease; (c) certifying
that Tenant is in occupancy of the Leased Space, and that this Lease is in full
force and effect and has not been modified, assigned, supplemented or amended
except by such writings as shall be stated; (d) certifying that all conditions
and agreements under this Lease to be satisfied or performed by landlord have
been satisfied and performed except as shall be stated; (e) certifying that
Landlord is not in default under this Lease and there are no defenses
or offsets against the enforcement of this Lease by landlord, or stating the
defaults and/or defenses claimed by Tenant; (f) reciting the amount of advance
Rent, if any, paid by Tenant and the date to which such Rent has been paid; (g)
reciting the amount of security deposited with Landlord, if any; and (h) any
other information which Landlord or the mortgagee shall require.
10.
NEGATIVE
COVENANTS OF TENANT
: Tenant will not:
(a) Damage
the Leased Space or any other part of the Building, or use any part of the
Building not designated for use by Tenant except as such right is given in a
writing other than this Lease;
(b) Bring
into or permit to be kept in the Leased Space any dangerous, explosive or
obnoxious substances;
(c) Have
property of substantial size or quantity delivered to or removed from the Leased
Space without first making arrangements reasonably satisfactory to
Landlord;
(d) Voluntarily
or involuntarily assign, mortgage, or pledge this Lease or the estate created by
this Lease or Sublet or otherwise permit use or occupancy by anyone other than
Tenant, or Tenant’s third party vendors, of all or any part of the Leased
Space. Should Tenant commit any of the above actions listed in this
paragraph Landlord at its option may at any time terminate this Lease and give
Tenant one hundred eighty (180) days to vacate the Leased Space.
11.
TEN
A
NT'S
ACTIONS REQUIRING LANDLORD'S CONSENT
:
Without the prior written consent of
Landlord, whose consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or
delayed, Tenant will not, except as permitted under this Lease:
(a) Make
any use of the Leased Space other than that described in Section 1;
(b) Voluntarily
or involuntarily assign, mortgage, or pledge this Lease or the estate created by
this Lease or Sublet or otherwise permit use or occupancy by anyone other than
Tenant, or Tenant’s third party vendors, of all or any part of the Leased
Space;
(c) Make
alterations, improvements, or additions to the Leased Space that affect the
structure, common areas, common building systems, roof, or exterior (all such
alterations, improvements, or additions will belong to Landlord and remain in
the Leased Space at the end of this Lease except that if Landlord asks that any
of them be removed, Tenant, prior to termination of this Lease, will do so and
will restore or repair any damage to the Leased Space caused by such
installation or removal, all at Tenant’s expense);
(d) Do
anything that would result in the cancellation or suspension in the premium of
any fire or other insurance policy carried by Landlord, or result in any
increase in premiums unless Tenant reimburses such premium;
(e) Bring
any property subject to a security interest into the Leased Space without the
written consent of Landlord, subject to the waiver attached to this Lease as
Exhibit "D".
12.
ADDITIONAL
RIGHTS OF LANDLORD
: Landlord may at reasonable times inspect
the Leased Space, show it to prospective tenants during the last 180 days of the
original or any extended term, and alter, improve, repair or add to it to the
extent that Landlord determines to be necessary for the protection and
maintenance of the Leased Space or other parts of the Building and shall have
access to the Leased Space for all such purposes and to exercise any other
rights or obligations hereunder. Landlord may enter only on
reasonable prior notice, and subject to reasonable restrictions relating to bank
security and customer information privacy.
13.
LOSS,
DAMAGE OR INJURY
: Tenant will be responsible for and hereby
relieves Landlord from and indemnifies Landlord against all liability by reason
of any injury, damage or loss to any person or property that occurs in the
Leased Space or in any common area of the Building when caused by the negligence
of Tenant, its agents employees, or invitees, except for injury, damage or loss
which results from the negligence of Landlord, its agents,
or
employees, or
invitees. Tenant will maintain in force, and at Landlord's request
will produce evidence of general public liability insurance’’.
Notwithstanding any other provision
herein, Landlord and Tenant hereby release each other, to the extent of the
releasing party's insurance coverage, from liability for loss or damage to the
property of the party granting such release, even if the loss or damage occurred
through the negligence of such other party or its agents, servants, invitees or
employees, provided that this release shall be effective only with respect to
loss or damage occurring during such time as the relevant insurance policy of
the party granting such release contains a clause to the effect that this
release does not affect such policy or the right of the insured to recover
thereunder. Each party will use its best efforts to cause its
policies of insurance to contain such a clause, but if an additional premium is
charged for such waiver, the party benefiting therefrom, if it desires to have
the waiver, will pay to the other the amount of such additional premium promptly
upon being billed therefor.
14.
RESTORATION
OF DAMAGE
: If the Leased Space is damaged by fire or other
casualty:
(a) Landlord
will restore the Leased Space (but not Tenant's property located therein) with
reasonable promptness at Landlord's expense, except that Tenant may be liable
for restoration costs under Section 9(e) unless:
(b) The
damage to the Building is so extensive that Landlord, in its sole discretion,
determines not to restore it, or Landlord decides not to restore because the
costs of restoration exceed the amount of insurance proceeds recovered by
Landlord and not otherwise required to be applied by Landlord's mortgagee, in
either of which events Landlord will so notify Tenant within sixty (60) days
after the occurrence of such casualty and upon such notice this Lease will
terminate; or
(c) Promptly
upon Tenant’s request, and in any event within 30 days after the damage,
Landlord will give Tenant a written estimate of how long restoration of the
damage will take; such estimate shall be reasonable. If Landlord
estimates that restoration will take more than One Hundred
Fifty (150)
days from the date of occurrence of damage, or if restoration does in fact take
more than One Hundred Fifty (150) days, Tenant may, by written notice to
Landlord, terminate this Lease.
Landlord will not be liable to Tenant
for any interruption in use of the Leased Space that results from damage to any
part of the Building, but Rent and Additional Rent will be proportionately
suspended during any period of time when any substantial part (or all) of the
Leased Space is untenantable.
15.
CONDITION
OF LEASED SPACE
: Landlord leases the Leased Space in its
condition when the term of this Lease begins and without any representation with
respect to it or any duty to repair or alter it, except that Landlord represents
that the major mechanical and structural systems are in good repair and working
order upon occupancy.
16.
DEFAULT
BY TENANT
: If Tenant does one or more of the
following:
(a) Fails
to pay within ten (10) days after same due all amounts due
hereunder;
(b) Takes
any action prohibited hereunder, or takes any action requiring prior written
notice by Tenant without giving Landlord such notice;
(c) Fails
to perform any of its other obligations hereunder within thirty (30) days after
written notice of any such failure has been given by Landlord; or
(d) Becomes
insolvent, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, files or has filed
or has filed against it a petition in bankruptcy, bill in equity, or other
proceeding for the appointment of a receiver or trustee for its property, or if
proceedings for reorganization or composition with creditors under any law is
instituted by or against Tenant;
Then Landlord will have the right to
do once or more often any one or more of the following:
(a) Declare
due and payable and sue to recover all unpaid Rent and Additional Rent and all
Rent for the unexpired term of this Lease and all costs, commissions, and damage
provided or permitted by law;
(b) Declare
this Lease ended;
(c) Lease
all or any part of the Leased Space to any other person with or without first
altering the same;
(d) All
of the remedies hereinbefore given to Landlord and all rights and remedies given
to it by law and equity shall be cumulative and concurrent. No
determination of this Lease or the taking or recovering of the Leased Space
shall deprive Landlord of any of its remedies or action against Tenant for Rent
or Additional Rent due at the time or which, under the terms hereof, would in
the future become due as if there has been no determination, or for sums due at
the time or which, under the terms hereof, would in the future become due as if
there has been no determination, nor shall the bringing of any action for Rent
or Additional Rent or breach of covenant, or the resort to any other remedy
herein provided for the recovery of Rent or Additional Rent be construed as a
waiver of the right to obtain possession of the Leased Space. In any
action commenced by Landlord in exercise of any remedies provided hereunder
Landlord shall be entitled to recover its actual attorneys fees expended in such
action or such specific attorneys commission as is otherwise specified
herein.
17.
CONDEMNATION
:
(a) If
any part of the Leased Space shall be taken or condemned for a public or
quasi-public use, and it would be reasonable for Tenant to conduct in the
remaining space all operations previously conducted in the Leased Space
substantially as conducted before the taking, this Lease shall, as to the part
so taken, terminate as of the date title shall vest in the condemnor, and the
Rent and Additional Rent payable hereunder shall be adjusted so that Tenant
shall be required to pay for the remainder of the Lease term only such portion
of such Rent and Additional Rent as the number of square feet in the part
remaining after the condemnation bears to the number of square feet in the
entire Leased Space at the date of condemnation; but in such event Landlord
shall have the option to terminate this Lease, as to the part so condemned only,
as of the date when title to the part so condemned vests in the
condemnor.
(b) If
(i) all the Leased Space be taken or condemned, or (ii) such part thereof be
taken or condemned so that it would not be reasonable for Tenant to conduct
within the remaining space all operations previously conducted in the Leased
Space substantially as conducted before the taking, or (iii) if due to the
condemnation or taking the remaining portion of the Leased Space must be
repaired or restored in order for Tenant to continue to conduct operations
substantially as conducted before the taking and Landlord fails to repair or
restore the Leased Space at Landlord’s expense within 120 days following the
date that Tenant’s operations are first adversely affected, then in any such
event Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease by written notice to
Landlord of Tenant’s exercise of such option, and on the giving of such notice
to Landlord by Tenant this Lease shall terminate. If a part or all of
the Leased Space be taken or condemned, all compensation awarded upon such
condemnation or taking shall go to the Landlord and Tenant shall have no claim
thereto, and Tenant hereby expressly waives, relinquishes and releases to
Landlord any claim for damages or other compensation to which Tenant might
otherwise be entitled because of any such taking or limitation of the leasehold
estate hereby created and irrevocable assigns and transfers to the Landlord any
right to compensation or damages to which Tenant may be entitled by reason of
the condemnation of all or a part of the Leased Space or the leasehold
estate. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Tenant
shall be exclusively entitled to any relocation damages caused to Tenant by any
condemnation or taking.
18.
SUBORDINATION
:
This Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of any
mortgages in any amount or amounts whatsoever now or hereafter placed on or
against the land and Building or either thereof, or on Landlord's interest or
estate therein, or portion thereof, without the necessity of the execution and
delivery of any further instruments on the part of Tenant to effectuate such
subordination; provided, however, that so long as Tenant is not in default, the
terms of this Lease shall not be affected by termination proceedings in respect
to any ground or underlying lease or foreclosure or other proceedings under any
such mortgages, Tenant hereby agreeing, at the written request of the
foreclosing mortgagee or purchaser of the mortgaged premises in such foreclosure
or other proceedings, to attorn to such mortgagee or purchaser or, at such
mortgagee's or purchaser's option, to enter into a new lease for the balance of
the Lease term upon the same terms and provisions as are contained in this
Lease. Notwithstanding and foregoing, Tenant shall execute and
deliver upon demand, such further instrument or instruments evidencing such
subordination of this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage or mortgages on
terms consistent with the foregoing provisions and otherwise reasonable in form
and substance.
19.
EXTENSION
OF TERM; WAIVER
: This Lease will end at the conclusion of the
Initial Term stated in Section 1 unless Tenant shall have exercised its
option(s) to extend the term of this Lease as described in Paragraph 29 and
Exhibit “E”. In the event Tenant shall have exercised either
extension option, this Lease will end at the conclusion of the last Renewal Term
for which Tenant shall have exercised its extension option. However,
whether or not Tenant shall have exercised either or both of its options to
extend the term of this Lease, the term of this Lease may be extended in the
manner provided in the following subsections (a) and (b):
(a) Either
party may, at least one hundred eighty (180) days before the end of the current
term notify the other that it wishes to renew this Lease for an additional
period of time stated in such notice (such period is also referred to herein as
a “"Renewal Term"), and such a notice from Landlord of its intent to renew may
specify new terms and conditions for the Renewal Term. This paragraph
(a) shall only apply if Tenant shall have failed to exercise an option to extend
as set forth in Exhibit “E” and such option shall have expired, or if the last
Renewal Term provided for in Exhibit “E” is about to expire.
(b) If
either party has given a timely notice of intention to renew pursuant to
subsection (a), then the other party shall have the period of thirty (30) days
within which to notify the renewing party whether or not such other party elects
not to continue this Lease for the Renewal Term, but absent such timely
responsive notice from such other party to the renewing party, this Lease will
be continued for the Renewal Term upon the original terms and conditions of this
Lease, as modified only by the new terms and conditions, if any, contained in
Landlord's notice of intent to renew.
(c) Tenant
waives, to the extent permissible under law, all rights to any notice to quit
the Leased Space at the termination of this Lease, whether on conclusion of the
original term or any renewal thereof or earlier termination following a default
by Tenant.
20.
NOTICES
: All
notices hereunder to be effective must be in writing and delivered at or sent
registered or certified mail to Landlord at its principal office at, Gateway
Partnership, LLC, 100 French Creek Parkway, Phoenixville, PA 19460, Attention:
Mr. John MacPhee, and to Lieberman Earley & Company, Agent, 485 Devon Park
Drive, Suite 100, Wayne, PA 19087, Attention: Mr. John E. Lieberman,
and to Tenant at New Century Bank, 513 Kimberton Road, Phoenixville, PA 19460.
Attention: James W. McKeighan, III, President, or at such other address as
either party may hereafter give the other for such
purpose. Notices will be deemed to have been given when so delivered
or mailed.
21.
DELAYS IN
EXERCISING RIGHTS
: No delay or omission by Landlord or Tenant
in exercising any right upon any default by the other will impair any such right
or be construed as a waiver of any such default or an acquiescence in
it. No waiver of any default will affect any later default or impair
any partial or full exercise of any right by Landlord or Tenant will preclude
other or further exercise thereof.
22.
PARTIES
BOUND, ETC.
: This Lease will bind and inure to the benefit of
(a) Landlord, its successors and assigns, and (b) Tenant and such of its
successors and assigns as are permitted under this Lease or approved
by Landlord pursuant to Section 10 (d).
23.
HAZARDOUS
SUBSTANCES
:
(a) Tenant
shall not use in any way, or permit or suffer the use of the Leased Space or any
part thereof, to either directly or indirectly prepare, produce, generate,
manufacture, refine, treat, transport, store, maintain, handle, dispose of,
transfer or process any Hazardous Substance as defined herein, (other than
activities as are normally associated with banking, financial services and
commercial office activities all in accordance with applicable laws and
regulations), unless it has received the prior written consent of Landlord,
which may be withheld. Such written consent, if granted by Landlord,
shall be a modification of this Lease. Tenant agrees to reimburse
Landlord for Landlord's actual, reasonable attorneys’ fees and/or environmental
consulting fees and costs incurred in reviewing, negotiating and drafting any
modification to this Lease as provided by this paragraph. Any
substance which Landlord permits Tenant to treat, store, transfer or dispose of
must be done in strict compliance with any and all federal, state, county or
municipal statutes or laws now or at any time hereafter in effect, including but
not limited to, The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act (42 U.S.C. Section 1801 et seq.), The Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq.), The Federal Water Pollution
Control Act (33 U.S.C. Section 1251 et seq.), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C.
Section 7401 et seq.), The Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended (15 U.S.C.
Section 2601 et seq.), and The Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C.
Section 651 et seq.), as these laws have been amended or
supplemented.
If any
Hazardous Substance is used, stored, generated or disposed of on, in or about
the Leased Space by Tenant, except in accordance with this lease or pursuant to
Landlord's written consent, or if any part of the Leased Space becomes
contaminated in any manner for which Tenant is legally liable, then Tenant shall
indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims, damages, fines,
judgements, penalties, costs, liabilities and/or losses (including, without
limitation, a decrease in value of the Leased Space, damages caused by loss or
restriction of rentable or useable space, damages caused by adverse impact on
marketing of space, and any and all sums paid for settlement of claims,
reasonable attorneys fees and expert fees) arising during or after the Lease
Term and arising in connection with such Hazardous Substance or
contamination. This indemnification includes, without limitation, any
and all costs incurred because of any investigation of the site or any cleanup,
removal or restoration mandated or conducted by or on behalf of any federal,
state or local agency or political subdivision. Without limitation of
the foregoing, it Tenant causes or permits the presence of any Hazardous
Substance in the Leased Space and that results in contamination, Tenant shall
promptly, at its sole expense, take any and all necessary or appropriate actions
to return the Leased Space to the condition existing prior to the presence of
any such Hazardous Substance. Tenant shall first obtain Landlord's
written approval for any such remedial action.
(“) "Hazardous
Substance" means any pollutant, contaminant, toxic or hazardous waste, dangerous
substance, potentially dangerous substance, noxious substance, toxic substance,
flammable, explosive, radioactive material, asbestos, PCBs or any other
substances the removal of which is required, or the manufacture, preparation,
production, generation, use, maintenance, treatment, storage, transfer, handling
or ownership of which is restricted, prohibited, regulated or penalized by any
and all federal, state, county or municipal statutes or laws now or at any time
hereafter in effect, including but not limited to, The Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. Section 9601
et seq.), The Hazardous Liability Act (42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq.), The
Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. Section 1801 et seq.), The
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq.), The
Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. Section 1251 et seq.), the Clean
Air Act (42 U.S.C. Section 7401 et seq.), The Toxic Substances Control Act, as
amended (15 U.S.C. Section 2601 et seq.), and The Occupational Safety and Health
Act (29 U.S.C. Section 651 et seq.), as these laws have been amended or
supplemented.
(c)
Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, to the best of Landlord's
knowledge, information and belief, as of the date of execution of this Lease and
date of occupancy, the following:
|
|
(i)
The Building and the Leased Space are in compliance with applicable
federal, state and local laws, regulations or ordinances regarding
Hazardous Substances and other forms or pollution, as defined in federal,
state, or local laws;
|
|
|
(ii)
There
are no current, threatened or pending claims, administrative proceedings,
judgements, declarations or orders relating to the presence of Hazardous
Substances or other forms of pollution on, in or under the Building and/or
Leased Space;
|
|
(iii)
No Hazardous Substances nor other forms of pollution have been released,
introduced, spilled, dumped, buried, discharged or disposed of on, in or
under the property, nor are any such materials presently in storage in or
on the Building and/or Leased
Space.
|
Landlord
will indemnify Tenant against any and all liability, loss, cost and expense
(including without limitation attorneys fees and expenses of litigation) that
Tenant may suffer or incur by reason of the failure of the Leased Space, the
Building and the Land to comply with the conditions described in clauses (i),
(ii) and (iii) above. The provisions of this indemnity will survive
the modification and termination of this Lease.
24.
ADA
:
The
Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that the common areas of the building
and land are compliant with ADA and corresponding state laws and regulations
and (see Exhibit “F”).
25.
SIGNAGE
:
Tenant
shall be permitted to install signage at its south Mini- Branch entrance, at
Tenant’s cost, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval.
Tenant
shall be permitted to install signage for Tenant’s name and/or logo (as Tenant
may determine) on the exterior of the Building, at Tenant’s cost, subject to
Landlord’s approval and any municipal requirements and codes. Tenant shall be
responsible for securing all required approvals and permits for said
signage.
26.
BROKERAGE
COMMISSION
:
Landlord is responsible for the cost in accordance with a separate
agreement with Lieberman Earley & Co., the sole broker in the
transaction.
27.
CONFIDENTIALITY;
JANITORIAL SERVICES
:
(a)
Landlord shall, and shall cause any of its agents (including without limitation
any janitorial or cleaning services suppliers) who or which may enter the Leased
Space or otherwise deal with information relating to Tenant or Tenant’s
customers to, execute written confidentiality agreements in favor of Tenant in a
form reasonably required by Tenant, to protect the confidentiality and security
of information relating to Tenant and its customers and the security of Tenant’s
information systems at or accessible from the Leased Space. The
execution of such a confidentiality agreement shall be a condition to Tenant’s
obligation to permit access to the Leased Space to any person or entity
obligated under this Section to execute such an agreement.
(b) In
the event that any person or entity providing janitorial or cleaning services
for or on behalf of Landlord, or any other providing services to the Leased
Space, either (i) fails to execute the required confidentiality agreement, or
(ii) fails to comply with any confidentiality agreement, then and in such event
Tenant shall be entitled to demand that Landlord terminate the services provided
by such person or entity for the Leased Space, and Tenant shall be entitled and
authorized to engage its own agents or contractors to provide such
services. In the event Tenant does so, then: (i) Tenant
shall have no obligated to reimburse Landlord for any portion of any Operating
Expenses attributable to such services thereafter, (ii) all costs and expenses
incurred directly or indirectly by Landlord or any third party engaged by
Landlord for such services shall be eliminated from “Operating Expense” before
applying the provisions of Exhibit C to calculate Tenant’s obligations for
additional rent for “Operating Expenses,” and (iii) Tenant shall be responsible
for all the costs and expenses of the provision of such services to the Leased
Space by Tenant’s agents or contractors.
28.
STORAGE
OF MODULAR FURNITURE
:
Landlord agrees
to permit Tenant to store its modular furniture in an area designated by
Landlord in the Gateway Building prior to Tenant’s occupancy. Tenant herby
releases Landlord from any liability in regard to said modular furniture
including the delivery, storage and installation.
29.
OPTIONS
TO RENEW
:
Tenant
shall have two, six year options to renew this Lease as stated in Exhibit “E”
below.
30.
TENANT’S
EXISTING LEASE
:
Upon
occupancy by Tenant in
the Gateway Building, Landlord will take over responsibility for the base rental
payments of Tenant for the remaining balance of the lease at Tenant’s current
location in accordance with Exhibit “G” below.
31.
OPERATIONS
CENTER
:
Landlord
and Tenant agree to the terms of the letter dated December 11, 2006 and attached
as Exhibit “H”.
32.
CHESTER
COUNTY – HUD REQUIREMENTS:
Tenant herby
acknowledges that the Landlord has participated in the HUD BEDI (Brownfield
Economic Development Initiative) and 108 Loan program in the development of the
Gateway Building and that the Landlord has the following
obligations,
(a) The Landlord/Developer shall
operate the project (The Gateway Building) in such a manner as to comply with 24
CFR section 570.208(a) (4) with respect to job creation or retention activity
for low and moderate income persons. Such activity must be designed to create or
retain permanent jobs for at least fifty-one percent of the jobs, computed on a
full-time equivalent basis and involve the employment of low and moderate income
persons,
(b) The Landlord/Developer shall comply
with all HUD requirements related to the aforesaid job creation or retention
activity, as set forth in the HUD Documents, as well as the pertinent
regulations set forth in 24 CFR section 570, Subpart M,
(c) The Landlord/Developer shall
operate the project (The Gateway Building) in accordance with 24 CFR section
570.208 (a) (4) (iii), jobs that are not held or filled by low or moderate
income persons may be considered to be available to low or moderate income
persons only if 1) Special skills that can only be acquired with substantial
training or work experience or education beyond high school are not a
prerequisite to fill such jobs, or any entity or individual leasing space agrees
to hire unqualified persons and provide training and 2) Landlord/Developer takes
actions to ensure that low and moderate income persons receive first
consideration for filling such jobs. In accordance with 24 CFR section
570.208(a) (4) (i), (iv) and(v), fifty one percent of the jobs created will be
held by, or will have been made available to, low and moderate income persons.
An individual will be presumed to be a low or moderate income person if he or
she resides within the census tract that meets the requirements of 24 CFR
section 570,208 (a) (4) (v) or where the property is located within a census
tract that meets the requirements of 24 CFR section 570,208 (a) (4)
(v).
(d) The Landlord/developer will comply
with the reporting procedures and requirements of Chester County’s Economic
Developing Monitoring Package.
Tenant
shall cooperate with the Landlord and provide such employment information to the
Landlord as shall be required for the Landlord to complete the required County
documentation.
33.
RIGHT OF
FIRST REFUSAL:
(a) The
parties are contemporaneously herewith entering into a Right of First Refusal
Agreement in the form attached to this Lease as Exhibit “I” (the “Right of First
Refusal Agreement”), to be filed of public record promptly hereafter, with
respect to Tenant’s rights in the event of a proposed sale of the Land or
Building.
(b) In
the event that this Lease is assigned by Tenant to anyone other than an
affiliate under common control with Tenant, the Right of First Refusal Agreement
shall automatically terminate.
34.
MISCELLANEOUS
: "Landlord"
means the Landlord named herein irrespective of the pronoun used with respect to
the term, and all persons acting for it. "Tenant" means all names
which appear before the term at the beginning hereof, irrespective of the
pronoun used with respect to the term. This Lease contains the entire
agreement of Landlord and Tenant except for any changes and additions to rules
and regulations pursuant to Section 9(i), and is subject to change only by a
writing referring to this Lease and executed by both parties.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be
legally bound hereby, Landlord and Tenant, each by their duly authorized
officers or representatives, have executed this Agreement on the day and year
first above written.
TENANT:
|
LANDLORD:
|
NEW
CENTURY BANK
|
GATEWAY
PARTNERSHIP, LLC
|
|
|
BY:
/s/ James W. McKeighan,
III
|
BY:
/s/ Walter
J. Logan, Jr.
|
James
W. McKeighan, III
|
Walter
J. Logan, Jr.
|
President
|
President
and CEO
|
|
|
|
|
ATTEST:
|
ATTEST:______________________
|
|
|
RULES AND
REGULATIONS COVERING USE
OF LEASED
SPACE UNDER THIS LEASE
(Constituting
a part of this Lease as stated in Section 9(i))
|
1.
|
Without
the Landlord’s prior permission, the Building entries or sidewalks shall
not be obstructed by any of the tenants, or used by them for any other
purpose than for ingress and egress from and to their respective
offices.
|
|
2.
|
The
floors, windows, doors and transoms that reflect or admit light in
passageways, or into any place in said Building shall not be covered or
obstructed by any of the tenants. The toilet rooms, water
closets, and other water apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other
than those for which they were constructed.
|
|
3.
|
Except
for signs permitted under this Lease, nothing shall be placed by the
tenants, or their employees, on the outside of the Building or on the
windows, window sills or
projections.
|
|
4.
|
If
a tenant desires to introduce signaling, telegraphic, telephonic or other
wires and instruments, Landlord will direct the electricians as to where
and how the same are to be placed. Landlord shall in all cases retain the
right to require the placing and using of such electrical protecting
devices to prevent the transmission of excessive currents of electricity
into or through the Building and to require the hanging of wires and of
their placing and arrangement as Landlord may deem
necessary. In all of the foregoing, Landlord shall act
reasonably in restricting any locations proposed by
Tenant.
|
EXHIBIT
A
EXHIBIT
B
To Lease dated _____________________,
Between
GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP,
LLC
(“Landlord”) and
NEW
CENTURY BANK
(“Tenant”).
Landlord
will at its expense prior to commencement of the term of the Lease complete the
following building standard work with building standard materials in the Leased
Space, all in good and workmanlike manner: Any work done in excess of
the improvements described in Section 6 above shall be done at the cost of the
Tenant, and payments for such work shall be made to Landlord upon occupancy of
the Leased Space.
Tenant
will furnish complete and detailed written information or drawings on or before
December 21, 2006 for the following items:
|
|
|
-
|
partition
locations and type
|
|
|
|
-
|
door
locations, sizes and type
|
|
|
|
-
|
lighting
plan for space
|
|
|
|
-
|
location
of electrical outlets and telephone outlets
|
|
|
|
-
|
specific
plumbing requirements, if any, including plans and
sections
|
|
|
|
-
|
decorative
plans, including paint schedule, and wall coverings
|
|
|
|
-
|
any
other requirements.
|
If Tenant
fails to furnish the information of drawings above referred to by the specified
date, Tenant will bear any additional expense thereby occasioned to Landlord,
and any date by which Landlord shall have agreed to complete such work and give
occupancy to Tenant shall be automatically extended for a time period equal to
such delay. If Tenant shall delay for more than ten (10) days in
meeting the specified date, or shall make changes in its plans which in
Landlord’s judgment reasonably exercised will delay completion of the work for
more than ten days, Landlord may at its option, insist that Tenant begin payment
of rent upon the commencement date of the Lease even though alterations are
unfinished.
Tenant
shall be permitted access to the Premises during the fitout process to review
and inspect the progress of fitout work, provided that Tenant is either
accompanied by Landlord or a representative of Landlord and further provided
that Tenant does not interfere with the fitout process. Additionally,
Tenant and Tenant’s contractors shall be permitted access to the Premises to
install additional improvements which are outside the scope of the fitout
process referenced above (for items such as, but not limited to, cabling, phone
systems, etc.). The access rights of Tenant and its contractors shall
be subject to coordination with the general contractor’s scheduling and such
access rights shall be enjoyed in a manner which shall not interfere with the
general contractors and its scheduling. Additionally, all provisions
herein relating to Tenant improvements including, but not limited to, Tenant’s
obligation to save and hold harmless Landlord of, from, and against mechanics’
liens, shall apply with respect to these improvements. Upon
substantial completion of the fitout work, Tenant and Landlord (or a
representative of Landlord) shall conduct a walk-through of the Premises and, if
necessary, prepare a punch list of items which require completion or correction,
and such completion and correction shall, if at all possible, be addressed by
the Contractor within thirty (30) days of the punch list.
EXHIBIT
C
To Lease Dated _____________, Between
GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP,
LLC.
("Landlord") and
NEW CENTURY BANK
("Tenant").
Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent its
proportionate share of any increase in Operating Expenses incurred by Landlord
during the term of this Lease in operating the land and buildings in The Gateway
Building, 100 French Creek Parkway, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460 ("the Land
and Buildings") of which the Leased Space is a part.
The amount of Additional Rent, if any,
due hereunder shall be determined in the following manner:
During each calendar year thereof
(pro-rated for any period less than one year), Tenant shall pay to Landlord as
Additional Rent, promptly upon being billed therefore, an amount equal to (1)
the excess of the Operating Expense for such calendar year over $163,033.50 (or
31,054 rentable square feet multiplied by $5.25 per square foot) multiplied by
(2) that percentage which is derived by dividing the number of rentable square
feet leased by Tenant (15,298) by the total amount of square feet of rentable
square feet (31,054) of which the Leased Space is a part. That
percentage is (49.3%). "Operating Expenses" as used herein means
expenses, costs and charges incurred for the operation, maintenance, repair,
capital investments and improvements of the Land and Buildings; modification of
the Land and Buildings as and when required to bring the same into compliance
with any local, state or federal rule, regulation or law, whether presently in
effect or enacted in the future, within that phase of The Gateway Building, 100
French Creek Parkway, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460 of which the Leased Space
is a part, and shall include, but not be limited to:
|
(a)
|
wages
and salaries, and taxes imposed upon employers with respect thereto
(including social security, old age, unemployment insurance, and
disability insurance), fringe benefits (including without limitation
vacation, holiday and other proper
allowances);
|
|
(b)
|
costs
of utilities, services and supplies by whoever performed or furnished;
cost
of electricity consumed by lighting fixtures and power appliances and
equipment used for lighting of common and service areas and operation of
equipment, services and facilities supplied by
Landlord;
|
|
(d)
|
real
estate taxes, assessments, and other governmental and public assessments
assessed upon the Land and Buildings, or arising in connection with the
use, occupancy or possession thereof, or any interest therein, including
but not limited to real property taxes, municipal authority assessments,
and highway improvement assessments, if
any.
|
|
(e)
|
water
rents and sewer rents;
|
|
(f)
|
cost
of all insurance. No charge for insurance shall be included
that reflects an increase in premiums due to an act or omission of any of
the tenants of the Buildings for which Landlord is reimbursed by such
tenants;
|
|
(g)
|
accounting,
bookkeeping, legal and management
fees.
|
All expenses to be taken into account
pursuant to this Section shall be "net" only and for such purpose shall be
deemed reduced by the amounts of any insurance or other reimbursement,
recoupment, payment discount, credit reduction or allowance received by Landlord
in connection with such expenses.
On account of the Additional Rent
payable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month during the
term hereof in advance one-twelfth (1/12) of the amount Landlord estimates will
be due hereunder for the current year. After the end of such year,
Landlord shall render a bill to Tenant for the actual amount of the Additional
Rent, and, within twenty (20) days thereafter, Tenant will pay any additional
amount shown to be due by said statement, or Landlord will credit any
overpayment by Tenant against payments thereafter to become due by Tenant
pursuant to this Section and the other terms of this Lease.
All sums payable hereunder by Tenant,
or which are at the expense of Tenant, are deemed and considered to be Rent,
and, if not paid, Landlord shall have with respect thereto all the rights and
remedies provided for herein and by law for the nonpayment of Rent.
Tenant's obligation to pay its
proportionate share of any increases in Operating Expenses for the calendar year
in which this Lease terminates shall survive termination of this
Lease.
EXHIBIT
D
LANDLORD'S
WAIVER
For value received, and intending to be
legally bound, the Undersigned, owner of the entire fee of certain premises
situated at The Gateway Building, 100 French Creek Parkway, Phoenixville,
Pennsylvania 19460 (the "Premises") now under lease to
("Borrower"),
pursuant to the terms of that certain lease dated
; (the
"Lease"), does hereby agree to subordinate in favor of
(hereinafter
referred to as "Bank"), its successors and assigns, all right, title and
interest which Undersigned may have in and to the personal property of the
Borrower located within the Premises (the "Personal Property") in which Bank now
or hereafter has a security interest pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement
or other documents between Borrower and Bank, and pursuant to any modification,
extension or amendment involving the indebtedness owed by Borrower to Bank and
secured by such personal property.
Undersigned
consents to the location of the personal property of the Premises and hereby
authorizes and empowers Bank, its lawful attorneys, agents and employees, to
enter upon the Premises and remove the personal Property at any
time. Undersigned agrees that notwithstanding any terms of the Lease
or of any amendments, modifications, extensions or renewals thereof, or any
contrary intent that may be expresses by the Borrower, or that may otherwise be
implied by law, the Personal Property is not and shall not be deemed to be part
of the real estate but shall at all times be considered personalty unless
permanently affixed to the real estate. Undersigned further agrees
that the Personal Property shall not be subject to levy and sale on distress for
nonpayment of any rent now due or which may hereafter become due Undersigned,
and hereby releases all right, title and interest which Undersigned may have in
and to said personal property.
The Undersigned represents and
warrants, which representation and warranty is being relied upon by Bank in
making certain loans to Borrower, that the Undersigned is authorized to make and
deliver this Subordination and further, to the best of Undersigned's knowledge
Borrower is not in default under the Lease and that the Lease is in full force
and effect.
This instrument shall bind
Undersigned's personal representatives, successors and assigns, and shall inure
to the benefit of Bank, its successors and assigns.
Witness
the due execution this __ day of __, 2006.
BY:
______________________________________
Attest:____________________________________
EXHIBIT
E
Tenant, provided it is not in default
hereunder, shall have two (2) options to renew this Lease upon the same terms
and conditions, except for the rent as hereinafter set forth,
for additional terms of six (6) years each (each, a “Renewal Term”),
commencing the first day of the month next following the last day of the
original or previous term hereof, upon giving at least one hundred eighty
(180) days prior written notice thereof to Landlord.
The annual rental payable by Tenant
during the renewal term as aforesaid shall be the same as during the initial
term except that the said rental shall be increased by the percentage of
increase, if any, that has taken place in the Consumer Price Index between the
month immediately preceding the commencement of the original term hereof and the
month immediately preceding the commencement of the renewal term.
The
“Consumer Price Index” shall be defined for the purposes hereof to be the
“Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers for
Philadelphia, PA – NJ, All Items-Series A, using the 1982-84 average of 100 as
the basis of calculation”, published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, United
States Department of Labor. If the base for such Index is so changed
that 1982-84 prices are no longer taken as representing 100, an appropriate
adjustment will be applied to the published indexes so as to relate them to the
aforesaid base in which the 1982-84 prices are no longer taken as representing
100. In the event the Consumer Price Index (or successor or
substitute thereof) is not available, a reliable governmental or other
non-partisan publication evaluating the information theretofore used in
determining the Consumer Price Index shall be used for the computations herein
set forth, but if there shall be a dispute between Landlord and Tenant as to the
basis to be employed in lieu of said Index, then such alternate base shall be
determined by arbitration in the City of Philadelphia in accordance with the
rules of the American Arbitration Association, between the parties
hereto. In the event of a dispute as to the appropriate Index, rent
shall be continued to be paid on the then existing basis pending determination
of the appropriate Index, and any adjustment in rent shall thereupon be applied
retroactively to the beginning of the period for which Landlord and Tenant shall
have been unable to agree upon the appropriate basis.
Wherever in this Lease Agreement the
term: “term of the Lease,” or words of similar import are used, they shall mean
the Initial Term and any Renewal Term which has become effective.
EXHIBIT
F
ADA
Permit
EXHIBIT
G
Tenant’s
Existing Rental Payments
EXHIBIT
H
Operations
Center
EXHIBIT
I
Form of
Right of First Refusal Agreement
Prepared
by:
David F.
Scranton, Esquire
Stradley
Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP
30 Valley
Stream Parkway
Malvern,
PA 19355
Telephone:
(610) 640-5806
After
recording return to:
David F.
Scranton, Esquire
Stradley
Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP
30 Valley
Stream Parkway
Malvern,
PA 19355
Telephone:
(610) 640-5806
Uniform
Parcel Identifier No. ______________________
RIGHT
OF FIRST REFUSAL AGREEMENT
THIS
RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AGREEMENT made as of January 5, 2007 (the “Agreement”),
is by and between GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, LLC, 100 French Creek Parkway,
Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460 (“Owner”), and NEW CENTURY BANK, a Pennsylvania
bank (“Bank”).
BACKGROUND:
A.
Pursuant to Lease Agreement of even date herewith (the “Lease”), Owner has
leased to Bank, and Bank has leased from Owner, a portion of certain land and
improvements owned by Landlord and located at 100 French Creek Parkway,
Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460 more fully described on Exhibit A attached
hereto and made part hereof (the “Land”).
B. Owner
has agreed to grant to Bank a right of first refusal to purchase the Land and
improvements thereon under the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement.
NOW
THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and terms herein
contained, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as
follows:
1.
Grant of
Right of First Refusal
.
(a) Owner
hereby grants Bank an exclusive right of first refusal (“Right of First
Refusal”) to purchase the Premises, subject to the terms of this
Agreement.
(b) Owner
shall not agree to sell the Land or any improvements thereon, or any part
thereof, or any interest in any of the foregoing (such of the foregoing as may
be the subject of an a sale by Owner at any time of reference is referred to
herein as the “Premises”) until fifteen (15) days after Owner shall have
submitted to Bank a notice of Owner’s intention to so sell the premises (the
“Owner’s Notice”) together with a complete copy of a bona fide, firm, written
offer from the proposed purchaser setting forth all of the terms of the proposed
purchase, which offer shall be limited to the Premises and shall not include any
other property (a “Qualifying Third Party Offer”), and only if Bank shall not
have notified Owner in writing, within that 15 day period (the “Bank’s Notice”),
that Bank elects to exercise its right to purchase the Premises on the terms set
forth in the Qualifying Third Party Offer. If the Bank fails to
exercise its option to purchase by sending the Bank’s Notice within the 15-day
period, the Owner shall be free to sell the Premises to the original offeror but
only on the terms of the Qualified Third Party Offer and, upon settlement on a
conveyance to such original offeror on the terms of the Qualified Third Party
Offer, this Agreement shall terminate as to the Premises so
conveyed. However, if Owner fails to complete settlement with the
original offeror on the terms of the Qualified Third Party Offer within 6 months
after the expiration of the 15-day period for Bank to exercise its right, any
sale or conveyance of any portion of the Land or the improvements thereon or any
part thereof, or any interest in any of the foregoing, shall again be subject to
the Bank’s right of first refusal on these same terms.
2.
Exercise
of Right of First Refusal by Bank
. Immediately upon Bank’s
election to exercise the Right of First Refusal as set forth in Bank’s Notice,
and without any further action whatsoever on the part of either Bank or the
Owner, this Agreement shall be deemed to be an Agreement of Sale between Bank
and the Owner with respect to the Premises, effective as of the date of Bank’s
Notice, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Qualified Third Party
Offer, subject however to the terms of this Agreement. In the event
of a conflict between the terms of the Qualified Third Party Offer and this
Agreement, the terms more favorable to Bank shall control.
3.
Settlement
. Settlement
shall take place at the main office of Bank, on a date and time to be reasonably
acceptable to both parties, but in the event the parties cannot agree, at a
reasonable date and time to be selected by the Bank, in any event not more than
ninety (90) days following the date of Bank’s Notice.
4.
Condition
of Title
. Title to the Premises shall be (i) good and
marketable and free and clear of all liens, restrictions, easements,
encumbrances, leases, tenancies and other exceptions and title objections except
solely such as Bank shall confirm in writing prior to settlement that it is
willing to accept in its sole discretion, and (ii) at Bank’s option, insurable
as aforesaid at ordinary rates by a reputable title insurance company at its
ordinary rates. In the event title does not satisfy the requirements
of this Section, Bank shall have the option of canceling settlement, in which
event neither of the parties shall have any further obligations to each other
hereunder, or of completing settlement and in such event Owner shall indemnify
and hold harmless and reimburse Bank upon demand for all liabilities, losses,
costs and expenses incurred by Bank either (i) as a result of, or (ii) to remove
and eliminate, any liens, restrictions, easements, encumbrances, leases,
tenancies and other exceptions and title objections that Bank shall not have
agreed in writing prior to settlement to accept. The provisions of
this agreement to indemnify, hold harmless and reimburse shall survive
settlement and the modification or termination of this Agreement.
5.
Provisions
with Respect to Settlement
.
(a) At
Settlement, the Owner shall deliver to the Bank or the Bank’s nominee or
assignee (i) a special warranty deed to the Premises, duly executed and
acknowledged by the Owner and in proper form for recording, (ii) actual sole and
exclusive physical possession of the Premises, (iii) assignments of
any and all permits, licenses or agreements pertaining to the
Premises, (iv) all certificates, licenses, warranties, surveys,
plans, building and engineering plans and specifications, engineering reports
and studies, environmental reports and studies, and other documents and records,
whether tangible or intangible, pertaining to the Premises; (v) such additional
affidavits, certificates of value and other documents as the title company may
require to complete settlement and insure the Bank’s title as contemplated
hereunder, and (vi) all keys to the buildings, improvements, equipment,
facilities and other locks on the Premises.
(b) At
Settlement, Bank (or its nominee or assignee) shall deliver the purchase price
as specified in the Owner Notice.
(c) The
respective obligations to deliver the deed and purchase price on the date of
Settlement in accordance with this Agreement are of the essence of the parties’
respective obligations under this Agreement.
6.
Taxes;
Apportionments
. All realty transfer taxes imposed on or in
connection with this transaction shall be divided equally between the
parties. All other items customarily apportionable by and between
sellers and buyers of real estate in the locale of the Premises shall be
apportioned on a per diem basis as of the date of Settlement.
7.
Termination
of this Agreement
.
This Agreement
shall terminate automatically without need of the recordation of any instrument
reflecting such termination, if the Lease terminates and the Owner shall not
have sent an Owner’s Notice prior to the date of such
termination. Upon termination of this Agreement, Bank agrees, on
request of Owner, at Owner’s expense, to execute a recordable instrument, in
form and substance mutually and reasonably agreeable, confirming the fact of
such termination.
8.
Notices
.
All notices,
requests and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and
shall be sent by personal delivery, overnight courier, facsimile (with receipt
confirmed) or by mailing the same by registered or certified mail, postage
prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:
If
to Owner:
|
Gateway
Partnership, LLC
|
|
100
French Creek Parkway
|
|
Phoenixville,
PA 19460
|
|
Attn:
_______________________________
|
|
Facsimile
No.: (___) ___-____
|
|
|
If
to Bank:
|
New
Century Bank
|
|
513
Kimberton Road
|
|
Phoenixville,
PA 19460
|
|
Attn:
|
Kenneth
B. Mumma
|
|
|
Chairman
& Chief Executive Officer
|
|
Facsimile
No.:
|
(610)
935-9650
|
or at
such other address of which the Owner or Bank shall have given notice as herein
provided. All such notices, requests and other communications shall
be deemed to have been sufficiently given for all purposes upon confirmation of
receipt of facsimile, or upon deposit in the U.S. Mail or with courier, and may
be given on behalf of a party by its counsel.
9.
Binding
Effect; Successors and Assigns
.
This Agreement
shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and
their respective heirs, successors and assigns.
10.
Recordation
. Concurrently
with the execution hereof the parties hereto shall record an executed original
counterpart of this Agreement in the Office for the Recording of Deeds and
Mortgages in and for Chester County, Pennsylvania and the parties agree to
cooperate at their respective expense to complete the same.
11.
Miscellaneous
.
(a)
Costs and
Expenses
. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all
parties shall bear their own expenses in connection herewith.
(b)
Amendment, Modification and
Waiver
. The parties may amend or modify this Agreement in any
respect, provided that any such amendment or modification shall be in writing
executed by all of the parties hereto. The waiver by a party of any
breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not constitute or operate as a
waiver of any other breach of such provision or of any other provision hereof,
nor shall any failure to enforce any provision hereof operate as a waiver of
such provision or of any other provision hereof.
(c)
Governing Law; Time of the
Essence
. This Agreement is made pursuant to, and shall be
construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania (and United States federal law, to the extent applicable),
irrespective of the principal place of business, residence or domicile of the
parties hereto, and without giving effect to otherwise applicable principles of
conflicts of law. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or delay
any party from seeking, in any court of competent jurisdiction, specific
performance or other equitable remedies in the event of any breach or intended
breach by any other party of his obligations hereunder. Time is of
the essence of each obligation of each party herein.
(d)
Section Headings and Defined
Terms
. The section headings contained herein are for reference
purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning and interpretation of
this Agreement. The terms defined herein and in any agreement
executed in connection herewith include the plural as well as the singular and
the singular as well as the plural, and the use of masculine pronouns shall
include the feminine and neuter. Except as otherwise indicated, all
agreements defined herein refer to the same as from time to time amended or
supplemented or the terms thereof waived or modified in accordance herewith and
therewith.
(e)
Severability
. The
invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision, or part of any
provision, of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions or parts
hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid
or unenforceable provisions or parts were omitted.
(f)
Counterparts
. This
Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be
deemed an original; and any person may become a party hereto by executing a
counterpart hereof, but all of such counterparts together shall be deemed to be
one and the same instrument. It shall not be necessary in making
proof of this Agreement or any counterpart hereof to produce or account for any
of the other counterparts.
(g)
Entire
Agreement
. This Agreement, together with the exhibits and
documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto, constitute the entire
agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the transaction
contemplated hereby and supersedes all prior agreements and
understandings. The submission of a draft of this Agreement or
portions or summaries thereof does not constitute an offer to purchase or sell
any property, it being understood and agreed that none of the parties shall be
legally obligated with respect to such a transaction or to any other terms or
conditions set forth in such draft or portion or summary unless and until this
Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by all parties.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date
first above written.
|
Owner:
|
GATEWAY
PARTNERSHIP, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
______________________________
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank:
|
NEW
CENTURY BANK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
____________________________
|
|
Name:
|
James
W. McKeighan, III
|
|
Title:
|
President
|
COMMONWEALTH
OF PENNSYLVANIA
|
:
|
|
:
SS.
|
COUNTY
OF
|
:
|
On this,
the ____ day of ___________, 2007, before me the undersigned officer, a Notary
Public in and for the state and county aforesaid, personally appeared
__________________________ who acknowledged him/herself to be
the __________________ of GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, LLC, a limited
liability company, and that he/she, as said officer, being authorized to do so,
executed the foregoing instrument on behalf of the limited liability company for
the purposes therein contained by signing the name of the limited liability
company by him/herself as such official.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, I have set my hand and official seal.
[Notarial
Seal]
|
_________________________________
|
|
Notary
Public
|
My
Commission expires:
COMMONWEALTH
OF PENNSYLVANIA
|
:
|
|
:
SS.
|
COUNTY
OF
|
:
|
On this,
the ____ day of ___________, 2007, before me the undersigned officer, a Notary
Public in and for the state and county aforesaid, personally appeared
__________________________ who acknowledged him/herself to be
the __________________ of NEW CENTURY BANK, and that he/she, as said
officer, being authorized to do so, executed the foregoing instrument on behalf
of the limited liability company for the purposes therein contained by signing
the name of the limited liability company by him/herself as such
official.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, I have set my hand and official seal.
[Notarial
Seal]
|
_________________________________
|
|
Notary
Public
|
My
Commission expires:
35
Exhibit 10.11
AMENDMENT TO LEASE
THIS AMENDMENT TO LEASE (the “Amendment”), dated as of May 4, 2007, is made by and between
GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, LLC
, 100 French Creek Parkway, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460, ("Landlord") and
NEW CENTURY BANK
("Tenant").
BACKGROUND:
A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to a Lease Agreement dated as of January 5, 2007 (the “Lease”), relating to Tenant’s lease of certain “Leased Space” described therein (the “Leased Space”) in the in the building known as “The Gateway Building” ("Building") erected by Landlord at 100 French Creek Parkway, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460 (the “Land”).
B. Certain disagreements have arisen between Landlord and Tenant regarding the scope, cost and responsibility for payment, relating to work to be done by Landlord for Tenant pursuant to Section 6(a) of the Lease (the “Project”).
C. The parties have resolved their agreements pursuant to: (i) this Amendment to Lease, including without limitation a Work Agreement of even date herewith in the form of Exhibit I hereto (the “Work Agreement”). The Work Agreement and this Amendment are sometimes referred to herein as the “Supplemental Agreements.”
NOW, THEREFORE, intending to be legally bound hereby and in consideration of the Lease Amendment, the Resolution Agreement and the respective benefits contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledge, the parties agree as follows.
l. Notwithstanding Section 1 of the Lease, the “Initial Term” shall commence on the “Commencement Date” (as defined below) and shall end fifteen (15) years after the Commencement Date.
2. Section 2 of the Lease is hereby amended and restated to read in full as follows:
“2.
OCCUPANCY AND RENTAL PAYMENT COMMENCEMENT
:
(a) In the event the Building is “Finally Complete” (as defined in the Work Agreement) on or before July 1, 2007 (the “Anticipated Completion Date”), the Base Rent shall commence to accrue and shall first be payable on July 1, 2007.
(b) In the event the Building is not Finally Complete on or before the Anticipated Completion Date, except to the extent such delay is attributable to “Tenant Delay” (as defined below), the Base Rent and all other rent provided for in the Lease shall be abated by one day beyond the Commencement Date for each day occurring during the period commencing on the Anticipated Completion Date and ending on Final Completion, subject, however, to Tenant’s right to terminate the Lease in accordance with applicable provisions of the Lease.
(b) To the extent that Final Completion is delayed beyond the Anticipated Completion Date due to Tenant Delay, such delay shall not delay or suspend tenant’s obligation to pay rent.
(c) For purposes of this Lease, a delay shall be deemed a “Tenant Delay” to the extent such delay is primarily caused by (i) additional Tenant-proposed change orders and such delay was specifically described and quantified in writing by Landlord to Tenant, prior to final agreement on the change order, according to the procedures set forth in the Work Agreement, (ii) any new requirement of Tenant that is not reflected in the “Final Plans and Specifications” referred to in the Work Agreement or otherwise provided for or contemplated by this Lease or any amendment hereto or the Work Agreement and is implemented, or (iii) any other material failure of Tenant or its representatives to act in a timely fashion under the Lease.
(d) The date of “Final Completion” (as defined in the Working Agreement) and the “Commencement Date” (for purposes of this Lease) shall be conclusively evidenced by a Completion Certificate, which shall be signed by each of the parties in the form attached as
Exhibit J
promptly after the date of Final Completion.”
4. Section 6(d) of the Lease is hereby deleted.
5. Section 7(c) of the Lease is hereby amended to read in full as follows:
“(c) Provide for Tenant five (5) parking spaces per 1,000 square feet of gross lease-able area of the premises (76 parking spaces). In addition, the Landlord will dedicate ten (10) parking spaces on the Land adjacent to the branch as New Century Bank customer parking. Additionally, a handicap space will be provided in a manner usable by van and wheelchair for New Century’s Chairman in a location adjacent to the north lobby office entrance to the building.
(i) Promptly after execution of this Lease, Landlord will consult with Tenant before finalizing any parking arrangements with third parties for the parking spaces that are part of the Gateway Building; such arrangements shall not conflict with the arrangements described in paragraph (ii) below.
(ii) Landlord agrees that Tenant may permit the use of the 87 Tenant-allocated parking spaces described in this subsection (c) (the “Parking Spaces”) by members of the public, including without limitation customers and invitees of nearby business establishments, but only (i) as of right during hours after 5:00 p.m., or (ii) with Landlord’s written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) on a case-by-case basis for designated dates during the business day prior to 5:00 p.m. Tenant’s right to permit the use of the Parking Spaces shall be conditioned upon Landlord receiving reasonably satisfactory indemnity against liability related to the use of the Parking Spaces and liability insurance designating Landlord as an additional insured with respect to risks of liability related to the use of the Parking Spaces.
(iii) In the event that problems occur with the usage of the parking spaces described in paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii) of this subsection by third parties, Landlord and Tenant agree to confer regarding, and cooperate reasonably to find appropriate solutions for such problems. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to find a solution, Landlord may suspend the usage of the parking spaces described in paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii) of this subsection by third parties, but Landlord shall not do so unreasonably.”
6. Section 8(a) is hereby amended to add at the end thereof the following:
“Notwithstanding the provisions of Exhibit C defining Tenant’s percentage share of “Operating Expenses,” Tenant’s percentage share shall be that percentage which is derived by dividing the number of rentable square feet leased by Tenant, excluding the “Corridor” referred to in the Work Agreement (15,200) by the total amount of square feet of rentable square feet (31,054) of which the Leased Space is a part. That percentage is (48.9%).”
7. Section 25 of the Lease is hereby amended to the following sentence at the end thereof:
“The foregoing shall include additional signage on the top exterior of the Building and an awning over the Mini Branch entrance subject to approval by the Borough of Phoenixville. Any proposal for additional signage and awning shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall bear all expenses of obtaining governmental consent and installing such signage and awning.”
8. Section 30 of the Lease is hereby amended to read in full as follows:
“30.
TENANT’S EXISTING LEASE
:
This Section describes the agreements between Landlord and Tenant with respect to Tenant’s lease of various portions of its premises at Tenant’s current location on Route 113. These premises include three separate buildings: (i) Tenant’s retail branch (the “Route 113 Branch”); (ii) Tenant’s executive offices (the “Route 113 Executive Offices”); and (iii) Tenant’s operations area (the “Route 113 Operations Building”).
(a) Landlord shall have no responsibility with respect to Tenant’s lease of the Route 113 Branch.
(b) Upon the Commencement Date, Landlord will commence payment of all base rental payments of Tenant for the remaining balance of the lease for (i) the Route 113 Executive Offices, notwithstanding that Tenant may remain in occupancy thereof, and (ii) the Route 113 Operations Building in accordance with Exhibit “G” to this Lease.
(c) With respect to the Route 113 Executive Offices, Tenant shall make available for sublet, subject to the conditions of this paragraph, approximately 1,500 square feet of Route 113 Executive Offices. Landlord and Tenant agree to cooperate reasonably to attempt to negotiate and finalize a sublease for these 1,500 square feet on terms mutually acceptable to Landlord, Tenant, the subtenant and Tenant’s landlord for the Route 113 Executive Offices and Operations Building (the “Route 113 Landlord”). Subject to finalization of a mutually acceptable sublease as set forth in the foregoing sentence, Tenant agrees to use diligent efforts to obtain consent from Tenant’s landlord for the sublease, and Landlord agrees to cooperate at Landlord’s expense in such efforts including without limitation providing such information to Tenant for submission to the Route 113 Landlord as the Route 113 Landlord may require relating to the proposed subtenant. Subject to the agreements of the subtenant and the Route 113 Landlord, Tenant and Landlord agree that the sublease may provide for direct payments of sublease rental from the subtenant to Tenant and that the Landlord will guarantee these payments on terms and conditions mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant. So long as and to the extent that the subtenant pays rent to Tenant for the Route 113 Executive Offices, Landlord’s obligation with respect to Tenant’s rent on the Route 113 Executive Offices shall be replaced by the guarantee provided for in this paragraph. Thus, for example, if the subtenant’s base and additional rent payable to Tenant under the sublease is less than the base rent payable by Tenant at any time for the Route 113 Executive Offices, Landlord shall continue to be responsible for the difference.
(d) Landlord has proposed a subtenant for the Route 113 Operations Building and has advised Tenant that the subtenant needs to take occupancy of the Route Operations Building on July 1, 2007. Provided Final Completion has occurred before July 1, 2007, Tenant agrees to vacate the Route 113 Operations Building before July 1, 2007. Landlord and Tenant agree to cooperate reasonably to attempt to negotiate and finalize a sublease on terms mutually acceptable to Landlord, Tenant, the Route 113 Landlord. Subject to finalization of a mutually acceptable sublease as set forth in the foregoing sentence, Tenant agrees to use diligent efforts to obtain consent from Tenant’s landlord for the sublease, and Landlord agrees to cooperate at Landlord’s expense in such efforts including without limitation providing such information to Tenant for submission to the Route 113 Landlord as the Route 113 Landlord may require relating to the proposed subtenant. Subject to the agreements of the subtenant and the Route 113 Landlord, Tenant and Landlord agree that the sublease may provide for direct payments of sublease rental from the subtenant to Tenant and that the Landlord will guarantee these payments on terms and conditions mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant. So long as and to the extent that the subtenant pays rent to Tenant for the Route 113 Operations Building, Landlord’s obligation with respect to Tenant’s rent on the Route 113 Operations Building shall be replaced by the guarantee provided for in this paragraph. Thus, for example, if the subtenant’s base and additional rent payable to Tenant under the sublease is less than the base rent payable by Tenant at any time for the Route 113 Operations Building, Landlord shall continue to be responsible for the difference.”
9. The second full paragraph of Exhibit B to the Lease, beginning, “Tenant will furnish complete…” and ending with, “… even though alterations are unfinished,” is hereby deleted in its entirety.
10. The Lease shall remain in full force and effect except as amended by the Supplemental Documents.
11. The terms and conditions of the Supplemental Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective successors and assigns.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.
TENANT:
|
LANDLORD:
|
NEW CENTURY BANK
|
GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
BY:
/s/ James W. McKeighan, III
|
BY:
/s/ Walter J. Logan
|
James W. McKeighan, III
|
Walter J. Logan
|
President
|
President & CEO
|
|
|
|
|
ATTEST:
|
ATTEST:______________________
|
(Signature)
|
(Signature)
|
Print Name: _____________________
|
Print Name: _____________________
|
Title: _____________________
|
Title: _____________________
|
EXHIBIT J
COMMENCEMENT CERTIFICATE
THIS COMMENCEMENT CERTIFICATE, dated as of ________________, 2007, by and between
GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, LLC
, 100 French Creek Parkway, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460, ("Landlord") and
NEW CENTURY BANK
("Tenant").
BACKGROUND:
A. By Agreement of Lease dated January 5, 2007, as amended by that certain Amendment to Lease by and between the parties dated May 4, 2007 (collectively, the “Lease”), Landlord leased to Tenant certain “Leased Space” described therein (the “Leased Space”) in the in the building known as “The Gateway Building” ("Building") erected by Landlord at 100 French Creek Parkway, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460 (the “Land”). In accordance with the terms of the Lease the parties now desire to certify and memorialize certain events and conditions.
NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant hereby confirm and acknowledge the following:
1. “Final Completion” (as defined in the Lease) occurred on ____________, 2007.
2. The “Commencement Date” referred to in the Lease is _____________, 2007.
3. The Term of the Lease shall expire on ___________, 2022, provided however, that the Term of the Lease may be terminated sooner in accordance with the terms thereof, and may be renewed and extended by Tenant in accordance with the terms thereof.
4. Landlord and Tenant each certifies to the other that, as of the date hereof:
(a) the Tenant have been given exclusive possession of the Leased Space and the Lease is in full force and effect and has not been amended or otherwise modified, except as set forth above;
(b) Landlord acknowledges that Tenant is not in default under the terms of the Lease except in the following respects, if any (if none, state “none”): ______________________________;
(c) Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is not default under the terms of the Lease except in the following respects, if any (if none, state “none”): ______________________________;
(d) Landlord has completed the “Tenant Improvements” referred to in the Work Agreement between the parties related to the Lease, and those Tenant Improvements have been accepted by Tenant as being in conformance with the terms of the Lease and the Work Agreement, except (i) the punch-list items, if any, set forth on
Schedule A
attached to this Commencement Certificate and initialed by Landlord and Tenant; and (ii) the following, if any (if none, state “none”): _______________________.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Certificate as of the date set forth above.
TENANT:
|
LANDLORD:
|
NEW CENTURY BANK
|
GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
BY: _____________________
|
BY:___________________________
|
Print Name: _____________________
|
Print Name: _____________________
|
Title: _____________________
|
Title: _____________________
|
SCHEDULE A
to
Commencement Certificate
under
Lease between
NEW CENTURY BANK and GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, LLC
Punch List Items
Exhibit 10.13
Jay Sidhu
|
|
|
1
|
Name of Subscriber
|
|
|
Agreement No.
|
CONFIDENTIAL SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
NEW CENTURY BANK
Private Sale of Securities
Consisting of up to 2,333,334 Shares and Warrants for 583,334 Shares
Aggregate Offering Amount: $10,000,000
(plus $4,000,000 over subscription. amount)
THIS CONFIDENTIAL SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT CONTAINS MATERIAL NONPUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING NEW CENTURY BANK AND IS PREPARED SOLELY FOR THE USE OF THE SUBSCRIBER NAMED ABOVE. ANY USE OF THIS INFORMATION FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN IN CONNECTION WITH THE CONSIDERATION OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY MAY SUBJECT THE USER TO CRIMINAL AND CIVIL LIABILITY.
THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY ARE HIGHLY SPECULATIVE AND INVOLVE A
HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND IMMEDIATE DILUTION AND MAY BE PURCHASED ONLY
BY PERSONS IN THE UNITED STATES WHO QUALIFY AS "ACCREDITED INVESTORS"
UNDER RULE 501 (a) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.
THIS DOCUMENT HAS NOT BEEN FILED WITH OR REVIEWED BY THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER COMMISSION OR REGULATORY AUTHORITY, AND HAS NOT BEEN FILED WITH OR REVIEWED BY THE ATTORNEY GENERAL OF ANY STATES NOR HAS ANY SUCH COMMISSION, AUTHORITY OR ATTORNEY GENERAL DETERMINED WHETHER IT IS ACCURATE OR COMPLETE OR PASSED UPON OR ENDORSED THE MERITS OF THIS OFFERING. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT BEING OFFERED IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH OFFER OR THE SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IS UNLAWFUL OR NOT PERMITTED.
THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS OF A BANK OR SAVINGS
ASSOCIATION AND ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT
INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY. THESE
SECURITIES INVOLVE INVESTMENT RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF
PRINCIPAL.
May 19, 2009
CONFIDENTIAL SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
INSTRUCTIONS:
Items to be delivered by Subscriber with this Agreement:
a. One (1) completed and executed Subscription Agreement.
b. Completed and signed Investor Suitability Questionnaire
c. If applicable, completed and signed Investor Representative Questionnaire
d. If applicable, completed and signed federal Interagency Biographical-Financial Report
The Subscriber shall also deliver to the Bank, with this signed Agreement, payment in collected funds in
the amount of the Purchase Price by wire transfer of funds for holding in escrow as described below in
"Summary of Offering - Escrow of Subscription Proceeds Pending Closing:," beginning on page 4.
THE
SUBSCRIBER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WIRE TRANSFER FEES IMPOSED BY THE
SUBSCRIBER'S BANK
. Wire funds to:
Bank:
|
Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh
|
A13A number:
|
04300143
|
Account name to credit:
|
New Century Bank
|
Account number to credit:
|
1158635
|
ALL DOCUMENTS SHOULD BE RETURNED TO:
New Century Bank
99 Bridge Street
Phoenixville, PA 19460
Attention: Kenneth B. Mumma, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
THE FOLLOWING EXHIBITS ARE DELIVERED WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND ARE
INCORPORATED IN THIS AGREEMENT BY REFERENCE:
EXHIBIT A: FORM OF WARRANT
EXHIBIT B: ANNUAL REPORT FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
EXHIBIT C: UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR QUARTER
ENDED MARCH 31, 2009
EXHIBIT D: PROXY STATEMENT FOR 2009 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
EXHIBIT E: ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF THE BANK
EXHIBIT F: STATEMENT OF DESIGNATIONS - 10% SERIES A NON-CUMULATIVE
PERPETUAL CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK (PAR
VALUE $1,000
PER SHARE), LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE OF $10,000 PER SHARE
EXHIBIT G: BYLAWS OF THE BANK
EXHIBIT H: EMPLOYMENT RELATED AGREEMENTS WITH JAY SIDHU
EXHIBIT I: DEFINITIVE AGREEMENT WITH JAY SIDHU DATED MAY 19, 2009
EXHIBIT J: CONSULTING AGREEMENT WITH KENNETH MUMMA
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
New Century Bank, a Pennsylvania bank (the "
Bank
") is offering hereby (the "Offering") to the
undersigned (the "
Subscriber
") the following: (i) that number of shares (the "
Shares
") of common stock
of the Bank, par value $1.00 (the "
Voting Common Stock
") shown on the signature page of this
Subscription Agreement (this "
Agreement
"), plus (ii) a Warrant (the "Base Warrant") for the purchase of
that number of additional shares of Voting Common Stock identified as "Base Warrant Shares" on the
signature page of this Subscription Agreement (the "Base Warrant Shares"), plus (iii) if applicable as
described in the section titled "Additional Contingent Warrant" on page 4 of this Agreement, a Warrant
(the "Additional Warrant") for the purchase of that number of additional shares of Voting Common Stock
identified as "Additional Warrant Shares" on the signature page of this Subscription Agreement (the
"Additional Warrant Shares"). The Base Warrant and, if issued, the Additional Warrant are sometimes
referred to herein individually or collectively as applicable, as a "Warrant," and the Base Warrant Shares
and (if the Additional Warrant is issued) the Additional Warrant Shares are sometimes collectively
referred to herein as "Warrant Shares." Each Warrant shall be in the Form of
Exhibit A
to this
Agreement and shall provide for exercise and purchase of the applicable Warrant Shares at an exercise
price of $6.00 per share. The Subscriber hereby subscribes to purchase the Shares and the Warrant (the
"Offered Securities") from the Bank at a purchase price of $6.00 per Share being purchased, or a total
purchase price shown on the signature page of this Agreement (the "
Purchase Price
"). Neither this
Offering, nor Bank's or Subscriber's agreements for the purchase and sale of the Offered Securities, is
conditioned upon the Bank's sale of any minimum or maximum number of shares to any other investors.
SALE OF SECURITIES
Sale of Securities
. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and on the basis of the representations and
warranties hereinafter set forth, the Bank hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Subscriber and the
Subscriber agrees to purchase from the Bank, upon Closing (as such term is defined in Section 1.3 of this
Agreement), the Offered Securities as described herein for the Purchase Price. The number of Offered
Securities purchased hereunder by the Subscriber shall be as specified on the signature page of this
Agreement executed by the Subscriber. This Offering is only being made to the Subscriber on the
condition that the Subscriber qualifies as an "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule 501 under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "
Securities Act
")).
High Risk Investment
. An investment in the Offered Securities involves high risk and is suitable only
for persons who can afford to lose their entire investment. The Subscriber should carefully consider each
of the factors described in the section entitled "Risks Related to this Offering" before participating in the
Offering.
Summary of Offering
Fractional Shares
: No fractional shares shall be issued hereunder. Any subscription that
would result in fractional shares shall be rounded up to the nearest
whole number of shares.
Not Conditional on Other
Subscriptions:
Except for (i) whether the Subscriber will receive an Additional
Warrant and (ii) the number of shares of the Bank's Voting Common
Stock may be purchased pursuant to any Additional Warrant (all of
which are described further in the section titled "Additional Contingent
Warrant" beginning on this page), this Agreement, and Subscriber's
agreement to subscribe under this Agreement, are
NOT
conditioned
upon Bank's completion of subscriptions with any other subscribers
or Bank's entering into any minimum number of other subscription
agreements or agreements to subscribe for any minimum number of additional shares beyond those being subscribed for by Subscriber under this Agreement. Subscriber agrees to complete the subscription hereunder whether or not Bank enters into subscription agreements with other subscribers or issues or sells any additional shares beyond those provided for in this Agreement. Closing under this Agreement is not conditioned upon any minimum number of subscriptions by other investors or closing upon any other subscriptions.
Subscription Procedure and
Wire Instructions
:
The Subscriber must complete, execute and deliver this Agreement to
the Bank with the other documents, and deliver the Purchase Price to
the Bank in collected funds, all as described in "INSTRUCTIONS" on page 2 above.
Additional Contingent Warrant
:
Whether or not the Bank issues an Additional Warrant to Subscriber,
and, if the Bank issues an Additional Warrant to Subscriber, the
aggregate number of shares of Bank Common Stock exercisable under
the Additional Warrant will depend on the aggregate amount of capital
raised by the Bank in this offering and closed on or before July 31,
2009. The Bank may extend this deadline in its sole discretion. No
Additional Warrant will be issued if $10 million or less is raised and
collected by July 31, 2009. An Additional Warrant will be issued by
the Bank for the number of shares shown as "Maximum Additional
Warrant Shares on the signature page of this Agreement if $14 million
is raised and collected by the Bank in this offering by July 31, 2009. If
the aggregate amount of capital raised and collected in this offering by
July 31, 2009 is more than $10 million but less than $14 million, the
aggregate number of shares exercisable under the Additional Warrant
will he increased to a number equal to or less than the Maximum
Additional Warrant Shares shown on the signature page of this
Agreement in proportion to the extent that the aggregate capital raise
in this offering is greater than $10 million and less than $14 million.
For example, if the Maximum Additional Warrant Shares were 20,000
and the aggregate amount of capital raised and collected in this offering
by July 31, 2009 is $13 million, the aggregate number of shares
exercisable under the Additional Warrant would be calculated as
follows:
13,000,000 - 10,000,000
_
14,000,000 - 10,000,000 = 0.75 x 20,000 = 15,000
Escrow of Subscription
Proceeds Pending Closing:
Proceeds received from the Subscriber will be escrowed pending
closing in a segregated statement savings account at the Bank to be titled, "Closing Escrow -[Subscriber's Name]," and the Bank shall
have no ownership interest in the subscription proceeds or the escrow account unless and until closing is completed as described in this
Subscription Agreement. The Bank will pay interest on the
subscription proceeds during the period they are deposited in the escrow account at the Bank's standard statement savings rate as applicable from time to time. At closing, or upon termination of this Agreement without closing, the Bank will pay the interest earned on the escrow account to the Subscriber. Upon the satisfaction of' the conditions to closing and issuance in the name of the Subscriber of (i) a certificate or certificates for the number of shares subscribed and (ii) a Warrant for the purchase of the number of shares provided under this Subscription Agreement, the Bank shall be authorized to withdraw the subscription proceeds from the escrow account.
Closing Matters
.
(a) Subject to receipt of any required regulatory approvals and the other conditions to
closing set forth in this Agreement, the closing of the transactions contemplated hereunder (the
"
Closing
") shall occur on or before July 31, 2009 at the offices of New Century Bank, 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, PA 19460, or at such other place as shall be mutually agreeable to the parties, at 11:00 a.m., Eastern Daylight Time, on such date prior to the closing deadline as it may be extended (but not later than September 30, 2009) as the Bank may reasonably designate by not less than ten (10) calendar days' prior written notice to the Subscriber. The Bank may extend this closing deadline in its sole discretion to a date not later than September 30, 2009. At the Closing:
(i) Subscriber shall have delivered the full Purchase Price in immediately
available United States funds; and
(ii) The Bank shall deliver one or more certificates representing the Shares
subscribed for to Subscriber.
(iii) The Bank shall deliver a duly executed Base Warrant to the Subscriber.
(b) In addition, one (1) calendar day prior to the Closing, the Bank shall also make
available to the Subscriber:
(i) A good standing certificate for the Bank issued by the Department of
Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania;
(ii) A subsistence certificate for the Bank issued by the Secretary of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania;
(iii) A certificate as to the federal insurance of the Bank's deposits issued by
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
(iv) A copy, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Bank,
of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Bank authorizing the Sale of the Offered Securities and the execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement.
(c) If, on or before July 31, 2009, the Bank shall have raised and collected more than
$10,000,000 in proceeds from all subscribers in this offering, then promptly after July 31, 2009, the Bank shall deliver to the Subscriber a duly executed Additional Warrant for any Additional Warrant Shares to which the Subscriber is entitled under this Agreement.
Use of Proceeds.
The Bank intends to use the proceeds derived from this Offering for its general
corporate purposes. Management reserves the right to utilize the net proceeds of the Offering in a manner
in the best interests of the Bank. The amount of the net proceeds that will he invested in particular areas
of the Bank's business will depend upon future economic conditions and business opportunities.
Certain Reports and Schedules Filed Under Banking Laws; No Reporting Under Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
As a member bank of the Federal Reserve System, the Bank files call reports with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. It does not file periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Bank's call report information is publicly available, and the Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the Bank has offered to make copies of its filed call reports available to the Subscriber at no charge.
Subscriber Information.
The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the offer and sale of the Offered
Securities are intended to be exempt from registration under the federal Securities Act of 1933 (the
"Securities Act") and applicable state securities laws, based on the status of the Offered Securities as securities issued by a "bank," and that the Bank is relying on the Subscriber's status as an accredited investor in offering Subscriber the information and due diligence opportunity that Bank has provided. In accordance therewith and in furtherance thereof, the Subscriber represents and warrants to and agrees with the Bank that Subscriber is an accredited investor under the Securities Act.
Risks Related to this Offering
Investing in the Bank's Offered Securities involves risks and our operating results and financial condition
have varied in the past and may in the fixture vary significantly depending on a number of factors. You
should consider the following risk factors in evaluating whether to invest in the Bank's Offered Securities.
However, the risks described below are not the only risks facing our Company. These risks could have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity and cause
our actual operating results to materially differ from those contained in forward-looking statements made
in this Agreement, in the financial statements and proxy statement attached to this Agreement and
elsewhere by management. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider these
risks as well as other information contained or incorporated by reference in this Agreement. Additional
risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may
materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and/or operating results.
This offering of the Offered Securities is subject to prior regulatory approval of federal and state bank regulatory agencies.
Pursuant to Section 112 of the Pennsylvania Banking Code, the Bank may not issue Offered
Securities to anyone who, as a result of the purchase, would own more than 10% of the Bank's
outstanding common stock, until the written approval of the Pennsylvania Banking Department is received. The approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may also be required. The number of Shares equaling 10% will depend on the total number of Shares sold in this offering. You should assume that regulatory approval will be required unless a determination can be made that it is not. While you are solely responsible for obtaining any approvals, the Bank will provide you with information and assistance in processing the approval application.
Availability of Securities Act exemption.
The Offered Securities are being offered pursuant to various available exemptions from
registration from U.S. federal and state securities law registration requirements. Compliance with such laws, which must be met in order for such exemptions to be available to us, is highly technical and to some extent involves elements beyond our control. If the proper exemptions do not ultimately prove to be available, we could be subject to the claims of all or only some of our shareholders for violations of federal or state securities laws, which could materially adversely affect our profitability or operations or make an investment in the Offered Securities worthless.
Our Common Stock is not liquid and its price fluctuates, and you may not be able to sell your Offered Securities at or above the price that you pay for the Offered Securities.
Our Voting Common Stock is not listed or regularly quoted on any established market or
quotation service. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our Voting Common Stock will
develop after the Offering. Our stock price has been volatile in the past and several factors could cause
the price to fluctuate substantially in the future. These factors include but are not limited to: changes in
analysts' recommendations or projections, our announcement of developments related to our businesses,
operations and stock performance of other companies deemed to be peers, regulatory changes in the
financial services or banking industry, news reports of trends, concerns, irrational exuberance on the part
of investors and other issues related to the financial services industry. Recently, the stock market has
experienced a high level of price and volume volatility, and market prices for the stock of many
companies, including those in the financial services sector, have experienced wide price fluctuations that
have not necessarily been related to operating performance. Our stock price may fluctuate significantly in
the future, and these fluctuations may be unrelated to our performance. General market declines or market
volatility in the future, especially in the financial institutions sector of the economy, could adversely
affect the price of our Voting Common Stock, and the current market price may not be indicative of
future market prices.
If you attempt to sell the Offered Securities, the fluctuations in the price of the Bank's Voting
Common Stock may prevent you from obtaining a market price equal to the Purchase Price. In these
situations, you may be required to either sell the Offered Securities at a price which is lower than the
Purchase Price, or to hold the Offered Securities for a longer period of time than originally planned.
The exercise of outstanding stock options held by our directors and employees will result in dilution of your ownership.
As of March 3 1, 2009, we had options outstanding to purchase 46,827 shares of our Voting Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price of $10.68 per share. An additional 147,800 shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units or options to purchase shares of Voting Common Stock are available for grant at any time our equity compensation plans (the "
Plans
"). The issuance of restricted stock, restricted stock units or shares subject to options under the Plans will result in future dilution of your ownership of our Voting Common Stock.
We have issued long term subordinated debt.
The rights, interests and priorities of holders of Offered Securities are also subject to certain
rights of the holders of the Bank's Floating Rate Subordinated Debt Securities due 2014 (the
"
2004
Debentures") and the Bank's Series 2007 7.50% Mandatorily Conve
rt
ible Subordinated Debenture (the
"2007 Debentures"). On the date of this Offering Memorandum, the Bank has outstanding $2,000,000 in
principal amount of 2004 Debentures and $1,000,000 in principal amount of 2007 Debentures. We agree
to provide copies of the agreements and instruments evidencing our subordinated debt to you upon your
request.
This transaction may trigger the change in control conversion provisions of our 2007 Debentures.
If the offer and sale of the Offered Securities to the Subscriber, or to anyone else, separately or with the
Subscriber, is deemed to result in a change in control of the Bank within the meaning of the 2007
Debentures, it could result in the conversion of $1 million of 2007 Debentures to up to 130,718 shares of common stock (a conversion rate of $7.65 per share). This would have the effect of reducing the voting percentage of the Offered Securities.
We have issued preferred stock.
The terms, privileges, rights and preferences of the preferred stock we have issued are set forth in
the Statement Of Designations for the Bank's 1 0% Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible
Preferred Stock (Par Value $1,000 Per Share), with liquidation Preference of $10,000 per share, attached to this Subscription Agreement as
Exhibit F
.
We may issue additional shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock or equity or debt derivative
securities that will dilute the percentage ownership interest of existing shareholders and may dilute the book value per share of our Common Stock and adversely affect the terns on which we may obtain
additional capital.
Our authorized capital includes (i) 9,500,000 share of voting common stock, par value $1.00 per
share (the "Voting Common Stock"), (ii) 500,000 shares of nonvoting common stock, par value $1.00 per
share (the "Nonvoting Common Stock") (with the Voting Common Stock, our "Common Stock"), and
(iii) 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, any series having such par value or no par
value as may be determined by the Ban's board of directors from time to time (the "Preferred Stock").. As
of March 31, 2009, we had 2,021,078 shares of Voting Common Stock outstanding and had reserved for
issuance 46,827 shares underlying options. In addition, as of March 31, 2009, we had the ability to issue
147,800 shares of Voting Common Stock pursuant to options, restricted stock and restricted stock units
that may be granted in the future under the Plans. As of March 31, 2009, we had no shares of Nonvoting
Common Stock outstanding and 98 shares of Preferred Stock outstanding. Our board of directors
generally has the authority, without action by or vote of the shareholders, to issue all or part of any
authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock for any corporate purpose, including
issuance of equity-based incentive awards under or outside of our equity compensation plans.
In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by issuing debt or equity securities
or securities convertible into equity securities, including, but not limited to, securities under government
sponsored programs. Any such securities may be senior to our common shares as to distributions and in
liquidation, which could negatively affect the value of our common shares. We could also enter into
unsecured or secured debt or debt-like financing, or issuances of medium-term notes, senior notes,
subordinated notes, secured debt, guarantees, preferred shares, trust preferred securities, hybrid securities,
or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities. In the event of the Bank's liquidation,
lenders and holders of debt and preferred securities would receive distributions of our available assets
before distributions to the holders of our common shares. Because our decision to incur debt and issue
securities in future offerings may be influenced by market conditions and other factors beyond our
control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, or nature of our future financings. Further,
market conditions could require us to accept less favorable terms for the issuance of our securities in the
future.
We have broad discretion in allocating the net proceeds from this Offering.
We intend to use the net proceeds from this Offering for general corporate purposes. We will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of this Offering. Our failure to apply these funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We do not currently pay dividends, our ability to pay cash dividends is limited, and we may be unable to pay future dividends if we decide to do so.
The Bank has not paid cash dividends on its Common Stock, and there is no guarantee that we
will do so in the future. The declaration of any future cash dividends will he at the discretion of our board
of directors and will depend upon and be limited by regulatory restrictions, the Bank's ability to pay cash
dividends to us based on its capital position and profitability, and our need to maintain sufficient capital
to support the Bank's operations. The ability of the Bank to pay cash dividends to us is limited by its
obligations to maintain sufficient capital and by other restrictions on its cash dividends that are applicable
to Pennsylvania state banks and banks that are regulated by the Federal Reserve Bank. If we do not satisfy
these regulatory requirements, we will be unable to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock.
We have applied for funding under the U.S. Treasury Department's Capital Purchase Program (the "CPP") but have not yet been accepted for participation.
We have requested approval for the issuance of $6,500,000 in preferred stock to the Treasury Department. Your investment in our common stock could be adversely affected, whether or not we are accepted for participation in the CPP, in several different ways.
If we are accepted for participation in the CPP and issue the preferred stock, we will be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions. For example:
- While the preferred shares would generally be nonvoting, the holders of the preferred
shares may be entitled to vote on certain limited matters in certain circumstances.
- We would be obligated to pay dividends on the preferred stock, even though we do not
pay dividends on our common stock, and these dividend payments would reduce the
value of your investment in the Bank.
- While we do not presently plan to pay dividends on your shares of common stock, we
would not he able to pay any dividends on the common stock, even if we want to, until
we redeem the preferred stock we issue to the U.S. Treasury Department.
- If we fail to pay dividends on the preferred stock, the holders of the preferred stock
would be entitled to appoint two directors to our board, and they would then be able to make
or influence decisions that favor the preferred shareholders rather than you.
- If the Bank were liquidated, the holders of preferred shares are entitled to be repaid their
investment in full before any of your investment is repaid.
Offerings of debt or senior equity securities may adversely affect the value of our common stock.
We may attempt to increase our capital resources or, if the Bank's capital ratios fall below the
required minimums, we could be required to raise additional capital by making additional offerings of
debt or preferred equity securities. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and shares of preferred
stock and lenders with respect to the Bank's other borrowings will receive distributions of our available
assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Additional equity offerings may dilute the holdings of
our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our common stock, or both. Holders of our
common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights or other protections against dilution.
Our board of directors is authorized to issue one or more classes or series of preferred stock from
time to time without any action on the part of the stockholders.
Our board of directors also has the power,
without stockholder approval, to set the terms of any such classes or series of preferred stock that may be
issued, including voting rights, dividend rights, and preferences over our common stock with respect to
dividends or upon our dissolution, winding -up and liquidation and other terms. If we issue preferred stock
ank
in the future that has a preference over our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or upon our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, or if we issue preferred stock with voting rights that dilute the voting power of our common stock, the rights of holders of our common stock or the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.
The offering price of our common stock does not necessarily reflect the market value of our common stock or the price you would receive if you sell your shares.
The offering price of the shares of our common stock to be sold in this Offering has been determined by our board of directors after consideration of a number of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to, the current market for, trading volume and the liquidity of our common stock. The offering price of our common stock does not necessarily reflect the price at which our common stock would sell on or after the purchase date.
Dependence on Key Personnel; Voting Control
As a community bank, our success will depend greatly on the continued services of our executive officers.
In order to be successful, we must attract, retain and motivate key employees, and if we fail to do that, our
profits could be hurt. We may not be successful in continuing to recruit experienced people for positions
with us, or in retaining necessary people. In this connection, the Bank has entered into agreements with
Jay Sidhu, copies of which are attached as
Exhibits H and I
,
providing for him to serve as Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer of the Bank if the Bank receives subscriptions in this offering for at least
$10,000,000, with collected proceeds in escrow, by June 15, 2009. In addition, the Bank has agreed to
appoint two new directors who will be individuals mutually agreeable to Jay Sidhu and the Bank's board
of directors. Pursuant to a Subscription Agreement dated May 19, 2009, the Bank has agreed to issue to
Jay Sidhu, and Jay Sidhu has subscribed for and agreed to purchase, at a purchase price of $750,000:
(i)
125,000 shares of Voting Common Stock, plus (ii) a "Base Warrant" for the purchase of 385,101
additional shares of Voting Common Stock on terns and conditions corresponding to the terms and
conditions of the Base Warrant under the
Agreement except as described below in this paragraph, plus
(iii) if applicable, an "Additional Warrant" for the purchase of up to 66,667 additional shares of Voting
Common Stock on terms and conditions corresponding to the terms and conditions of the Additional
Warrant under this Agreement except as follows. Pursuant to Jay Sidhu's Base Warrant and Additional
Warrant, half of the shares subject to each of his warrants vv ill vest immediately and may he purchased by
exercise of the warrants at any time on or after the date of issue of the warrants. The other half of the
shares subject to each warrant as described in his warrant agreements as "Deferred Vesting Shares" as to
which he may not exercise the warrant until the following conditions shall have been satisfied:
(i) The Deferred Vesting Shares shall vest in equal amounts on each of the first three
anniversaries of the Issue Date, so that, provided the other conditions to exercise described in (ii)
below shall also have been satisfied, he may purchase: (A) one-third of the Deferred Vesting
Shares on or after the first anniversary of the warrant's issue date; (B) another one-third of the
Deferred Vesting Shares on or after the second anniversary of the warrant's issue date; and the
final one-third of the Deferred Vesting Shares on or after the third anniversary of the warrant's
issue date.
(ii) In any event, the warrants may not be exercised to purchase Deferred Vesting Shares unless
and until the voting Common Stock of the Bank or its successor by operation of law (or of any
holding company owning 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Bank or its successor
by operation of law) shall have become listed on the New York Stock Exchange or American
Stock Exchange or accepted for quotation and quoted on NASDAQ (or (or accepted for listing or
quotation on a successor to one of the foregoing) and, if required as a result thereof, any
registration statements required to be filed under federal and applicable state securities laws shall
be become effective.
Therefore, with the shares of common stock represented by his warrants, he may potentially control as
much as 12% of the Bank's issued and outstanding voting stock. He may purchase additional shares of
our common stock in the future. We may grant him stock options, unvested stock or other equity-based
compensation that would increase his voting percentage further. As of the date of this Agreement our
directors and officers as a group (excluding Mr. Sidhu) own a total of 801,856 shares of our common
stock, including options or warrants to purchase up to an additional 17,500 shares of our common stock
They also own shares of our preferred stock that permit them, under certain circumstances to acquire or
have the preferred shares convert into an additional 139,944 shares of our common stock. With the shares
of common stock represented by options and warrants granted to them and common stock convertible
from preferred stock, our directors and officers as a group potentially control 43.2% of our issued and
outstanding voting stock. Many of our directors and officers have indicated their intent to purchase
additional shares of common stock in the future. Further, it is likely they will be granted additional stock
options, unvested stock or other equity-based compensation that would further increase When Mr. Sidhu
becomes Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, our directors and officers as a group will control, on the
foregoing bases, as much as 34% of our issued and outstanding common stock. We believe ownership of
stock causes our directors and officers to have the same interests as our shareholders, but it also gives
them the ability to vote as shareholders for matters that are in their personal interest.
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATED TO THE SHARES
General
In this section, we summarize certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the
purchase, beneficial ownership, conversion and disposition of the Offered Securities and the ownership
and disposition of our common stock received in respect thereof. However, because it is impractical in
this Agreement to cover all the federal tax consequences of an investment in the Offered Securities,
because the tax consequences may be different for different investors, and because the effects of any
local, state or foreign tax laws, or federal tax laws other than income tax laws, which might apply to a
prospective Subscriber should be evaluated, each prospective Subscriber should consult his or its own tax
adviser to satisfy himself or itself as to the income and other tax consequences of investing in the Offered
Securities. This summary does not discuss all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular
investor or to certain investors subject to special treatment under the federal income tax laws (such as
banks, insurance companies, thrift institutions, regulated investment companies, real estate investment
trusts, tax-exempt organizations, U.S. expatriates, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, traders
in securities that elect to mark to market, dealers in securities or currencies, or persons that hold the
Offered Securities as part of a position in a "straddle" or as part of a "hedging," "conversion" or other
integrated investment transaction for federal income tax purposes). Unless otherwise indicated, the
discussion relates to the tax consequences to individual investors that are United States citizens or
residents and deals only with Offered Securities held as capital assets (as defined in the Code).
To ensure compliance with IRS rules (IRS Circular 230), potential Subscribers are hereby notified that: (A) any discussion of federal tax issues in this Agreement is not intended or written to be used, and it cannot be used by any potential Subscriber, for the purpose of avoiding penalties that may be imposed on any such person or entity under the Internal Revenue Code; (B) such discussion is written to support the promotion or marketing of the transactions or matters addressed herein; and (C) potential Subscribers should seek advice based on their particular circumstances from an independent tax adviser other than the Bank (i.e., a tax adviser other than the Bank, its affiliates or persons providing professional services or advice to the Bank).
Dividends on Shares and Warrant Shares
Any distribution with respect to the Shares or any Warrant Shares that we pay out of our current or
accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, will constitute a
dividend and will be includible in gross income by you when paid.
Basis of Shares and Warrants
The federal income tax basis of the Shares and the Warrants is determined by allocating the Purchase Price between them based on the relative fair market value of the Shares and the Warrants. Subscribers should consult with their tax advisors regarding the appropriate methodology for determining the federal income tax basis of the Shares and the Warrants.
Exercise of Warrants
In general, you will not recognize gain or loss upon the exercise for cash of a Warrant to acquire Shares.
Warrant Shares generally will have a federal income tax basis equal to your federal income tax basis in
the Warrant, increased by the amount paid to exercise the warrant. The holding period of such Warrant
Shares generally will begin on the day after the date of exercise of the Warrant. If a Warrant is allowed to
lapse unexercised, a you would generally recognize a capital loss equal to your tax basis in the Warrant.
Sale of Shares
Upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of the Shares or Warrant Shares, you generally will recognize
capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized (not including any amount
attributable to declared and unpaid dividends, which will be taxable as described above to holders of
record who have not previously included such dividends in income) and your adjusted tax basis in the
Shares.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Information reporting requirements, on IRS Form 1099, generally will apply to payments made on the
Shares or the common stock upon conversion of the Shares to a noncorporate holder. Distributions made
on the Shares may be subject to a "backup" withholding tax (currently at rate of 28%) on "reportable
payments" made to a noncorporate holder unless, in general, the holder complies with certain procedures.
NON-U.S. HOLDERS - TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATED TO THE OFFERED SECURITIES
The following is a general summary of certain of the U.S. tax considerations that may apply to non-U.S. holders of the Bank's Common Stock and Warrants ("non-U.S. holders") and does not discuss all considerations that may apply to every non-U.S. holder. If you are a non-U.S. holder, you should consult your own tax advisors with respect to such U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of owning the Common Stock and Warrants.
Dividends
Dividends with respect to our Common Stock ordinarily will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at
a 30 percent rate, or at a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty that provides for a reduced rate of
withholding provided that you satisfy the U.S. certification requirements described below. However, if the
dividends are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if certain
treaties apply, are attributable to your permanent establishment in the United States), then the dividends will not be
subject to withholding tax and instead will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis.
Gain on Disposition of Common Stock
You generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax in respect of gain realized on a disposition of
Common Stock, provided that (a) the gain is not effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in
the United States and (b) if you are an individual who holds the Common Stock as a capital asset, you are present in
the United States for less than 1 83 days in the taxable year of the sale and other conditions are met. Notwithstanding
such exemption from U.S. withholding tax, any proceeds of sale will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% if you fail to properly certify you are not a U.S. person.
Federal Estate Taxes
Common Stock owned or treated as being owned by a non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in such
holder's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless a treaty exemption applies between their country of
residence and the U.S. Even if a treaty exemption is available, a decedent's estate may nevertheless be required to
file a U.S. estate tax return to claim the exemption, as well as to obtain a U.S. federal transfer certificate. The
transfer certificate will identify the property (i.e., Common Stock) on which a U.S. federal tax lien has been
released, and is required before the Bank can release a nonresident alien decedent's investment in the Bank to his or
her estate.
Tax Certification and Backup Withholding as Applied to non-U.S. Holders
.
Non-U.S. holders have special U.S. tax certification requirements to avoid backup withholding, and if applicable, to
obtain the benefit of any income tax treaty between the non-U.S. holder's country of residence and the United
States. To claim these tax benefits, the non-U.S. holder must provide a properly completed Form W-8BEN (or other
Form W-8, where applicable, or their substitute forms) to establish his or her status as a non-U.S. holder, to claim
beneficial ownership over the assets in the account, and to claim, if applicable, a reduced rate of or exemption from
withholding tax under the applicable treaty. A Form W-8BEN provided without a U.S. taxpayer identification
number remains in effect for a period of three years beginning on the date that it is signed and ending on the last day
of the third succeeding calendar year. However, non-U.S. holders must advise the Fund of any changes of
circumstances that would render the information given on the form incorrect, and must then provide a new W-8BEN
to avoid the prospective application of backup withholding. Forms W-8BEN with U.S. taxpayer identification
numbers remain valid indefinitely, or until the taxpayer has a change of circumstances that renders the form
incorrect and necessitates a new form and tax certification.
Forward Looking Statements
This Agreement, the information our representatives have or will provide to Subscriber or its
representatives, and the Due Diligence Sources contain certain forward looking information within the
meaning of the Securities Act, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These
statements relate to future events or future predictions, including events or predictions relating to our
future financial performance, and are generally identifiable by use of the use of forward-looking
terminology such as "believes", "expects", "may", "will", "should", "plan", "intend", or "anticipates" or
the negative thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology, or by discussion of strategy
that involve risks an uncertainties. Management wishes to caution the Subscriber that these forward-
looking statements and other statements contained herein regarding matters that are not historical facts,
are only predictions and estimates regarding future events and circumstances and involve known and
unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including the risks described under "Risk Factors" that
may cause the Bank's or its industry's actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be
materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or
implied by such forward-looking statements. This information is based on various assumptions by the
management which may not prove to be correct.
In addition to the risks described in the "Risk Factors" section of this Agreement, important factors to consider and evaluate in such forward-looking statements include: (i) changes in the external competitive market factors which might impact the Bank's results of operations; (ii) changes in banking regulations, including without limitation changes in capital requirements under the federal prompt corrective action regulations; (iii) changes in the Bank's business strategy or an inability to execute its strategy due to the occurrence of unanticipated events; and (iv) the failure of the Bank to complete any or all of the transactions described herein on the terms currently contemplated. In light of these risks and uncertainties, there can be no assurance that the forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this Agreement will in fact transpire.
All of these assumptions are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies,
many of which are beyond the control of our Company. Although the Bank believes that the expectations
reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, the Bank cannot guarantee future results,
levels of activity, performance or achievements. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that actual results
will meet expectations or will not be materially lower than the results contemplated in this Agreement.
You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as
of the date of this document or, in the case of documents referred to or incorporated by reference, the
dates of those documents. The Bank does not undertake any obligation to release publicly any revisions to
these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this document or to
reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as may be required under applicable U.S. securities
law.
ARTICLE I - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BANK
1.1 The Bank hereby represents and warrants to the Subscriber as of the date of this
Agreement as follows:
(a) The Bank is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of its state of incorporation, with all requisite power and authority to
own, lease, license, and use its properties and assets and to carry out the business in
which it is engaged, except where the failure to have or be any of the foregoing may
not be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Bank's presently conducted
businesses. The Bank is not in violation of any of the provisions of its articles of
incorporation or bylaws. The Bank is duly qualified to transact the business in which it
is engaged and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in every jurisdiction in
which its ownership, leasing, licensing or use of property or assets or the conduct of its
business make such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified
or in good standing, as the case may be, could not, individually or in the aggregate,
have or reasonably be expected to result in (a) a material and adverse effect on the
legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, (b) a material and adverse effect
on the results of operations, assets, prospects, business or condition (financial or
otherwise) of the Bank taken as a whole, or (c) an adverse impairment to the Bank's ability
to perform on a timely basis its obligations hereunder (any of (a), (b) or (c), a
"
Material Adverse Effect
").
(b) Currently, except as described in this Agreement: (i) no securities of
the Bank are entitled to preemptive or similar rights, and no entity or person has any
right of first refusal, preemptive right, right of participation, or any similar right to
participate in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement unless any such rights
have been waived; and (ii) the issue and sale of the Offered Securities will not (except
pursuant to their terms hereunder), immediately or with the passage of time, obligate
the Bank to issue shares of Common Stock or other securities to any entity or person
and will not result in a right of any holder of Company securities to adjust the exercise,
conversion, exchange or reset price under such securities. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Univest Corporation of Pennsylvania ("Univest") and Citizens Incorporated
("Citizens") each has the right to purchase, at the per share equivalent of the Purchase
Price, up to that number of additional shares of the Bank's common stock which shall
make their respective percentage ownership of the Bank's outstanding common stock,
after giving effect to the sale of the Offered Securities and any other shares of the
Bank's common stock, equal to that institution's percentage ownership of the Bank's
outstanding shares of common stock immediately prior to the sale of the Offered
Securities. As of the date of this Agreement, Univest owns 196,450 shares, or 9.64%,
of the Bank's outstanding shares of common stock, and Citizens (NexTier) owns
37,808 shares, or 1.85%, of the Bank's outstanding shares of common stock. This
could have the effect of reducing the voting percentage of the Shares.
(c) The Bank has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into,
deliver and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, to issue, sell
and deliver the Offered Securities, and otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder.
The individual signing below on behalf of the Bank hereby warrants that he or she is
authorized to execute the Agreement on behalf of the Bank. The execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions
contemplated thereby have been duly authorized by the Bank and no further action is
required by the Bank in connection therewith. When executed and delivered by the
Bank, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the
Bank, enforceable as to the Bank in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement
may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, fraudulent
conveyance or transfer, moratorium or other laws or court decisions, now or hereinafter
in effect, relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally and as may be limited
by general principles of equity and the discretion of the court having jurisdiction in an
enforcement action (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a
proceeding in equity or at law).
(d) The Bank is making the representations and warranties included in this
Article II with the intent that they may he relied upon by the Subscriber in determining
the suitability of the purchase of the Offered Securities. Accordingly, the Bank
represents and warrants that the information stated in this Article II is true, accurate and
complete, and agrees to notify and supply corrective information promptly to the
Subscriber as provided above if any such information becomes inaccurate or
incomplete. The Bank represents and warrants that as stated in this Agreement, the
Bank's financial condition included or incorporated by reference herein is accurately
and completely described. The Bank has no reason to expect there will be any material
adverse change in its financial condition and will advise the Subscriber of any such
changes occurring prior to the Closing or termination of the Offering.
(e) The Bank is not required to obtain any consent, waiver, authorization
or order of, give any notice to, or make any filing or registration with, any court or
other federal, state, local or other governmental authority or other person or entity
in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Bank of this
Agreement or the issuance, sale or delivery of the Offered Securities other than (a)
the Subscriber may be required to file notices or applications with the Bank's federal
and state banking regulators for prior approval to acquire the Offered Securities, and
(b) any applicable filings required by state securities laws.
(fl The Offered Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued
and paid for in accordance with this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully
paid and nonassessable and will be issued free and clear of all liens and encumbrances,
other than restrictions on transfer under applicable securities laws.
(g) Except as previously disclosed to Subscriber or disclosed in the
documents attached to this Agreement or actually made available or offered to be made
available to Subscriber by the Bank (collectively, the "Due Diligence Sources"), there
is no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Bank, threatened action, suit, proceeding
or investigation before any court, governmental agency or body, or arbitrator having
jurisdiction over the Bank, or any of its affiliates that would affect the execution by the
Bank or the performance by the Bank of its obligations under this Agreement, and all
other
agreements entered into by the Bank relating hereto. Except as previously disclosed to
Subscriber or disclosed in the Due Diligence Sources, there is no pending or, to the best
knowledge of the Bank, threatened action, suit, proceeding or investigation before any
court, governmental agency or body, or arbitrator having jurisdiction over the Bank, or
any of its affiliates which litigation if adversely determined could have a material adverse
effect on the Bank.
ARTICLE II
-
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SUBSCRIBER
II.I
By signing this Agreement, the undersigned Subscriber hereby represents and warrants to
the Bank as follows as an inducement to
the Bank to accept the subscription of the Subscriber:
(i) The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that (i) the offering and sale of the
Offered Securities are intended to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act as securities
issued by a bank, (ii) the Offered Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and (iii) the
Bank has represented to the Subscriber that the Offered Securities have been offered and sold by the Bank
in reliance upon the foregoing exemption from registration as well as corresponding exemptions from
registration under any applicable state securities laws. The Subscriber represents and warrants to and
agrees with the Bank that it is an "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the
Securities Act) and has delivered to the Bank one or more accredited investor questionnaires appropriately completed and duly executed by the Subscriber.
(ii) The Subscriber hereby represents and warrants that the Subscriber is acquiring
the Offered Securities hereunder for its own account for investment and not with a view to distribution, and with no present intention of distributing the Offered Securities or selling the Offered Securities for distribution. The Subscriber understands that the Offered Securities are being sold to the Subscriber in a transaction which is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Accordingly, the Subscriber acknowledges that it has been advised that the Offered Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act. The Subscriber's acquisition of the Offered Securities shall constitute a confirmation of the foregoing representation and warranty and understanding thereof.
(iii) The Subscriber has such knowledge and experience in financial and business
matters as is required for evaluating the merits and risks of making this investment, and the Subscriber
has received such information requested by the Subscriber concerning the business, management and
financial affairs of the Bank in order to evaluate the merits and risks of making this investment. Further,
the Subscriber acknowledges that the Subscriber has had the opportunity to ask questions of, and receive
answers from, the officers of the Bank concerning the terms and conditions of this investment and to
obtain information relating to the organization, operation and business of the Bank and of the Bank's
contracts, agreements and obligations or needed to verify the accuracy of any information contained
herein or any other information about the Bank. Except as set forth in this Agreement, no representation
or warranty is made by the Bank to induce the Subscriber to make this investment, and any representation
or warranty not made herein or therein is specifically disclaimed and no information furnished to the
Subscriber or the Subscriber's advisor(s) in connection with the sale was in any way inconsistent with the
information stated herein. The Subscriber further understands and acknowledges that, except for the
representatives of the Bank's management in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement, no
person has been authorized by the Bank to make any representations or warranties concerning the Bank,
including as to the accuracy or completeness of the information contained in this Agreement.
(iv) The Subscriber does not presently own any securities of the Bank, and upon the
Closing, the only securities of the Bank Subscriber will own will be the Offered Securities subscribed for herein and, if the Warrant is exercised, the Warrant Shares.
(v) The Subscriber is making the foregoing representations and warranties with the
intent that they may be relied upon by the Bank in determining the suitability of the sale of the Offered
Securities to the Subscriber for purposes of federal and state securities laws. Accordingly, the Subscriber
represents and warrants that the information stated herein and in the accompanying Investor Suitability
Questionnaire and (if applicable) Investor Representative Questionnaire is true, accurate and complete,
and agrees to notify and supply corrective information promptly to the Bank as provided above if any
such information becomes inaccurate or incomplete. The Subscriber represents and warrants that as stated
in this Agreement, Subscriber's financial condition on the date hereof is accurately and completely
described. The Subscriber has no reason to expect there will be any material adverse change in its
financial condition and will advise the Bank of any such changes occurring prior to the Closing or
termination of the Offering.
(vi) The Subscriber is not subscribing for any of the Offered Securities as a result of
or subsequent to any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over television or radio, any seminar or meeting, or any solicitation of a subscription by a person not previously known to the Subscriber in connection with investments in securities generally.
(vii) The Subscriber has received or obtained access to certain information regarding
the Bank, including this Agreement, the Due Diligence Sources and the exhibits attached hereto or incorporated by reference herein, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged. The Subscriber has carefully reviewed all information provided to it and has carefully evaluated and understands the risks described therein related to the Bank and an investment in the Bank, and understands and has relied only on the information provided to it in writing by the Bank relating to this investment. Subscriber has been advised by the Bank to conduct its own review of the business, properties and affairs of the Bank before subscribing to purchase the Offered Securities.
(viii) The Subscriber also understands and agrees that, although the Bank and the
Subscriber will use their best efforts to keep the information provided in this Agreement strictly
confidential, the Bank, the Subscriber or their counsel may present this Agreement and the information
contained herein to such parties as they may deem advisable if called upon to establish the availability
under any federal or state securities laws of an exemption from registration of the Offering or if the
contents thereof are relevant to any issue in any action, suit or proceeding to which the Bank, the
Subscriber or their affiliates is a party, or by which they are or may be bound or as otherwise required by
law or regulatory authority.
(ix) The individual signing below on behalf of Subscriber hereby warrants and
represents that he/she is authorized to execute this Agreement on behalf of the Subscriber. The execution
and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been
duly authorized by all requisite action, if any, in respect thereof on the part of Subscriber and no other
proceedings on the part of Subscriber are necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Subscriber and constitutes a valid
and binding obligation of Subscriber, enforceable against Subscriber in accordance with its terms (subject
to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and subject, as
to enforceability, to general principles of equity (whether applied in a proceeding in equity or at law)).
(x) The Subscriber is aware that the offering of the Offered Securities involves
securities for which only a limited trading market exists, thereby requiring any investment to be
maintained for an indefinite period of time. The purchase of the Offered Securities involves risks which
the Subscriber has evaluated, and the Subscriber is able to bear the economic risk of the purchase of such
Offered Securities and the loss of its entire investment. The Subscriber is able to bear the substantial
economic risk of the investment for an indefinite period of time, has no need for liquidity in such
investment and can afford a complete loss of such investment. The Subscriber's overall commitment to
investments that are not readily marketable is not, and its acquisition of the Offered Securities will not
cause such overall commitment to become, disproportionate to its net worth and the Subscriber has adequate means of providing for its current needs and contingencies.
(xi) The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that once funds are transferred in
payment of the Purchase Price and the other conditions to closing are satisfied or if waivable waived by the Bank, Bank may schedule closing and such funds will be immediately released to the Bank upon completion of closing.
(xii) In entering into this Agreement and in purchasing the Offered Securities, the
Subscriber further acknowledges that the Bank has informed the Subscriber that the Offered Securities have not been offered for sale by means of general advertising or solicitation and the Subscriber acknowledges that it has either a pre-existing personal or business relationship with either the Bank or its officers, directors or controlling persons, of a nature and duration such as would enable a reasonable prudent investor to be aware of the character, business acumen, and general business and financial circumstances of the Bank and an investment in the Offered Securities.
(xiii) The Bank has employed Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP ("
Stradley
") as
its legal counsel in connection with the Offering. The Subscriber has consulted its own separate legal
counsel and financial, tax and investment advisors with regard to the Offering, and has made all
investigations it deems necessary in order to assess the merits and fairness of the Offering and this
Agreement.
(xiv) It never has been represented, guaranteed or warranted by the Bank, any of the
officers, directors, stockholders, partners, employees or agents of the Bank, or any other persons, whether
expressly or by implication, that: (a) the Bank or the Subscriber will realize any given percentage of
profits and/or amount or type of consideration, profit or loss as a result of the Bank's activities or the Subscriber's investment in the Bank; or (b) the past performance or experience of the management of the Bank, or of any other person, will in any way indicate the predictable results of the ownership of the Offered Securities or of the Bank's activities.
ARTICLE III
-
INVESTOR SUITABILITY
111.1
Investor Suitability Questionnaire
. Subscriber is delivering to Bank, with this
Agreement, an Investor Suitability Questionnaire, appropriately completed and duly executed by the Subscriber. The Investor Suitability Questionnaire is accurate and complete in all respects and does not omit any fact requires to make it accurate and complete in all respects.
111.2
Investor Representative Questionnaire
. If Subscriber is relying on the knowledge and
experience of another person in making an investment in the Offered Securities, Subscriber is delivering to Bank, with this Agreement, an Investor Representative Questionnaire, appropriately completed and duly executed by the Subscriber and the Subscriber's representative. The Investor Representative Questionnaire is accurate and complete in all respects and does not omit any fact requires to make it accurate and complete in all respects.
ARTICLE IV- REGULATORY APPROVALS
IV.1
Interagency Biographical and Financial Report
. If approval or nonobjection of any
federal or state banking regulator is required for Subscriber's purchase under this Agreement, Subscriber
is delivering to Bank, with this Agreement, a copy of the current version of the federal Interagency
Biographical and Financial Report for submission to bank regulatory agencies in connection with
applications for prior approval of Subscriber's acquisition of the Offered Securities, appropriately
completed and duly executed by the Subscriber. The Interagency Biographical and Financial Report is
accurate and complete in all respects and does not omit any fact requires to make it accurate and complete
in all respects.
IV.2
Cooperation in Bank Regulatory Applications
. Subscriber acknowledges and agrees
that Subscriber may be obligated to obtain prior approvals (the "Regulatory Approvals") from the
Pennsylvania Banking Department and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Bank
Regulators") for the acquisition of the Offered Securities pursuant to this Agreement. Bank will provide
Subscriber with the forms that Bank believes are necessary to make applications for the Regulatory
Approvals. The parties agree to cooperate reasonably and in good faith to file the applications and seek
the Regulatory Approvals. While Bank agrees to bear its own expenses, including without limitation fees
and disbursements of its legal counsel, in assisting Subscriber, the Subscriber agrees to bear all of
Subscriber's own expenses in connection with such applications, including without limitation: (i) fees
and disbursements of Subscriber's own legal counsel (Subscriber acknowledging that neither Bank nor its
legal counsel is acting as Subscriber's legal counsel in connection with any matters relating to this
Agreement, the Offered Securities or the applications for Regulatory Approvals); (ii) filing fees; (iii)
expenses, if any, of newspaper publication of notices of the filing of the applications; and any other expenses that may be required of Subscriber in connection therewith.
ARTICLE V
-
MISCELLANEOUS
V.1
Survival
. The representations and warranties contained herein are true and correct only
as of the date set forth on the signature page hereto, and the Bank assumes no obligation to update any representations or warranties after such date. No investigation made by or on behalf of either party shall affect the representations and warranties made pursuant to this Agreement. No party makes any additional or implied representations other than those set forth herein.
V.2
Expenses
. If the Bank has raised, closed upon and received $10,000,000 in collected
funds on or before July 31, 2009, the Bank will reimburse Jay Sidhu for up to $100,000 in out-of-pocket
costs incurred by him as of May 19, 2009 relating to raising capital for the Bank such as reasonable
travel and entertainment expenses and reasonable attorneys fees. Otherwise, each party hereto shall bear
and pay all costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby,
including fees and expenses of its own brokers, finders, financial consultants, accountants and counsel.
V.3
Entire Agreement
. This Agreement, including the Exhibits and documents incorporated
by reference herein, contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement supersedes all prior arrangements and understandings between the parties, either written or oral, with respect to its subject matter.
V.4
Binding Effect of Subscription
. The Subscriber hereby acknowledges and agrees,
subject to any applicable state securities laws that the subscription and application hereunder are
irrevocable, that the Subscriber is not entitled to cancel, terminate or revoke this Agreement and that this
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Subscriber and its successors and assigns.
V.5
Captions
. The table of contents and captions contained in this Agreement are for
reference purposes only and are not part of this Agreement.
V.6
Amendments; Waivers
. No provision of this Agreement may be waived or amended
except in a written instrument signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Bank and the Subscriber or, in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom enforcement of any such waiver is sought. No waiver of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of any subsequent default or a waiver of any other provision, condition or requirement hereof, nor shall any delay or omission of either party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right.
V.7
Notice
. Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given promptly,
in writing, shall be hand delivered, sent via confirmed facsimile, overnight courier or mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the parties at their respective addresses set forth below (or such other addresses of which they give notice to each other in accordance with the provisions hereof) and shall be deemed effective on the date sent via confirmed facsimile (provided written confirmation of delivery is received), the date delivered personally or by receipted delivery service, the next business day after delivered to an overnight courier service, or three (3) days after the date mailed:
If to the Bank:
|
If to Subscriber, at Subscriber's address, telephone
|
|
and telecopier number shown on the signature
|
New Century Bank
|
page.
|
99 Bridge Street
|
|
Phoenixville, PA 19460
|
|
Tel.: (610) 933-2271
|
|
Fax. (610) 933-6922
|
|
Attention: Kenneth B. Mumma, Chairman & Chief
|
|
|
Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
with a copy to:
|
|
|
|
Stradley, Ronon, Stevens & Young, LLP 30 Valley Stream Parkway
|
|
Malvern, PA 19103
|
|
Tel.: (610) 640-5806
|
|
Fax:
(610) 640-1965
|
|
Attention: David F. Scranton, Esquire
|
|
V.8
Execution
. This Agreement may be executed through the use of separate signature pages
or in any number of counterparts, and each of such counterparts shall, or all purposes, constitute one agreement binding on all parties, notwithstanding that all parties are not signatories to the same counterpart. Any facsimile or other electronic signature of any party hereto shall constitute a legal, valid and binding execution hereof by such party.
V.9
Severability
. Each provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable from every
other provisions, and the invalidity or illegality of any portion hereof shall not affect the validity or
legality of the remainder hereof.
V.10
Non-Assignment
. This Agreement is not transferable or assignable by the Subscriber.
V.11
Governing Law
. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and
interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the
internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law
thereof. Each party agrees that all proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective
Affiliates, employees or agents) shall be commenced exclusively in the state and federal courts sitting in
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the "
Pennsylvania Courts
"). Each party hereto hereby irrevocably
submits, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Pennsylvania Courts for the adjudication of any dispute
hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and
hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any proceeding, any claim that it is not personally
subject to the jurisdiction of any Pennsylvania Court, or that such proceeding has been commenced in an
improper or inconvenient forum. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process
and consents to process being served in any such proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or
certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for
notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service
of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to
serve process in any manner permitted by law. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. If either party shall commence a
proceeding to enforce any provisions of this Agreement, then the prevailing party in such proceeding shall
be reimbursed by the other party for its reasonable attorney's fees and other reasonable costs and
expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such proceeding.
V.12
Successors and Assigns
. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of the Bank, the Subscriber and their respective successors, heirs, personal representatives and permitted assigns, but Subscriber agrees that Subscriber shall not be authorized assign Subscriber's rights or delegate Subscriber's obligations under this Agreement to anyone.
Signature pages to Securities Purchase Agreement Follows
SIGNATURE PAGE TO SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed or caused this Agreement to be executed by their signature as natural persons or by individuals by their duly authorized officers as of the date set forth below.
THE BANK:
NEW CENTURY BANK:
By:
/s/
Kenneth B. Mumma
Name: Kenneth B. Mumma
Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
THE SUBSCRIBER:
By:
/s/ Jay Sidhu
(Subscriber's Signature)
Print Name: Jay Sidhu
Subscriber's Principal Address:
5 Chardonnay Circle Mahnton PA, 19540
Subscriber's Telephone Number:
(610) 301-6476
Subscriber's Telecopier Facsimile Number:
(610) 777-0163
Dated: May 19, 2009
Purchase Price:
$750,000.00
Number of Shares Subscribed for:
125,000
Number of Base Warrant Shares:
385,101
Maximum Additional Warrant Shares:
66,667
-22-
Exhibit 10.14
AMENDMENT
TO
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
This Amendment to Subscription Agreement (this “Amendment”), dated as of June 29, 2009, is made by and between NEW CENTURY BANK, a Pennsylvania bank with main office in Phoenixville, Chester County, Pennsylvania (the “Bank”) and the undersigned as the subscriber (the “Subscriber”) to purchase the Bank’s common stock in the Bank’s pending offering (the “Offering”) of up to 14,700,000 shares of the Bank’s voting common stock, par value $1.00 per share (individually, an “Offered Share” and collectively, the “Offered Shares”), plus a related warrant or warrants to purchase additional shares of the Bank’s voting common stock (“Warrant Shares”) at an exercise price of $6.00 per share (individually and collectively, the “Offered Warrant”) (the Offered Shares and Offered Warrant are sometimes referred to herein individually as an “Offered Security” and collectively as “Offered Securities”).
The Bank and Subscriber have previously entered into a Confidential Subscription Agreement with the Bank pertaining to the Offering (the “Subscription Agreement”), pursuant to which the Subscriber agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and the Bank agreed to issue and sell to you, that number of Offered Shares and a Warrant to purchase that number of Warrant Shares, for a total Purchase Price set forth on the signature page of the Subscription Agreement, subject, as to the number of Warrant Shares available under the Warrant, to allocation as provided in the Subscription Agreement depending upon the total Offering proceeds. This Amendment amends the Subscription Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank and Subscriber, intending to be legally bound, for good and valuable consideration including without limitation the mutual benefits conferred on the Bank and the Subscriber by this Amendment, hereby agree as follows:
1.
Definitions.
Capitalized terms used in this Amendment not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the respective meanings assigned to those terms in the Subscription Agreement.
2.
Modification of
Number of Offered Shares and Offered Warrants; Modification of Purchase Price.
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment and the Subscription Agreement and on the basis of the representations and warranties contained in the Subscription Agreement, the Bank hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Subscriber and the Subscriber agrees to purchase from the Bank, upon Closing, the number of Offered Shares (“Amended Offered Shares”) and a Warrant for the following number of Warrant Shares (the “Amended Warrant Shares”) (the Amended Offered Shares and the Warrant for the Amended Warrant Shares are sometimes referred to herein as the “Amended Offered Securities”), at the amended Purchase Price (the “Amended Purchase Price”), all as set forth on the signature page to this Amendment, which is calculated at $5.50 per Amended Offered Share being subscribed for by Subscriber under this Amendment. Because the Offering is being completed, the number of Warrant Shares available under the Warrant is not subject to reduction or allocation pursuant to the Subscription Agreement; instead, the number of Amended Warrant Shares set forth on the signature page reflects an allocation based on the total Offering proceeds and shall not be further adjusted.
3.
Addition of Anti-Dilution Rights in Favor of Subscriber
. As further consideration for Subscriber entering into this Amendment, the Bank is executing and delivering to the Subscriber an Anti-Dilution Agreement in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto and made part hereof (the “Anti-Dilution Agreement”), and it is understood that Subscriber’s subscription is in reliance on Bank’s agreement to execute and deliver the Anti-Dilution Agreement.
4.
Additional Information Relating to the Bank.
Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that
Bank representatives have provided to the Subscriber, prior to the Subscriber’s signing of this Amendment, additional information relating to the Bank, including without limitation:
(a) The Bank’s expected financial position and results of operation for its fiscal period ending June 30, 2009.
(b) Additional detail regarding the Bank’s financial position and results of operation for its fiscal period ending June 30, 2009.
(c) Information regarding the Bank’s current and (subject to future uncertainties that were described by Bank representatives) anticipated regulatory compliance obligations.
(d) An update that, at a subscription price of $5.50 per share, the $750,000 subscription by Jay Sidhu is for 136,364 Offered Shares and a Warrant for 445,101 Warrant Shares at an exercise price of $5.50 per share. As previously, Mr. Sidhu’s subscription must remain in escrow pending application to federal and state banking regulators for approval of his acquisition of those Offered Securities.
(e) Information relating to the Bank’s amendment of its Exchange Offer with existing holders (the “Preferred Holders”) of its preferred stock (the “Preferred Shares”), to change the exchange rate from an imputed $6.00 per share of common stock being issued in exchange for the Preferred Shares, to $5.50 per share of common stock being issued as part of the consideration in exchange for the Preferred Shares. While the result of this change will be to increase the number of shares of common stock issued in the exchange, the number of shares of common stock issuable on exercise of the warrants to be issued to Preferred Holders in the exchange is not changing.
(f) Such additional information as may have been requested by the Subscriber.
5.
Reaffirmation of Subscription Agreement as Amended.
The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the Bank has offered to agree to a cancellation of the Subscriber’s subscription and a termination of the Subscription Agreement, but that Subscriber, after having an opportunity to make such inquiries and investigation as the Subscriber deems appropriate, has agreed to reaffirm the Subscription Agreement subject to these amended terms. Based on the foregoing, the Bank and the Subscriber hereby reaffirm the Subscription Agreement and agree that it shall remain in full force and effect subject to the terms of this Amendment.
6.
Closing.
Closing on the Subscriber’s subscription shall be held, subject only to any requirements of bank regulatory agencies, on or before June 30, 2009. At the Closing, (i) the Bank shall issue the Amended Offered Securities in the name of the Subscriber, (ii) the Bank shall receive disbursement of the Subscriber’s Amended Purchase Price from the escrow provided under the Subscription Agreement, and (iii) the Bank shall return to the Subscriber the balance of any funds represented by the difference (if any) between the original Purchase Price transmitted to the Bank by the Subscriber and the Amended Purchase Price.
7.
Miscellaneous.
(a)
Entire Agreement.
The Subscription Agreement as amended by this Amendment, including the Exhibits and documents incorporated by reference therein, and the Anti-Dilution Agreement, contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Amendment supersedes all prior arrangements and understandings between the parties, either written or oral, with respect to its subject matter.
(b)
Binding Effect of Subscription.
The Subscriber hereby acknowledges and agrees that the amended subscription hereunder is irrevocable, that the Subscriber is not hereafter entitled to cancel, terminate or revoke this Amendment or the Subscription Agreement, and that the Subscription Agreement and this Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Subscriber and its successors and assigns.
(c)
Captions.
The captions contained in this Amendment are for reference purposes only and are not part of this Amendment.
(d)
Amendments; Waivers.
No provision of the Subscription Agreement or this Amendment may be waived or amended except in a written instrument signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Bank and the Subscriber or, in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom enforcement of any such waiver is sought. No waiver of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of the Subscription Agreement or this Amendment shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of any subsequent default or a waiver of any other provision, condition or requirement hereof, nor shall any delay or omission of either party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right.
(e)
Execution.
This Agreement may be executed through the use of separate signature pages or in any number of counterparts, and each of such counterparts shall, or all purposes, constitute one agreement binding on all parties, notwithstanding that all parties are not signatories to the same counterpart. Any facsimile or other electronic signature of any party hereto shall constitute a legal, valid and binding execution hereof by such party.
(f)
Severability.
Each provision of this Amendment is intended to be severable from every other provisions, and the invalidity or illegality of any portion hereof shall not affect the validity or legality of the remainder hereof.
(g)
Non-Assignment.
This Agreement is not transferable or assignable by the Subscriber.
(h)
Governing Law.
All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Amendment shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. Each party agrees that all proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by this Amendment (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective Affiliates, employees or agents) shall be commenced exclusively in the state and federal courts sitting in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the “Pennsylvania Courts”). Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Pennsylvania Courts for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any Pennsylvania Court, or that such proceeding has been commenced in an improper or inconvenient forum. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Amendment and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any proceeding arising out of or relating to this Amendment or the transactions contemplated hereby. If either party shall commence a proceeding to enforce any provisions of this Amendment, then the prevailing party in such proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for its reasonable attorney’s fees and other reasonable costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such proceeding.
(i)
Successors and Assigns.
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank, the Subscriber and their respective successors, heirs, personal representatives and permitted assigns, but Subscriber agrees that Subscriber shall not be authorized assign Subscriber’s rights or delegate Subscriber’s obligations under this Amendment to anyone.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed respectively by the Bank and the Subscriber as of the date set forth above.
[The balance of this page is intentionally left blank.]
SIGNATURE PAGE – AMENDMENT TO SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed or caused this Amendment to be executed by their signature as natural persons or by individuals by their duly authorized officers as of the date set forth below.
THE BANK:
NEW CENTURY BANK:
By:
|
/s/ James W. McKeighan, III
|
|
James W. McKeighan, III
|
|
President
|
THE SUBSCRIBER:
By:
|
/s/ Jay S. Sidhu
|
|
(Subscriber’s Signature)
|
Print Name: Jay S. Sidhu
Amended Purchase Price:
$750,000
Number of Amended Offered Shares:
136,364
Number of Amended Warrant Shares:
461,469
EXHIBIT A
NEW CENTURY BANK
ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENT
THIS ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of June 30, 2009 by NEW CENTURY BANK ("Bank”) in favor of __________________________ (the "Purchaser").
RECITALS
A. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, pursuant to a certain contemporaneous Subscription Agreement, as amended by a certain Amendment to Subscription Agreement dated as of June 29, 2009 (collectively, as so amended, the “Subscription Agreement”) the Purchaser is purchasing from the Bank shares (the “Purchased Shares”) of the Bank's voting common stock, par value $1.00 per share (the “Common Stock”) at a price of $5.50 per Purchased Share (the “Purchase Price”).
B. By this Agreement, the Purchaser and the Bank desire to set forth the adjustment in the number of Purchased Shares as a result of a Diluting Issuance (as defined below).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Subscription Agreement and the parties agreement to complete performance under it, and the mutual promises, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto mutually agree as follows:
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS.
As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following respective meanings:
(a) "Option" means any right, option or warrant to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire common stock or Convertible Securities.
(b) "Convertible Securities" means any evidences of indebtedness, shares of stock or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for common stock.
(c) "Issue" means to grant, issue, sell, assume or fix a record date for determining persons entitled to receive any security (including Options) whichever of the foregoing is the first to occur.
(d) "Additional Common Shares" means all voting or nonvoting common stock (including reissued shares) Issued (or deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 2) after the date of this Agreement. Additional Common Shares does not include, however, any common stock Issued upon conversion of preferred stock outstanding on the date of this Agreement; the Shares; or common stock Issued as incentive or in a nonfinancing transaction to employees, officers, directors or consultants to the Bank.
SECTION 2. DEEMED ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL COMMON SHARES.
The shares of common stock ultimately issuable upon exercise of an Option (including the shares of common stock ultimately Issuable upon conversion or exercise of a Convertible Security Issuable pursuant to an Option) are deemed to be Issued when the Option is Issued. The shares of common stock ultimately Issuable upon conversion or exercise of a Convertible Security (other than a Convertible Security Issued pursuant to an Option) shall be deemed Issued upon Issuance of the Convertible Security.
SECTION 3. ADJUSTMENT OF NUMBER PURCHASED SHARES FOR DILUTING ISSUANCES.
3.1
Weighted Average Adjustment
. If the Bank issues (or pursuant to Section 2 is deemed to issue) Additional Common Shares after the date of this Agreement and the consideration per Additional Common Share (determined pursuant to Section 5) (the “New Issue Price”) is less than the Purchase Price (as it may have been deemed adjusted pursuant to this Agreement) (a "Diluting Issuance"), other than with respect to shares issued to (a) the Bank's employees, officer or directors in connection with their employment or retention of services not to exceed the number of Shares reserved in the Bank's existing equity financing plans, or (b) customers or vendors in connection with bona fide business transactions, the Bank shall, concurrently with such Issue, issue to Purchaser, at no additional cost or price to Purchaser, an additional number of shares of Common Stock determined by multiplying the number of Purchased Shares by a fraction:
(a) the numerator of which is the Purchase Price immediately before such Issue, and
(b) the denominator of which is the New Issue Price.
3.2
Adjustment of Number of Purchased Shares and Purchased Price for Subsequent Issues
. Upon each issuance of additional shares of Common Stock to Purchaser under this Agreement: (i) the number of “Purchased Shares” for purposes of this Agreement shall be deemed to be increased by the number of additional shares of Common Stock then being issued to Purchaser, and (ii) the “Purchase Price” shall be deemed reduced to the New Issue Price for the share issuance causing the adjustment. The number of Purchased Shares and the Purchase Price, determined as adjusted pursuant to this paragraph, shall thereafter be deemed the number of Purchased Shares and the Purchase Price for purposes of applying the provisions of this Agreement upon a subsequent issuance by the Bank of Additional Common Shares.
SECTION 4. NO ADJUSTMENT FOR ISSUANCES FOLLOWING DEEMED ISSUANCES.
No adjustment to the number of Purchased Shares or the Purchase Price shall be made upon the exercise of Options or conversion of Convertible Securities.
SECTION 5. COMPUTATION OF CONSIDERATION.
The consideration received by the Bank for the Issue of any Additional Common Shares shall be computed as follows:
(a) Cash shall be valued at the amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest or accrued dividends.
(b) Property. Property, other than cash, shall be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of the Issue as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Bank.
(c) Mixed Consideration. The consideration for Additional Common Shares Issued together with other property of the Bank for consideration that covers both shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
(d) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per Additional Common Share for Options and Convertible Securities shall be determined by dividing:
(i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Bank for the Issue of the Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Bank upon exercise of the Options or conversion of the Convertible Securities, by
(ii) the maximum number of shares of common stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) ultimately Issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion of such Convertible Securities.
SECTION 6. GENERAL.
6.1
Governing Law
. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to rules of conflict of laws or choice of law, and by federal law to the extent it pre-empts state law.
6.2
Successors and Assigns
. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.
6.3
Entire Agreement
. Except as set forth below, this Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof.
6.4
Notices, etc
. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, addressed (a) if to Purchaser at Purchaser's address as set forth in the Subscription Agreement, or at such other address at Purchaser shall have furnished to the Bank in writing, or (b) if to the Bank, at the Bank's address set forth in the Subscription Agreement, or at such other address as the Bank shall have furnished to the Purchaser in writing.
6.5
Severability
. In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
6.6
Titles and Subtitles
. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.
6.7
Counterparts
. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
SECTION 7. EFFECTIVENESS.
This Agreement shall take effect immediately and automatically upon, but only upon, Purchaser’s execution of the Amendment to Subscription Agreement and completion of closing and disbursement of Purchaser's subscription proceeds to Bank, on the Purchaser's purchase of the Purchased Shares pursuant to the Subscription Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused the due execution of this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
Attest:
|
NEW CENTURY BANK
|
|
|
_________________________________
Title: ______________________
|
By:
|
/s/ James W. McKeighan, III
James W. McKeighan, III
President
|
Exhibit 10.15
AMENDMENT #2 TO SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
This AMENDMENT #2 TO SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this "Amendment"), dated as of
June 30, 2009, is made by and between NEW CENTURY BANK, a Pennsylvania bank with main office in Phoenixville, Chester County, Pennsylvania (the "Bank") and JAY S. SIDHU, an individual (the
"Subscriber").
Background
A. Pursuant to a Subscription Agreement, as amended by Amendment to Subscription Agreement
(collectively, as so amended, the "Subscription Agreement"), Subscriber has subscribed to purchase
136,364 shares of the Bank's voting common stock (the "Purchased Shares") in the Bank's pending
offering (the "Offering"), along with a Warrant (the "Warrant") for the purchase of an additional 485,743
shares of the Bank's common stock at an exercise price of $5.50 per share (the "Warrant Shares") , for an
aggregate purchase price of $750,000 (the "Purchase Price"), or $5.50 per Purchased Share.
B. The approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System ("FRB") and the
Pennsylvania Banking Department ("PADOB") would be required for Subscriber to acquire shares, or a warrant for shares, of the Bank's common stock in the amount of 10% or more of the Bank's outstanding common stock. The parties have determined that the issuance of the Purchased Shares and the Warrant for all of the Warrant Shares is likely to require prior approval of the Regulators, which cannot feasibly be obtained prior to closing on the subscription, which is to occur this date.
C. The parties wish to provide a means for Subscriber to obtain the Purchased Shares this date
and the Bank to obtain this date the subscription proceeds invested by Subscriber, while also avoiding an acquisition by Subscriber that would require a prior approval.
NOW, THEREFORE, intending to be legally bound hereby, and for other good and valuable
consideration the receipt and sufficiency is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1
Issuance of Purchase Shares
. The Bank shall issue that number of Purchased Shares, and a
proportional number of the Warrant Shares, to Subscriber on this date, in an aggregate amount that shall
not exceed 9.9% of the Bank's outstanding shares of common stock (calculated in accordance with the
requirements of the Regulators including without limitation by taking into account the assumed exercise
by Subscriber of the Warrant for all Warrant Shares covered thereby). The parties have determined and
agreed that this shall be 110,910 Purchased Shares and a Warrant for 373,407 Warrant Shares (the "Issued
Securities"). The balance of the Purchased Shares and any warrant for the balance of the Warrant Shares
(the "Unpurchased Securities") shall not be issued by the Bank unless and until all necessary regulatory
approvals are obtained.
2.
Release of Subscription Proceeds to Bank; Disposition of Unpaid Purchase Price
. The allocable purchase price for the Issued Securities is $610,000.00 (the "Releasable Purchase Price"). The Subscriber authorizes Bank to release the Releasable Purchase Price from the subscription escrow and take delivery of such funds for use for any proper corporate purposes. The balance of the Purchase Price, or $140,000.00 (the "Unpaid Purchase Price") shall remain in escrow until the Subscriber receives all necessary regulatory approvals for acquiring the Unpurchased Securities.
3.
Blocking of Rights to Remaining Purchased Shares and Warrant Shares
. Unless and until Subscriber shall have received any necessary approvals from the Regulators for Subscriber's ownership of the Unpurchased Securities, Subscriber agrees that Bank shall not be obligated to issue, and the Bank shall not issue, any of the Unpurchased Securities as would cause the Subscriber to own, directly or
indirectly, not more than 9.9% of the Bank's outstanding common stock (calculated as provided in Section 2). During the period prior to the receipt of all necessary approvals, Subscriber shall not be entitled to any of the benefits of the Unpurchased Securities, and without limiting the foregoing shall not be entitled to transfer, exercise, vote, or cause the exercise or voting of any of the Unpurchased Securities.
4.
Termination of Escrow and Refund of Unpaid Purchase Price in Absence of Approvals
.
Notwithstanding any provision of this Amendment or the Subscription Agreement, so long as Subscriber shall not have received all applicable approvals of Regulators for Subscriber's purchase of the
Unpurchased Securities, either Subscriber or Bank, by written notice to the other party, may terminate the Subscription Agreement as to all or part of the Unpurchased Securities, and thereupon the Bank shall
cause the portion of the Unpaid Purchase Price allocable to the Unpurchased Securities as to which the Subscription Agreement is being terminated to be repaid immediately to Subscriber.
5.
Miscellaneous
.
(a)
Entire Agreement.
This Amendment and the Subscription Agreement contain the
entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter, but this Amendment
supersedes the Subscription Agreement to the extent its express terms are inconsistent with the express
terms of the Subscription Agreement. This Amendment supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements
and understandings between the parties, either written or oral, with respect to its subject matter.
(b)
Captions.
The captions contained in this Amendment are for reference purposes only
and are not part of this Amendment.
(c)
Agreements; Waivers
.
No provision of this Amendment may be waived or amended
except in a written instrument signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Bank and the Subscriber or, in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom enforcement of any such waiver is sought. No waiver of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this Amendment shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of any subsequent default or a waiver of any other
provision, condition or requirement hereof, nor shall any delay or omission of either party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right.
(d)
Execution.
This Agreement may be executed through the use of separate signature
pages or in any number of counterparts, and each of such counterparts shall, or all purposes, constitute one agreement binding on all parties, notwithstanding that all parties are not signatories to the same
counterpart. Any facsimile or other electronic signature of any party hereto shall constitute a legal, valid and binding execution hereof by such party.
(e)
Severability.
Each provision of this Amendment is intended to be severable from
every other provisions, and the invalidity or illegality of any portion hereof shall not affect the validity or legality of the remainder hereof.
(f)
Non-Assignment
.
This Agreement is not transferable or assignable by the Subscriber.
(g)
Governing Law.
All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and
interpretation of this Amendment shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the
internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law
thereof. Each party agrees that all proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of
the transactions contemplated by this Amendment (whether brought against a party hereto or its
respective Affiliates, employees or agents) shall be commenced exclusively in the state and federal courts
sitting in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the "Pennsylvania Courts"). Each party hereto hereby
irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Pennsylvania Courts for the adjudication of any
dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed
herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any proceeding, any claim that it is not
personally subject to the jurisdiction of any Pennsylvania Court, or that such proceeding has been
commenced in an improper or inconvenient forum. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives personal
service of process and consents to process being served in any such proceeding by mailing a copy thereof
via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the
address in effect for notices to it under this Amendment and agrees that such service shall constitute good
and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in
any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably
waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any
proceeding arising out of or relating to this Amendment or the transactions contemplated hereby. If either
party shall commence a proceeding to enforce any provisions of this Amendment, then the prevailing
party in such proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for its reasonable attorney's fees and other
reasonable costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such
proceeding.
(h)
Successors and Assigns
.
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the Bank, the Subscriber and their respective successors, heirs, personal representatives and permitted assigns, subject to restrictions on assignment set forth above.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment #2 has been duly executed respectively by the Bank and the Subscriber as of the date set forth above.
NEW CENTURY BANK
|
|
By:
|
/s/ James W. McKeighan, III
|
|
James W. McKeighan, III
|
|
President
|
|
|
|
/
s/ Jay S. Sidhu
|
Jay S. Sidhu, Individually
|
- 3 -
Exhibit 10.16
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(Non-Qualified Option - Immediate Vesting – Director or Employee)
THIS AGREEMENT GRANTS A
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION (“NQO”)
Dear _______________________________ (“Grantee”):
In view of your contributions toward the achievement of the business goals and objectives of NEW CENTURY BANK (the "Bank") and the expectation of your future contributions, the Board of Directors of the Bank is pleased to award you an option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Bank pursuant to the 2004 Incentive Equity and Deferred Compensation Plan of New Century Bank (the "Plan"). This is the stock option agreement between you and the Bank. The option awarded to you is subject to the following terms.
1. NUMBER OF SHARES:
You are awarded an option to purchase a total of ______ shares of the Common Stock of the Bank, subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.
2. TYPE OF OPTION:
The option awarded to you is a
Non-Qualified Option
as that term is defined in the Plan. This option is
NOT
to be treated as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.
3. EXERCISE PRICE:
The shares may be purchased upon your exercise of this option for the price of $11.00 per share
4. DATE OF GRANT OF AWARD:
The
Grant Date
of the award of this option is December 20, 2005, which is also the date of this Agreement.
5. STATED EXPIRATION DATE:
Unless earlier terminated as explained below, the option awarded to you expires (with respect to any number of shares subject to this option not previously exercised) on the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date stated above. This is the
Stated Expiration Date
.
6. DATE OPTION BECOMES EXERCISABLE; LOSS OF OPTION IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES:
The stock option awarded to you is exercisable at any time after the Grant Date stated above. The stock option remains exercisable by you until the expiration of the option in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan.
7. EXERCISE OF OPTION:
You may exercise the option awarded to you from time to time as provided above by delivering to the Bank all of the following:
(a) Written notice of the exercise marked to the attention of the Chief Financial Officer specifying the number of whole shares in respect of which you are exercising the option, in the form of “Notice of Stock Option Exercise” attached to this Agreement or another form acceptable to the Bank, completed and signed by you.
(b) Except as noted in paragraph 7(d) below, payment of the exercise price by certified check payable to the order of the Bank.
(c) Payment of any federal, state and local withholding taxes required in respect of such exercise in any combination of the forms of payment described in (b) above.
(d) You may pay the exercise price by directing the Bank to withhold from those shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be received upon the exercise of the Stock Option either (i) shares of Common Stock of the Bank already owned by you, (ii) shares of Common Stock of the Bank you are entitled to receive as a result of stock option exercises that you are entitled to make for such purpose, but only if those options are “in the money,” or (iii) any combination of the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares of Common Stock of the Bank may only be applied against the exercise price or to pay any federal, state or local withholding or other taxes to the extent consistent with any restrictions applicable to such shares. If shares of Common Stock of the Bank are to be applied in whole or partial payment of the exercise price or any withholding taxes, they shall be applied at their Fair Market Value (as determined by the Bank) on the relevant date.
Upon receipt of the payment and documents and payments listed above, the Bank will issue you a certificate for the number of shares with respect to which you have exercised the option.
8. EXERCISE DATE:
The date on which the Bank receives the documents specified above in complete and otherwise acceptable form and the payments specified above will be treated as the Exercise Date with respect to your exercise of the stock option.
9. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTION:
Except as provided by the Plan, the option awarded to you is exercisable only by you. The option may not be transferred, assigned, pledged as security or hypothecated in any other way and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process even if you agree with someone else that it will be, except that if you die while still employed with the Bank , your estate or the person who acquires the right to exercise the Stock Option upon your death by bequest or inheritance may exercise your option. Upon any attempt by you to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this option or of any portion thereof or upon the levy of any execution, attachment or similar process on this option or on any portion thereof, the option awarded to you will immediately expire with respect to the number of shares not exercised prior to such event.
10. RIGHTS IN SHARES SUBJECT TO OPTION:
You will not be treated as a holder of any of the shares subject to this option or of any rights of a holder of such shares unless and until the shares are issued to you as evidenced by stock certificates.
11. EFFECT ON EMPLOYMENT:
This Agreement is not an employment agreement or service contract. Therefore, none of the rights awarded to you by this Agreement affect, in any way, your employment or service relationship with the Bank.
12. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE:
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or this Agreement, upon termination of your employment (and service as a director, if applicable) with the Bank, the unexercised portion of this option will terminate according to the following terms:
(a) If the termination of your employment and service as a director is on account of death or disability or you terminate on account of retirement which has been approved by the Bank, your option will terminate on the Stated Expiration Date described above.
(b) If the termination of your employment or severance from service as a director is for “Cause” as defined in the Plan, your option will terminate automatically with respect to any shares not previously exercised, effective immediately as of your termination or separation.
(c) If the termination of your employment and service as a director is by your own act, your option will terminate at the close of business on the earlier of the Stated Expiration Date described above or on the ninetieth (90th) day following the date of your termination or separation.
(d) If the termination of your employment and service as a director is for any other reason, your option will terminate at the close of business on the earlier of the Stated Expiration Date described above or on the third (3rd) anniversary of the date that your employment with the Bank and services as a director shall have terminated.
13. OPTION AWARDED SUBJECT TO PLAN PROVISIONS:
The Plan provisions take precedence over the provisions of this Agreement, Therefore, in the case of any inconsistency between any provision of this Agreement and any provision of the Plan in effect on the Grant Date, the provision of the Plan will control.
14. DETERMINATION OF “FAIR MARKET VALUE”; NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION REGARDING TAX CONSEQUENCES:
(a) “Fair Market Value” as defined in the Plan as of any date of reference shall be determined by the Bank. The Bank’s determination and method of determination shall be conclusive upon you if consistent with Sections 422 and 409A of the Code (or successor provisions) and any regulations or interest thereunder at the time of the valuation. The Bank may, but shall not be obligated to, obtain an independent appraisal to determine “Fair Market Value.”
(b) Bank does not make any representations or warranties to you with respect to any federal, state or other income or other tax consequences with respect to the grant or exercise of this option or any disposition of this option or any shares issuable upon its exercise (including without limitation whether the grant or any exercise or disposition of any option shares or rights or stock acquired as a result of exercise of this option is at “fair market value”). It is your responsibility to consult with your own tax advisor with respect to such matters.
15. COUNTERPARTS:
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be deemed one and the same agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank and the Grantee have duly executed this Agreement as of the Grant Date.
NEW CENTURY BANK
By: ________________________________
Print Name: Kenneth B. Mumma
Title: Chairman & CEO
|
Grantee:
________________________________
(Signature)
Print Name: _______________________
|
NEW CENTURY BANK
2004 INCENTIVE EQUITY AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE
To: New Century Bank
From: ___________________________ Date: ____________________, 20____
(Grantee Name)
Address: ______________________________________________________________________
Tel.No. (______) _______ - ___________
Date of Grant: _______________, _______
Number of Shares Exercised: ________
Exercise Price Per Share: $_________
|
Total Exercise Price:
|
$ __________. ____
|
|
PLUS
(Contact Payroll to Determine):
|
|
|
Federal Income Tax Withholding
|
$ __________. ____
|
|
F.I.C.A. Tax Withholding
|
$ __________. ____
|
|
Pennsylvania Personal Income Tax Withholding
|
$ __________. ____
|
|
Local Earned Income Tax Withholding
|
$ __________. ____
|
|
Subtotal of withholding taxes
|
$ __________. ____
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL REMITTANCE
|
$ __________. ____
|
______________________________________________________________________
THE FOLLOWING SECTION IS ONLY APPLICABLE IF THE USE OF SHARES TO PAY PART OF THE EXERCISE PRICE IS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED UNDER SECTION 7 OF THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
_____ Check this box if you want to use all or part of any shares you own or are being exercised that are “in the money” to pay exercise price or taxes. How many shares: _________.]
LESS “Fair Market Value” of any shares being exercised that are
requested and may be used to pay exercise price or taxes, AS
DETERMINED BY BANK
(Contact Payroll to Determine):
|
$ __________. ____
|
NET REMITTANCE
|
$ __________. ____
|
(IF THIS SECTION IS APPLICABLE, attach properly endorsed certificates of stock to be used to pay part of price).
Please note that value of this stock and the final amount of remittance due is subject to adjustment pending Bank’s determination of applicable stock value.)
______________________________________________________________________
Attach certified check for remittance due.
Please accept the above notice of exercise and issue share certificates as required.
__________________________________
(signature of person authorized to exercise)
EXHIBIT 21.1
LIST OF
SUBSIDIARIES
None.
Exhibit 23.2
Consent of Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm
New
Century Bank
Phoenixville,
Pennsylvania
We hereby
consent to the use in the prospectus-proxy statement constituting a part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated April 19, 2010, relating
to the financial statements of New Century Bank including the balance sheets of
New Century Bank as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related statements of
operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years in the
three year period ended December 31, 2009, which are contained in that
prospectus-proxy statement.
We also
consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the
prospectus-proxy statement.
ParenteBeard
LLC
Reading,
Pennsylvania
April 19,
2010